■

1

1

■

1

ISfHfi

Iffy

1

1

■
;

:

I

^°-
.-^ ^^^

%.

<S.i -_

:

\

II I'll' ^ ^

[ --M U^ x^J Oy

JliJlJlliiiP'!"-^ x>J^ ;illllll'lUlii^r'r^ ,-^

^
'^y'

?0(o:l'h

;^cparhuciif of flic ZMitcrior
I J. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM.

BULLETINS

UNITED STATES NAIIONAL MUSEUM.

\^ () I . I M K I 1

(Nos. ll-lo. )

I'UBJ,1SHE1) liNI>Eli THK liIRKCJTlU.N OF THE SMlTIlsnNlAN INSTITUTION.

\\- A s 1 rm ; I" ( ) N :

a O V E K N M E >' 1' IMM >■ I' I N • : <> 1 ' 1' » < " J'^

1 8 8 2.

TABLE OK CONTENTS.

Article I. — Fiil»lio<;ra|>li.v of thi' Fishes of the I'atiitio Coast of the lJuite«l States to
the end of 187;». IJy TiiKonoinMTir.i,. I8i^'2. ^'vo., pp. 7S. BuUcthi of the \(i-
tion<(l Miimtrm, Xo. 11.

Article II. — Coiitiilmtioiis to Noitli American Iclithyoh><;y, hase:<l piimaiily <»ii the
eolleetioiisof the riut<'il States National Miiseiini. (Part III.) A.— On tlie Dis-
trihuliou of tlie l-'ishf-s of the Allenliany liej;ioii of South Carolina. tJeorj-ia, an<l
Tennessee, with (lesciijitions of n<;\v or little known speeie.s. I»y l)AVir> S.
.ToHOAX and ALKMBinrr W. I'.itAVTOx. M. — .VSyno]»sis of the Family Catosto-
niid.e. liy I)a\'ii> S. .J(H;i>an. IS/S. Sv.»., p|>. •>'.'>'. HiiUct'ni <;/' Hit SntiiHud
Mii-iriiiii. \i>. \'2.

Article III. — The I'lora of St. (,'n>i\ and tlie Vir<;in Islands. i;\ Itaruu 11. F. .\.
KGOKlts. 187It. .-^vo., pp. i:{ti. Hiilkthi of the Xatioital MiiHfiim, Xo. l'.\.

Article IV. — Caraloj^ne of the C«>llee,ri<Mi to Illnstrate the Animal liit\s<Hiic«'s and the
Fisheri<'s of the United States, exhihite<l at Fhila<leli>hia in I87(»hythe Smith-
sonian Institntion and the I'nited St.ates Fi.sh Commission, ami forming apart
of the United Stalt'.s Xational .Mnsenm. Prepared under the directiiui of (•.
Dliow.v (JooDK. 1879. Svo., pp. :U)7. llalletin of (he Xulional Mmemn. Xo. 14.

Article V. — ('ontributions to the Natural History of An^tie America, made in eon-
neetioii with the How!>ate I'olar Kxpedition. lS~7-'7'^. Hy Lti>\vi<i Kt'.vii.iKN.
1879. -vu.; ]t\). ]7!t. JliillcHii ol the XdlioiKd .}fiixriim, \o. V>.

CONTKNTS.

Krju.lKN. L. Klliuoliiji.v. niiiiniimls. :ni<l hints.

Kean, ']'. II. I''i.shps,

Vekru.I,, a. IC. Ajunlidis. iiKilhixci.ids, :iiiil liiiliiiti's.

Dai.l, \y. u. ^t()UlI9Us.

I.N'SEC'TS :

Edwakus. W. H. Uiuviiiil lepidoptcui.

SeiiDiiKit, S. H., ami otiiers. UyinenoptciM. uori m ii:il 1< iiidoptciM. (li|iti r;i. colf-
optcra, iiem'iii)tcr;i. ;iiiil ariielmid.i.
GUAV. A. Plants.

TLTCKEliMAN. K. f-ii^lKiis.
FaIU.OW. AV. <;. Altlil-.

lit

^cparimcni of fhc ^nteviov

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM.

11

BULLETIN

UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM,

IsTo. 11.

PUBLISHED UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION.

WASHINGTON:

GOVERNMENT FEINTING OFFICE.

1882.

ADVERTISEMENT.

This work is the eleventh of a series of papers intended to illus-
trate the collections of natural history and ethnology belonging to the
United States, and constituting the iSTational Museum, of which the
Smithsonian Institution was placed in charge by the act of Congress of
August 10, 1846.

It has been prejiared at the request of the Institution, and printed by
authority of the honorable Secretary of the Interior.

S. F. BAIRD,
Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution.
Smithsonian Institution,

Washington, February, 1882.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

FISHES OF THE PACIFIC COAST

UNITED STATES

TO

THE END OF 1879

THEODORE OILL.

WASHINGTON:

GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE.
1882.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

OP

THE FISHES OF THE PACIFIC CiNlTED STATES.

Bull. N. M. No. 11—1

PREFATORY.

The scientific literature relative to the fi.shes of the western coast of
North America is of unusually recent, as well as rapid, growth, Noth-
ing exact was known till the present century had lar advanced, for the
accounts of the earlier writers, such as Venegas, intead of enlightening
the reader, convey absolutely false ideas respecting the character of
the ichthyic fauna. Exclusive of incidental notices, the beginnings of
an ichthyography of the northwest coast were tirst published in 1831
(but printed in 1811) in the " Zoographia Rosso- Asiatica " of Pallas;
a few species from British Columbia were described by Richardson in
1836, while the fishes of California remained absolutely unknown till 1839,
when a glimpse, but an entirely inadequate one, was furnished by Lay
and Bennett in their notes and account of species collected during the
voyage of the English vessel Blossom. A long silence then supervened,
and, with the exceptions thus signalized, and the addition by Storer
of a single species of SyngnatJius in 1846, west-coast ichthyography
commenced in 1854 with the announcement, b^' Professor Agassiz, of
the discovery of the remarkable family of Embiotocoids. This was
speedily followed by numerous communications, by Dr. Gibbons, Dr.
Girard, and Dr. Ay res, on new species of fishes, mostly from the Cali-
foruian waters, but partly from the Oregoniau ones. As early as 1838,
nearly 200 species had been made known, and the descriptions of most
were collected in a general report by Dr. Girard. The main features
of the ichthyology of the Pacific slope were then already- known; but
more recent laborers have not only extended largely our knowledge
of species, but added anuuiber of entirely new forms, and thrown much
light on the relations of the fish-fauna of that region to others.

The following bibliography is a nearlj^ complete enumeration, in
chronological order, of the memoirs and articles of all kinds that have
been published on the fishes of the region in question. The chrono-
logical order has been determined by the date of reading of the articles

comrauuicated to learued societies. In cases of question of priority,
the light dejieuds, of course, ou the i)eriod of publication ; but this
is sometimes with great difficulty ascertainable, and motives of con-
venience have dictated the sequence adopted.

Perhaps some will be disposed to believe that the compiler has sinned
in redundancy rather than deficiency in this bibliography. The evils
of the former are, however, easily remedied, while those of the latter
must leave the consulter in more or less doubt. Many popular works
have been catalogued where original information of even slight value
was contained, and when such works were among the earliest published
ou the regions in question. Besides those enumerated, works on Cali-
fornia, too numerous to mention, contain incidental information (very
rarely of any original value, however) respecting the fishes and fisheries
of that State; and a number on the British i^ossessions belong to the
same category. Among those relative to British Columbia and Van-
couver's Island worthy to be mentioned, but not to be particularized,
are the volumes of Wm. Carew Hazlitt (1858), J. Desford Pemberton
(1860), Duncan George Forbes Macdonald (1862), Capt. C. E. Barrett
Lennard (1862), Alexander Rattray (1862), Com. K. C. Mayue (1862),
G. M. Sproat (1868), Francis Poole (1872), and Capt. W. F. Butler
(1873).

The titles of the Government publications are taken from a manu-
script compilation embracing notices of all the reports published by
the General and State governments on scientific explorations, and
intended to be more particular than the present work. They are
retained with the bars ( | ), indicating the distribution on the title
pages of the lines, etc.

Several societies have, or have had, the custom of publishing com-
munications, sometimes of an elaborate and extended nature, without
any titles. This strange and senseless mode of procedure seems to
have originated in some freak or afiectation of modesty on the part of
authors, perhaps, rather than a deliberate intention to shirk labor or
confuse matters. Confusion and trouble to others are nevertheless the
result of this vicious negligence, and a consequence is an ignoring of
the papers thus unentitled or an irreconcilable variation of titles in
different bibliographies. Whether the custom originates with authors
or not, the assumption of it is discreditable to the editor or editors ol
the publications adopting it. A number of the papers here recorded
belong to this category of the unentitled or disentitled : the titles fol

lowiug preceded by au asterisk (*) are selected from the remarks i)re-
fatory to, the paper in the proceedings, and those preceded by a
dagger ( + ) have been composed by the present writer, since nothing-
intelligible precedes the papers themselves. It is to be hoped that the
senseless and causeless sin in question may speedily be discontinued.
There is no reason why any one should be compelled to read the whole
of au article (as is sometimes necessary) to obtain an idea of what the
paper relates to 5 and the "Catalogue of Scientific Papers (1800-1863)
compiled and published by the Eoyal Society of London" shows how a
bibliography edited under the best auspices may be involved in grave
errors by the negligence adverted to.

TITLES OF WOl^KS.

1757 — Noticia de la California, y de su eotiquista temporal y espiritual hasta el
tiempo presente. Sacada de la bistoria mauuscripta, formada en Mexico
ano de 1739. por el Padre Miguel Venegas, de Ja Compauia de Jesus; y de
otras Noticias, y Eelacioues antiguas, y moderuas. Aiiadida de algnnos uiapas
particulares, y uno general de la America Septentrional, Asia Oriental, y
Mar del Silir intermedio, formados sobre las Memorias mas recicntes, y exactas,
que se publican jnntamente. Dedicada al Eey N.*^" Sefior por la Provincia
de Nueva-Espaiia, de la Compaiiia de Jesus. Tomo primero [ — Tonio ter-
cero]. — Con licencia. En Madrid: En la luiprenta de la Viuda do Manuel
Fernandez, y del Supremo Consejo de la Inquisicion. Alio de M.D.CCLVII.
[8°, 3 vols.]

[Translated as follows :— ]

1 Natural and Civil History of California: containing an accurate descrip-
tion of tbat country, its soil, mountains, barbours, lakes, rivers, and seas 5
its animals, vegetables, minerals, and famous fisbery for pearls. Tbe cus-
toms of tbe inbabitants, tbeir religion, government, and manner of living,
before tbeir conversion to tbe Christian religion by tbe missionary Jesu-
its. Togetber witb accounts of tbe several voyages and attempts made for
settling California, and taking actual surveys of tbat country, its gulf, and
coast of tbe Soutb-Sea. Illustrated witb copperplates, and an accurate
map of tbe country and adjacent seas. Translated from tbe original Span-
isb of Miguel Venegas, a Mexican Jesuit, published at Madrid 175tf. — In
two volumes. — Vol. I[ — II]. = London: printed for James Eiviugton and
James Fletcher, at tbe Oxford Theatre, in Pater-Noster-Kow. 1759. [8°,
vol. i, 10 1., 455 pp., 1 pi. ; vol. ii.]

[The only references to fishes are as fallows (v. i, pp. 47-48) : — " But if the soil of Cali-
fornia be in general barren, the scarcity of provisions is supplied by the adjacent sea ; for
both in the Paciflck ocean and the Gulf of California, the multitude and variety of fishes
are incredible. Father Antonio de la Ascencion, speatin^ of tbe bay of San Lucas
[Lower California], .«ays, ' With the nets which every ship carried, they caught a great
quantity of fish of different kinds, and all wholesome and palatable : particularly holy-
buss, salmon, turbots, skates, pilchards, large oysters, thornbacks, mackerel, barbels,
bonetos, soals, lobsters, and pearl oysters.' And, speaking of the bay of San Francisco,
on the western coast, he adds: ' Here are such multitudes of fish, that with a net, which
the commodore had on board, more was caught every day than the ship's company could
make use of: and of these a great variety, as crabs, oysters, breams, mackerel, cod, bar-
bels, thornbacks, &c.' And in other parts he toakes mention of the infinite number of
sardines, which are left on the sand at the ebb, and so exquisite that those of Laredo in
Spain, then famous for this fish, do not exceed them. Nor are fish less plentiful along the
gulf [of California], where to the above mentioned species Father Picolo adds, tunnies,
anchovies, and others. Even in the rivulets of this peninsula are found barbels and cray-
fish : but the most distinguished fish of both seas are the whales ; which induced the
ancient cosmogrnphers to call California, Punta de Balenas, or Cape Whale : and these fish
being found iu multitudes along both coasts, give name to a channel in Ihe gulf, and a
bay in the South sea" (v. 1, pp. 47-48).]

8

1772— Voyage en Califoniie pour I'observation dn passnge de Vgnus siir le disque dn
soleil, hi :? juin 17G9; couteuaut les observations de ce phcnomeue et la dis-
cript.on historique de la route de I'aiiteur h travers le Mexique. Par feu M.
Chappe d'Auteroche, . . . R6dig6 et publi6 par M. de Cassini fils . . .
A Paris : ehez Cbarles-Antoiue Jombert. MDCCLXXII. [4°, half-title,
title, 170 [2] pp., plan, and 2 pi. — Sabiu.]

[Translated as follows:—]
A Voyage to California, to observe tbe Transit of Venus. By Mods. Chappe
d'Auteroche. With an historical description of the- authors route
through Mexico, and the natural history of that province. Also, a voyage
to Newfoundland and Sallee, to make experiments on Mr. Le Eoy's time
keepers. By Monsieur do Cassini. London : printed for Edward and Charles
Dilly, In The Poultry. MDCCLXXVIII. [8<^, 4 p. 1., 31f) pp., with "plan
of City of Mexico".]

Extract of a letter from Mexico addressed to tbe Royal Academy of Sci-
ences at Paris, by Don Joseph Anthony de Alzate y Ramyrez, now
a correspondent of the said academy, containing some curious particu-
lars relative to the natural history of the country adjacent to the City
of Mexico, pp. 77-105.

[It is undoubtedly this work ihat is meant in the statement that has so largely gone the
rounds of the periodical press, to the effect that the Californian viviparous lishes were ob-
served during the voyage for the observation of the transit of Venus to Lower California,
1769. A perusal of the accounts given, however, renders it evident that the fishes in ques-
tion were not Embiotocids but rather Cypriuodontids, probably of the genus MoUienesia.
The account by Don Alzate (pp 89-91) is as follows: —

" I send you some viviparous scaly fishes, of which I had formerly given yo;i an account.
What I have observed iu them this j'ear is — ' If you press the belly with your fingers, you
force out the fry before their time, and upon inspecting them through the microscope yon
may discern the circulation of the blood, such as it is to be when the fish is grown up.' If
you throw these little fishes into water, they will swim as well as if they had been long
accustomed to live in that element. The fins and tail of the males are larger and blacker
than those of the females, so that the si*x is easily distinguished at first sight. These fish
have a singular manner of swimming ; the male and the female swim together on two par-
allel lines, the female always uppermost and the male undermost; they thus always keep
at a constant uniform distance from each other, and preserve a perfect parallelism. The
female never makes the least motion, either sideways or towards the bottom, but directly
the male does the same."

To this account is added a foot-note (p. 90) containing the following additional informa-
tion: —

" Don Alzate has sent those fishes preserved in spirits ; their skin is covered with very
small scales; they vary iu length from an inch to eighteen lines, and they are seldom above
five, six, or seven lines in the broadest pan. They have a fin on each side near the gills,
two small ones under the belly, a single one behind the anus, which lies between the fin
and the single one; the tail is not foiked ; lastly, this fish has a long flu on the back, a,
little above the fin, which is under the belly.

"We know of some viviparous fishes in our seas, such as loach, &c. most of these have
a smooth skin without any scales. The needle of Aristotle is viviparous, and yet covered
with broad and hard scales, I have caught some that had young ones still in their womb.
As to these viviparous fi.shes, it is a particular and new sort, and we are obliged to Don
Alz.ite for making us acquainted with it. It breeds in a lake of fresh water near the City
of Mexico."

This is, so far as known, the earliest notice of the viviparity of Cynrinodontids. The
mode of consorting together (exaggerated in the account) is common to a number of rep-
resentatives of the family, and is alluded to by Prof. Agassiz in a name {Zygonectes, i. e.
swimming in pairs) conferred on one of the genera of the family.]

I S08 — Piscium Camtschaticorum [Tcrpiifc] et [_Wachnja'\. Descriptiones et icones
auctore [W. G.] Tilesio. D. 2G Octobri 1808. Conventui exhib. die 2 Nov.
1808. < M6m. Acad. Sci. P<Stersb., v. 2, pp. 335-375, 1810, viz :—
I. Hexagrammos Stelleri, Rossis Terpuc dictus novum genus piscium
Camtschaticorum. pp. 335-340, tab. 15.

II Dimensiones piscis, beato Stellero Hexagrammos asper dicti, Rossis
Teerpuk iTerpnlc^ i. e. lima (captus d. 20 Maij 1741 in porta Divi Petri
ft Pauli poudbbat pondere medicinali duas usqne ad sex uncias). pp.
340-341.

III Hesasrrammos Stelleri, quajnam genera sit interponeudus cuinam
classi ordiuique systematico sit iuserendus. Labrax Pallassii (vid. ej.
Monograph.), pp. 342-343.

IV. Descriptio Stelleri anno 1741 concepta. pp. 343-347.

V. Observationes anatomies, pp. 347-349.

VI. Wachnja Camtschatica est Gadus dor.o^ tripterygio, Callariis spe-
ciatim Lusco affiuis. pp. 350-353. tab. IG, 17.

VII Wachuije Camtscbatic^ altera species, (Gadns gracilis mibi,) qua^ ab
indigenisCamtscbaticis acqne UacLal, Rossis Wacbnja [ Wachijcq dicitnr,
dimensionibus lUustrata. pp. 354-356, tab. 18.

VIII. Stelleri Descriptio piscis ovo- sive asini autiquornm. Turneri ad
Gesnerura aselli 3 sivi ^glefini Rondelet et Gesneri. ^glefim Bellonii,
Anglorutn Hadok, Rnssis Wacbnja [ rFac/uy«] dicti corrnpta voce Itael-
mannica, in qua tjakal audit, pp. 356-359.

IX. Observationes anatomicis. pp. 360-363.

X. Observationes ex aliorum individuorum ejusdera speciei dissectionibus,
pp. 363-364.

XI Ad historiam Gadi dorso tripterygio ore cirroto caudo cequ.ali fere cum
r'adio primo spinoso (Kabeljau vel Cabiljan Belgarum) (Gadus raorrhua
L. Bloch. tab. 64), adhuc annotata sequentia. pp. 364-370.

XII. Auuotationes anatomic:©, pp. 370-371.

XIII. Tabularuui explicatio. pp. 372-375.

lS09-Labraces, novum genus piscium, oceani orientalis, anctore R S. Pallas.
Conventui exbib. die 5 Julii 1809. <M6m. Acad. Sc. St. Petersb.,v. 2,
pp. 382-398, 1810.
\r.. sp. L. decagrammus. L. supereiliosus, L. monopterygius.]

Description de que'ques poissons observes pendant son voyage autour du
nionde. Par W. G. Tilesius. < M^m. Soc. Imp. des Naturalistes de Moscon.
t. 2, pp. 212-249, with 5 pi., 1809.

1811-IconumetDescriptionura piscium Camtschaticorum continuatio t.ntia leuta-
raen monographiaj generis Agoni Blochianl sistens. Auctore [W. G.] Tile-
sio Cum tabulls vi ajneis.-Conventui exhibita die 11 Decembris IbU.
<M6m. Acad. Sci. Petersb., v. 4, pp. 406-478, 181C, viz:-

De novis pi&cium generibus, Agouo Blochii et Phalangiste eel. Pallasii,

propter synonymiam coujugendis. pp. 406-454.
Appendix de Cyprino rostrato et cultrato, Trachino trichodoute et Epene-

phelo ciliato. pp. 454-457.
Descriptio Cyprini rostrati Tungusis ad Covymam fluv. Tschukutscham et

Jucagiris Onatscha dicti. pp. 457-474, tab. xv, fig. 1-5.
Epinephelus ciliatus Camtschaticus et Americanus. pp. 474-478, tab..xvi,
fig. 1-6.

Zoographia Rosso-Asiatica, sistens Omnium Animalium in exteuso imperio
Rossico et adjaceutibus maribus observatorum Recensionem, Domicilia,
Mores et Descriptiones, anatomeu atque Icones plurimorura. Auctore

10

PetroPallas, Eq.Anr. Academico-Petropolitauo.— Volumeutertium.— Petro-
poli in Ollkiiia Cues. Acatleniios Scieutiuruiu Impress. M.DCC.CXI. Edit.
MDCCCXXXI. [4°, vii, 428, cxxv pp., (5 pi.]

[As indicated on tho titlo-page, the " Zoograpliia Eosso-Asiatica' was not regularly
published till 1831, but was printed in 1811, and was only detained by tho loss of tho cop-
per-plutos. Tho letter-press was, however, to a slight extent, distributed before tho reg-
ular publication of tho edition, and a copy v.as possessed by Cuvier, who has given a
summary of tho third volume in the Histoiro Naturelle des Poissons (t. 1, pp. 200-201).

Describes species of which specimen had been obtained from the Russian possessions
in Korthwestern America. The following are published as if new, although several had
previously been described : —

Phalanrjistcs aclpenserinus (p. 110, pi. 17).

Cottus ijulijacanthoeephalus (p. I'i'i, pi. 23).

Coitus platyccphalus (p. 135, p!. 24).

Coitus trachurus (p. 138, pi. 25).

Cottus pistilliger (p. 143, pi. 20, f. 3, 4).

Blennius dolichogaster (p. 175, pi. 42, f. 2).

Blenniun anguUlaris (p. 176, pi. 42, f. 3).

Oadus wachna (p. 182, pi. 44).

Gadus pygmceus (p. 190).

Gadus fimbria (p. 200).

Aminodytes hexapterus (p. 226).

Aminndytes xeptipinnis (p. 227, pi. 48, f. 3).

TrachinuH trichodon (p. 235, pi. 50, f. 1).

Trachvms cirrhosus (p. 237, pi. 5'», f. 2).

Perca variabilis (p. 241).

Labrax dceagramrmis (p. 273, pi. 62, f. 2).

Labrax nuperciliosus (.). 279, pi. 03, f. 1).

Labrax monoptcrygius (p. 281, pi. 63, f. 4).

Labrax octogrammus (p. 283, pi. 04, f. 1).

Salmo lagocephaliis (p. 372, pi. 77, f. 2).

Sabno proteiis (p. 376, pi. 78, f. 2, p\ 79).

Pleuronectes qiiadrituberculatus {•}. 42S).

Plciironectes cicatricosus (p. 424).

The plates referred to were never published.

Tho only other species signalized as inhabitants of the ATieric.an waters are the fol-
lowing: —

Haja batis (p. 57),

Salmo socialis (p. 389, pi. 81, f. 2).

Pleuronectes stellatus (p. 416).

Pleuronectes hippoglossus (p. 421).]

1§14 — History | of | tbe expedition | under the command of | Captains Lewis and
Clark, I to | the sources of tbe Missouri, | thence | across the Rocky Mount-
ains I and down the | River Columbia to tho Pacific Ocean. | Performed
dnrin<^ the years 1804-5-6. ] By order of tbe j Government of the United
States. I Prepared for the press | by Paul Allen, Esqnire. | In two volumes.
I Vol.1 [—II]. 1 Philadelphia: | Published by Bradford and Inkskeep; and |
Abm. H. Inskeep,Newyork. | J. Maxwell, Printer. | 1814. [8°, vol.i, Ixxviii,
470 pp., maps ; vol. ii, ix, 522 pp., maps.]

[Vol. ii, chap, vii, contains "A general description of the beasts, birds, aad pl.ants,
&c., found by the party in this esperition" (pp. 148-201). Incidental allusions and quasi-
de8cription.s of a popular kind are given of fomo fishes, but nothing of an ex ct nature is
made known.

" An account of the various publications relatirg to the travels of Lewis and Clarke,
with a commentary on the zoological results of their expedition", h.is been published by
Dr. Elliott Uoaes, U. S. A. (Bull. IT.' S. Gcol. and Geog. Surv. Terr., v. 1, pp. 417-444, Fob.
8, 1876).]

1S20 — Relation d'uu voyage ;\ la c6to du nord-ouest do I'Amdriqno septentrionale
dans les ann<5es 1810-1814. Par Gabriel Fraacheie. [Rt5dig6 par Michel
Bibaud.] Moutr<5al, 1820. [8°, 284 pp.— Sabin.]

11

[Translated as follows:—]
Narrative of a voyage to the northwest coast of America in the years 1811,
1812, 1813, and 1814, | or the first American settlement on the Pacific | By
Gabriel Franchere | Translated and tdited by J. V. Huntington | — | Red-
field I 110 and 112 Nassau street, New York | 1854. [12°, 37(5 pp., 3 pi.]

[The salmon is noticed in chapter 18.1

1S23 — Voyage pittoresque autour dn moude, avec des portraits de sauvages d'Am^-
rique, d'Asie, d'Afriqne, et des lies du grand oc6an ; des i>aysages, des vues
maritimes, et plusieurs objets d'histoire naturelle; accompagnp de descrip-
tions par M. le Baron Cavier, et M. A. de Chamisso, et d'observations sur les
cranes humains par M. le Doctenr Gall. Par M. Lcuis Choris, Peintre. —
Paris, de rimprimerie de Firmia Didot, . . . 1822.' [Fol., 2 p. 1., vi pp.-|-[i],
12 pi., 17pp.+[ii], 10 pi., 20 pp.-f[iii], 14 pi., 10, 3 pp.-l-[iv], 18 pi., 24 pp.-f
[v], 19 pi., 22 pp. -f [vi], 23 pi., 2S pp. + [vii], 7 pi., 19 pp.]

[Partie vi.] Chapeau de bois, sur lequel sont peintes divers animaux ma-
rins. Planche v. Par G. Cuvier. pp. 21-22.

[Cnvier considers that one of the figures (h) represents a Diodon, and such seems to be
the case; but no species of that type has been found so far northward as Unalashlsa,
where the bat was obtained. (" Eu h, est un Diodon ou orbe 6pineux. qui est pris ^ la
ligue tandis que les grands c6tac6s du reste de ce tableau sont poursuivis avec des lances"
(p. 22).]

i§23— Account | of | an expedition | from j Pittsburgh to the Eocky Mountains, |
performed in the years 1819 and '20, | by order of j the Hon. J. C. Calhoun,
Sec'y of War : | under the command of j Major Stephen H. Long. | From
the notes of Major Long, Mr. T. Say, and other gen- | tlenieu of the exploring
party. | — | Compiled | by Edv/in James, | botanist and geologist for the
expedition. | — | lu two vols. — With an atlas. | Vol. II. | — | Philadelphia: |
H, C. Carey and J. Lea, Chesnut St. | 1823. [2v.,80. Vol. i, 2 p. 1., 503 pp. ;
vol. ii, 3 p. 1., 442 pp.]

1§2§ — Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, par M.leB"" Cuviei', . . . ; et par M. Valen-
ciennes, .... Tome premier. A Paris, chez F. G. Levrault, . . . ,
1826. [8" ed. xvi, 574 pp., 11.; 4° ed. xiv, 422 pp., 1 1.— pi. 1-3 (double).]
Livre jiremi^r. — Tableau historique des progres de I'ichthyologie, depuis

sou origine jusqu'a nos jours.
Livre deuxieme. — Idee geuerale de la nature et de I'orgauisation des pois-
sons.

[Pallas' "Zoographia Rosso-Asiatica " noticed at pp. 200-201.]

Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, par M. le B°" Cuvier, . . . ; et [>ar M. Valen-
ciennes, .... Tome deuxieme. A Paris, chez F. G. Levrault, . . .

1828. [8° ed. xxi, (1 L), 490 pp. ; 4° ed. xvii, (1 1.), ::71 pp.— pi. 9-40.]
Livre troisi^me. — Des poissous de la famille des Perches, ou des Percoi-

des. [Par Cuvier.]

[No west-coast species specified.]

1839 — Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, par M. 1<; B"" Cuvier, . . . ; et par M. Valen-
ciennes, .... Tome troisieme. A Paris, chez F. G. Levrault, . . . ,

1829. [8^ ed. xxviii, 500 pp., 11.; 4° ed. xxii, (1 1.), 3G8 pp.— pi. 41-71.]
Livre troisi&me. — Des poissous de la famille des Perches, ou des Percoides.

I [Par Cuvier.]

[N. sp. name, Trichodon Stelleri, based on Trachinus trichodon Pallas.]

12

1^29— Histoiio Xatnrolle des Poissons, par M.leB"" Cuvier, . . . ; et par M. Valen-
ciennes, .... Tome qiuitri^me. A Paris, cbez F. G. Levrault, . . . ,
\&Z0. [8-^ e<l xxvi, (1 1.), 518 pp. ; 4° ed. xx, (1 1.), 379 pp.— pi. 72-99, 97 bis.]
Livro qiiatricme. — Des Acanthopt^rygieiis il jouecnirass^e. [ParCnvier.]

[X. fp. Cottiis rentralin, Hemilepidotics Tilesii.]

Zoolofjischer Atlas, enthalteiul Abbildungeu uud Beschreibimgen neuerTbier-
arteu, wiibrend des Flottcapitains voii Kotzebne zweiter Reisc um die
Welt, auf der Eussiscb-Kaiserlicbcu Kriegsscblupp Predpriatiii in den
Jajireu 1823-1826 beobacbtet von Dr. Friedr. Eschscholtz, Professor und
Director des zoologischeu Miisenms an der Uuiversitiit zn Dorpat, Mitglied
niebrerer gelebrten Gesellscbaften, Euss. Kais. Hofratbe und Eitter des
Ordeus des beil. Wladiuiir, Drittes Heft. — Berlin, 1829. Gedruckt und
verlegt bei G. Eeimer. [Fob, title, 18 pp., pi. 11-15.]

[X. ap. Blepsias vtntricosus (p. 4, pi. 13), on -which was subsequently based the genus
Temnistia <if liiihartlsou ]

1§30— Histoiie Natiirelle des Poissous, par M. le B"" Cuvier, . . . ; et par M. Valen-
ciennes, .... Tome cinqnieme. A Paris, cbez F. G. Levrault, • . ■ ,
1830. f8'= ed. xxviii, 499 pp., 2 1. ; 4" ed. xx, 374 pp., 2 1.— pi. 100-140.]
Livre cinqnieme. — Des Sci6aoules. [Par Cuvier.]
[Xo west-coast species noticed.]

Histoire Naturello des Poissons, par M. le B"" Cuvier, . . . ; et par M. Valen-
ciennes Tome sixi^me. A Paris, cbez F. G. Levrault, . . . ,

1830. [S'^ ed. xxiv, 559 pp., 3 1. ; 4° ed. xviii, (3 1.), 470 pp.— pi. 141-1()9, 102
bis, 1(52 ter, 162 quarer, 167 bis, 168 bis.]

Livre sixierae. — (Partie I. — Des Sparoides. Partie II.— Des Menides.)

[Par Cuvier et Valenciennes.]
[Xo west-coast species noticed ]

1S31 — Histoire Naturello des Poissons, par M. le B"" Cuvier, . . . ; et par M. Valen-
ciennes Tome septieme. A Paris, cbez F. G. Levrault, . . . ,

1831. [8o ed. xxix, 531 pp., 3 1.; 4° ed. xxii, (3 1.), 399 pp.— pi. 170-208.]
Livre septieme. — Des Squamipeunes. [Par Cuvier?]

Livre buitieme. — Des poissons a pharyngieus labyrintbiformes. [Par

Cuvier?]
[Xo west-coast species noticed.]

Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, par M. le B™ Cuvier, . . . ; et par M. Valen-
ciennes, .... Tome huiti^me. A Paris, cbez F. G. Levrault, . . . ,
1831. [80 ed. xix, (2 1.), 509 pp. ; 4^-^ ed. xv, (2 1.), 375 pp.— pi. 209-245.]
Livre neuvifeme. — Des,Scomb6roides. [Par Cuvier ot Valenciennes.]
[Xo west-coast species noticed.]

Zoograpbia Rosso- Asiatica. See 1811.

1833— Kistoire Xaturelle des Poissons, par M. le Bo" Cuvier, . . . ; tt par M. Valen-
ciennes, .... Tome neuvifeme. A Paris, cbez F. G. Levrault, . . . ,
1833. [8° ed. xxix, 512 pp., 11.; 4° ed. xxiv, (1 1.), 379 pp.— pi. 246-279.]
Livre neuvieme. — Des Scombdroides. [Par Cuvier et Valenciennes.]
[No west-coast species noticed.]

13

1§35— Histoire NaturelledesPoissons, par M. le B°° Cuvier, . . . ; et par M. Valen-
ciennes, .... Tome dixieme. A Paris, chez F. G. Lcvrault, . . . ,

1835. [8° ed. xxiv, 482 pp., 11.; 4° ed. xix, (1 1.), 358 pp.— pi. 280-306.]
Suite du livre neuvieme — Des Scoiubdroides. [Par Cuvier ct Valen-
ciennes?]

Livredixifexe. — De lafamille des Teuthies. [Par Cuvier et Valenciennes?]
Livre onziJime. — De la famille des Tsenioides. [Par Cuvier et Valeu- •

ciennes?]
Livre douzifeme. — Des Atherines. [Par Cuvier et Valencieum s ?]
[No weat-coast species noticed.]

1836 — Fauna Boreali-Americaua; or the Zoology of the Northern Parts of British
America : containing descriptions of the objects of Natural History collected
on the late northern land expeditions under command of Captain Sir John
Franklin, E.N. Part third. The Fish. By John Richardson, M. D., F. R.
S.,F. L. S., Member of the Geographical Society of London, and Werneriau
Natural History Society of Edinburgh ; Honorary Member of the Natural
History Society of Montreal, and Literary and Philosophical Society of Que-
bec; Foreign Member of the Geographical Society of Paris; and Correspond-
ing member of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia ; Surgeon
and Naturalist to the Expeditions. — Illustrated by numerous plates. — Pub-
lished under the authority of the Right Honourable the Secretary of State
for Colonial AflUiirs. — ^Loudou : Richard Bentley, New Burlington street,
MDCCCXXXVI. [4°, pp. XV, 3>7 (+1) pp., 24 pi. (numbered T4-97).]

[N. g. and D. sp. Temnistia, {n. g., 50), Oyprinus (Leuciscui) gracilis (12'J), Saltno Scouleti
(153,223), Salmo qiUiina' (219), Saltno Oairdneri (221), Saltno paucidens (222), Salmo tsup-
pitch (224), Salmo Clarkii (225, :)07), Saltno (Mallotus?) paclfieus (256), Acipenser tratismoti-
tanus (278), Petroinyzon tridentatus (2!t.3) ; (Addenda:) Gottus asper (295,313), Cypriwus
(Ahramis) balteatus (301), Oyprinus (Leuciscus) caurit^us (-504), Oyprinus (Leuciscus) orego-
nensis (305).]

Eejiort on North American Zoology. By John Richardson, M. D.. F. R. S.
<^ Rep, 6th meeting Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Aug. 1836, =^v, 5, pp. 121-224, 1837.

Pisces, pp. 202-223.

Astoria, or anecdotes of an enterprise beyond the Rocky Mountains. By
Washington Irving. [1st ed.] In two volumes. Vol.1 [—II]. Pbil-
adelphin : Carey, Lea & Blanchard. 1836. [2 vols., 8«. Vol. i, 285 pp.;
vol. li, 279 pp., 1 map folded.]

[The fishes and fisheries, especially salmon, are noticed in vol. 2, chapters 9 and 14.]

Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, par M. le B"" Cuvier, . . . . ; et par M. Valeu-
\ ciennes, . . - , Tome ouzieme. A Paris, chez F. G. Levrault, . . . ,

1836. [8"^ ed. xx* 506 pp., 11.; 4° ed. xv, (I 1.), 373 jjp. — pi. 307-343.]
Livre troisieme. — Des Mngiloides.

Livre quatorzieme. — De ia famille des Gobioides.
[No west-coast species noticed.]

1§3'7 — Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, par M. le B"" Cuvier, . . . ; et par M. Valen-
ciennes, . . . Tome djuzieaie. A Paris, chez F. G. Levrault, . . . , 1837.
[8^ ed. xxiv, 507 + 1 pp. ; 4° ed. xx, 377 pp., 1 1.— pi. 344-338.]
Suite du livre qualorzifeme.— Gabioides.
Livre quiuzieme. — Des Acauthopterygiens a pectorales pediculdes.

1839— Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, par M. le B"" Cuvier, . . . ; et par M. Valen-
ciennes, . . . Tome troisieme. A Paris, chez Pitois-Levrault et C^, . . . ,
1839. 18° ed. xix, 505 pp., 1 1. : 4° ed. xyii, 370 pp.— pi. 369-,:i88.]

Livre seizi&me — Labroides.

[No west-coast species noticed.]

14

1839— Histoiro Natarello des Poissons, par M. le B"" Cuvier, . . . ; et par M. Valen-
cisnnas, . . . Tomo quatorzieme. A Paris, choz Pitois-Levraiilt etC«, . . . ,
ld;}'J. [8° ed. xsii, 4G4 pp., 3 1. ; 1° ed. xx, 344 pp., 3 1.— pi. 389-420.]

Suite du livro seizi&ino. — Labroidcs.

Livro dix-.sepf.ifemii. — Des Malacopt^rygiens. Des Siluroides.

[Xo west-coast species noticed ]

The Zoology of Captain Bcecbey's Voyage; compiled from the collections and
notes made by Captain Beechey, the officers and naturalist of the Expe-
dition, during a Voyage to the Pacilic and Behriug's straits performed in
his M ijesty's Ship Blossom, under the command of Captain F. W. I3eechey,
E. N., F. E. S., &c., &c. in the years 1825, 26, 27, and 28. By J. Eichardson,
M. D., F. E. S., &c. ; N. A. Vigors, Esq., A. M., F. E. S., &c. ; G. T. Lay, Esq. ;

E. T. Bennett, Esq., F. L. S., &c.; the Eev. W. Buckland, D. D., F. E. S.,

F. L. S., F. G. S., &c. and G. B. Sowerby, Esq. — Illustrated with npwards of
fifty finely coloured i^lates, by Sowerljy. — Published under the authority of
the Lords Com niissioners of the Admiralty. = London : Henry G. Bohn, 4,
York Street, Covent Garden.— MDCCCXXXIX.

Fishes; by G. T. Lay, Esq., and E. T. Bennett, Esq., F, L. S.,&c. pp.

41-75, pi. 15-23.
[^.sp.OhimceracolUei (p. 71, pi. 23).

Tliis volume is interestinj; as being the first pablication in which any attempt has been
made to scieuti tic ally indicate the fishes of the coast. The "naturalist" of the expeditiou
was, however, incompetent for the task, and the notes taken evince that he was not
sufficiently versed in the rudiments of ichthyology to know what to observe. Xeverthe-
less, the notes have an interest, if not of importance, enough to transcribe what relates
to the regions in question: —

"Oflf Saint Lawrence Island was caught, in the dredge a fish apparently allied to the
genus Liparis, Art. It had the 'ventral fins placed before the pectorals, but united and
continuous with them; aflat, raised, and rough tubercle, of nearly the diameter of an
English sixpence, was seated forward between the pectorals, its anterior part reaching as
far as the ventrals; this may bo of use in copulation : its cceca were pretty numerous.' — C.
The roughness of this tubercle renders it difficult to refer the fish to any known species;
but ic is probably nearly related to the Cyclopterus gelatinosus. Full., a, Liparis which is
known to inhabit the seas in which this was-'obtained. The existence of cceca removes it
from Lepadogaster, Gouan.

"Kotzebuo Souod afforded a specimen of a new species of Ophidium, L., the Oph. stigma.

" On the coast of California, a little to the northwards of the harbour of Sau Francisco,
an Ortluigoriscus was met with, apparently the Orth. mola., Bl. They swam about the
ship with the dorsal fiu frequently elevated above the surfiice." (p. 50.)

" Oa the coast of California, at Monterey, Mr. Collie's notes mention the occurrence of
[1] a species of Sparus, of two Scombri, and of a Clupea. [-i] The first of the Scoynbrid^ is
apparently a Scomber, Cuv. ; it was 'smaller than the mackorol; it was marked on the
back with cross w.aved narrow bands of bliick and greenish blue; its first dorsal fin had
nine spines, and there were four small pinnules behind the second dorsal and the anal : it
had a simple air-bladder of moderate size, and an immeose number of cceca, with a stomach
extending the whole length of the abdomen, narrow, tajjering to the posterior part, and
covered throughout nearly its whole length with the milt. ? Its internal membrane forms
longitudinal folds; the intestines have three convolutions.' — C. This fish occurred in
shoals. [:ij The second species was met with but once. It is a Caranx, Cuv., of which
'the teeth in the upper maxillary are scarcely to be felt: the pectorals reach ne.irly to op-
posite the anus: a double narrow stripe of deeper blue than the general surface runs back-
wards on each side of the first dorsal tin to opposite its termination, the two parts being
separated by a broad line of dirty white, which has a narrow, dark-coloured line along its
middle: there are no distinct divisions in the anal and second dorsal fins: the air-bladder
is simple, and small, and extends from the faucea to the anus ; the stomach is much shorter
than in the pr.-ceding species; the cmca, although numerous, are less .so than in it, and the
iutestiue is folded in the same manner.' — U. From the nature of the colouring of this fish,
as described by Mr. Collie, there can be little doubt of its constituting a distinct species.

15

[4] Alous with the first species of Scomber, there occurred in shoals a small species of
Clnpea,!.., 'without teeth; with the dorsal fin a little before the veniial; and with the back
dark greenish blue, and having one line and part of another of rounded black spots on
each side nearly on a level with the eye: the gill naembranes contain six rays, and overlap
each other at their lower part ; the stomach resembles that of the first Scomber; it has also
numerous c<«C(Z; the air-bladder is small and tapering.'— U. The other fishes observed at
Monterey were [5] a new species of Ohimcera, Cuv., differing essentially from tho Chimcera
of the Atlantic, and approaching somewhat in the position of its second dorsal fin to the
Callorhynchus, Cuv. ; [Gj a species of Torpedo, Dum.; and [7] a Rata " (pp. 54-55).]

1830— Narrative, of a Journey across the Rocky Mountains, to the Columbia Kiver,
and a Visit to the Sandwich Islands, Chili, &c. With a Scientitlc Appendix.
By John K. Townsend, Member of the Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia. Philadelphia: Henry Perkins, 134 Chestnuo street. Boston:
Perkins & Marvin.— 1839. [8°, 352 pp.]

[A few incidental popular notices of salmon and trout are given.]

[Reprinted in England under the following title :— ]
Sporting Excursions in the Rocky Mountains, including a Journey to the
Columbia River, and a Visit to the Sandwich Islands, Clfili, &c. By J. K.
Towshend [sic.'], Esq. In two volumes. Vol. I [—II]. London: Henry
Colburn, Publisher, Great Marlborough Street. 1840. 18^. VoL i, xii [+i],
312 pp., 1 pi. ; vol. ii, xii, 310 pp., 1 pL]

[In vol. i, chap. 7, are given details respecting salmon and the mode of catching them,
and the frontispiece illustrates a native woman " spearing the salmon ".]

1840 — Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, par M. le Bon Cuvier, . . .; et par M. Valen-
ciennes, . . . Tome quinzieme. A Paris, chez Ch. Pitois, editeur, . . . ,
1840. [8° ed. xxxi, 540 pp., 11.; 4" ed. xxiv, 397 pp.— pi. 421-455.]

Suite du livre dix-septieme.— Siluroides.

[No -west-coast species noticed.]

Narrative of a w^haling voyage round the globe, from the year 1833 to 18.56,
comprising sketches of Polynesia, California, the Indian Archipelago, etc.
with an account of Southern Whales, the Sperm Whale Fishery, and the
Natural History of the climates visited. By Frederick DebsU Bennett,
Esq., F. R. G. S., Fellow of the Royal College of Surgeons, London. In
two volumes. Vol. I [—II]. London : Richard Beutlcy, New Burling-
ton street, publisher in ordinary to her Mnjesty.— 1840. [8°, vol. i, xv, 402
pp., 1 pi., 1 map ; vol. ii, vii, 396 pp., 1 pi.]

1842— Histoire Naturelle desPoissous, par M.le B-^i Cuvier, . . . , et par M. Valen-
ciennes, .... Tome seizieme. A Paris, chez P. Bertraud, . . . , 1842.
[8° ed. XX, 472 pp , 1 1. ; 4° ed. xviii, 3G3 pp., 1 1.— pi. 456-487.]
Livre dis-huitieme. — Cyprinoides.

Zoology of New-York, or the New-York Fauna; comprising detailed descrip-
tions of all the animals hitherto observed within the State of New- York,
with brief notices of those occasionally found near its borders, aad accom-
panied by appropriate illustrations.— By James E. DeKay. — Part IV. —
Fishes. Albany: Printed by W. & A. White and I. Visscher. 1842. [4-=,
xiv [1, errata], 415 pp.; atlas, 1 p. 1., 79 pi.]

[The letterpress of the Eeptiles and Fishes, each separately paged, forms one volume,
and the plates, each separately numbered, another. Eight of the northwest-coast Malaco-
pterygian species {Abramis balteafus, Leuciscus ^mtrinus, Lcuciscus oregonen.sis, Salmo
quinnat, Salmo Gairdnerii, Salmo Scouleri, Salmo tsuppiich, and Salmo nitidus) and the
Sturgeon {Acipenser transmontanus) enumerated by Kichardson (183G) are briefly indicated
as '' extra-limital ".]

16

1844— Ilistoiro Naturelle des Poissons, par M. le B"" Cuvier, . . . ; et par M. Valen-
ciennes, .... Tome clix-septierae. A Paris, chez P. Beitraiul, . . . , 1844.
[8° ed. xxiii, 497 pp., 1 1. ; 4*= ed. xx, 370 pi>. 1 1.— pi. 487 (bi.s)-&iy.]
Suite du livre dix-huitieuie. — Cypiiuoides.

1§45— Descriptiou of a uew species oi Syngnathm, brought from the western coast of
Cahforuia by Capt. Phelps. By Dr. D. H. Storer. <^ Proc. Boston Soc.
Nat. Hisf., V. 2, p. 73, December, 1845.
[X. sp. Syngnathus cali/orniensis.]

1§46 — A Synopsis of the Fishes of North America. By David Humphreys Storer,
M. D., A. A. S., .... <^ Mem. Am. Acad. Arts and Sci., uew series, vol.
ii, pp. 253-5.50, Cambridge, 1846.

[739 nominal species from all North America, including the West Indies, are described.
The descriptions, however, are most inaptly compiled and entirely insufficient.]

A Synopsis of the Fishes of North America. By David Humphreys Storer,
M. D., A. A. S., .... Cambridge: Metcalf and Company, Printers to the
University. 184G. [4^, 1 p. 1. (= title), 2dd pp.]

[A rep' int, with separate pa;iinatiou, titlo-page, and index, ol' the preceding.
According to Dr. Storer (Mem. Acad., p. 2G0; Syn. p. 8), " the following si^cies inhabit
the northwestern coast of America : —
Trichodon stelleri. Salmo solar.

Cottus pistilliger. Salmo quinnat.

Cottus pohjacanthocephalus. Salmo Gairdnerii.

Cottus axper. Salmo pauAdens.

Aspidophorus ocipenHcrinus. Salmo Scouleri.

Hemilcpidotus Tilesii. Salmo tsuppitch.

Blepsias trilobus. Salmo nitidus.

Sebastes variabiAs. Mallotiis pacificus.

Cijpriaus balteahis. Cycloiyterus vtiitricosU'i.

Leucinous caurinus. Acipenser tranismontanus.'' I

Jjeuciscns oregonensis.

Ilistoire Naturelle des Poissons, par M. le B"" Cuvier, . . . ; et par M. Valen-
ciennes, .... Tome dix-huitifeme. A Paris, chez P. Bertraud, . . . ,
184G. [8° ed. xix, 505 pp., 2 1. ; 4° ed. xviii, 375 pp., 2 1. — pi. 520-.5.')3.]

Suite du livre dix-huitieme. — Cyprinoides.

Livre dix-neuvi^me. — Des Esoces ou Lucioides.

Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, par M. le B"" Cuvier, . . . ; et par IM. Valen-
ciennes, . . . . Tome dix-neuvieme. AParis, chez P. Bertrand, . . . , 1840.
[8° ed. xix, 544 pp., 3 1.; 4° ed. xv, 391 pp., 2 1.— pi. .554-590.]
Suite du livre dix-neuvi^me. — Brocbets ou Luiioides.
Livre vingti^me. — De quelques families* de Malicoptdrygieus, interm^-

diaires entre les Brochets et les Clupes.
[No west-coast species described.]

Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, t)ar M. 1 • B"" Cuvier, . . . ; et par M. Valen-
ciennes, .... Tome vingtifeme. A Paris, chez P. Bertrand, . . . ; , 1846.
[80 ed. xviii, 472 pp., 11.; 4^ ed. xiv, 346 pp. 1 1.— pi. 591-606.]
Livre vingt et uni^me. — De la famille des Clupdoides.

184§— Historia Fisica y Politica de Chile segun documeutos adquiridos en esta re-
publica durante doce auos de residencia en ella y publicaJa bajo los aus-
picios del Supremo Gobierno. Por Claudio Gay, ciudadano Chileno, indi-

* The families referred to arc :— Chirocsutrea (with the genus Chirocentnis) ; Alepoc6phales (with Ale-
pocephalas) ; LutodeiiOH (with Ohanos av^ Gonorhynchus) ; Mormyres (with Mormyrus) ; llyodontcs (with
Osieoglo. sum, L-,chnocoma,a.n(\ Hyodon); Butirins (■with Albula^^Butirinus); iSlopieus (with ElopsauA
Megalops); AmieK(wilhAm.ia) ; Vastresou Amies? (Vastres); familleparticuliere,ou Amies 1 {Reterotis);
Erythroidcs (with Erylhrinus, Macrodon, Lebiasina, and PyrrhuUna) ; and Ombres (with Umbra).

17

viduo (le varias sociedades cientificas nacionales y etrangeras. Zoologia.
Tomo segundo. Paris, en casa del antor. Chile, en el Museo de Historia
Natural de Santiago. MDCCCXLVIII. [Test, 8° ; atlas, fol.]

[Feces, pp. 137-370 and iudex.— In this work are described several species afterward
discovered along ttie coast of California.]

1 §48— Thirtieth Congress — first session. | = | Ex. Doc. No. 41. | — | Notes of a mili-
tary reconnoissance, | from | Fort Leavenworth, in Missouri, | to ( San Di-
ego, in California, | including part of the | Arkansas, Del Norte, and Gila
Rivers. ] — | By Lieut. Col. "W. H. Emory. | Made in 1846-7, with the
advanced guard of the " Army of the West." | — | February 9, 1848. — Or-
dered to be printed. | February 17, \SiS.— Ordered, That 10,000 extra copies
of each of the Reports of Lieu- | tenant Emory, Captain Cooke, and Lieu-
tenant Abert, be printed for the use of the House; ] and that of said num-
ber, 250 copies be furnished for the use of Lieutenant Emory, Captain |
Cooke, and Lieutenant Abert, respectively. | Washington : | Wendell and
Van Benthuysen, printers. | : : : : | 1848. [8°, 614 pp., 50 lith. pi. not num-
bered, 14 numbered, 2 sketch-maps, and 3 maps folded.]

[This work has been so badly edited that the following analysis may prove useful, and
will facilitate the understanding of the work :— ]
CONTENTS.

Notes I of I a military reconnoissance, | from | Fort Leavenworth, in Mis-
souri, to San Diego, | in California, | including | [lart of the Arkansas.
Del Norte, and Gila Rivers. J pp. 5-126, 26 lith. pi., 2 sketch-maps.
Appendix No. 1. [Letter on Indians by Albert Gallatin, and reply by

W. H. Emory.] pp. 127-134., 1 pi.
Appendix No. 2.. [Report on botany.]

[1. Phanerogams and ferns. By John Torrey. pp. 135-155, pi. 1-12.]
[2. Cactacea. By G. Engelmann. pp. 155-159, 14 lith. pi., 2 not
numbered.]
Appendix No. 3. Table of meteorological observations, pp. 160-174.
Appendix No. 4. Table of geographical positions, pp. 175-178.
Appendix No. 5. Table of astronomical observations, pp. 179-385.*
Appendix No. 6. [Report on natural history. By J. W. Abert.]

pp. 3'*6-414.
AppendixNo.7. [Itinerary of Sonera, Mexico. By P. St. Geo. Cooke.]
PI). 415-416.
» Report of Lieut. J. W. Abert. | of his | examination of New Mexico, [ ia
the years 1846-'47. pp. 417-546, 22 lith. pL, 1 map folded.
Notes concerning the minerals and fossils, collected by Lieutenant J.
W. Abert, while engaged in the geographical examination of New
Mexico, by J. W. Bailey, professor of chemistry, mineralogy, and
geology, at the United States Military Academy, pp. 547-548, 2
lith. pis.
Report of Lieut. Col. P. St. George Cooke | of | his march from | Santa F6,
New Mexico, | to | San Diego, Upper California, pp. 549-563, 2 maps
folded.
Journal j of | Captain A. R. Johnston, | First Dragoons, pp. 565-614.
[A species of Gila is noticed at ji. G2, and illustrated by a poor plate opposite the text.
It is said: — "We heard the fish playing in the water, and soon those who were disen-
gaged were after them. At first it was supposed they were the mountain trout, but, beinc
comparatively fresh from the hills of Maine, I soon saw the difference."]

Histoire Naturelle des Pois' ons, par M. le B°" Cuvier, . . . ; et par M. Valen-
ciennes, . . . Tomo vingt et unifeme. A Paris, chez P. Bertrand, . . . , 1848.
[8° ed. xiv, 536 pp.; 4° ed. xiii (+ iii), 391 pp.— i)l. 607-633.]
* Pages 289-304 misnumbered 209-224.

Bull. N. M. No. 11—2

18

Suite du livre viiigt et uni^me et des Clup^oides.*
Livro viugt-deiixi(>me. — Do la famille des Salmonoides.
fNo west-coast species described.]

1 §49— Frank Forrester's Fish and. Fishing of the United States and British Provinces
of North America. Illustrated from nature by the author. By Henry
"William Herbert, author of " Field Sports," " Warwick Woodlands," etc.
New York, Stringer «& Towusend, 222 Broadway, 1849. 8°.

Ilistoire Naturclle des Poissons, par M. le B°" Cuvier, . . . ; et par M. Valen-
ciennes, . . . Tome vingt-deusi^me. A Paris, chez P. Bertraud, . . . , 1849.
[8° ed. XX, 532, (index) 91 (-1-1) pp.; 4° ed. xvi, 395, (index) 81 (+ l)pp.— pi.
634-(i,50.]

Suite du livre vingt-deuxi&me.— Suite de la famille des Salmonoides.

[No west-coast species described.]

A Monograph of the Fresh water Cottus of North America. By Charles G-i-
rard. Aug. 1849. < Proc. Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., v. 2, pp. 409-411, 1850.

On the genus Cottus Auct. By Charles Girard. Oct. 17, 1849. < Proc. Boat.
Soc. Nat. Hist., v. 3, pp. 183-190, 1849.

1850 — Some additional observations on the nomenclature and classification of the
genus Cottus. By Charles Girard. June 19, 1850. <^ Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat.
Hist., V. 3, pp. 302-305, 1850.

1851— On a new genus of American Cottoids. By Charles Girard. Feb. 5, 1851.
< Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., v. 4, pp. 18-19, 1851.

E6vision du genre Cottus des auteurs. Par .Charles Girard, de FAssociation
am^ricaine pour I'avancemeut des sciences, menibre de la Soci^to d'histoire
naturelle de Boston. [1851. 4°, 28 pp ] < N. Denksclir. allg. Schweizer.
Gesell. gesammt. Naturw., B. 12, 1852.

Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge. = Contributions to the Natural His-
tory of the Fresh Water Fishes of North America. By Charles Girard. I.
A Monograph of the Cottoids. Accepted for publication by the Smithson-
ian luslitution, December, 1850. [Smithsoniau Contributions to Knowledge,]
vol. iii, art. 3. [4°, eO pp., 3 pi.]

Description of a new form of Lamprey from Australia, with a Synopsis of the
Family. By J. E. Gray, Esq., F. K. S., V. P. Z. S., etc. < Proc. Zool. Soc.
London, part xix, pp. 235-241, plates, Pisces, iv, v, 1851.

List of the specimens of Fish iu the collection of the British Mu»eum, — Part
I. — Choudropterygii. — Printed by order of the trustees. Loudon, 1851. [12*-^,
X, Llj, 100 pp., 2 pi. J

[The uaiiie of the compiler is oot published on the title-page. In the usual introduction,
Mr. Graj- states:— '■ The characters of the genera of Sharks aud Rays, with their sy-.
iDonyms. have principally been derivt-d from the work of Profiss-.>rs Miilier aud Henle.
Tlie s])eciuiens which were not named by those authors when eugaged in iheir work, or
by Dr. Andrew Smith, have been determined by Mr. Edward Gerr.ird." The responsi-
bility of the compilation, however, apparently devolves ou JOUN KDWaKD GRAY.
The diagnoses of the groups, and, for the most part, the synonymy of ihn species, are, in
fact, translated or transcr.bed from Miiller and Henlo's great work ou the Pla;;iostomes,
•entitled . s follows:— Syr tematische Beschreibung- der Plagiostomen von Dr. J. MiJLLER,
o. -ii. Professor der Anatomic iind Phys (ilogie, und Director des anatouiischeu Theaters
unil Museums in Berlin, und Dr. J. 'lENLE, o. 6. Professor der Anatoniie und Director
des auatomischeu Theaters uud ^'.useums in Ziiiich. Mit seeLzig Steindrucktafelu.
JJerliii, Verlag von Veit und Comp — Is-ll. [Folio, xxii, iiOO i)p., '2 1., GO pi., mostly eolored,
unnumbered ] Anepoeh-inarkin', work, but with no notices of Western" Aniei lean species.]

'The Notopt^res are diflfereutiatea ii-om the ClupeoLlej as a very oistinci, family (uue iamille trJis-
distincte).

19

1851 — Supplement to Frank Forrester's Fish and Fishing of the United States and
British Provinces of North America. Yiy William Henry Herbert, author
of the " Fiekl Six»rts of North America," " Frank Forrester and his Friends/'
etc. New York, Stringer & Towusend, 222 Broadway, 1851. pp. 1-86.

IM.'jS — Descriptions of some new Fishes from the River Zuiii. By S. F. Baird and
Charles Girard. June 28, 1853. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., vol. 6, pp. 368-369,
June, 1853.

[N. g. and sp. Oila (n. g, 368), Oila robusta (369), Gila elegam (369), Gila gracilig (36!)).]

Descriptions of New Species of Fishes collected by Mr. John II. Clark, on the
U. S. and Mexican Boundary Survey, under Lt. Col. Jas. D. Graham. By
Spencer F. Baird and Charles Girard. August 30, 1853. < Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phila., v. 6, pp. 387-390, Augutit, ]853.

[N. sp. Caiastnmiis latipinnia (3S8), Gila, Emoryi (383), Gila Grahami (389), GyprinocUni
mwavlaring (389), HeUrondria afflnis (390), Heterondria occidentalis (390).]

32d Congress, j 2d session. ^Senate. ^ Executive | No. 59. | — | Report of an Ex-
pedition I down the | Zuui and Colorado Rivers, | by j Captain L. Sit-
greaves, | Corps Topographical Engineers. ] — ( Accompanied by maps,
sketches, views, aud illustratious. | — | Washington: | Robert Armstrong^
public printer. ( 1853. [8°, 190 pp., 1 1., 24 pi. of scenery (pi. 1 folded), 6 pi. of
maunnais, 6 pL of birds, 2 pL of reptiles, 3 pi. of fishes, 21 pi. of botany, 1
folded map, all at end.]
Title, p. 1.

Report of the Secretary of War, communicating, [etc.] p. 3.
[Sitgreaves's report.] pp. 4-29.

Report j on j the natural history | of the | country passed over by the
exploring expedition | under the command of Brevet Captain L. Sit-
greaves, | U. S. Topographical Engineers, during the year 1851. | By S.
W. Woodhouse, M. D., ) surgeon and naturalist to the expedition, j pp.
31-40.
Zoology. I — ) Mammals and Birds, by S, W. Woodhouse, M. D. 1 Reptiles,
by Edward Hallowell, M. D. | Fishes, by Prof. S. F. Baird and Charles
Girard. i pp. 41-152.

Mammals. By S. W. Woodhouse, M. D. pp. 43-57, 6 i>l. (1-G).
Birds. By S. W. Woodhouse, M. D. pp. 58-105, 6 pi. (I-G).
Reptiles. By Edward Hallowell, M. D. pp. 106-147, 21 pi. (1-20+

10 a J.
Fishes. By Spencer F. Baird and Charles Girard. pp. 148-152,
3 pi. (1-3).
Botany. | — | By Professor John Torrey. pp. 153-178, 21 pis. (1-21).
Medical Report, j — | By S, W. Woodhouse, M. D. pp. 179-185.
List of illustrations, pp. 187-190.
Table of contents. [1 1.]

Extraordinary Fishes from California, constituting a new family, described by
, Ii. Agassiz. < Am. Journ. Sci. and Arts, (2), v. 16, pp. 380-390, Nov. 1853;
also reprinted in Edinburgh New Phil. Journ., v. 57, pp. 214-227 ; translated
in Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte (Berlin), Jahig. 20, B. 1, pp. 149-162, 1853.

{Family named "Family Holcom)tior Embiotocoida;" (p. 383). K. g. andn. sp. Embiotx)ca
(n. g., 3t6) ; — I. Embiotooa Jacksoni (387) ; 2. Evibioioca Caryi (.389).] ^

[This article was translated into German as foUo-wa: — ]
Ueber eiue neue Familie von Fischen aus Californien. Von L. Agassiz.
Aus Silliman's Amer. Journ. vol. xvi. p. 380 iibersetzt. Vom Herausgeber
[F. H. Troschel]. <[ Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, 20. Jahrg., B. 1, pp. 14'.>-'
. 162, 1854.

20

[This transliitiou was folio-wed 'by tbo followiiij? original coiEniuuioalior, in wbicL tbe
syatomatic relations of the fan>i!y were definitely determined:—]
Uebur dio systeniatiscbo StclluDg der Gattmig Embiotoca. Benjeiknug zur
vorigeu Abbaudluiig. Voni lleiaiu«geber [Dv. F. H. Troschel]. <Arcbiv
fur Natuigescbicbte, 20. Jabig., 13. 1, pp. 1G3-168, 1854.

1854— Tbe Zoology of tbe Voyage of H. M. S. Herald, under the comtrand of Cap-
taiu Ileury Keilett, R. N., C. B., dur.ng tbe years 1845-51. — Publisbed under
tbe Autbonty of tbe Loros Commissioners of tbe Admiralty. — Edited by
Professor Edward Forbes, F. K. S. Vtrtebrals, iutluoing Fossil Mammals.
By Sir John Richardson, Kut.,C. B., M. D., F. R. S.— Loudon: Lovell
Keeve, 5, Meurietta streer, Coveni Garden. — 1H54. [4°, xi, vi, [1], 171 [+ 1 ]
pp., 3-2 pi.]

Fish. pp. 15G-171, and pi. xxviii, pi. xxxiii.

[Describes Platessa stellata, mouth of Coppermine River (164, pi. 32, f. 1-3); Platessa
glacialis, Batburst's lulel (1C6, pi. 3.;); Sxlmo consuetus, Yukon River (1C7, pi. 3-i); Salmo
dermatimis, Yukon River (169, pi. 33, f. 3-5).]

Notice of a collection of Fisbes from tbo southern bend of the Tennessee
River, in the State of Alabama. By L. Agassiz. <^ Am. Journ. Sci. and
Arts, (2), V. 17, pp. 297-303, Mar. 1854; v. 17, pp. 353-359, May, 1854.

Appendix. — Additional notes on tbe Ilolconoti. pp. 3(55-369, May, 1854.

[N. g. and n. sp. Embiotoca lateralis (306), Shacochilus (n. g.) toxotes (307), Amphistirhns
(n. g.) argenteus (367), Rolconotiis (n. g., 307) rhodoterus (308).]

[Translated as follows:—]
Nacbtriiglicbe Bemerkungen iiber die Holconoti. Von Prof. L. Agassiz. Au.s
Silliman Amer. Journ. xvii. p. 365. Uebersetzt vom Herausgeber [J. H.
Troschel]. <^ Arcbiv iiir Naturgeschicbte, 21. Jahrg., B. 1, pp. 30-34, 1855.

Description of four new species of Viviparous Fishes from Sacramento River
and the Bay of San Francisco. Read before the California Academj' of Nat-
ural Sciences, May 15, 1854. By W. P. Gibbons, M. D. June 27, 1854.
<Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Pbila., v. 7, pp. 105-106, 1854.

[N. sp. Uysterocarpus Traskii (105), Hyperprosopon argenteu.m (105) and var. a. punctatum
(100), Cymatogaster aggregatus (106), Cymatogaster minimus ()06).]

Description of new Species of Viviparous Marine and Fresh-water Fisbes, from
the Bay of San Francisco, and from tbe River and Lagoons of tbe Sacramento.
By "W. P. Gibbons, M. D. [Read before the California Academy of Nat-
ural Sciences, Jan. Oth and May 15tb, 22d, and 29th, 1854.] July 25, 1854.
<Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Pbila., v. 7, pp. 122-126, July, 1854.

[If. g. and n. sp. Rolconotus (122), H. Agassizii (122), H. Gibbonsii, " Cal. Acad, cf N. S.'" (123),
H.faliginosus (123), Cymatogaster (n. g.), G. Larkinsii (123), C. pulcJicllus (123), C. ellipticus
(124), Hysterocarpus (n. g.), U. Traskii (124), Ilyperprosopon (n. g ), H. argenteus (125), H.
arcuatus (125), Micrometms (n. g.). If. aggregatus (125), M. minimus (125), Mytilophagus (n
g.), M. foAciatus (125), Vachylabrus (n. g.), P. variegatus (120).]

[Translated as follows : — ]
Bescbreibung ueuer Fische aus der Familie Holconoti aus dem Bustn von
San Francisco, aus dem Sacrameuto-Fluss und dessen Laguuen. Von W.
P. Gibbons. Aus den Proceedings of tbe Acad, of nat. sc. of Philadelphia
vol. vii. 1854. j). 122. Ubersetzt vom Herausgeber [F. H. Troschel]. <;Ar-
chiv ftir Naturgeschicbte, 21. Jahrg., B. 1, pp. 331-341, 1855.

Descriptions of new Fisbes, collected by Dr. A. L. Heermann, Naturalist at-
tached to the survey of the Pacific Railroad Route, under Lieut. R. S. Wil-
liamson, U. S. A. By Charles Girard. Aug. iO, 1854. <^ Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Pbila., v. 7, pp. 129-140, 1854.

[N. g. and n. sp. : — 1. Ccntrarchus interrvptus (129), 2. Cottcpsis gulosus (129), 3. AspicoUus
(u. g.) bison 030), 4. Leplocottus (n. g., 130) armatus (131), 5. Scorpcenichthys (n. g.) marmo-
ratus (131), 6. Sebastes aurindatus (131), 7. Cliirns pictws(132), 8. Ohirus guttatus (132), 9.

21

Ophiodmi (n g.) elongatus (133), 10. Gasterosteus JVilliamsoni (133), 11. Gasterosteug micro-
ccphaliis (133), 12. Atherinopnig (n. g.) cali/orniensis (l.M). 13. Gobiiis gracilis (134), 14. Emhi-
ittoca lineata (134), 15. Amphistichics simili.n\^5),l6. Amphistichus iTcerraawjii (135), 17. Gila
coaocephala (135), 18. Foyonlchthysituiequilobus (13(i), 19. Pogonichthys sym-nietrieus (136), 20.
Lavinia (n. g.) exiUcauda (137), 21. Lavinia crassicaiida (137), 22. Lavinia conformis (137),
23. Lcuco^omus occitlentalis (137), 24. Vliipea mirabilis (136), 25. Melctta canulea (138), 26.
EngrauUg nutrdax (138), 27. Piatichthijs {n. g.) rugosiig (139), 28. Fleuronichtlvjn (n. g.) cceno-
sws (139), 29. Parophrys (n. g., 139) vetulus (140), 30. Paettiehthys (n. g.) melaiwutictus (140).]

1854 — Enumeration of the species of raariae Fishes, collected at Sau Francisco, Cali-
fornia, by Dr. C. B. E. Keunerly, naturalist attached to the snrvey of the
Pacific E. R. lioute, under Lieut. A. W. Whipple. By Charles Giraid. Auft.
29, 1854. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Puila., v. 7, pp. 141-1-1-2, Ancr. 1,S.")4.

IN. g-and n. sp.4— I. Chirus cnruftellafus (141), 3. PorichUxyn (n. g.) notatus (141), 8. Gadus
proximus (141), 10. P/ietUcJWiys aordidtis (142). J

Observiitioas upon n collection of Fiijhes made on the Pacific coast of the
U. States, by Lieut. W. P. Trowbridge, U. S. A., for the Museum of the
Smithsonian Iisstitution. By Charle:^ Girard. Aug. 29, 1854. < Proc.
Acail. Nat. ScL Phila., v. 7, pp. 142-15(i, 1M54.

IN. g. andn. sp.: — 1. LabraxnebuVfcr (H-2}, 2. Labrax clathratu^ (Hi) , 3. UeterosticMts {n. g )
rostratus {I4:i}, 4. Sphyrcenaargenteailii), 5. Cottopsis parvus {144), S. Scorpwnichth'S lale-
»-niis(H.")), 9. Scorpcena gttifata {14'>) , II. Sebastes rosaceus (14G), 12. Stbaates fanciatun {Hi)), l^i.
Gasterj[)iiteus plebeius (147), 16. Gasterosteus inopinatus (147), 17. Umbrina undidafa (Uf^), 18.
Glyphisodon rubicundus (148). 19. Belone exilis (149), 20. Blennius gentilis (149), 21. Gunnelbm
oi-naliis (149), 22. Apodichthys (a. g.) Jlavidus (150), 23. Apodichthys violaceus (150), 24. Anar-
rhlchus fells (150), 26. JkUs modestus {\^l), 29. Embiotoca Uneata (151), 30. Embiotoca Cas-
eidyi (151J, 32. Holconotus Trowbridgii (152), 33. Holemw'.us megalups (I5J), 31. Phanerodoii
fn.g.) furcatus (153), 36. Pogon ehthys argyr^iosvs (153), 37. Fundrdus parvipinnis (154), 42.
EngrauUs delicatixsimus (154), 43. Argentina x^retioha (150), 44. Pleuronectcs maeulnsus (\35),
48. Lepadogaster reticulatus (155), 49. Syngnathus drevirctris (156), 50. Syagnathus Icpto-
rhynehus <156).]

t Descriptions of two species of fish, believed to be new. Sept. 4, 1854. By
Wm. O. Ayres. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, pp. 3-4, 1854 ; 2d ed , pp. ?,-A,
187:}.

XN. sp. Labrus puleher, Hemitripterus marinoratus.]

^ Descriptions of two new species of Sebastes. Sept. 11, 1854. By Wm. O.
Ayres- < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, pp. 5-0, 1854; 2d ed., pp. {3-(>, 187:?.
{N. sp. S. iicbulosus, S. pauaispinis.]

t Descriptions of new species of fish. Sept. 18, 1854. By Wm. O. Ayres,
M. D. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, pp. 7-8, 1854 ; 2d ed., pp. 7-8, 1873.

ITS', sp. Sebagtes ruber., Srbasteg ruber var. parvus, Sebastes variabilis, Centrarehus inucu-
losus.\

t Observations on the development of Anableps Gronovii, a viviparous fish
from Surinam. By Prof. Jeffries Wyman. Sept. 20, 1854. <Proc. Boston
Soc. NaL Hist., v. 5, pp. 80-81, Dec. 1854.*

" Remarks in relation to the Mode of Development of Embiotocoidae. By
Charles GirarcL Sept. 20, 1854. < Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., v. 5, pp.
81-82, Dec. 1854.

*Two new fishes, Morrhua californica and Grystes liueatus. By Wm. O.
Ayres. Oct. 2, 1854. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, pp. 9-10, 1854; 2d ed.,
pp. 8-10, 1873.

(N. sp. Morrhua californica, Grystes lineatus.]

**><;, also. OLsfrvationscB the development of AiiallfpsGroiKivii (Cuv. .tud Val.). By JeffriesWynian.
M. D. Read Sept. 20, 1^54. < Boston Journ. Nat. Hi.st., v. 6, pp. 432-443, pi. 17, Xov. 1854.

22

I §54— t Descriptious of a new species of cottoid lisli, and remarks on the Auioiioiin
Acautbocotti. By Wm. O. Ayres, M. D. Oct. 9, 1854. < Proc. Cal. Acad.
Sci., V. 1, p. 11, ld54; 2d ed., p. 11, l.-^7;5.

[N. Bp. Clypeocottus roJntstus {— Aspicotttts bison Gril.).]

t Descriptious of two uew species of lisli. By Wai. O. Ayres, M. D. Oct.
2:5, 1854. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, pp. i:i-14, lHr)4 ; 2d. ed., pp. 12-i:i,
187:5.

[N. sp. Jirosmius marginatus, Syngnathiis griseoluteatus.]

New species of Califoruian Fishes, by "William O. Ayres, M. D. Nov. 1, 1854.
<^Proc. Boston Sjc. Nat. Hist., v. 5, pp. 94-10:5, Dec. 1854, a .d Feb. 1855.

[N. sp. Sebasteg paucUpinis (94), Sebastes nebulosus (5)6), Sebaxtes ruber (07), Sebastes ruber
\ ax. parvus {9%), Centrarchiismacidosus (99), Morrhua californica (K'O), ImOtus pulcher (lOl) .]

* Descriptions of the Sturgeons [ Acipenser] found in our [Califoruian} waters.
By Wm. O. Ayres, M. D. Nov. 27, 1854. < Proc. Cai. Acad. Sci., v. 1, p.
15, Dec. 1854 ; 2a ed., pp. 14-15. 1873.

[N. sp. A. acutirostris, A. medirostris, A. bntchyrhyachus.]

Characteristics of some Cartilaginous Fishes of the Pacific coast of North Am-
erica. By Charles Grirard. Nov. 28, 1854. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phlla..
V. 7, pp. 19U-197, 1854.

[N. sp.: — 1. Cestradon francisei (I9G). ?. Triakis semifasciatnm (19G), 3. Spinax (Acanthias)
Suckleifi (19C), 5. Raja binoculata (i9t;).]

Abstract of a Report to Lieut. Jas. M. Gilliss, U. S.N., upon the Fishes col-
lected during the U. S. N. Astronomical Expedition to Chili. By Charles
Girard. Nov. 28, 1854. < Proc. Acad. NaS. Sci. Phila., v. 7, pp. 197-199, 1854.
[Genus Atherinopsis noiiceil, and the Meletla cctrulea of Aug. 29, 1834, v. 7, p. 138, rede-
scribed as a new species, under uhe namo Alosa mubicx.]

.t Descriptions of two new species of tish. By Wm.. O. Ayres, M. D. Dec. 4,
1854. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, pp. 17-18, 18.j4 ; 2d ed., pp. 16-17, 1873.
[N. sp. Osmerns elo7igatus, Mttstelua feUa }

tDescriptious of two uew species of Cypnuoid^. By "Wm. O. Ayres, M. D.
Dec. 11, 1854. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, pp. 18-19, 1854 ; 2d ed., pp. 17-18,
1873.

[X. sp. Catostomus occL. entails, Gila grandis-l

* Descriptious of two new Cypriuoid fish. By Wm, O. Ayres, M. D. Dec. 18,
1854. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, pp. 20-21, 1854; 2d ed., pp. 19-20, 1873.
[N. sp. Lavinia gibbosa, L. compressa. }

"Description of a new Cypriuo d fish. By "Wm. O. Ayres, M. D. Dec. 25,
1854. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, pp. 21-22, 1854 ; 2d ed., pp. 20-21, 1873.
[N. ep. Ctila microlepidota.]

A list of the Fishes collected in California, by Mr. E. Samuels, with descrip-
tions of the new species. By Charles Girard, M. D. [1854.] < Boston
Journ. Nat. Hist., v. 6, pp. 533-544, pi. 24-26, 1857.

i855— Synopsis of the Ichtbyological Fauna of the Pacific Slope of North America,
chiefly from the collections made by the U. 8. Exp. Exped. under the com-
mand of Capt. C. Wilkes, with recent additions and comparis. ns with east-
ern types. By Louis Agassiz. < Am. Journ. Sci. and. Arts, v. 19, pp. 71-99,
Jan., 1855 ; v. 19, pp. 215-231, March, 1855.

[N. g. and n. sp. Catostomus occidentalis (94), Acrocheilus (n. g., 96) alutaccus (99), Ptycho-
cheilus (n. g., 227), rtychocfieilus gracilis (229), Ptyehocheilus mitjor (229), Jlylocbeilvs (n. g.
229) lateralis 2."J1).]

23

I§5a — * Ou two speci-es of Liparis. By "Wm. O. Ayres, M. D. Jan. 8, 1855. <^Proo
Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, pp. 23-24, Feb. 1, 1855; 2(1 ed., pp. 21-23, 1873.
[N. ep. L. pulchellus, L. wittoostts.J

J Description of a n«w geuns (Leptogun( llus) and two new species of lishes.
By Wm. O. Ayres, M. D. Jan. 22, 1855. <^Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, pp,
25-27, 1855 ; 2d ed., pp. 24-25, 1873.

[N. ap. Lei»gtomus Uneatus, Leptogunellus gracilis.]

t Description of a Lamprey, from tlie vicinity of San Francisco. By 'Wm. O.
Ayres, M, D. Feb. 5, 1855. <Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, p. 28, Feb. 19,
1855; 2aed.,p. 27, 1873.
{N. sp. Petromjfzon plambcus.]

• Remarks on the foetal Zygaena (Haramer-lieaded Shark). By Jeffries Wy-
mau. Feb, 21, 1855. <^ Proc. Boston Soc Nat. Hist., v. 5, p. 157, Marcl/,

1855.

i' Description of a new generic tyije among fishes. Py Wm. O. Ayres, M.
D. Feb. 2(1, 1«55. < Proc. CaL Acad. SeL, v. 1, pp. 31-32, 1855 ; 2d ed., pp.
30-31, 1873.

{N. sp. Anarrhichthys ootllatus.\

fDeseription of a new species of Catastomus. By Wm.. O. Ayres, M. D.
March 5, 1855. <^ Proc Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, pp. 32-33, 1855; 2dcd., pp. 31-
32, 1873.

[Jf. sp. Gatoetonvus ldbiatus.\

** Description of a new ichthyic type. By Wm. O. Ayres, M. D. March 12,
1855. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, pp. 33-35, 1855 ; 2d ed., pp. .32-34, 1873.
{]^. g. and 11. ep. Mylophanoden (n. g) rohnstu^.]

•^ Description of a new Trout. By "W. P. Gibbons. March 19, 1855. <; Proc.
Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, pp. 36-37, 1855; 2d ed., pp. 35-36, 1873.
[N. sp. Salme iridea.]

*On specimens of Gasterosteus plebeins, Gir., brought from San Jos(5 by the
Rev. Mr. Douglas. By Wm. O. Ayres, M. D. April 2, 1855. < Proc. Cal.
Acad. Sci., v. 1, p. 40, 1855; 2d ed., p. 39, 1873.

f Description of a new Platessa, and remarks on the Flatfish of the San Fran-
cisco markets. By Wm. O. Ayres, M. D. April 2, 1855. <^ Proc. Cal.
Acad. ScL, v. 1, pp. 39-40, 1855; 2d ed., pp. 39-40, 1873.
{N. ep. Plaisgga Min/eata.}

f Description of a new Salmo and a uew Petromyzon. By Wm. O. Ayres.
April 16, 18.')5. <^ Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, pp. 43-45, 1855; 2d ed., pp.
42-44, 1873.

{N. «p. Sa,lm@ rivularis, Petromyzon eiliaUns.]

Notice upon the Viviparous Fishes inhabiting the Pacific coast of North Amer-
ica^ with au enumeration of the species observed. By Charles Girard.
April 24, 1855. <Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., v. 7, pp. 318-323, 1>55.

[N. R. and n. bd. : — 3. Emliotoca Webbi (1520), 5 JSmbietocaornata (32i ), C. E inbiotoca perspica-
bilig (321), 7. Damalichtkys (u. g.) vacca (321), 9. Abeona{a.g.) Trowbridgii (322), 11. Ennich-
thys (ll g., 322), Enmchthys megalop.i (323), 12. Ennichthys Heermamii (323).]
[Translated into German by Dr. Troschel as follows: — ]

EJeber die lebendig gebiirenden Fische an der Westkiiste von Nordamerika.
Von Charles Girard. (Proceedings of the Academy of nat. sc. of Phila-
delphia April 1855.) Uebersetzt vom Herausgeber [Prof. Dr. Troschel].
•<Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, 21. Jahrg, B. 1, pp. 342-354 [numb. 344],
1855.

24

i 855— t Description of a Gasterosteus believed to he new, and on the American spe-
cies of the genus. By Wm. O. Ayres. April 30, 1855. < Proc. Cal. Acad.
Sci., V. 1, pp. 47-4H, 1855 ; 2d ed., pp. 4C-47, 1873.

fN. sp. Gasterosteus serratas ; uaue Gasterosteus dekayi proposed for Gasterosteus biaeu-
leatus DeKay.]

t Description of a new species of Apodichthjs. By William O. Ayres, M. D.
May "21, 1855. <^ Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, pp. 55-5(), 1K55; 2d ed., iip. 54-
55, 1873.

[NT. sp. Apodichlhys virescens.]

t Description of a uew generic type of Blenuoids. By William O. Ayres, M. D
June 4, 1855. <^ Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, pp. 58-59, 1855 ; 2d ed., pp. 58-59,
1873.

[N. sp. Cebedichthys cristagalli.]

t Description of a new Carangoid fish. By William O. Ayres, M. D. July
2, 1855. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, pp. 62-03, 18t35 ; 2d ed., p. 64, 1873.
[N. sp. Garanx synimetricus.]

t Description of a uew species of Whiting. By William O. Ayres, M. D.
July 16, 1855. <^ Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, p. 64, 1855; 2d ed., pp. 65-66,
1873.

[N. .'tp. Merlangus productus.]

* D^'ScripUon of a li.sb, representing a type entirely new to our waters. By

Wm. O. Ayres, M. D. Aug. 6, 1855. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, pp. 66-67,
1855; 2ded., p. 69, 1873.

[N. sp. Saunis lv/;ioceps.]

* Description of a uew species of Cramp fish. By William O. Ayres, M. D.

Sept. 10, 1855. <^ Proc. Cal. Acad, Sci., v. 1 , pp. 70-71, 1855 ; 2d ed., pp. 74-75,
1873.

[N. sp. Torpedo cali/omica.]

t Ou a viviparous fish from Japan. By Louis Agassiz. Sept. 11, 1855.
<^Proc. Am. Acad. Arts and Sci., v. 3, p. 204, 1855.

"A Flying Fish, Exocoeins fasciatus Le Sueur, from the Pacific Ocean, lat. 30-
06' N.,loug. 113^^ 02'W. [Gulfof Califoruia], presented by Dr. Lanszweert."
Sept. 24, 1855. <;Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, pp. 71-73, 1855.

i Description of a Shark of new generic type. By Wm. O. Ayres, M. D.
Oct. 8, 1855. <Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, pp. 72-73, 1855; 2d ed., pp.
76-77, 1873.

[N. sp. Notorhynchxis maculatus.]

•Remarks concerning a collection of fishes made by Lieut. W. P. Trowbridge
at or near Cape Flattery, W. T. By Wm. O. Ayres, M. D. Oct. 22, 1855.
<Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, p. 74, 1855; 2d ed., p. 79, 1873.
[10 species enumerated.]

t On a supposed new genus of Cottoids. By Wm. O. Ayres, M. D. Dec. 24,
1855. <Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 1, pp. 75-77, 1855; 2d ed., pp. 81-82, 1873.
fN. sp. CalycUepidotus spinosus, Scorpcenichthys lateralis Grd. = Calycilepidotus lateralis.

25

i§56— Coutributions to the Ichthyology of the Western Coast of the United States,
from specimens in the Museum of Smithsonian Institution. By Charles
Girard, M. D. June 24, 1H5G. <^ Proc. Acad. Kat. Sci. Phila., v. 8, pp.
131-137, 185.').

[N". g. and n. sp. Paralahrax (n. g., 131), Homalopomus (n. j;.) Trowbrid^ri (132), Ohgo-
coitus (n. g., 132) maculosus (133), Lcioeottus (d. g.) hirundo (133), Artcd.iis (i. g., 134), Arte-
dius notonpilotus (134), Sebastes melanops (135), Oplopoma (n. t') panrherina (135), Gaste-
rosteus intermedins (135), Gasterosteus pugetii (135), Gobius Newherryi (13G), Embiottca argy-
rosoma (13t)), Coregonus Williamsoni (136), Platichtliys 'iimbrosvs (136), Pleunnichthys giMu-
latus (137), Ammodytes personatus (137), Rhiaoptera vespertiLo (137).]

Researches upon the Cyprinoids inhabiting the fiesh water Fishes of the United
States of America, west of the Mississippi Valley, from specimens in the
Museum of the Smithsonian Institution. By Charles Girard, M. D. Sept.
30, 1856. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., v. 8, pp. 165--213, 1856.

[N. g. and n. sp. Mylocheilus fraterculus (169), Catoitomus (Acomuy, n. a. g.) gcncromix
(174), Catostormis macrockeilus (175), GatoUomus bernardini (175), Algansea (a. g.), Algan-
sea bicolor (183), Algansea obesa (183), Algansea formosa (183), Lavinia harengus (184),
Argyreus nubilus (186), Argyreus oncxdus (186), Argyreits notabilin (186), Agosia (n. g), Agosia
chrysugaster (\87), Agosia in etallica (1S~), Med a (u. g.) fulgida (19'^), Jiickardscnius (n. g.)
lateralis (20:}), Tiaroga (u. g.) cobitis (204), Tigoma (a. g.), Tigoma bicolor (206), Tigoma pur-
purea (206), Tigoma intermedia (200), Tigoma obesa (206), Tigoma Uu-mboldti (206), Tigoma
lineata (206), Tigoma gracilis (20b), Tigoma nigrescens (207), Tlgoiua crassa (207), Chconda
(n.g.), Oheonda Cooperi (207), Cheonda coerulea (207), Siboma (a. g.) atraria (208), Vtychochei-
lus rapax (209), Ptychocheilus lucius (209), Ptycliocheilus vorax (209). l

Notic ■ upon tbe Species of tbe Genus Salmo of authors, observed cbiefly in
Oregon and California. By Charles Girard, M. D. Oct. 28, 1856. <] Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., v. 8, pp. 217-220, 1856.

[N". sp. Salm,o spectabilis {^V), Fario aurora (218), Fario argyretis (21^), Fario btcllatu>'
(219), Solar Lew isi (219), Salar vigina.is (220).]

* 33d Congress, | 2d Session. > House of Representatives. < Ex. Doc. | No. 97. | = |

Narrative | of | the Ex^,edition of an American Squadron | to | the China
Seas and Japan, j performed in tbe years 1852, 1853 and 1854, | under the
command of | Commodore M.C. Perry, United States Navy, | by | orderofthe
Government of the United States. | — | Volume II. With illustrations. | —
I Washington: | A. O. P. Nicholson, printer. | 1850. [4°, 4 p. 1., 414 pp.;
[Treaty,] 2 p. 1., 14 pp.; [Index,] iii-xi pp., 1 1.]
Notes on some figures of Japanese Fish, taiien from recent specimens by
tbe artists of the U. S. Japan Expedition. By James Carson Bre-
voort. (pp. 253-256, pi. iii-xii.)

[Contains notice of Ditrema and first notice of tbe recognition of the afiiniiy between
the Embiotocoids of Califoruia and the Japanese genus.]

33d Congress, 2d Session. | Senate. 5 Ex. Doc. No. 78. | ^= ] Reports | of | Explo-
rations and Surveys, I to I ascertaiu tbe most practicable and ecouomical route
for a railroad | from tbe | Mississippi River to the Pacific Ocean | made under
the direction of the Secretary of War, | in 1853-4, | according to actsof Con-
gress of March 3, 1853, May 31, 1854, and August -5, 1854. I — I Volume V. | — |
Washington : | Beverley Tucker, Printer. | 1856.

Explorations and Surveys for a railroad route from tbe Mississippi River
to tbe Pacific Ocean. | War Department. | = | Routesiu California, tocon-
nect with tbe routes near the thirty-fifth and thirty-second | parallels,
explored by Lieut. R. S. Williamson, Corps Topogra])bical Engineers, in
1853. I — I Geological report, [ by | William P. Blake, | Geologist and
Mineralogist of the Expedition, j [With appendix.] | — | Washington,
D. C. I 1857. =

Appendix. — Article I. Notice of the fossil fishes. — By Professor Louis
Agassiz.— (pp. 313-316, and 1 plate ("Fossils plate 1") )

26

1856— 3i{d Congress, | 2(1 Session. | Senate. [ Ex. Doc. | No. 78.=^ Reports \ of | Explo-
rationsancl Surveys. | to 1 ascertain theniostpracticableandeconoruicalroute
for a railroad j from the | Mississippi Eiver to tbe Pacific Ocean | made under
the din-cliou of the Secretary of War, in | 1853-4, \ according to acts of Con-
gress of March 3, 1853, May 31, 1854, and August 5, 1854. | — | Volume
IV. i — I Washington: | Beverlej' Tucker, Printer. | 18.'>6.

Explorations and surveys for a railroad route from the Mississippi Eiver
to the Pacific Ocean. | War Department. | ^= \ Route near the thirty-fifth
parallel, explored by Lieut. A. W. Whipple, To] ographical | Engineers,
in 1853 aud 1854. | — | Report on the zoology of the expedition. ] — |
Washington, D. C. | 1856. =[17 pp., 1 l.J
No. 1. — Field notes and explanations. — By C. B. R. Kennerly, M. D.,
Physician and Naturalist to the Expedition. — pp. 5-17.
ISSy — The Northwest Coast ; or, Three Years' Residence in Washington Territory.
By James G. Swan. [Figure of terr. seal.] With numerous illustrations.
New York: Hai per «& Brothers, Publishers, Fiaukliu Square. 1857. [12<^,
435 pp. (inch 26 tigs, and pi.), frontispiece, 1 map.]

[Popular notices of fishes — especially salmon and flsliing for salmon — are given in chap-
ters 3, 7, 9, and 14.]

'Account of some observations on the development of Anableps Gronovii, as

compared with that of the Embiotocas of California. By Jeffries Wyman.

Nov. 18, 1857. < Proc. Boston S.c. Nat. Plist., v. 6, p. 294, Jan. 1858.
Notice upon new Genera and new Species of Mariue and Fresh-water Fishes

from Western North America. By Charles Girard, M. D. Nov. 24, 1857.

<Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., v. 9, pp. 200-202, Nov. 1857.

[N. g. ftLd n. sp. Ckiropsis (n. g., 201), OUgocottus analis (iOl), OUgocottwi globiccps (201),
ZanioUpis (n. g.) latipinnis (202), Blepsias oculofasciaius (202).]

33dCongris8, | 2d Session, f Senate. ^ Ex. Doc. | No. 78. | = | Reports | of | Ex-
plorations aud Surveys, | to | ascertain the most practicable aud economical
route for a railroad | from ihe | Mississippi Elver to the Pacific Ocean. |
Made uuder the direction of the Secretary of War, in | 1854-6, | according to
Acts of Congress of March 3, 1853, May 31, 1854, and August 5, 1854. | — ]
Volume VI. | — | Washington: | Beverley Tucker, Printer. | 1857.
Explorations and Surveys for a Railroad Route from the Mississippi River
to the Pacific Ocean. | War Department. | =i | Routes m California and
Oregon explored by Lieut. R. S. Williamson, Corps of Topographical |
Eugiueers, aud Lieut. Henry L. Abbo', Corps of Topographical Engin-
eers, in 1855. I — I Zoological Report. — | Washington, D. C. | 1857. | =
No. 1. Report upon Fishes collected on the Survey. — By Charles
Girard, M. D. — pp. 9-34, with plates xxii a, xxii 6, xxv a, xxv h, xl
a, xlvi, Ixii, Ixvi, Ixviii, Ixx, Ixxiv.

Report on the fauna and medical topography of Washington Territory. By
Geo. Suckley, M. D. May, 1857. < Trans. Am. Med. Assoc, v. 10, pp. 181-
217, 1857.

[Fishes noticed at pp. 202-203.]

185§ — Description of several new species of Salmonidis from the north-west coast
of America. By George Suckley, M. D. Read December 6, 1858. <^ Ann.
Lye. Nat. Hist. New York, v. 7, pp. 1-10, 18G2.

[X. sp. Salmo Gi-bbsii (1), Salmo truncatus (3), Salmo gibber (C), Salmo conjluentus (8),
Salmo cania (9).]

Ichthyological Notices, by Chas. Girard, M. D. Dec. 28, 1858. < Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phila., vol. 10, pp. 223-225, Dec. 1858.

[§ 1-4, n. sp. " Fario Newberrii, or else Salmo Newberrii " (22.'')).]

27

a8.5§— Deukn-iirdigkeiten einer Reise nach dem rnssiscben Amerika, uacli Mikro-
uesieu and durch Kamtschatka. Von F. H. v. Kittlitz.— Eister Band
[— Zvveiter Band].— Gotha. Verlag vou Justus Perthes. 1858. [fc<=, vol.i,
xvi, 383 pp., 2 pi. ; vol. ii, 2 p. 1., 463 pp., 2 pi.]

Ig59_33a Congress, | 2d Session. | Senate.^ Ex. Doc. | No. 78. | =^ | Reports \ of j Ex-
plorations and Surveys, | to | ascertain the most practicable and economical
route for a railroad | from the | Mississippi River to the Pacific Ocean. |
Made under the direction of the Secretary of War, in | 18:3-6, | according to
Acts of Congress of March 3, 1853, May 3i, l-i54, and August 5,1854. | — [
Volume X. I — I Washington : \ Beverley Tucker, Printer. | 1859.

Explorations and Surveys for a railroad route from the Mississippi River
to the PaciQc Ocean. | War Department. | = | Fishes: by Charles Gi-
rard, M. D. i — | Washington, D. C. | 1858.* = [xiv, 400 pp., with plates
vii-viii, xiii-xiv, xvii, xviii, xxii c, xxvi, xxix, xxx, xxxiv, xxxvii,
xl, xli, xlviii, liii, lix, Ixi, Ixiv, Ixv, Ixxi.]

[N. g. and n. sp. Olipocottus globiceps {58}, Nmitichthys (n. g., 74), AmUodon satunins (!)«),
Pelamys lineolata (100), TracJmrus boops (108), Ephippiia zonatus (110), NcocUnus (n •;., lU),
NeocUnus Blanchardi (lU), XipUdion (n. r., 119), Xiphklion mucosum (119), Ophidion Tay-
lori (138), Paralichthys (n. g., 14G), Tigoma egregia (291), Thalcichthys (d. g., 3io), ThaUichthys
Stevcn»ii (3-i:>}, £■ graulis nar.us C33:>), Hnnraulis con.presms (33()), Tetraodon politun (340).
mp2)ocavipusingens (ii^), Syngnathus Abboti (31G), Sijngnathus amndinaceus (34C), i?aj«
Co(yperi (Tti), Petromyzon lieidus (379), Peiromyzon astori (dtO), Ammocoelcs cibarius (38.3). t

As this report briugs np our knowledge of the lisb faun:i of the Paoilic coast slope of
the United States to the time of its piblicatioii, and lua ks a ; epoch in the ichlbyography
of the region in qiicstioD, the species described are htreiubelow cniimtrated. Of thu
several columns, (1) the first contains the family name, (2) the sf eond the generic, (3) the
third the specific, and (4) the right hand one, the page where the species are described :—

Order I.— ACANTHOPTERI.

PercidsB

Trachinidae
Sphyrainidae
Heterolepididaj

Cottidss

Ambloplites

interrnptus

10

Paralabras

nebulifer

33

clathratns

34

Heterostichus

rostratus

36

SphyriEna

argentea

39

Cbiropsis

constellatus

4-2

pictus

43

guttatus

44

nebulosus

45

Oplopoma

pantherinr.

46

Opbiodon

elongatns

48

Cottopsis

asper

51

gulosus

5J

parvus

?4

Oligocottus

inaculosus

50

aunlis

57

globiceps

58

Leptocottua

arm at us

00

Leiocottus

hirundo

62

Scorpsenichtbys

murmoiatus

C4

Aspicottus

bison

CO

Hemilepidotus

spinosus

fi8

Artedius

laterals

70

* Ueneral Report upon the Zoology of the several Pacific Raiboad Routes. Part IV.
t Dionda grisea (230), "from twenty miles west of Choctaw agency", ia the only other cow .-pucies
described.

28

Order I.— ACANTHOPTEKI-CoQtinued.

CottidsB

Artedins

notospilotus

71

Zaniolepis

latipiunis

73

Nautichtbys

oculo-fasciatus

75

Scorpsenidae

Scorpiena

gintata

77

Sebaates

rosacens

78

fasciatu8

79

auriculatus

80

mclatiops

81

paucispinis

83

Gasterosteidse

Gaeterosteua

plebeius

86

serratus

88

interruediiiH

89

inopiuatus

90

microcepbalus

91

pugetti

92

Williatnsonii

93

Scisenidae

Amblodon

saturnua

98

Leiostomns

lineatns

99

Umbrina

nndulata

101

Atheriuidae

Atherinopsis

californiensis

103

Scombrida)

Scomber

diego

105

Pelamys

lineolata

106

Trachurns

symmetricus

107

boops

108

Squanaipennes

Epbippus

zonatus

110

Blonnidaa

Bleuuius

gentilis

113

Neoclinus

Blanchardi

114

Guunellus

ornatus

Uti

Apodichthys

fiavidus

117

virescens

118

Xiphidion

niucosus

119

Cebidichthys

violaceus

lil

Lumpenus

angnillaris

123

Anarrhichthya

felis

125

Gobidae

Goblus

lepidus

127

Newberrl

128

C5clopleridaB

Lepadogaster

meandricus

130

Cyclogaster

pulcbellus

132

Biitracbidac

Poricbthys

notatus

134

OphididsD

GadidcE

Order II — ANACAKTHINI.
Suborder I. — ArobES.
Opbidion Taylori

Aminodytes persouatus

Submder 11.— Thouacici.

Pleuronectidae

Brosmius

Merlangus

ilorrliua

Homalopomua

Platessa

Paralichtbya

Platicbfhys

Pleuroniclithys

Pacophrys
Psettichtbys

inarginatus

productus

proxiiua

Trowbridgii

bilineata

maculosus

rugosus

\imbrosu8

coenosns

giittulatus

vetulus

melanostictus

sordidus

138
139

141
141
142
144
146
147
148
149
151
152
153
154
155

29

Order III.— PHAKTKGOGKATHI.
Suborder I.— Malacopteutgii.
SconiberesocidjB Belone exilis

Suborder II.— Acantiioptertg!!.

PomacontridaB

Glyphisodon

rubicundus

161

Lab idse

Labrus

pukher

1C2

Julis

modestus

ICT

Bmbiotocoidee

Embiotoca

Jack.soni

IC!)

Cassidii

171

"Webbi

173

lineata

174

ornata

17G

perspicabilis

178

argyrosoma

180

Damalicbthj-s

vacca

182

I

Phanerodon

fnrcatas

184

Abeona

Trowbiidgii

186

Rbacocbilus

toxotes

188

Hysterocarpus

Traskii

190

Holconotus

rhodoterus

193

Ennicthys

megalops

197

Heermanui

199

Amphistichus

argenteus

201

similis

203

Order IV.— PHYSOSTOMI or MALACOPTBEL
Suborder II.— ABDoraNALES.
uTpriuidaB TtiU of CypHni.

Mylocheilns

canrinus

213

lateralis

214

fraterculua

215

Mylopbarodon

conocephalus

216

robustus

216

Tribe of Catostomi.

Acomus

generosus

221

Catostomus

occidentalis

224

labiatus

224

macrocbeilus

■2-^5

Tribe of Ghondrostomi.

Orthodon

microlepidotus

237

Alganaea

bicolor

238

obesa

239

formosa

239

Laviula

exilicauda

241

barengus

242

Tribe of Pogonichthi.

Argyreus

dulcis

243

nubilus

244

Pogonicbthys

inaequllobus

245

symmetricns

246

argyreiosus

246

communis

247

30

Order IV.— PHYSOSTOMI or MALACOPTERI— Continued.

Cyprinidfo

Tribn of Alburni.

Cyprinella

Gunnisoni

267

IngTibris

271

Indibunda

271

Richardsonius

balteatus

278

lateralis

279

Luxilut)

occidentalis

280

Gila

robusta

285

elt'gans

286

gracilis

287

Tigoma

conibrmis

289

bicolor

289

obesa

290

humboldti

291

egregia

291

lineata

292

gracilis '

293

crassa

293

Chionda

Cooperi

294

ccerulea

295

Siboma

crassicauda

296

atraria

297

Ptychocheilus

oregonensis

298

grandis

299

rapax

300

vorax

301

Cyprinodontidae

Fundulus

parvipinnis

303

Salmonidae

Salmo

Scouleii

305

qninnat

306

spectubilis

.W

Fario

aurora

308

tsuppitch

310

argyreus

312

Gairdneri

313

Clarkii

314

stellatus

316

Salar

■virginalis

320

iridea

321

Osmerus

pretiosus

324

Thaleichthys

Stevensi

325

CoregoDu.s

"Williamsoiii

326

ScopclidsB

Laurua (Laurida)

lucioccps

323

ClupeidsB

Clupea

mirabilia

329

Meletta

ccerulea

330

Engraulis

mordax

334

nanus

335

delicatissimns

335

conipressus

335

Order V.— PLECTOGNATHI.

BalistidsB

I5aliste8

338
340

Gymnodontidae

Tetraodon

politus

Order VI.— LOPHOBRANCHII.

Hippocampidas

Hippocampus

ingens

342

Syngnnthidas

Syngnathos

californionsis

344

brevirostris

345

leptorhyncbna

345

Abboti

346

arundinacous

346

31

Order VII.— GANOIDEI.

StmionidsB Acipenser brachyrhynchus 355

transmontanns 355

acntiroatria 355

niedirostris 356

Chimseridte

Chimaera

Co'.liei

360

Order IX.— PLAGIOSTOMI.

Suborder I.-

-Squall

ScylliodontidsB

Triakis

aemifaaciatus

362

Mustelidfe

Mustelus

fell 8

364

CestracioDtidsB

Cestracion

francisci

365

NotidanidjB

Heptanchua

maculatna

367

Spinacidse

Acanthiaa

Sucklil

368

Suborder II.

— Raj^.

RhinobatidiB

Rhinobatius

productua

370

TurpedinidiB

;Narcine

californica

371

Eaiidae

Raja

cooperi

372

Uraptera

binoculata

373

Myliobatidse

Rhinoptera

vespertilio

375

Order X— DERMOPTERI.

Snborder Mausipobkanchii s. Cyclostomi.

Petromyzontidae Petromyzon

tridentatus

377

ciliatus

378

lividua

379

plumbeus

380

astori

380

Ammocoetes

cibarins

383

Explorations and Surveys for a Railroad route from the Mississippi River
to the Pacific Ocean. | War Department. | — | Route near the 38:h and
39t.h parallels, explored by Captain J, W. Gunnison, and near the 4l8t |
parallel, explored by Lieutenant E. G. B ckwith. | — | Zoological Re-
port.i I — I Washington, D. C. | 1857. | = | ' The report to which the pres-
ent article belongs will be f..und )U Vol. II of the series.
No. 4. Report on Fishes collected on the Survey. — By Charles
Girard, M, D.— (pp. 21-27, with pi. xxiii, xlix, liv, Ivi, Ixxiii, Ixxv.)
Explorations and surveys for a railroad route from the Mississippi River
to the Pacific Ocean, | War Department. | = | Route near the thirty-
fifth parallel, explored by Lieutenant A, W. Whipple, Topographical |
Engineers, in 1853 and 1854. | — | Zoological Report. | — | Washington,
D. C. I 1859. I =

No. 5. Report upon Fishes collected on the Survey.— By C. Girard,
M. D.— pp. (47-59, with pi. iii-vi, ix, x, xxi, xxiv, xxv, xxxv,
xl 6,lii, Ivii, Iviii.)

Explorations and Surveys for a Railroad Route from the Mississippi River
to the Pacific Ocean. 1 War Department. | = | Routes in California, to
connect with the routes near the thirty-fifth and thirty-second | parallels,
explored by Lieut. R. S. Williamson, Corps of Top. Eng., in 1853. | — |
Zoological Report. | — | Washington, D, C. | 1859. -

No. 4. Report on Fishes collected on the Survey. — By Charles Girard,
M. D.— (pp. 83-91, with pi, ii, xii, xxii, xxvii, xxviii, xxxi, xxxvi,
xxxviii, xxxix, xlvii.)

32

1859— On some unusual modes of gestation iu Batracbians and Fishes. By Jeffries
Wyman. < Am. Journ. Sci. aud Arts, (2), v. 27, pp. 5-13, Jan., 18.')!); re-
priutt'd <Cau. Nat., v. 5, pp. 42-49, 1860; Zoologist, v. 18, pp. 7173-7179,

181)0.

Ichtbyological Notices. By Charles Girard, M. D. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Pbila., 1859.

§ 5-27, Feb. 22, 1859, v. 10, pp. 56-58, 1859.

l-2S-iO, March 29, 1859, v. 10, j.p. 100-104, 1859.

§ 41-59, April '.iO, ls59, v. 10, pp. 113-12J, 1859.

§ 60-77, May 31, 1859, v. 10, pp. 157-101, 1859.

[N. sp. Neoclinus satirictis (§ 5, p. 56), Myrichthys tigrinus (§ C, p. 58).]

tOa new tisbes of tbe Californian coast. By "Wm O. Ayres, M. D. Oct.
17, 1859. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 2, pp. 25-:i2, 1859.

[N. ap. Seha^tesniffrocinctus, Sebastes helvomaculatus, Sebastes elongatus, AnopUpoma (n.g.)
merlangun, Stereolepis (n. g ) gigas, HquaUna cali/ornica, Hippoglossus calij'urnicus, Murana
wiordax, Orthagoriiscus analin, Julis semicinctii^.]

Catalogue of the Fishes iu tbe British Museum. By Albert Gunther, ....
Volume first. London: priu ted by order of the trustees. 18.j9. [August.]
At first only entitled: — Catalogue of tbe Acaiitbopterygian Fi.sbes iu ibe
collection of ihe British Museum. By Dr. Albert Giixither. Volume first.
Gasterosteida?, Berycidse, Percidse, Apbredodoridie, Pristipomatidie, Mullida;,
SparidcB. Loudon: jjrinted by order of the Trustees. 1859. [General title
-|- xxxix, 524 pp. — 10s.]

1 860 — Salmon Fishery on the Sar-raruento River. By C. A. Kirkpatrick. <^ Hutcb-
iugs's California Magazine, v. 4, pp. 529-534, June, 1860.

t Notes on Fishes previously described iu tbe Proceedings, with figures of seveo.
By Wm. O. Ayres, M. D. July 2, 1860. <Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 2,pp.
52-59, 1860.

[N. g. Halins for Brosmius tnarginatus.]

Beitriige zur Kenntuiss der Gobioiden. Von Franz Steindachner. (Mit 1
Tafel.) <^Sitzung8b. mathem.-naturw. Classe [K. Akad. Wissenscb.] vom
12. Juli 1860, xlii. Band, No. 23, Sitzung vom 18. October 1860, pp. 283-292.

* Description of new fishes. By Wm. O. Ayres, M. D. Aug. 6, 1860. <^Proc.
Cal. Acad. Sfd., v. 2, pp. 60-64, 1860.

[N. Bp. Trichodon lineatus, Osmerus thaleichthy.i, with firrnres.]

Catalogue of the Fishes in tbe British Museum. By Albert Giinther, ....
Volume second. London: printed by order of the trustees. 1860. [Sept.]

At first only eutitled: — Catalogue of tbe Acantbopterygian Fishes iu the
collection of the British Museum. By Dr. Albert Gunther, .... Volume
second. Squamipinnes, Cirrbitidse, Triglida), Trachinidse, Sciainidaj, Polyue-
midie, Spbyrajnidae, Trichiuridaj, Scombridaj, Carangidaj, XipbiidiB. Lou-
don : printed by order of the Trustees. 1860. [General title -1- sxi, 548 pp.
—8s. 6d.]

[Nov. loc. Naucrates diictor (374), Echeneis remosa (378), Echeneis naucrafes (384). X. sp.
Cottus criniger (522), Aspidophoroides inermis (.524).]

Reports of Explorations and Surveys to ascertain tbe most practicable and
economical route for a Railroad from the Mississippi River to the Pacific
Ocean, made under the direction of the Secretary of War, iu 18.53-6, &c.
Vol. X. Washington, 1859. Fishes ; by Chirles Girard, M. D. Washing-
ton, D. C, 1858. [Review, by Theodore Gill.] <^Am. Journ. Sci. and
Arts, 2d series, vol. 30, pp. 277-281, Sept. 1860.

33

I860 -36tli Congress, Is"; Session. } Senate. [ Ex. Doc. | = [ Reports | of | Explorations
and Surveys | to | ascertain the most practicable and economical route for a
railroad | from | the | Mississippi River to the Pacific Ocean. Made under
the dirccrion of tho Secretary of War, in 1853-5, according to act of Congress
of M'lrch 3, 1853, May 31, 1851, and August 5, 1854. | —Volume XII. | Book
II. I Washington : | Thomas H. Ford, Printer. 18G0.
Explorations and Surveys for a Riilroad route from the Mississippi River
to the Pacitio Ocean. | War Department. | = | Route near the forty-
seventh and forty-n ufh parallels, explored by 1. 1. Stevens, | Governor
of Washington Territory, in 1853-'55. [pp. 9-353, 70 pL] Zoological
report.— Washington, D. C, 18;j0. [viii, (1), 399 pp., 47 p!.]
No. 5.— Ri^port upon the fishes collected on the survey. — By Dr. G.
Suckley, U. S. A. (pp. 307-368, with pi. i, xi, xv, xvi, xix, xx, xxxii,
xxxiii, xlii, xliii, xliv, 1, li, Iv, Ix, Ixiii, Ixvii, Ixix, Ixxii, Ixxv, viz :
Chapter I. Rssport upon the Salmoniclaj. pp. 307-349.)
Chapter II. Report upon the Fishes exclusive of the Salmouidae.
pp. 350-368.
tX. sp. Salmo Masoni (34.j).]

[Tbis volamo also appearoil wi h the following title-page and modifications:—]
The Natural History of Washington Territory, with much relating to Minne-
sota, Nebraska, Kansas, Oregon and California, between the thirty-sixth and
forty-ninth parallels of Latitude, being those parts of the final Reports on
the Survey of the Northern Pacific Railroad Route, containing the Climate
and Physical Geography, with full Catalogues and Descriptions of thePlaats
and Animals collected from 1853 to 1857. By J. Gr. Cooper, M. D., and Dv.
G. Suckley, U. S. A., Naturalists to the Expedition. This edition contains a
new preface, giving a sketch of the explorations, a classified table of con-
tents, and the latest additions by tho authors. With fifty-five new plates
of scenery, botany, and zoology, and an isothermal chart of the route.— New-
York: Baillifere Brothers, 440 Broadway, [etc.] 1859. [4°. xvii, 26-f-7-2-(-
viii, 399 pp. ( -f-1-4 pp. betw. 368 and 369), 61 pi., 1 map.]

t Descriptions of the Califoruiaa Atherinidse, with figures of the species. Bv
Wm. O. Ayres, M. D. Oct. 1, 1860. < P.oc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 2, pp. 73-

77, 1800.

[N. sp. Atherinopsis afUnis, Athe.rinopsi? tenuis, with figures.]

t Descriptions of two new Scia^noids, with figures. By Wm. O. Ayres, M. D.
Nov. 5, 1860. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 2, pp. 77-81, 1860.
fN. g. and sp. Johnms nobiUs, Sariphus (n. g.) politm.]

t Description of new Califoruian fishes, with figures. By "Vni. O. Ayres, M.
D. Dec. 3, 1850, < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 2, pp. 82-86, April, 1862. .
[N. g. and sp. Camarina (n. g.) nigricans, Poronotus simillimxts.]

1§61— Observa ions on the genus Cottus, and description of two new species
(abridged from the forthcoming report of Capt. J. H. Simpson), by Theo-
dore Gill. March 20, 1861. < Proc. Boston Soc, Nat. Hist., v, 8, pp. 40-43.
April, 1861.

[N. g. ard n. sp. PotamocoUus (n. g. 40), Potamoc: ttus punctidatus.]

Description of a new species of tho genus Tigoraa of Girard (abridged from
tho forthcoming report of Capt. J. H. Simpson), by Theodore Gill. March
20, J831. < Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., v. 8, p. 42, April, 1861.
(N. sp. Ti^oma squamuta.]

Bull. E". M. No. 11 3

34

1801— Notes on the described species of Ilolcoiioti, found on the western coast of
North America. By Alexander Agassiz. March '20, If^Gl. <^Proc. Bos-
ton Soc. Nat. IIi8t.,v.8, pp. 122-134, 1801.

[The number of species is reduced to 15, which are grouped under 9 genera. X. g.
Teeniotoca > Emhiotoca lateralis ; n. sp. Hyperpronopon analis, — neither described.]

t Communication on several new generic types of fisliCiS, i. e., Podothecus,
Hoplopagrus. and Stophanolepis. By Theodore Gill. April 16, 1861.
< Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 13J, pp. 77-78, 1861.
[N. g. and sp. Podothecus (n. g.).]

Revision of the genera of North American Sciaenime. By Theodore Gill.
April 30, 1861. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 13], pp. 79-89, 1861.

[N. g. Rhinoscion (85) for Amblodon saturnus Grd., Genyonemug (87) for Leiostomus J»7W!-
o<u»Ayre8.]

On the Liostotninaj. By Theodore Gill. April 30, 1861. <Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Phila., [v. 13], pp. 89-93, 1861.
[Remarks on Leiostomus lineatus (92).]

Salmonidse of Frazer River, British Columbia. By C. Brevr. <^ Edinburgh
New Philos. Journ., v. 1.3, p. 164, 1861.

On the Haploidonotinae. By Theodore Gill. ]VIay28, 1861. < Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Phila., [v. 13], pp. 100-105, 1861.
[Remarks on Amblodon situmus (105).]

Noticea of Certain New Species of North American Salmonidse, chiefly in tho
Collection of the N. W. Boundary Commission, in charge of Archibald
Campbell, Esq., Commissioner of the United States, by Dr. C. B. R. Kennerly,
Naturalist to the Commission. By George Suckley, M. D., late Assistant
Surgeon, U. S. Army. Read before the New York Lyceum of Natural History,
June, 1861. < Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. New York, v. 7, pp. 306-313, 1862.

[N. g. and sp. Salmo Kennerly i (307), Salmo brevicauda (308), Salmo Warreni (308), Salmo
Bairdii i'.m), Salmo Farlcei {300), Oncorhynchus (n. g., 312), Sain n Camphelli Ci\Z),]

Notes on some genera of fishes of the western coast of North America. By
Theodore Gill. July 30, 1861. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 13], pp.
164-168, 1861.

[N. g. Atractoperca [\M) , Archoplites {\6o) , Parej^hippus (1G5), TTypsnjpops (165), Sebaslodti
(16b), Acantholeb ins (166), Pleurogrammus (166), Grammatoplexirus (166), Megah cottus (166).
Olinotottus (166), Ulennicottus (166), Anoplagomis (167), Brosmophycis (168), Hypsagonut.
(167), *Paragonus (167).]

On new types of Aulostomatoids, found in Washington Territory. By Theo-
dore Gill. July 30, 1861. < Proc Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 13], pp. 168-170.
1861.
[N. g. and sp. Aulorhynchus (n. g., 169) flavidus (169).]

On the genus Podothecus. By Theodore Gill. Sept. 24, 1861. < Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 13], pp. 258-261, Sept, 1861.

Description of a new generic type of Blennoids. By Theodore Gill. Sept.
24, 1861. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 13], pp. 261-263, Sept. 1861.
[N. g. andsp. Anoplarchm (n. g., 261) pnrpureteena (262).]

35

1861 — Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum. By Albert GiintLei

Volume third. London : printed by order of the trustees. 1861. [Oct.]

At first only entitled:— Catalogue of the Acauthopterygian Fishes in the
Collection of the British Museum. By Dr. Albert GUnther. Volume
third. Gobiidae, Discoboli, Oxudercida;, Batrachidai, Pediculati, Blenniidie,
AcanthoclinidtB, Comephoridae, TrachyiTteridae, Lophotidai,Teuthidida}, Acro-
nnridsB, Hoplognathida?, Malaciinthidie, Nandida?, Polycentridae, Labyrin-
thici, Luciocephalida}, Atheriuida^ Mugilidip, Ophiocephalidie, Trichonotidie,
Cepolidaj, Gobiesocidge, Psych rolutidse, Centriscidie, Fistulariidie, Masta-
cembelidai, Notacanthi. Loudon: printed by order of the Trustees. 18(;i.
[Published in Oct. 8°. General title + xxv, 58G + x* pp.— 10s. Gd.]

[N. g. and n. sp. Cyclopterus orbis (1.58), Liparis cyclopus (103), Centronotus crista-gaUi,
(269) =Anoplarchus crista-galU (564), Pnychrolutes (v. g.) paradoxtis (516).]

* Description of a new ichthyic form from the coast of Lower California. By
Wm. O. Ayres, M. D. Dec. 1, 1861. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., vol. 2, pp.
156-158, 1862.

[N. sp. Cynogcion parvipinnis.]

Analytical synopsis of the order Squall and revision of the nomenclature of
the genera. By Theodore Gill. Dec. 16, 1861. <Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist.,
N. Y., Y. 7, pp. 368''-370*+ 371-408, 1862.

Squalorum generum novorum descriptiones diagnosticae. Theodore Gill, anc-
tore. Dec. 16, 1861. < Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y., v. 8, pp. 409-413, 1862.

186S — Description of a new species of Hemilepldotus, and remarks on the group
(Temnistiffi) of which it is a member. By Theodore Gill. Jan. 28, 1862-

< Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 14], pp. 13-14, 1862.
[N. sp. HemiUpidotus Oibbsii (13).]

On the subfamily of Argentininse. By Theodore Gill. Jan* 28, 1862.
<Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 14], pp. 14-15, 18(i2.
[N. g. Mesopus (14) or Hypomesut (15).]

Note ou the Scisenoids of California. By Theodore Gill. Jan. 28, 1862.

< Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 14], pp. 16-18, 1862.
[5 species enumerated.]

t Notice of fresh water Fishes taken in the Bay of San Francisco. By Wm.
O. Ayres, M. D. Feb. 3, 1862. <Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., vol. 2, p. 163,
Sept. 1862!
[8 sp. specified.]

On the limits and arrangement of the family of Scombroids. By Theodore
Gill. March 25, 1862. <Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 14], pp. 124-127,
1862.

Description of new species of Alepidosauroii-ae. By Theodore Gill. March
25, 1862. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 14], pp. 127-132, 1862.

[N. sp. Alepidosaurus (Caulopus) borealis (128), Alepidosaurus (Caulopus) serra (129).]

Catalogue of the fishes of Lower California in the Smithsonian Institution,
collected by Mr. J. Xantus. By Theodore Gill. Part I. March 25, 1862.

< Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 14], pp. 140-151, 1862.

On a new genus of fishes allied to Aulorhynchus, and on the affinities of the
family Aulorhynchoidae to which it belongs. By Theodore GilL April 29,
1862. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 14], pp. 233-261, 1862.

36

m62— Catalo^uo of tho Fishes of Lower California, in tlie Smithsonian Inbtitution,
collected by Mr. J. Xautus. By Theodore Gill. Part II. April 2d, 1862.

< Troc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phihi., [v. 14], pp. !24->-24G, 18t)-2.

Catalogue of tho Fishes of Lower California, in the Smithsonian Institution,
collected by Mr. J. Xant^is. By Theodore Gill. Part III. May 27, 1862.
<Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 14], pp. 249-262, 1862.

Notice of a collection of the Fishes of California presented to the Smithsonian
Institution by Mr. Samuel Hubbard. By Theodore Gill. June 24, 1862.

< Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 14], pp. 274-282, 1862.

[X. g. andsp. Hypocritichthys (n. g., 275) nnalis {■21T>), *Brachyistius (n. g., 27.5) frenatui (275),
Hyperprosopon Ajassizii (27f)), Ozylebiiis (u. s , 277) pietus (278), Apodiehthus sanguineus (279),
*Apodlehthys inornatm (27(1), Parophrys Hubbardii (2S1), Alausa californica (2S1), Isoplag-
iodo7i 8p. (282).]

Synopsis of the species of Lophobranchiate Fishes of Western North America.
By Theodore Gill. June 24, 1862. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 14],
pp. 282-284, 1862.

[N. g. and sp. Dermatnstethus (n. g., 283) punctipinm's (283), Syngnaihus dimidiatui (283
284).]

Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum. By Albert GUnther

Volume fourth. London: printed by order of the trustees. 1862.

Also entitled :— Catalogue of the Acanthopterygii pharyngognathi and
Anacanthini in tho collection of the British Museum. . . . London : printed
by order of the Trustees. 18S2. [8°. General title + xxi, 534 pp.— 8s. 6rf.]

[X. sp. Ditrema brevipinne (248). Pleuronectes Franklinii (442), Pleuroneetes digrammua
(44.*)), Parophrys Ayresii (45C).]

Notes on the family of Scombi-oids. By Theodore Gill.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 14], pp. 323-329, 1862.

July 29, 1862. < Proc.

Note on some genera of Fishes of Western North America. By Theodore Gill.
July 29, 1862. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 14], pp. 329-332, 1862.

[N. g. and sp. Eucyclogobius (n. g., 330), Caularchus (n. g., 330), Eumicrotremus (ii. g , 330)
Hypsifaria (u. g., 330), Lepidopsetta (n. g., 330), Jlypsopsetta (n. g., 330), Orthopsetta (n. g.,
3.30), Urnpsetta (n. g, 330), Ilydrolagus (n. p., 33!), Oyropleurodus (n. g., 331), Ilolorhinus
(n. g.,331), Entusphcnus (u. g., 331). 42 genera are stated to have been added to the Ca!i-
fornian f, luna, either as entirely now or in substitution for others erroneously identified,
since tlie publication of Girar;l'8 work.]

On the classification of the families and genera of the Sqnali of California.
By Theodore Gill. Oct. 28, 1862. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 14],

pp. 483-501, 1862.

[N. g. and sp. Rhinotriacis (u. g., 480) Henlei (480).!

X Statement in regard to Sebastes rosaceus and S. ruber. By Wm. O. Ayres,
M. D. Nov. 3, 1862. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 2, p. 207, January, 1863.

* Description of Fishes believed to be new. By Wm. O. Ayres. M. D.
Nov. 3, 1862. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 2, pp. 209-211, January, 1863.

[N. sp. Scbastodes Jlavidus, Sebastodes ovalis.]

* Remarks in relation to the tishes of California which are included in Cuvier's

genus Sebastes. By Wm. O. Ayres, M. D. Nov. 3, 1862. < Proc. Cal.
Acad. Sci., v. 2, pp. 211-218, January, 1863.

37

1863— Notices of certain uow species of North American Salinonidoe, cbiefly in the
collection of the N. W. Boundary Commission. By George Suckley, M. D.
See 1861, Juiwj.

i§63 — The Resources of California, comprising Agriculture, Mining, Geography, Cli-
mate, Commerce, etc., etc. and the past and future development of the State.
By John S. Hittel. — San Francisco : A. Koman & Company. New York :
W. J. Middloton. 18G3. [12°, xvi, 464 pp.]
[Zoology, chap, vi (pp. 140-146) ; fishing (pp. 313-317).]

List of the Fishes sent by the Museum [of Comparative Zoology] to different
Institutions, in exchange for other specimens, with Annotations. By F. W.
Putnam. <^Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., No. 1, = v. 1, pp. 2-lG, March 1, 1863.

* Eemarka in relation to the genus Notorhynchus. By "Wm. O. Ayres, M. D.
March 2, 1863. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 3, p. 15, April, 1863.

Catalogue of the Fishes of Lower California, iu the Smithsonian Institution,
collected by Mr. J. Xantus. By Theodore Gill. Part IV. March 31, 1863.
< Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 15], pp. 80-88, 1863.

Descriptions of some uow species of Pediculati, and on the classification of
the group. By Theodore Gill. Maich 31, 1863. <^Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila., [v. 15], pp. 88-92, 1863.

On an unnamed generic type allied to Sebastes [Sebastoplns, Gill]. By
Theodore Gill. August 2.5, 1863. <Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 15],
pp. 207-209, 1883.

[Contains reference to Ayres'3 views on the Californliin Sebastoids.]

'Remarks on ichthyic types uow to the California Coast. By Wm. O. Ayres,

M. D. Sept. 7, 1863. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Set., v. 3, p. 66, Nov. 1863.
[Jf. sp. (umlescribed) Scomberesox n. sp., Alopias n. sp.]

Synopsis of the Pomacentroids of the Western Coast of North and Central
America. By Theodore Gill. Sept. 29, 1863. <^Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila., [v. 15], pp. 213-221, 1803.

Notes on the Labroids of the Western Coa--t c f North America. By Theodore
Gill. Sept. 29, 1863. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 15], pp. 221-224.
1863.

Synopsis of the North American Gadoid Fishes. By Theodore Gill. Sept. 29,
1863. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 15], pp. 229-242, 1863.

Descriptions of the genera of Gadoid and Brotuloid Fishes of Western North
America. By Theodore Gill. Sept. 29, 1863. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.
[v. 15], pp. 242-254, 1803.

Synopsis of the family of the Lycodoidtc. By Theodore Gill. Sept. 29, 1863,
<Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 15], pp. 254-262, 1863.

Descriptions of the Gobioid genera of the Western Coast of Temperate North
America. By Theodore Gill. Sept. 29, 1863. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila., [v. 15], pp. 262-267, 1863.

[N. g. and sp. Cori/pkoptems (n. g., 260) glaucofrcenum (2(53).] .

On New Genera and Species of California Fishes. — No. I. By J G. Cooper,

M. D. Nov. 3, 1863. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Nat. Sci., v. 3, pp. 70-77, Nov. 1863.

[N. g. and n. sp. Dckaya (n. g.) anomala, Ayresia (n. g.) punctipinnis, Orcytuis pacifictis.]

38

1863 — Notes on the Sebastoid Fishes occnrriug in the Coast of California. By Win.
O. Ayres, M. D., C. M. D. S. Nov. 10, 1863. < Proc. Zool. Soc. London — ,
pp. 390-402, 1863.

On New Genera and Species of California Fishes.— No. II. By J. G. Cooper, M.
D. Nov. 16, 1863. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Nat. Sci., v. 3, pp. 1)3-97, Dec. 1863.
[N. sp. Exocoetus cali/ornicus, Urolophus Halleri.]

Description of the genus Stereolepis Ayres. By Theodore Gill. Nov. 24,
1863. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 15], pp. 329-330, 1863.

Description of the genus Osyjulis Gill. By Theodore Gill. Nov. 24, 1863.
< Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 15], pp. 330-331, 1863.

1864 -Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum. By Albert Giintherj . . .
Volume fifth. London : printed by order of the trustees. 1864.

Also entitled :— Catalogue of the Physostomi, containing the families
Siluridis, Characinidie, Haplochitonidai, Sternoptychidie, Scopelidae, Sto-
miatidiB, in the collection of the British Museum. . . . London: published
by order of the Trustees. 1864. [8°. (IncludiDg general title) xxii, 455 pp.]

Beschreibung des Heterodontus Phillipii Bl. (Cestracion Phillipii Cuv.) mit
Rucksicht auf seine fossileu Verwaudten. Von Johannes Striiver (Got-
tingen). Dresden, 1864. [4°. 32 pp, 2 pi.] <Verhaudl. K. Leopold-Carol.
Akad. der Naturf., v. 31.

On n^w Genera and Species of Californian Fishes. — No. III. By J. G. Cooper,
M. D. Jan. 4, 1864. <Proc. Cal. Acad. Nat. Sci., v. 3, pp. 108-114, 1864.
[N. g. and sp. Myxodes (or Gibhonsia, n. g.) elegans, Oillichthys (n.g.) viirabilis, Pteropla-
tea marmorata.]

Description of a new Labroid genus allied to Trochocopus, Gthr. By Theo-
dore Gill. Mar. 29, 1864. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 16], pp. 57-59.
1864.

[N.g. Pimelometopon (58), Sebastomus (.lO), Sehastosomut (59).]

Note on the nomenclature of Genera and Species of the family Echeneidoidae.
By Theodore Gill. Mar. 29, 1864. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 16],
pp. 59-61, 1864.

Critical remarks on the genera Sebastes and Sebastodes of Ayres. By Theo-
dore Gill. May 31, 1864. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 16], pp. 145-147
1864.
[N. sp. Sebastosomus pinniger (147), Sebastosomus simxdans (147).]

Second contribution to the Selachology of California. By Theodore Gill.
May 31, 1864. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 16], pp. 147-151, 1864.

[N. sp. Mustelus cali/ornicus (148), Notorhynchus borealis (150).]

tSeveral points in Ichthyology and Conchology, viz: Percopsis Hammondii,
n.sp., Paralepidoidsand Alepidosanroids, Gymnotoids, and Campeloma vice
Melantho. By Theodore Gill. June 7, 1864. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila., [v. 16], pp. 151-1,52, 1864.

tAyresia punctipionis named Chromis punctipinnis fide Gill. By J. O.
Cooper, M. D. July 18, 1864. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 3, p. 160, 1864.

39

1864— Note oa the Paralepidoida and Microstomatoids, aud on some peculiarities of
Arctic Ichthyology. By Theodore Gill. Sept. 27, 1864. < Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 16], pp. 187-189, 1864.

Synopsis of the Cyclopteroids of Eastern North America. By Theodore Gill.
Sept. 27, 1864. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 16], pp. 189-194, 1864.

Synopsis of the Pleuronectoids of Califoruian aud North-westeru America. By
Theodore GUL Sept. 27, 1864. < Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 16], pp.
194-198, 1864.

Description of a new generic type of Pleuronectoids in the Collection of the
Geological Survey of California. By Theodore Gill. Sept. 6, 1864. < Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 16], pp. 198-199, 1864.
[N. g. and sp. Metopofxops (q. g., 198) Gooperi (199).]

Note on the family of Stichaeoids. By Theodore Gill. Sept. 7, 1864.
<Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 16], pp. 208-211, 1864.

1865— Note on the family of Myliobatoids, and on a New species of ^tobatis. By
Theodore Gill. April 3, 1865. < Ann, Lye. Nat. Hist. New York, v. 8, pp.
• 135-138, May, 1865.

[N. sp. Myliobatis calif amicus (137), JEtobatis laticeps (137).l

On the Genus Caulolatilus. By Theodore GilL April 25, 1865. < Proc, Acad.
Nat. Sci, Phila., [v. 17], pp.eJ-d.-*, 1865.

On the Cranial Characteristics of Gadus [Microgadua] proximns, Grd. By
Theodore Gill. April 25, 1865. < Proc. Acad, Nat. Sci. Phi]a,,[v. 17], p.
69, 1865.

[N. g. Microgadus.]

Note on several Genera of Cypriuoids. By Theodore Gill. April 25, 1865.
< Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci, Phila., [v, 17], pp. 69-70, 1865.

Some remarks on Labrus pulcher (Ayros). By Albert Giinther, M.A., M. D.,
Ph. D. May 30, 1865. < Proc. Acad, Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 17 J, {>. 77, 1865.

Oq a new Generic type of Sharks. By Theodore Gill. Sept. 26, 1865, < Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., [v. 17], p. 177, 1865.
[N. g. and sp. Micristodus (a. g., 177) punctatus (177).]

Histoire naturelle des Poissons on Ichlhyologie g^n^rale par Aug. Dumeril
Professeur-administrateur an Museum d'Histoire Naturelle de Paris. — Ou-
trage accompagn6 de planches. — Tome premier [.] filasmobranches [i. e.]
Plagiostomes et Holoc^pbales on Chim^res. — Premiere partie [-Secondw
partie]. . . . Paris. Librairie Eacyclop6(]ique de Roret, .... 1865,
[Text, 2 p, 1., pp, 1-352; seconde partie, 2 p. 1., pp. 353-720.] [8°; atlas
larger 8°, pi. 1-14, pp. 1-8.]

Vancouver Island and British Columbia. Their History, Resources, and Pros-
pects. Hy Matthew Macfie, F. R. G. S., five years resident iu Victoria, V.
I. London: Longman, Green, Longman, Roberts, & Green, 1865. [8°, xk
pp. (including blank leaf and frontispiece), 1 1., 574 pp., 2 maps.]
Chapter V. General Resource* of Vancouver's Island, pp. 131-171.
Fisheries, pp. 163-171.

40

1866— Catalogue of the Fishes iu the Brifcisli Museum. By Albert Giiuther, . . . .
Volume sixth. Lomlou : printed by order of the trustees. 186G.

Also cutitled: — Catalogue of the Physostomi, coutaiuiug the families .Sal-
monidae, Percopsidaj, Galaxidae, Mormyridaj, Gymuarchidai, Esocidte, Um-
brida3, Scombresocidai, Cyprinodoutidse, in the collection of the British
Museum. . . . London : printed by order of the Trustees. 1866. [8° xv,
368 pp.]

[N. sp. Salmo lorclii a-lS).]

The Naturalist in Vancouver Island aud British Columbia. By John Keast
Lord, F. Z. S., Naturalist to the British North American Boundary Com-
mission. [Vignettes.] In two volumes. Vol. I [—II]. London: Eichard
Bentley, New Burlington Street, publisher in ordinary to Her Majesty. 1866.
[2 vols., 12°. Vol. i, xiv (incl. frontisp.), 2, 353 pp., 8 pL; vol. ii, vii (incl.
frontisp.), 2, 375 pp., 5 pi.]

Volume i.
Chapter II. — Victoria — The Salmon : its haunts and habits, pp. 36-61.
Chapter III. — Fish Harvesting, pp. 62-96.

Chapter IV. — The Round-fish, Herrings, and Viviparous Fish. pp. 97-120
Chapter V. — Sticklebacks aud their Nests — The Bullhead — The Rock-
cod— The Chirus— Flatfish, pp. 121-141.
Chapter VI. — Halibut Fishing — Dogfish — A trip to Fort Rupert— Ransom-
ing a Slave — A promenade with a Red skin — Bagging a Chief's head —
Queen Charlotte's Islanders at Naniamo. i^p. 142-174.
Chapter VII. — Sturgeon-spearing — Man-sucker^Clams. pp. 175-198.

Volume ii.
Appendix.

Li^t of Fishes collected in the Salt and Fresh Waters of Vancouver
Island and British Columbia, pp. 351-356.

[la the list .ire enumerated species which .almost certaiDly were not "collected " in the
waters iu question.]

Hr. W. Peters machte eine Mittheiluug liber Fische {Protopferus, Auliscopn,
Lahrax, Labracoglossa, Nematoceniris, Serranus, Scorjais, Opisthognathus, Scom-
bresox, Acharnes, Anguilla, Gymnomurcena, Chilorhinus, Opbichthijs, Hdmich-
thjjs). <^ Mouatsberichte der Konigl. Akademio der Wissenschaften zu
Berlin, 1866, pp. 509-526, 1 pi.

[N". g. and sp. Auliscops (n. g., 510) i-pinescens (510), Scon.bresox brevirostris (521).]

1867 — On the identity of the genus Alepisaurus Lowe with Piagyodus Steller. By
Dr. Albert GUnther. < Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., (4), v. 19, pp. 185-187.

On the nourishment of the foetus in the Embiotocod Fishes. By James
Blake, M. D., F. R. C. S. Jan. 21, 1867. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Nat. Sci., v. 3,
pp. 314-317, Sept. 1867.

On the org'ins of Copulation iu the Male of the Embiotocoid Fishes. By
James Blake, M. D., F. R. C. S. Nov. 4, 1867. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Nat. Sci.,
V. 3, pp. 371-372, May, 1868.

1S68 — Some Recent Additiims to the Fauna of California. By J. G. Cooper, M. D.
Jan. 13, 1868. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v, 4, pp. 3-13, Nov. 1868.

[The number of fishes is stated (p. 3) to be 196 iu 18C8, against 133 known in 1862 ]

Nourishment of the Foetus in Embiotocoid Fishes. By James Blake, M. D.,
Loud., F. R. C. S. <^ Jouru. Anat. aud Physiol., v. 2, pp. 280-282.

41

1 §6§— Oil the aual fin appendage of Embiotocoid Fishes. By James Blake, M. D., F.
R. C. S., Professor of Obstetrics in Tolard Medical ColJe;re, St. Francisco,
California. < Jouru. Auat. and Physiol., v. 3, pp. 30-32, pi. 2, figs. 1 and 2,
Nov. 18G8.

The Natural Wealth of California. Comprising early hi^to*ry ; geography,
topography, and fcenery; climate; agriculture and commercial iiroducts ;
geology, zoology, and botany ; mineralogy, mines, and mining processes ;
manufactures; steamship lines, railroads, and commerce; immigration,
population and society; educational institutions and literature; together
with a detailed description of each county; its topography, scenery, cities
and towns, agricultural advantages, mineral resources, and varied produc-
tions. By Titus Fey Sronise. San Francisco : H. H. Bancroft & Com-
pany. 1868. [8°, xvi.GQGpp.]

Chapter VII. Z;)ol<)gy. pp. 434-501.

Fishes. [By J. G. Cooper, M. D.] pp. 487-493.
Chapter XIII. Miscellaneous Subjects, pp. 668-684.
Fisheries, p. ()80.

[The list of flihes

was evidently prepared by Dr. J. G.

Cooper,

although only gereral

acknowledgment for

assist-ance was rendered in the preface. It

was acknowledged bv

Dr. Cooper, as author

, in the communication to the California Academy of Sciences, indi-

cated above. Inaamuch as this was intended to be .a complete euiTneration of the fishes of

California, the names are reproduced here.

.]

BUNT FISHES.

Percidas

Stereolepia

gigas

487

1

Paralabrax

nebulifer

487

2

Atractopcrc.i

clathrata

487

3*

Archoplitos

interruptus

487

3*

Latiloida}

Cnnlolatilus

.anomalas

487

4

Sci£Bnida9

Rhinoscion

s.iturnus

488

5

Leiostomus

lineatus

48S

6

Umbrina

undulata

488

7

Atractoscion

nobilo

488

8

Seriphus

politus

488

CbaBtodonidae

Parephippus

zoaatus

488

10

Girella

nigricans

488

11

Pomacentridas

Glyphidodon

rubicundus

488

12

Chromis

punctiplnuis

488

13

Embiotocoidae

Hyst- rocarpus

Traskii

480

14

Embiotoca

•Jacksoni

489

15

argyrosoma

489

Ifl

Taeaioloc i,

lateralis

489

17

Hypsurus

Caryi

489

18

D.im.alichthys

vacca

489

19

Phanerodon

furcatu^

489

20

Cymatogaster

aggregatus

489

21

•

Rhachocheilus

toxotes

489

22

Amphistichus

argenieus

489

23

Holconotns

1 hodoterns

489

24

pulchellus

489

25

Hyperprosopon

argenteam

489

2'>

arcuatum

489

27

punctatum

489

28

nypocriticlitbys

analis

489

29

Brachyiatius

frenatus

489

30

Abeona

minima

489

31

Iiabridss

Trochocopus

pulcher

489

32

Oxyjulis

raoduatua

489

33

CoryphaenidsB

Poronotus

simillimns

489

34

Scombridae

Scomber

diego

48D

35

* Repeated.

42

1§6§—

BONY FISHES— Continued.

Pelamya

lineolata

489

3«

Orcynus

paciflcus

489

37

Halatractus

doraalia

4U0

38

•

Tracbnrus

syiumotricua

490

39

Paratractus

boops

4'JO

40

Alepidosaiirus

aerra

490

41

Soombero8ooicl;e

Belone

exilia

490

42

SphyrsBiiidae

Sphyrasna

argeutea

490

43

Atberinidas

Chirostoma

californiensia

490

44

affinia

490

45

tenuia

490

46

ExocoetidiB

ExocoBtua

californicus

490

47

Chiridaj

Chirus

conatellatua

491

48

pictua

491

49

guttatus

491

50

Acantholeblus

nebuloaua

491

51

Oplopoma

pantherina

491

52

Anoplopoma

merlangua

431

53

GasterosteidiB

Gasterosteus

serratua

491

54

plebiua

491

55

microcepbalua

491

56

Williamaonii

491

57

Scorpaenldaj

Scorpaena

guttata

491

58

Sebastes

nigrocinctus

491

59

nebuloaua

491

eo

auriculatus

491

61

ruber

491

62

ocellatua

491 .

63

olongatua

491

64

panciapiuia

491

65

ovalia

491

66

flavidua

491

67

melanops

491

68

ro8a<;eu8

491

69

Trichodon

lineatua

491

70

Blepsias

trilobua 1

491

71

Cottldce

Cottopsis

golosDS

492

72

parvus

492

73

Leptocottna

armatua

492

74

Oligocottua

maculoaua

492

75

aualia

492

76

globiceps

492

77

Leiocottus

birundo

492

78

Scorpaenichtbys

marmoratua

492

79

Aspicottus

biaon

492

80

Hetnilepidotua

apinoaua

492

81

Gibbaii

492

83

notospilotna

492

83

Calycilepidotus

lateral! a

492

84

Bleonidas

Anarrichthya

ocellatua

492

85

Xiphidion

mucoaum

492

86

Lumpenus

anguillaria

492

87

Apod chthys

flavidua

492

88

Cebedlchthya

cristagalli

492

89

violaceua

492

90

Gunnellns

oruatus

492

91

Blennidffi

Blennina

gent ilia

492

92

Neoclinus

Blanchardi

492

93

Pterognathus

aatiricus

492

94

Ueterosuchus

roatratua

492

95

Gibbonsia

elcgana

492

96

Batrachidaa

Poricblhys

notatua

492

97

O-obidae

Lepidogobiu*

gracilis

492

98

43

1868-

BONY FISHES-Continued.

Eucyclogobius

newbenii

492

99

Gillichthys

rairabilia

492

100

GyolopteridsB

Caularchus

roticulatus

493

101

Liparis

pulcbellus

493

.102

mucosus

493

103

Pleuronectida)

nippogloasus

califoruicus

493

104

valsaria

493

105

Platicbthys

stellataa

493

106

Paropbys

vetalus

493

107

Paropbrys ?

Ayresii

493

108

Plateasa?

bilineata

493

109

Paralichtbys

maculosus

493

110

Pleuronichtbys

ccenosus

493

111

Hubbardii

493

112

Hypsopsetta

guttulata

493

113

Psettichthys

melanostictua

493

114

aordidua

493

115

MetopoDops

cooperi

493

116

Gadidaa

Morlucius

prodiictiia

493

117

Brosinophycis

niarginatua

493

118

Gadus

proximua

493

119

Ammodytes

peraonatus

493

1-20

Opbidiidae

Opbidion

Tayloii

493

121

Salmonida)

Sal mo

quiDDat

494

122

Scouleri

494

123

Masoni

494

124

stellatua

494

125

iridea

494

12G

Coregonus

"Williamaonii

494

127

Hypomesus

pretioaua

494

128

Osmerus

thaleicbtbya

494

129

Scopelidie

Synodus

lucioceps

495

130

Clupeidae

Alau8a

californica

495

131

Clupea

mirabilis

495

132

Meletta

cserulea

495

133

Engraulis

mordax

495

134

delicaiisainius

495

135

compreaaus

495

136

nanua

495

137

Cyprinodontidao

Cyprinodou

californienaia

495

138

Fundulus

parvipinnia
1

495
495

139
140

Mnraenidee

Mursena

mordax

495

141

Ophidiurua

califoruienais

495

142

Cyprinidae

Catoatomua

occidentalia

495

143

labiatua

495

144

Acomua

generoaus?

495

145

Mylopharodou

robuatus

496

146

conocepbilus

496

147

Mylocbeilua

fraterculus

496

148

Ptychocbeilna

grandia

496

149

luciua

496

150

, rapax

496

151

Gila

robuata

496

152

elegans

496

153

Luxilus

occidentalia

496

154

Tigoma

conformia

49C

155

craasa

496

156

Siboma

crasaicauda

496

157

Ortbodou

microlepidotns

496

158

Alganaea

formosa

496

159

Lavinia

exilicauda

496

160

harengus

496

161

44

1^68—

BONY FISHES— Continued.

Pogonichthja

ina3quilobu3

49G

162

symruotricus

4D6

163

argyreiosua

406

164

CARTILAGINOUS FrSHES.*

Ortliagoriscus

analis

497

165

Gastrophy.sus

politus

497

166

Hippocampua

ingona

497

167

Synguathua

calil'ornienais

497

168

griseolineatus

497

169

leptorhj-nchua

497

170

dimidiatus

497

171

arundinaceus

497

172

Dermatostetlius

punclipinnis

497

173

Antaceus

bracLyrhynchus

497

174

acutiioatris

497

175

medirostris

497

170

Hydrolagus

CoUiei

497

177

Jfotorhynchus

maculatus

498

178

Isoplagiodon

Eenlei

498

179

Triacia

semifaaciatua

498

180

Gyropleurodu3.

FrancisL-i

498

181

Acanthiaa

Sucklii

498

182

Sphyia

malleus

498

183

Alopias

vulpea

498

184

Ehina

califoruica

498

185

lihinobatus

prodnctus

498

186

Khinoptera

veapertilio

498

187

Uraptera

binoculata

498

188

Turpedo

califoruica

498

189

Urolophus

Halleii

498

190

P template a

njarmorata

498

191

Trygon

'

498

192

Lampetra

plunibea

498

193

Entosphenua

epihuxodou

498

194

ciliatus

498

195

Brancbioatoma

?

498

196

1868— Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Wusenui. By Albert Giinther, . . .
Volume seventh. — London : printed by order of the trustees. 1868.

Also entitled :— Catalogue of the Physostomi, containing the families Hete-
ropygii, CyprinidsB, Gonoihynchidae, Hyodontidje, Osteoglossidaj, Clupeida-,
Chirocentridse, AlepocephalidiB, Notopteridae, Halosauridie, in the collection
of the British Museum. . . . Loudon : printed by order of the Trustees.
1868. [83, XX, 512 pp.]

IS'S'O— Alaska aud Its Resources. By 'William H. Dall, Director of the Scientilic
Corps of the late Western Union Telegraph Expedition. Boston : Lee and
Shepard. 1870. [8°, xii, 6-28 pp, I.') pi., 1 map.]
Part IL

Chapter VL Fisheries, Fur Trade, and other resonrces not previously
mentioned, pp. 481-505.

Appendix.
Appendix G. Natural Historj-. pp. 576-594.
List of the fishes of Alaska, p. 579.
Marine Fishes, p. 579.
I'resh-water fishes of the Yukon, p. 579.
fThe list is very imperfect.]

• No families are recognized among the so-called cartilaginoas fishes,
present writer by the lines in the family column.

These aro indicated by the

45

1§70 — Mackerel-catchiDg. [By John C. Cremouy.] < Overland Monthly, v. 4,
pp. 161-168, Feb. 1870.

The Pacific Coast Cod-fishery. [By Capt. C. M. Scammon.] < Overland
Monthly, v. 4, pp. 436-440, May, 1870.

Catalogue of Fishes in the British Museum. By Albert Giinther, . . .
Volume eighth. London: printed by order of the trustees. 1870.
Also entitled : —Catalogue of the Physostomi, contaiuing the families Gym-
' notidsB, Symbranchidse, MuriBuidte, Pegasidaj, and of the [orders] Lopho-

brauchii, Plectognathi, [and subclasses] Dipnoi, Ganoidei, Chondropterygii,
Cyclostomata, Leptocardii, in the British Museum. . . . London: printed
bj order of the Trustees. 1870. [8°, xsv, 549 pp.]
[Sp. ne-w to coast -.—Oaleus canis (379). N. g. Ichthyomyzon (506).]

tJber einige Pleuronectiden, Salmoniden, Gadoiden und Blenniiden aus der
Decastris-Bay und voa Viti-Levu. Von Franz Steindachner und weil.
Prof. Dr. Rudolph Kner. < Sitzb. K. Akad. VVissensch., B. 61, Abth. i,
pp. 421-447, pi. 1, 1870.

[7 species identified as common to Decastris Bay and tho American coast.]

Histoire naturelle des Poissons ou Ichthyologie g6n6rale par Aug. Dumeril [,]
Membre de I'Institut [,] professeur-admiuistrateur au Mus6um d'Histoire Na-
turelle de Paris. — Ouvrage accompagn6 de planches. — Tome second [.] 6a-

noides, Dipn^s, Lophobranches 1870. — Paris [,] Librairie Ency-

clopMique de Roret, .... 1870. [4 juin.— Text, 8°, 2p. l.,624 pp. ; Atlas,
larger iP, pi. 15-26, pp. 9-12, with half title.]

1 87 1— The Food Fishes of Alaska. By "William Healy Dall. < Rep. Comni. Agric,
1870, pp. 375-392, 1871.

[14 species specified: no new species described]

\ Eemarka on the mode of attack of the Thrasher Shark. By Gsorge David-
son. July 11, 1870. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 4, p. 127, April, 1871

1872 — Notice of an apparently new marine animal from the Northern Pacific. By
P. L. Sclater, M. A., Ph. D., F. R. S., Secretary of the Zoological Society of
London. <^ Rep. 42d meeting Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sc, Aug. 1872, Tr. Sec, pp.
140-141.

Notice of a supposed new marine animal from Washington Territory, north-
west America. [By P. L. Sclater.] < Nature, v. i, p. 43(5, Sept. 26, 1872.

[The supposed new animal was represented by "several specimens which at first sight
appeared to resemble long thin peeled white willow-wand more than anything else." Mr.
Sclatpr, in the first instance, " was inclined to regard them as possibly bones of one of the
gigantic rays," and afterwards (when he had been told what they were I) "as the hardened
notochordof alow organized fish." They were, in truth, the axial skeletons of Pennatulid
zoophytes ! ! !

tJber eine neue Gattuug von Fischen aus der Familie der Cataphr.acti Cuv..
Scombrocottus salmoneus, von der Vancouvers-Insel. Von W. C. H. Peters.
<Monat8b. K. Preuss. Akad. Wissensch. Berlin, pp. 568-570, 1872.

[N. g. and sp. Scombroeottxis (n. g., 56?) salmoneus (569).]

Report of the Commissioners of Fisheries of the State of California for the
years 1870 and 1871. Sacramento: T. A. Springer, State printer. 1872.
[8o, col. title, 24 pp.1

46

1693 — Arrangement of the families of Fishes, or classes Pisces, Marsipo bran cliii, and
Leptooardii. Prepared for tlie Smithsonian Institution. By Theodore
Gill, M. D., Ph. D. Washington: published by the Smithsonian Institu-
tion. November, 1872. (Smithsonian Miscellaneons Collections. 247.) [8*-,
xlvi, 49 pp.]

42d Coi'gress, 2d session. | Senate. | Ex. Doc. No. 34. | Message | from the |
President of the United States, | communicating, | in compliance with a
resolution of the 19th of January, 18G9, information | in relation to the
resources and extent of the fishing-grouuds of the North | Pacific Ocean,
opened to the United States by the treaty of Alaska. [Washington: Gov-
ernment Printing Office. 1872.-8°, 85 pp.]

On p. 2 entitled "The Fisheries and Fishermen of the North Pacific.'' By
Richard D. Cutts.

Preliminary Report of the United States Geological Survey of Wyoming, and
portions of contiguous Territories, (being a second [really fourth] annual
report of progress,) conducted under authority of the Secretary of the In-
terior, by F. V. Hayden, United States Geologist. — Washington : Govern-
ment Printing Office. 1872. [8°, 511 pp.]
Part IV. Special Reports.

VII. On the Fishes of the Tertiary Shales of Green River, Wyoming
Territory. By Prof. E. D. Cope. pp. 425-431.

VIII. Recent Reptiles and Fishes. Report on the Reptiles and Fishes,
obtained by the Naturalists of the Expedition. By E. D. Cope, A. M.
pp. 432-442.

Preliminary Report of the United States Geological Survey of Montana, and
portions of adjacent Territories; being a fifth annual report of progress.
By F. V. Hayden, United States Geologist. — Conducted under authority oi
the Secretary of the Interior. — Washington: Gov«rnment Printing Office.
1872. [8°, i-vi, 3-538 pp. (with 64 fig.), 2 pi., 5 maps folded.]
Part IV. Zoology and Botany.

VI. Report on the Recent Reptiles and Fishes of the Survey, collected

by Campbell Carrington and C. M. Dawes. By E. D. Cope, A. M.

pp. 467-476.

1873— A contribution to the Ichthyology of Alaska. By E. D. Cope. Jan. 17, 1873.

<^ Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. Phila., v. 13, pp. 24-32, 1873. [Extras, March 11,

1873.]

[17 species enumerated : n. sp. Salmo tudes, Spratelloides bryoporus, Xiphidium cruoreiim,
Oentronotuslcetus, Lhirus balias, Ghirusordinatus,Ohirns trigramtmis, Amrnodytes alascanu.^,
Oadus periscopus, Oadas auratus, Bathymaster signatiis, Pleuronectes arcuatus.]

Note on the Scombrocottus salmoneus of Peters, and its identity with Anoplo-
poma fimbria. By Theodore Gill, M. D. March 17, 1873. < Proc. Cal.
Acad. Sci., v. 5. pp. 56-57,1873 (April); reprinted. <[Ann. and Mag. Nat.
Hist., (4), V. 12, pp 74-75, Sept. 1873.

*The first shad (Alausa prsestabilis DeKay) caught in the waters of Califor-
nia. By S. R. Throckmorton. May 5, 1873. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 5,
p. 85, May, 1873.

* On the introduction of exotic Food Fishes into the waters of California. By
S. R. Throckmorton. May 5, 1873. <^ Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 5, pp. 86-
88, May, lh73.

United States Commission of Fish and Fisheries. — Part I. — Report on the
condition of the sea-fisheries of the south coast of New England in 1871 and
1872. By Spencer P. Baird, Commissioner. — With supplementary papers. —
Washington : Government Printing Office. 1873. [8^, xlvil, 852 pp., 40 pi.,
with 38 1. explanatory (to pi. 1-38), 1 folded map]

47

1873-

Notes ou Liparis and Cyclopterus, By F. W. Putnam. August, 1873. < Pro-
ceedings of the American Association for the Advancement of Science vol
22, B, pp. 335-340, June, 1874.
1 873— Annual Record of Science and Industry for 1672. Edited by Spencer P.
Baird, with the assistance of eminent men of science.— New York: Har-
per & Brothers, Publishers, Franklin Square. 1873. [12°.]
I. Pisciculture and the Fisheries.

Fish Culture in California, pp. 407, 408.
Report of California Fish Commissioners, p. 408, 409,
Stocking California waters with Trout, p. 409.
Transporting Black Bass to California, p. 409.
Transferring Shad to the Sacramento River, p. 430.
Stocking California with Shad, p. 430.
Oil-works on Unalaschka, p. 436.
Spawning of Cod-fish in Alaska, p, 43<i.
Cod-fishing in the Shumagin Islands, p. 436.
Salmon Fisheries in the Columbia River, p. 440.
Capture of Sacramento Salmon with the Hook, p. 441.
Fisheries of the Shumagin Islands, p. 444.

Peculiarities of Reproduction of California Salmon, pp. 445, 446.
Alleged Discovery of Young Shad in the Sacramento River^ p. 447.
Report on the Prybilov Group or Seal Islands of Alaska. By Henry W.
Elliott, Assistant Agent Treasury Department. Washington: Government
Printing Office. 1873. [4to, 16^ folios, not paged, with test parallel with
back, and extending from bottom to top, 50 phot, pi.]
Chapter VIII. Fish and Fisheries.
See. also. 1875.

874 — 'Note on Subterranean Fishes in California. By A. W. Chase. <Ani.,
Journ. Sc. and Arts (3), v. 7, p. 74, Jan., 1874; Forest and Stream, v •>
p. 70, March 12, 1874.

t On the edible qualities of the Sacramento Salmon. By Livingston Stone.
<Fore8t and Stream, v. 1, p. 331, Jan. 1, 1874.

Preparing Salmon on the Columbia River. By Charles NordhofF. < For-
est and Stream, v. 1, p. 397, Jan. 29, 1874. (From Harper's New Monthly
Magazine.)

Salmon-fishing on the Novarro. [By Thomas Bennett] <Overland Monthly.

V. 12, pp. 119-124, Feb., 1874 ; Forest and Stream, v. 2, p. 29, Feb. 19, 1874. '
Is the Yellow Perch (Pcrcajlavesccns) a good fish to introduce into California ?

[By Livingston Stone ] < Forest and Stream, v. 2, p. 84, March 19, 1874.
On the PlagopteriniB and the Ichthyology of Utah. By Edward D. Cope,

A.M. Read before the American Philosophical Society, March 20,1874!

<Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. Phila., V. 14, pij. 129-139, 1874.

fN.g. and n. r^,. Pla(j02}terus (n. g., 130), argentissimus (130), Lepidomeda (n. g., 131)

Lepidomeda vittata (131), Lepidomeda jarrovii (VS^), Clinostomus tcenia (133), lihinicll

thys henshavii (133), Hybopsis timpanogcnsis (134), Minomus platyrhynchus (134), Mino.

mus jarrovii {IZ5}, Ceraiichthys ventricosus (13U), Afylolcucvs parovanus (136), Clinostomus

phlegethontis (137), Zfranidea vheeleri (138). J

Geographical and Geological Explorations and surveys west of the lOOtli
Meridian. First Lieutenant G. M. Wheeler, Corps of Engineers, U. S. A., in
charge.

On the Plagopterinaj and the Ichthyology of Utah. By Edward D. Cope,
A. M.— Reprinted from the Proceedings of American Philosophical So-
ciety of Phila. Philadelphia: McCnlla A Stavely, Prs., 237-9 Dock
street. 1874. [8°, 14 pp. ]

48

1 87 1— Tlic Introcluction of Eastern Fish iuto flic waters of the Pacific Slope, togethci
with au account of operations at the United States Salmon breeding Es-
tablishment on the McClond Iliver, California. [By Livingston Stone.]
< Forest and Stream, v. 2, pp. 100-102, March 2tj, 1874 (04 c).

On the Speckled Trout of Utah Lake. — Sahno virginalis, Girard. By Dr. H. C.
Yarrow, U. S. A. < Am. Sportsman, v. 4, pp. (jS, 69, May 2, 1874.

Shad in California. [By S. R. Throckmorton.] < Forest and Stream, v. 3,
p. 229, May 21, 1874.

California Salmon [: its rapidity of growth. By Livingston Stone.]
<^ Forest and Stream, v. 2, p. 2C0, June 4, 1874.

Sports in California.— Xo. II. — Trout fishing at Humboldt Bay. [By Mon-
mouth.] <Forest and Stream, v. 2, pp. 27:?, 274 (5 c.), June 11, 1874.

Will the Columbia Salmon take the fly? [Anon.] <Am. Sportsman, x.
4, p. IGtJ, Juno 13,1874.

The Sahnon Fisheries of Oregon. [By A. ] < Forest and Stream, v. 2, p. 290,
June 18. 1874.

Sacramento Salmon vs. Eastern Salmon. [By Livingston Stone.] <^Am.
Sportsman, v, 14, p. 198, June 27, 1874.

On the use of Gianh Powder (Dyn.amite) for obtaining Specimens of Fish at
Sea. By A. W. Chase, U.S. Coast Survey. July G, 1874. <Proc. Cal.
Acad.Sci., v. .5, i)p. 334-337, Dec., 1874.

Ichthyic Fauna of Northwestern America. [By Mortimer Kerry, pseudon_
J. M. MuRPiiv.] < Forest and Stn^ara, v. 2, pp. 356, 357 {i col.), July 16,
1874.

The Salraonida? of the Pacific. [By Mortimer Kerry, pseudon. J. M. Mur-
phy.] < Forest and Stream, v. 2, pp. 369, 370 (6 c), July 23, 1874.

Sahno Quinnat and Salmo Salar. [By Charles G. Atkins.] <[ Forest and
Stream, v. 2, pp. 388, 389 (2 c), July 30, 1874.

Eastern Fish in California. What they are and what was done with them.
[From "Sacramento Record."] <^ Am. Sportsman, v. 4, p. 358, Sept. 5, 1874.

Oregon Salmon Fisheries. [From "Portland Oregonian."] <^Am. Sportsman,
V, 4. p. 3/8, Sept. 12, 1874.

United States Fish Hatching in California. [Editorial.] <; Forest and
Stream, v. 3, p. 84 (3 col.), Sept. 17, 1874.

Salmon Fisheries on the Columbia. <^Am. Sportsman, v. 4, p. 412, Sept. 26,
1674.

The Salmon Fisheries of Oregon. < Forest and Stream, v. 3, pp. 155, 172,
Oct. 15, 22, 1874.

Annual Record of Science and Ijidustry for 1873. Edited by Spencer F.
Baird, with the assistance of eminent men of science. — New York: Harper
& Brothers, Publishers, Franklin Square. 1874. [12°.]

Shipments eastward of California Salmon, p. 433.

Shad in the Sacramento River, p. 449.

Shad in California waters, p. 449.

Pacific Cod-fisheries of 1873, p. 458.

Taking California Salmon with the Hook, p. 464.

Revision des espfeces du groupo des Epinoches. Par M. H. E. Sauvage.
<Nouv. Arch. Mus. d'Hist. Nat., 1. 10, pp. 5-32, pi. 1, 1874.

49

l§'y-l — Report of the Commissioners of Fisheries of the State of California for the
years 1872 aufl 1873. — San Francisco : Francis & Valentine, printers and
engravers, 517 Clay street ; 1874. [8°, 28 pp.]
United, Stntes Commission of Fish and Fisheries. Part II.— Report of the
Commissioner for 1872 and 1873. A — Inqniry into the decrease of the Food-
Fishes. B — The propagation of Food-Fishes in the waters of the United
States. With supplementary papers. Washington: Government Printing
Office. 1874. [8°, 5 p. 1., cii, (1), 808 pp., 38 pi., 3 maps folded. ]
Report of the Commissioner, pp. i-xcii.

Appendix B. — The Salmon and the Trout, (species of Salmo). pp. 89-384.
III.* — On the North American species of Salmon and Trout. By George
Suckley, Surgeon, United States Army. (Written in 1861.) pp.
91-1 fiO.
VI. — Report of operations during 1872 at the United States Salmon-
Hatching Establishment on the M'Cloud River, and on the California
SalmonidiTD generally; Avith a list of specimens collected. By Liv-
ingston Stone, pp. 168-215.
XII. — On the Speckled Trout of Utah Lake, Salmo virginalis, Girard.

By Dr. H. C. Yarrow, U. S. A. Lete.]. pp. 363-368.
XIII. — Miscellaneous notes and correspondence relative to Salmon and
Trout, (pp. 369-379), viz:—
D — On the edible qualities of the Sacramento Salmon. [By S. R.

Throckmorton.] pp. 373-374.
E — On the Salmon-Fisheries of the Sacramento River. By Living-
ston Stone. ] pp. 374-379.
1875 — Salmon-hatchin.;- on McCloud River. [By Wm. M. Turner.] <^Overland
Monthly, v. 14, pp. 79-85, Jan. 1875.
Korte Bidrag til nordisk Ichthyographie. — I. Forelobige Meddelelser om nor-
diske Ulkefske. Af Dr. Chr. Liitken. (Meddelt den 31te Marts og 19de
Maj 1875. ) <^ Videnskabelige fra den Naturhistoriske Foreniug Kjobeuhavn,
1876, pp. 355-388; Fr. trans., pp. 72-98, 1876.
Ichthyologische Beitriige (II). Von Franz Steindaohner. 29. April 1875.
<Sitzb. K. Akad. Wissensch., B. 71, Abth. i, pp. 443-4t^0, 1875.
[4 Californian siiecies mentioned.]
Ichthyologische Beitrage (III). Von Franz Steindaohner. 17. Juni 1675.
<Sitzb. K. Akad. Wissensch., B. 72, Abth. i, pp. 29-96, 1875.

[12 Californi.Tii species particularized: n. sp. Xeniehthys calif orniensis, Scorpis califor-
7iicnsis, Corvina stearnaii, OtolUhun californiensis, Athermops n. g. or u. s. g. yAtherinopnis
ajinis Ayies.J

Description of a New Species of Trout from Mendocino County. [Typical
specimen in the collection of California Academy of Natural Sciences.] By
"W. R. Gibbons, Alameda. June 22, 1875. <Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 6,
pp. 142-144.

[n. sp. Salmo menducine/isis.]

California Fishplanting. [Signed E. J. Hooper] <Forest and Stream, v.
5, pp. 19, 20, Aug. 19, 1875.

Trouting in Colorado. [Signed "Warren."] < Forest and Stream, v. 5,
p. 35, Aug. 26, 1875.

Edible Fish of the Pacific. [Signed B. J. Hooper.] < Forest and Stream,
V. 5, p. 36, Aug. 26, 1875.

Salmon Fishing east and west — How they take them in California. [Signed
Horace D. Dunn.] <] Forest and Stream, v. 5, p. 38, Aug. 26, 1875.

*Tliese numbers are continuous through the volume and not subordinated to the parts.

Bull. Nat. Mus. 54^0. 11 4

50

1875— Califonii.i Salmon. When to take them -wit h .1 fly. [Signed "Podgers."]

< Forest and Stream, v. 5, pp. 5:5, 54, Sept. 2, 1875.

Salmon Scores from the McClond River. [By Sir Rose Price.] < Forest and

Stream, v. 5, p. 54, Sept. 2, 1875.
Fishing in Montana. [Signed A. B. Keeler.] < Forest and Stream, v. 5, j).

54, Sept. 2, 1^75.
The Speckled Beanties [_SaJnio fontivalis'] in Colorado. [From "Denver

News."] <Rod and Gun, v. 6, p. 348, Sept. 4, 1875.

Fishing in the McCloud Kiver. [By Sir Rose Price.] < Rod and Gun, v.

6, p. 362, Sept. 11, 1875.
Carp in Calilornla. [By E. J. Hooper.] < Forest and Stream, v. 5, p. 115,

Sept. 30, 1875.

California Angling. [By E. J. Hooper.] < Forest and Stream, v. 5, p. 133,
Oct. 7, 1875.

Flora and Fauna of California. [ By W. M. Hinckley. ] < Forest and Stream,
V. 5, p. 146, Oct. 14, 1875.

Lake Tahoe, Cal. Its Scenery and Trout Fishing. [By E. J. Hooper.]

< Forest and Stream, v. 5, p. 151, Oct. 14, 1875.

Shipments of California Salmon eggs. [By Livingston Stone.] < Forest
and Stream, v. 5, p. 179, Oct. 28, 1875.

Sea and Bay Fishing in California. — Wonders of the deep. [By E. J. Hooper.]

< Forest and Stream, v. 5, pp. 197, 198, Nov. 4, 1875.

Illegal traffic in Salmon. <^ Forest and Stream, v. 5, p. 217, Nov. 11, 1875.
[From San Francisco Daily Evening Post.]

Progress of Fish-culture in California. [By E. J. Hooper.] <Forest and
Stream, v. 5, pp. 19.— 227, Nov. 18, 1875.

The Oregon Salmon Fisheries. [Anon.l < Forest and Stream, v. 5, p. 230,
Nov. 18, 1875.

Comparative size of Trout in Europe and America. [By S. C. C. i. e.
Clarke.] < Forest and Stream, v. .5, p. 230, Nov. 18, 1875.

On what do Salmon Feed? [Editorial from E. J. Hooper's observations. ]

< Forest and Stream, v. 5, p. 280, Dec. 9, 1875.

Distribution of California Ova. <^ Forest and Stream, v. 5, p. 291, Dec. 16,
1875.

Iclithyologische Beitriige (IV). Von Franz Steindachner. 16. December,
1875. <Sitbz. K. Akad. Wisseusch., B 72, Abth. i, pp. 551-610, 1875.
[2 west-coast species described.]

Truckce lliver Trout. lAnon.'] <Forest and Stream, v. 5, p. 308, Dec. 23, 1875.

What do Salmon eat? [By R. Tallant.] < Forest and Stream, v. 5, p. 308,
Dec. 23, 1875.

Annual Record of Science and Industry for 1874. Edited by Spencer P.
Baird, with the assistance of eminent men of science. — New York : Harper
& Brothers, Publishers, Franklin Square. 1875. [12°.]
J. Pisciculture and the Fisheries, pp. 419-428.
Alaska Cod-fisheries in 1873. p. 424.
Stocking a pond in Utah with Eels. p. 428.
Destruction of Fish on the Oregon coast with nitro-glycerine, p. 428.

51

1875 —A report on the condition of affairs in the Territory of Alasjlva. By Henry W.
Elliott, special agent of the Treasury Department. — Washington : Govern-
ment Printing Office. 1875. [8°, 277 pp.]

Chapter VIII.— Fish and Fisheries. The Fisheries of Alaska, pp. 165-1G7.
[This is essentially a second edition of tlie report of Mr. Elliott, published in 1873.]

Department of the luterioi-. — Bulletin of the United States Geological and
Geographical Survey of the Territories. F. V. Hayden, United States
Geologist-in-Charge. 1874 and 1875. Vol 1. — Washington : Government
Printing Office. 1875. 18°, xiii pp.-f-28 pp. +77 pp.+4'J9 pp.+19 11. un-
paged, 26 pi., 3 maps, 1 woodcut.]

[Consisting of the separately paged Bulletins Jv'os. 1, 2, "First Series," and of the con-
tinuously paged Bulletins Nos. I to G inclusive, " Second Series," furnished with xiii pp.
extra (title, table of contents, etc.). The uistinct.on "Series" is not maintained alter
No. 6, which completes vol. 1.]

First Series, 1874.
No. 2. [8°, 77 pp., 1.]
Review of the Vertebrata of the Cretaceous Period, found west of the

Mississippi River. By Edward D. Cope, A. M. pp. 5-48.
Supplementary Notices of Fishes from the Freshwater Tertiaries of the
Rocky Mountains. [By Edward D. Cope, A. M.] pp. 49-51.
Second Series, 1875-1876.
No. 1. [8°, 47 pp.]

On the Fishes of the Tertiary Shales of the South Park [Colorado].
Bj E. D. Cope, A. M. pp. 3-5.

La Chasse aux anima-us marins et les pecheries chez les Indigenes de la cote
nord-ouost d'Ame'rique, par m. Alph. Pinart.— Bonlogne-sur-mer, Imp. de
Charles Aigre, 4, Rue des Vieillards. 1875. [8°, 15 pp.]

Engineer Department, United States Army.— Report npon Geographical and
Geological Explorations and Surveys west of the One Hundredth Meridian,
in charge of First Lieut. G. M. Wheeler, Corps of Engineers, U. S. Army,
under the direction of Brig. Gen. A. A. Humphreys, Chief of Engineers,
U. S. Army. Published by authority of Hon. Wm. W. Belknap, Secretary
of War, in accordance with acts of Congress of June 23, 1874, and Febru-
ii.ry 15, 1875. In six volumes, accompanied by one topographical and one
geological atlas. — Vol. V. — Zoology. — Washington: Government Printing
Office. 1875. [4°.]
Chapter VI. — Report | upon | the collections of Fishes | made in portions
of I Nevada, Utah, California, Colorado, New Mexico, and Arizona, |
during | the years 1871, 1872, 1873, an«( 1874. | By | Prof. E. D. Cope
and Dr. H. C. Yarrow.=pp. 63.5-703, pi. 26-32.
Appendix.— Description of a ^Mugiloid Fi.sh from the Mesozoic Strata,
of Colorado [Sylhcmus latifrons, Cope], pp. 701-703.

[N. sp. Apocope couesiL If arrow (p. C48, pi. 27. f. 2), Gila nigra, Cope (p. 663, pi. 30, f. 3),
Gila scminuda, Cope and Yarrow (p. 666, pi. 31, f. 1), Ilyhorhynchxts sidcrius. Cope (p. 670,
pi. 31. f. 6,) Gila ardesiaca (p. 660, pi. 30, f. 1), Gila mminuda (p. 666, pi. 31, f. 1), Pantontcus,
Cope (u. g., p. 673), Catostonius fecundus (p. 678, pi. 32, f. 1).

"The most extended list is that of the Colorado Imsin " (p. 699) : —

CyprinidsB

Plagopterus

argentissimiis

640

Meda

fulgida

642

Lepidomeda

vittata

642

janovii

643

Ceratichthys

sqtianiilentus

000

oscula

647

Apocope

coupsii

648

ventricosa

648

52

1875—

Gila

efrregia

C62

nigra

G63

robusta

663

elegans

664

gracilis

663

grahamii

665

nacrea

666

seminuda

666

emoiii

667

Hyborhynchus

sidfiins

670

Cntostomidoe

Pantostens

bai du8

673

delphinua

673

Catostomns

inaigne

676

discobolus

677

Ptychostomus

coDgestus

680

Coregonidas

Coregonus

villiamsonii

682

Salmonidae

Salmo

pleuriticus

693

Cyprinodontida3

Girardinns

sonorieiiBis

695

CottidsB

Uranidea

vheelerii

696

"The following species are those of the basin of Utah, whether from tributaries of the
Great Salt Lake or not " (p. 700) :—

CyprinidsB

Apocope

carrinstonii

645

henshavii

645

vulnerata

646

Ceratichthys

biguttatus

651

Hybopsis

timpanogensis

654

bivittatus

000

Gila

phlegethoutis

657

montana

657

hydrophlox

658

tjenia

658

egregia

662

Siboma

atraria

667

Myloleucus

pulverulentus

669

parovanus

669

Catostomidse

Pantosteus

platyrhynchus

673

jarrovii

674

Catostomua

fecundns

078

Coregonidae

Coregonus

villiamsonii

082

Sahnonidae

Salmo

virginalis

685

pleuriticus

693

Cottidije

Uranidea

vheelerii

696

punctulata

697

[In both of the preceding lists the enumeration is in the order of the descriptions, and
not of the lists, which deviate considerably from the former.]

IS^e.— Salmon Fishing on the. Mayo River, California. [Anon.] <[ Forest and
Stream, v. 5, p. 267, 1876.

California Salmon for New Hampshire. <^ Forest and Stream, v. 5, p. 339,
Jan. 6, 1876.

The McCloud River Reservation. [Editorial.] <; Forest and Stream, v. 5,
p. 355, Jan. 13, 1876.

Habits of Pacific Salmon. [By Livingston Stone.] < Forest and Stream,
V. 5, p. 372, Jan. 20, 1876.

California Shad. [Anon.] < Forest and Stream, v. 5, p. 372, Jan. '20, 1876.
(6 lines.)

Angling for Eastern Salmon {Salmo sahir) in California waters. [J)io».]
< Forest and Stream, v. 5, p. 390, Jan. 27, 1876.

• 53

1§7G-Tlie Fisheries aud Sea Lions of California. [Anon.] < Forest oud Stream
V. 6, p. 387, Feb. 24, 1876. ' '

The Natural and Economic History of the Salmonidaj— geographical distribu-
tion and artificial culture. By Philo-Ichthyos. < Forest and Stream pp
68-69 (No. -3), 106 (No. 4), 116 (No. 5), 131 (No. 6), 147 (No. 7), 164 (No! 8)
179 (No. 9).

Check List of the Fishes of the Fresh Waters of North America. By David
S. Jordan, M. S., M. D., and Herbert E. Copeland. M. S. March 3, 1876

< Bulletin of the Bufialo Society of Natural Sciences, v. 2, pp. 133-1G4
1876. > ^ yi '*,

Viviparous Perch : [their abundance at Santa Barbara. By H. C. Yarrow 1

< Forest and Stream, v. 6, p. 132, April 6, 1876.

Angling for Smelts in California. [By E. J. Hooper.] < Forest and Stream
V. 6, p. 166, April 20, 1876. '

A Viviparous Perch. [Editorial.] < Forest and Stream, v. 6, p. 180 with
fig., April 27, 1876. ' ^ '

Noget om Slajgten Soulv (AnarrUchas) og dens nordiske Arter. Af Proffessor
Japetus Steenstrup. Med en Tavle. < Videnskabelige Meddelelser fia
den Naturhistorisk Foreuiug i Kjobeuhavu, 1876, pp. 159-202, tav. 3.

Salmon Fisheries on the Columbia Eiver. [Anon. By Barnet Phillips.—
From Appleton's Journal.] < Rod and Gun, v. 8, pp. 131-132 (5 col.) May
27, 1876, with 2 figs. ^ y? j

• Remarks on the Various Fishes [of the family of Scorpieuida-] known as Rock
Cod. By W. N. Lockiiigton. July 17, 1876. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci v 7
pp. 79-82. ' * '

[N. sp. SehasUis Ayresii proposed as a substitute for S. rosaceus of Ayres but not of
Girard.

Notes on Some California Marine Fishes, with description of a new species
By W. N. Lockington. July 17, 1876. < Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 7, pp'
83-88. ' ^ ^

fN". sp. Argyreiosiis Pacificus, Magdalena Bay. J

Ichthyologische Beitrlige (V.) Von Franz Steindaohner. 20. Juli 1876.
<Sitzb. K. Akad. Wissensch., B.74, Abth. i, pp. _, 1870.

[13 weat-coast species elucidated: u. sp. Artedim pugetensis, Siphagonus barbatm,
Mi/psagonus Swanii, Blakea n. g. < Myxodes elegam Cuopei:]

Lake Fishing in California. [By E. J. Hooper. J < Forest and Stream, v. 7,
p. 5, Aug. 10, 1876. '

Fishing this Season [summer of 1876] in California. [By E. J. Hooper.]

< Forest and Stream, v. 7, p. 21, Aug. 17, 1876.

'Notes on Californian Fishes. By W. N. Lockington. September 4, 1876.

< Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., v. 7, pp. 108-110.

[N. sp. Centropomus viridis (provisionally named on p. 100) from Asuncion Island. Lower
California. 1 '

Connecticut River Shad for California. [By S. F. Baird.] < Forest and
Stream, v. 7, pp. 66-67, Sept. 7, 1876.

California Shad. [Anon.] < Forest and Stream, v. 7, p. 83, Sept. 14, 1876.

The Big Fish [Salmon weighing 100 pounds] of Alaska. [Anon. ] < Forest
and Stream, v. 7, i^p. 213-214, Nov. 9, 1876.

54 •

1876— Annual Kccord of Science and Industry for 1875. Edited by Spencer P.
Baird, with the assistance of eminent men of science. Now York : Harper
& Brothers, Publishers, Franklin Square. 1876. [12°.]
J. Pisciculture and the Fisheries, pp. 40.5-440,
Salmon in the San Joaquin, pp. 430-4:U.
Salmon Trade of the Columbia River, pp. 431-432.
Salmon in the Sacramento Elver, p. 432.
United States Salmon-hatching Establishment, pp. 434-435.

Engineer Department, U. S. Army.= Eeport of explorations across the Great
Basin of the Territory of Utah for a direct wagon-route from Camp Floyd
to Genoa, in Carson Valley, in 1359. By Captain J. H. Simpson, Corps of
Topographical Engineers, U. S. Army [now colonel of engineers, bvt. brig,
gen., U. S. A.]. Made by authority of the Secretary of War, and under in-
structions from Bvt. Brig. Gen. A. S. Johnston, U. S. Army, commanding the
Department of Utah. Washington : Government Printing Office. 1876.
Explorations across the Great Basin of Utah. = Appendix L. — Report on
ichthyology. By Prof. Theo. Gill. pp. 383-431, 8 pi., with 8 1. explan-
atory.
[This chapter was •written iu 1861, and not subsequently revised.]

United States Commission of Fish and Fisheries. Part III. — Rexjort of the
Commissioner for 1873-4 and 1874-5. A — Inquiry into the decrease of the
Food-Fishes. B — The propagation of Food-Fishes in the -waters of the
United States. Washington : Government Printing Office. 1876. [8", li,
777 pp.]

Report of the Commissioner, pp. vii-xlvi.

Appendix A. — Sea fisheries and the fishes and invertebrates used as food,
pp. 1-319.
V. — Account of tlie fisheries and seal-hunting iu the White Sea, the
Arctic Ocean, and the Caspian Sea. By Alexander Schultz. pp.
35-96.

Appendix B. — The river fisheries, pp. 321-540.

XX. — Report of operations in California in 1873. By Livingston
Stone, pp. 377-429.

A— Clear Lake. pp. 377-381.

B — Sacramento River, pp. 382-385.

C — California aquarium-car. pp. 385-390.

D — Overland journey with live shad. pp. 390-402.

E— The McCloiid River station, pp. 402-423.

F — Catalogue of collections sent to the Smithsonian Institution

iu 1873. pp. 424-427.
G — A list of McCloud Indian words supplementary to a list con-
tained in the report of 1872. pp. 428^29.
XXI. — Hatcliing and distribution of California salmon.

A — Report on California salmon-spawn hatched and distributed.

By J. H. Slack, M. D. pp. 431-434.
B — Hatching and distribution of California salmon in tril)utaries
of Great Salt Lake. By A. P. Rockwood, tjuperintendeut of
Fisheries in Utah Territory, pp. 434-435.
XXII. — Report of operations during 1874 at the United States salmon-
hatching establishment on the McCloud River, California. By Liv-
ingston Stone, pp. 437-478.

XXIIl.— Correspoudence relating to the San Joaquin River and its
fishes. i)p. 479-483.

• 55

l§7'3'— The Trout of Washington Territory. <Fore8t and Stream, v. 7, p. 413, Feb.

1, 1877.

Canned Salmon. [_Ano7i.'] < Forest and Stream, v. 8, p. 32, Feb. 22, 1877.

On the Genera of North American Fresh-water Fishes. [By David S. Jor-
dan and Charles H. Gilbert. Feb. 27, 1877. <Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc.
Phila., V. — , pp. 83-104, April 17, 1877.

The Oregon Fisheries. lAnon. From "Pacific Life."] <| Forest and Stream,
V. 8, p. 49, March 1,1877.

Fish Culture in California. <^ Forest and Stream, v. 8, pp. 16, 81, 207, 224.

1877.

Annual Record of Science and Industry for 1876. Edited by Spencer F.
Baird, with the assistance of eminent men of science. — New York: Harper
& Brothers, Publishers, Franklin Square. 1877. [12°.]
I. Pisciculture aud the Fisheries, pp. 385-410.

Biennial Report of the California Fish Commissioji [abstract]. pp_

401-403.
Cultivation of Carp in California, p. 403.

Department of the Interior: U. S. National Museum. — Bulletin of the United
States National Museum. — No. 7. — Published under the direction of the
Smithsonian Institution. Washington: Government Printing Office.
1877. [8°.]

No. 7. — Contributions to the Natural History of the Hawaiian and Fan-
ning Islands and Lower California. By Thos. H. Streets, M. D.

Trout Fishing in Southwestern Colorado. <^ Forest aud Stream, v. 8, ]ip. 189,
190, May 3, 1877.

California Salmon Spawn for Shipment. <^ Forest and Stream, v. 8, p. 191,
May 3, 1877.

Fishing in Lakes San Andreas and Pilercitas, California. [By E.J. Hooper.]
<^ Forest and Stream, v. 8, p. 270, May 31, 1877.

Contributions to North American Ichthyology. Based Primarily on the Col-
lections of the United States National Museum.
A. Notes on the Cottidaj, Etheostomatid^e, Percida'>, Centrarchida-,
Aphododerida?, Dorysomatidse, and Cyprinidse. With Revisions of
the Genera and Descriptions of New or Little-known Species. — B. Sy-
nopsis of the Siluridie of the Fresh Waters of North America, liy Da-
vid S. Jordan. Washington: Government Printing Office. 1877. [8*=,
2 title-pages, 120 pp., 45 plates.]

( Bulletin of the U. S. National Museum, No. 10. )

M'Cloud and Sacramento River Trout. [From ''San Francisco Pacific Life."]
<:^Foiestand Stream, v. 8, p. 299, June 14, 1877.

Stocking the Barren Waters of the Great Divide. [By J. W.B.J <^ Forest
and Stream, v. 8, p. 400, July 19, 1877.

California Salmon in Lake Ontario. [By Sam. Wilmot.] <^ Forest and
Stream, v. 8, p. 419, July 26, 1877.

t California Salmon in the James River, Va. <^ Forest and Stream, v. 8, p.
400, July 19, 1877.

Hatching on the Columbia. <[ Forest aud Stream, v. 8, p. 420, July 26, 187*7,

56

187'7— The Long-JoAVPfl Goln. By "W. N. Lockington. <The American Natui-
alist, V. ll,pp.474-47d, Aug., 1877.
[An iuturcstiii;; accouut of some peculiarities in tbo habita of Gillichthys mirabilis.]

The Coregoni — Their natural history, native waters, ecouomic value, and
implements connected with their production. lAnon.1 < Forest and
Stream, v. 8, pp. 439, 440. 1877.

The Coregoni. No. Part 2. < Forest and Stream, v. 9, pp. 3, 4, Aug. 3, 1877.

A Contribution to the knowledge of Ichthyological Fauna of the Green River
Shales. By E. D. Cope. <Bull. U.S. Geol. and Geog. Surv. Terrs., v. 3,
pp. 807-819, Aug. 15, 1m77.

California Salmon. [By Emery D. Potter.] < Forest and Stream, v. 9, p.
63, Aug. 30, 1879.

Notice of the Utah Trout in Pro vo rising to the fly. ByW. V. S. <[ Forest

and Stream, v. 9, p. 88, Sept. 6, 1877.

Canning Salmon. < Forest and Stream, v. 9, i>. 88, Sept. 6, 1877.

Operations of the McCloud River (Cal.) Fish Hatching Establishment.

< Forest and Stream, v. 9, p. -205, Oct. 13, 1877.

The Salmon Fisheries of California. <^ Forest and Stream, v. 9, p. 233, Oct.
25, 1877.

Salmon Trout on the Pacific Coast. < Forest and Stream, v. 9, p. 247, Nov.
1, 1677.

More about McLeod River Trout. <^ Forest and Stream, v. 9, p. 247, Nov. 1,1877.

The Sportsman's Gazetteer and General Guide. The Game Animals, Birds
and Fishes of North America: their habits and various methods of capture.
Copious Instructions in Shooting, Fishing, Taxidermy, Woodcraft, etc. To-
gether with A Directory to the Principal Game Resorts of the Country; il-
lustrated with maps. By Charles Hallock, Editor of "Forest and
Stream"; Author of the "Fishing Tourist"; "Camp Life in Florida," etc.
New York: "Forest and Stream" Publishing Company, American Newa
Company, agents. 1877. [12°, 668 pp., -f ~^8 pp., 3 maps, 1 portrait.
Part I. — Game Animals of North America. Fishes of the Northwest, pp.
339-353. Pacific Coast Fishes, pp. 354-369.

1878 — Beneficial Results of Salmon Hatching on the Sacramento River. [Editorial. ]

< Forest and Stream, v. 10, p. 18, Feb. 14, 1878.'

Trout Fishing at Lake Bigler, California. \_Anou.} < Forest and Stream, v.
10, p. 28, Feb. 14, 1878.

California Salmon Fishing and the Game Laws. [Signed E. J. Hooper.]
<^ Forest and Stream, v. 10, j). 47, Feb. 21, 1878.

[Price of first four Shad of the season in San Francisco =:^10 each.] <[ Forest
and Stream, v. 10, p. 67, Feb. 28, 1878.

Birds and Salmon in California. \_Anon.'] <^ Forest and Stream, v. 10, p.
95, March 14, lfc78.

Spawning of California Salmon. [Signed B. B. Redding.] <^ Forest and
Stream, v. 10, p. l55, April 4, 1878.

Red Trout, or Redfisli of Oregon and Idaho. [By Charles Bendire, U. S. A.]
< Forest and Stream, v. 10, ]>. 156, April 4, 1878.

Carp in San Francisco. [From "Pacific Life."] <^ Forest and Stream, v.
10, p. 174, April 11,1878.

57

18'J'§ — The Norway Trout of the Yellowstone. lAnon.'] <[ Forest and Stream, v.
10, p. 175 [195], April 11, 1878.

Prof. Jordan on Characteristics of Tront. [Signed D. S. Jordan.] <C^ Forestj
and Stream, v. 10, p. 196, April 11, 1878.

[Coutains suggestion that the original Redflsh is Hypsifario kennerlyi.]

Manual of the Vertebrates of the Northern United States, including the Dis-
trict east of the Mississippi Eiver and uorlh of North Carolina and Tenn-
essee, exclusive of inarine species. By David Starr Jordan, Ph. D., M.
D., Professor of Natural History in Butler University. Seaond Edition, re-
vised and enlarged. — Chicago: Jansen, McClurg & Compauj', 1878. [12<^.
407 pp., pub. May 16. ]
[Contains synopsis of the American Salmoninw and Coregonincc.]

California Fishing Prospects. [Signed E. J. Hooper. ] <^ Forest and Stream,
V. 10, p. 239, May 2, 1878.

Notes on a Collection of Fishes from the Rio Grande, at Brownsville, Texas.
By David S. Jordan, M. D. <Bnll. U. S. Geol. and Geog. Surv. Terr. v.

4, [pp. 397-40G, May 3;] v. 4, pp. G63-(;67, July 29, 1879.

[Specimens of Himterocarjnis Traskii indicated as an unknown Labroid form at p. 399,
and described as the type of a new genus and sp. at p. 667. The specimens had been
probably misplaced.]

A Catalogue of the Fishes of the Fresh Waters of North America. B3- David

5. Jordan, M. D. <Bull. U. S. Geol. and Geog. Surv. Terr., v. 4, pp.
407-442, May 3, 1878.

[A simple nominal list of the fresh-water species north of the Mexican region.]

Spawning of California Brook Trout in New York. [By James Annin, jr.,
Caledonia, N. Y.]. <Chicago Field, v. 9, p. 182, May 4, 1878. [F. M.]

California Salmon on Long Island, success of. By a member of the South
Side Club. <Chicago Field, v. 9, p. 182, May 4, 1878. [F. M.]

Trout Hybrids. [Possiljility of intercrossing Eastern and Californian Trouts.
Editorial.] <Forest and Stream, v. 10, p. 255, May 9, 1878*

California. [Notice of distribution of land-locked Salmon and Eastern Trout
by Fish Commissioners. ] ^Forest aud Stream, v. 10, p. 255, May 9, 1878.

The heaviest American Salmon. [Notice of one weighing 82 pounds caught
at the mouth of the Columbia River. By John Goudy.] <^Forest and
• Stream, v. 10, p. 265, May 9, 1878.

Salmon canning on Frazer River. [By Fred. Mather.] <^Chicago Field,
V. 9, p. 196, May 15, 1878. [P.M.]

^. — A. On the Distribution of the Fishes of the Allegheny Region of South
Carolina, Georgia, and Tennessee. With Descriptions of New or Little-
known Species. By David S. Jordan and Aleml)ert W. Brayton. — B.
Synoi>sis of the Family Catostomida?. By David S. Jordan. Washington :
Government Printing Office. 1878. (8vo, 237.)

Run of Salmon in California. Note by A. R. <Chicago Field, v. 9, p. 229,
May 25, 1878. [P.M.]

Shad in California. Announcement of two taken in San Francisco Bay May 1.
Note by B. B. Porter. <Chicago Field, v. 6, p. 229, May 25, 1873. [F. M.]

California Salmon. [Notice of their ascent up the McCloud and Sacranento
rivers in May. ] <Forest aud Stream, v. 10, p. 350, June 6, 1878.

Salmon canning in Oregon and California. [Editorial. AVith three wood-
cuts.] <Fore8t and Stream, v. 10, p. 398, June 27, 1878.

58

1878— Another shipment of Sliad to Califoruia. Notice by Fred. Mather. <Chi-
cago Fiekl, v. 9, p. 308, July 6, 1878. [F. M.]

California Salmon in Lake Ontario. [By John J. Robson.] <]Forest and
Stream, v. 10, p. A82, July 25, 1878.

Salmon canning in Alaska. An account of the objections of the Indians to
the lauding of a lot of Chinese fish canners. From Alaska Cor. " N. Y.
Sun." <Chicago Field, v. 9, p. 371, July 27, 1878. [F. M.]

Notes on a Collection of Fishes from Clackamas River, Oregon. By David
S. Jordan, M. D. <Proc. U. S. Nat. Musenm, v. 1, pp. 69-85, Aug., 1878.

The Labrador and Columbia River Fisheries. [From the "New York Sun."]
< Forest and Stream, v. 10, p. 507, Aug. 1, 1878.

The Mysterious Salmon. A quotation from the '"Astorian" on the subject of
the salmon taking the artificial fly, with editorial comment by Fred. Ma-
ther. < Chicago Field, v. 9, p. 387, Aug. 3, 1878. [F. M. ]

The McCloud River Hatchery. [By K. B. Pratt.] < Forest and Stream, v.
ll,p.2, Aug.8, 1878.

Fish Gossip: Abundance of Salmon in the McCloud River, and their annoy-
ance to anglers when fishing for Trout. [Item from "San Francisco Chron-
icle," with editorial comment by Fred. Mather. <^ Chicago Field, v. 9,
p. 403, Aug. 10, 1878. [F. M. ]

Gameness of the Quinnat Salmon. [By Tarleton H. Bean.] <^ Chicago
Field, v. 1 0, p. 4, Aug. 17, 1878. [F. M. ]

The Fraser River Salmon Season. [From the "New York World."] <^ For-
est and Stream, v. 11, p. 50, Aug. 22, 1878.

Fishing in Northern California. [By E. J. Hooker.] <^ Forest and Stream,
V. 11, p. 51, April 22, 1878.

Trout Fishing in Truckee River. Correspondent of the " Sacramento Uniou."
<Chicago Field, v. 10, p. 20, Aug. 24, 1878. [F. M. ]

Trouting in Nevada. Catching them in the water-works at Gold Hill and
Virginia City. [From "Virginia City Chronicle."] <^ Chicago Field, v.

10, p. — . Sept. 14, 1878. [F. M. ]

Good News from California. [An account of fish-ladders in the Truckee River,
from the "Truckee Rei>ublican."] <^ Chicago Field, v. 10, p. 84, Sep|. 21,

1878.

Salmon One Cent Each. [Item from Frazer River, from California paper, with
editorial comment by F. Mather.] <^ Chicago Field, v. 10, p. 101, Sept. 28,
1878. [F.M.]

Salmon Canning on Columbia River. An account of the process, with statis-
tics. By Fred. Mather. <ChicagoFie]d,v.lO,p. 101, Sept. 28,1878. [F.M.]

Note on the Saurus lucioceps of Ayros. [By "W. N. Lockington.] <^Aim.
& Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), v. 2, pp. 348, .349, Oct., 1878.

McCloud River Hatching Station. Daily Record of Salmon taken. [Signed
Livingston Stone. ] < Forest and Stream, v. 11, p. 203, Oct. 10, 1878.

California Trout in New York. [By Seth Green.] < Forest and Stream, v.

11, p. 203, Oct. 10, 1878.

McCloud River Hatchery. [Tabic of Distribution of Salmon Eggs during
1878.] < Forest and Stream, v. 11, p. 222, Oct. 17, 1878,

59

18y§ — Laud-lockmg the Quinuat Salmou. Exiieriment of H. G. Parker, Commis-
sioner on Fisheries for Nevada, in Pyramid a.ud Walker Lakes. <^ Cliicai^o
Field, V. 10, p. 165, Oct. 2(1, 1878. [F.M.]

The Yellowstone as a Trout stream. [J«oh.] < Forest and Stream, v. 11, p.
263, Oct. 31, 1878.

Another Devil Fish Story. Account of devil-fish {Ccratopicra) interfering
with a submarine diver, from California paper. <^ Chicago Field, v. 10,
p. 181, Nov. 2, 1878. [F.M.]

Walks around San Francisco. By "W. N. Lockington. No- III.— Lake
Honda and Seal Rock. <Am. Nat., v. 12, pp. 786-793, Dec, 1878.

[N. Sp. Bdellestoma Stoutii, p. 793.1
iVbfe— "No. L— The Ocean Beach" (v. 12, pp. .347-354) and [No. II.—]
"The Bay Shore" (v. 12, jip. 505-512) have nothing relative to tishes.

Salmo quinnat in France. [By Fred. Mather.] < Forest and Stream, v. 11,
p. 360, Dec. 5, 1878. [See, also, pp. 339, 340, Nov. 28, 1878.]

On the occurrence of Stichieus punctatus, (Fabr.) Kroyer, at St. Michrel's,
Alaska. By Tarleton H. Bean. < Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum, v. 1, pp. 279-
281, Dec. 17, 1878.

Report on the collection of Fish>?s made by Dr. Elliott Cones, U. S. A., iu Da-
kota and Montana during the seasons of 1873 and 1874. By David S.
Jordan, M. D. < Bull. U. S. Geol. and Geog. Surv. Terr., v. 4. pp. 777-799,
Dec. 11, 1878.
jVote. — [Contains an "analysis of the genera of American Cyprinida;, .and reference of
Pacific slope genera to European types, at pp. 785-790. J

California Salmon in Holland. [Editorial.] <^ Forest and Stream, v. 11, p.
420, Dec. 25. 1878.

45th Congress, 3d session. I House of Rei)resentatives. j Ex. Doc. 1, pt. 2. Vol.
II. I =: I Annual Report | of the | Chief of Engineers | to the | Secretary
of War I for the | year 1878. | — | In three parts. | — | Part III. | — | Wash-
ington : I Government Printing Ofdce. | 1878. |

Appendix NN. | — | Annual Report of Lieutenant George M. "Wheeler, |
Corps of Engineers, for the fiscal year ending | June 30, 1878. [p[).
1421—

Appendix K. ( Report upon the Fishes collected during the years 1875, 1876.
and 1877, in | California and Nevada, by Prof. David S. Jordan and H.
W. Henshaw. [pp. 1609-1622, pU. 1-4.]

Appendix K 1. | List of Marine Fishes collected on the coast of Califoruia
near Santa | Barbara iu 1875, witli notes by Dr. H. C. YarroTw, Acting
Assistant Surgeon | U. S. A., and H. "W. Henshaw. [pp. 1623-1627.]
P. 1610, pi. 1, 2, Catastomus tahoensis Gill and Jordan.

P. 1010, pi. 3, Catastomun arceojyus Jordan. ,

P. 1619, pi. 4, Salvia Hcnshaivi Gill and Jord.in.

The Sportsman's Gazetteer and General Guide. The Glime Animals, Birds,
and Fishes of North America : Their Habits and Various Methods of Cap-
ture. Copious Instructions in Shooting, Fishing, Taxidermy, Woodcraft,
etc. Together with maps. By Charles Hallock, Editor of " Forest and
Stream"; Author of the " Fishing Tourist," " Camp Life in Florida," etc.
Fourth Edition. New York : Forest and Stream Publishing Co. 1878.
(12mo.)

60

1878 — Manual of the Vertebrates of the Northern United States, Including the Dis-
trict East of the Mississippi River, and North of North Carolina and Ten-
nessee, exclusive of Marine Species. By David Starr Jordan, Ph. D.. M.
D., Professor of Natural History in Butler University. Second Edition, Re-
vised and Enlarged. Chicago: Jausen, McClurg & Co. 1878. (12mo,
407 pp.)

The Californiau Salmon. With an Account of its Introduction into Victoria.
By Sir Samuel Wilson, Member of the Legislative Council of Victoria.
Melbourne: Sauds &. McDougall, Printers, Collins street AYest. 1878.

1879.~The Nevada Fish-hatchery. [From Carson City "Appeal."] <Chicago
Field, V. 10, p. 332, Jan. 4, 1879. [F. M.]

Capture of a Devil-fish [Ceratoptcra]. From California paper. ^Chicago
Field, v. 10, p. 395, Feb. 1, 1879. [F. M.]

The Fisheries and Other Resources of Alaska. B% H. A. R. ^Chicago Field,
V. 10, p. 395, Feb. 1, 1879. [F.M.]

Viviparous Perch [Em biotocidie. By Charles Hallock. From "Sportsman's
Gazetteer."] <[ Forest and Stream, v. 11, p. 51'.', ,Tan. 23, 1879.

Fish and Fishing of Oregon. [By Wm. Lang.] <^ Forest and Stream, v. 12,
p. 35, Feb. 13, 1879.

Reportof the Nevada Fish Commission. [Notice by Fred. Mather.] <^Chi-
cago Field, v. 11, p. 3, Feb. 15, 1879.

Rapid growth of the Calif oruian Salmon. [Anon.'] <^Forest and Stream, v.
12, p. 55, Feb. 20, 1879.

[An abstract from the "Germac Fishing Gazette."]

Eastern Trout on the Pacific Slope. [By H. H. Holt, Kaloma, W. T. <For-
est and Stream, v. 12, p. 105, March 13, 1879.

Rearing Whitefish in confinement. [Bj- B. B. Redding.] <^Chicago Field,
V. 11, pp. 67, 68, March 15, 1879.

Interesting Facts from Washington Territory. [By Chs. Bendire.] <^ For-
est and Stream, v. 12, p. 154, March 27, 1879.
I Refers to "Salmo Kennerlyi", &c.]

The Flounders of our Markets. Read by W. M. Lockington before the San
Francisco Acad, of Sciences, March 17, 1879. <^Scieutific Press Supjile-
ment, April, 1879 ; Mining and Scientific Press, April 12 and 19, 1879.

Salmon Fishing in Oregon. [By H. B.] <^ Forest and Stream, v. 12, p. 174,
April 3, 1879.

Traits of Rocky Mountain Trout. [By W. N. Byers.] <^ Forest and Stream,
V. 12, p. 174, April 3, 1879.

[Notice of a "'Devil Fish' recently taken on the Pacific coast whose body
was four feet long, with a spear-shaped tail and tentacles seven feet long,"
i. e., a species of Ceratoptera. From the " Santa Barbara Press."] <^Chi-
cago Fiefl, v. 11, p. 148, April 19, 1879.

Description of a species of Lijcodes {L. Titmeri) from Alaska, believed to be
nudescribed. By Tarleton H. Bean. <Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum, a. 1,
pp. 463-406, April 25, 1879.

The Fishes and Birds of the Pacific Coast. [By Calamink, pscudon of John
L. Wilson. <Chicago Field, v. 11, p. 163, April 26, 1879.

[Note relative to the Fisheries of I5ritish Columbia. Notice of Report to
House of Commons.] <^Chicago Field, v. 11, p. 165, April 26, 1879.

61

ISYO— Notes on some Fishes of the Coast of California. No. I. By W. N. Lock-
iiigton. < Am. Nat., v. 13, pp. 299-308, May, 1879.

California Mountain Trout in Eastern Waters. [By Seth Green.] < Forest
and Stream, v. 12, p. 264, May 8, 1879.
[See, also, v. 12, p. 288. J

Trout and Salmon Season in California. [Anon.'\ < Forest and Stream, v.
12, p. 277, May 8, 1879.

Angling in California. [Abstract from '' Pacific Life."] <Chicao-o Field v 11
pp. 195, 196, May 10, 1879. " ' ' '

[Catfish in California.] < Chicago Field, v. 11, p. 196, May 10, 1879.

Pacific Trout [Salmo iridea] in Eastern Waters. [Note signed H. "W. De Long,
with description appended from Hallock's Sportsman's Gazetteer. ] < For-
est and Stream, v. 12, p. 288, May 15, 1879.

Does the Western -Salmon die after spawning ? [By Major, jiseudon.l < Chi-
cago Field, V. 11, p. 221, May 17, 1879.

California Salmon do not all die after spawning. [By B. B. Redding.]

< Chicago Field, v. 11, p. 236, May 24, 1879.

The Roe of the Salmon the Indian's Bait. [By Jonas C, Portland, Oregon.]

< Chicago Field, v. 11, p. 237, May 24, 1879.

California News. [Notice of expected consignment of eggs from U. S. Com-
mis,sion Fish and Fisheries. Anon. From Sacramento "Eecord-Uuiou."]

< Chicago Field, v. 11, p. 244, May 31, 1879.

On a new Genus of Scombridie. By W. N. Lockington. < Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phila. [v. — ], pp. 133-13'J.

[N. g. and ,sp. Chriomitra (p. lo3) concolor, p. 134.]

Who branded the Salmon ? [Notice of capture of four salmon branded with
W. at Westport, Oregon. By Geo. H. Heather.] < Chicago Field, v. 11
p. 260, June 7, 1879. '

Lake Tahoe. lAnon. From "Philadelphia Press."] < Chicago Field, v. 11
p. 260, June 7, 1879. '

Grand Success of Shad and Salmon Culture. [By B. B. Redding.] < Chi-
cago Field, V. 11, p. 277, June 14, 1879.

Salmon at the Antipodes, being an account of the successful introduction of
Salmon and Trout into Australian waters. By Sir Samuel Wilson, Mem-
ber of the Legislative Council of Victoria, [etc.] ; author of a work <m the
Angora Goat, and papers on the Ostrich, the Chinese Yam, etc. London :
Edward. Stanford, .->5, Charing Cross, S. W., 1879. [3d ed., 12°, viii, 252 pp.,
1 phot, pi., 1 map folded.]

Partial Contents.
Chap. V. The first introduction of Californian Salmon Ora. pp. 24-25.
Chap. VII. The second importation of Californian Salmon Ova. pp. 29-38.
Chap. VIII. The Californian Salmon, pp. 39-58.
Chap. IX. Is the Californian Salmon suitable to the Murray River? pp.

59-66.
Chap. XIX. The Growth and Development of the Salmonidte. pp. 160-172.
Chap. XXII. The Distribution and Liberation of the Californian Salmon
Fry. pp. 193-244.
[Intrortuction dated Juno 16, 1879.

"The substance of this work, in a sli,<;htly different form, under the title of 'Tho
Californian Salmon,' was originally published in tho Transactions of tho Zoological and
A©climatization Society of Melbourne for the year 1878, and a second sm;ill edition was
reprinted in Victoria."— From "Preface to the third edition."— See 18781

62

f §79 — The Chiuese ancl other Fishermen of California. [Condensed from ?an Fran-
cisco "Chronicle" by Fred. Mather. ] <; Chicago Field, v. 11, p. 291, June
21, 1679.

On the Occnrrence of Hipponjlossus vnlgaris, Flem., at Unalashka and St.
Michael's, Alaska. By Tarletou H. Bean. < Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum, v.
2, pp. 0:3-6(>, July 1, 1«79.

Pacific Coast Shad. [By "Willir.m Lang.] < Forest and Stream, v. 12, p.
487, July 24, 1879.

Notes on New and Rare Fishes. Eead before the California Acad. Science
by "W . N. Lockington. ] <^ Scientilic Press Supplement, J uly, 1879 ; Mining
and Scientilic Press, Aug. 2 and IG, 1879.

Fish Notes from the Pacific Coast. [By Robt. E. C. Stearns.] < Chicago
Field, V. 11, p. 339, Aug. 2, 1879.

[E;:tract from " Americaa Natur.ilist."]

Curious Facts about Trout [i. c, jumping from flume into water below. By
B. B. R., i. c. B. B. Redding.] < Chicago Field, v. 11, p. 404, Aug. 9, 1879.

Alaska in Summer. — Second Paper. [By "Piseco," i. c. Lester Beardslee.]

< Forest and Stream, v. 13, p. 553, Aug. 14, 1879.

[Refers, inter alias, to capture and curin ? of salmon at Port Hunter.]

Largest Salmon on Record. [ Jho?).] <^ Forest and Stream, v. 13, p. 557, Aug.
14. 1879.

[" ViCTOKiA, June 26.— .1 salmon tliat weighed 98 pounds wlien canstlit has been received
here from the Skeena River Fishery by Mr. Turner, Mayor of Victoria. Its length is 5
feet 11 inches from nose to tail."]

Shad in the Columbia. [By "S."] < Forest and Stream, v. 13, p. 585, Aug. 28,
1879.

[Refers probably to Pomc^obus.]

Trolling for Salmon. [ A non. ] < Forest and Stream, v. 13, p. 588, Aug. 28, 1879.
[Relates to Columbia River.]

Oregon. [Record of a trout-fishing expedition. By William Lang.]

< Forest and Stream, v. 13, p. 589, Aug. 28, 1879.

The McCloud River Fishery. \^Anon.'] <^ Forest and Stream, v. 13, p. G04,
Sept. 4, 1879.

Salmon a Nuisance to Trout Fishers. [Anon. By Fred. Mather. ] <^ Chicago
Field, V. 12, p. 52, Sept. G, 1879.

The North Pacific Codfish ery. [By W. N. Lockington. Reprinted from
" Pacific Life. "] < Chicago Field, v. 12, p. 53, Sept. G, 1879.

[Notice of Trout passing through flume under pressure of 376 pounds to the
square inch. Anon.'\ <^ Chicago Field, v. 12, p, 53, Sept. 6, 1879.

[Notice of Catfish — Amiurus albidus ? — 5 to 15 inches long, taken in Sausal
Lagoon, where planted three years before. Anon.'] <^ Chicago Field, v.
12, p. 53, Sept. 6, 1879.

The Pacific Salmon Fisheries. [zI«o»i.] < Chicago Field, v. 12, p. G9, Sept. 13,
1879.

[Notice of Catfish — Amiurus albidus? — taken in McCloud'a Lake, Stockton.
Anon.] < Chicago Field, v. 12, p. G9, Sept. 13, 1879.

The Trans-Continental Expedition of the California Fish Commissiontrs.
[By H. A. L. ] < Forest and Stream, v. 13, p. 645 (3 col.), Sept. 18, 1879.

63

18T9 — Review of the Plenronectidse of San Froncisco. By "W. N. Lockington.
< Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum, v. 2, pp. G9-9G, July 2— Sept. 19, 1879.
[N. sp. IIippoglossoidesJordani,p.7Z; Glyptocephalus Pacificu8,j).SG; Glyptocephalug zachU
rus, p. 88.

[Notice of Catfisli for Susan River and Eel Lake. Anon.^ <^ Chicago Field,
V. 12, p. 85, Sept. 20, 1879.

The first biennial report of the Nevada Commission. [Notice by Fred. Ma-
ther. ] < Chicago Field, v. 12, p. 8r>, Sept. 20, 1879.

Habits of California River Salmon. lAnon. Extract from "Sacramento
Bee."] < Chicago Field, v. 12, p. 100, Sept. 27, 1879.

Fish Culture Operations in California. [By Livu?gston Stone. 1 <^ Forest
and Stream, v. 13, p. 685, Oct. 2, lc79.
[Refers to Salmon.]

Why Salmo Quinnat does not take the Fly. lAnon. by Charles Hallock.
<Forest and Stream, v. 13, p. 685, Oct. 2, 1879.

Washington Territory. [By "Multnomah," jjseMc/o??.] <^Forest and Stream,
V. 13, p. 687, Oct. 2, 1879.

[Relates to fishing in "the great Spokane country."]

Salmon Fishing on the Pacific. [Incomi>lete. By C. R.] <^Forest axid
Stream, v. 13, p. 689, Oct. 2, 1879.

The Fishery of Mr. A. P. Rockwood [near Salt Lake City. Anon. From "The
Juvenile Instructor."] ^Chicago Field, v. 12, p. 115, Oct. 4, 1879.

Do Fish hear ? [By "W. N. Lockington. From " Pacific Life."] <Chicago
Field, V. 12, p. 116, Oct. 4, 1879.

Trout in the Truckee. \^Anon. From " Sacramento Bee."] <^Chicago Field,
V. 12, p. 117, Oct. 4, 1879.

California. [Recordof good Grilse-fishing in September. ] By B. B. Redding
<^Forest and Stream, v.ulS, p. 715, Oct. 9, 1878.

The Game and Fish of Alaska. [By " Piseco," i. e. Lester Beardslee, U. S.
N.] <Forest and Stream, v. 13, pp. 723-724, Oct. 16, 1879.

Salmon Eggs from the Pacific. [By Livingston Stone.] <^Forest ard
Stream, v. 13, p. 725, Oct. 10, 1879.

California Fishing. [By E. J. Hooper.] ^Forest and Stream, v. 13, p. 7?8
Oct. 16, 1879. »

Wyoming Territory. [Note on Trout-fishing. By "Multnomah," j>seufZoH.]
<Forest and Stream, v. 13, p. 728, Oct. 16, 1879.

Spawn in ofif season [of Californian Trout. . By E. C. Tallant. With edito-
rial note.] <Fore8t and Stream, v. 13, p. 744, Oct. 23, 1879.

The Redfish of the Northwest. [By Ch. Bendire. With editorial note.]
<Forest and Stream, v. 13, p. 745, Oct. 23, 1879.

Rocky Mountain Trout. [By Flyfisher, pseudon., J. J. Stranahan, Chagrin
Falls, 0. ] <Chicago Field, v. 12, p. 164, Oct. 25, 1879.

"Mountain Trout". — (Salmo virginalis). [By Gordon Lamb.] <Chicago
Field, v. 12, p. 164, Oct. 25, 1879.

Fishing in Gray's Harbor [t. e. SoAmon-fishery. Anon. From " Olympia
(Washington Terr.) Transcript.'' <^Chicago Field, v. 12, pp. 164, 165, Oct.
25, 1879.

64

l§'y9— Codfisliiug in tlio Pacific. lAuon.'] From " San Francisco Alta.") <Chicago
Fit-Id, v. 12, p. 1G5, Oct. 25, 1879.

California Trout in New York State. [By Clarence A. Farnum.] < Forest
and Stream, v. 13, p. 765, Oct. 30, 1879.

Salmon Fishing on the Pacific. [By C. R.] < Forest and Stream, v. 13, p.
767, Oct. 30, 1879.

Why Salmo Quinnat does not take the Fly. [Editorial.] < Forest and
Stream, v. 13, p. 770, Oct. 30, 1879.

Notes on Pacific Coast Fishes and Fisheries. By W. N. Lockington. < Am.
Nat., V. 13, pp. 684-687, Nov., 1879.

Notes on some undescribed Fishes of the Pacific Coast. By "W. N. Locking-
ton. < Scientific Press Supplement, v. — , p. 76, Nov., 1879.

Carp Breeding in California. [_Anon. From "Sonoma Index."] < Chicago
Field, V. 12, p. 180, Nov. 1, 1879.

Trout Culture in Nevada. lAnon. From "Virginia City Enterprise."] < Chi-
cago Field, V. 12, p. 180, Nov. 1, 1879.

Fish in Washington Territory. lAnon. From the "Exi)eriment."] < Chicago
Field, V. 12, p. 180, Nov. 1, 1879.

Washington Territory. [Abundance of Trout. By Multxomah, pscudon.;\

< Forest and Stream, v. 13, pp. 795-796, Nov. 6, 1879.

The Ecdfish of Idaho. By Charles Bencire. < Forest and Stream, v. 13,
p. 806, with lig., Nov. 13, 1879.

[The figure appears to represent Hykifario Jceni.erlyi.]

California Notes. (From the " San Francisco Bee.") < Chicago Field, v. 12,
p. 213, Nov. 15, 1879.

Some Fishes of Oregon. By C. J. Smith. < Forest and Stream, v. 13, p.
826, Nov. 20, 1879.

Tke Trout of Utah. [Notice of its rising to a fly.] Fy C. B. "Western

< Forest and Stream, v. 13, p. 826, Nov. 20, 1879.

California Fishing Notes. [From "Sacramento Bee."] < Chicago Field, v. 12,
p. 229, Nov. 22, 1879.

California Fishes. By B. B. Reddirg. < Forest and Stream, v. 13, p. 847
Nov. 27, 1879.

Mountain Trimt.—Sahno virginaVis. By Gordon Land. < Chicago Field, v.
12, p. 245, Nov. 29, 1879.

The Fishes of Klamath Lake, Oregon. By E. D. Cope. < Am. Nat., v. 13,

pp. 784-785, Dec, 1879.

[N. sp. Chamnistes luxatus (p. 784) ; Cliasmistes hrcvirostris (p. 785) ; ? Mylopharodon sp.
(785).]

Annual Record of Science and Industry for 1878. | Edited by Spencer F.
Baird with the assistance of eminent men of science. | New York: | Har-
per «& Brothers, Publishers, Franklin Square. 1879. [12°.]
The North American Trout and Salmon, pp. 467-470.

Ichthyologische Beitriige (VIII). A'^on Dr. Franz Steindachner. <^Sitzb.
K. Akad. Wissensch., B. 80, Abth. i, pp. . (".Juli-heft.") [Author's extra,
received by mail Oct. 22, 1879.]

[If. sp. Corvina (Johniux) Jacobi. San Dieco, p. 3 ; n. g. tmA sp. Typhlrignhhts califnr-
nienisis. Sun Diego, p. 24 ; and Gobius Ncwbcrrii, p. 17, EngrauKis ringens, p. 02, also com-
mented upon.]

INDEX.

Page.
A.

A 48

Abbot, Lieut. Henry L 26

Abeona 23

Abeona minima 41

Trowbridgii 23,29

Abert, J. "W 17

Abramia balteatus 15

Acanthia8 SucklLi 31, 44

AcantLolebius 34

Acantholobius nebulosus 42

Acliarnes 40

Acipenser acutirostris -22, 31

brach;\ThjTichu8 22, 31

medirostris 22, 31

transmontanns 13, 15, 16, 31

Acomus 25

Acomus generosus 29, 43

Acrocheilus 22

Acrocheilus alutaceus 22

^tobatis laticeps 39

Agassiz, Alexander 34

Agassiz, L 19,20,22,24,25

Agassiz, Professor 3, 8

Agonus 9

Agosia 25

chrysogaster 25

metallica 25

Alaska, big salmon of 53

fisheries of 51

ichtbyology of 46

report on 51

Alaskan fishes 44

food fishes 45

Alaasa californica 36, 43

Albula 16

Alepidosanroids 38

Alepidosaiirus (Caulopus) borealis 35

serra 35, 42

Alepisaurus 40

Alepocephalus 16

Algansea 25

Algansea bicolor 25, 29

formosa 25,29,43

obesa 25, 29

Allen, Paul 10

Alopias 37

vulpea 44

Alosa mnsica 22

prcDstabilis 46

Alzate, Don 8

Amblodon satumus 27, 28, 34

Amblop] ites inteiniptus 27

Bull. Nat. Mus. No. 11 5

Page.

Amia 16

Aminrus albidus 62

Ammocoetes cibarius 27, 3 1

Ammodytes alascaous 46

hesapteras 10

personatus 25, 28, 43

septipinnis 10

Amphistichus argentens 20, 29, 41

Heermanni 21

similis 21,29^

Anableps Gronovii 21, 26

Anarrhichas 53

felis 21,28

Anarrhichthys 23

felis 28

ocellatus 23, 42

Anguilla 40

Annin, James, jr 57

Anon 48,50

Anoplagonns 34

Anoplarchus 34

crista-galli 35

purpurescens 34

Anoplopoma 32

fimbria 46

merlangns 32, 42

Antaceus acutirostris 44

brachyrhynchus 44

medirostris 44

Apocope carringtonii 52

couesii 51

henshavii 52

ventricosa 51

vnlnerata 52

Apodichthya 21

flavidns 21, 28, 42

inornatus 36

sanguineus 36

violaceus 21

virescens 24, 28

A. R 57

Archoplites 34

interruptus 41

Argentina pretiosa 21

Argyreiosiis paciflcus 53

Argyreus dulcis 29

notabilis 25

nubilus 25, 29

oscolus 25

Artedius 25

lateralis 27

notospilotus 25, 28

pugetensis 53

65

QQ

INDEX.

Page.

Aspicottus 20

bison 20, 22, 27, 42

Aspidophoroidos inermia 32

Aspidophorus acipenserinus 16

Atherinopsia 21,22,49

aflinis 33,49

californiensis 21, 28

tenuis 33

Atkins, Charles G 48

Atractoperca 34

clathrata 41

Atractoscion nobile 41

Auliscops - - 40

spinescena 40

Aulorhynchus 34

flavidus 34

Ayres, Dr.Wm.O- .3, 21, 22, 23, 24, 32, 33, 35, 36, 37, 38

Ayresia 37

punctipinnis 37, 38

B.

Bailey, J. W 17

Baiid, Spencer F 19, 46, 47, 48, 50. 53, 54, 55, 64

Baliates 30

Bathymaster signatus 46

Bdelloatoma Stoutii 59

Bean, Tarleton H 58,59,00,62

Beardslee, Lester 62, 63

Beckwith, Lieut. E. G 31

Beechey, Capt. F. "W 14

Beloneexilis 21,29,42

Bendire, Cliarles 56, 60, 63, 64

Bennett, E.T 14

Bennett, Frederick Dobell 15

Bennett, Tliomas 47

Blakea 53

Blake, James 40, 41

Blake, William P 25

Blennicottus 34

Blennius anguLllaris 10

dolichogaster 10

gentilis 21, 28, 42

Blepsias oculofasciatus 26

trilobus 16,42

ventricosus 12

Brachyistius 36

Brachyistius fienatus 36, 41

Branchiostoma ? 44

Brayton, Alembert "W 57

Brevoort, James Carson 25

Brew, C 34

British Columbia 39, 40

Brosmius margiuatus 12, 22, 28

Brosmophycis 34

marginatus 43

Brotuloid fishes 37

Buckland, Rev. W 14

Bullhead 40

Butirinus 16

Butler, Capt. W. F 4

Byers, W. N 00

C.

Calamink 60

California fisheries 53

Commissioner's report on 49

Page.

California, natural wealth of 41

sea lions 53

Califomian fish culture 47

salmon 00

Callorhynchus 15

Calycilepidotus 24

lateralis 24, 42

spinosus 24

Camarina 33

nigricans 33

Campbell, Archibald 34

Caranx 14

symmetricus 24

Carrington Campbell 40

Catostumidfe 57

Catostomus arseopus 59

bernardini 25

discobulus 52

fecundus 51, 52

( Acomus) generosus 25

insigne 52

labiatus 23, 29, 43

latipinnis 19

macrocheilus 25, 29

occidentalis 22,29,43

tahoensis 59

Caularchus 30

reticulatus 4'i

Caulolatilus 39

anomalus 41

Cebedichthy s crista-galli 24, 42

violace'us 28, 42

Centrarchus interruptus 20

maculosus 21, 22

Centronotus crista-galli 35

laetus 46

Centi'opomus viridis 53

Ceratichthys biguttatus 52

oscula 51

squamilentus 51

ventricosus 47

Ceratoptera 59, 63

Cestracion francisci 22, 31

Philipii 38

Chanos 16

Chappe d' Auteroche, M 8

Chase, A. W 47, 48

Chasmistes brevirostris 64

luxatus 64

Cheonda 25

coerulea 25

Cooperi 25

Chilorhiuus 40

Chimsera 15

colliei 14, 31

Chionda coerulea 30

cooperi 30

Chirocentrus 16

Chiropsis 26

constellatus 27

guttatus 27

nebulosus 27

pictus 27

Chirostoma affinis 42

californiensis 42

INDEX.

67

Page.

Chirostoma tenuis 42

Cliirua 40

balias 46

conatellatus 21, 42

guttatus 20, 42

ordinatus 46

pictua 20, 42

trigrammus 46

Choris, Louis 11

Chriomitra 61

concolor 61

Chromis pnnctipinnis 38, 41

Clams 40

Clark, Captain 10

Clark, S.C 50

Clinocottus 34

Clinostomus phlegethontis 47

taenia 47

Clupea 14, 15

mirabilis 21, 31, 43

Clypeocottus robustas 22

Codfisliery, Pacific 45

Cooke, P. St. Geo 17

Cooper, J. G 33, 37, 38, 40, 41

Cope, E. D 46, 47, 51, 56, 64

Copeland, Herbert E 53

Coregoni 56

Coregoninse 57

Coregonus "Williamsoni 25, 30, 43, 52

Corvina ( Johnius) Jacobi 64

stearnsii 49

Coryphopterus 37

Coryphopterus glaucofrsenum 37

Cottoids 18

Cottopsis asper 27

gulosus 20, 27, 42

parvus 21, 27, 42

Cottus 18

Cottus asper 13,16

criniger 32

pistilliger 10, 16

platycephalus 10

polyacanthocephalus 10, 16

trachurus 10

ventralis 12

Cones, Dr. Elliot 10

C.E 63,64

Cremony, Jobn C 45

Cronise, Titus Fey 41

Cutts, Kichard D 46

Cuvier & Valenciennes 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18

Cyclogaster pulchellus 28

Cyclop teroids, synopsis of 33

Cyclopterus. . .• 47

gelatinosus 14

orbis 3^

ventricosus . : 16

Cymatogaster 20

aggregatus 20,41

ellipticus 20

Larklnsii 20

minimus 20

pulchellus 20

parvipinnis 35

Cy prineUa gunnisoni 30

Page.

Cyprinellii ludibunda 30

lugubris 30

Cyprinod*>n californiensis 43

macularius 19

Cyprii^us (Abramis) balteatua 13

balteatus 16

(Leuciacus) caurimi.s ]3

cultratua 9

(Leuciscus) gracilis 13

( Leuciscus) oregonensis 13

rostratus 9

D.

Dall, WilliamH 44,45

Bamalichthys 23

vacca 23, 29, 41

Davidson, George 45

Dawea, C. M 46

De Kay, James E 15

Dekaya 37

anomala 37

DeLong, H. "W 61

"Denver News"' 50

Dermatostethus 36

punctipinnis 36, 44

Devil fish 60

Diodon 11

Dionda grisea 27

Ditrema 25

brevipinne 36

Dogfish 40

Dum6ril, Aug 39, 45

Dunn, Horace D 49

Dynamite, for fishing 48

E.

Echeneidoidse 38

Echeneis naucrates 32

remora 32

Elliott, Henry "W 47, 51

Elops 16

Embiotoca 19, 20

argyrosoma 25, 29, 41

Caryi 19

Cassidii 21,29

Jacksoni 19, 29, 41

lateralis 20, 34

lineata 21, 29

ornata 23, 29

perapicabilis 23, 29

"Webbi 23, 29

Embiotocoidffl 21

Embiotocoids ". 3

Emory, Lieut. Col. W. H 17

Engelmann, G 17

Engraulia compressus 27. 30, 43

delicatissimus 21, 31, 43

mordax 21. 30, 43

nanus 27, 30, 43

ringens '64

Ennichthys 23

Heermanni 2.3, 29

megalops 23, 29

Entoaphenus 36

ciliatus 44

68

INDEX.

Page.

Entospbenua epihexodon 44

Ephippus zonatus 27, 28

Epiucphelus ciliatus 9

Erytbrinus 16

Eschscholtz, Dr. Fiiedr #- 12

Eucyclogobius 36

uewberrii 43

Eumicrotremus 36

Exocojtus californicus 38, 42

fasciatus 24

F.

Fario argyreus 25, 30

an rora 25, 30

Cbirkii 30

Gairdneri 30

Newberrii 26

stellatus 25, 30

tsuppitcb 30

Farnum, Clarence A 64

Fisb, eastern, in California 48

Fisberies of Nortb Pacific 46

Fislieries, Oregon 55

Fishes of Wyoming 46

subterranean, in CalLfomia 47

Tertiary. .' 6l

Flat-fisb 40

of San Francisco 23

Floundeis of San Francisco 60

Forbes, Edward 20

Francb^re, Gabriel 10,11

Fundulus ? 43

parvipinnis , 21, 30, 43

G.

Gadoid fishes, synopsis of 37

genera 37

Gadus aiiratus 46

dorsotripterygia 9

fimbria 10

gracilis 9

morrbua 9

periscopus 46

proximus 21, 43

pygmseus 10

wacbna 10

Galeus canis 45

Gallatin, Albert 17

Gasterosteus biaculeatus 24

dekayi 24

inopiuatus 21,28

intermedins 25, 28

microcephalus 21, 28, 42

plebeius 21, 23, 28, 42

pugetti 25, 28

serratus 24, 28, 42

Williamsoni 21, 28, 42

Gastrophysus politus 44

Gay, Claudius 16

Gtnyonemus 34

Gibbons, Dr 3

Gibbons, "W. P 20, 23

Gibbons, "\V. R '49

Gibbonsia 38

elegans 38, 42

Page.

Gila 17,10

ardesiaca 51

conocephala 21

egregia 52

elegans 19, 30, 43, 52

Emory i 19, 52

gracilis .'. 19, 30, 52

Grahanii 19, 52

grandis 22

by drophlox 52

microlepidota 22

uiontana 52

nacrea 52

nigra 51, 52

pblegethontis 52

robusta 19,30,43,52

seminuda 51, 52

tffinia 52

Gilbert, Charles H 55

Gill, Theodore 32, 39, 46, 54

Gillichthys 38

mirabilis 38, 43, 56

Gilliss, Lieut. Jas. M 22

Girard, Dr. Charles . .3, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 25, 26, 27,

31,32

Girard, Edward 18

Girardiniis sonoriensis 52

Girella nigricans 41

Glyphisodon rubicundus 21, 29, 41

Glyphtocephalus pacificus 63

zacbirus 63

Gobioid genera 37

Gobius gracilis 21

lepidus 28

Newberryi 25, 28, 64

Gonorbyncbus 16

Goudy, John 57

Grammatopleurus 34

Gray, J. E 18

Green, Seth 58, 61

Grystes lineatus 21

Gunnellus ornatus 21, 28, 42

Gunnison, Capt. J. "W 31

Gunther, Albert 32, 35, 36, 38, 39, 40, 44, 45

Gymnomurtena 40

Gymnotoids 38

Gyropleurodus 36

francisci 44

H.

Halatractus doisalis 42

Halias 32

Halibut fishing 40

Hallock, Charles 56, 59, 60, 63

Hallowell, Edward 19

H. A. L 62

H. A. Pv '. 60

Hayden, F. V 46,51

Hazlitt, William Carey 4

H.B 60

Heather, George H 61

Heermann, A. L 20

Helmicbthys 40

Hemilepidotus Giblsii 35, 42

notospilotus 42

INDEX.

G9

Homilepidotus spinosus 27, 42

Tilesii 12,16

niarmoratus 21

Hcnshaw, H. W 59

Hcptanchus maculatus 31

Herbert, William Henry 18, 19

Herrings .• , 40

Heterandria afSnis 19

occidentalis 19

Heterodontus philipii 38

Heterostichus 21

rostratus 21,27,42

Heterotis 16

Hexagramnius 9

asper

stelleri 8

Hinckley, W. M 50

Hippocampus ingens 27, 30, 44

Hippoglossoides Jordan! 63

Hippoglossus californicus 32, 43

vulgaris 43, 62

Hittel, Johns 37

Holcouoti 20

Holcoaotus Agassizii 20

fuliginosus 20

Gibbonsii 20

megalops 21

pulchellus 41

rhodoterus 20, 29, 41

Trowbridgii 21

Eolorbinus 36

Holt.H.H 60

Homalopomus 25

Trowbridgii 25, 28

Hooper, E.J 49, 50, 53, 55, 56, 57, 58, 63

Hoplopagrus 34

Hubbard, Samuel 36

Humphreys, A. A 51

Huntington, J. V 11

Hybopsis bivittatus 52

timpanogensis 47, 52

Hyborhynchus siderius 51, 52

Hydrolagus 36

CoUiei 44

Hyodon 16

Hyperprosopon 20

Agassizii 36

• analis 3i

arcuatum 41

arcuatus 20

argenteum 20, 41

argenteumvar. apunctatum 20

argenteus 20

punctatum 41

flypocritichthys 36

analis 31, 41

Hypomesus • 35

pretiosus 43

Hypsagonus 34

Swanii 53

Hypsifario 36

Kennerlyi 57, 64

Hypsopsetta 30

guttulata 43

Hy psurus Caryi 41

Hy pay pops 34

Hysterocarpus 20

Traskii 20, 29, 41, 57

I.

Ichthyomyzon 45

Irving. Washington 13

Ischnosoma 16

Isoplagiodon 36

Henlei 44

J.

James, Edwin 11

Johniiis nobilis 33

Johnston, Capt. A. K 17

Jona.s, C 61

Jordan, D. S 53, 55, 57, 58, 59, 60

Julis modestus 21, 29

semicinctus 32

J. W. B 55

K.

Keeler, A.B 50

Kennerly, Dr. C. B. E 21,26,34

Kerry, Mortimer 48

Kirkpatrick, C. A 32

Kittlitz, F. H. V 27

Kner, Dr. Rudolph 45

L.

Labraces 9

Labracoglossa 40

Labras 9, 40

clathratus 21

decagiammus 9, 10

monopterygius 9, 10

nebxilifer 21

octogrammus 10

supercUiosus 9, 10

Labroids 37

Labrus pulcher 21, 22, 29, 39

Lamb, Gordon 63, 64

Lampetra plumbea 44

Lang, William 60, 62

Lanszweert, Dr 24

Lavinia 21

compressa 22

conformis 21

ciassicauda 21

e-xilicauda 21, 29, 43

harengus 25,29,43

gibbosa 22

Lay, G. T 14

Lebiasina 16

Leiocottus 25

hirundo 25, 27, 42

lineatus 23, 28, 34, 41

Leuciscus caurinus 15, 16

oregonensis 15, 16

Leucosomus occidentalis . 21

Lennard, Capt. C. E. Barratt 4

Lepadogaster 14

meandricus 28

reticulatus 21

Lepidogobius gracilis 42

70

INDEX.

Page.

Lt'pidomeda 47

janovii 47,51

vittata 47, 51

Lf-pidopsetta 36

Loptocottus 20

armatus 20,27,42

Leptogunnellus gracilis 23

Lewis, Captain 10

Liparis 14,47

Lipaiis cyclopus 35

nincosus 23, 43

pulcliellus 23,43

Lockington, W.N 53, 56, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64

Long, Maj. Stephen H 11

Lord, John Keast 40

Lumpenus auguillaria 28, 42

Liitken, Dr. Chr 49

Luxilus occidentalis 30, 43

Lycodea Tumerii 60

Lycodoidse - 37

M.

McDonald, Duncan George Forbes 4

Macfle, Matthew 39

Mackerel catching 45

Macrodon 16

Major 61

Mallotus paciflcus 16

Man-sucker 40

Mather, Fred 57,58,59,60,62,63

Mayne, Com. E. C 4

Meda. 25

fulgida 25,51

Megalocottus 34

Megalops 16

Meletta ccerulea 21, 22, 30, 43

Merlangus productus 24, 28, 43

Mesopus 35

Metoponops 39

Cooperi 39, 43

Micristodus 39

punctatus 39

Microgadus 39

proximus 39

Micrometrus 20

aggregatus 20

minimus 20

Microstomatoids, note on 39

Minomus jarrovii 47

phityrbynchus 47

MoUienesia . 8

Monmouth 48

Mormyrus 16

Morrhua califomica 21 , 22

proxima 28

Miiller & Henle 18

Multnomah 63,64

Mursena mordax 32, 43

Murphy,J.M 48

Mustelus califomicus 38

felis 22,31

Myliobatis californicus 39

Mylochoilus 22

caurinus 29

fraterculus 25, 29, 43

rage.

Myloclieilus hiteralis 22,29

Mylolencus parovaniis 47, 52

pulverulentus 52

MyU)pharodou 23, 64

conocephalus 29, 4S

robustus 23, 29, 43

Myrichthys tigi'inus 32

Mytilophagus 20

fasciatus 20

Myxodes elegans 38, 5*

N".

Narcine oalifornica 31

Naucrates ductor 32^

Xautichthys 27

oculo-fasciatus 28

Nematoceiitris 40'

Neoclinus 27

Blanchardi 27,28,42

satiricus 32

Nevada fish hatchery 60

Nordhoff, Charles 47

Notorhynchus 37

borealis 38

maculatus 24, 44

0.

Oligocottns 25

analis 26, 27, 42

globiceps 26, 27, 42

maculosus 25, 27, 42

Oncorhynchns 34

Ophichthys 40

Opbidion Taylori 27, 28, 4S

Ophidiiim 14

stigma 14

Ophidiurus californiensis 43

Opbiodon 21

clongatus 21,27

Ophisthognatbus '. 40

Oplopoma 25

pantberina 25, 27, 42

Orcynus paciflcus 37, 42

Orthagoriscus 14

analis 32, 44

mola 14

Ortbodon microlepidotus 29, 43

Ortbopsetta 3A

Osmerus elongatus 22

pretiosns 30

tbaleichthys 32, 43

Osteoglossum 16

Otolitbus californiensis 49

Oxylebius 36

piutus 36

Oxyjulis 38

modestus 41

P.

PachyLibrus 20

variegatus 20

Pallas 3

Pallas, Potro 10

Pallas, P.S 9

Pantosteus 51

INDEX.

71

Page.

Pantosteus bardus 52

delphinus 52

jarrovii 52

platyrhynchus 52

Paragonus 34 ,

Paralabras 25

clathratns , 27

nebulifer 27, 41

Paralepidoids 38

note on 39

Paralichtliya 27

maculosus 28, 43

Paratractns boops. 42

Parephippus 34

zonatus 41

Parker, H.G 59

Parophrys 21

Parophrys Ayresii 36, 43

Hubbardii 36

vetulus 21,28,43

Pediculati 37

Pelamys lineolata 27, 28, 42

Pemberton, J. Desford 4

Perca flavescens 47

variabilis 10

Perch, viviparous 53

Percopsis Hammondii 38

Perry, Com. M. C 25

Peters, W 40

Peters, W. C. H 45

Petromyzon astori 27,31

ciliatus 23, 31

lividus 27,31

plumbeus 23, 31

tridentatua 13, 31

Phalaagistes 9

acipenserinus 10

Phanerodon 21

furcatua 21, 29, 41

Phillips, Barnet ." 53

Philo-Ichthyos 53

Pimelomelopon 38

Pinart, Alph 51

Piseco 62, 63

Plagopterus 47

argentiasimus 47, 51

Plagyodus 40

Platessa bilineata 23,28,43

glacialis 20

stellata 20

Platichthys 21

rugosus 21,28

stellatua 43

umbrosua 25, 28

Pieurogrammus 34

Pleuronectes arcuatus 46

cicatricosua 10

digrammus 36

Franklinii 36

hippoglossus 10

maculosus 21

quadrituberculatua 10

stellatua 10

Plenronectidte of San Francisco 63

Pleuroncctoids, synopsis of 30

Page.

Pleuronichthys 21

coenosus 21,28,43

guttulatua 25, 28

Hubbardii 43

' 'Podgera" 50

Podothecua 34

Pogonichthys argyreiosus 21, 29, 44

communia 29

inaequilobua 21,29,44

symmetricua 21,29,44

Pomacentroids 37

Pomolobua 62

Poole, Francia 4

Porichthya 21

notatua 21, 28, 43

Poronotua simillimua 33, 41

Porter,B.B 57

Porthmd Oregonian 48

Potamocottua 33

punctulatua 33

Potter, Emery D 56

Pratt,KB 58

Price, Sir Kose 50

Protopterua 40

Psettichthya » 21

Psettichthya melanoatictus 21, 28, 43

sordidus y 21,28,43

Psychrolutes 35

paradoxua 35

Pterognathua satiricus 42

Pteroplatea marmorata 38, 44

Ptychocheilua 22

gracilia 22

grandia 30, 43

luciua 25,43

major 22

oregonensis 30

rapax 25,30,43

vorax 25, 30

Ptychostomua congestos 52

Putnam, F. "W 37,47

Pyrrhulina 16

R.

Kaia 15

Kaja batis 10

binoculata 22

Cooperi 27,31

Rattray, Alexander 4

Eedding, B. B 56,60,61,62,63,64

Reptiles of "Wyoming 46

Rhachocheilus toxotea 41

Rhacochilus toxotea 20, 29

Rhinichthya henshavii. t 47

Rhina califomica 44

Rhinobatus productus 31, 44

Rhinoptera vespertilio 25, 31, 44

Rhinoscion :m

saturnus 41

Rhinotriacis 36

Henlei 36

Richardson :i

Richardaonius 'J5

balteatua 30

lateralis 25, 30

72

INDEX.

Page.

Kichanlson, J 14

llichardson, John 13, 20

Kobsoii, John J 58

Kockcod 40,53

Rockwood, A. P 54,63

Koand-fish 40

S.

Sacramento record

salmon

Salar iridea

Lewisi

virginalis

Salmo

Bairdii

brevicauda

campbelli

canis

Clarkii

confluentus

consuetus

dermatinua

fontinalis

Gairdneri 13,

gibber '..

Gibbsii ^

Henshawi

iridea 23,

Kennerlyi

lagocephalus

lordii

Masoni

mendocinensia

Newberrii

nitidus

(Mallotu8 ?) paciflcus

paucidens

Parkei

pleuriticus

proteus

quinnat 13, 15, 16, 30, 43, 48,

rlvnlaris

salar 16,

Scouleri 13,15,16,

socialis

spectabilis

etellatus

truncatus

tsuppitch 13,

tades

virginalis v 48, 49, 52,

"Warreni

Salmon ■».

California

canned

Salmon fisheries, Oregon

Salmon-fishing

Salmon, heaviest American

Salmonidse ■. 33,

history, &c., of

North American

of Pacific

Sanrns lucioceps

(Saurida) lucioceps

62
48
49
30
25

25,30
49
34
34
34
26
13
26
20
20
50

15,16
26
26
59

43,61

34,60
10
40

33,43
49
26

15,16
13

13,16
34
52
10

63,64
23

48,52

30,43
10

25,30
43
26

15,16
46

63,64
34
40

50,57
55
48
26
57

49,57
53
37
48

24,58
30

Page.

Sauvage, 11. E 43

Say, T 11

Scamraon, Capt. CM 4.1

Schultz, Alexander 54

Sclater, P. L 4.>

Scomber 14, 15

Scomber diego 28, 41

Scomberesox 37

Scombresox 40

brevirostris 40

Scombrocottus 45

salmoneus 45, 46

Scqrpsena guttata 21, 28, 42

Scori)tBnichthys 20

lateralis 21,24

marmoratus 20, 27, 42

Scorpaenidpe 53

Scorpis 40

californiensis. 49-

Seal Islands of Alaska, report on 47

Sebastes 36, 37, 38

auriculatus 20, 28, 42

Ayresii 53

elongatus 32, 42

fasciatus 21, 28

flavidus 42

helvoraaculatus 32

melanops 25, 28, 42

nebulosus 21, 22, 42

nigiocinctus 32, 42

ocellatus 42

ovalis 42

paiicispinis 21, 22, 28, 42

rosaceus 21, 28, 36, 42, 53

ruber 21,22,36,42

ruber var. parvus 21, 22

variabilis 16, 21

Sebastodes 34,38

flavidus 36

ovalis 36

Sebastoid fishes 38

Sebastoids 37

Sebastomus 38

Sebastoplus 37

Sebastosomus 38

pinniger 38

simulans 38

Seripbus : 33

politus 33, 41

Serranus 40

Shad, California 46,48,52,53,57

fli'st California 46

Siboma 25

atraria 25,30,52

crassicauda 30, 43

Simpson, Capt. J. H 33, 54

Siphagonus barbatus 53

Sitgreaves, Capt. L 19

Slack, J. H 54

Smelts, California 53

Smith, C.J 64

Dr. Andrew 18

Sowerby, G.B 14

Spanis 14

INDEX.

Ifi

Page.

Siibyrocna malleus 44

Spinax (Acauthias) suckleyi 22

.Spratelloides bryoporua 46

Sproat, G. M 4

Squall, synopsis of 35

Squatina califomica 32

Stearns, Robert E. C 62

Steenstrup, Japetus 63

Steindachner, Franz 32, 45, 49, 50, 53, 64

Stephanolepis 34

Stereolepls 32, 38

gigas 32, 4 1

Stevens, I. 1 33

Stichaeoids, note on 39

Stichaeus punctatus 59

Sticklebacks 40

Stone, Livingston 47, 48, 49, 50, 52, 54, 58, 63

Storer 3

Storer, David Humphreys 16

Stranahan, J. J 63

Stieets, Thos. H 55

Striiver, Johannes 38

Sturgeon spearing 40

Suckley, Geo., M. D 26,33,34,37,49

Swan, James G 26

Syilaemus latifions 51

Syngnathus 3

Abboti 27

arundinaceus 27, 30, 44

brevirostris 21, 30

califomiensis 16, 30, 44

dimidiatus 36, 44

griseolineatus 22, 44

leptorhynchas 21, 30, 44

Synodus lucioceps 43

T.

Taeniotoca 34

lateralis 41

Tallant, E. C 65

Tallant, E 50

Temnistia 12,13

Tetrodon politus 27,30

Thaleichthys 27

Stevensii 27,30

Thrasher shark, attack of 45

Throckmorton, S. R 46, 48, 49

Tiaroga 25

cobitis 25

Tigoma , 25

bicolor 25, 30

conformis 30, 43

crassa 25, 30, 43

egregia 27, 30

gracilis 25, 30

Humboldti 25, 30

intermedia 25

lineata 25, 30

nigrescens 25

obesa 25, 30

purpurea 25

squamata 33

Tilesius, AY. G 8, 9

Torpedo 15

californica 24, 44

ToiTey, John 17, 19

Page.

Townscnd, John K 15

Trachinus cirrhosus 10

trichodon 9, 10, 11

Trachurus boops 27, 28

symmetricns 28, 42

Triads semifasciatus 44

Triakis semifasciatnm 22,31

Trichodon lineatus 32, 42

stelleri 11,16

Trochocopus 38

pulcher 41

Troschel, D 23

Troschel, F.H 20

Trowbridge, Lieut. W. P 21,24

Trygon ? 44

Turner, William N 49

Typhlogobius califomiensis 64

V.
TJmbra 16

Umbrina undulata 21, 28, 41

United States Fish Commissioner's report. . 49, 54

Uranidea pnnctulata 52

vheeleri 47, 52

Uraptera binocnlata 31, 44

Urolophus Halleri 38, 44

Uropsetta 36

V.

Vancouver Island 39, 40

Vastres ic

Yenegas 3

Miguel 7

Yertebrata, Cretaceous 51

Yigor.% N. A u

Yiviparous fish 23, 24, 40

fish from Japan 24

fishes, notice upon 23

perch 60

W.

"VYachni.ja Camtschatica 9

' ' Warren " 49

Western, C.B C4

Wheeler, Lieut. G. M 47, 51, 5!)

Whipple, Lieut. A. W 26, 31

WOliamson. Lieut. R. S 20, 25, 26, 31

"Wilmot, Sam 55

Wilson, John L co

Sir Samuel 00, Gl

Woodhouse, S. W 19

W.Y.S 50

Wyman, Jefiries 21, 23, 26, oJ

X.

Xantus, J 36, :i7

Xenichthys califomiensis 40

Xiphidion •2~

mucosum • 27, 4->

nmcosus " 28

Xiphidium cnioreum 40

T.

Yarrow, H. C 48,49,51,53,59

Yukon River fishes 44

Z.

Zaniolepis 26

latipinnis 26, 28

Zygrena, remarks on the foetal 23

Zygonectes 8

^cparfjncnt of ihc ^nicviov.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM.

12

BULLETIN

OF THE

UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

.ISTo. 12.

PUBLISHED UxNDEll THE DIRECTION OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION.

WASHINGTON:

GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE,

1878.

1

ADVERTISEMENT.

This work is the twelfth of a series of papers intended to illustrate
the collections of Natural History and Ethnology belonging to the United
States and constituting the National Museum, of which the iSmithsoniaii
Institution was placed in charge by the act of Congress of August 10,
1846.

It has been prepared at the request of the Institution, and printed by.
authority of the honorable Secretary of the Interior.

JOSEPH HENRY,
Svcretury oj the Smithsonian Institution.

Smithsonian Institution,

Washington, 3Iay, 1878.

2

CONTEIBUTIOXS

ro

NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY.

Based PIJI.MAI5ILY on the

COLLECTIONS OF THK UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

III.

A — On the Distribution of the Fishes of the Alleghany Region of South Carolina.,
Georgia, and Tennessee, with Description^ of New or Little Known Species.

BY

DAVID S. JORDAN

AND

ALEMBERT W. BRAYTON^.

B. — A Synopsis of the Family Catostomidae.

BY

DAVID S. JORDAN,

WA S H I N G T O N :

GOVEllNMENT PRINTING OFFICE.

1878.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Page.
A. — On the distribution of the fishes of the Alleghany Region of South Carolina,
Georgia, and Tennessee, with desciiptions of new or little known

species 7

List of streams examined 8

Santee Basin 11

Savannah Basin 29

Altamaha Basin 'M

Chattahoochee Basin '^9

Alabama Basin 44

Tennessee Basin 5(5

Cumberland Basin 71

Recapitulation 82

Table showing the distribution of species 82

Distribution of genera 88

Conclusions 91

B. — Synopsis of the family Ciitostomidae 97

Catostominas 93

Cycleptinae. 98

Bubaliehthyinje 99

List of nominal species 100

Analysis of genera 103

Genus Quassilabia 104

Quassilabia Licera 106

Genus Placopharynx 107

Placopharynx carinatus 108

Genus Myxostoma 110

Myxostonia carpio IIB

Myxostoma euryops 119

Myxostoma inacrolepidotuni 120

Myxostoma aureolum 124

Myxostoma crassilabre 126

Myxostoma conns 126

Myxostoma anisura 126

Myxostoma pcecilura ...: , 128

Myxostoma alblduin 129

Myxostoma cervinum 129

Myxostoma album 130

Myxostoma thalassinum 131

Myxostonia velatnm 132

Myxostoma congestum 133

Myxostoma pidiense 133

Myxostoma coregonus 134

Myxostoma papillosum 134

Genus Minytrenia 136

Minytrema melanops 1-^8

5

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Paso.

Genws Erimyzon 140

Erimyzon sucetta .• 144

Erimyzon goodoi 148

Genus Cliasmistos 149

Chasiiiistcs fecnndns , 150

Genus Catostoinus 151

Catostonius nigricans IC'i

Catostoraus clarki 10')

Catostonins insignis 1(55

Catostoinus teres IHO

Catostomus macrocLiiluii 171

Catostomus cccidentalis 172

Catostonins labi.atns 171?

Catostomus at ueopus 173

Catostomus taboensis 173

Catostomus rostratus 174

Catostonins longirostris 175

Catostonins retroplnnis 178

Catostomus latipinnis 178

Carostomus discobolus 179

Genus Pautostens 180

Pantostens virescens 182

Pantostensplatyrbyncbus 183

Pantostens generosus 183

Pantostens plebeius 184

Genus Cycleptns . 186

Cycleptus elongatus 189

Genus Carpiodes .* . . . 190

Carpiodes dilifonnis 195

Carpiodes cutisanserlnus 195

Carpiodes velifer 19G

Carpiodes bison 197

Carpiodes tbonipsoni 198

Carpiodes cyprinus 198

Carpiodes carpio 200

Genus Bubalicbtbys 201

Bubalicbtbys bnbalus 206

Bubalicbtbys urns 209

Bubalicbtbys ineridionalis 210

Genus Icbthyobns 21 1

Icbtbyobns bubal us 214

Genus Myxocyprinns 217

Myxocyprinns asiaticus... 217

Addendum 219

Cbasniistes Horns 219

Catostomus fecundus 219

BibliograpLy 221

Index 231

CONTRIBUTIONS

TO

NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY.

NTo. 3.

ON THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE FISHES OF THE ALLEGHANY
REGION OF SOUTH CAROLINA, GEORGIA, AND TENNESSEE,
WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW OR LITTLE KNOWN SPECIES.

By David S. Jordan and Alembert W. Brayton.

This paper is based prituarily on the collections made by the present
writers, assisted by Mr. C. II. Gilbert, and a party of students from
Butler University, during the past summer (IS77), in various streams of
South Carolina, Georgia, and Tennessee. For the purpose of a more
comidete discussion of questions of geographical distribution, the au-
thors have brought together, with their own observations, those previ-
ously made on the fish-faunte of the same streams by other writers,
especially the observations on the fishes of the Tennessee Basin by
Professor Agassiz ;* those on the fishes of the basins of the Sauteet
(Catawba), Tennessee, $ and Cumberland, || by Professor Cope, and on
the fishes of the Cumberland, Tennessee, Alabama, and Altamaha

* Notice of a Collection of Fishes from the Southeru Beud of the TeDuessee River, in
Iho State of Alabama. By L. Agassiz. < American Journal Sci, Arts, 1654, i^p. 297-
308 and 353-365.

tPartial Synopsis of the Fishes of North Carolina. By E.D.Cope. < Proc. Am. Philos.
Soc. Phila. 1870, pp. 448-495.

t On the distribution of Fresh- water Fishes in the Alleghany Region of South-western
Virginia. By E. D. Cope, A. M. < Journal Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. new series, vol. vi,
part iii, January, 1869, pp. 207-247.

II On some Etheostomine Perch from Tennessee and North Carolina. By E. D. Cope.
< Pr;c. Am. Philos. Soc. 1870, pp. 261-270.

8 CONTEIBUTIOJsS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

basins by Professor Jordan.* The purpose of this paper is to give a
resume of all that is certainly known in regard to the ichthyology of
the seven hydrographic basins embraced in its scope, viz, the Santee,
Savannah, Altaniaha, Cliattahoocheo, Alabama, Tennessee, and Cum-
berland. For purposes of comparison, a table of distribution of speciCvS
is added, which iucludes, in addition, what is known of the fish-faunai
of the James, Eoanoke, Neuse, Great Pedee, and Ohio.

The following is a classified list of the streams which have been ex-
amined in each water-basin included in this paper, with a word or two
suggestive of the character of each stream. The collections in every
case were made by one or both of the present writers, unless otherwise

stRtcd

LIST OF STREAMS EXAMIXED.

I. — SANTEE BASIN.

1. Catawba "River and tributaries in North Carolina. (Cope, 18G9.)

2. Ennoree Eiver, near Chick Springs, S. C. (D^^Pj "^utldy, and rapid.)

3. Reedy River, at Greenville Court-House, S. C. (Muddy.)

4. Saluda River, at Farr's Mills, west of Greenville. {Clear and rapid;

a fine seining-ground.)

II. — SAVANNAH BASIN.

1. Tugaloo River, Habersham County, Ga., just below mouth of Panther.

(Clear, broad rapids.)

2. Panther Creek, north of Toccoa City, Ga. (Clear mountain-stream.)

3. Toccoa Creek, below Toccoa Falls, Ga. (Clear, cold mountain-

stream ; contains little besides Hydrophlox ruhricvoceus.)

4. Toxaway and Chatuga Rivers and tributaries about the foot of While-

side Mountain. (Clear mountain-streams, abounding in Trout.)

III. — ALTAMAHA BASIN.

1. Oconee River, at Sulphur Springs and Fuller's Mills, Hall County,

Georgia. (Clear.)

2. Ocmulgee River, Reed's Fish-pond, south of Atlanta, Ga. (Head-

waters; clear.)
3 Ocmulgee River, South Fork, Flat Rock, De Kalb County, Georgia.
(Partly clear ; a small falls, and a deep basin worn in granite rock;
a fine stream for seining.)

* A Partial Synopsis of the Fishes of Upper Georgia ; v;\t\x Snppleiuentary Papers on
I'ishes of Tennessee, Kentucky and Indiana. By David Starr Jordan, M. D., Ph. D
< Aunals N. Y. Lyceum Nat. Hist. vol. si, 1877, pp. 307-377.

ON THE FISHES OF THE ALLEGHANY EEGION. 9

4. Ocmnlgec Eiver, Macon, Ga. (Collection of Dr. T. H. Bean and
other members of the United States Fish Commission.)-

IV. — CHATTAHOOt:;nEE BASIN.

1. Chattaboocbee Eiver at Shallow Ford, northwest of Gainesville, Ga.

(Broad, shallow, rapid ; wafer moderately clear.)

2. Suwannee Creek, near Suwannee, Gwinnett County, Ga. (Deep,

muddy, and very cold. Contains chiefly Codoma eurystoma.)

3. Peach Tree Creek, just north of Atlanta. (Deep and muddy.)

4. Nancy's Creek, northwest of Atlanta. (Clear and rapid.)

D. Flint Eiver, in Taylor County. (Collection of Dr. Hagh M. Neisler
in United States National Museum.)

V. — ALABAMA BASIN.

A. — Etou'ah River.

1. Pettis Creek, near Cartersville, Ga. (Clear, rocky.)

2. Silver Creek, near Eome, Ga. (Clear, rapid ; a fine stream for col-

lecting.)

3. Dyke's Creek and Pond, near Eome, Ga. (Clear and cold.)

B. — Oostanatda Elver.

4. Rocky Creek, near Floyd Springs, Ga. (A fine, clear stream.)

5. John's Creek, near Floyd Springs. (Clear.)

C. Lovejoy's Creek, near Floyd Springs. (A small sandy stream, full
of fishes.)

7. Big Armuchee Creek, above Eome. (Clear.)

8. Big Dry Creek, near Eome. (A succession of weedy rock-pools.)

9. Little Dry Creek, near Eome. (Like the preceding.)
10. Waters's Creek, above Eome. (Muddy and rocky.)

IL Lavender Creek, in Texas Valley, Ga. (A small clear stream.)

C. — Coosa River.

12. Beech Creek, near Eome. (Muddy.)

13. Horse-leg Creek, near Eome. (Eocky, clear.)

14. Little Cedar Creek, at Cave Spring, Ga. (A fine, clear, cold stream.

One of the best for the collection of fishes. Abounds in Xenisma
stellifernm, Hydroplilox chrosomus, Codoma callistia, and other
beautiful species.)

D.— Alabama River, near MonUjomery, Ala. (Collection of Dr. Bean and
others, 187G.)

10 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

VI.— TENNESSEE BASIN.

A. — Tipper Course.

1. Clinch Eivcr. tributaries iu Southwestern Virginia. (Cope, 18C8.)

2. Powell's River, near Cumberland Gap. (Clear.)

3. Indian Creek, near Cumberland Gap. (Clear.)

4. Station Creek, near Cumberland Gap. (Clear.)

5. Holstou River, various tributaries in Southwestern Virginia.

(Cope, 18GS.)
G. French Broad River, at Newport, Tenn. (Rather deep and muddy.)

7. French Broad River, about Warm Springs, N. C, Asheville, N. C,

and elsewhere.) (Cope, 1809.) (Rapid, rocky, and generally
clear.)

8. Big Pigeon River, at Cliffton, Tenn. (Rather clear.)

9. Swannanoa River, at foor of Black Mountain. (Clear, cold mount-

ain stream, with trout.)

B. — Lower Course.

10. Chickamauga River, at Ringgold, Ga. (Rather clear and very

rocky.)

11. Tributaries of Tennessee River, about Huntsvilie, Ala. (Agassiz;

Newman's collection, 1853.)

12. Tributaries of Tennessee River, about Florence, Ala. (Storer, 1845.)

13. Elk River and tributaries, at Estill Springs, Tenn. (Clear, rocky,

and cold.)

VII. — CUMBERLAND BASIN.

1. Round-Stone River, Rock Castle County, Kentucky. (Clear.)

2. Rock Castle River, Livingston, Ky. (Clear and rocky.)

3. Big Laurel River, Laurel County, Kentucky. ^Clear.)

4. Cumberland River, about Pineville, Ky. (Clear, rocky.)

5. Yellow Creek, near Cumberland Gap. (Rather muddy.)

6. South Fork of Cumberland River, iu Tennessee. (Cope, 1809.)

7. Cumberland River and tributaries, near Nashville. (Winchell, 1876.)

8. Stone River, Murfreesboro', Tenn. (Clear and rocky.)

It will be noticed that almost without exception the above mentioned
localities are in the mountainous or upland parts of the different water-
basins. Of the fishes inhabiting distinctively the lowland courses of
most of the streams, little is yet definitely known.

FISHES OF THE SANTEE BASIN. 11

The Santee, Savannah, Altamaha, and Chattahoochee have been
examined only in that part of their course which flows over metamor-
l)hic rocks. The three western streams have been studied chiefly in the
limestone regions. The lithological character of the bed of a stream
has a certain influence on its fish-fauna, as will be seen hereafter. Gen-
erally limestone streams are richer in si)ecies than those with granitic
bottoms.

The ty[)es of the new species described below are deposited in the
United States National Museum at Washington, ancl in the Museum of
Butler University, Indianapolis, Indiana.

I. — SANTEE BASIN.

Thirty-nine species are ascertained to occur in the headwaters of the
Santee River, thirty-three having been obtained by Professor Cope in
the Catawba Kiver in North Carolina, and thirty by the present writers
in the Saluda and Ennorec in South Carolina. Of these thirty nine
species, ten are not as yet known from any other hydrographic
basin . These are : Alvordivs erassns, Noihonotus thalassinus, Ceratichthys
labrosiis, Ceratichthys zanemus, Godoina pyrrhomelas, Codoma chloristia,
Photogenis nii'ens, Alburnops chloroccphalus, Alburnops saludanns, and
Myxostoma album. The ai)parent absence of Luxilus coniutus in the
Great Pedee, Santee, Savannah, Altamaha, and Chattahoochee Basins is
remarkable, as that species is abundant in the tributaries of the Neuse on
the east and the Alabama on the west, as in all streams northward to
Minnesota and New England.

The species most abundant as to individuals, in the Saluda at least,
is probably Xotropis photogenis. Next to this come Codoma pyirhome-
las and Ceratichthys bigitttatus. Of the Catosfomidcc, Myxostoma cervinum
seems to be the predominant species j of the Siluridw, Amiurus brun-
neus, and of the Centrarchidw, Lepiopomus auritvs. The chief Ibod-
fishes at Greenville, S. C, are the "Mud Cats" {Atniitnis brunncus and
plafycephalus), the '^Fine-scaled Sucker" [Catostomus commersoni), the
Eel {Anguiila vidgar is), the "Spotted Sucker" [Minytremanielanopn), the
*• Perch " {Lepiopomus auritus), the "War-mouth Perch" {Chccnobryttus
viridis), the "Jack" {Esox reticulaius), and the "Jump Rocks" [Myxo-
stoma cervinum).

12 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III

ETHEOSTOMATID^.
Genus ALVORDIUS Girard.

1. ALVORDIUS CRASSUS, sp. nov.

Etheosioma viacidatum var. Copk, Proc. Am. Pliilos. Soc. 1870, 261, 262, and 449. (Not
Uadropterus maculatus Girard.)

A species beariHg considerable resemblaDce to A. aspro, bnt less
distinctly marked and more heavily built, the form being less graceful
thau^that of the otiier members of the genus. Body considerably com-
pressed, the dei)tli 4J times in length to origin of caudal (as in all cases
in this paper). Head comparatively short, 3| in length; the snout
medium, not acuminate as in A. phoxocephalus, nor especially obtuse.
Eye moderate, as long as snout, 4 in head. Mouth rather small for the
genus, nearly horizontal, the upper jaw but little the longer: upper
jaw not projectile : maxillary reaching anterior margin of eye.

Cheeks naked : opercles with a few scales above : back and breast
naked : middle line of belly in some specimens naked : in others with
enlarged plates. Scales on the body rather larger than usual, about
7-55-7.

Fins moderately developed: dorsal XII-I, 10, varying to XI-I, 11;
an increase in the number of the spines, as usual, accompanying a
decrease in the number of soft rays, a- rule apparently not hitherto
noticed, and jierhaps not of general application. The two dorsal fins
are well separated, the lirst being longer than the second, but consider-
ably lower.

Anal fin shorter, but higher than second dorsal, II, 9; the two spines
well developed. Caudal fin deeply lunate, almost furcate. Pectorals
and ventrals large, their tips about equal.

Coloration rather plain. General hue olivaceous ; the back marked
with darker, as in the other species of the genus. Sides with a series
of dark olive, rounded blotches, connected along the lateral line by a
narrow, dark band ; a dark streak forward, and one downward from the
eye. First dorsal with a dark spot in front, and another on its last
rays. Second dorsal, caudal, and pectorals barred with dark spots.
Anal and ventrals uncolored.

Length of longest specimens observed, 3 inches.

Habitat. — Saluda, Ennoree, and Eeedy Ilivers, in rapid water, espe-
cially abundant in the Saluda at Farr's Mills. Also recorded by Cope
from the Catawba.

FISHES OF THE SANTEE BASI^f. 13

Genus BOLEOSOMA DeKay.

2. BOLEOSOMA. MACULATICEPS GopC.

Boleosoma maculaliceps Cope (1870), Proc. Am. Fhilos. Soc. 269 and 450. (Catawba
E.) — Jordan & Copeland (1876), Check List (Bull. Butfalo Soc. Nat. Hist.),
163. (Name only.)
Arlina maculaticips Jokdan (1877), Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. s, 15. (Name only.)
Boltosoma olmstedi Jordan (1877), Ann. N. Y. Lye. Nat. Hist. 368. (Ocmulgee River.)

A siugle specimen takeu iu the Saluda River at Fan's Mills answers
closely to Piolessor Cope's description. The upper part of the cheeks
have, however, a few scattering scales. This species is a true Boleosoma.
Although the type of Boleosoma has but a single anal spine and B. efful-
gens and B. maculaticeps have two anal spines, the essential character of
those spines is the same in both cases, and the genus Arlina, based on
B. effulgens, is a synonym of Boleosoma. In Boleosoma, the spines are
all weak and flexible, and those of the anal especially so. In most or
all of the other genera of Btheostomatida;, the anal spines are stiff and
long, and, with scarcely an exception, the first spine is the longer of the
two. In the species of Boleosoma, with tico anal spines, the two spines
are unequal, the second the longer, both extremely slender and flexible;
not at all " spine"-like, except that they are not inarticulate. This
feeble condition of the spines seems to constitute the chief generic
character of Boleosoma.

Two of the species provisionally referred by Professor Jordan (Biill.
U. !S. Kat. Mns. x) to "J.r^irta", viz, Arlina stigmwa Jor. and A. atripin-
nis Jor., have the anal spines well developed, as usual in Etlieostomatida;.
These two species and their congeners apparently constitute a distinct
genus, differing from Biplesium iu the toothed vomer and from Notho-
notus iu the protractile upper Jaw. For this genus, the name of
Ulocentra (Jordan) has been suggested (Man. Vert. ed. 2d, p. 223), in
allusion to the development of the spines.

Genus NOTHONOTUS Agassiz

3. JSTOTHONOTUS THALASSINUS, S;?. nov.

A handsome species, differing from the others now referred to this
genus in the entire nakedness of the head.

Body rather stout, the depth about 5 times iu the length, com.
l)ressed behind, the back somewhat arched. Head large, 4 in length,
the snout rather blunt and convex in profile ; a pretty decided angle

14 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III.

opposite the eye. Eyes large, Ligb up, longer than the muzzle, 3J
iu bead : iuterorbital space ratber narrow, the eye liaving some upward
range. Moutb moderate, sliglitly oblique, the maxillary reaching to
orbit. Upper jaw slightly longer than tbe lower, not protractile. Head
entirely uaked, both cbeeks and opercles being destitute of scales.

Scales large, S-liJ-S. Belly scaled: throat naked: ucck anteriorly
naked, but scaly in front of tbe dorsal : lateral line complete.

Fins all large : D, X-I, 10, or IX-I, 11, tbe membrane of the first dor-
sal continued to the base of the second : longest dorsal spine a little
over half tbe lengtb of the head, scarcely shorter than the soft rays;
the base of the spinous dorsal a little longer tban that of the soft dor-
sal. Anal 11, 8, rather smaller than second dorsal, the first spine longer
and larger tban the second. Caudal fin deeply lunate, almost forked.
Pectoral and ventral fins large; the former reaching nearly to tbe vent,
the latter somewhat sborter.

Color, in spirits: Olive, closely mottled and tessellated above with
dark green ; this color extending down the sides, forming six or eight
irregular dark green bars. Head daik green ; a dark green line down-
ward from eye and another forward. Fins in males nearly plain, the
spinous dorsal with a black edge; females witb all tbe fins except the
ventrals closely barred or speckled with dark green. Two pale orange
spots at the base of tbe caudal.

Lile-colors : The colors of a male specimen in life are as follows : Body
dark olive and blotched above: sides with nine dark blue-green vertical
bars, the five next tbe last most distinct, and reaching down nearly to
the anal. Spinous dorsal reddish at base, then with a broad black
band, the uppermost third being of a bright ferruginous orange-red :
second dorsal blackish at base, reddish above : caudal with two orange
blotches at base, black mesially, pale orange externally. Anal fin of a
brilliant blue-green color at base, pale at tip. Pectorals barred, the
middle of the fin grass-green. Ventrals dusky mesially, with a green
shade. Opercular region more or less grass-green : streaks about eye
blackish-green.

Length of largest specimens taken, 2J inches.

Habitat. — Very abundant in all the streams seined, especially so iu
the rocky shoals of Reedy Kiver in the city of Greenville.

This handsome little fish may be easily known from its congeners by
the smooth head, and by the general greenness of its coloration, which
resembles somewhat that of the species of Diplesium,

FISHES OF THE SANTEE BASIN. 15

Genus ETHEOSTOMA Rafinesque.
4. Etheostoma flabellare liaf.

(Cato)totiis flahtUatus Auct.)

Three specimens doubtfuily referred to this species were obtained by
Professer Cope iu tlie Catiiwba River.

GENTRARCHID^.

Genus MICROPTERUS Lacepede.

5. MiCROPTERUS PALLiDUS {Bafinesqiie) Gill tC Jordan.

Professor Cope obtained this species iu the Catawba, We collected
iioue in the Saluda or Eunoree, bnt we were told that " Trout", as the
species of Micropierus are universally called iu the South, are frequentlj'
takeu there.

Genus CHJENOBRYTTUS Gill

G. Ch^nobryttus viridis {Guv. t£- Val.) Jordan.

The War-mouth Perch occurs iu abundance in the Saluda, and appar-
ently iu all the South Atlantic streams. Cope says that it is exceedingly
common in all the streams of Eastern North Carolina, and that it is
known as the Red-eyed Bream on tbe Catawba. This species is very
closely related to G. gulosiis, difleriny; chiefly iu the color aud iu the
somewhat less robust form. It may be only a variety.

Genus LEPIOPOMUS Bafinesqiie.

7. Lepiopomus auritus [Linnccus) Raf.

All my specimens of this species from the Saluda have a dusky blotch
or bar at the base of the soft dorsal, a feature of coloration not shovvu by
my Northern specimens. This is a widely diffused species, and, like most
such, is quite variable.

Genus EUPOMOTIS Gill S Jordan.

8. EuPOMOTis AUREUS ( ^Yalhaum) Gill & Jordan.

Professor Cope obtained this species in Catawba River. We have
never collected it iu the Southern States. It is probably chiefly cou-
flned to the lowland regions.

16 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

• ESOCID^.

Genus ESOX Linnceus.

9. Esox RETicuLATUS Lc Sueur.

Yery common. We are unable to distinguish the Southern form
[plialcnitus Say, ajfuiis Ilolbrook) as even varietally distinct from the
Northern reticulatus.

10. Esox RAVENELI Eolhroolc.

Obtained by Professor Cope in the Catawba. Its specific distinction
from E. americamis Gmelin appears questionable.

SALMONID^.

r

Genus SALVELINUS Richardson.

11. SALVELINUS FONTTNALis {Mitchill) Gill & Jordan.

This species was found by Professor Cope in the headwaters of the
Catawba River.

CYPRINID^.
Genus CAMPOSTOMA Agassiz.

12. CAMPOSTOMA ANOMALUM {Raf,) Ag.

Subspecies prolixum (Storer) Jor.
A few specimens from Saluda Eiver. Also in the Catawba (Cope).

Genus IIYBOGNATHUS Agassiz.

13. Hybognathus aegyritis Girard.

A few specimens were obtained in Suluda River, not distinguishable
from others from Ohio River and others (types of H. osmerinus Cope)
from New Jersey. Professor Cope found it abundant in Catawba River.

Genus ALBURNOPS Girard.

14. ALBURNOPS SALUDANUS, Sp. IIOV.

Hyhopsis aviarus, " variety from the Catawba," Cope (1670), Proc. Am- Pbilos. Soc. 460.
A species belonging to "iZ^&ojpsu-, Group A", of Cope, w hich is equi-

FISHES OF THE SANTEE BASIN. 17

valent to the subgeneric section of Alburnops or ^^ IIybopsis^\ called
Rudsonius by Girard.

Body eloQgate, but compared with its immediate relatives, hudsoninSj
ainarus, and storerianus, short and thick ; moderately compressed, the
depth 4| in length : caudal peduncle shortened, 4| in length : head large,
4 times in length, relatively heavy and gibbous forward, the snout
rounded in profile, as in A. hudsonius. Eye large, rather wider than
interorbital space, about equal to snout, 3^ in head. '

Mouth moderate, subinferior, the maxillary not reaching to eye.

Scales large, thin, and loose, 5-39-3, about twelve in front of the dor-
sal fin. Lateral line somewhat decurved in front.

Fins moderately developed. Dorsal beginning in advance of ventrals,
I, 8 ; its first ray nearer snout than caudal. Anal I, 8, rather small.
Pectorals not reaching to ventrals, the latter not to vent.

Color clear olivaceous, nearly white, like the rest of the group, some
specimens showing a faint plumbeous lateral line.

Teeth 1, 4-4, 1, two or three of the principal row obtuse, not hooked ;
only one or two of the teeth usually' showing a masticatory face.

Habitat. — Abundant in Saluda River, where it reaches a length of
about four inches. Also obtained by Professor Cope from the Catawba.

The peculiar characters of this species have been noticed by Pro-
fessor Cope, who, however, was disposed to consider it a variety of
H. amariis. It differs from our specimens of what we consider to be
the latter species (from Ocniulgee River) in the smaller eye, the thicker
head, shorter, deeper body, more decurved front, and shorter caudal
peduncle. In aniarus, the eye is 3 in head, the head 4f in length, and
the caudal peduncle 3|.

We have been disposed to unite, under the generic name Litxilus, a
large number of species forming a series the extremes of which bear
little resemblance to each other or to the means, but which form a chain
so unbroken that it is difficult to draw any generic lines among them.
That this group may ultimately be broken up into natural genera is very
probable, but the groups thus far proposed have not received very
satisfactory definition.

These species agree (a) in the absence of any special modification,
either of mouth, fins, or alimentary canal ; {h) in the dentition, the
teeth being in one or two rows, always four in the principal row of
the raptorial type, and some or all of them provided with a grinding
surface ; often, and in some species always, one edge of the masticatory
Bull. i{. M. No, 12—2

18 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

surface is more or less creuate, especially in young individuals; (c) (he
aual fin is always short, containing from seven to nine rays; {d) the
dorsal fin is never inserted very far behind the ventrals ; (e) the lateral
line is developed and continuous.

The species differ much among themselves in size, nuptial dress, and
general appearance, notably in the squamation, the scales of the typical
species of Luxilus being closely imbricated and much hightr than long,
■while in the group called Hudsonms the two dimensions of the scales are
nearly equal. The scales themselves, in Hudsonius, are thin and loosely
imbricated. Within certain limits, the position of the dorsal varies also.
In Eudsonius, its first ray is in advance of the insertion of the ventrals;
in Luxilus and Alburnops^ usually directly opposite ; in Photogenis and
Mydrophlox, distinctly posterior. The form of the mouth varies largely :
in L.coccogenis, it is wide and oblique, the lower jaw projecting. In
the typical species of Alhurnops and Eudsonius, the mouth is small and
more or less inferior.

The species may be provisionally grouped as follows, under five groups,
four of which may be considered as distinct genera. Those species
•whose position is doubtful are indicated by a mark of interrogation : —
A. — Luxilus Eafinesque. (Scales very closely imbricated, much deep-
er than long: teeth2, 4-4, 2, entire: dorsal fin inserted directly op-
posite ventrals: mDuth terminal: size large: nuptial dress
peculiar ; type Cyprinus cornutus Mit.)
cornutus Mit. coccogenis Cope.

selene Jor.
B. — Photogenis Cope. (Scales pretty closely imbricated, deeper than
long: teeth 1, 4-4, 1, more or less crenate (rarely one-rowed?):
dorsal fin behind ventrals, always with a black spot on the last
rays behind : males in spring tuberculate, the lower fins and the
tips of the vertical fins filled with satin-white pigment in spring :
mouth terminal, the upper jaw longest: size medium; type F.
spilopterus Cope = Cyprinella analostana).
analostanus Girard. niveus Cope.

galacturiis Cope. iris Cope (?). /

leiicopus J. & B.
C. — Hydrophlox Jordan. (Scales less closely imbricated, somewhat
deeper than long; teeth usually 2, 4-4, 2, often more or less
crenate : dorsal fin distinctly behind ventrals, unspotted : breed-
ing dress peculiar, thema'es almost always red : mouth terminal,

FISHES OF THE SANTEE BASIN. 19

oblique, the upper jaw usually slightly the louger : size ver}
small; type Hybopsls ruhricroceus Cope.)

roseus Jordan. chrosomus Jor.

rubricroccns Cope. xamocephalus Jor.

luii'pinnis J. & B. plumbeolns Cope.

chilitwus Cope. hivittaUis Cope.

chalybccus Cope. lacertosus Cope.

D. — Alburnops Girard. (Scales rather loosely imbricated : teeth
4-4, or 1, 4-4, 1 : dorsal fiu inserted over ventrals, unspotted :
sexes alike : mouth more or less inferior, horizontal or oblique :
size small ; type Alburnops blennius Grd.)

microstomus Eaf. timpanogensis Cope.

volucellus Cope. chlorocephalus Cope.

spectrunculus Cope. fntensis Cope.

procne Cope. mibilus Forbes.

stramineiis Cope. blennius Grd.

tudltanus Cope (?). shumardi Grd.

missuriensis Cope. illecehrosus Grd.

scylla Cope.
E. — HuDSONius Girard. (Scales thin and loosely imbricated : teeth 1,
4-4, 1 or 2, the grinding surface often distorted : dorsal inserted
in advance of ventrals: colors silvery : sexes alike: mouth in-
ferior : body elongate, the head comparatively short : size
medium ; type Clupea hudsonia Clinton.)

saludanus J. & B. amarus Girard.

hvdsonius Clinton. sforerianus Kirtland.

We have substituted the name Alburnops Grd. for the earlier name
Ryhopsis, as we think that the latter genus was founded on a species of

Ceratichthys.

15. Alburnops CHLOROfJEPHALUS (Cope) J. & B.

Hyhopsis chlorocephalus Cope (1870), Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. 461.

This beautiful little fish is abundant in the clear rapid waters of the
Saluda. It resembles R. rubricroccns, but is smaller and stouter-bodied,
with smaller mouth. The scales in front of the dorsal are fewer (about
IG) in number. The teeth are 1, 4-4, 1 (2, 4-4, 2, in rubricroceus). The
male specimens are profusely tuberculate on the snout and ante-dorsal
region. Professor Cope found this species abundant in the clear waters
of the tributaries of the Catawba.

20 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

Genus PHOTOGENIS Cope.
IG. Photogenis niveus {Cope) J. <& B.

Hyhopsis niveus Cope (1H70), Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. 4G1. '

A very pale species, related to Photogenis analostanus and P. galactitrus^
rather tban to the species of '■'' ]Iyhopsis^\ to which genus Professor Cope
referred it. My specimens are all very white, with a narrow bluish
stripe along the caudal peduncle, which sometimes forms a faint spot
at base of cjiudal. lu male specimens, the snout and ante-dorsal region
are covered with small tubercles. In males, the dorsal fin is considerably
elevated. In color, the dorsal fin is largely dusky on the last rays, the
most of the fin somewhat creamy-tinted. The tip of the dorsal fin and
the tips of the caudal are filled with milk-white pigment, as in the
related species. The anal fin is entirely milky. The teeth are 1, 4-4, J,
I^rovided with a narrow masticatory surface.

Photogenis niveus is abundant iu the Saluda Elver. It was first dis-
covered by Proiessor Cope in the Catawba Kiver.

17. PnoTOGENis ANALOSTANUS (Oirard) Jordan.

We did not find this species in the Saluda, although Professor Cope
states that it is abundant in the Catawba. It is perhaps possible that
Professor Cope mistook our Codoma chloristia, a species which resem-
bles it very much, except in dentition, for the true analostanus. The
'■■CyprineUa analostana^^ has been a stumbling-block in the classification
of these fishes, as to the masticatory surface of Lnxilus it adds the cre-
nations of Cyprinella. We are inclined to think that Cyprinella should
be restricted to those species whose teeth are without grinding surfaces
and are permanently crenate. The relations of Luxilus analostanus,
spilopterus, galactnrus, lencopus, and niveus are much more intimately with
the species of Codoma than with Luxilus, but the development of grind-
it)g suifoceson the teeth renders it necessary to refer them to the latter
genus, unless Photogenis be admitted as a distinct genus.

Genus CODOMA Girard.

(Subgenus EROGALA Jordan.)

Photogenis Jordan (1877), Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. 335. (Not of Cope, -whose type,

P. spilopterus, proves to be a species closely related to L. analostanus, if not

identical with it.)

Examination of a large number of specimens supposed to be Photogenis

s;pilo;pterus, from Saint Joseph's Eiver, iu Northern Indiana, Professor

FISHES OF THE SANTEE BASIN. 21

Cope's original locality, bas convinced us that the spilopterus, the type of
the genus Photogenis, does not belong to the group of colored species for
which Professor Jordan lately adopted the latter name. The genus Pho-
togenis (Jordan) being thus left without a name, that of Erogala has been
suggested (^/>, spring-time ; ydXa^ milk, in allusion to the milk-white pig-
ment with which the male fishes are ornamented in the nuptial season)*
Codoma Grd. differs from Erogala in the form of the head, which is
short, blunt, and rounded, as in Pimephales. We do not now think that
the two are distinct as genera, and prefer to consider Erogala as a sub-
genus of Codoma.

The type of Erogala is Photogenis stigmaturiis Jordan. This subgenus
is remarkable for its geographical distribution. All of the species thus
far known belong to the Southern States, and each of the Southern
river-basins probably has from two to four species of the genus; not a
single si)ecies, so far as known, being common to two different river-
basins.
The distribution of the species of Erogala is as follows : —
Santee Basin : pyrrhomelas Cope.
chlorisiia J. & B.
Savannah Basin : none known.
Altamaha Basin : xcenura Jor.

callisema Jor.
Chattahoochee Basin: eurystoma Jor.
Flint Kiver : formosa Putn.
Alabama Basin: callistia Jor.

trichroistia J. & G.
ccerulea Jor.
stigmatura Jor.
Farther west their place is taken by the species of Cyprinella having
serrated teeth, and farther north by the species of Luxilus, section Pho-
togenis, having teeth with developed grinding surfaces.

The species of Codoma are remarkable for their exquisite coloration,
most of them being adorned with bright red in addition to the milky
pigment. The black dorsal spot is present in all the species.

18. Codoma chloeistia, sp. nov.

Body short and deep, strongly compressed, the form elliptical,
resembling that of C. pyrrhomelas, but rather deeper, the depth of adults
being 3| to 4 in length. Head rather small and pointed, 4^ in length.

22 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

Eye moderate, less thau snout, 4 in head. Mouth rather small, quite
oblique, the maxillary not attaining the line of the orbit, the upper jaw-
projecting beyond the lower, especially in si)riug males. The head and
mouth considerably resemble those parts in P. analostanus.

Scales much deeper than long, very closely and smoothly imbricated,
more or less dark-edged above. 5-37-3. Lateral line decurved.

Fins moderately developed : dorsal distinctly behind veutrals, its first
ray about midway between nostrils and the base of the caudal. Dorsal
1, 8. Anal 1, 8.

Nuptial tubercles in the male greatly developed, covering rather
sparsely the top of the head and the region anterior to the dorsal. In
additioh, similar tubercles cover the caudal x)edunclc and the whole sides
of the body, except the space below the lateral line and in front of the
ventrals. The tubercles on the body are considerably smaller than
those on the head, and smaller than in xccnura oy ])yrrhomelas, but they
cover a much larger area than in any of the latter species of the genus.
Chin tuberculate.

Teeth 1, 4-4, 1, entire, without masticatory surface.

Coloration, in life : General color a dark steel-blue, a very distinct
blue stripe along each side of the caudal peduncle, as in C. ccenilea, but
fainter : sides of body with fine steely-purple lustre : back clear green :
head clear brownish : iris white: cheeks of a pale violet color: lower
part of sides becoming rather abruptly milky-white: dorsal fin with
the usual large black spot on the last rays well developed, and the
usual milk-white pigment in the tips : lower part of the dorsal fin with
pigment of a tine clear green color, somewhat as in analostanus^ but
unusually bright: caudal fin chiefly dusky, its tips milky and the base
somewhat 80 ; the middle of the fin has a slight reddish tinge : anal
fin entirely milky, a faint dusky spot on its last rays, resembling that
on the dorsal : ventral fins milky.

Female and young specimens are more slender, and the bright colors
are usually wanting or obscured.

Size small ; length of largest specimens less than three inches.

In form, this species resembles C. pyrrJiomtlas, but the short anal
(eight rays instead of ten) will always distinguish the species. The
coloration of the male is different, being much less brilliant, although
])erhaps more delicate. C. chloristia resembles in color G. ccerulea most,
but the latter species has a much more slender form.

JSahitat. — Abundant in the clear waters of Saluda Eiver, with C.

FISHES OF THE SANTEE BASIN. . 23

pyrrhomelas, Photogenis niveiis, Alburnops chlorocephalus, and other hand-
some species.

19. CODOMA PYRRHOMELAS {Cope) Jor.
Photogenis pyrrhomelas Copk (1870), Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 463.

This species, the most ornate of the genus, and one of the most bril-
liant of Cyprinidce, is extremely abundant in the clear rapid waters of
the Saluda and its tributaries. The general color of the males is dark
steel-blue above, with the scales darker-edged, the bi lly abruptly milky-
white. The head is pale reddish ; the snout, the tip of lower jaw, and
the iris above and below are scarlet; the dorsal fin is dusky at base,
has a large black spot on the last rays, is red in front, and broadly milk-
white at tip. The tips of the caudal fin are milk-white ; next to this
cotnes a dusky crescent ; a wide bright scarlet crescent lies inside of the
black and extends into the two lobes of the fin. The base of the fin is
pale.

The top of the head and the region in front of the dorsal are covered
with small pale tubercles. The sides of the caudal i)eduncle are pro-
vided with rather larger tubercles, arranged in rows along the series of
scales.

This is the most abundant fish io the waters of Catawba River, accord-
ing to Professor Cope.

Genus NOTROPIS Rafinesque.

(l/iHHi?KS Rafiuesque; Alhurndlus G'w&tA.)

20. jSfoTROPis PHOTOGE^'IS [Cope) Jordan.

Squalius photogenis CopB (ISG4) Proc. Ac, Nat. Sc. 280.

Photogenis leucops Cope (186G), Traus. Am. Phil. Soc. 379, and elsewhere.

My specimens differ considerably from the typical forms of this spe-
cies, but correspond to Professor Cope's " var. « a « a a " from the Ca-
tawba. It is the most abundant species in the Saluda waters, especially
in more sluggish tributaries. Two forms, perhaps varieties, perhaps
different sexes, occur, the one pale, with deep, compressed body ; the
other darker, with the scales dark-edged and the body much more elon-
gate. It is difficult to distinguish the latter form from N. telescopns
(Cope). The pale form has the head above and under jaw covered with
small pointed tubercles.

24 COKTRIBUTIOXS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY HI.

Genus GILA Baird <& Girard.

(Subgenus CLINOSTOIMUS Girard.)

21. Gila vandoisula {Cuv. & Val.) Jor.

LeiiC'scus vandoisulus C. & V. (1844), Hist. Nat. Poiss. xvii, 317.
Clinostomus affinis Girakd (1856), Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. 212.

This species is common in the Saluda waters, as in the Catawba,
Yadkin, and other Southern streams. It seems to prefer still, or even
muddy waters, as we found it more abundant in the Eeedy River than
in either Saluda or Enuoree. Our specimens were greenish or bluish
in color, the back mottled with scales of a different hue, as usual in this
genus. In the mules, the region behind the head and above the pec-
torals and extending backward to the anal are of a bright rosy-red,
brightest just*behind the head. There is no distinct dark lateral band.
None of our specimens were noticed to be tuberculate. The characters
distinguishing this species from the more northerly Gila {Clinostomus)
funduloidcs have been well given by Professor Cope (Journ. Ac. Nat.
Sci. Phila. 1868, 228).

Genus NOTEMIGONUS Rafinesque.

22. NOTEMIGONUS AMERICANUS {Linn.) Jordan.

Notemigonus isclianus Jordan (1877), Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. p. 364.

This is the true Cyprinvs americanus of Linnseus, as has been else-
where shown. We obtained but a single specimen in the Reedy River.
Professor Cope found it abundant in the sluggish waters of the Catawba.
The long anal, more compressed body, larger eye, and peculiar breeding
colors distinguish this species from the Northern and Western N.
chrysoleucus.

Genus CERATICHTHYS Baird.

23. CERATICHTHYS ZANEMUS, sp. nov.

A small, peculiar species, allied to C. labrosns (Cope), but api)arently
differing in the longer barbel, smaller scales, and in the coloration.

Body long and sJender, not much compressed, the depth about 4^ (5.^
in young) in length. Head rather long, narrow^ and pointed, 4^ iu
length, very slender in young specimens, stouter in adults : snout de-
curved in protile, with an angle in front of the nostrils. Eye moderate,

FISHES OF THE SANTEE BASIN. 25

ratber shorter thaa the long muzzle, placed nearly midway in head,
about 3^ in head.

Mouth rather large, inferior, tbe lips much thickened, Sucker-like ;
upper jaw extremely protractile; the lower with a conspicuous internal
Iringe of papillae.

Barbels extremel}' long, probably longer than in any other of our
Cyprinoids; their length | to | the diameter of the eye.

Scales moderate, pretty closely imbricated, 5-40-3 ; 15 or 16 in front
of dorsal. Lateral line continuous, slightly deflected forward.

Fins rather small, high, and short. Dorsal 1, 8, originating slightly
behind the base of the ventrals, as in C. lahrosus and (7. monaclms. Anal
1, 7. Caudal deeply forked, its peduncle long and slender.

Coloration, in spirits, quite pale ; a small, round, black spot at base
of caudal : dorsal scales dark-edged : some dark jjoints along caudal
peduncle, forming a dark st.eak: muzzle punctate. Large specimens
with a large dark patch on the last rays of dorsal, as in G. monachus
and the species of Codoma: base of dorsal fin with dark points. Cheeks
and opercles silvery.

In the spring, the male fishes are profusely tuberculate on the bead
and neck, and the fins are flushed with crimson. Teeth 1, 4-4, ], hooked,
without masticatory surface.

Tbe largest specimens taken were nearly three inches long, but most
were less than two.

• This species is abundant in Saluda Eiver. It appears to be distinct
from C. labrosus, that species having larger scales and some other points
of difference. C. labrosus, monachus, and zanemus differ from their con-
geners in the backward position of the dorsal and in tbe greater devel-
opment of tbe lips.

24. Ceratichthys labrosus Cope.

Ccratichthijs labrosus CoPK (1870), Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. 458.

Professor Cope found this species not uncommon in the upper waters
of tbe Catawba. We did not find it in tbe Saluda or the Ennoree.

25. Ceratichthys hypsinotus Cope.

Ccratichihys hypsinotus Cope (1870), Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. 458.

This species is not uncommon in the Saluda. Breeding males are
violet-tinted, and the fins are quite red. The bead is more or fess rosy
and tuberculate above. This species has a very small barbel, and might
easily be taken for a ffydrophlox of the ruhricroceus type.

26 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORim AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

26. Ceraticiithys biguttatus [Kirt.) Baird.

The common Horned Cbub is very abundant in all the tributaries of
the Saluda.

Genus SEMOTILUS Bafinesque.
27. Semotilus corpgralis [Mit.) Putn.
This common species occurs in the tributaries of the Saluda.

CATOSTOMIDJ].
Genus MYXOSTOMA Bafinesque.

(Moxostoma and Teretulus Raf. ; Ptycltostomus Ag.)

28. Myxostoma cervinum Cope.

Teretulus cervimis Copk (1868), Jouru. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phihi. 235.
PtycJiostomus cervinus Cope (1870), Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. 478.

^his little Sucker is exceedingly abundant in the Saluda, Reedy, and
Ennoree. It abounds in rapids and rocky shoals, and is popularly known
as ''Jump-rocks", from itshabitof leaping from the water. It is not much
valued, except by negroes, small boys, and naturalists. The black outer
margin of the dorsal is a characteristic color-mark.

29. Myxostoma papillosum {Cope) Jor.

Fti/chostomua papillosus Cope (1870), Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. 470.

A few specimens of this peculiar species were taken in Saluda River.
Professor Cope found it abundant in the Catawba and Yadkin Rivers.

30. Myxostoma velattjm (Coj>e) Jordan.

Pttjchoatomus coUapsus Cope (li^70), Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. 471.

Wo obtained no specimens of this widely diffused species in any of
the Southern rivers. Professor Cope found it in the Neuse, Yadkin,
and Catawba.

31. Myxostoma coregonus {Cope) J. tfc B.

Pfijchostomiis eoregonus Cope (1870), Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. 472.

The '•Blue Mullet" was found very abuudant in the Catawba and
Yadkin Rivers. We did not take it in the Saluda.

FISHES OF THE SANTEE BASIN. 27

32. Myxostoma album {Cope) J. & B.

Pf)/cliostomiis albus Cope (1870), Proc. Aru. Phil. Soc. 472.

The species — the " White Mullet" — was found by Professor Cope ia
the Catawba River only. We obtained no specimens from the Saluda,
which is perhaps due to the fact that our collections were not made
during the season of the migrations.

Genus ERIMYZON Jordan.

(Moxostoma Agassiz, but not of Raf.)

33. Erimyzox sucetta iLac.) Jordan.

Cyprinns sticetla Lac^p£:de.
Vyprinus oblongus Mitchill.

This species is moderately abundant in the Saluda River. Professor
Cope found neither this species, nor the next, in the Catawba.

Genus MINYTREMA Jordan.

34. MlNYTREMA MELANOPS {Ecif.) JoY.

Catostomus melanops Rafixesque, Kirtland, etc.
Aloxoaioma viciorice Girard.
Erimyzon melanops Jordan.

This widely diffused species is abundant in the mill-ponds, etc., of the
Saluda River, and is known as the Striped Sucker. It is considerably
valued as afood-flsh. Many specimens were taken at Bannister's Mills,
on the Ennoree, the proprietor of the mill, Mr. Bannister, having
kindly drawn off the water from his i)ond, in order to enable us better
to examine its fishes. Our specimens seem to be precisely like the ordi-
nary melanops from the Ohio River and the Great Lakes.

Genus CATOSTOMUS Le Sueur.
35. Catostomus commersoni {Lac.) Jor.

The Fine-scaled Sucker is common in the Saluda, as in nearly every
stream east of the Rocky Mountains. It is especially abundant in mill-
ponds.

28 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

SILURID^.

Grenus AMIURUS Bafinesque.
36. Amiurus brunneus Jordan.

Amiurus plafijccphalus Cope (1&70), Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. 485. (Not Pimelodus plaly-

cephalus Grd.)
Amiurus 6>«wHeMS Jordan (1870), Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. 366.

This is the commou cat-fish of the Saluda, and is knowu as the Mad
Cat. Adult specimens reach a length of about 18 inches, and bear little
resemblance to the young, from which the species was first described.
The adults are extremely elongate, nearly terete behind, with flac, thin,
broad heads. In color, they are of a more or less clear yellowish-green,
more distinctly green than is any other species. The name " hnmnens"
only applies well to the young. The species may be known from the
related A. platycejphalus by the more elongate form, the shorter anal fin
(10 to IS rays instead of 20), and by the mouth, which is somewhat
inferior, the lower jaw being much the shorter, while in A. platyceplialua
the jaws are equal. The color is also different in the two species. A.
platycejphalus is yellowish, dark above, and more or less marbled on the
sides with darker, resembling, in that respect, A. marmoratus. In A.
hrunnei(S, the caudal fin is usually unequal, the upper lobe being the
longer, and the rudimentary caudal rays are unusually numerous. A
specimen nearly a foot long had the alimentary canal four times the
length of the body, and filled with Podostcmon- ceratophyllum. The
stomach contained eight adult males of Codoma pyrrhomelas.

As Professor Cope counted 17 anal rays in his ^^platycephalus'^', it is
likely that he had this species instead of Girard's, which has pretty uni-
formly 20 or 21 rays. Both Amiurus brunneus and platycephahis are
valued as food.

37. Amiurus platycephalus (Girard) Gill.

PimelodHS platycephahis Gikard (1859), Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 160.

Many specimens of this species were taken in Bannister's mill-pond,
on the Ennoree. The fishermen confound it with the preceding under
the name of Mud Cat, but the species may be readily distinguished by
the characters given above.

A "Blue Cat*' is said to occur in the Saluda, but we obtained no
specimens.

FISHES OF THE SAVANNAH BASIN. 29

Genus NOTURUS Bafinesque.
38. XOTURUS iNSiaNis {Richardson) Gill & Jor.

Notunis marginatns Baikd.

This species is abuudnut in tlie rock-pools of Ready Eiver. It prob-
ably occurs iu ail the Atlantic streams as far north as Pennsylvania.

ANGUILLIDiE.
Genus ANGUILLA Thmiberg.

39. Anguilla vulgaris Fleming.

The common Eel is abundant in all the streams of the Southern States
thus far e xplored.

LEPIDOSTEID^.
Genus LEPIDOSTEUS Lacepede.

40. LEPIDOSTEUS OSSEUS {L.) Ag.

This fish is said to occur in the Saluda, but we obtained no specimens.

II. — WATER-BASIN OF THE SAVANNAH RIVER.

Fifteen species are ascertained to occur in the water-basin of the
Savannah. Of these, two species are recorded from specimens in the
United States National Museum j one on the authority of Professor
Agassiz, the others from our collections in the Tugaloo Eiver and iu Toc-
coa Creek. None of these species are peculiar to the Savannah Basin.
The common Cyprinidcc are all of Tennessee Eiver types ; the others are
either species of general distribution, or else are shared with other
Southern streams.

In seining the Tugaloo Eiver, two rather unexpected features were
made manifest: first, the very small number of small fishes, both Cypri-
nidcc and Etheostomatidm inhabiting the river. There seem to be very
few species present, and these few are represented by very few individ-
uals. Although the islands below the mouth of Panther Creek fnrnish
a most excellent seining-ground, yet our fishing was a series of "water-
hauls". A single draw of the seine in the Saluda or the Etowah would
often yield more species and more individuals than were secured iu
the Tugaloo in a whole day.

30 CONTEIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

The second peculiarity of Ibe Tngaloo fauna is that its characteristic
fishes are all of t^'pes aljuudant in the Tennessee River, but not known
from any other of the Atlantic streams. Of these may be mentioned
Photogenis gulacturus, Luxllus coccof/eniSy Ht/flrophlox rubricrocevs, and
Catostomus nigricans. The close proximity of the sources of the Tugaloo
and the Little Tennessee, War Woman Cicek and Little Tennessee Eiver
rising on opposite sides of Rabun Gap, and of the Tallulah and the
Hiawassee, may perha|)s help to explain this anomaly of distribution.

etheostomatidj:.

Genus IIADROPTERUS Agassiz.

1. IIADROPTERUS NIGROFASCIATUS Ag.

A single large specimen was taken in Toccoa Creek, near Toccoa
Falls.

CENTEArvCIIID^.

Genus MICROPTERUS Lacepede.

2. MiCROPTERUS SALMOIDES {LaC.) Gill.
(Var. sahnoklcs.)

The small-mouthed Black Bass or "Trout'' of the Southern streams
{i. c, Savannah, Altamaha, Chattahoochee, Alabama) differs so con-
stantly from Northern representatives of the same species that the two
forms may be taken as geographical varieties of one species, and it is
probably worth while to distinguish each by name. The Labrus salmoi-
des of Lacepede was collected by Bosc near Charleston, S. C. It was
therefore presumably the Southern variety, which should be designated
as var. salmoides. The oldest name known to apply to the Northern
form is that of Bodianns achigau Raf. The Northern form may there-
fore be designated as Micmptcrus salmoides var. acliigan, whenever it is
deemed desirable to call attention to these variations.

The body is appreciably longer and slenderer in var. salmoides than
in var. achigan, the head being about 3^ in length instead of about 2f^.
The anal rays in salmoides are usually 10 instead of 11 ; the dorsal
formula X, I, 12, instead of X, 1, 13. The scales are larger in salmoides,
there being about 70 in the lateral line instead of 77. The coloration of
salmoides is uniformly unlike that of achigan. The lower part of the sides

FISHES OF THE SAVANNAH BASIN. 31

is marked by pretty regular lines of dark olive green spots along the
series of scales. The lower fins are usually more or less red, and the
black, yellow, and white coloration of the caudal fin, so conspicuous in
young specimens of the Northern ibrm — in the Western States, at least —
is not noticeable in the Southern variety.

This species is abundant in the tributaries of the Savannah, where it
is known as the " Trout ".

Genus XENOTIS Jordan.
3. Xenotis sanguinolentus {Agassiz) Jordan.
Jordan (1877), Aun. Lye. Nat. Hist. 318.

A single specimen of this beantifnl fish is in the National Museum
from Augusta, Ga. It is identical with my specimens from the Etowah,
mentioned in the paper above cited, but it is possibly not the species
to which Agassiz gave the name of sanguinolentus. The species of the
genus Xenotis are extremely difficult either to define or to recognize.

CYPRINODONTID^.

Genus ZYGONECTES Agassis.
4. ZYGONECTES NOTTii Agassiz.
A " Zygonectes guttatus " is recorded by Professor Agassiz from the
Savannah near Augusta. Professor Putnam informs me, from the ex-
amination of the type specimens, that the species is identical with Z.
nottii Ag.

SALMONID^..
Genus SALVELINUS Bicliardson.

5. SALVELINUS FONTINALIS {Mitch.) Gill (& JoT.

The common Brook Trout is very abundant in the clear tributaries of
the Chatuga and Toxaway Elvers, at the foot of the Blue llidge. This
is very near the southern limit of the species, although it is said to occur
in certain tributaries of the Upper Chattahoochee, farther west.

CYPEINID^.

Genus LUXILUS Rafinesqiie.
G. LuxiLue COCCOGENis {Cope) Jordan.
This beautiful species is common in the Tugaloo. The nutnerous
specimens were all pale, and showed only traces of the distinctive red
markings.

32 CONTKIBUTIONS TO NOETH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

Genus PHOTOGENIS Cope.
7. Photogenis galacturus {Cope) J. & B.

Hi/psUepis galacturus Cope (1870), Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. IGO

The. most abiindaut fish iu the Tugaloo. Our specimens were very
]>ale ami dull colored, but tbey are uot otberwise different from speci-
mens of P. galacturus from the Tennessee and Cumberland Eivers.

Genus HYDROPHLOX Jordan.
8. Hydrophlox rubricroceus ( Co])e) J. tD B.

Hyhopsis ruhricroceus Cope (186S), Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. 2:>1.

This surpassingly beautiful little lish abounds in the rock-pools of the
smaller tributaries of the Tugaloo. In Toccoa Creek, it is very abun-
dant, far outnumbering all other species. We obtained many speci-
mens from tbe pool at the foot of Toccoa Falls.

The life-colors are as follows: Dark steel-blue ; a dark lateral band of
coaly punctulations, which is usually distinct on the anterior half of
body, and passes through the eye around the snout. All tbe fins of a
rich clear red ; the dorsal rather crimson, the caudal pink, the lower fins
full bright scarlet. Head all pale !<carlet-rcd, the lower jaw flushed, as
if bloody, a lustrous streak along the sides, below which is a distinct
silvery lustre. Eyes silvery, somewhat flushed with re«l. In high
coloration, the entire body becomes more or less red. This red pig-
ment becomes more evident when a fish is first placed in alcobol. First
ray of dorsal dusky on anterior edge.

Top of head and whole ante-dorsal region iu males dusted with fine
wbite tubercles.

Female specimens are pale olivaceous or silvery.

Teeth 2, 4-4, 2, with masticatory surface, tbe edge of which is usually
crenate.

Tbis species and the preceding were hitherto known only i'rom tbe
headwaters of tbe Tennessee Eiver.

Genus CERATICIITHYS Baird.
9. Ceratichthys rubrifrons Jordan.

Novomis ruhrifrons Johdan (1877), Ann. N. Y. Lyceum Nat. Hist. 330.

A few spt^cimens of tbis species were taken. They were brighter in
color tbau the original types from the Ocmulgee. The muzzle was in
the males bright red, and the fins somewhat rosy.

FISHES OF THE SAVANNAH BASIN. 33

This species is related to C. hypsinotus (Cope), but has a less elevated
dorsal region and longer barbels.

10. Ceratichthys biguttatus iKirtland) Girarcl.

The "Horny Head" is abundant in all the small streams falling into
the Tugaloo. It furnishes much harmless si)ort for the amateur anglers
who yearly visit the beautiful Tallulah region.

CATOSTOMIDJ^.
Genus MYXOSTOMA Uafinesque.

' 11. MYXOST031A CERVINUM [Cope) JoT.

The little " Jump Rocks" occurs in some abundance in the Tugaloo
and its tributaries.

Genus CATOSTOMUS Le Sueur.

{HyJomyzon Agassiz.)
12. CATOSTOMUS NIGRTCANS Le S.

The Hog-sucker occurs in rapid waters of the Tugaloo and Toccoa.
It is not known to occur in any other of the Atlantic streams south of
the Potomac.

SILURID^.

• Genus AMIUEUS Rafinesqiie.
13. Amiurus platycephalus (Girarcl) Gill.

The original types of this species in the Smithsonian Institution were
from a tributary of the Savannah at Anderson, S. C.

Genus ICHTHJ^LURUS Rqfinesque.

14. ICHTH^LURUS PUNGTATUS (Rof.) Jor.

The common "Channel Cat" is found in some abundance in the Tu-
galoo Eiver.

ANGUILLIDJ].

Genus ANGUILLA Tlnmherg.

15. Anguilla vulgaris Fleming.

The common Eel is an inhabitant of the waters of the Tugaloo.
Bull. N. M. No. 12—3

34 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY ITT.

III. — WATER-BASIN OF THE ALTAMAHA RIVER.

Twenty-three species are known to occur in tlie water-basin of tlie
AUamalia, exclusive of tlie Shad {AJosa sapidtsshna), which ascends all
the Southern rivers until prevented by the dams Of these twenty-three,
lour arc known only from the Oconee and Ocmulgee, viz, Nothonotus
i)iscriptus, Hydrophlox lutipinnis, Codom a calHsema, aud Codoma xcenura.
The others are chiefly species of general distribution. Five species were
obtained by the writers in the headwaters of the Oconee Eiver, viz,
Nothonotus inscriptufi, ]\Iicropieri(S salmoides. Ilydrophlox lutipinnis, Cerat-
ichthys ruhrifrons, aud Geratichthys Mguttatus. The other species men-
tioued below are from the Ocmulgee.

ETHEOSTOMATIDiE.
Genus HADROPTERUS Agassis.

1. HADROPTERUS NIGROFASCIATUS Agass'lZ. .

Taken at the Flat Sboals in the South Fork of the Ocmulgee.
Genus BOLEOSOMA BeKay.

2. BOLEOSOMA MACULATIOEPS Co])e.

A specimen, apparently of this species, from the Ocmulgee Eiver at
Macon, Ga.

Genus NOTHONOTUS Agassis.

3. NOTHONOTUS INSCRIPTUS, Sp. 710V.

Body rafher stout and deep, pretty strongly compressed behind, less
Ko anteriorly : depth 4f in length : caudal peduncle rather deep.

Head large, 4| in length, rather obtuse, the profile quite gibbous :
a considerable angle formed opposite the eyes, which are high up and
rather close together.

Eye about equal to snout, 3J in head. Mouth moderate, slightly ob-
lique, the maxillary reaching eye, the upper jaw the longer. Cheeks
and opercles entirely scaleless, as in N. tlialassinus. Eegion in front of
dorsal scaly: breast naked. Belly covered with ordinary scales. Scales
rather large, closely imbricated, the lateral line continuous and nearly
straight. Scales 5-46-5.

Fins well developed. The spinous dorsal larger than the soft dorsal,

FISHES OF THE ALTAMAHA BASIN. 35

which is somewhat larger than the anal ; the two dorsal fins connected
by membrane. Dorsal Xl-I, 11. Anal II, 8.

Dorsal spines a little more than half the length of head. Pectorals
and ventrals well developed.

Color, in spirits : Olive, with an orange spot on on each scale, these
forming continuons lines along the rows of scales. These lines are quite
conspicuous, as in Xenisma catenatum. Three dark blotches across the
back : one in front of dorsal, forming a black spot on the anterior dor-
sal spines ; one between the two dorsal fins, forming a similar black
spot on the last part of the spinous dorsal; and one on the caudal pedun-
cle, behind the second dorsal.

Sides with about six irregular dark olive blotches just below the
lateral line. Second dorsal, caudal, and pectoral extensively dusky-
shaded. Anal unicolor. Head dusky above, a dark line downward, and
one forward from eye.

A female specimen taken lacked the lines of orange spots, and it was
more distinctly blotched on the sides. In life, the male specimen had
the entire anal fin, the cheeks, opercles, and a bar below the eye bright
blue. The extreme edge of the spinous dorsal was blackish; below this
bright orange red, and a dusky bar at the base. The colored lines of
spots were ferruginous, or scarlet-red, rather than orange.

Length 2^ Inches.

Two specimens only were taken, in the upper waters of the Oconee
Eiver, at Sulphur Springs, in Hail County, Georgia.

This is one of the most beautiful of this interesting genus. In the
smooth head, it resembles JV. Ihalassinus, and differs from the others
known. The entirely dissimilar coloration separates it at once from If.
thalassimis.

CENTEAECHIDJE.

Genus MICROPTERUS Lacepede.

4. MiCROPTEEUS SALMOIDES (LaG.) GUI.

Var. salmoides.
Abundant in the Oconee and Ocmulgee.

Genus CH^NOBRYTTUS Gill.
5. Ch^nobryttus viridis (C. & V.) Jordan.
The "War-mouth Perch" is abundant in tbe Ocmulgee.

36 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NOETH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

Genus LEPI0P0:MUS Bafinesque.
G. Lepiopomus auritus (i.) Raf.
Commou in the Ocmulgee Eiver,

Genus CENTRARCHUS Cuvier S VaJenciennes.

7. CENTRARCHUS MACROPTERUS {Lacepede) Jordan.

Several specimeus of the large-finned Centrarclms are in the United
States National Museum, from the Ocmulgee River, near Macon, Ga.
The characters distinguishing this species from C. irideus are given in
Bulletin No. 10 of the National Museum, p. 31.

mOGWM.

Genus ESOX Linnaeus.
8. Esox RETicuLATXTS Le Sueur.
Found in the Ocmulgee River.

CYPRINID^.

Genus ALBURNOPS Girard.
(Subgenus HUDSONIUS (}rd.)

9. ALBURNOPS AMARUS {Grd.) Jordan.

Hifhopsis Jiudsonius var. amarus Jordan (1877), Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. 362.

Very abundant in the South Fork of the Ocmulgee. This is possibly
not Girard's amarus^ but at present I think that it is. Leuciscus spir-
Hngulns C. & V. seems to be A. hudsoniiis.

Genus HYDROPHLOX Jordan.

10. HYDROPHLOX LUTIPINNIS, sp. nOV.

A brilliantly colored little fish allied to H. ruhricroceus.

Body stout and rather strongly compressed, the depth 4^ in length,
the dorsal region somewhat elevated, the outline of the back sloping
each way from the base of the dorsal fin.

Head short and rather deep, 4 to 4^ in length, broad and flattish

FISHES OF THE ALTAMAHA BASIN. 37

above, the muzzle moderately rouuded. Eye rather large, uearly as
loug as the muzzle, 3^ to 3i| iu head.

Mouth large, quite oblique, the maxillary reaching to orbit, the man-
dible included.

Scales medium, 6-40-3, rather closely imbricated, about 21 in front
of the dorsal. Dorsal nearer caudal than muzzle, distinctly behind the
veutrals. Dorsal 1, 8. Anal I, 8. Pectorals not reaching nearly to vea-
trals, the latter not to vent.

Color, in spirits: Clear olive; a dark, burnished, plumbeous lateral
band, which extends through the eye and up the caudal fin : whole
body bright crimson : fins jellow.

Colors, in life : Clear olive above, with very intense green dorsal
and vertebral lines; an intense metallic blackish baud along sides;
below this the sides bright silvery, iu the males bright, clear red, the
color of red berries ; the whole body more or less flushed with red, the
belly especially bright : iris crimson.

Fins all bright golden-yellow : silvery space below eye strongly
marked : tip of lower jaw black.

Teeth 2, 4-4, 2, with masticatory surface developed.

Length 2^ to 3 iuches.

This species is extremely abundant in the headwaters of the Oconee,
in clear rapid streams. It is one of the most brilliant of the genus.

Hydrophlox lutipinnis is deeper-bodied than H. riibncroeeus. It has
also a smaller mouth and different coloration, especially of the fins. From
A. chlorocephaliis, it differs in the larger mouth, larger size, and smaller
scales : the pectoral aud ventral fins are also usually shorter. The
teeth, also, are 2, 4, instead of 1, 4.

Genus CODOMA Girard.

11. CoDOMA x^NURA Jordan.
Minnilus (Photogenis) xcenurus Joudan (1877), Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 79.

This beautiful fish is the most abundant species iu the rapids of the
Ocmulgee at Flat Shoals.

12. CoDOMA CALLISEMA Jordan.

Ej)isema ealUsema Jt)UDAN (1877), Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. 3G3.

This species, oue of the most elegant of the genus, is very abundant
in the South Fork of the Ocuiulgee. It differs from the other species of

38 CONTEIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

the geuus in the presence of a single row of teeth and in the more ante-
rior position of the dorsal, which is scarcely at all posterior to the ven-
trals. It is, however, rather a Codoma than an Episema.

Genus XOTEMIGONUS Rafinesque.

13. NOTEMIGONUS AMERICANUS {L.) Jor.

Xotemigonus ischanus Jordan (1877), Anu. Lye. Nat. Hist. 3G4.

Very abundant everywhere in the Ocmulgee in still or deep waters.
Adult specimens have the lower fins yellow, tipped with scarlet.

Genus CERATICHTHYS Baird.

14. CERATICHTHYS RUBRiFRONS Jordan.

Xocomis rubrifrons Jordan (1877), Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. 330.

This handsome little fish was first described from the Ocmulgee River,
where it is abundant. It is also common in the Oconee.

15. CERATICHTHYS BIGUTTATUS {Klft.) Girard.

Abundant in the Oconee ; not noticed in the Ocmulgee.

Genus SEMOTILUS Rafinesque.

16. Se^jotilus cokporalis {Mit) Putnam.

From a small brook, tributary to the Ocmulgee. In the South, this
species is almost confined to the smaller creeks and spring runs.

CATOSTOMIDiE.
Genus MYXOSTOMA Rafinesque.

17. Myxostoma CERViNUM {Cope) Jordan.

The little "Jump Rocks" is very abundant at the Flat Shoals of the
Ocmulgee.

18. Myxostoma papillosum {Cope) Jordan.

Common in the Ocmulgee.

Genus ERIMYZON Jordan.

19. Erimyzon sucetta {Lac) Jordan.
From the Ocmulgee.

FISHES OF THE CHATTAHOOCHEE BASIN. 39

SlLURIDiE.

Genus ICHTHJ^LURUS Bafimsque.
20. ICHTH^Lunus PUNCTATUS {Eajinesque) Jordan.
Very common in tLe Ocmulgee.

Genus AMIURUS Rafinesque.

21. Amiubus marmoratus {Eolbrook) Jordan.

A single specimen is in the National Museum, collected by Dr. Hol-
brook in the Altamaha Kiver. The species occurs in abundance in tbe
streams and sloughs of Southern Illinois.

22. Amiurus brunneus Jordan.

Very abundant in the Ocmulgee, from which river it was first de-
scribed.

ANGUILLIDJ].

Genus ANGUILLA Thunherg.
23. Anguilla vulgaris Fleming.
Eels occur in all tbe larger tributaries of the Oconee and Ocmulgee.

JV. — WATER BASIN OF THE CHATTAHOOCHEE RIVER.

Our collections in tbe Chattahoochee Basiti have been rather unsatis-
factory, as only twenty-one species have been obtained. Of these, three
seem to be characteristic of the river, and have not yet been obtained else-
where : Semotilus thoreauianus, Photogenis (cucopiis, and Codoma eury-
stonia. Tbe other species taken are found also either in the Altamaha
or Alabama, or both.

The Chattahoochee is noteworthy as being, so far as is at present
known, the easternmost limit in the Southern States of the Rock Bass
[Ambloplites rnpestris) and the Eed Horse {Myxostoma duquesnii), as the
westernmost limit of the range of the " Green Cat" {Amiurus brunneus),
the War-mouth Perch [ChcenobryUus viridis), and the "Jump Eocks"
[Myxostoma cer.vinum). It is also the westernmost of the series of riv-
ers — Great Pedee, Santee, Savannah, Altamaha, and Chattahoochee —
in which Lnxilus cornutus does not occur.

40 CONTRIBUTIONS '10 NOiiill AMLlilCAN ICHTHYOLOGY HI.

Four of the si)ecii's Leie iiieniioiied wi'ic collected several years
ago by Dr. Hiigb M. ll^eisler at some point in Georgia, the record of the
locality not certainly preserved, but supposid to be Flint River, and are
now in the Musenm of tbe Smithsonian Institution. These are Canipo-
stoma anomahuH, Semoliins thorcauianus, Codoma J'orniosa {''■ grandipin-
nis"), and Aphododerus sayanus ['•' Aster notremia mesotrema ").

ETHEOSTOMATID^.

Genus HADROPTERUS Agassis.

1. Hadropterus nigrofasciatus Agassiz.

Abundant at the ^Shallow Ford of the Chattahoochee near Gaines-
ville, Ga.

CENTKARCHIDJE.

Genus MICROPTERUS Laccpede.

2. Micropterus pallidus {Eof.) G. <& J.
Not very abundant.

3. Micropterus salmoides {Lac.) Gill.
Yery common.

Genus AMBLOPLITES Rafinesque.

4. AMBLOPLITES RUPESTRIS {Raf.) GUI.

Abundant.

Genus LEPIOPOMUS Bafinesque.

5. Lepiopomus pallidus {Mit.) G. & J.

(Ichthells incisor Holbrook.)

A few specimens taken in Peach Tree Creek near Atlanta.

6. Lepiopomus auritus (L.) Raf.

Abundant at the Shallow Ford of the Chattahoochee. My speciuieus
are more elongate than those from the Saluda, and they differ some-
what in coloration and squaination. The dark blotches at the base
of the dorsal are wanting. I am not, however, disposed to consider
them as specifically distinct.

FISHES OF THE CHATTAHOOCHEE BASIN. 41

APIIODODERIDJB..

Genus APHODODERUS Le Sueur.

7. Aphododbkus say anus [Gill) DcK.

The specimeu described iu Bulletiu l^o. 10, U. S. Nat. Mus., as Aster-
notremia mesotrema Jor., doubtless belongs to this species. The " genus "
Aster notremia is probably an immature stage of Aphodod ems.

OYPRINID^.

Genus PHOTOGENIS Cope.

8. PHOTOGENIS LEUCOPUS, Sp. nOV.

A slender, rather i)laiu species, closely resembling Photofjenis nireus
from the Saluda.

Body elongate, compressed, tapering toward the snout and the long
caudal peduncle. Depth 4^ in length. Head moderate, 4^ in length,
larger than in P. niveus, rather i^ointed, wide on top. Snout rather
long and somewhat pointed. Mouth large, quite oblique, the intermax-
illaries on the level of the pupil : upper jaw slightly longest. Eye
moderate, rather less than snout, 3^ in head. Scales moderate, rather
closely imbricated, but less so than in P. analostamis, 0-39-3.

Fins moderate, D. I, 8, A. I, 8, the dorsal evidently behind the ven-
trals. Pectorals not reaching nearly to veutrals, the latter not quite to
vent. Neither dorsal nor anal specially elevated.

Teeth 1, 4-4, 1, hooked, with narrow grinding surfaces and usually
somewhat creuate.

Color olivaceous, the sides bright silvery : a rather inconspiciious
dark blotch on last rays of dorsal, as in related species. A round black
spot, nearly as large as eye, at base of caudal, precisely as in Codoma
eurystoina. In life, the coloration is pale ', the dorsal fin is chiefly of a
clear yellowish-green color, as though yellowish pigment were mixed
with white ; the upper part is of a pale ferrugineousred and the extreme
tip milky-white. The caudal fin is ferrugineous, with miik-white tips.
The lower fins, especially the ventrals, are milk-white. The snout iu
males is tuberculate, and very minute prickles occur on the sides of the
caudal peduncle. Length 3i to 4 inches.

Very abundant in the Chattahoochee Eiver at the Shallow Ford ; not
noticed elsewhere.

42 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III.

Compared with P. niveus, P. leucopus Las a different form, tlie dorsal
region is less elevated, and the nuchal region less dei)ressed. The mouth
is larger, the maxillary extending to nearly opposite the eye, instead of
falling sbort. The eye is larger and the mouth is less inferior in P. leu-
eopus. The coloration is somewhat different.

Fhotogenis leucopus also resembles Codovia cvrystoma^ but that species
has a heavier head, larger e;^'e, stouter body, and different dentition and
coloration.

Genus CODOMA Girard.

9. CODOMA EURYSTOMA Jordan.
Fhotogenis eurystomus Jordan (1877), Ann. Lye. Nut. Hist. 356.

This is the most abundant Cyprinoid in the tributaries of the Chat-
tahoochee River. It frequents especially the cold streams, but does not
seem to be adverse to mud. In Suwannee Creek, a deep, cold, muddy
stream flowing tbrough the woods, this was almost the only species
obtained.

Its life-colors are as follows : General color of Luxilus cornutus on body,
l)ut the sides with considerable coppery lustre. Dorsal fin with a sharp,
black, horizontal bar about half-way up. In young fishes, this bar is
red. Tbe fin above is somewhat milky; below, it is pale. There is a
small, but distinct, round, black, caudal spot. Tlie caudal fin is cbiefly
of a rather dull ferruginous red. The base of the fin is pale, the tips
rather milky. The anal fiu is unmarked. There are gilt lines along the
back and sides. A dark humeral bar is usually present, and the upper
edge of the pectoral fin is largely black.

The teeth of this species are usually 1, 4-4, 1, as at first described,
but we have found several individuals 1, 4-4, 2. This si)ecies resembles
somewhat Phoiogenis leucopus^ but it is stouter every way, with deeper
body, larger head, and much larger eye.

10. CoDo:\rA Formosa (Putnam) Jordan.

{Alburnus formosus Putnaiu, Leucisciis hiipseloptenis Giintber, Phologenis gmmUjnnni/i

Jordan.)

The typical specimens of P. grandipinnu are supposed to have beer,
collected in Flint River. Leucisciis hypselopterus of Giintlier is doubtless
the same species. We follow Giinther in identifying Alburnus formosus
Putnam as the same, although there is little iu the very imperfect orig-
inal description to warrant it.

FISHES OF THE CHATTAHOOCHEE BASIN. 43

Genus CAMPOSTOMA AgassU

11. Campostoma anomalum {Rc(f.) A(j.

Specimens in Dr. Neisler's collection, supposed to have been taken in
the Flint River, in Taylor Connty, Georgia.

Genus SEMOTILUS Bafinesque.

12. Semotilus thoreauianus Jordan.

The types are in Dr. Neisler's collection, probably from Flint Eiver.

Genus CERATICHTHYS Baird.
13. CERATICHTHYS BiGUTTATUS {Kirlland) Girard.
Very abundant in the Chattahoochee.

oatostomidj:.

Genus MYXOSTOMA Bafinesque.

14. Myxosto:ma duquesnii {Le Sueur) Jordan.

A species which we are unable to distinguish I'rom the common "Eed
Llorse" of the Ohio is abundant in the Chattahoochee.

15. Myxostcma cervinum Co^e.

A few specimens taken in the Shallow Ford.

Genus ERIMYZON Jordan.
10. Erimyzon sucetta [Lac.) Jor.
From Peach Tree Creek near Atlanta.

BILURIDJ]].
Genus ICHTHiELURUS Bafinesque.

17. ICHTHiELURUS PUNCTATUS [Ecif.) Jor.

The Channel Cat is exceedingly abundant in the Chattahoochee.

44 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NOKTU AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

Genus AMIURUS Bajinesque.

18. Amiurus brunneus Jordan.

This is tlie most abuudaut edible fish in the Chattahoochee. We
secured upwards of loity large specimens in two hours' seining at the
Shallow Ford. It grows to the length of about IS inches, and is ninch
valued as food. It is usually known as the Mud Cat.

Genus NOTURUS Bqfinesquc.
19, NoTURUS LEPTACANTHUS Jordan.

Xuturu8 leptacanthus Jordan (1877), Anu. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. oo2.

This species was originally described from a single specimen taken in
Silver Creek, a tributary of the Etowah. A second specimen, similar
to tlie first, was taken by us at the Shallow Ford during the ])ast sum-
mer, and since then a third, at the same locality as the first. In color,
this species is of a rich pale transparent brown, ver^' slightly niottU'd
with darker.

LEPIDOSTEID^.
Genus LEPIDOSTEUS Lacepede.

20. LEPIDOSTEUS OSSEUS (L.) Ag.
Taken at the Shallow Ford.

ANGUILLIDJ]].
Genus ANGUILLA Thiinberg.

21. AnGtUILLA vulgaris Fleming.
Eels, of course, abound in the Chattahoochee.

V. — WATER BASIN OF THE ALABAMA RIVER.

The fish-fauna of the Alabama River is now better known than that
of any other tif the Southern streams. Fifty -five species are now known
as inhabitants of that river and of its great tributaries, the Etowah,
Oostanaula, and Coosa. A slight examination of any suitable tributary
of the Alabama is suflBcient to show that it is much richer in species
than are any of the rivers lying to the eastward of it.

Of these fifty-six species, thirteen are as yet only known from the

FISHES OF THE ALABAMA BASIN. 45

Alabama Basin. These are: Xcnisma steWfennn, Zygonectes guitatus,
Zygonectes hieroglypJiiciis , Uyclrophlox xcc7iociphalus, HydropMox chroso-
mtis, Codoma caUistia, Codoiua trichroistia, Codoma coendea, Codoma
stigmaturaj Notropis siilhins, Phenacohhts catostoinus, Catostovius nigri-
cans etovarms, and Myxostoma euryops. 1 exclude from this enameration
one or two species recorded from the Black Warrior River, as it is
likely that the fauna of that stream will prove, in part at least, different.
Certain common Northern or Western types, apparently absent in the
streams hitherto noticed, make their appearance in the waters of the
Alabama. Among these are LnxiJus cornutns, Kotemigonus chrysolencus,
Cliccnobrytfus giilosns, Hyodon, Fhenacobius, etc.

ETHEOSTOMATIDiE.

Genus PERCINA Haldeman.
1. Percina caprodes {Eaf.) Grd.
Abundant : precisely like Northern specimens.

Genus HADROPTERUS Agassis.

2, HADROPTERUS NIGROFASCIATUS AgaSSlZ.

Abundant: first described from near Mobile.

Genus ULOCENTRA Jordan.
3. Ulocentra stigm^a Jordan.
Boleosoma stigmcea Jordan (1877), Aun. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. 311.

Common in clear water. This species also occurs in the streams of

Louisiana.

Genus BOLEICHTHYS Girard.

4. BoLEiCHTHYS ELEOANS Girard.

Abundant in clear, weedy ponds. This may not be identical with
Girard's species, which was originally described from Texas.

PERCID^.

Genus STIZOSTETHIUM Bafinesque.

5. STIZOSTETHIUM SALMONEUM Rafitiesque.

In the river-channels of the Oostanaula. We have had no opportu-
nity to examine specimens, and we are not sure that the Alabama fish
is the original salmoneum.

4^ CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

CENTEAROHIDJ].

Genus MICROPTERUS Lacefede.

6. MlCROPTERUS PALLIDUS [Raf.) G. & J.

Abundant.

7. MiOROPTERUS SALMOIDES {LaC.) GUI.

(Yar. salmuides.)

Abundant, but less so than the preceding. The two species are
known indiscriminately as " Trout ".

Genus CH^NOBRYTTUS Gill.
8. Ch^nobryttus gulosus {C. & V.) Gill.
From the Alabama River at Montgomery.

Genus AMBLOPLITES Rafmesque.

9. AMBLOPLITES RUPESTRIS [Uaf.) GUI.

From the Etowah and Oostanaula; rather common.
Genus LEPIOPOMUS Bofinesque.

10. LEPIOPOMUS PALLIDUS {MU.) G. & J.

Abundant in the Etowah and Oostanaula.

11. LEPIOPOMUS OBSCURUS {Agassiz) Jor.
Not rare in the Etowah and Oostanaula.

Genus XENOTIS Jordan.
12. Xenotis inscriptus (Agassiz) Jor.
From the Oostanaula.

13. Xenotis sanguinolentus (Agassiz) Jor.
Very abundant in the Etowah and Oostanaula.

Genus EUPOMOTIS GUI d Jordan.

14. EuPOMOTis PALLIDUS (Agassiz) G. & J.
Specimens from the Alabama River near JMontgomery. This species
and the three preceding were first described from the Tennessee River
in Alabama.

FISHES OF THE ALABAMA BASIN. 47

Genus CENTRARCHUS Cuvier £ Valenciennes.

15. CENTRARCHUS IRIDEUS (Lac.) C. & V.

Specimens from Alabama Eiver, at Montgomeryj similar to others
from the Neuse aud from about Charleston. This species has been
found by Prof. S. A. Forbes in Southern Illinois.

Genus POMOXYS Rafinesque.

16. PoMOXYS NiGROMACULATUS {Le S.) Givard.
Specimens from the Alabama Kiver at Montgomery.

17. POMOXYS ANNULARIS Raf.

From Bound Lake near Montgomery.

SCIJENIDiE.

Genus HAPLOIDONOTUS Bafinesque.
18. HAPLOIDONOTUS GRUNNIENS Rafinesqiw.
Abundant in the Oostanaula.

COTTID^.

Genus POTAMOCOTTUS Gill
19. POTAMOCOTTUS MERiDioNALis [Girard) Gill.

Potamocoitus carolivce Gill (1861), Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.
Poiamocoltus zopherus Jordan (1877), Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. 320.

Exceedingly abundant in all the clear and cold tributaries of the
Etowah, Oostanaula, and Coosa. Many specimens from the cold waters
of the Cave Spring Creek. We are unable to satisfactorily distinguish
the forms called zopJiertis, carolince, and 7neridionaUs, and, believing them
specifically identical, we unite them under the oldest name.

APHODODERIDiE.

Genus APHODODERUS Le Sueur.

( Aphredoderiis lie S. ', Sternotrcmia 'Nelson.)
20. APHODODERUS SAY ANUS [GilUams) DeKay.
Specimens from Alabama River near Montgomery. The fish de-
scribed by Professor Jordan from Flint River, under the name of As-
ternotreinia mesotrema, is undoubtedly a variation of this species.

48 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

CYPRINODONTIDJE.

Genus XENISMA Jordan.

21. Xenisma stelliferum Jordan.

Xenisma steWfera Jordan (1877), Aun. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. 322.

This most exquisitely colored fish is verj- abundant in all the clear
tributaries of the Etowah, Oostanaula, and Coosa. It prefers cold
waters, and ascends the " spring-runs" to their fountain-heads.

Genus ZYGONECTES Agassis.

22. Zygonectes nottii Agassiz.

Many specimens in the Museum of the Academy of I^atural Sciences
of Philadelphia, from near Mobile. This and the next belong to the
group of short-bodied species called Micristius by Professor Gill.

23. Zygonectes guttatus Agassiz.
Recorded by Professor Agassiz from near Mobile.

24. Zygonectes hieroglyphicus Agassiz.

Recorded by Professor Agassiz from near Mobile. We have never
seen either this or the preceding, and doubt if any one will ever recog-
nize them from the published descriptions.

ESOCIDJ].

Genus ESOX LinncBUS.

25. Esox RETicuLATUS Le Sueur.

Abundant in tributaries of the Etowah.

26. Esox RAVENELi HolbrooJc.

A few specimens in the United States National Museum from the
Alabama River.

HYODONTIDiE.

Genus HYODON Le Sueur.
27. Hyodon selenops Jordan & Bean.
Hijodon aelmopa Jordan &l Bean (1877), Bulletin U. S. Nat. Mus. x. 65.

A single specimen in the National Museum from the Alabama River
at Montgomery.

FISHES OF THE ALABAMA BASIN. 49

DOROSOMATIDJE.
Genus DOROSOMA Rafinesque.

28. DOROSOMA CEPEDIANUM {Lac.) GUI.

(Var. heterurum Raf.)
Specimens in the United States National Museum from Round Lake
at Montgomery, Ala.

CYPElNIDiE.

Genus CAMPOSTOMA Agassis.

29. CAMPOSTOMA ANOMALUM {Rof.) Ag.

Var. prolixum (Storer).
Abundant in the Etowah and Oostanaula.

Genus LUXILUS Bafinesque.

30. LUXTLUS CORNUTUS {Mit.) Jor.

Very abundant in all the tributaries of the Etowah, Oostanaula, and
Coosa Elvers.

My specimens do not obviously differ from those from New York and
the Northwest.

Genus HYDROPHLOX Jordan
31. Hydrophlox chrosomus Jordan.

Ilyhopsis chrosomus Jordan (1877), Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. 333.

Very abundant in the clear tributaries of the Oostanaula, Coosa, and
Etowah. In Cedar Creek, at Cave Spring, it is the commonest species
occurring in the clear, cold waters, with Codoma callistia and Xenisma
stelliferum. None of our Cyprinidce excel Hydroplilox chrosomus in deli-
cacy of coloration. It is of a clear hyaline-green above; clear silvery
below : a scarlet band straight from upper edge of opercle to caudal :
dorsal, anal, and caudal each with a scarlet bar. In this species, the
mouth is rather less terminal than is usual in the group called Hydrophlox.

32. Hydrophlox x^nocephalus Jordan.

Hyiopsis crcEnocephahts Jordan (1877), Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. 334.

With the preceding, but rather less common. This species bears some
resemblance to the young of Codoma callistia.
Bull. N. M. No. 12—4

50 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

Genus CODOMA Girard.
33. CoDOMA STIGMATURA Jordan.

Photogenis stigmaturus Jordan (1877), Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y.337.

This elegant species is very abundant in the tributaries of the Eto-
wah, Oostanaula, and Coosa. In those streams which are neither very
clear and cold nor very muddy, it is usually the most abundant species.

34. CoDOMA CALLiSTiA Jordan.

Photogenis callistius Jordan (1877), Ann, Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. 337.

A large, ornate species, more brilliantly colored than the preceding,
but less graceful in form. Female specimens are dull dark olive, with
the dorsal fin brick-red. This species occurs with the preceding, but is
rather less abundant.

35. CoDOMA TRICHROISTIA Jordan & Gilbert, sp. nov.

A small, slender species, graceful in form and elegant in coloration.
It is most nearly related to C. calUstia, but may be readily distinguished.

Body rather slender, considerably compressed, the depth 4^ in length.
Head rather slender and pointed, 4^ in length. Eye of moderate size,
3^ in head. Mouth quite large, very oblique, the maxillary extending
to opposite the anterior margin of the eye, and the premaxillaries
being on a level with the middle of the pupil, the mouth thus being
similar to that of the species of Notropis. In C. caUistia, the mouth is
much more interior, nearly horizontal; the niaxillaries do not extend to
the eye, and the premaxillaries are entirely helow the level of the orbit.

Scales rather closely imbricated, G-42-3 ; lateral line considerably
decurved, usually with an abrupt angulation between pectorals and ven-
trals; 18 or 19 scales before dorsal lin (15 or IG in C. calHstia).

Fins moderately developed : dorsal well behind ventrals, rather nearer
caudal than muzzle. Dorsal I, 7. Anal I, 9. Pectorals falling some-
what short of ventrals; the latter reaching beyond vent nearly to base
of anal.

Color: Bright steel-blue above : sides bright silvery ; in males, more
or less milky. A large black spot at base of caudal, precisely as in G.
calUstia, not nearly so distinct as in G. stigmatura. Head silvery; above
bluish. Dorsal fin with a broad, dusky, horizontal band at base; the
membrane of the last rays above jet-black, blacker than in the other
species; the tip of the fin milk-white. The rest of the dorsal fin, espe-

FISHES OF THE ALABAMA BASIN. 51

cially the anterior part, is of a bright pale vermillion-red. The caudal
fin is chiefly rosy, the tips milk-white. The anal is milky, with a decided
flush of rose-color. The ventrals are milky.

Female specimens are duller, but the black fin-markings and the cau-
dal spot are similar in all. In the female of C. calUstia, the dorsal mark-
ings are obliterated.

In the males, in spring, the head and anterior dorsal region are rather
sparsely tuberculate. The caudal peduncle and the space below the
lateral line as far forward as the ventrals are covered with similar
tubercles.

Teeth 1, 4-4, 1, of the usual type, hooked and sharp-edged. Maxi-
mum length 23 inches. C. callistia reaches a length of 4 inches.

Codoma trichroistia is very abundant in the clear tributaries of the
Etowah and Oostanaula. Specimens were taken by Messrs. Jordan and
Gilbert in 1876. but the species was at first confounded by us with C.
callistia, which it much resembles in coloration. The entirely different
mouth will distinguish the two species at once.

36. Erogala c^rulba Jordan.

Photogenis cceruleus Jordan (1877), Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. 338.

This most delicate and graceful fish has thus far been only found in
the Oostanaula River and its tributary. Rocky Creek. It prefers clear
waters.

37. Codoma Formosa {Putnam) Jordan.

The typical specimens of Alburnus formosus Putnam and of Leucisciis
hypselopterus Giinther were obtained from near Mobile. The species
therefore belongs to the fauna of the Alabama Basin. Giinther's
description applies well to '■^Photogenis grandipinnis Jor.", and Alburnus
formosus is probably the same.

The following is an analysis of the characters of the species of the

subgenus Urogala at present known : —

Section I. Anal fin elongate, its rays 1, 10, or 1, 11 : teeth 1, 4-4, 1.

a. Dorsal fin entirely posterior to ventrals, its rays, in males, longer than head, reach-
ing nearly to the base of the caudal : body short, much compressed : back
elevated; depth 4 in length: head 4^: mouth large, very oblique, the
jaws equal : black dorsal blotch very distinct : a distinct black caudal
spot: coloration and tubercles unknown: size small; length 2^ in-
ches FORMOSA, 1.

aa. Dorsal fin sligJitly posterior to ventrals, its longest rays, in males, shorter than
the head, and not reaching nearly to base of caudal: caudal pedunchj
tuberculate : fins with much red : size medium ; length 3i inches.

52 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

i. Body deep, comxnessed ; depth 3^ to 3| in length : tins all greatly elevated; the
height of the dorsal five-sixths the length of the head : nmzzle, anterior
part of dorsal fin, and a bioad crescent in the middle of the caudal fin
bri"-ht scarlet: posterior margin of caudal blackish; no black spot at
base of caudal pyrkhomelas, 2.

bb. Body more elongate, less compressed, its depth 4 to 4;^^ in length : fins all rather
low, the longest dorsal ray scarcely f length of head : dorsal, anal, and
caudal fins chiefly bright crimson: no definite dark margin to caudal:

a faint black caudal spot xjsnuka, 3.

Section II. Anal fin short, its rays 1, 8, or 1,9.

* Teeth one-rowed, 4-4. Dorsal tin scarcely at all posterior to ventrals, its first ray
nearer snout than base of caudal: body elongate, compressed: month
smallish, oblique, rather inferior : dorsal fin greatly elevated, the longest
ray, in males, longer than the head : black dorsal blotch well marked:
dorsal, anal, and caudal fins chiefly of a br ght ferrugiuous-oraugc ;
a blue streak along sides : size small ; length '2| inches., .callkskma, 4.
** Teeth two-rowed, 1, 4-4, 1 (often 1, 4-4, 2, in C. eurystoma).

c. Black markings of the dorsal fin not in the form of a horizontal bar across the
tin.
d. Adult males without red markings on the fins.

e. No distinct black or dark blue spot at base of caudal : body short and deep,
strongly compressed: fins not greatly elevated, the dorsal largely of a
bright lustrous pale green : black dorsal markings distinct : a bluish
streak along sides : males with the whole bodj^ tubercnlate, except the
space anterior to the ventrals and below the lateral line : head pointed :
mouth oblique, the upper jaw jirojecting : size small; length 3 in-
ches CHLOKISTIA, 5.

ee. A rather faint dark blue caudal spot, preceded by a very distinct lateral
band of clear blue : sides chiefly blue and silvery : fins clear yellow, the
black markings obscure: body slender: mouth small: fins not greatly'
elevated : size small ; length 2f inches cjekulea, (i.

eee. A large, very conspicuous jet-black spot at base of caudal : body elongate,
moderately compressed : color jiale olivaceous or bluish: sides silvery :
fin-markings rather obscure : fins rather low : mouth oblique, the lower
jaw the shorter: scales large; size large: length^ inches, stigmatura, 7.
dd. Adult males v/ith the vertical fins chiefly red : a well-marked black caudal
spot, less distinct than in C. siigmatura.
f. Mouth largo, quite oblique, the jaws about equal, the nlaxillary reach-
ing to opposite the eye and Ihe 2)rcmaj:iUarit'.s anUriorlt/ on the level of
the pupil : body slender, compressed : dorsal fin dusky at base, jet-black
on last rays, the fin otherwise, as well as the anal and caudal pale ver-
milliou : caudal peduncle tubercnlate: dorsal markings usually distinct

in both sexes : size small ; length 2| inches trichkoistia, 8.

ff. Mouth nearly horizontal, overlapped by the heavy snout, the maxillary
not reaching to the eye, and the 2)remaxiUaries anteriorly below the level
of the orbit : dorsal fin dusky at the base and on the last rays, the greater
part of the fin, as well as of the caudal, bright carmine : coloration of
body quite dark, blue in males, olive in females : dorsal markings obscure
in the latter: body stout, not greatly compressed, the back somewhat

elevated: size large ; length 4 inches Callistia, 9.

cc. Black markings of tlie dorsal fin in the form of a horizontal bar across the fin
midway: body stout and deep, not greatly compressed: head he.ivy :
mouth large, oblique, with ecjual jaws: eye very large ; a small but dis-
tinct black caudal spot : fins with pae red : teeth sometimes 1, 4-4, 2:
size large ; length 4 inches : appearance of Luxilus eurystoma, 10.

FISHES OF THE ALABAMA BASIN. 53

Genus NOTROPIS Uafinesqiie.
38. NoTROPis LiRus Jordan.

Nototropis Virus Jordax (1877), Add. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. 342.

Common in tributaries of the Etowab, Oostauaula, and Coosa in still,
deep waters. This species is not, by any means, a typical member of
the genus. In form, coloration, squamation, and nuptial tubercles, it
resembles the species of LytJir tints, from which it is techTiically separated
by the want of masticatory surface on the teeth. Notropis matutinus
approaches it in the small size of its scales.

39. NoTROPis STiLBius Jordan.

Notofropis sfilbius Jordan (1877), Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. 343.

Abundant in the water-basin of the Alabama. The species of this
genus greatK' need revision.

Genus NOTEMIGONUS Bafinesque.

40. NOTEMIGONUS CHRYSOLEUCUS (Mit.) Jor.

{Stilbe americana of most writers; not Ct/prinusamerica)ms'Linu[sns, which is a Southeast-
ern species — Notemigonus ischanus Jor.)

This familiar species is very abundant in bayous and weedy streams
in the basin of the Alabama.

Genus PHENACOBIUS Cope.

41. PHENACOBIUS CATosTOMUS Jordan.

PhenacoMus catostomus Jordan (1877), Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. 332.

This strongly marked species was found in abundance in two clear
streams. Silver Creek and Cedar Creek, tributaries respectively to the
Etowah and the Coosa. This is a much stouter species than P. uranops
Cope ; it has less developed lips and is in various other ways dissimilar.

Genus CERATICHTHYS Baird.

42. CERATICHTHYS WINCHELLI {Oirard) Jordan.

HijUpsis winchelli Girard (1856), Proc. Ac, Nat. Sc. Phila. 1856, 211.
Ceraiichthys hyaUnus Cope (1868), Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 1868, 236.

Very common in the Alabama Basin. C. higuttatus was not obtained
by us in any of the tributaries of the Alabama. It seems, however, to
have been described by Girard, from the Black Warrior, under the name
of Nocomis bellicus.

54 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

Genus SEMOTILUS Rafinesque.
43. SEMOTILUS coRPORALis [Mlt.) Futnam.
Commou in the smaller streams.

Genus RHINICHTHYS Agassiz.
44. Ehinichthys obtusus Agassiz.

Very common in the spring-ruus tributar^^ to the Etowah and Oosta-

naula.

CATOSTOMIDiE.

Genus MYXOSTOMA Rafinesque.
45. Myxostoma macrolepidotum duquesnii [Le S.) Jordan.

The " Eed Horse" is commou in the Etowah and Oostanaula. Var.
lachrymale (Cope) also occur.}.

46. MYXOSTOMA EURYOPS Jordan.
Myxostoma euryovs Jordan (1877), Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. 348.

From Lovejoy's Creek, a tributary of the Oostanaula. The type-speci-
men of this singular species still remains unique.

Genus CATOSTOMUS Le Sueur.
47. CATOSTOMUS NIGRICANS ETOWANUS Jordan.

Catostomua nigricuvs var. eiowanus Jordan (1877), Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y.

The Hog Mullet, or Crawl a-bottom, is very abundant in all rapid
streams in the Alabama Basin. The characters separating var. etowa-
nus from nigricans seem to be pretty constant. I do not, however,
think them distinct species.

Genus ERIMYZON Jordan.
48. Ereviyzon sucetta [Lac.) Jordan.

This species, known locally as the May Sucker, is abundant in the
water- basin of the Alabama.

Genus MINYTREMA Jordan.
49. Minytrema melanops Jordan.
The "Sand Sucker'* is abundant in the waters of the Alabama.

FISHES OF THE ALABAMA BASIN. 55

Genus CARPIODES Bafinesque.

50. CARPIODES CYPRINUS (Xe 8.) A(J.

A single specimen from Round Lake near Montgomery, Ala., appa-
rently identical with Pennsylvania examples.

Genus BUBALICHTHYS Agassiz.

51. BUBALICHTHYS (TAURUS) Agassiz.

Recorded by Professor Agassiz from the Alabama. Other species of
" Buffalo Fish " doubtless occur in the Alabama, but the species have,
never been studied.

SILUEIDJE.
Genus ICHTH^LURUS Rafinesque.

, 52. ICHTH^LUEUS PUNCTATUS {Raf.) Jor.

Abundant in the basin of the Alabama.

Genus AMIURUS Bafinesque.
53. Amiurus nataxis antoniensis {(jrd.) Jor.
Abundant iu muddy tributaries of the Etowah and Coosa.

Genus NOTURUS Bafinesque.

54. NoTURUS leptacanthus Jordan.

Two specimens, taken in Silver Creek, and a third specimen, from the
Chattahoochee, are all that are at present known of this curious little
species.

ANGUILLID^.
Genus ANGUILLA Tlmnberg.

55. ANGUILLA VULGARIS Fleming.
Abundant.

LEPIDOSTEID^.
Genus LEPIDOSTEUS Lacefede.

56. LEPIDOSTEUS OSSEUS (L.) Ag.
From the Oostanaula; probably common.

56 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

VI.— WATER-BASIN OF THE TENNESSEE RIVER.

The fish-fanua of the Tennessee Kiver has been pretty fully studied,
especially as to its Cypriniclcc. Thirty-seven species were obtained by
Prolessor Cope in the French Broad, thirty-four in the Holstou, and
twenty-five by Professor Jordan in tributaries of the Clinch and French
Broad, makinj? in all some sixty different species known to inhabit the
upjx'r waters of the Tennessee. In the lower course of the river, thirty-
four species are recorded by Professor Agassiz from the Tennessee
Eiver at Huntsville, Ala. ; twenty species were obtained b^' the writers
from the Chickamauga Eiver at Ringgold, Ga., and seventeen species
from Elk River at Estill Springs in Tennessee. About sixty-eight spe-
cies are therefore known to occur in the lower course of the river. In
all, eighty-two different species are known to inhabit the waters of the
Tennessee. To this number many species of large fishes inhabiting the
Ohio at the mouth of the Tennessee might, with certainty, be added;
but it is not the province of this paper to record guesses. Forty-six
species are therefore certainly common to the upper and lower courses
of the Tennessee River.

The species at present known in the Tennessee Basin, only from the
upper course, — the Clinch, Holston, and French Broad Rivers, — are the
following : —

Hadropterus aurantiacus,
Diplesium simoterum.
Nothonotus zonalis.
Nothonotus vulneratus.
NotLonotus rufilineatus.
Etheostoma flabellare.
Salvelinus fontinalis.
Alburnops spectrunculus.

Hydrophlox rubricroceus.
Hydrophlox lacertosus,
Episema leucioda.
Notropis micropteryx.
Notropis atherinoides.
Hemitremia vittata.
Placopharynx carinatus.

Noturus eleutherus.

In all, sixteen species.

From the lower course of the river only, the following are known :-

("Etheostoma") cinerea.
("Etheostoma") tessellata.
Poecilichthys jessise.
Chsenobryttus gulosus.
Lepiopomus obscurus.
(Lepiopomus) bombifrons.
Eupomotis pallidus.

Xenotis inscriptus.

Esox (crassus).

Hyodon selenops.

Pomolobus chrysochloris.

Dorosoma cepedianum heterurum.

Notropis lirus.

Phoxinus flammeus.

FISHES OF THE TENNESSEE BASIN. 57

Gila estor.
Quassilabia lacera.
Carpiodes bison.

Bubalichthys urus.
Amia calva.
AcipeDser maculosus.

In all, twenty species.

Increased knowledge will considerably modify these lists. It is
probable that the sixteen species in the first list, with the probable
exceptions of Noturus eleutherus and SalveUnus fontinaUs, will be found
to inhabit the lower part of the river basin, if sought for in suitable
localities. It is likely that the tributaries of the Tennessee having their
source in the Cumberland Mountains in Alabama have the same fish-
fauna as similar streams rising in the Cumberland Mountains in Virginia.

About twelve species are at present known only from the Tennessee
River and its tributaries. These are : —

Hadropterus aurantiacus.
(Etheostoma) cinerea.
(Etheostoma) tessellata.
Nothouotus vulneratus.
Nothonotus rufilineatus.
Poecilichthy s jessiae.

(Lepiopomus) bombifrous.
Alburnops spectrunculus.
Hydrophlox lacertosus.
Phoxinus flammeus.
Episema leucioda.
Ceratichthys monachus.

As we go from the Alabama to the Tennessee, we note an increased
resemblance in the fish-fauna to that of the Ohio and U[)per Mississippi
region. The following are some of the Northern or Western types
added : —

Diplesium, Etheostoma, Poecilichthys, Labidestlies, Zygonectes (proper),
Episema, Hemitremia, Chrosomus, Phoxinns, Placopharynx, Quassilabia.

COTTID^.

Genus POTAMOCOTTUS Gill

1. POTAMOCOTTUS MERiDiONALis (Girard) Gill.

From Chickamauga River. Also a single specimen from the Cave
Spring at Cumberland Gap. Abundant in the French Broad River
(Cope) and in the Holston.

ETHEOSTOMATID^.
Genus PERCINA Haldeman.
2. Percina caprodes {Kaf.) Grd.
Generally abundant in clear streams.

58 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III.

Genus ALVORDIUS Girard.

3. ALVORDIUS MACULATUS Girard.

(? Alvordius maculatus Grcl.; Hadropterus maculatus Grd.; Eiheoatoma ilennioidea Agassiz,
etc.; Alvordius aspro Cope & Jor.)

From the Cliuch and French Broad Rivers. Also abundant in the
Chickaiuauga at Ringgold.

Genus HADROPTERUS Agassiz.
4. Hadropterus aurantiaous {Cope) Jordan.
French Broad River [Cope).

Genus DIPLESIUM Bafinesque.

5. BiPLESiUM blennioides {Uaf.) Jor.

Holston and French Broad Rivers. Also from Chickamauga River.
Described by Professor Agassiz from Huntsville, Alabama, under the
name of Hyostoma neicmani.

6. Diplesium siMOTERUM (Cope) Copeland.

From the Clinch and Holston Rivers.

I

Genus BOLEOSOMA BeKay.
7. BoLEOSOMA MACULATUM Aga^siz.

(B. hrcvipinve Cope.)
Abundant in the Holston River.

Genus NOTHONOTUS Agassiz.
8. NoTUONOTUS zoNALis (Cope) Jordan.
Holston and French Broad Rivers ( Cope).

• 9. NOTHONOTUS VULNERATUS (Cope) Jor.

French Broad River at Warm Springs.

10. NOTHONOTUS RUFILINEATUS {Cope) Jor.

French Broad River. We have not examined this species and the
preceding. One or both of them may perhaps belong to Pcecilichthys.

FISHES OF THE TENNESSEE BASIN. 59

Genus PCECILICHTHYS Agassis.
11. P(ECILICHTHYS JESSIE Jor. & Brayt.
Jordan, Man. Vert. E. U. S. ed. 2a, 1878, 227.

Body fusiform, rather deep aud compressed, the depth 5 to 5^ in length,
the ibrm of the body similar to that of P. spectahilis.

Head rather large, moderately pointed, 4 in length. Mouth rather
large, terminal, the upper jaw slightly longest, not protractile. Eye
pretty large, high up, 3^ in head, about equal to snout.

Cheeks naked, scaly above : opercles scaly : throat naked : neck
above scaly : scales medium, 6-45 to 50-7. Lateral line incomplete, but
extending farther than in P. variatus and P. spectahilis^ on about 35
scales, or nearly to the end of the second dorsal.

Fins moderate. Dorsal, XII — about 12. Anal II, 9.

Color, in spirits, olivaceous, with about nine squarish, bar-like blotches
along the sides, and about live dark cross-blotches on the back. Dorsal
and caudal fins faintly barred.

In life, the fish is chestnut-colored above, and the squares on the sides
are bright dark blue : the fins are mottled with chestnut. A dark yel-
low or orange band across the dorsal. Second dorsal and anal with dark
and golden specklings.

Several specimens, each about two inches long, taken in Chickamauga
River at Ringgold. The specimens are certainly not fully grown, and
the coloration of the adult male is doubtless much more brilliant. It
will be at once distinguished from P. variatus and P. spectahilis by the
scaliness of the upper pari of the cheeks, by the greater development
of the lateral line, the more numerous dorsal spines, and the coloration.
This species is named for Mrs. Jessie D. Brayton.

Genus ETHEOSTOMA Bafinesque.

12. ETHEOSTOMA FLABELLAEE Rafincsque. ,

Abundant in the upper waters of the Tennessee in clear rapid
streams.

Genus 1 .

13. (ETHEOSTOMA) ciNEREA Storer.

Described from Florence, Ala. The description has reference chieflj'
to the coloration. Neither this species nor the next have been rec-
ognized by any author subsequent to their description.

14. (ETHEOSTOMA) TESSELLATA StOVer.

From the Tennessee River at Florence, Ala.

60 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH A:HKK1CAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

PERCID^.
Genus STIZOSTETHIUM Bafinesque.
15. STIZOSTETHIUM VITREUM {Ctiv. & Vah) Jor. & CopeL
Found by Professor Cope in the French Broad.

16. STIZOSTETHIUM SALMONEUM Buf.

Species of this genus occur throughout the Tennessee Basin. Pro-
fessor Cope ascribes this species and the })ieceding to the French
Broad. As we have seen no specimen, we follow his identifications.

CENTEAUCHID^.

Genus MICEOPTERUS Lacepede.
17. MiOROPTERUS PALLIDUS {Ecif.) GUI & Jordan.
Not uncommon in the Tennessee Basin.

18. MiOROPTERUS SALMOIDES (L«C.) Gill.

Very common in the Tennessee River.

Genus AMBLOPLITES Rafinesque.

19. AMBLOPLITES RUPESTRIS [Raf.) GUI.

Common in the Tennessee Basin.

•Genus CHJ^NOBRYTTUS Gill

20. Ch^nobryttus gulosus (C & V.) GUI.
Lower Tennessee Eiver; i)robably common.

• Genus LEPIOPOMUS Bafinesque.

21. LEPIOPOMUS PALLIDUS {Mitch.) Gill & Jor.
Very common in the Tennessee Basin.

22. LEPIOPOMUS OBSCURUS {Agassiz) Jordan.
Described by Professor Agassiz from Huntsville, Ala.
23. (LEPIOPOMUS) BOMBIFRONS [Agassiz).
Oidy the type-specimens of this s{)ecies are yet known. They were

FISHES OF THE TENNESSEE BASIN. 61

irom Huntsville, Ala. Wo are uuable to decide, from the descriptiou
and a MS. drawing kiudly forwarded by Professor Bliss, whether this
species is a Lepiopomus or a Xenotis.

Genus XENOTIS Jordan.

24. Xenotis sanguinolentus (Agassiz) Jordan.

Originally described from the Tennessee River at Huntsville. We

have seen no specimens from that locality, and are unable to decide

whether Agassiz's species is the one to which we have applied the name

.sanguinolentus, or whether it be one of the forms of the Northern X.

mcfialotis.

25. Xenotis inscriptus [Agassiz) Jor.

Originally described from the Tennessee River at Huntsville. Also
found by Professor Cope in the upper waters of the same river.

Genus EUPOMOTIS GUI dc Jordan.
26. EuPOMOTis PALLTDUS (Agassiz) G. &J.
Originally described from Huntsville, Ala.

Genus XYSTROPLITES Jordan.

27. Xystroplites notatus (Agassiz).

Originally described from Huntsville, and later found by Professor

Cope in the upper waters of the Tennessee. This species may be

a Eupomotis instead of a Xystroplites. It much resembles the Texan

Xystroplites heros B. & C.

Genus HAPLOIDONOTUS Rafinesque,

28. HAPLOIDONOTUS GRUNNIENS Baf.

Abundant in the Tennessee Basin. The form called by Professor
Agassiz Amhlodon concinnus needs re-examination before it can be admit-
ted as a species.

ATHERINID^.
Genus LABIDESTHES Cope.

29. LABIDESTHES SICCULUS Gope.

Found by Professor Cope in Coal Creek, a tributary of the Clinch
River.

62 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTnYOLOGY III.

OYPRINODONTIDiE.

Genus XENISMA Jordan.

30. Xenisma catenatum {Storer) Jordan.

Originally described from Florence, Ala. It is abundant in the Elk,
Clinch, and Holston in clear waters.

Genus ZYGONECTES Agassiz.

31. ZYGONECTES NOTATUS {Eof.) Jor.

Described by Dr. Storer from Florence, Ala., under the name of Pcecilia
olivacea. This species prefers still, deep waters.

ESOCID^.

Genus ESOX Linnceus.

32. Esox (CRASSUS Agassiz).

A species is recorded by Professor Agassiz under the name oi Esox
crassus. The description is insufficient and the species is at present
unrecognized.

HYODONTID^.

Genus HYODON Le Sueur.

33. Hyodon selenops Jordan & Bean.

The original type of this species came from the Tennessee Eiver at
Chattanooga. Syodon tergisus doubtless also occurs in the lower course
of the river.

CLUPEID^.

Genus POMOLOBUS Rafinesque.

34. POMOLOBUS OHRYSOCHLORIS Rttf.

Abundant in the channel of the Lower Tennessee.

FISHES OF THE TENNESSEE BASIN. 63

DOROSOMATIDJ].

Genus DOROSOMA Rafinesque.

35. DOROSOMA CEPEDIANUM HETERURUM {Rnf.) Jor.

The " Gizzard Shad " is abundant in the Lower Tennessee.

SALMONIDJS.

Genus SALVE LIN US Bichardson.
36. Salyelinus fontinalis {Mitchill) Gill & Jor.

This species occurs in abundance in Swannanoa Eiver, at the foot of
Black Mountain, and in all clear tributaries of the French Broad in West-
ern Xorth Carolina. In Southwestern Virginia, it occurs in certain trib-
utaries of the Holston. In Eabun County, in Northeastern Georgia, it
abounds in the headwaters of the Little Tennessee. Professor Cope
states, on the authority of Dr. Hardy, of Asheville, that it "occurs in the
headwaters of the Chattahoochee, on the south slope of the Alleghanies,
in Georgia".

OYPRINIDiE.

Genus CAMPOSTOMA Agassis.

37. CAMPOSTOMA anomalum {Baf.) Ag.

Yar. prolixtim Storer.

Everywhere abundant. In the clear pools of the Swannanoa River,
at the foot of Black Mountain, this fish is extremely abundant, and the
large specimens are brilliantly colored, so that they appear to be lumi-
nous or phosphorescent as one looks down on them through the crystal
water.

Genus HYBORHYNCHUS Agassis.

38. HYBORHYNCHUS NOTATUS (Bof.) Agassiz.

Numerous specimens from the Chickamauga River. These are nar-
rower-headed than the common Western form {H. siiperciliosiis Cope)
and want the barbel, which is usually distinct on the latter. It is not
improbable that we have two distinct species.

64 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN lOHTnYOLOGY III.

Genus LUXILUS Rafinesque.

39. LuxiLUS CORNUTUS [Mitch.) Jor.
Abundant in every stream examined.

40. LuxiLUS coccoGENis {Cope) Jor.
Abundant in every stream examined.

aenus PHOTOGENIS Cope.

41. PHOTOGENIS GALACTURUS {Copc) JoY.

Abundant in every stream examined.

Genus HYDROPHLOX Jordan.

42. HYDROPHLOX RUBRICROCEUS [Cope) Jor.

Described by Professor Cope from tributaries of the Holston. It pre-
fers boisterous mountain-streams.

\ 43. HYDROPHLOX LACERTOSUS {Cope) Jor.

Described from the Holston,

Genus ALBURNOPS Girard.^

44. ALBURNOPS MICROSTOMUS [Baf.) Jor.
Minnilus microstomus Raf.
Myiopsis longiceps Cope.

Obtained by Professor Cope in tributaries of Clinch Eiver.

45. ALBURNOPS SPECTRUNCULUS {Cope) Jor.

Obtained by Professor Cope in the Holston and French Broad.
Genus Episema Cope S Jordan.
46. Episema leucioda (Jope.
Found by Professor Cope in the Holston and French Broad.

Genus NOTROPIS Rafinesque.

{Notropis et Minnilus Raf. ; Alburnellus Girard.)

47. Notropis atherinoides Baf.
From tribiitaries of Clinch River.

FISHES OF THE TENNESSEE BASIN. 65

48. NoTEOPis MiCROPTERYX {Cope) Jor.
From tributaries of the Holston and Clinch.

49. NoTROPis PHOToaENis {Cope) Jor.

(Squalins photogenis Cope; Phofogenis Jeucops Cope.)
Abundant in the French Broad Eiver.

50. KoTROPis TELESCOPUS {Cope) Jor.

Holston and French Broad Elvers {Cope). Also abundant in Elk
River. If our specimens are correctly identified, this is a true Notrojyis.
We find it not easily distinguishable from JV. photogenis.

51. KoTROPis LiRUS Jordan.

This little species abounds in both the Elk and the Chickamauga.

Genus HEMITREMIA Cope.

52. Hemitremia vittata Cope.

Described from the Holston River near Knoxville.

Genus CHROSOMUS Bajinesque.
53. Chrosomus erytheogaster Eaf.

Recorded by Professor Agassiz from Huntsville, Ala. We have seen
no specimens from the Tennessee River.

Genus PHOXINUS Bafinesqiie.
54. PnoxiKUS FLAMMEUS Jordan & Gilbert.
Jordan, Mau. Vert. E. U. S. ed. 2d, p. 303.

A very distinct species, resembling " Gila^' margarita (Cope), but with
the short lateral line of P. neogmus Cope.

Body stout, rather more slender and more compressed than in P.
neoga;iis, the form being nearly that of G. margarita. Depth 4 in length,
about equal to the length of the head.

Head short and deep, smaller than in neogceus, the upper outline
rounded, the muzzle quite blunt and rather short. Eye rather large,
3i in head, longer than snout. Mouth small, oblique, the lower jaw
projecting, the intermaxillary in front on the level of the pupil, and the
maxillary extending to opposite the front of the orbit.

Scales much larger than in P. neogccus, but still quite small, iu appear-
Bull. K M. No. 12—5

GG CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

nnce s'niilar to tbose of tbe species of Gila ; dorsal and ventral regions
scaled ; 7-43-5. Lateral line short, decurved, not reaching to base of
veutrals, on only 14 scales.

Teeth 2, 4-5, 2, as in P. neogcens, without masticatory surface.

Fins small : dorsal well behind ventrals : pectorals reaching nearly
to ventrals, the latter to vent. D. I, 8, A. I, 8; the latter fin rather high.

Coloration that of the species of CUnostomus, especially C. margarita
(which species, having the lateral line wanting on the last three to eight
scales, might perhaps with propriety be referred to Phoxinus).

Back dark, the scales profusely punctate: a dusky band formed of
dark specks along the sides: cheeks pearly: space below lateral line
silvery; in the type-specimen flushed with rich scarlet-red.

Length of type 2J inches.

A single specimen taken in Elk River, at Estill Springs, in company
with Gila estor, which species it much resembles in color. Phoxinus
Jlamnieus bears the same relation to P. ntogans that Gila estor does to
the small scaled Gila clongata.

Genus GILA Baird d Girard.

(Subgenus CLINOSTOMUS Girard.)

55. Gila estor Jordan & Brayton.
Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, p. 300.

A large and handsome species, related to G. tlongaia and G. proriger,
but well distinguished from both.

Body elliptical-elongate, rather deep and compressed; the caudal
peduncle long. Greatest depth 4^ in length. Head very long and large,
3f in length ; flattish above, but not wide. Mouth exceedingly large,
very oblique, the premaxillaries anteriorly on the level of the pupil, the
maxillary extending to opposite the middle of the orbit, and the length
of the gape of the mouth a little more than half the length of the head.
Lower jaw decidedly the longer.

Eye quite large, less than snout, 4 in head.

Scales small, but large for the genus, their outlines well defined, espe-
cially above, 8-50-5. Lateral line strongly decurved ; about 23 scales
on the back anterior to the dorsal fin.

Fins high. Dorsal I, 8, well behind ventrals, its first ray nearer the
caudal than the snout. Anal I, 8, short and high. Pectorals falling
jnst short of ventrals, the latter just short of vent.

Teeth 2, 4-5, 2.

FISHES OF THE TENNESSEE BASIN. 67

Color dark olive above, with a bluish lustre, many scales darker, as
is usual in this genus. Sides somewhat silvery. No dark lateral band.
A broad shade of deep rose color along the sides, below which most of
the belly is bright crimson, the red colors brightest anteriorly.

Length of largest specimens about 4 inches. Numerous specimens
from the Elk River at Estill Springs, and from Stone RiVer at Mur-
freesboro'. This striking species resembles most G. elongata and G.pro-
riger. Both those species have much smaller scales (70 to 75 in thfe
lateral line iu elongata, 60 to 65 in proriger). The coloration is likewise
different, the two latter species having a dusky band along the sides,
the anterior half of which in elongata is red iu spring. G. elongata is
much more elongate, as is also G. proriger. The mouth appears largest
in G. estor. The distinction between G. proriger and G. elongata is per-
haps questionable.

Genus NOTEMIGONUS Bafinesque.

50. NOTEMIGONUS CHRYSLOLEUOUS {Mit.) JoY.

Common in still waters in the Tennessee Basin.

Genus PHENACOBIUS Cope.

57. PHENACOBIUS XJRANOPS Copc.

, Rather common iu the Elk and Chickamauga Rivers. A few speci-
mens from the French Broad. Originally described from the Holstoa
iu Virginia.

Genus RIIINICHTHYS AgassU

58. Rhtnichthys obtusus Agassiz.

{lihinichihijs Jitnatus Cope.)

This species is abundant in all clear rocky brooks and in outlets of
springs.

Genus CERATICHTHYS Baird.

59. CERATICHTHYS MONACHUS Cope.

Abundant iu Cbickaraauga River. Originally described from the
riolstou.

CO. CERATICHTHYS DISSIMILIS {Kirt.) Cope.

Obtained in Elk River.

G8 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

01. CERATiCHTnYS wiNCHELLi {Givard) Jordan,

{Ceratichthys hyalinus Cope.)

Everywhere abundant in Tennessee River. This is probably Hyhoims
gracilis Ag., the original type of the genus Hyhopsis. In that case, it
will be neo^ssary to substitute the specific name gracilis for unncheUi.

62. Ceratichthys biguttatus {Kirtland) Girar-d. .

Everywhere very abundant.

Genus SEMOTILUS Rajinesque.

G3. Semotilus corporalts {31it) Putn.

Tributaries of the Clinch and French Broad ; chiefly in small mount-
ain-streams.

CATOSTOMID^.

Genus QUASSILABIA Jordan d Brayton.

64. Quassilabia lacera Jordan & Brayton.

Lagochila lacera Jordan & Brayton (1877), Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila.

Two specimens of this singular fish were taken in the Chickamauga
Eiver at Ringgold and one specimen in Elk River at Estill Springs. In
the Chickamauga, we were told that it is quite common, and that it is
much valued for food. It is usually known as the ." Hare-lip " or " Split-
mouth Sucker ". We have lately received a fine specimen taken in the
Scioto River, Ohio, by Mr. J. H. Klippart, where it is well known to the
fishermen under the name of "May Sucker".

Genus MYXOSTOMA Bafinesque.
65. Myxostoma velatum (Cope) J or.

(Ptychostomus collapsus Cope.)

Obtained by Professor Cope in Clinch River, and by us in the Chick-
amauga.

66. Myxostoma macrolepidotum duquesnii (Le S.) Jor.

From the Holston, Clinch, French Broad, and Chickamauga. Proba-
bly generally abundant.

FISHES OF THE TENNESSEE BASIN. 69

Genus PLACOPHARYNX Cope.

07. PLACOPHARYNX CARINATUS Cope.

This large species is the common " Red Horse " of the French Broad.
It much resembles the preceding, but has a much larger mouth and
lips, besides the different dentition.

Genus EHIMYZON Jordan.
68. Erimyzon sucetta {Lac.) Jor.
Obtained in Clinch Kiver.

Genus MINYTREMA Jordan.

C9. MiNYTREMA MEL AN OPS {Raf.) JoT.

Obtained by Professor Agassiz at Huntsville, Ala.

Genus CATOSTOMUS Le Sueur.
70. Catostomus nigricans Le S.
Very abundant throughout the Tennessee Basin.

71. Catostomus commersoni {Lac.) Jor.
Generally abundant.

Genus CARPIODES Bafinesque.

72. Carpiodes bison Agassiz.

Lower Tennessee Eiver {Cope.) The Buhalichthyinm of the Tennessee
River are as yet unstudied.

Genus BUBALICHTHYS Agassiz.
73. BuBALiCHTHYS URUS Agassis.
Recorded by Professor Agassiz from the Tennessee River.

SILURID^.
Genus ICHTH^LURUS Bafinesque.

74. ICHTH^LURUS PUNCTATUS {Raf.) JoY.

Very abundant in the Tennessee River.

70 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICnTHYOLOGY III.

Genus AMIURUS Bafinesque.

75. Amiurus natalis {Le iS.) Gill.

Var. cupreus [Rof.).

Eather abundant in Tennessee River. Other species of this genus
are doubtless common ; but they have not been distinguished.

Genus PELODICHTHYS Bafinesque.

76. PELODICHTHYS OLIVARIS {Eaf.) Gill & Jor.

Abundant in the channels of the larger streams. Several specimens
from the French Broad.

This species probably occurs in the channels of all the streams men-
tioned in this paper ; but, from its habits, it is not easily taken with a
small net.

Genus NOTURUS Bafinesque.

11. NoTURUS ELEUTHERUS Jordan.

Noturus eleutherus Johdan (1877), Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. 372.

The type-specimen of this species was from Big Pigeon River, in
Cocke County, Tennessee, near its junction with the French Broad.
Many other specimens have since been obtained in Tar River, North
Carolina.

ANGUILLID^..

Genus ANGUILLA Thunberg.
78. Anguilla vulgaris Fleming.

Eels occur in Tennessee River, though rather less abundantly than in
the streams farther south.

AMIID^.

' Genus AMIA Linnceus.
79. Amia calva L.
Recorded by Professor Agassiz from HuntsviDe, Ala.

FISHES OF THE CUMBERLAND BASIN. 71

LEPIDOSTEID^.

Genus LEPIDOSTEUS LacepMe.
80. LEPIDOSTEUS ossEUS (L.) Ag.
Generally abundant.

81. LEPIDOSTEUS PLATYSTOMUS Baf.

From Huntsville, Ala. {Agassi.z).

ACIPENSERID^.

Genus ACIPENSER Agassis.

82, AciPENSfiR MACULOSUS Le ISiieiir.
Huntsville.^ Ala. (Agassiz).

83. AciPENSER RUBICUNDUS Le Sueur.
From Iluntsville, Ala. {Agassiz).

POLYODONTID^.

Genus POLYODON Lacepede.

84. POLYODON FOLIUM "XflC."

Abundant in the river-channels.

VII. — WATER-BASIN OF CUMBERLAND RIVER.

Sixty-five species are known to occur in the waters of the Cumberland
River. Of these, forty-seven have been obtained in the lower course of
the river, i. e., in the vicinity of Nashville, by Professor Winchell, and
in Stone River, at Murfreesboro', by the present writers. In the upper
courseof thestream,thirty-threespecieshave been obtained by Professor
Cope in the South Fork of the CumberUiud in Tennessee and by Professor
Jurclau at the Falls and in the Rock Castle, Round Stone, Big Laurel, and
other tributaries in Kentucky. Only fifteen species are, therefore, linown
to be common to both the upper and lower courses of the stream. The
actual differences between the upper and lower faunae are, however,
probably very small, if similar streams are compared. The differences
really existing are probably chiefly due to the fact that the large fishes
inhabiting the lower part of the river are unable to ascend above the
falls of the Cumberland.

Comparing the Cumoerland River with the Tennessee, the disappear-

72 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

ance of one or two Soutbern types will be noticed, as will be the appear-
ance of certain forms abundant in the basin of the Ohio. Of these latter
may be noticed PccciUchthys variatns. Apomotis, Lythrurus, and Fimepha-
hs. But two species, both Darters, are at present known only from the
Cumberland River. These are Vlocentra atripinnis and Nothonotiis san-
guifiuus.

The National Museum is indebted to the kindness of Professor Wiu-
chell for the following interesting —

List of Fishes of Nashville, as given by a Fisherman, Daniel A. Birchett, to

A. Winchell.

"PEECn TRIBE."

Sun Perch.
Coon Perch.
White Perch.
Black Perch,
lied Perch.
Speckled Perch.
Brama Perch.
Bass or liock Bass.

"TROUT TRIBE."

White Trout.
Black Trout.

"SUCKER TRIBE."

White Sucker.

Spotted Sucker.

Hog Sucker.

Red Horse, creeks and river.

Black Horse.

Carp, creeks and river.

Mullet.

"BUFFALO TRIBE."

White Bufialo.
Blue Buffalo.

" CAT TRIBE."

Yellow Cat.
Blue Cat.

Nigger lip Cat.
Chisel-head Cat.
Kerlyu Cat.
Shovel-bill Cat.

"MINNOW TRIBE."

Silver Side.
Stone Toter.
Horny Head.
White Roach.
Creek Mullet.
Steel Back.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Thunder Head.

Drum.

Jack.

Chover.

White Chover.

Gizzard Shad.

Skip Jack.

Tooth Herring.

Sand Pike.

Pike.

Top Water (several species).

Gar.

Sturgeon.

Eel.

Lamprey Eel.

FISHES OF THE CUMBERLAND BASIlV. 73

COTTID^.
Genus POTAMOCOTTUS Gill

1. POTAMOCOTTUS MERIDIONALTS {Gvd.) GUI.

From Cumberland Eiver at Kashville.

ETHEOSTOMATID^.

Ggdus PERCINA Haldeman.
2. Percina caprodes {Baf.) Grd.
Abuutlant.

Genus ALVORDIUS Girarcl

3. Alvordius maculatus [Girard] Cope & Jordan.

From the Rock Castle aud Cumberland at various points.

4. Alvordius phoxocephalus {Nelson) Cope & Jordan.

From tlie Cumberland River at Nashville, Specimens of this inter-
esting species are in the National Museum from Marais du Cygne,
Kansas. I have others from the Wabash River. Nelson's types were
from Illinois River.

Genus DIPLESIUM Rafinesque.

5. DiPLESiUM blennioides {Uaf.) J or.

South Fork of the Cumberland River [Cope). Also from Cumberland
and Stone Rivers.

C. DiPLESiUM siMOTERUM {Cope) Copeland.

From the Rock Castle River at Livingston, Ky.

Genus ULOCENTRA Jordan.
7. Ulocentra atrtpinnis Jordan.

Arlina atrtpinnis Jordan (1877), Bulletin X, U. S. Nat. Mueeura, 10.

The type of this species was collected in the Cumberland River at
Nashville by Professor Winchell.

74 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY— III.

Genus NOTHONOTUS Agassis.

8. NOTHONOTUS CAMURUS [Cope) Jor.

Professor Cope's types were from the South Fork of the Cumberland.
We have seen others from White River in Indiana, and from Mahoning
lliv^er and other streams in Ohio. This species is not identical with
I\othonotus maculatus Ag. [Etlieostoma maculata Kirt.), as has been sup-
posed.

If othonotus maculatus has a pointed instead of rounded snout; its
Jaws are equal ; its mouth is larger, the body is more compressed, and
its dorsal fin more elevated, the soft rays when depressed reaching to
the caudal.

Specimens in the National Museum, collected in Mahoning Kiver by
Professors Baird and Kirthmd, show the following characters : —

Body moderately elongated, very deep, strongly compressed, the
depth 4| in length. Head 4 in length, the jaws equal, the month large.
Eye 4i in head. Spinous dorsal with a long base, larger than soft dor-
sal, the spines high, the two fins slightly connected. Soft dorsal ele-
vated, the longest rays when depressed reaching base of caudal, the
caudal peduncle very short and deep. Caudal fin short and rounded.
Anal somewhat smaller than second dorsal. Pectorals and ventrals
moderate.

Scales not large, 58 to GO in the lateral line, which is continuous:
cheeks naked : opercles scaly.

Pin rays : Dorsal XII-13 ; A. II, 8.

An elaborate colored drawing of a male fish in life colors, in the
Smithsonian Institution, shows the following features of coloration.
As we have never seen this species in life, we cannot vouch for their
accuracy : —

Back olive ; belly becoming yellowish. Sides and back profusely
speckled with carmine-red, the blotches rather less than the size of the
eye, not round, nor arranged in rows.

Dorsal fin with a dull red stripe at base, a brown interval, then a
bright red stripe, finally margined with white. Second dorsal dull
brown at base, then a broad red stripe; a broad marginal band of
white. Caudal similarly tricolor, chiefly crimson, with a broad dusky
band at base and a wide white band at the tip. Anal chiefly crimson,
with a terminal band of white. Pectorals and ventrals nearly plain.
Head olivaceous.

FISHES OF THE CUMBERLAND BASIN. 75

9. NOTHONOTUS SANGUIFLUUS ( Cope) JoY.

From the South Fork of the Cumberlaud iu Tennessee {Cope).
Genus BOLEOSOMA BeKay.

10. BOLEOSOMA MACULATUM Ag.

From the Rock Castle Eiver.

Genus PCECILICHTHYS Agassiz.

11. PCECILICHTHYS VARIATUS {Kirt.) Aq.

From the South Fork of the Cumberland Iliver (C^>pe).
Genus ETHEOSTOMA Rafinesque.

12. ETHEOSTOMA FLABELLAEE Raf.

Abundant iu the mountain tributaries of the Cumberland.

PERCID^.
Genus STIZOSTETHIUM Rafinesque.

13. STIZOSTETHIUM SALMONEUM Raf.

One or two small specimens from the Eock Castle Eiver.

CENTRARCHID^.
Genus MICROPTERUS Lacefede.

14. MiCROPTERUS PALLIDUS {Ruf.) G. & J.

The " White Trout", as this species is often called, is common iu the
Cumberland. It is said that this species and the next were not found
above the falls until introduced.

15. MiCROPTERUS SALMOIDES {Lac.) GUI.

The " Black Trout" occurs with the preceding, and is still more abun-
dant.

Genus AMBLOPLI TES Rafinesque.
IG. Ambloplites rupestris [Raf.) Gill.
Everywhere abundant.

76 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III.

Genus APOMOTIS Rafinesque.

17. APOMOTIS CYANELLUS {Raf.) Jor.
Abuiithiut iu the Cumberland Kiver at ]Sasliville.

Genus LEPIOPOMUS Rafinesque.
]8. LEPIOPOMUS PALLiDrs {Mit.) GUI d' Jordan.
Very abiindaut iu the Cumberland.

19. LEPIOPOMUS OBSCURUS (Agosfiis) Jor.

Collected by Professor Wincbell in the Cumberland Eiver at Nash-
ville.

Genus XENOTIS Jordan.

20. Xenotis megalotis {Raf.) Jor.

Abundant in the Cumberland River.

Genus POMOXYS Rafinesque.

21. POMOXYS NIGROMACUEATUS {Le S.) Grd.
Collected by Professor Winchell at Nashville.

22. POMOXYS ANNULARIS Raf.

From the Cumberland at Nashville.

Genus HAPLOIDONOTUS Rafinesque.

23. HAPLOIDONOTUS GRUKNIENS Raf.

Abundant in the river-channel.

ATHERINIDiE.
Genus LABIDESTHES Cope.

21. LABIDESTHES SICCULUS Cope.

Abundant in Srone River at Murfreesboro'. This interesting spe-
cies was named by Rafinesque in 1832 Zonargyra virescens. This latter
name was, however, not accompanied by a description, and therefore
cannot be employed.

FISHES OF THE CUMBERLAND BASIN. 77

CYPRINODONTIDJE.

Genus XENISMA Jordan.
25. Xenisma catenatum [Storer] Jordan.
Collected by Professor Wiuchell in streams about Xashville

Genus ZYGONECTES Agassis.

26. Zygonectes notatus {Raf.) Jor.

From Cumberlaud and Stone Elvers. Eafinesque's original speci-
mens were from the Cumberland at "Williamsburg.

HYODONTIDJ].

Genus HYODON Le Sueur.

27. Hyodon tergisus Le Sueur.

Abundant in the Cumberland.

28. Hyodon selenops Jordan & Bean.

Two or three specimens in the National Museum from Cumberlaud
River.

CLUPEID^,

Genus POMOLOBUS Rafinesque.
29. PoMOLOBUS CHRYSOCHLORis Rafinesqiie.
Abundant in the Lower Cumberland.

DOEOSOMATID^.

Genus DOROSOMA Bajinesque.
30. DoRosoMA cepedianum heterurum {E«/.) Jor.
Abundant in the Lower Cumberland.

CYPEmiD^.
Genus CAMPOSTO:iIA Agassiz.

31. CAMPOSTOMA ANOMALUil {Rof.) Ag.
Abundant.

78 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III,

Genus PIMEPHALES Bqfinesque.

32. PiMEPHALES PROMELAS Rafiuesque.
Collected by Professor Winchell in tributaries of the Cumberland.

Genus PIYBORHYNCHUS Agassiz.

33. Hyboehynchus notatus [Raf.) Ag.
Abundant everywhere in the Cumberland.

Genus LUXILUS Rafinesque.
34. LuxiTATS CORNTJTUS (Mit) Jordan.
Exceedingly abundant everywhere.

Genus PHOTOGENIS Cope.

35. Photogenis galacturus [Cope) Jor.

V ery abundant everywhere in the Cumberland. Some specimens from
Nashville have tlie caudal fin pale red. This species does not seem to
occur in the Ohio. The quotations from that river were founded on
erroneous identifications.

3G. PnoTOGKNis ANALOSTANUS {Grcl.) Jor.
From the Cumberland at Nashville.

Genus ALBURNOPS Girard.
37. Albuunops microstomus {Raf.) Jor.
From the South Fork of the Cumberland {Cope).

Genus LYTHRURUS Jordan.
38. Lythrurus ardens {Cope) Jor.

Very abundant everywhere in Cumberland Kiver. One of the most
charcteristic species, as it apparently does not occur either in the Ken-
tucky or the Tennessee.

Genus NOTROPIS Bafinesqiie.

30. NoTEOPis atherinoides {Raf.) Jor.

Very abundant in the Rock Castle and other upper tributaries of the
Cumberland.

IRISHES OF THE CUMBERLAND BASIN. 79

40. NOTROPIS MlCllOPTERYX [Copc) JoY.

Abundant in the Rock Castle.

41. NoTROPis TELESOOPUS {Cope) Jor.
Stone River at JMurfreesboro'.

Genus HEMITREMIA Cojje.

42. HEMITREMIA VITTATA Coj)e.

Abundant in Big Laurel River in Laurel County, Kentucky.

Genus GILA Baird c0 Girard.
4>}. Gila estor Jordan & Brayton.
Several specimens from Stone River at Murfreesboro'.

Genus CHROSOMUS Agassis.

44. ChROSOMUS ERYTHROaASTER Ag.

From the tributaries of the Rock Castle.

Genus NOTEMIGONUS Rafinesque

45. NOTEMIGONUS CHRYSOLEUCUS {Mit) Jor,

Common in sluggisb waters.

Genus PHENACOBIUS Cope.

4G. PHENACOBIUS URANOPS Gope.

Taken in Rock Castle River.

Genus CERATICHTHYS Baird.
47. CERATICHTHYS DissiMiLis {Kirtland) Cope.
From Cumberland River at Nashville.

4S. CERATICHTHYS AMBLOPS {Raf.) Grd.

From Cumberland River at Nashville.

49. CERATICHTHYS BIOUTTATUS [Kirt.) Grd.

Everywhere abundant.

80 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICIITHVOLOGY III.

Genus SEMOTILUS Rafinesque.
50. Semotilus coeporalis (.1///.) Pat.
From Eock Castle River.

CATOSTOMIDJ].
Genus MYXOSTOMA Rafinesque.

51. MyXOSTOMA MACROLEPIDOTUM DUQUESNH {Le S.) Jor.

Common iu the Cumberland.

Genus ERIMYZON Jordan.
52. Erimyzon sucetta [Lac.) Jor.
From tbe Cumberland at Nashville and from the Kock Castle.

Genus MINYTREMA Jordan.

53. MiNYTREMA MELANOPS {Raf.) Jor.

From the Cumberland at Nashville.

Genus CATOSTOMUS Le Sueur.
54. Catostomus nigricans Le S.
Common in the Cumberland.

55. Catostomus commersoni (Lac.) Jor.
Very common in the Cumberland.

Genus CYCLEPTUS Rafitiesque.

56. Cycleptijs elongatus {Le 8.) Ag.

From the Cumberland at Nashville. This species is known as *' Black
Horse", " Gourd-seed Sucker", and " Missouri Sucker".

Genus CARPIODES Rafinesque.

57. Carpiodes cutisanserinus Cope.
From the Cumberland River at Nashville.

FISHES OF THE CUMBERLAND BASIN. 81

SILUIIID^.
Genus ICHTH^LURUS Bafinesque.

58. ICHTH^LURUS PUNCTATUS (Rof.) Jor.

Very abundant.

Genus AMIURUS Bafinesque.
59. Amiurus natalis {Le 8.) Gill.
Collected at Nashville by Professor Wincbell.

60. Amiurus nigricans {Le S.) Gill
From the Falls of the Cumberland.

Genus PELODICHTHYS Bafinesque.

61. PELODICHTHYS OLIVARIS {Rctf.) Gill & Jor.

From the Rock Castle at Livingston, and from the Cumberland below
the Falls.

ANGUILLID^.

Genus ANGUILLA Tliunberg.

62. ANGUILLA VULGARIS Fleming.

Common in the Cumberland. A very large specimen taken in the
Rock Castle at the mouth of Round Stone River.

LEPIDOSTEID^.
Genus LEPIDOSTEUS Lacepede.

63. LEPIDOSTEUS OSSEUS {L.) Ag.
From the Cumberland at Nashville.

POLYODONTIDJ].

Genus POLYODON Lacepede.

64. POLYODON FOLIUM '■^ LaC.''^

From the Cumberland River.
Bull. N. M. No. 12—6

S2 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

RECAPITULATION.

The following table sbows the distribntion of tbe species in tbe seven
river-basins especially treated in this paper. For purposes of compari-
son, I have introduced tbe results of Professor Cope's exi)!orations in
tbe Roanoke, James, Neuse, and Great Pedee, of Prof. Forbes and
Mr. Nelson in the Illinois, and of myself and others in the Oh.o. A
few unverified species have been introduced, but all doubtiul quotations
and, in general, all " guesswork " have been excluded.

Table showing the Distribution of the Species in the Different River Basins.

05

g

1-5

d

P

c

6
^

9

O

5

V

a

w

.a
cs

a

s

rl
3

C

a

a
2

1

<

c
a

a

cs

s
5

6

f— 1

6

1

Lota lacustris (Walb)Gill

+

+

+
+

li.

+

+

+

+

N.

Pleurolepis asprellns, Jor.*

+

+

"i-

J.
+

+
+

•1-

+

+
+

+
+

+

+

+ :n'e.

Pcrcina nianitou, Jor

Alvordin-< raaculatns, Ord +

"

:;:'::

+

H-

NW.

+

W.

+

+

1

i

1

1

J.adi opterub aurautiacas, ((ilope) Jor —

Ilailri)pteras nigrof, .sc;atua, Ag

+

+

+

^-

+

SVT.

+

'T

+

sw.

+

+ ' -1-

NW.

+

+

+

"';;

+

Boleosoma olmsteili, (Stor.) Ag | -|-

-f|...
+ 1 +

+

+
+
+

+

+

+
•••

NE.

NW.

+
+

+
-i-

Nothonotus maculatus, (Kirt.) Ag

Noth notus camurus, (Copo) Jor

Nothouolussanguifluas, (Cope) Jor

'.

.J ..

4
+

Xotbonolus thalassinus, J . fc B

Xothondtus iDSCriptns, J. & B

Nothouotus rufiliueatus, (Uoppl 1 ir

+

+

NW.

Pceeilichth.vs spectabilia, Ag

...

1n\V.

''Just received from Montgomery, Ala

DISTRIBUTION OF SPECIES.

83

Taile allowing the Distribution of the Species in the Different River-Basins — Continued.

a

X

-A

a
9

5

o
o

c

3

o

o

a

a
B
a

<

f

o
a

S
H

i
3

5

o

.2

'S

a
«

a

+

(Etbeostoiua) cinerea, Stor

+

+
+

+
+
+
+

+
+

+

+

+

+

+

+

If.

+

N.

+

SW.

+

X.

+

NE.

+

+

+

+
+
+
+

NE.

+

Is".

N.

SW.

+

+

+

+

+

+

+
+

+

+

+

+

Acautharcbus poraotis, (Baird) Gill

+

-\-

+

+

+
+

+

+
+

+

+
+
+

+

+

+
+

+

+

+
+

+

+

+
+

+

+

...

SW.

+

+

+

+
+

-t-

+

+

SE.

Apomotis cyaBt Uus, (Raf.) C. & J

W.

+

+

+

4-

+

+

+
+

+
+

+
+

SE.

W.

(Lepioporuus) bombifrons, Ag

Xenotis megalotiH, (Raf.) Jor

Xenotis aureolus, Jor

Xenotis ly throchloris, Jor

+

J
-i-

+

X.

N.

+

"

+
+

4-
+

+

(Xystroplites) iiotatus, Ap;

+

+

Eup jniotis aureus, ("Walb ) G. & J •

+

+
+
+

+

+

+

NE.

+
+

Heuiioplites simulans, Cope

Centrarohus iii:eus, (Lac.) C. & V

+

+

+
+
+

+
+

+
+
+

+

+
+

-1-

4-

+

+
+
+

+

+

s.

+

+
+

■-,-

K.

+

]

+

i

+

+

N.

Libidesthes siccnlus, Cope

N.

y4 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

Table showing the Distrihtdion of the Species in the Different IHver-Basins—CoutinneH.

g

Mi
O

a
a

6
£

"5

c

3

<

o

0)

s

a.

a
a

H

5

c"

3

c

□

2

0)
H

Fundiilns diipbanua, (Le S.) Ag

H-

Xeiiisma 8;elliterum, Jur

+

Xenisma cattnatuui, (Stor.) Jor !

+

+

+

+

Zygonectes dispar, Ag

Zygonectes nottii, Ag

+

+

Z vgonectes uielanops, Cope

+

+
+

4-

Zygonectes atriJalus, J. & B.*

+

+

Zygonectes gnttatiis, Ag

Zygonectes liieroglyphlcus, Ag

Zygonectes notatus, (Raf.) Jor

+

+

+

+

+

NW.

Melanura, limi, (Kirt.) Ag

N.

Melanura pygmaea, (DeKay) Baird

+

+

Amblyopsis spelseus, DeKay

+
+
+

Ty phlichthys subterraneus, Grd

Chologaster agassizi, Putn

Esox reticulahis, Le S

+

+

+

+
+

+

+
+

NE.

Esox (raveneli, Holbr.)

Usox (crassus, Ag.)

Edox salmoncus, Eaf

+

+
+

+
+

+

+

+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+

-f-

N.

Esox cypho, Cope

Esox lucius, L

Percopsis gattatus, Ag

+

-t-

+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+

+

N".

S:dvelinus fontinalis, (Mit.) Gill & Jor

Coregoniis artedi sisco, Jor

+

+

+

+

N.

Hy odon tergiaus, Le S

+
+
+
+

+

N.

Hyodon selenops, Jor. & Bean

+
+

+
+

+
+

Dorosoma cepediaunra heteriirnni. (Kaf.) Jor ..

Pomolobiis cbrysocbloris, Eaf

Campostoma, anomalum, (Raf.) Ag

llybognatbus argyritis, Grd

+

+

+

...

+
+

+

+

N.

Hybognatbus michalis, Ag

Pimephales promelas, Raf

+
+

N.

Hyborhynchus uotatns, (Raf.) Ag

+

N.

nyborbyucllua superciliosus, Cope

Ericymba buccata, Cope

Lnxilus cormitus, (Mit.) Jor

+

+

+

+

+
+

+

+
+

X.

Photogenis gaiacturus, (Cope) Jor

Photogenis analostaans ^Grd.) Jor

4-

+

Photogenis Icncopus J. & B

4-

' Zyrjonettes atrilatuK, sp. dov. — A abort, tbick-tet species, related io Z. 7)iclanops Copo. Body sbort
•itsd stout, compressed, especially posteriorly, tbe depth about "1 times in tlie length to base of caudal.
Head moderate, 31- times in length, moderately broad and flattened above, the mouth of the ordinary
sort. Dorsal fin well back, moderately high, of about 8 rays; anal larger than the dorsal, with seven
lays: ventral flns quite small, not reaching quite to the anal : pectoral tins .small : caudal fln rounded,
of the usnal form: scales large, in about 30 transverse series.

Coloration dull olive; no stripes nor bars: scales slightly dark-edged: each .side with a large jet-black
blotch ou the sides of the body just above and somewhat in front of the vent: dorsal and anal fins
speckled.

Numerous specimens, IJ to IJ inches in length, nearly all females, distended with spawn. In all, the
black side-blotch is very distinct. They were taken by Messrs. Brayton and Gilbert, in the Xeuae
River, near Goldaboro', with loa vitrea, Noturus eleutherus, Achirus lincatus, and other interesting
species. <

DISTRIBUTION OF BPECIES. 85

Table shoivivg the Bislrihiition of (lie »SjxtJts hi the Different Eiver-Basins — Continued.

^

o
1

'A

o

6

o

2
5
>

cz

a
<

Hi

o

5

a

5

i

'3

o
tx
a

a

S
a

a

+
+

+

4-

+

+

+
+

+

+

+

+

+ "N"-

+

+

+

+

+

Alburnops saludanus, J. & B

Alburnops amarua, (Gi*i! ) Jor

+

+

+

NE.

+

+

+
•<-

+

+

+

X.

+
+

-t-

+

\V^.

+

Notropis stilbiiv*', Jor.

+

+
+

+

+

+
+

+

+

+

+

+

+

Lythrurus ardeus, (Cope) Jor . .

+

+

+

+

+

+

Codoma casrulea. Jor.

+
+
+

+

Codoiiia eurystoma, Jor

+

+

+

+
+

+

+

Episema scabricops, Cope

+

+

+

4-

i ■■

+
+

+

+

Pboxiuus nec<:jaaus, Copo

X.

+

+
+

+

+

Gilavaudoisiila, (C. & V.) Jor

+

+

+

4-

■•

+

+

+

Notouugonus chrysoleucus, (Mit.) Jor

N.

8G CONTRIBUTIONS TC NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

Table showivg the Distribution of the Species hi

theD

fferen

( River-Basins—

-Continaed,

8

•-3

O
P
C5

O

i

B
O

c

-3

ft,
£

i

c
•n

a
a
n

«5

2

1
<

01

o

3

s

s

<

i

o
a
a
o

a

a
a
O

c
.a
O

'c

o
a

1-
o
a
«

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+
+

+

+

+
+

W.

+

E.

J.

Ceralichthys monachus, Copo

+

+
+

+
+

-r

+

+

+

+

+

(■cratichthya biguttatus, (Kirt.) Baird

+
+

+

4-

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

NW.

+

+

+

f

+

+

+

+

+

+

Exoglossam maxillilingua, (Le S.) Ilald

+

+

+

NE.

+

+

+

+

4-

-1-
+
+

+

. ..1.

+

+
+

+

Myxostoma crassilabr©, (Copo) Jor

Myxost. niaerolepidotum, (Lf. S.) Jor. (>t t.ti-s . .
Myxostoma aureolum, (Lo S ) Jor

+

+

+

+

+

+
+

+
+

Myxostoma euryops, Jor

+

+

4-

+
+

1

f

+

+
+

-j-

+

Minytrema melanops, (Raf.) Jor

Eriniyzon sucs'tta, (Lac.) Jor

+
+

+

+

+
+

+

+
+

+

+
+
+

+

+
+

+

+

+
+

+
+

+
+

+
+
+
+

4-
+

-4-

W.

+
+

+

+

NW.

Hypi^ntflium etowanum, Jor

Catostomus commcraoui, (Lac.) Jor

Catostomus loiigirossri.s, LoS

Cycleptus elonga'us, (Le S.) Raf

Carpiodes cutisan serin us, Copo

Carpiodes velifer, (Raf.) Ag

Carpiodes cyprinus, (LoS.) Ag

+

+

+

NE.

Carpiodos cirpio, (Raf.) Jor

Icbthyob;i9 biib.alu.s, (Raf. ) A g

r>ubalichthys cyancllus. (Nels.) Jor

...

...

+ +
+ +
+ +

W.

mSlKIBUTIOf; OF SPECIE"..

87

Tahle shoioing the Distribution of the Sj}eci('S in the Dijfercii River-Basins — Contiuued.

1

J4
h

1^

re

o

C5

<

c
g

/a
O

i:

-33

3

g
s

c

i

+

+

h-1
f

+
+

n

o

-r

sw.

+

+

+

+

f

+-

+

w.

Amiurus albidus, (Le S.) Gill

+

+

+
+

+

+
+
+

+

is". & S.

+

+

H-

+

+

+

\v.

Aiuiurus maruioratUH, (Hulbr.) Jor

4-

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

^-
-j-

+

IX.

-

+

+

NE.

NW.

H-

+

+
+

+

W.

_j_

+
-1-

+

-

+

-'r

+

+

+

H-

+

+

+
+

+

+
+
+

+
+
+

+
l:3t

+
+
+
+

-r
+
+

+

+

4-

1'

+

+

\V.

Polyoilon loliuia, Auct

+
+

T"

Totiil -

X

If

. 4-

2 •2-1

4C

U

•2.

2;

51

i^

Cf

From the above table, it will be seeu that the uumber of species
inhabiting any one river-basin rapidly increases as we leave the
Atlantic streams for those of the Gulf. The following table shows the
arrangement of the species from another point of view — omitting refer-
ence to the range of the species outside of the thirteen rivers included
in this table:

Known onlv from the —

Ohio .

Alabama

I Known only from the —
Species. I Species.

30 I Tennessee 16

17 Illinois 14

88 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III.

Kuown only from the —

Species.
10
7
C
7
4

Known only from the —

James

Cumberhmd
Eoanoake . .
Savannah . .

San tee .

Altamaha

Great Pedee

Neuse ,

Chattahoochee

Common to —

Ohio and Illinois

Cumberland and Tennessee

Tennessee, Cumberland, Ohio, and Illinois

Cumberland, Ohio, and Illinois

Alabama, Tennessee, Cumberland, Ohio, and Illinois.

James and Neuse

Tennessee, Ohio, and Illinois

Alabama and Tennessee

Savannah and Tennessee

Alabama, Tennessee, and Cumberland

Great Pedee and Santee

Cumberland and Ohio

Species.

Species.
39

. " 10
10
10
6
4
4
3
9

Distribution of Genera.

O

s
.2

o

a

a
a

a

£

CJ

"a
Q

p

O

3

41
O

s

O

;5

6

a

C3
CO

a
a
a

03

a
<

o

o

B

.a

a

a

o

a

n

5

c

O

+

.2

'S
_p

4-
4-

6

a
o

4-

4-

o
l-I

Lota

+
+
+

+

+
+

+

+

+

+

Potomocottus

4-

Tauridea

,

Triglopsis

Ammocrypta

4-

Pleurolepis

+

+

+

+

+
+

4-

+
+■

+
+
+
4-

4-

+

4-

4-

4-
4-

loa *

Percina

+
+

+
+

+

Al vordius

Ericosma

+

+

Hadroptcrus

linostoma

+

+

+

+

+

+

Rheocrypta

Ulocentra

+

-1-

+

+

+

4-

Diplesitim

+

+

1 1

*IoA (J. & B), gen. nov.: typo Pmcillchthys vitreus Oipe. This genua is diatiuguishcd from I'euiolepis
by the presence of two anal spines instead of one, and by the greater scalinoss of the venfral region.
The name is from toy, an arrow or dart.

DISTRIBUTION OF GENERA.
Distribution of Genera — Coutiuued.

89

<v
a

Hi

o

c
o

n
p
a

o

c-

ifl

0!

5

6

s

5

i

+
+

a
p
a

s

C3

a
<

+
+

o

o
A

c3

s

<

i

6

p

s

+
+
+
+

p

C3

O

a

3
O

+
+
+
+

6

o

+
+
+
+
+

'S

p

+

P
C

o

t

.1

is
o

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+
+
+

+

+
+

+
+
+
+

+
+
+

+

+
+

+
+

+

+

Boleiclithys

+

+

-h

+

+

-T

+

+

+
+

+

+

+

+

+

+
+
+

+
+

+

+
+

+
+
+

+
+

+

+

f

+

+
+

H-

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+
+
+
+

+
+
+
+

+

+
+
+

+

+

+

-1-

+

+
+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

4-

+

+

+

1

+

+

+
+

+
+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+
+
+
+

+

+

+
+

+
+

+

+
+
+
+

+
+

+

+

+
+
+
+
+
+
+

+

+

+

+

AphodoJerua

+

+

+

+

Eucalia

Py gosteus

1

Labidesthes

+

+

+

+
+

+

+
+

Fundulus

+

+

a.

+

+

+

+

4
+

+

Zygoneotes

+

+

+

...

+

+.

Gambusia

+

Girardinus

+

+

MRlannrR.

+

+

+

+

+

+
+
+
+
+

+

+

Amblyopsis

Typhlichthys

Chologaster

Esox

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

Tetragonopterus

+

Percopsis

+
+
+
+
+
+

+

+
+

+
+

+

Salvolinus

+

+

+

+

4-

+

Thymallus

Coregonus. . J

+
+

+

+
+

Hyodnn

.J...

+

+

+

+

*Vaillantia (Jordan), gen. nov.: typo Buleosoma Camurum Forbes. This genus differs troin lio.
leichthys in having the upper jaw protractile, and the anal spines very feeble. From Boleosoma, with
■which it agrees in these respects, it is distinguished by the incomplete lateral line. It is named for
Prof. Loon Vaillant, of Paris, whose thoroughly excellent monogrp ph of the Etheostomatidce is still the
atarting-point for all work on that diCScult but most interesting group.

90 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

Biatrlbution of Genera — Contiuued.

■1

O

3

_o

a
a
a
o
O

£

a
P

5

a
CO

i
g

1-5

•4

'A

O

S

a

o
o

a
9

B
J

d

£
a

+
+

+

1

a

+
+

-r

6

+

+
+
+

+

+

+

'c

+

+
+

+
+

H-
+

+

a
1

+

+

+
+

T

+

+

+
+
+

+

Cainpost!)ma

+

+

-V

+

V

T

...

+

+

+
+
+
+

+
+

+

+

+
+

+
+

+

+
+
+
+

+
+

+
+

+

+

+

-T
+

+

...

+

+

+

+
+

+
+

+
+

+

+

+

+

+

1

+
+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+
+

+

+

+

+

+

+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+

+

r

f

T

H-

+
+

+

+

+-
-i-
+
+
+
+
+
+
i-
+
+
+
+
+

+
+

+

+

+

+
.f
+
+
+

85

+

+

+

+
+
+

+

+
+
+
+
+
+

+
+
+

+
+

+
+
+
-f-
+
+

+
C3

+

+

+
+

+
+
+
+

+

+
+

+

+
+

+

+
+

+

+

+
+

r

+

+

-\.

+
+

+

+

+
+

+

+

+
+
+

+

+
+
+

+

+

+

4-
+

+

+
+

+

+

-1-
-1-

+

+
+
+

+
+

+
+

Gila

+

+
+
+
+

+

Rbiniclitli\ 3

+
+
+

Ceraticlitliys

+

+

+

+
+

+

+
+

+

Semotilus

Ericvmb.i

+

+

■V

+

+

+

+

i-

T
+

+

Quavsilabia

+
+
+

+
+

f

+
+
+
4"
+
H-
+
+

+

■\rysr(istf>mn

+

+
+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+

+
+ .

+

+

+

+
-f-

H-

+
+

+

H-
+

+
+

+

+

+
+

+

-|-

Miuy trema

Eriiayzou

+

+

Catostouma

Cyclep'.ua

+

+
+

r

+

Carpioiles

+

+

Ichthyobus

+

Bubalicbthys

4-

+

H-

+

+
+
+

+

+

+

+

+

+

■f

+
+

+
+

+

1-
+

+

+

+
+

+

+

+
+

-r
+

-f-

-f

Pelodicht hya

+
+

+

+ +

+

+

+

-t-

+

4-

Litholepis

4-

4-

+

J...

4-

4-

+
C9

21

aJ •?""

3J

10

i9

19

2c'

TJ

19

T5"

To"

...
59

Jli

4-

Total

53

CONCLUSIOAS. 91

CONCLUSIONS.*

lu the coarse of the itivestigatioiis detailed in this paper, some light
has been tlnowu on the laws wljich goveru the distribution of fresh-
water fishes in general. The writer has collated the known facts into a
series of general propositions, which, without any pretense to exhaust-
ivenoss or to originality, are here briefly stated. It may be premised
that some of these propositions are only half truths, to be more com-
pletely stated when our knowledge of the subject shall be increased.
Most of the statements also refer chiefly to the smaller and non-migratory
ashes, espQd'niUy the UtheostoniatidcB, Gcntrarchiclce, and Cijpriiiida}. Our
knowledge of the range of the larger Catostomidw and Siluridce is still
very meagre.

For the first statement of several of the following propositions, we ai^e
indebted to Professor Cope, who has ably discussed the subject of the
distribution of fishes in his*paper on the Fishes of the Alleghany Region
of Southwest Virginia, Journ. Acad. :N^at. Sc. Phila. LSG8, i)p. 239-247.

I. In the case of rivers flowing into the ocean, the character of the
faunse of the upper waters, compared one with another, bears uo, or
very little, relation with the places of discharge. In illustration of this
we may note («) the similarity of the faunsB of the Chattahoochee and
Altamaha, as compared with the Chattahoochee and Alabama. The
fauna) of Wisconsin Eiver and of Ived liiver of the North are ver^' similar.

II. Eiver-biisius having a similar discharge into some larger river or
lake h.ive a similarity of fauna, due to this fact, and, in general, other
things being equal, the nearer togt^her the places of discharge, if in
fresh water, the greater the similarity. The almost identical faunas of
the Catawba and the Saluda will illustrate this.

III. Piirallel rivers tributary to the same stream have, other things
being equal, more in common than streams coming from opposite dii^ec-
tions. The Wabash and Miami have more in common than either has
with the Kentucky.

IV. The higher or the older the water-shed between two streams, the
fewer species are common to both. (This matter needs lurther investi-
gation.)

V. Certain species, not inclu<ling "species of general distribution",
occur on opposite sides of eveu the highest watersheds. This fact was
first noticed by Professor Cope. The occurrence of Luxilns coccogenis,

* Au abstract of I he reraaitiiGg part of this paper appeared ia the American Naturalist
for October, 1877 (pp. (307-613). For this pait, Professor Jordau is uloue responsible.

92 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

Hydrophlox ruhricrocens, Photogenis galactitriis, and Catostomns nigricans,
both in the Tennessee and Savannah, will illustrate this. Neither of the
two first-named species are as yet known from any other river-basins.

VI. When the watershed between two streams is a swampy upland
instead of a mountain-range, the same si)ecies may be found in the head-
waters of both, although the species inhabiting the lower courses may be
different. In case the one stream flows northward and the other south-
ward, the common fauna will be nearest like that of the northern stream.

In Northern Indiana, the same species are found in the waters of Saint
Joseph's, Maumee, Wabash, and Illinois Rivers, although these streams
discharge their waters in widely different directions. The swampy water-
shed between them is often overflowed in the spring, afi'ording to the
smaller fishes an easy means of migration.

VII. In any river-basin, many of the species inhabiting small streams
are different from those occurring in the river-channels. Among the
brook si)ecies may be meutio.ued Eucalia inconsians, Pceciliclithys specta-
hilis, Xenotis lythrochloris, Xenisma steWferum, Salvelinus foniinalis,
Ericymha huccata, Semotiliis corporalis, Clirosomus erythrogaster, the
species of Rhinichthys, etc. Of channel specAes, Hojjloidonotys, Hyodon,
Dorosoina, Pomolohns, Eoccus chrysops, all the' " Buffalo-fishes", and the
larger Siluridce, Ichthcelurus pvnctatus, Pelodichthys oUvaris, Amiurus
nigricans, and the like, will serve as examples.

Vlli. Many species inhabiting the upper course of a stream are differ-
ent from those of the lower. This subject has been ably discussed by
Professer Cope, but further investigations, especially of the rivers of the
Southern States, are very desirable.

IX. This diflerence between the upper fauna and the lower is due to
differences in the character of the river itself, such as climate, condition
of water, character of river-bed, supply of food, etc.

X. Hence, if in the same river basin there are two streams flowing
into a larger stream, the one near its source, the other near its mouth,
if the two streams are similar in all known physical respects, their
faunae will be similir, and if dissimilar, they will have different faunae.
The general identity of the faunae of Elk Eiver and Powell's River
may be noticed in this connection.

XL Some species of fishes are confined strictly to a single river-basin,
while other species, with apparently no better means of diffusion or of
defense, are widely distributed, inhabiting many rivers. In illustration
of this, the limited range of each of the species of Codoma may be com-

CONCLUSIONS. \)3

pared with the raDge of Luxilus cornutus. lu tbe genus Ceratichiliya^ G.
higuttatus probabl^^ occurs in every stream from the Susquelianna to the
Great Salt Lake, while four other species of the same genus, C. micro-
pogon^ C. monachuSj C. zanemiis, and G. labrosus, are each, so far as is
known, confined to a single river-basin.

XII. In any river-basin, the most abundant species (of small fishes)
are usually (a) those peculiar to it, or {b) those of the widest distribution.
In illustration of this, we may notice the abundance of Godoma pyrrlio-
melas and Notropis pJiotogenis in the Santee; of Godoma stigmatura and
JjUxUus cornutus in the Alabama; of Godoma eurystoma and Geratichthys
higuttatus in the Chattahoochee; of Godoma xwnura and Notemigomis
americanus in the Ocmulgee. To this rale, howe%'er, there are many
exceptions and modifications.

XIII. In general, the further south any river-basin lies, the more
species are peculiar to it, and the greater the differences between its
fauna and that of the neighboring streams. In illustration of this, the
differences existing between the fauute of the Alabama and Chatta-
hoochee may be compared with those between the fauujB of the Susque-
hanna and Delaware. Twelve genera are known to be common to the
Chattahoochee and Alabama, and twenty-three to the Suj>quehannaand
Delaware. In the Southern streams, the process of evolution of specific
forms seems to have gone on more rapidly. This matter, however,
requires further investigation.

XIV. Species of the widest distribution often have breaks in their
range which cannot be accounted for by any facts now in onr posses-
sion. Luxilus cornutus, so abundant in all the waters of the North and
West, does not occur, so far as is known, in any of the rivers between
the ISTeuse and the Alabama, in both of which streams it is abundant.
Various species range over several river basins and then cease abruptly.
Amiurus brunneus is abundant from the Santee to the Chattahoochee, in
the latter river the most abundant food-fish, while in the very next river-
basin, the Alabama, it is unknown.

XV. Many species of wide distribution which are absent in certain
streams are there represented by certain other related species, which
may be regarded as modified descendants. Thus, in the South Atlan-
tic streams, Ghccnobryttus gulosus is represented by Ghccnobryttus viridis,
Kotemigonus chrysoleucus by JS'otemigonus americanus. In the South-
west, Eupomotis aureus is represented by Eupomotis palUdus ; in the
West, Noturus gyrinus by Koturus sialis, Noturus insigjiis by Noturiis

1)4 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

exilis, Noiunis eleutlierus hy Noinriis miurvs, Melamira pijfjmcea by Mc-
lanura liini.

XVI. Other species under similar circumstances have no such repre-
sentatives. The case of Litxilus cornutus will again illustrate.

XVII. Certain species have been known to extend their geographical
range since the opening of the canals. Snch are more especially the
migratory species of probably marine origin, as Borosoma heferura,
Pomolobus chrysocliloris, and Anguilla vulgaris. These species are now
abundant in Lake Michigan and Lake Erie, although formerly uidaiown
there. The range of certain Pemr/ct' and Ccntrarchidcc has nndoiibtedly
been extended by the same means.

XVIII. The characteristically American forms of fishes are, generally
speaking, rare or absent in the waters of New England and of the
Pacific slo[)e. This fact has been well stated by Professor Agassiz, who
called New England "a zoological island".

About 105 genera of fresh-water fishes occur in the waters of the
United States east of the Mississippi River. Of these, about 7G do not
occur in New England (exclusive of Lake Champloin, the fauna of
which is nearly identical with that of Lake Ontario.) Of these 30 or
fewer genera occurring in New England, all but Salvelinvs, Corcgonus,
Esox, Semotilns^ Bhinichthys, and po^-sibly Amiurvs, are represented by
a. single species each. From 30 to 35 genera occur in the waters of the
Pacific slope.

XIX. The larger the river-basin, the greater its variety of forms, both
genera and species. In the little White Kiver at Indianapolis, belonging
to the Mississippi basin, 70 species, representing 48 genera, are known
to occur — twice as many as inhabit all the rivers of New England.

XX. Other things being equal, a river whose course lies in a region
oi undisturbed stratified rocks or of glacial drift contains most genera
and species.

XXL Conversely, rivers in regions of igneous or metamorphic rock
contain lewest species.

XXII. Sources of streams on opposite sides of a high watershed often
have species in common which do not occur in the lower courses of the
saaie rivers. The distribution of several mountain species, as Saivelinns
font'nialis and Hydrophlox ruhricroceus, will exemplify this.

XXril. Certain species have a compact geographical range, occurring
in all the rivers within this range, without apparent regard to the direc-
tion of their flow. Such are Lcpioponms ohscurns in the Alabama, Ten-

CONCLUSIONS. 95

nessee, and Camberlaud, and Albiirnops mierostomus in tbe James, Eoa-
noke, Kentucky, Cumberland, and Clinch.

XXIV. Certain species have a wide east and west range, without
apparent regard to the courses of the rivers, but are bounded on either
the north or the south by parallels of latitude.

EucaUa inconstans occurs from Western New York to Kansas and
northward, but it is never found southward of a line passing about fifty
miles south of Lake Erie. Percopsis guttatua has a like range, but its
southern boundary is in the Potomac and Ohio. Lota lacustris is simi-
larly circumscribed, but ranges farther to the east. The three species
of Lythrurus have each a belt of latitude : L. cyanocephahts belonging
to the Great Lakes and Upper Missihsippi ; L. diplccmius to the Ohio
and the Potomac ; L. ardciis to the Eoauoke, James, and Cumberland.
The three species of Hyodon are similarly arranged.

XXV. Certain species have a peculiar northern and eastern range,
occuning iu the waters of the Upper Mississippi, in the headwaters of
the Illinois, Wabash, and Scioto, thence through the Great Lakes to
New England, thence to South Carolina on the eastern slope of the
Alleghauies. Such species are Eupomotis aureus, Perca americana, and
Ainiurus cat u ft.

XX VL Certain species have a peculiar northern and western range,
occurring in the Middle States and in the Great Lakes, and usually
southward in the east to some point in Virginia or Xorth Carolina,
ceasing iu the same latitude on both sides of the Alleghanies, but ex-
tending southwestward through the Mississii)pi Valley to tlie Gulf of
Mexico. Among these may be mentioned Luxilus coniuitis, XotemigonuH
chrynoleucus, Amhloplites nqjetitris, Apomotis cyanellus. The last-named
species, however, scarcely ranges east of the Alleghauies.

XXVI 1. Certain species have a wide range north and south, either
east or west of the Alleghanies, but do not cross that chain. Of these
raaj' be mentioned Lepioponnis aiiritus, Enneacantlius ohesns, Esox reticn-
latns^ etc., on the east, and HaploUlonotus grunniens, Hyodon tergisus,
Notiirus miiinis, Hfoturna skills, etc., on the west.

XXVllL The distribution of fresh-water fishes is'"dependent {a) on
fresh-water communication ; {b) on character of stream, i. c, of water — as
to puiUy, depth, rapidity, vegetable growth, etc.; (c) on the character of
the river-bed ; {d) on climate, as determined by latitude and by elevation
above the sea; and (e) finally on various unknown factors arising from
the nature or past history of the species in question, and from the geo-
logical history of the rivers.

A SYNOPSIS OF THE FAMILY CATOSTOMIDJl.

By David S. Jordan.

Class PISCES.

Subclass TELEOSTEI.

Order TELEOCEPHALI.

Suborder EVENTOGNATHl.
Family CATOSTOMID^.

Catostomoidce Gill. Prcc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Phila. v. 13, p. 8. 1861.
Catosfomidce Cope, Pixc. Aru. Assoc. Adv. Sci. v. 20, p. 333, 1872.
Cafosfomidce Jordan, Man. Vert. E. U. S. p. 292, 1876.

Cyprinidm gen. Rafixesque, Eisso, Cuvier, Bonaparte, Girai;d, Bi.keker.
Ciiprmidce .subfatn. Meckel, Agassiz, Bleeker, GDnther.

The familj^ of Catostomidce, or the "Suckers", may be briefly defiued
as follows : — Eveiii ognathoiis &shes, haviug the pharyngeal teeth pecti-
uiform, in a single row, closely approxi mated, very numerous, and
compressed at right angles to the diiectiou of the bone, and the intermax-
illaries forming but a small part, of the upper arch of the mouth, the
maxillaries entering into it largely on each side.*

* The following more elaborate diagnosis is given by Professor Gill (Johnson's Uni-
versal Cyclopaedia, vol. iv, p. 1574) : — " The body varies between an elongated subcylin-
drical and an oblong more or less compressed contour ; the scales are of medium or
rather large size, cycloid ; the 'lateral line is generally present and decurved, bnt some-
Bull. No M. 1^0. 12—7 * 97

98 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III

Early writers on fishes, as weiJ hs raost foreign ichtbyologists, have
considered the Buckers as forming a mere tribe or subfamily of the
Gyprinidce, which gioui) has been variously denominated Catostomi,
Catostomina, and Catcetominw, but the characteis above noted, of teeth
and luoutli, seem to the writer to fully justify their separation as a dis-
tinct famih Tie dorsal fin in Cafostomidcc is more developed than is
usual in American CjpHnidce, although various Old World genera show
similar characters. The development of the lips and the great protmc-
tility of the mouth are I'eatuies usually diagnostic, but in the genus
Quassi'abia the mouth is scarcely i^rotractile, and among our Gypri-
nidce certain species of Phenacobivs and Ceratichthys have thicker lips
than have some of the Catostomidce.

The Catostomidce fall at once into three well-marked subfamilies, first
indicated by Professor Gill, and termed by him Catostomince^ Cycleptince,
and Buhalichthijincc. These may be characterif.ed as follows: —

Caiostomince. — Body oblong or elongate, subterete or more or less
compressed : dorsal fin nearly median, short and subquadrate, with
from nine to eighteen developed ravs: ventral fins under the dorsal, of
nine or ten rays : anal fin high and short, normally of seven rays, nearer
the base of the caudal tb;in that of the ventral fi?!S : lips well developed,
usuallj' papillose or plicate : gill-rakers little developed. Genera Quassi-
lahia. PIacophary7ix, Myxostotnci, Erimyzon, Minytrema, Chasmistes,
Catostomus, Pantosteus.

Cycleptincc. — Body elongate, slender: dorsal fin falciform, of about 30
rays, beginning over the interval between the pectoral and ventral fins,
and extending as far back as the beginning of the anal fin : ventral fins
10 rayed; anal fin small, of about 7 rays: head extr'^mely small: scales
moderate, with the exposed surfaces broad : fontauelle entirely obliter-

times absent ; the head is diversiform; the opercular bones normally developed ; the
nostrils double ; the mouth more or less inferior, and provided with fleshy and gener-
ally papillose or crenated lips ; the upper jaw is formed on the middle by the small
and lamelliform interniaxillaries, and on the sides by the supramaxillaries ; teeth are
wanting in thejav?-;; the pharyngeal bones are developed in a falciform manner, and
provided with a row of numerous comb-like teeth ; the branchial apertures are re-
stricted to the sides; brauchiostegal rays three on each side ; dorsal variable in devel-
opment; anal posterior, and generally short and high; caudal large, and more or less
emarginated; pectoral fins low down, but lateral and with their rays branched; ven-
tral fius abdominal ; the intestinal canal is very long ; the stomach simple and desti-
tute of pyloric caeca ; the air-bladder is large, unprotected by an osseous capsule, and
•divided by transverse constrictions into two or three regions."

CATOSTOMID^ 99

ated by the union of the parietal bones : mouth inferior, with thick
papillose lips : gill-rakers moderate, soft. Genus Gycleptus.

Bubalichthyince. — Body stout, oblong-oval, and compressed. Dorsal
fin elongate, beginning more or less in front of the ventral fins, and ex-
tending at least as far as the commencement of the anal, its rays 20 to
50 in number, the anterior ones more or less elongate : ventral rays
usually 10: anal rays 8 to 12: kead stout and heavy : mouth moderate
or small, with thin lips : fontanelle open : gill-rakers of anterior arch
long, slender, and stiff above, growing smaller downwards. Genera
Carpiodes, BiibaUchthys, Ichthyobus, Myxocyprinus. '

As the chief purpose of this paper is to ascertain and make known
the proper nomenclature of the valid genera and species of Catostomidw,
I shall omit further discussion of family and subfamily characters, and
proceed at once to a catalogue of described species, arranged in chrono-
logical order, with the date and my identification of each species oppo-
site its name. As is the case in nearly every group of American fishes,
the number of nominal species is about three times the numb-^r really
existing. It will be noticed that the number of species which I have
admitted is in most of the Catostomoid genera fewer than has been
recognized by previous writers. This seems to me to result not from any
peculiar theories as to what constitutes a species, but from the fact that I
have had a greater range of specimens of most forms than any previous
writer has had. I am confident that in the presence of a still greater
amount of material, the characters of several other species will be found
to melt away. To indicate which these species are, in default of such
material, would, however, be an unprofitable task. In this group, as in
so many others, the truth well stated by Dr. Cones* becomes apparent: —
"We can only predicate and define species at all from the mere cir-
cumstance of missing links. ' Species ' are the twigs of a tree separated
from the parent stems. We name and arrange them arbitrarily, in de-
fault of a means of reconstructing the whole tree according to Nature's
ramifications."

* Birds of the Northwest, p. 227.

100 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

List of Nominal Species of Catostomidce, with Iclentijicaiions.

nominal species.

Date.

Identification.

Cyprinns catostomus Forster

'ie cijjn-in commersonien"* Lacepede

Cjpi iuus sucetta Lac<5p6do

Cypiiinis rostratus TJesius

Cyprmus teres Mitchill

Cy pt iuus oblongus Mitchill

Catostoiuiis cyprinus Le 8ueur

Cutostomus gibbosus Le Sueur

Catostomus tuberculatus Le Sueur

Catostomus macrolepidotus Le Sueur.

Catostomus aureolus Le Sueur

Catostomus communis Lo Sueur

Catostomus longirostrum Le Sutur...

Catostomus nigricans Le Sueur

Catostomus maculosus Le Sueur

Catostomus clongatus Le Sueur

Catostomus vitfatusLe Sueur

Catostomus duquesnii Le Sueur

Catostomus bostouiensis Le Sueur

Catostomus hudsonius Le Sueur

Catostomus bubalus Rafiuesque

Catostomus erythrurus Rafiuesque

Exoglossum macropterum Rafiuesque.

Amblodon niger Rafiuesque

Cycleptus nigrescens Rafiuesque

Rutilus melanurus Rafiuesque

Catostomus auisurus Rafiuesque

Catostomus auisopterus Rafiuesque...

Catostomus carpio Rafiuesque

Catostomus velifer Rafiuesque

Catostomus sautbopus Rafiuesque

Catostomus luelanops Raficesque

Catostomus fasciolaris Rafiuesque

Catostomus flexuosus Rafiuesque

Catostomus megastomus Rafiuesque..
Catostomus forsterianus Richardson. ..
Catostomus lesueurii Richardson

1773

180:{

1803

1813

1814

1«14

1817

1817

1817

1817

1817

1817

1817

1817

1817

1817

1817

1817

1817

1817

1818

1818

1818

1819

1819

1820

1820

1820

1820

1820

1820

1820

1820

1820

1820

1823

1823

Catostomus longirostris.

Catostomus teres.

Erimyzon sucetta.

(Catostomus) rostratus.

Catostomus teres.

Erimyzon sucetta.

Carpiodes cyprinus.

Erimyzou sucetta.

Erimyzon sucetta.

My xostoma macrolepidotum.

Myxostoma aureolum.

Catostomus teres.

Catostomus longirostris.

Catostomus nigricans.

Catostomus nigricans.

Cycleptus elougatus.

Erimyzon sucetta.

Myxostoma macrolepidotum duquesni.

Catostomus teres.

Catostomus longirostris.

Ichthyobus bubalus.

Myxostoma macrolepidotum duquesni.

Catostomus nigrican-».

Bubalichthys sp. ?

Cycleptus elougatus.

Myxostoma macrolepidotum duquesni.

Myxostoma anisura.

Carpiodes sp.

Carpiodes carpio.

Carpiodes velifer.

Catostomus nigricans. '

Minytrema melanops.

Erimyzon sucetta.

Catostomus teres.

A myth.

Catostomus longirostris.

Mvxo.«toma aureolum.

*This species is quoted by Dr. Giiuther as ''Cyprinus iommersonnii Lacepede". I
have been unable to examine Lac^pMe's original work, but in the reprints of it, sup-
posed to be literal, I find only the French form, "Le Cyprin Commersouieu ". Unless
Lac^pMo really bestowed a Latinized specific name on the species, " commeisoni" or
'' commersonianua" should not claim priority over teres of Mitchill.

LIST OF NOMINAL SPECIES. 101

Lht of JS^ominal Species of Caiosiomidoe, with Identifications — Continued.

Nominal species.

Date.

Identification.

Cyprinus (Catostomua) sueurii Rich

1H3G

Myxostoma aureolum ?

Cyprians (Catostomus) reticnlatus Rich .

183G

Catostomus teres.

Catostouius grariiis Kirtlaud

1838

Catostomus teres.

Labeo elecans DeKay . . . -

1842

Erimyzon sucetta.

Labeo esopus DeKav - • .----

1842

Erimyzou sucetta.

Catostomus ODciUa DeKav . ..---. ...--.

1S42

Myxostoma macrolepidotum.
Catostomus teres.

Catostomus pallidus DeKay . . .

1842

Labeo elougatus DeKay .. -. -

1842

Erimyzon sucetta.

Catostomus fasciatus Le Sueur, MSS

1844

Minytrema melanops.

Catostomus plauiceps Valeuciennes. ..

1844

Catostomus nigricans.

Catostomus carpio Valenciennes

1844

Myxostoma carpio.

Catostomus tilesii Valenciennes

1844

(Catostomus) rostratus.

Sclerognathus cyprinella Valenciennes.

1844

Ichthyobus bubalus.

Catostomus forsterianus Agassiz

1850

Catostomus teres.

Catostomus aurora Agassiz ...

1850

Catostomus longirostris.

Catostomus latipinnis Baird «fe Girard..

1853

Catostomus latipinnis.

Carpiodes urus Agassiz ..

1854

Bubalichthys urus.
Bubalichthys sp.

Carpiodes taurus Agassiz

1854

Carpiodes bison Agassiz ............

1854

Carpiodes bison.
Bubalichthys sp.

Carpiodes vitulus Agassiz

1854

Carpiodes vacca Agassiz ..

1854

Carpiodes cyprinus.
Myxostoma congestum.

Casrotomus congestus Baird & Girard . .

1854

Catostomus clarki Baird & Girard

1854

Catostomus clarki.

Catostomus insignis Baird «fc Girard.. .

1854

Catostomus insignis

Catostomus plebeius Baird Sz, Girard. ..

1854

Pantosteus plebeius.

Carpiodes tumidus Baird «& Girard

1854

Carpiodes cyprinus.

Catostomus occidentalis Ayres

1854

Catostomus occidentalis.

•

Ichthyobus rauchii Agassiz .. .

1855

Ichthyobus bubalus.

Ichthyobus stolleyi Agassiz

1855

Ichthyobus bubalus.

Moxostoma teuue Agassiz . ... --

1855

Erimyzon oblongus.
Carpiodes thompsoni,
Bubalichthys urus.

Carpiodes thompsoni Agassiz .

1855

Bubalichthys niger Agassiz

1855

Bubalichthys bubalus Agassiz

1855

Bubalichthys bubalus.

Bubalichthys bonasus Agassiz

1855

Bubalichthys urus.
Catostomus occidentalis.

Catostomus occidentalis Agassiz

1855

Catostomus labiatus Ayres ...... ..-,-.

1855

Catostomus labiatus.

Carpiodes damalis Girard

1856

Carpiodes cyprinus.

Moxostoma claviformis Girard

1856

Erimyzon sucetta.

Moxostoma kenuerlyi Girard

185G

Erimyzon sucetta.

Moxostoma Victoria} Girard

1856

Minytrema melanops.
Erimyzon sucetta.
Myxostoma albidum.

Moxostoma campbelli Girard ...

1856

Pty cbostom us albidus Girard

1856

Ptychostomus haydeni Girard

1856

Minytrema melanops.

102 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

List of N'ominal Species of Calostomidce,with Identijications — Continued.

Nominal species.

Date.

Identification.

Catostomus (Acomus) guzmanensis Gir.

1856

Catostomus latipinnis.

Catostomus (Acomus) generosus Girard.

1856

Pantosteus generosus.

Catostomus (Acomus) griseus Girard.. .

1856

Catostomus longirostris.

Catostomus (Acomus) lactarius Girard.

1856

Catostomus longirostris.

Catostomus macrocheilus Girard

1856

Catostomus macrochilus.

Catostomus suclilii Girard

1856
1856

Catostomus teres.

Catostomus bernardini Girard

Catostomus occidentalis.

Catostomus texanus Abbott

1860

Catostomus teres.

Catostomus chloropteron Abbott

1860

Catostomus teres.

Carpiodes asiaticus Bleeker

1864

Myxocyprinus .asiaticus.
Myxostoma cerviuum.
Bubalichthys meridionalis.

Teretulus cerviuus Cope

1868

Sclerognathus meridioualis Giinther .. .

1868

Placopharynx carinatus Cope

1870

Placopharynx carinatus.
Myxostoma papillosum.

Ptychostomns pappillosus Cope

1870

1870

Myxostoma ve!atum.
Myxostoma velatum.
Myxostoma pidionse.
Myxostoma coregonus.
Myxostoma album.

Ptychostomus collapsus Cope .

1870

Ptychostomus pidiensis Cope.. .

1870

Ptychostomus coref onus Cope . . . . . .

1870

Ptychostomus albus Cope ,

1870

Ptychostomus thalassinus Cope

1870

Myxostoma thalassinum.

Ptychostomus robustus Cope

1870

Myxostoma macrolepidotun: .
Myx. macrolepidotum lacbrymaie.

Ptychostomus lachrymalis Cope

1870

Ptychostomus crassilabris Cope

1870

Myxostoma crassilabre.

Ptychostomus breviceps Cope .

1870

Myxostoma anisnra.
Myxostoma conus.
Carpiodes difformis.
Carpiodes cutisanaerinus.
Carpiodes cutisanserinus,
Carpiodes cypriuus.
Carpiodes carpio.
Catostomus discobolus.

Ptychostomus couus Cope...

1870

Carpiodes diiformis Cope .

1870

Carpiodes cutisacseriuus Cope.

1^70

Carpiodes seleue Cope .'

lh70

Carp:odes grayi Cope ... .... -

1870

Carpiodes nummifer Cope

1870

Catostomus discobolus Cope

1872
1872

Minomus delphinus Cope

Pantosteus (plebeius?).

Miuomus bardus Cope

1872

Pantosteus (plebeius?).

Ptychostomus bucco Cope

1872

Myxostoma congest um.

M inomus platvrhynchus Cope

1874

Pantosteus platyrhynchus.
Pantosteus generosus.

Minomus jarrovii Cope

1874

Catostomus alticolus Cope

1874

Catostomus teres.

Ich thyobus cyanellus Nelson .

1876

Bubalichtbys bubalus.

Pantosteus virescens Cope

1876

Pantosteus virescens.

Catostomus fecuudum Cope & Yarrow.

1876

Chasmistes fecuudus.

Moxostoma trisignatum Cope

1876

Catostomus teres.

Ichthyobus iscbyrus Nelson

1877

Ichthyobus bubalus.

Bubalichthys altus Nelson

1877

Bubalichthys bubalus.

ANALYSIS OF GENERA. 103

Lint of Nominal Species of Catostomidce^ icith Identifications — Continued.

Nomiual species.

Date.

Identification

Myxostotna euryops Jordan

1877

My xostoma euryops.

Bubalichthysbubaliuus Jordau

1877

Bubalichtbys bubalus.

Mysostoiiia poecilura Jordan

1877

Myxostonia poecilura.
Quassilabia lacera.

Lagochila lacera Jordan & Brayton.. . .

1877

Erimyzon foodei .Jordan . ..

1878

Erimyzon goodei.
Catostomus arseopus.

Catostomus arseopns Jordan

1878

Catostonius retropinnis Jordau

1878

Catostomus retropinnis.

ANALYSIS OF GENERA OF CATOSTOM1D.E.

Dorsal fin short, subquadrate, with ten to eighteen developed rays: body oblong or

elongate: gill-rakers feeble. (Catostomivce.)
a. Mouth singular, the upper lip not protractile, greatly enlarged, the lower Jip
developed as two separate lobes : operculum very .short : air-bladder
in three parts: scales large : foutanelle well developed: lateral line

present: pharyngeal bones and teeth ordinary Quassilabia, 1.

aa. Mouth normal, the lower lip entire or merely lobed, either tubercular or plicate.

b. Air-bladder in three parts: lateral line continuous: fontanelie present : scales

large, subequal.

c. Pharyngeal bones very strong, with the lower teeth much enlarged, subcy-

lindrical and truncate, the teeth of the upper part of the bene small

and compressed: mouth large, somewhat oblique, with very thick

lips Placopharyjjx, 2.

cc. Pharyngeal bones moderate, the teeth compressed^ gradually larger down-
wards: mouth moderate or small, the lips usually plicate.

Myxostoma, 3.
bh. Air-bladder in two parts.

d. Lateral line interrupted or wanting : scales large (40 to i'lO in the course of
the lateral lir.e) : lips plicate.
e. Lateral line incomplete, obsolete in the young, becoming developed in the
adult, but always more or less interrupted: mouth small, inferior.

MiNYTREMA, 4.

ee. Lateral line entirely wanting : mouth somewhat oblique.. Erimyzon, 5.
dd. Lateral line complete and continuous : scales small, 5.5 to 115 in the course
of the lateral line.
/. Fontanelie present.

g. Mouth very large, terminal, oblique : lips thin, nearly smooth.

CUASMISTES, 6.

gg. Mouth inferior, moderate or small, with thick, papillose lips.

Catosto.mus, 7.

ff. Fontanelie obliterated by the union of the parielal bones: mouth small,

inferior, with thick, papillose lips, the lower jaw provided with a

cartilaginous sheath Pantosteus, 8.

104 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

'* Dorsal fin elongate, more or less elevated in front, of about 25 or more developed
rays : air bladder in two parts.
tFontanelJe obliterated by the union of the parietal bones: head short and small :
body elongate. {Cycleptince.)
h. Mouth small, inferior, with very thick, papillose lips : scales small, .% to 60 in

the course of the lateral line Cyci.eptus, 9.

ttFontanelle well developed : head large : body oblong or ovate : scales large, 35 to
45 in the course of the lateral line. {Bubalichthyince.)
i. Dorsal rays in moderate number (24 to 33).
j. Mouth comparatively small, inferior, protractile downwards.

k. Pharyngeal bones narrow, with the teeth comparatively thin and weak.

Carpiodes, 10.
kk. Pharyngeal bones strong, the teeth comparatively coarse and large, in-
creasing in size downwards Bubalichthys, 11-

jj. Mouth quite large, terminal, protractile forwards : pharyngeal bones and

teeth moderate : lips thin, nearly smooth Ichthyobus, 12.

it. Dorsal fin very long, of about 50 developed rays Myxocyprinus, 13

Genus QUASSILABIA Jordan £ Bray ton.

Lagochila Jordan & Brayton, Pioc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 280. 1877. (Preoccupied in

conchology as Lagochilus.)
Quassilabia (J ORiiATs; & Braytox) Jordan, Man. Vert. E. U. S. ed. 2d, 401, 1878.

Type, LagocMla lacera Jordan & Brayton.

Etymology, quassiis, broken or torn; lahia, lip.

Suckers like Myxostoma in every respect excepting the structure of
the mouth and opercula. Head shortish, conical, with lengthened snout;
its length 4J to 5 times in that of the body, the opercular region being
reduced, so that the eye is well backwards: suborbital bones narrow : fon-
tanelle large, widely open. Mouth large, singuhir in structure, inferior,
the upper lip not i:)ro tractile, greatly prolonged, closely [)licate. Lower
lip much reduced, divided into two distinct elongate lobes, which are
weakly papillose. The split between these lobes extends backwards to
the edge of the deutary bones, which are provided with a rather hard,
horny plate, as in Pantosteiis. The lower lip is entirely separated from
the upper at the angles by a deei) fissure. The skin of the cheeks
forms a sort of cloak over this fissure, the crease separating this skin
from the mouth extending up on the sides of the muzzle. The crease
between the lips extends down on the under side of the head. System
ot muciferous tubes well developed.

Pharyngeal bones not dissimilar from the usual type in Myxostoma^
rather weak, with numerous small teeth.

Body elongate, not much compressed, not elevated. Fins moderate,
of precisely the type usual in Myxostoma.

GENUS QUASSILABIA. 105

Scales large, precisely as iu Myxostoma^ the lateral line well developed
and nearly straight, with about 45 scales iu its course.

Air-bladder iu three parts.

Sexual peculiarities unknown ; probably little marked.

But a single species of this genus is known. It is a sort of offshoot
Irom the genus Myxostoma, but its non-protractile mouth and singular
lower lip would seem to indicate some real affinity with the genus Exo-
glossum.

The name Lagochilus had been previously applied to a genus of Gas-
teropods by Blanford, and toagenusof Insects by Loew. As Lagochila is
substantially the same word, with the same etymology, and as, if written
in strict correctness, it would be Lagochilus also, its authors have seen
fit to substitute the name Quassilabia, and thus to forestall all discus-
sion as to whether the name Lagochila should be retained. As this sub-
stitution was made soon after the original description of the genus, and
before the name Lagochila' had come into any general use, it is to be
hoped that it will be accepted by succeeding ichthyologists.

Generic Characterizations.

LxVGOCHiLA Jordan & Braytou, 1877. — "Similar to Myxostoma (Ptychosfomus Agassiz)
except in the structure of the mouth parts. Dorsal fin short ; lateral Hue well devel-
oped ; scales large, subequa.] ; air-bladder in three paits ; foutanelle between parietal
bones well developed ; pharyngeal bones weak, with numerous small teeth ; upper lip
not all protractile, greatly enlarged, but atttuuated, and sirgular iu form. It consists
of two elongated and narrow lobes, separated by a n.arrow, deep fissure, which extends
inward to the edge of the mandible proper, which seems to be armed with a rather
hard or almost horny plate, about as iu the genus Pantosle^is. The two lobes of the
lip are weakly papillose. The lower lip is entirely separated from the upper at the
angles by a deep fissure. Over this fissure the skin of the cheek lies as a sort of cloak;
the crease separating this skin from the mouth, extending up on the sides of the muzzle.
The fissure between the lips extends down on the skin of the under side of the head.
The opercle is extiemely short and the eye is entirely lu the posterior part of the head." —
(Jordan & Braytox, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. p. 280, 1877.)

QUASSILABIA Jordan & Brayton, 1878. — "When the name Lagochila was fiist pro-
posed for this genus, its authoie were not aware that the masculine form, Lagochilua,
had been already given to two difieren*; genera, tooneof Gasteropods by Blaufoid a^d
to one of Insects by Loew. The words Lagochila and Lagochilus are identical in ety-
mology and in all except terminations, and many writers would consider them insuffi-
ciently distinct, and would hold that the name Lagochila should be changed. At
present, lam inclined to the contraiy opinion; nevertheless, as the matter stands, and
as the name Lagochila has not yet come into general use, less confusion perhaps will
result from renaming the genus, than from any other course. The name Qaassilabia
(Jordan & Brayton} is accordingly suggested as a substitute for Lagochila, considered
to be preoccupied in concbology. The etymology is quassus, broken or torn ; labia, lip.

lOG CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — HI.

The case is precisely like that of the genus of Doves, Leptopiila Swaiusou, lately named
^chmoptila by Dr. Coues, ou account of the previous Leptoptilus of Lessou." — (Jordan,
Bull. U. S. Geol. iSurv. Terr, vol iv, No. 2, p. 418, 1878.)

ANALYSIS OP SPECIES OF QUASSILABIA.

•Head short, conical, with lengthened snout, the region between the eyes flattened
and with prominent mucous ridges : cheeks and lower part of head rather swollen :
opercle much reduced, its greatest length scarcely greater than the diameter of the
eye : head about 4J in length : eye 4J in length of head, about 2 iu length of the snout,
its situation thus quite posterior; length of the top of the head If iu the distance
from the snout to the base of the dorsal. Body rather slender, the form being
between that of Myxostoma cervinum and M. macrolepidotum, the depth 4J in the length.
Dorsal fin rather low ; its rays I, 12; A. I, 7; V. 9. Scales 5-45-5. Color olive or
bluish-brown above; sides and belly silvery ; lower fins faintly orange. .. laceka, 1.

1. QUASSILABIA LACERA Jordan <fc Brayton.

Hare-lip Sucker. Split-mouth Sucker. May Sucker of the Scioto. Cut-lips.
1877 — LagocMla lacera Jordan & Brayton, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 280, 1877.
Lugochila lacera Jordan, Man. Vert. ed.2d, oil, 1878.
Quasailabia lacera Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 406, 1878.
Quassilaiia lacera Jordan, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv. Terr. 418, 1878.
Habitat. — Tennessee River. Scioto River.

Only three specimens of this singular Sucker are yet known. Two of
these were taken by Professor Brayton and myself in the Chickamauga
Eiver at Kinggold, Catoosa County, Georgia, and the other in Elk Eiver
near Estill Springs, Tennessee. In both these streams, the s[)ecies was
well known to the fishermen, who Siiid that it is one of the most abun-
dant species in those waters, and one of the most highly valued for food.
In the Cliickamauga, it is known us the Hare-lip or Split mouth Sucker
None of tbe specimens takt'U were mature, the largest being but ten
inches long, so that its maximum size cannot be given.

Since the above was written, a fine large specimen has been sent to me
by J. H. Klippart, Esq., of the Ohio Fish Commission. It was taken in
Scioto Riv^er near Columbus, in April, 1878. Mr. Klippart informs me
that the species is well known to the Scioto fishermen, who call it May
Sucker, as it runs up the river in May. That so strongly marked a spe-
cies has so long escaped the attention of ichthyologists in the State of
Ohio is singular.

Specimens in United States National Museum.

Number.

Locality.

Collector.

Chickamaufa River . .... . .

D. S. Jordan.

GENUS PLACOPHARYNX. 107

Genus PLACOPHARYNX Co:pe.

Placopharynx Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 467, 1870.
Type, Placopharynx carinatus Cope.
Etymology, tt/Iu^, a broad surface ; (papvy^, pharynx.

Suckers like Myxostoma iu all respects, except that the pharyngeal
bones are much, more developed, and the teeth reduced in number, those
on the lower half of the bone very large, 6 to 10 in number, nearly cylin-
dric in form, being but little compressed, and with a broad, rounded
or flattened grinding surface. The forms and positions of these en-
larged teeth vary greatly. In a specimen before me, the lirst tooth is
the highest and most compressed, its summit being rounded and then
abruptly truncate. The second tooth is notably shorter and thicker,
much larger, and rounded on top, the body of the tooth serving as a pe-
duncle for the swollen grinding surface. The third tooth is still shorter
and similar in form. The fourth tooth is similar to the first, being much
higher than the second and third, and flat on top. The others seem to
be irregularly alternated or arranged in pairs, a long one and a short
one, the long teeth in all cases being the most truncated, as if their sur-
faces had been most worn off.

As I have at present no perfect specimens of this genus, nothing but
very young specimens, and pharyngeal jaws of adults, I cannot do better
than to copy Professor Cope's original description, which seems to be
an accurate one. I substitute the generic names used in this paper
{Myxostoma, etc.) for those used by Professor Cope (Ptychostoinus, etc.),
whenever a difference occurs : —

"Allied to Myxostoma. The pharyngeal teeth much reduced iu num-
ber, only seven on the prosimal half of the bone, cylindric in lorm, with
a broad, truncate triturating surface. These i^iay against a broad, cres-
centic, chitin-like shield on the posterior root of the pharyngeal cavity.
Three divisions of the vesica natatoria.

"With a great superficial resemblance to Myxostoma, the masticatory
apparatus is different from that of any Catostomoid form known to me,
and combines peculiarities observed in some forms of true Cyprinidw.
The chitin-like shield is found in some of the latter ; it is represented in
Catostomus, Myxostoma, and Carpiodes by a narrow and very thin pel-
licle of the same material, frequently interrupted in the middle line."

But one species of the genus is known. It is apparently widely dis-
tributed through the Mississippi Valley and the Great Lakes, but its

] 08 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

peculiarities are rarely noticed unless the pharyngeal teeth aie exposed.
The writer has obtained tour sets of the pharyngeal jaws and one entire
skeleton, but has seen only two small specimens, collected by Professor
Brayton in the Illinois River, and has obtained none in life.

Since the foregoing was written, I have collected numerous large
specimens in the French Broad Kiver, North Carolina, where it is the
most abundant member of the family, known to all fishermen as the " Red
Horse". With a great superficial resemblance to the JSorthern Red
Hoise [2Iyxostoina macrolepidotum), Plncopharynx carinatus differs from
all the si)ecie8 of Myxostoma in its larger and jnore oblique mouth and
extremely thick lips.

2. PLACOPHARYNX CARINATUS Cope.

Big-jawed Sucker.

1870 — Placopharynx carinatus Cope, Pioc. Am. Pbilos. Soc. Pliila. 467, 1870.

Flacopharynx carinatus Joupan, Fishes of Ind. 221, 1875. (Name only.)

Placopharynx carinatus Jordan, Man. Vert. 2'J6, 1876.

Placopharynx carinatus Nelson, Bull. No. 1, Ills. Mus. Nat. Hist. 49,1876.

Placopharynx carinatus Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 158, 1876. (Name
only.)

Placopharynx carinatus Jordan, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 72, 1877.

Placopharynx carinatus Jordan & Gilbert, in Klippart's Kept. 53, 1877. (Name
only.)

Placopharynx carinatus Klippart, First Report Ohio Fish Conimissiou, 86, 1877.

Placopharynx carinatus Jordan, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. ix, 50, 1877. (Name only.)

Placopharynx carinatus Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2t], 311, 1878.

Placopharynx carinatus Jordan, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv. vol. iv, No. 2, p. 417, 1878.
Habitat. — Mississippi Valley and Upper Great Lakes. Wabash River {Cope. Jordan).
Scioto River. Ohio River. Detroit River. Illinois River. French Broad River.

The following is Professor Cope's description of this species: —
'' The physiognomy and proportions of this sucker are tho.se of the
Pt. erythriirus or the 'red horse' of the Western Rivers.

" The lips are large and plicate, the anterior pendent like that of the P.
collapsus, the posterior full like that of Pt. cervinus. Muzzle vertically
truncate. Length of head in that of body four times; depth of body in
same 3.60 times; scales 6— 41— 5. Radii D. XIV, V. 9, A. 7. Free mar-
gin of dorsal straight, not elevated anteriorly. Occipital region more
elevated medially than in Pt. erythriirus, superior ridges well marked,
with a special addition characteristic of this species, and of none other
with which I am acquainted. This is a median longitudinal frontal
ridge, extending from the fontanelle to between the nasal ridges. Oulj

PLACOPHARYNX CARINATUS. 109

the posterior extremity of this rid^e appears in some Ptychostomi. Orbit
longitudinally oval, 4.5 times in length of head, twice in interorbital
width. Type, fourteen inches in length.

" Color in alcohol like that of other species, uniform straw or whitish
silvery.

" The pharyngeal bones of this species are much stouter than those of
other species of its own and greater size, e. g., Pt. aureolas of eighteen
inches, where they are comparatively slight. The exteroposterior ala is
twice as wide as the body inside the teeth is deep, and but for its short
base and narrowed tip would do for that of a Semotilus. But while there
are seven broad teeth without heel or cusp on the basal half, there are
at least forty on the distal half, they becoming more compressed and
finally like those of other allied genera. There are fourteen with trun-
cate extremities. The pharyngeal plate has narrow horns directed up-
wards and forwards, and is thickened medially. It is placed immedi-
ately in advance of the opening of the oesophagus. I have but one
specimen of this curious species, which I obtained at Lafayette, on the
Wabash River, in Indiana."

The writer has in his collection two young specimens obtained in Illi-
nois Eiver by Prof. Brayton, a skeleton of a very large individual
found in Scioto River by Dr. J. W. Wheaton, and a pair of pharyngeal
bones taken by Dr. G. M. Levette from a fish taken in the Wabash at
Terre Haute. I have also seen a pair of pharyngeals and an air-bladder
of one taken in Detroit River by Professor Baird, and now in the United
States National Museum, and a jaw from " Post-pliocene " deposits near
the Falls of the Ohio, found by Dr. John Sloan, The jaws and air-
bladder above noticed are the only specimens of this species preserved
in the National Museum.

Since the foregoing was written, the writer has obtained numerous
living specimens of Placopharynx carinatus from the French Broad at
Wolf Creek and other localities in North Carolina. From one of these,
the following description was taken : —

Body oblong, moderately compressed, heavy at the shoulders : head
very larg^e, 3| in length of the body : eye small, behind the middle of the
head : mouth extremely large, the lower jaw oblique when the mouth is
closed, the mouth, therefore, protractile forwards as well as downwards :
lips very thick, coarsely plicate, the lower lip full and heavy, truncate
behind : head above evenly rounded, in my specimens not showing the
carination described by Professor Cope : scales C-45-C : dorsal raj^s 13 ;
ventral 9: color brassy green above; lower fins red.

110 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

Genus MYXOSTOMA (Bafinesque) Jordan.

Catosiomun sp. Le Sueur, and of all writers till 1855.

Moxostoma Rafinesque, Ichthyologia Obienais, 1820, 54. (Proposed as a subgenus for
those species of Catoslomus with eight ventral rays and the caudal lobea un-
equal : type C. anisurus Raf.)

Tereluhts Rafinesque, Ichthyologia Ohiensis, 1820, 57. (As a subgenus, to include
those species of Catosiomus with nine ventral rays: no type designated— most
of the species recorded belong to the present genus. C. aureolus Le Sueur is
the species first mentioned, and to this species and its relatives the name
Tcretulus was afterwards restricted by Professor Cope.)

Ptycliosiomus Agassiz, American Journal of Science and Arts, 1855, p. 203. (No type
designated : the species mentioned are P. aureolus, P. mncrolepidotUH, P. duques-
nii, and P. melanops. P. aureolus has been considered the type of the genus.)

Teretulus Cope, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 1868, 236.

Moxostoma Jordan, Manual of Vertebrates, 1876, 295.

Myxosioma Jordan, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. 1877, 348. (Corrected orthography.)

Etymology, /zi'fw, to suck ; aro/ia, mouth.
Type, Catofitomus anisurtis Rafinesque.

Body more or less elongate, sometimes nearly terete, usually more or
less compre.ssecl.

Head variously long or short, its length ranging from 3^ to 5J in that
of the body : eye usually rather large, varying from 3 to 6 times in the
length of the side of the head, its position high up and median or
rather i)Osterior : suborbital bones very narrow, always much longer
than broad, their width less than one-fourth that of the fleshy part of
the cheek : fontanelle on top of head always well open, the parietal
bones not coalescing.

Mouth varying much in size, always inferior in position, the mandible
being hoiizontal or nearly so: lips usually well developed, the form of
the lower varying in different sections of the genus, usually witk a slight
median fissure, but never deeply incised ; the lips with transverse
plicae — the folds rarely so broken up as to form papillae : jaws without
conspicuous cartilaginous sheath : muciferous system considerably de-
veloped, a chain of tubes along the supraorbital region, a branch of
which extends around behind the eye and forwards along the suborbital
bones and the lower edge of the preorbital : opercular bones moderately
developed, nearly smooth : isthmus broad : gill-rakers weak, moder-
ately long, in length about half the diameter of the eye.

Pharyngeal bones rather weak, much as in Erimyzon and Catostomus^

GENUS MYXOSTOMA. Ill

the teeth rather coarser, strongly compressed, the lower five or six much
stroDger than the others, which are rapidly diminished in size upwards,
each with a prominent internal cusp.

Scales large, more or less quadrate in form, nearly equal in size over
the body, and not specially crowded anywhere, usually about 44 in the
lateral line (41 to 56), and about twelve series between dorsal and ven-
trals. Lateral line well developed, straight or anteriorly decurved.

Fins well developed, the dorsal inserted about midway of the
body, its first mys usually rather nearer snout than the caudal, the
number of developed rays usually about 13, but varying in different
species from 11 to 17 : anal fin short and high, usually emargiuate in
the male fish, probably always with seven developed rays : ventrals in- ,
serted nearly under the middle of the dorsal; their number of rays nor-
mally 9, occasionally varying to 10; the occurrence of ten ventral rays
is probably an accidental individual character, and not a permanent
specific one : caudal fin deeply forked, the lobes about equal, except in
two species.

Air bladder icith three chambers: skeleton essentially as in Catoslomus,
the vertebrflB in M. carpio 27-14: (Giinther).

Sexual peculiarities little marked, the males in the spawning season
with the lower fins reddened, and the anal rays swollen and somewhat
tuberculate.

This genus is widely diffused, some of its species occurring in all the
waters of the United States east of the Rocky Mountains, excepting
those of the New England States. Some of the more aberrant species
seem to be quite local; other species are of the widest distribution. The
principal species in the genus, although not the technical type, M. ma-
crolepidotum, is very widely diffused, and is subject to much variation.

This genus is one readily recognizable by external appearance, its
species being known to the fishermen as ^'^ Bed Horse" and ^'Mullet";
those of other genera beiug called rather " Suckers". Its proper nomen-
clature has, however, been a subject of considerable uncertainty.

The subgenus Moxostoma was originally pro[)osed by Kafinesque to
include C. anisurus Eaf., with the following diagnosis: — ''Body oblong,
compressed; head compressed, eight abdominal rays; dorsal fin com-
monly longitudinal; tail commonly unequally forked."

The characters here noticed are either common to several genera,
or else merely specific, and the use of the generic name must de-
pend on our identification of the original typical species. By some

112 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

process of leasoniug uot uow expiaiuable, Professor Agassiz ideatified
this with tbe coinmou Cbub Sucker of the West, a species wliich I con-
sider ideutical with Cyprinus oblongus Mitchill. He thus transferred the
name Moxostoma from the '• Ked Horse" to the ''Chub Sucker" group.
Rafiuesque's description, however, renders it evident that his fish was
one of the Red Horse kind; and as Moxostoma is the first generic name
applied to species of that group, it must be retained in spite of the
incompleteness of the original diagnosis.

Teretulus Rafiuesque was proposed three pages later for "an extensive
subgenUwS, to which belong all the following species of Le Sueur : C. au-
reolus, C. 7uacrolepidotus, C. lougirontrum, C. nigricans, C. v'ttatus^ G.
macnlosus, C. sticetta, besides the fJ. teres and C. oblongus of IMitchill."
To these he adds his own species, G. melanops, G. melanotus (= Gampo-
stoma), G.fasciolar is, G. erythrnrus, -dud C. flexuosus. This ^'- omnium ga-
tlierum'''' receives the following diagnosis: — "Body elongate cylindrical
or somewhat quadrangular, 9 abdominal rays, dorsal fin commonly smoll,
tail equally forked."

A name proposed for a group of tins kind, in the opinion of the pres-
ent writer, should not be set aside, but should be retained for some one
oi more of the species originally referred to it, and when any writer
adopts such a genus, he shall have the right to select any of the species
as its type, and the name should be considered thereafter as applying
to such typical species only, not to be revived in case such typical species
be afterwards found to have had a prior generic name. In case no such
type has been selected by any author, then the "principle of exclusion"
should be applied, and the name be retained for such species as may be
left to the last, on subtracting from tbe mongrel group the different
component genera in chronological order.

In this view, Teretulus, having been by Professor Cope, in 18G8, re-
stricted to G. aureolus Le S. and its affines, these being congeneric with
species previously called Moxostoma, becomes a synonym of Moxostoma,
and cannot be used for a distinct genus. The principle of exclusion,
if unmodified, would require us to use the name Teretulus for those
species left on subtracting Gatostonius proper, Moxostoma^ Gampostoma,
Erimyzon, and Hypentelium, i. e., in place of Minytrema.

Ptychosfomus Agassiz was i)r()posed for this same group, without
reference to the two names conferred by Rafinesque, This genus was
well characterized by Professor Agassiz on the peculiarities of the scales

GENUS MYXOSTOMA. 113

and lips, although the species of Minytrema was inadvertently included
in it. The most important generic feature, the tricellular air bladder,
was first noticed by Professor Cope.

I have seen fit to change the orthography of the name from Moxostoma
to Myxostoma, in accordance with its apparent etymology. This change
is rather desirable from the fact that it tends to avoid confusion, the
name Moxostoma having been commonly used in connection with a
different genus.

The genus Myxostoma contains two well marked sections, typified
respectively by M. velatum and M. macrolepidotum, and characterized by
the form of the month and lower lip : that of 31. velafa being as in the
genus Erimyzon; that ot 31. macrolepldotum being of the character most
common in this genus.

Generic Characterizations.

MoxosTOMA Eafiaesque, 1820. — " Body oblong, compressed ; head compressed, eight
abdomiual rays, dorsal fin commooly longitudinal ; tail commonly unequally forked." —
{Ichthyologia Ohiensis, j). 54.)

Teretulus Rafinesque, 1820. — '' Body elongate cylindrical or somewhat quadrangu-
lar, 9 alido.ninal rays, dorsal fios commonly small ; tail equally forked. An exten-
sive subgenus, to which belong all the following species of Le Sueur: C, aureolas, C.
macrolepidotus, C. lonairostrum, C. nigricans, C. vittalus, C. maculosus, C. sucetta, besides
the C. teres and C. oblongus of Dr. Mitchill." — (Ich. Oh. p. 57.)

Ptychostomus Agassiz, 18y5. — "lu resptct to form of body and the structure and
position of the fins, this genus does not differ from Catostomus proper, but maybe
distinguished by the following structural peculiarities. The lips are marked by trans-
verse ridges or folds, and hardly bilobed below ; they are not i)apillated as in Catosto-
mus proper. The generic name of this type is derived from this character of the lips
The head is shorter and stouter. The dorsal is longer than it ishigh, but m the males,
it is longer in proportion than in the females. The anal of the male is also broader
than that of the female, and its lower margin lobed, while in the female it is trape-
zoidal and narrow.

" The scales are as large on the anterior as on the posterior region of the body ; their
veriical diameter about as great as the longitudinal, so that the scales are nearly quad-
rangular, with rounded edges; the ornamental concentric ridgesnotlongernor broader
upon the posterior than upou the lateral and anterior fields ; the radiating furrows few,
only one or two in the posterior field and one on each side limiting that field from the
lateral fields ; those of the anterior field are more numerous, and yet not crowded.
Tube of the lateral line arising in the centre of radiation or farther back upon the
posterior field.

" The pharyngeals are strong, their entire edge spreading like a wing, and that
spreading margin is separated from the symphysis by a deep emargination. The
teeth increasing rather rapidly in size from above downwards, are more apart from one
Bull. K M. No. 12—8

114 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

anotbei- than in the iireceding genera, and arched inward as in Moxostonia, the inuer
edge of the lower ones sqnare, its inner margin rising into a broad cusp in the middle
aud upper teeth."— (American Journ. Sci. Arts, xix, p. 203.)

Teretulus Cope, 18G8. — "The essential character of this genns is the division of
the natatory bladder into three chambers, while Catostomus and allCyprinidaj, exhibit
but two. This feature ia accompanied by plicate lips, as Agassiz has indicated, and
nine rays to the ventral fin, already pointed out by Rafinesque. The species are the
largest scaled of the typical suckers. Le Saeur and Valenciennes have pointed out
the generic features in the P. macrolepidotus ; Prof. Baird informs me that it occurs
in Ft. florealis Bd., and I find it iu Ft. cervinus and Ft. duquesnii. Ifc no doubt exists
also in the Ft. aurcolus. Other species described by Baird and Girard from the South-
west probably possess it.

"It is difficult to assign a name to this genus. Kalinesquc proiioses it upon unten-
able characters, and includes with it species of Moxostoma and Catostomus. Agassiz
purged it of these elements, but did not express its essential feharacter, apparently rely-
ing on the plicate lips. I have taken the older name, leaving for others the final
decision.'" — (Journal Acadi Nat. Sci. Phila. 18G8, p. 236.)

Ptychostomus Cope, 1870. — " The development of the lips furiysh important diag-
nostic indications in this genus. In those mcst nearly allied to Moxostoma, the inferior
lip resembles that of that genus in being narrower and deeply incised, eniarginate
posteriorly forming a figure V with the apex forwards, at the same time the superior
lip is very thin and often narrow. Such species are shorter, and tend to a great de-
velopment of dorsal fin. Others of this type are more elongate. Some species of both
are distinguished by their very prominent conic muzzle and minute, inferior mouth,
reminding one of the Carpiodes. In one species thelips are papillose instead of plicate.
In some species, the mouth is very projectile, in others scarcely so at all.

" Rafinesque proposed a genus Teretulus on the characteristic peculiarity of nine ven-
tral radii, belonging to most species of this genus. He however included species of
two other genera. On this account, Agassiz, in rearranging the suckers, imposed on
it the name standing at the head of this article, regarding the plicate lips as a primary
character, I think Rafinesque's name is to be rejected, owing to its ill application ;
the more as I find two species in which there are ten ventral radii. I adopt that of
Agassiz, though I showed, when describing the Ft. cennnus, that the tricellular nata-
tory bladder was a more distinctive feature. This becomes the more obvious now that
I have found a species where the lips are tubercular instead of plicate." — {Froc. Am.
FMlos. Soc. Fhila. ly. 460.)

Moxostoma Jordan, IriTtJ.— *' Dorsal moderate, of 11 to 20 rays : air bladder in three
parts: lips usuallj' plicate : lateral line very distinct : pharyngeal teeth numerous and
all small, of the usual type, the bones slender" (in comparison with those of Flacoplia-
rynx).—{Man. Vert. E. U. S. p. 292.)

Moxostoma Cope & Jordan, 1877. — " Body oblong or elongate, with a short sub-
quadrate dorsal fin of 10 to 17 developed rays: air bladder in three parts : lateral line
present : fontanelle present : scales large, subequal : pharyngeal bones not especially
enlarged, the teeth of the usual typo." — (Jordan, Froc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Fhila. 1877, p.
81.)

ANALYSIS OF SPECIES OF MYXOSTOMA. 11.5

ANALYSIS OF SPECIES OF MYXOSTOMA.

Lips distinctly plicate,
t Lower lip full, its posterior edge truncate, not infolded and " yy-shaped".

a. Species with the body distinctly compressed, the depth 3J- to nearly 5 in length.
6. Dorsal fin largely developed, its rays 15 to 18 in number : head rather large,
3f to 4i in length, broad above : mouth large, with full lips : eye rather
large : body deep, strongly compressed, the back somewhat elevated, the
depth about 3^ in length : dorsal tin high and large, larger than in anj
other species of the genus, the first ray about as long as the base of the.
fin : scales 5-43-4, quite large : coloration very pale and silvery, the lower

fins white OARPIO, 3.

bb. Dorsal fin moderate, its rays 12 to 14 in number,
c. Scales large, 41 to 50 in the course of the lateral line.

d. Caudal fin normal, the two lobes about equal and similarly colored.

e. Head singular in form, much shortened, the muzzle very abruptly de-
curved, descending almost perpendicularly in front of the eye : the
head wedge-shaped from behind forwards, and loss so from below
upwards, its sides subvertical and the lower cross-diameter of the
head greater than the upper.
/. Eye very large, more than one-third the length of the side of the
head (in an individual of six inches in length) : lips thin, very
faintly plicate : width of head through the opercles greater than
the thickness ot the body : head 4| in length ; depth about the
same : dorsal rays 13 : scales 6-43-5 : body shortish, closely com-
pressed, the back somewhat elevated, and the caudal peduncle
unusually long in proportion : color smoky-blue ; lower fins white :

size probably small euryops, 4.

ee. Head normal in form, not as above.

g. Mouth moderate or large, not very small, nor very much overpassed
by the muzzle : lips thick, strongly plicate : body stoutish, vary-
ing to moderately elongate: dorsal fin medium, its developed
rays 12 to 14, usually 13 in number : scales large, about 6-45-5:
lower fins in the adult red or orange.
h. Head comparatively elongate, 4 to 5 in length: mouth large:
size very large, reaching a length of two feet

or more macrolepidotum, 5.

X. Head quite elongate, 4 to 4| in length : back little
elevated: body rather elongate, not greatly
compressed : scales pretty large, 6-42 to 49-5 :
back bluish or olive ; sides brilliantly silvery,
with bright reflections ; dorsal fin dusky above ;

lower fins bright red duquesnii.

XX. Head a little shorter, 4^ to 4f in length : form
of the preceding: scales distinctly smaller,
7 or 8-48 to .'30-6: back with much smoky
shading lachrymak.

1 1 D CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

'Lij).« distinctly plicate — Continued.

XXX. Head still shorter and deeper, 4^ to 5 in lengtb,
its upper profile concurrent with the curve
of the back, which is considerably elevated,
the form being thus somewhat elliiitical : sides
compressed : dorsal rays usually 13 : coloration
little silvery, the sides reflecting brownish and
golden ; back smoky, some of the scales dusky

at base : scales 6-42 to 50-5 maerolepidohim.

hh. Head comparatively short, low and small, 5 to 5^ iu length ;
back elevated and compressed ; depth 8^ in length : mouth
rather small, more or less overpassed by the snout : color-
ation bright yellowish-brown, etc., not silvery ; lower fins
bright red : dorsal rays 13: scales G-42 to 48-5: size large.

ATJKEOLUM, 6.

gg. Mouth very small, much overpassed by the conic muzzle : head
small, about 5 in length.
i. Body flattish, the back elevated and compressed; depth 3| :
muzzle contracted : scales large, 5-44-5 : dorsal rays usually
12 : dorsal fin elevated iu front, its first soft ray longer than
the base of the fin : color silvery, with smoky bhading
above, some of the scales blackish at their bases ; lower fins
white ; top of head, humeral bar, and dorsal fin dusky.

CRASSILAHRE, 7.

ii. Body flattish, the dorsal outline elevated, the form being like
that of M. coregovus: head small and conic: mouth exceed-
ingly small, the snout far overpassing it, the muzzle being
much longer than in M. crassilabre : dorsal rays 14 : eye
large : coloration smoky above, some scales dusky at their

bases; sides pale; lower fins white CONUS, 8.

dd. Caudal fiu with the upper lobe falcate, much longer than the lower, at
least in the adult, the lobes similarly colored: dorsal fin short and
high, falcate: body compressed; back somewhat elevated; depth 3|
in length : head conic, flattish, 5J iu length : mouth very small, much as
in aureolum. D. 12-13, half higher than long : scales 6-46-5.

ANISURA, 9.
ddd. Caudal fin with the lower lobe much longer than the upper and difter-
ently colored, the upper lobe in the adult being red, the
inferior jet-black, its two lowermost developed rays and
their membranes abruptly white (? in both sexes). Body
elongate, moderately compressed, somewhat elevated for-
wards ; depth 4J in length: head about the same: mouth
me<lium, the lips full : dorsal rays 13 : scales large, 5-44-4 :
coloration usual, except of the caudal fin ; other fins all red,
■with blackish shadings : size small pcecilura, 10.

ANALYSIS OF SPECIES OF MYXOSTOMA. 117

•Lips distinctly plicate — Continued.

cc. Scales very small for the genus, about 9-56-6 in number : body moderately
elongate, the depth about 4 in the length,
ee. Head shortish, conic, the snout not much projecting, about 4 in length :
eye large : dorsal fin ^mall, with about eleven rays, the last rapidly
shortened (characters of mouth unknowa, but probably similar to
macrolejAdotum and pcBcilura; it is said to be " much larger than in

P. congeiitus") albidum. 11.

aa. Species with the lx>dy elongate, little compressed, broad, the depth about n
in length, not very much greater than the thickness.
j. Head very short, rouudish above, rather i>oiuted forwards,
about 5 in length : cheeks snbvertical : month rather large,
with thick lips, which are strongly i»licate, the folds some-
what broken up : eye small : fins very small, the dorsal
rays 10 to 12 : scales rather large, 6-44 to 49-.5 : color green-
ish-brown, a pale blotch on each scale, these forming con-
tinuous streaks along the rows of scales : back with more
or less distinct brownish cross-blotches ; fins brownish, not
much red ; the dorsal blackish at tip : size smallest : length

less than afoot cervixum, 12.

•' Lower lip thin, not infolded and "A-shaped ", forming a narrow, crescent-shaped
border around the mandible.
k. Head small, b times in leugth: muzzle prominent, but
less so than in M. coregonm : mouth moderate: back a
little elevated: depth about 3i in length : dorsal rays 12
to 14, its free border often incised : scales &-4.S-5 : colorar-
tion very jjale ; lower fins white : size large ; reaches a

weight of four pounds or more album, 13.

Icl:. Head stout, as in M. relatum, rather long, 4 in length,
flattish above, muzzle truncate, not very promiuent :
mouth moderate : back elevated : dorsal fin long, of 14
or 15 rays : sea-green above ; white below ; lower fins

white THALVS5IXCM, 14.

ttt Lower lip infolded, A-stax>ed when viewed from below, with a distinct median

crease, in which the two halves of the lip meet, forming

an acute angle : mouth smalL

I. Dorsal large, with 16 (15 to 17) developed rays.

rn. Body stout, deep, compressed, the back elevated, the

depth .3 to 4 in length : head short, heavy, flattish

and broad above, thick through the cheeks, 3f to 4i

in length : eye rather large, midway in head, 4 to

5 in its length : muzzle rather prominent, bluntisb,

overhanging the very small mouth : fins very large :

dorsal long and high, its height five-sixths the length

of the head : pectorals nearly reaching ventrals •

color silvery, smoky above; lower fins red: size

large "Velatcm, 15.

118 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOG'S III.

•Lips distinctly plicate — Continued.

II. Dorsal moderate, with 12 to 14 developed rays.

n. Head comparatively large, about 4 in length: dorsal
rays usually 12.
0. Head short and very wide through the opercles,
flat above: body stout, the back somewhat
elevated, depth 4 in length : muzzle subtrun-
cate, slightly projecting : scales 6-40-5 : oliva-
ceous, silvery below ; dorsal fin dusky.

CONGESTUM, 16.

00. Head rather long, 4| in length, flattish above :
body elongate, more nearly cylindrical, little
compressed: muzzle truncate: olivaceous, some-
times with rows of faint spots along the series
of scales ; dorsal and caudal fins black-edged :
size quite small: resembles M. cervinum, but the

mouth entirely different pidiense, 17.

nn. Head very small, about 5 in length : muzzle conic,
much projecting beyond the very small mouth;
body broadly fusiform, much compressed, the
back elevated and arched : dorsal rays 14 : color
silvery, with plumbeous shades above ; lower

fins white : size small coregoxus, 18.

*' Lips full, strongly papillose, much as in the subgenus Hypentelium.

p. Body comparatively stout, the dorsal region
somewhat elevated and rounded, the depth
being about 4 in length, the head about the
same : eye rather large, high up and well back,
the preorbital space being longer than ir. the
other species : top of head flat : dorsal rays 12
to 14 : scales rather large, 6-42-.5 : lips well
developed, deeply incised : color silvery; back
with smoky shading; lower fins white: size
large, reaches a length of about two feet

PAPILLOSUM, 19.

3. MYXOSTOMA CARPIO {Valenciennes) Jordan.

Carp Mullet. White Lake Mullet.

1844 — Cato8tomu8 carpio Valenciennes, Cuv. et Val. Hist. Nat. des Poiss. xvii, 457, pi.
517.
Catostomus carpio Storer, Synopsis, 426, 1846.
Catoatomus carpio GDnther, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 20, 1868.
Ptyclwstomus carpio Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Pliila. 476, 1870.
Piychostomus carpio Jordan, Fishes of Ind. 221, 1875. (Name only.)

MYXOSTOMA EURYOPS.

119

Moxostoma carpio Jordan, Man. Vert. 296, 1876.

Teretulus carpio Nelson, Bull. No. 1, Ills. Mus. Nat. Hist. 49, 1876.

Teirtulus carpio Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 157, 1876. (Name only.)

Moxostoma carpio Jordan & Gilbert, iu Klippart's Rept. Fish Cornm. Ohio, 53,

1877. (Name only.)
Myxosioma carpio Jordan, Man. Vert. E. U. S. cd. 2il, 312, 1878.

Habitat. — Great Lake Region and northward. Also iu the Ohio River.

This si)ecies is appareutly uot very coamion, and its distributiou is
probably chiefly northward. I have obtained but one living specimen,
a fine larjie one, from Lac des Buttes des Morts, iu Northeastern Wis-
consin. This specimen in life was extremely pale and silvery, its fins
having none of the orange coloration common to most of the species.
M. carpio is related to ilf. macrolepidotum, bat the much greater develop-
ment of the dorsal will always distinguish it.

Specimens in United Stales National Museum.

Number.

10793
11214
12270
12271
12293

Locslity.

Cincinnati, Ohio

Alpena, Mich. (Lake Huron)

Cincinnati. Ohio

Cincinnati, Ohio

Cincinnati, Ohio

Marietta, Ohio

Collector.

J. W. Milner.
J. W. Milner.
J. W. Milner.
J. W. Milner.
J. W. Milner.
Prof. Andrews.

4. MYXOSTOMA EURYOPS Jordati.

Snub-nosed Sucker.

1876 — Teretulus curyops Jordan &. Copeland, Check List, 157. (Name only.)
Myxostoma euryops Jordan, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. xi. 348, 1877.
Myxostoma euryops Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 312, lh78.
Habitat. — Alabama River.

This species is still known only from the type specimen obtained in
Lovejoy's Creek, a small tributary of Oostanaula Kiver, a few miles
north of Eome, Ga. The species is most nearly related to .1/. macrolepi-
dotum^ and it is barely possible that the type specimen is a monstrosity
of that species. The peculiarities of the mouth, and the fact that the
bones of the head seem to be normally developed, lead me to consider it
a distinct species.

120 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

5. MYXOSTOMA MACROLEPIDOTUM {Le Sueur) Jordan.

Common lUd Ilorse. Mullet. White Sucl-er. Large-scaled Suclcer.

a. Subspecies macrolepidoturn.

lSl7—Catoslomv8 macrolepidotiis Le Sueur, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. i, 94.

Catoatomus macrolepidotus DeKay, New Yoik Fauna, part iv, Fishes, 202, 1842.
Catostom^is macrolepidotiis QvYYEVi & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. des Poissons, xvii,

447, 1844.
Catostomus macrolepidotus Stoher, Synopsis, 420, 184G.
Ptychostomus viacrolepidotiis Agassiz, Am. Jouru. Sci. Arts, 2d series, xix, 204,

1855.
Ptychostomus macrolepidotus Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 47.'), 1870.
Ftychostomus macrolepidotus Jordan, Fishes of lud. 221, 1875. (Name only.)
Moxostoma macrolepidoturn Jordan, Man. Vert. 296, 187G.
Teretulus macrolepidoturn Nelson, Bull. No. 1, Ills. Miis. Nat. Hist. 4U, 187G.
Catostomus macrolepidotus Uhler & Lugger, Fishes of Maryland, 140, 1876.
Teretulus viacrolepidotus Jordan & Copkland, Check List; x, 157, 187G. (Name

only.)
Moxostoma macrolepidota Jordan & Gilbert, in Klippart's Rept. 53, 187G. (Name

only.)
Myxostoma macrolepidota Jordan, Man. Vert. E. U. S. ed. 2d, 313, 1878.
\M2— Catostomus oneida DeKay, New York Fauna, part iv. Fishes, 198.
Catostomus oneida Storer, Synojisis, 425, 184G.
Fti/chostomus oneida Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 47G, 1870.
1870— Ptycliostomus rohustus Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 473.

Teretulus rohustus Jordan & Copeland, Clieck List, 1.57, 187G. (Name only.)
\61G— Ptychostomus congestus Cope & Yarrow, Lieutenant Wheeler's Expl. W. 100th
Mer. V, G80, 187G. (Not of Girard.)
Habitat. — North Carolina to Vermont, and northwestward through the Great Lake
Region and the Upper Mississippi — the only form of the species occurring east of the
Alleghany Mountains. (Also in Arizona?)

l). Subspecies lachrymale (Cope) Jordan.

1870— Ptychostomus lachrymalis Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 474.

. Teretuhis lachrymalis Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 157, 187G. (Name only.)
Myxostoma duquesnii var. lachrymalis Jordan, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. xi, 349,

1877.
Myxostoma macrolepidota var. lachrymalis Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 313, 1878.

Habitat. — North Carolina to Alabama.

c. Subspecies duquesnei (Le Sueur) Jordan.

1817 — Catostomus duquesnii Le Sueur, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 105.
Catostomus duquesnii Rafinesque, Ich. Oh. 60, 1820.
Catostomus duquesnii Kirtlaxd, Kept. Zool. Ohio, 16H, 1838.
Catostomus duquesnii DeKay, New York Fauna, part iv, Fishes, 203, 1842.

MYXOSTOMA MACROLEPIDOTUM. 121

Catosiomna duquesnii Cuvier &, Valencienxes, Hist. Nat. des Poissons, xvii,

458, 1844.
Catostomus duquesnii Kirtland, Bostou Jouru. Nat. Hist. \ , 2G8, 1845.
Catostomus duquesnii Stoker, Synopsis, 42:i, 184(i.

Ptijchostomus duquesnii Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 2(1 series, xix, 204, 1855.
Catostomus duquesnii Gijnther, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 18, 18G8.
Teretulus duquesnei Copk, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 23G, 1868.
Ptychostomus duquesni Cope, Proc. Am. Pliilos. Soc. Phila. 47(5, 1870.
Ptycliostomus duquesnei Jordan, Bnll. Buffalo Soc. Nat. H:st. 95, 1876.
Moxostoma duquesnii Jordan, Man. Vert. 295, 1876.
Catostomus duquesnii Uhler & Lugger, Fishes of Maryland, 139, 1876.
Teretulus duquesnii Nelson, Bull. No. 1, Ills. Mus. Nat. Hint. 49, 1876.
Teretulus duquesnii Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 157, 1876. (Name only.)
Moxostoma duquesnei Jordan & Gilbert, in KliiJijart's Eept. 53, 1876. (Name

only.)
Myxostoma duquesnii Jordan, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. xi, 349, 1877.
Myxostonia duquesnii Jordan, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. ix, 37, 1877.
Myxostoma macrolepidota var. duquesnii Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, p. 313, 1878.
1818 — Catostomus erythrurus, R\finesque, Am. Month. Mag. and Crit. Eev. 354.
Catostomus erythrurus Eafinesque, Ich. Oh. 59, 1820.
Catostomus erythrurus Kirtland, Eept. Zool. Ohio, 168, 1838.
Ptychostomus erythrurus Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 474, 1870.
Ptychostomus erythrurus Jordan, Fishes of Ind. 221, 1875. (Name only.)
Teretulus erythrurus Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 157, 1876. (Name only.)
' 1820 — Rutilus melanurus Eafinesque, Ich. Oh. 51.

Habitat. — Ohio Valley. Upper Mississippi Eiver and southward; most abundant
from Wisconsin to Georgia.

Examination of a very large series of "Mullet" and "Red Horse"
from various i>arts of the country has led me to the conclusion, at first
rather unexpected, that all the various forms included in the above
syponymy belong to one widely diffused and somewhat variable species.

The "Mullet" of the lakes and of Eastern Pennsylvania appears gen-
erally to differ in the more elevated and comi^ressed body, shorter,
deeper head, and brownish or brassy rather than silvery coloration.
This represents the general tendency of ^^var. inacrolepidotum" ', but
specimens of '•'■ duquesnei ^^ can be found which will match the average
macrolepidotmn in each of these respects. The form which I have iden-
tified with Professor Cope's lachrijmaJe is to some extent intermediate,
but has the additional peculiarity of smaller scales. In this respect,
however, occasional individuals, both of duqriesnei 2i\iA of mactolepidotum,
can be lound which approach it.

The form inhabiting the waters of the eastern and uorthern parts of the
United States is the variety macrolepidotmn. It is sold commonly as a food-

122 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III,

fish in tbe winter and spring in the markets of Washington and Philadel-
phia, as well as in the markets of those cities in the West wbich are sup-
plied by tbe fisheries of the Great Lakes. It is probably much more
abundant in Lake Erie than 31. aureolum is, and it has been frequently
confounded with the latter species. I once obtained two specimens,
each of nearly twelve pounds weight, in the Fox Kiver in Wisconsin.

In the Ohio River and its tributaries, and in the rivers of the South-
west generally, the var. duquesnii is the prevailing form. This variety
is more delicately colored than the other, the silvery lustre of the scales
is more strongly marked, and the red of the fins is rather more vivid.
This form, too, is valued somewhat as a food-fish, although the flesh,
like that of all the Suckers, is comparatively coarse, tasteless, and full of
bones. The variety duquesnei is everywhere known by the curious ver-
nacular name of " Eed Horse ", a name possibly to be accounted for by
the color of the fins and the form of the head. This variety also grows
to a large size.

The variety laclirymale I only know from specimens obtained in Eto-
wah River, Georgia, in company with the variety duquesnei. Nothing
distinctive was noticed in regard to its habits.

The Red Horse prefer rather deep, clear water, seldom ascending very
small streams, and then chiefly in the spawning season — in May — at,
which time they may be found in great abundance in any rapid of a
river or a creek, or below a mill pond. They are generally caught by
nets, traps, or snares, but will frequently bite at a hook baited with a
worm.

In the confinement of an aquarium, the Red Horse are not very hardy.
Foul water kills them at once.

Synonyms. — The earliest name given to a Red Horse is that of Gdto-
stomus macrolepidotus Le Sueur. The specitic name macrolepidotus must
therefore be retained for this species. The specific name oneida, given
by DeKay to an individual from Oneida Lake, New York, doubtless
belongs here, as the var. niacrolepidotum is the only member of this
genus known to inhabit that part of New York, and there are no serious
discrepancies in the rather poor description.

Ptychostomus rohustus Cope may possibly be difl'erent; but as its de-
scriber has failed to note any distinctive characters which I consider
likely to be permanent, I am compelled to refer it here. It is from Yad-
kin River in North Carolina. A Ptychostomus congestus is described by
Cope and Yarrow from Arizona. It is probably not Girard's species of

MYXOSTOMA MACROLEPIDOTUM. 123

that name, and I am unable to distinguish it from typical mctcrolepidotnm,
although the mouth is rather small, more like that of aureolum.

I have identified certain specimens with Professor Cope's P. lachrymale
with a little doubt, as the points of difierentiation which I notice are not
those ejiiphasized by Professor Cope. The original types, which 1 believe
are now lost, were from the Neuse River in North Carolina. In describ-
ing this species, Professor Cope remarks, " This species is quite near the
last (P. erythrurufi) and may at some future time be shown to be a local
variety of it, but in this case P. macrolcpidotus must follow also."

The synonyms of var. duquesnei may now be noticed. Of these,
the only one of importance is that of Catostomus erythrurus Eafinesque,
recently recognized by Professor Cope as a species distinct from P.
duquesnii.

The presence of ten ventral rays in duquesnii, as contrasted with nine
ventral rays in erythrurus, is the chief point (;u which Professor Cope
relies to distinguish the two species. He also finds the mouth rather
more inferior in duquesnii, and the scales rather smaller, 7-48-7, instead
of 5-42-4.

In regard to the number of ventral rays, my experience is that in every
species of the genus the normal number is nin'^, but that ten-rayed
individuals occur in the proportion of about one in twenty in any of the
species. I have seen specimens of duquesnii with nine rays on one side
and ten on the other. I have therefore discarded all consideration of
the number of ventral rays as a specific character. In regard to the
number of scales in the lateral line, the usual number in most of the
species is 43 to 44; but of every species in which I have been enabled
to examine a large series of individuals, I have found a range extend-
ing from 42 to 40. I have seen ten-rayed specimens of duquesnei with
large scales, and nine-rayed erythruri with small ones. Within the limit
of 42 to 50 I therefore do not consider the number of scales as a perma-
nent specific character. The greater prominence of the muzzle in duques-
nei, as observed by Professor Cope, is perhaps accidental or individual.
At all events, it is too uncertain a feature to base a species on.

The Rutilus melanurus of Eafinesque is, as I have elsewhere shown,
probably a young Eed Horse, with a dusky-shaded dorsal and caudal,
which that acute, but superficial, observer mistook for a species of Dace.

124 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III.

Specimens in United States National Museum.

Number.

7995
8754
9056
10631
10682
10689
11106
12316
12317
12318
12319
16755
18251
18253
18254
18255
18256
18257
19451
20230
20263
20278

8025
8526
10794
12268
12269
12272
20040
20075
20773

Locality.

Var. macrolepidotum

" Probably North Caroliua "

Potomac River

Potomac River

Potomac River

Potomac River

Potomac River

Potomac River

Potomac River

Potomac River

Ash Creek, Arizona (" congestus ") .

Potomac River

Potomac River

Potomac River

Potomac River

Potomac River

Potomac River

Potomac River

Black River, New York

Nebraska, Pacific Railroad Survey ...
'* Brooklyu "

Var. duquesnii.

Yellow Creek, Ohio

Cincinnati, Ohio

Cincinnati, Ohio

Cincinnati, Ohio

Cinciunati, Ohio

Cumberland River, Tennessee

Normal, Illinois.."

Collector.

J. W. Milner.
J. W. Milner.
J. W. Milner.
J. W. Milner.
J. W. Milner.
J. W. Milner.
J. W. Milner.
J. W. Milner.
Dr.J.T.Rockrock.
G. B. Goode.
G. B. Goode.
G. B. Goode.
G. B. Goode.
G. B. Goode.
G. B. Goode.
J. W. Milner.
S. F. Baird.
Governor Stevens,
J. C. Brevoort.

S. F. Baird.

J. W. Milner
J. W. Milner.
J. W. Milner.
J. W. Milner.
A. Wiuchell.

S. A. Forbe."

6. MYXOSTOMA AUREOLUM (Le Sueur) Jordan.

Golden Bed Horse. Lake Mullet.

1817 — Catosiomus aureolus Le Sueur, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. i, 95.
Catostomus aureolus Kirtland, Rept. Zool. Ohio, 168, 1838.
Catosiomus aureolus Kirtland, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist, iii, 349, 1840.
Catostomus aureolus DeKay, Now York Fauna, part iv, Fishes, 201, 1842.

MYXOSTOMA AUREOLUM. 125

Catostomvs nureohis Stoker, Synopsis, 420, 1846.

Catostomus aureoius Agassiz, Lake Superior, 357, 1850.

Ptychostomus aureoius Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 2d series, xix, 204, 1855.

PUjchostomns anreohis Putnam, Bull. Mus. Cornp. Zool. 10, 18G3.

Ptychostomus aureoius Copk, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 283, 18G4.

Catostomus aureoius Guis;thj:i{, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 16, 1868. (In part;
descriptiou apparently copied and coufused.)

PtycliOviomus aureoius Cope, Proc. Aiu. Philos. See. Phila. 476, 187G

Moxostoma aureolum Jordan, Man. Vert. 295, 1876.

Teretulus aureolum Nelson, Bull. No. 1, Ills. Mus. Nat. Hist. 49, 1876.

Teretulus aureoius JouVAii & Copeland, Check List, 157, 1876. (Name only.)

Moxostoma aureola J ORVAyi & Gilbert, in Klippart's Kept. .53, 1876. (Name only."!

Myxostoma aMWoZa Jordan, Man. Vert. E. U. S. ed. 2d, 314, 1878.
IS23 — Cat OS' omus lesueurii Richardson, Franklin's Journal, 772, 1823.
1836 — Ciiprinus {Catostomus) sueurii Richardson, Faun. Bor.-Am. Fishes, pp. 118, 303,
1836.

Catostomus sueurii Cuv. & Val., Hist. Nat. des Poissons, xvii, 465, 1844.

Catostomus sueuri DeKay, New York Fauna, part iv. Fishes, 203, 1842.

Catostomus sueurii Storer, Synopsis, 425, 1846.

Ptychostomus sueurii Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 477, 1870.

Teretulus sueurii Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 157, 1876. (Name only.)
1868 — Catostomus macrolepidotus Gijnther, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 18, 1868. (Excl.
syn. part. Not of Le Sueur.)

Habitat. — Great Lake Region, Upper Missouri and Ohio Valleys, and northward.

This Species is very closely related to the last, and may possibly be a
variety of it, as specimens of var. macrolepidotum often occur which are
with difficulty distinguished from it. In general, however, the smaller
head, smaller mouth, and deeper body of aureolum sufficiently distin-
guish them. This species is less abundant than macrolepidotum^ and is
apparently more .northerly in its distribution. It has been well figured
by DeKay.

The synonymy of this species needs no S[)ecial remark. It seems
probable that C. lesueurii belongs here, although the statement that
"the muzzle projects an inch beyond the mouth" in a specimen 19
inches long, if correct, would indicate difference. The name " le sueuriV^
was first given, and afterwards changed to '■^sueurii "on the ground that
the article " Ze" is not an integral part of Le Sueur's name.

]26 CONTKIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY— III.

Siiecimais in United States 2iational Museum.

Number.

77.-G
8252
11074
lllCl
122G7
12294
1244G
20272

Locality.

Carlisle, Pa.

Sautlusky, Ohio

Saudusky, Ohio

Cincinnati, Ohio

Cincinnati, Ohio

ficorse, Mich

Root River, Wisconsin

Collector.

S. F. Baird.
J. W. Milner.
J, W. Milner.
J. W. Milner.
J. W. Milner.
J. W. Milner.
S. F. Baird.

7. MYXOSTOMA GRASSILABEE {Cope) Jordan.

Thiclc-lipped Mullet.

1870 — FtycTiostomus crassilabris Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 477, 1870.

Teretulus crassilabris Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 157, 1876. (Name only.)
Myxostoma crassilabris Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 314, 1878.

Habitat. — Neuse River, North Carolina.

This species is known only from Professor Cope's description. It
appears to be distinct from M. aureolum., which is probably its nearest
rehitive. Nothing has been noted in regard to its habits.

8. MYXOSTOMA CONUS (Cope) Jordan.

Long-nosed Mullet.

1870 — Pfychostomus conus, Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 478.

Teretulus conus, Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 157, 1876. (Name only.)
Mjjxostoma conus, Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 314, 1878.

Habitat. — Yadkin River, North Carolina.

This species is also known only from Professor Cope's account. There
appears, however, to be no room for doubt as to its specific distinction.
As stated by Professor Cope, " this fish represents the P. coregomis in
the section with fully-developed lips."

It is taken in large numbers in the Yadkin River, " with Pt. collapsns,
Pt. robustus, etc., but is of less value than they."

9. MYXOSTOMA ANISURA [Rafinesque) Jordan.

Long-tailed Red Horse.

1820 — Catosiomus anisurus Rafinesque, Ichthyologia Ohiensis, 54.
Myxostoma anisura Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 315, 1878.

MYXOSTOMA ANISUEA. 127

1870 — Ptychostomus Ireviceps Cope, Proc. Ara. Philos. Soc. Phila. 478.

Teretulua hreviceps Jordan & Copei^and, Check List, 157, 1876. (Name only.)
Moxosioma hreviceps Jordan & Gilbert, in Klippart's Kept. 53, 1876. fName

only.)
Myxosloma hreviceps Jordan, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. 9, 50, 1877. (Name only.) .

Habitat. — Ohio Valley and Great Lakes.

This species, first described by Kafiuesque in 1820, lias been entirely
lost sight of by succeeding writers, and I, doubting the existence in the
Ohio River of a species characterized by the marked inequality of the
caudal lobes, have hitherto followed Dr. Kirtland in using the name
dnisura for the fish recently named collapsus by Professor Cope. Some
specimens lately examined by me from the Ohio Eiver have shown the
existence of a fish corresponding very closely to Raflnesque's account,
and which really has the inequality of the caudal fin, on which he lays
such emphasis, and which suggested the name anisurus (unequal-tail).
This fish appears to be the same as that to which Professor Cope has
given the name of hreviceps. Professor Cope had, however, but a single
specimen, in poor condition, and did not notice the falcatiou of the
caudal, or, more likely, that fin was not preserved intact. I have, some
time since, examined Professor Cope's type, preserved in the Museum
of the Academy of Natural Sciences, at Philadelphia, and believe it to
be identical with M. anisura Raf. The form of the head and body and
of the mouth are similar in the two, and the dorsal in both is simi-
larly falcate.

This species resembles aureolum in every respect, except that the
dorsal fin is shorter, and elevated or falcate in front, the free border
being deeply incised, and that the caudal fin is similarly elongated, the
upper lobe being much the longer and greatly attenuated.

The following are the measurements of three specimens: 10,788, from
Sandusky, and 12,267 and 12,294 from Cincinnati. The fractions indi-
cate percentage of the length to the base of the caudal : —

128 CONTEIP.IITIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

Mea8urement8 of three specimens of Myxostoma anisura.

10788.

Length, inches.
Depth

Length of head

Width of iuterorbital area

Length of snout .

Eve

2i
.'28
.18
.08
.07i
.05

. ir)i

.2-2
.10
.31
.20
.13
2,13
Scales G-4G-5

Length of base of dorsal

Height of longest ray of dorsal.

Height of last i-ay of dorsal

Length of upper caudal lobe . . .
Length of lower caudal lobe...
Length of middle caudal rays..
Dorsal rays

12267.

'>7

.14i
.22

.29
.2.5

2,12

12J94.

m

.20

.18

.16
.23^

,31

2,13

It is perhaps barely possible that this fish is the male of aureolum
at a certaiu age, but it seems to me decidedly improbable. The resem-
blance between tbe two is, however, very strong, and, except for the
fins, they conld hardly be distinguished.

Specimens in United States National Museum.

Number.

8505
10788
11105
11107
11108

Locality.

Sandusky, Ohio.
Cincinnati, Ohio
Cincinnati, Ohio
Cincinnati, Ohio

Collector.

J. W. Milner.
J. W. Milner.
J. W. Milner.
J. W. Milner.

10. MYXOSTOMA PCECILURA Jordan.

Variegnted-tailed Bed Horse.
1877 — Myxostoma pwcilura Joudan, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. x, G6, 1877.
Myxostoma pmcilura Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 315, 1878.

Habitat. — Tangipahoa River, Southeastern Louisiana.

This singular species is known only from two specimens in the United
States National Museum, recently collected by Mr. Fred. Mather, of
tlie United States Fish Commission. Whether the peculiar form and
coloration of the caudal is general or is confined to the male sex is not
certain. In any event, it will serve to sharply distinguish this species
from all the others now known. In other respects, it most approaches
M. macrolcpidotum lachrymale.

MYXOSTOMA CERVINUM. 129

Specimens in United States National Museum.

Numljer.

Locality.

Collector.

* 16928

Tangipahoa River, Louisiana ..,

Pred. Mather.

11. MYXOSTOMA ALBIDUM {Girard) Jordan.

Small-scaled Red Horse.

18.'6 — Ptycliostomus alhidns Giuard, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Pbila. 172.

Ptyclwstonms alhidus Giraud, U. S. Mex. Bound. Surv. Ichth. 36, pi. xis, f. 5-8,

1859.
Teretulus alhidus Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 157, 1876. (Name only.)
Myxosioma alhidum Jordan, Man. Vert. E. U. S. 315, 1878.
Habitat. — Rio San Juan, near Monterey, New Leon, in Mexico.

This species is known ouly from Girard's figure and description. Xo
account of the lips is given, but the mouth is said to be a "great deal
larger" than in M. congestum. The descrii)tion is trivial, but the figure,
if at all correct, represents a species quite unlike our other members of
the genus ; the chief character being the much smaller size of the scales,
which in the description are merely stated to be " smaller than in con-
gcstus^\ The species may possibly belong to some section of the genus
other than the one in which it is here placed. The Original types. No.
170, U. S. Nat. Museum, from Eio San Juan, near Monterey, New Leon,
are no longer to be found.

12. MYXOSTOMA CERVINUM {Cope) Jordan.

Jump-rocks. Jumping Mullet.
1868 — Teretulus cervimis Cope, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phila. 236.

Ptycliostomus cervimis Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 47!^, 1870.
Moxostoma cervinum Jordan, Man. Vert. 296, 187G. •

Teretulus cervinus Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 157, 1B7G. (Name only.)
Myxostoma cervinum Jordan, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. xi, 365, 1877.
Myxostoma cervinum Jordan, Man. Vert. E. U. S. ed. 2d, 315, 1878.
1868 — Catostomus duquesnii Guntiier, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 483. (Not of Le
Sueur, nor ot p. 18.)

Habitat. — Rivers of the South Atlantic States, from the James to the Chattahoochee.

This is a strongly marked and very abundant species, the smallest of
its genus, and one of the smallest of the Catostomida\ It occurs in the

*Two specimens, types of the species.
Bull. N. M. No. 12—9

130 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

greatest abundance in the swift streams of the South, frequenting
especially the rapids or "shoals", and often throwing itself from the
water in its endeavors to reach some higher rock-pool. It is too small
and the flesh spoils too quickly to be much valued for food, but great
numbers are caught for " lun " by negroes and boys. The largest speci-
mens which I have seen were taken in the Chattahoochee, and are about
ten inches in length : ordinary individuals are four to six inches long.

Specimens in United States National Museum.

Number.

Locality.

Collector.

7Gn:3

88:i5

#14994

Catawba River

E. D. Cope.
D. S. .Jordan.

Ocmulgee River

Saluda River .- - -- --

D. S. Jordan.

Chattahoochee River.

D. S. Jordan.

13. MYXOSTOMA ALBUM {Coi)e) Jordan.
White Alidlet.
1870 — Plychostomus alhus CorE, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 472.

Teretulus albus Jor.DAX & Copelaxd, Check List, 158, 1876. (Name only.)
Myxostoma alba Jordan, jMau. Vert. ed. 2d, 310, 1878.
Habitat. — Catawba and other rivers of Eastern North Carolina.

This species is well marked by the peculiar form of the under lip,
which is quite small — a narrow, regular crescent following the boundary
of the mandible, not full, as in the species previously noted, nor with
the sides folding so as to meet on the middle line, as in the remaining
species (excepting thalassinum). Specimens from North Carolina in the
National Museum correspond well to Professor Cope's description, except
that the back is rather more elevated than one would infer from Pro-
fessor Cope's remarks. The dorsal rays are 12 and 13 instead of 14.
The following are the measurements of two of them, 18,535 and 14,943,
both from Kinston, N. C. :—

* Types.

MYXOSTOMA THALASSINTTM.

Measurements of iwo specimens of Myxostoma album.

131

Length, inches

Depth (percentage of length to base of caudal')

Length of head

Width of iuterorbital area

Length of snout

Diameter of orbit

Length of base of dorsal

Height of dorsal

Height of last ray of dorsal

Length of outer caudal rays „.

Length of middle caudal rays

Length of pectorals

Number of dorsal rays

Scales

14943.

m

,30
.20
.10

17

ISJ

2,12

The form is elliptical, not much compressed, but rather elevated,
somewhat as iu Erimyzon sucelta. Head short and stout, bluntish, broad,
aud rounded above; mouth somewhat inferior ; the plicse of the lips few
and rather broken ; dorsal fin high, its free border somewhat concave;
caudal strongly forked ; color lustrous white, with greenish reflections.

This is one of the largest species, reaching the weight of four pounds
or more. Professor Cope states that it is much valued as a food-fish by
pec pie living iu the neighborhood of Catawba River, where it is known
as the White Mullet.

Specimens in United States National Museum.

Number.

Local

ty.

Collector.

10632

North Carolina

G. B. Goode.

14943

Kinston, N. C

G. B. Goode.

14990

North Carolina

G. B. Goode.

18535

Kinston, N. C

J. W. Milner.

19450

North Carolina

G. B. Goode.

14. MYXOSTOMA THALASSINUM {Cope) Jordan.
Green Mullet.
1870 — Ptychostomus tJialassinus Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 472, 1870.

Teretulus thalassinus Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 158, 1876. (Name only.)
Myxostoma Ihalassina Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 316, 1878.
Habitat.— Yadkin Kiver.

1 32 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III.

I have not seen this species. From Professor Cope's description, it
would appear to he allied to 31. alMim, but distinguishable by the
longer head. It is a large species, abundant in the Yadkin Eiver, where
it is used for food.

15. MYXOSTOMA VELATUM (Coi^e) Jordan.

Small-mouthed Bed Horse.

18A5—Catostomu8 anisurus Kirtland, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist, v, 269 (with plate).
(Not of Rafinesque.)

Catosiomus anisurus Stoker, Synopsis, 424, 1846.

Phjchostomus anisurus Jordan, Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Hist. 94, 1S76. (Name
only.)

Moxostoma anisurus Jordan, Man. Vert. 295, 1876.

Tereiulus anisurus Nklson, Bull. No. 1, Ills. Mus. Nat. Hist. 49, 1876.

Teretulus anisurus Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 158, 1876. (Name only.)

Moxostoma anisurum Jordan, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 72, 1877.

Moxostoma anistirum Jordan, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 80, 1877.

Moxostoma anisura Jordan & Gilbert, in Klippart's Rept. 53, 1877. (Name
only.)

Myxostoma anisura Jordan, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. is, 33, 1877.
1870— Plychostomiis velatus Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 471.

Moxostoma vclatum Jordan, Man. Vert. 296, 1876.
I Teretulus velatum Nelson, Bull. No. 1, Ills. Mus. Nat. Hist. 49, 187C.

Teretulus velatus Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 158, 1876. (Name only.)

Moxostoma velata Jordan & Gilbert, in Klippart's Rept. 53, 1S76. (Name only.)

Myxostoma velata Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 317, 1878.
1870 — Ffychostomus collapsus Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 471.

Habitat. — Upper Mississippi Valley to Georgia and South Carolina. Neuse, Yadkin,
Catawha, Clinch, Youghiogheny and Wabash Rivers (Cope). Chickamauga, Ohio
Wabash, Illinois, Rock, and Wisconsin Rivers (Jordan). Lake Erie (Jordan).

This species is one of the most widely distributed species, although
it does not seem to be as abundant in individuals as several others.
There is considerable variation in form among different specimens, but
all the species with long dorsal fin and small /^-shaped mouth appear
to belong to one species, for which the name velatum should be retained.

The finding of a species with unequal caudal lobes renders it evident
that the identification of Eafinesque's anisurus with this species is in-
correct. The name next in order is velatus Cope. The difference in
the size of the eye between collaijsus Cope and velatus Cope appears to
be due to difference in age merely. Younger specimens have the eye
proportionally larger.

MYXOSTOMA PIDIENSE. 133

I did not find any specimens of this species in the United States
National Museum. The types of velatus and collapsus, i)reserved in the
Museum of the Academy of Natural Sciences, at Philadelphia, I have
examined.

16. MYXOSTOMA CONGESTUM {Baird & Girard) Jordan.

Gibious SucTcer. •

1854 — Catostomus congestus Baird & Girard, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 27.

Ftychostomus congestus Girard, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 172, 1856.

Ftychostomus congestus Girard, U. S. Mes. Bouud. Surv. Iclith. 36, pi. xsi, f. 5-8,.
1859.

Catostomus congestus Guntiier, Cat. Fislies Brit. Mus. vii, 19, 1868.

Teretulus congestus Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 157, 1876. (Name only.)

Myxostoma congesta Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 317, 1878.
1872— Ftychostomus bucco Cope, Hayden's Gtol. Surv. Wyoming, 1870, 437.

Teretulus bucco Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 157, 1876. (Name only.)

Habitat. — Kansas to Texas.

The original type of congestus, Ko. 171, from Eio Salado, Texas, col-
lected in 1851 by John H. Clark, seems to have disappeared from the
Museum. No description of the mouth has been given, except that it is
"very small". The species, therefore, probably has a mouth similar to
that of velatum, and, if so, is probably identical with the species since
described as P. hucco by Professor Cope. I have not seen the type of
P. Micco, and, therefore, can only suggest the probable identity of the
two ; but, as the matter is likely to remain long unsettled, it seems best
])rovisionally to unite them. "P. congestus " Cope & Yarrow is certainly
not this species ; more likely a form of M. macrolepidotum.

17. MYXOSTOMA PIDIENSE (Cope) Jordan.

Mullet of the Great Fedee.

1870 — Ftychostomus pidiensis Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 471.

Teretulus pidiensis Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 158, 1876. (Name only.)
Myxostoma pidiensis Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 317, 1878.

Habitat. — Great Pedes River, North Carolina.

This appears to be a slender species, resembling "P. cervinus in color,
form, and size". Professor Cope obtained it in the Yadkin Eiver. I
have not seen it. No specimens are in the National Museum.

134 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

18. MYXOSTOMA COEEGONUS (Cope) Jordan.

Blue Mullet.

1870 — Ftychostomus coregonus Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 472.

Teretulus coregonns Jordan & Copeland, Check List, l.')8, 1876. (Name only.)
Myxostoma coregonus Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 317, 1878.

Habitat. — Catawba and Yadkin Rivers, North Carolina.

I have not seen this species. Professor Cope states that "it never
exceeds a foot in length, and is very abundant in the Catawba and
Yadkin Eivers. It is caught with the preceding two species and is
used for food, but is the least valued of all the species. It is called at
Morganton, Blue Mullet." There are no specimens in the National
Museum.

19. MYXOSTOMA PAPILLOSUM (Cope) Jordan.

Papillose Mullet.

1870 — Ptycliostomus pappillosus Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 470.

Teretulus pappillosus Jordan &, Copeland, Check List, 158, 1876. (Name only.)
Myxostoma papillosum Jordan, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. xi, 366, 1877. (Ocmul-

gee River.)
Myxostoma papillosa Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 318, 1878.

Habitat. — ^North Carolina to Georgia.

This species appears to be very abundant in all the streams from the
Great Pedee to the Altamaha. In its general character and appearance,
it is very similar to the rest of the genus; but the mouth is remarkably
different, the lower lip being full, thick, decidedly papillose, strongly
incised behind, being very much as in Catostomus nigricans.

My specimens do not agree very well with Professor Cope's descrip-
tion; but this is probably due to their greater size. Still, a possibi-
lity exists that two species of this type inhabit our South Atlantic
States.

The head in my specimens is very large, flattish above, narrowed for-
wards, and more than one fourth of the length, without caudal. The
mouth is very large and inferior. The body is oblong, compressed,
heavy forwards ; the back moderately elevated. The eye is quite large,
high up, and well back. The free border of the dorsal fin is sometimes

MYXOSTOMA PAPILLOSUM.

135

convex, sometimes concave. The following are the measurements of
two specimens: —

Length, inches

Depth (percentage of length)

Head

Width of interorbital area ..

Length of snout

Diameter of orbit

Length of base of dorsal

Height of longest ray

Height of last ray

Dorsal rays

Scales

14989.

18536.

m

12

.29

.27

.26

.24

.10

.12

.05

.19

.10

.19

.10

2,14

2,10

6-46-5

In color, this species is smoky above, the sides silvery, the lower fins
white.

Professor Cope says that " they attain one foot in length, and do not
exceed one pound in weight". I have specimens a foot and a half long
and of three pounds or more weight.

In the Ocmulgee, the species is next to M. cervinum the most abundant,
and is called the White Mullet, or Sucker. Professor Cope found it
quite abundant in the Catawba and the Yadkin Eivers, where it "is
highly valued by the inhabitants as an article of food. It is regarded
as the best of tlie Catostomi for that purpose. It is less frequently
caught on the hook than some other species, but in the autumn, they
come upon the weirs in considerable numbers. The fishermen call it
the 'Shiner'."

Specimens in the United Slates National Museum.

Number.

14939
18536
18537
18538
18970
20906

Locality.

Kinston, N. C

Kiustou, N. C

Kinston, N.C

Kinston, N. C

Kinston, N. C

Kinston, N. C

Ocmulgee Eiver, Ga.

Collector.

J. W. Milner.
,T. W. Milner.
J. W. Milner.
.T. W. Milner.
J. W. Milner.
J. W. Milner.
D. S. Jordan.

136 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

Genus MINYTREMA Jordan.

Mhtytrema Johd^ik, MaD. Vert. ed. 2d, 31S, 1878.

Catostomus, Ptychostomus, Moxostoma, and Erimyzon sp.. Authors.

Type, Catostomus melanops Rafinesque.

'Etymology, /xtvvg, reduced; rpy/ia, aperture, in allusion to the imperfections of the
lateral line.

Species with the form, squamation, and general appearance of Myxo-
stoma, but with the air-bladder in two parts, as in Urimi/zon, and the
Literal line imperfect — in the verj' young entirely obsolete, in half grown
specimens showing as a succession of deepened furrows, in the adult
with perfect tubes, but interrupted, these tubes being wanting on some
of the scales, especially posteriorly.

Head moderate, rather broad above ; mouth moderate, inferior, hor-
izontal, the upper lip well developed, freely protractile, the lower rather
small, infolded, A-shaped in outline, plicate, with 12 to 20 plicae on each
side; lower jaw without cartilaginous sheath; eye moderate, rather
high up, placed about midway of the head. Suborbital bones consid-
erably developed, not very much narrower than the fleshy portion of
the cheek below them, the posterior suborbital concavo-convex, about
twice as long as deep, sometimes divided, the anterior somewhat deeper
than long, often divided into two, sometimes united with the preorbital,
which is well developed and much longer than broad. The number and
form of these bones, except as to their depth, are not constant in the
same species, and do not afford specific characters. Opercular bones well
developed, not much rugose. Fontanelie evident, rather large. Gill-
rakers rather long, in length about half the diameter of the eye. Isth-
mus moderate. Pharyngeal bones essentially as in Myxostoma.

Body rather elongate, subterete, becoming deep and rather compressed
with age. Scales rather large, nearly equal over the body, the radiating
furrows not specially marked. Lateral line as above described, inter-
rupted in the adult, but with perfect tubes, imperfect in partly grown
specimens, entirely obsolete in the young. Scales in a longitudinal
series 44 to 47 in number, 12 to 14 in a transverse series from dorsal to
ventrals.

Dorsal fin rather short and high, with about 12 developed rays, be-
ginning rather nearer the snout than the base of the caudal. Pectoral
fins moderate, not reaching ventrals, the latter not to vent. Ventrals
rather in advance of the middle of the dorsal, their rays normally 9,

GENUS MINYTREMA. 137

raiely 8 or 10. Anal fin high and short, often more or less emarginate
in males. Caudal fin moderately forked, the lobes about equal.

Air-bladder with two chambers.

Males in spring with the head covered with many small tubercles.

But one species of this genus seems to be kuow^n. It is widely dis-
tributed in the waters of the Western and Southern States.

This genus has been recently separated from Erimyzon, on account of
the peculiarities of the lateral line. The form of the body, the form of
the mouth, and the character of the squamation differ considerably in the
two genera. ,

Generic Characterizations.

MiNYTREMA Jordan, 1878. — "Young specimeus of this epecies (melanojjs) have no
trace of a lateral line, as iu Erimyzov. Older ones (6 to 8 inches) show a deepening of
the furrows along the median series of scales. Adults of 12 to 18 inches show a series
of completely developed tubes, which, however, are wanting on some of the scales, espe-
cially behind. As Erimyzon never shows any traces of the tubes of the lateral line, these
peculiarities may be held to indicate generic distinction, and the name Minijtrema is
here proposed for E. melanops." — (Jordax, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 318, 1878.)

AJSTALYSIS OF SPECIES OP >nNYTKEMA.

* Body oblong, little compressed; the young nearly terete ; the adults deeper-bodied;
the dorsal region not elevated : depth about 4 in length, varying from about 3 in
adults to 4i in the young : head not very large, 4-J in length of body (4J to 4^),
not specially depressed: mucous pores rather stiong: eye small, 5 to (j iu head:
mouth quite inferior, horizontal, rather small : scales large, firm, regularly and
smoothly imbricated, in 46 (44-47) longitudinal series and 13 (12 to 14) transverse
series, the scales not crowded forwards : fin-rays usually, dorsal 12,* anal 7, ven-
trals 9.

Coloration dusky above, with usually a black blotch behind the dorsal fin : each
scale along the sides with a small, more or less distinct blackish spot at iis base,
these spots forming interrupted longitudinal lines along the rows of scales.
These lines are usually very distinct, * specially in the adult, but young specimens
often show them faintly: sides and belly silvery, with a coppery lustre: sexual
peculiarities moderately marked; very old males with the head covered with small
tubercles in spring : no great changes with age, either in form or coloration : size
large ; maximum length about 18 inches melanops, 20.

* As in all cases in the present paper, the numler of developed rays is here understood,
the one, two, or three rudimentary rays not being counted, and the last or double ray
of the dorsal and anal being counted as one.

138 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III.
20. MINYTREMA MELANOPS {Bafinesque) Jordan.

Striped Sucker. Sand Sucker.

1820— Calostomvs melanops Rafinesquk, Icb. Ob. 57.

Cafostomus vieIano2)sis Kirtlakd, Zool. Ohio, 1G8, 1838.

Caiostomus meJanops Kirtland, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist, v, 271, 1845.

Catostortms melanops Storer, Synopsis, 424, 184G.

Ftychostomus melaiw])s Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 2d series, xix, 204, 18:5.

PUjcliostomiis melanojps Cope, Proc. Am. Thilos. Soc. Phila. 478, 1870.

Erimyzon melanops Jordan, Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Hist. 95, 1876.

Erimyson melanops Jordan, Man. Vert. 294, 1876.

Erimyzon melanops Nelson, Bull. No. 1, Ills. Mus. Nat. Hist. 48, 1876.

Erimyzon melanops. Jorv>an & Copeland, Check List, 157, 1876.

Erimyzon melanops Jordan, Aun. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. xi, 347, 1S77.

Minytrema melanops Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 318, 1878.
18U— Caiostomus fasciaius (Le SutUR MSS.) Cuvier «& Valencienjses, Hist. Nat. des
Poissons, xvii, 449. •

Catostomus fasciatus Storer, Synopsis, 426, 1846.

Catostomus fasciatus Guntder, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 19, 1868.
1856 — Moxostoma vitiorice Girard, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 171.

Moxostoma victoria: Girard, U. S. Mex. Bound. Surv. Ichth. 35, pi. xx, f . 1-3, 1859.
1S56 — Piychostomits haydeni Girard, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 172.

Ftychostomus liaydtni Girard, U. S. Pac. R. R. Expl. x, 220, pi. xlix, f. 1-4, 1858.

Terciulus haydeni Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 157, 1876.
1877 — Terctulus sticclta Jordan & Gilbert, in Klippart's Eept. Fish Commr. Ohio, 53.
(Supposed to be C. sucetta Lacdpede, as it was perhaps in part the C. sueeti
of Cuv. & Val. and o£ Bosc.)

Erimyzon sucetta Jordan, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. x, 35, 1877.

Haritat. — Great Lo.ke Region to South Carolina and Texas.

This fisb, although a very abuudaut one in the Mississippi Basin,
seems to have beeii overlooked by most recent writers. Rafinesque
described it rather poorly. Dr. Kirtland was able to recognize the fish
from Eafinesque's account, and has given a very good description and
an indiiferent figure. Valenciennes described it fairly, and Agassiz
seems to have been acquainted with it, although, deceived by its exter-
nal appearance, he took it for a Myxostoma (Ptycliostomus). Gjrard next
described and figured it as two species, belonging to two different genera.
Professor Cope, for some reason, did not obtain it in any of his collec-
tions, and seems to have had much difficulty in identifying Kirtland's
account. In 1875, the writer, noticing certain resemblances to Erimyzon
ohlongus, was led to dissect a number of individuals, and found that the

MINYTREMA MELANOPS. 139

air-bladder in all cases was bicellular, as in the geuus Erimyson. At
that time be had never seen any specimens with a developed lateral liue
and then unquestioningly referred the species to Erimyzon. Later, Mr.
Nelson noticed the occasional partial development of the lateral line,
and recently, by the examination of a full series of specimens, the
writer has been enabled to trace the stages in its growth.

This fish inhabits all the Western streams and lakes, usually in com-
pany with Erimyzon sucetta. Ic is fond of clear sluggish waters, and
abounds in ponds and bayous. It is used for food, and is pretty good
for a "Sucker", which is not saying much. This species is more than
usually tenacious of life, and young specimens are rather interesting as
aquarium fishes.

The synonymy of this species needs a few words. It was originally
described by Rafinesque as a species with a lateral liue. This first
description is quite indifferent, but the account of the coloration, and the
name. Striped Sucker, enabled Dr. Kirtland readily to identify it, but
the latter writer found the " lateral line obsolete ". Later, Valenciennes
described it under Le Sueur's MSS. name of faseiatus, and found a lateral
liue. As Le Sueur's specimens were from the Wabash, there can be no
doubt of their identity with mclanops. Later, Dr. Girard described and
figured Texan specimens without the lateral line under the name of
Moxostoma victories, and specimens with the lateral line from the Upper
Missouri Eegion as PfycJiostomus haydeni. The types of neither of these
species are preserved, but no distinctions from melanops are noticed in
either case by the describer, and the range of melanops certainly includes
the Missouri river and the waters of Texas.

The name sucetta has been once or twice employed by me for this
species, erroneously, as I am now convinced. I found this species in
abundance in South Carolina; and Le Sueur, apparently quotiug from
Lacepede, says : — " Sides silvery, with brown spots at the base of the
scales." Nevertheless, on inspection of Lacepede's description, and
especially of the colored figure which he gives from a drawiug by Bosc,
it becomes evident that the Cyprinus sucetta Lacepede is the same as
Cyprinus ohlongus of Mitchill, a species equally abundant in the same
waters. Bosc's drawing, although not giving the details of structure
minutely, represents the general form and coloration of the body and
fius, and this figure can only represent the Cyprinus ohlongus. As the
Cyprinus sucetta Lacepede is based entirely on information derived from
Bosc, the name must be retained for the species which Bosc had fig-

140 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

iired. As for the expressiou, " browu spots at the base of the scales,"
if really originating with Bosc, as appears to be the case, it may have
arisen from the confusion oH sucetta with melanops, which species inhab-
its the same waters, or it may simply refer to the obscure duskiness of
the bases of the scales, common to both species.

I have examined many specimens of Minytrema melanops from the
Great Lakes, from various places in the Mississippi Valley, and frdin the
Tennessee, Alabama, Santee, and other Southern rivers, and can find
no differences of any importance. Indeed, the species seems to be very
little variable for one so widely distributed.

Specimens in the United Slates National Museum.

Number.

Locality.

Collector.

7694
77G8
8434
11050
11144
11145
12449
17fe00
17808
20275

Sandusky, Ohio

Sandusky, Ohio

Sandusky, Ohio

Sandusky, Ohio

Round Lake, Montgomery, Ala
Hempstead, Tex

White River, Indiana

Etowah River, Georgia

Saluda River, South Carolina..

J. W. Milner.
J.W.Milner.
J. W. Milner.
J. W. Miluer.
Kumlien& Beau.
Kumlien & Earil.
Dr. Kenners.
D. S. Jordan.
D. S.Jordan.
D. S. Jordan.

Genus ERIMYZON Jordan,

Moxostoma Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 1854, 200. (Not of Rafinesque.)
Erimyzon Jordan, Bull. Buflf. Soc. Nat. Hist. 1876, 95.

Teretalus Cope, Synopsis of Fishes of N. C. 2d ed. Addenda, 1877. (Not cf Rafinesque.)
Ctjprinns, Catostomus, and Labeo sp.. Early Authors.

Type, Cyprinus ohlongus Mitchill = Cyprinus sucetta Lac.

Etymology, ipc, an intensive particle ; fii'^u, to suck.

Head moderate, rather broad above : mouth moderate, somewhat in-
ferior, the upper lip well developed, freely protractile, the lower moder-
ate, infolded, y^-shaped in outline, plicate, with 12-20 plicae on each
side: lower jaw without cartilaginous sheath, rather stronger than usual,

GENUS ERIMYZON. 141

and oblique in position when the mouth is closed, the mouth thus similar
to that of Ichtliyohus. Eye moderate, rather high up, placed about mid-
way of the head : suborbital bones considerably developed, not very
much narrower than the fleshy portion of the cheek below them, the
I^osterior suborbital concavo-convex, about twice as long as deep, some-
times divided, the anterior somewhat deeper than long, sometimes
divided into two, sometimes united with the preorbital bone, which is
well developed and much longer than broad. Opercular bones moder-
ately developed, scarcely or not rugose. Fontanelle evident, rather
large. Gill-rakers rather long, about half the diameter of the eye in
length. Isthmus moderately developed, about the width of the eye.

Pharyngeal bones weak, the teeth quite small, slender, and weak,
rapidly diminishing in length upwards, each tooth narrowly compressed,
with a cusp on the inner margin*of the cutting surface, and some ine-
qualities besides.

Body oblong, rather shortened, heavy forwards and considerably com-
pressed.

Scales rather large, more or less crowded forwards, sometimes showing
irregularities of arrangement, the longitudinal radiating furrows much
stronger than usual, the scales rather longer than deep, but so imbri-
cated in the adult that the exposed surfaces appear deeper than long.

Lateral line entirely wanting. Scales in the longitudinal series from
head to base of caudal 35 to 45 in number ; scales in transverse row from
base of ventral to dorsal 12 to 18.

Dorsal tin rather short and high, with from 10 to 14 developed rays,
the number usually 11 or 12.

Beginning of dorsal fin rather nearer snout than base of caudal. Pec-
toral fins moderate, not reaching ventrals ; the latter not to vent.

Ventrals under a point rather in advance of the middle of dorsal ;
their rays normally 9, but occasionally 8 or 10.

Anal fin high and short, more or less emarginate or bilobed in adult
males ; caudal fin moderately forked or merely lunate, its two lobes
about equal.

Air-bladder with two chambers.

This genus has a very wide range, one of its two known species
probably occurring in all the streams of the United States east of the
Eocky Mountains.

The existence of this genus seems to have been first noticed by DeKay,
who, however, erroneously supposed it to be identical with the Afri-

142 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

can genus Laheo of Ouvier and Valenciennes. Its essential cbaracter —
the absence of the lateral line — was first noticed by Professor Agassiz,
who identified its typical species with Catostomus {Moxostoma) anisurus
Kafinesque, and therefore erroneously called the genus Moxostoma.
The application of the name Moxostoma to the Red Horse group was
pointed out by the present writer in 1870 ; the name Erimyzon being
then suggested for the group now under consideration.

The use of the name Teretulus for this genus has been lately sug-
gested by Professor Cope, its species being among those enumerated by
Kafinesque as composing his " omnium gatherum " to which the name
Teretulus was applied. If we subtract from the original group Teretulus,
the different component genera in order of time of proposal, the last
one left would be Erimyzon, or rather Minytrema. But the name Tere-
tulus has already been restricted by Professor Cope to the Red Horse
group, the principal component of Rafinesque's Teretulus. In my opin-
ion, it should remain there, although the earlier name Myxostoma renders
it but a synonym. We cannot afford to reconsider our use of these old
collective generic names whenever a new genus is proposed. The " rule
of exclusion", if stiffly adhered to, would require the substitution of
Acomus for Pantosteus, inasmuch as a species of the latter genus was
referred by Girard to the former. This question is further discussed
under Myxostoma.

Generic Characterizations.

Labeo DeKay, 1842.—" Dorsal long. No spines nor barbels. Lips fleshy, and fre-
quently crenated." — (DeKay, Netv York Fauna, Fishes, 192.)

Moxostoma Agassiz, 1855. — " The species of this genus contrast greatly with those
of all other genera of the family of Cyprinoids, by the total absence of external open-
ings in the lateral line, visible upon the scales. There is indeed no row of perforated
scales vpon the sides of the iody, to mark the main course of the system of tubes per-
vading the skin in most fishes, and the pores travereing the skiu which covers the
skull and cheeks, as well as the lower jaw, are so minute as to escape the unarmed eye.
In this respect the genus Moxostoma differs greatly from all other abdominal fishes in
which the lateral line is distinctly marked by a series of tubes traversing a prominent
row of scales along the sides, and extending through the mastoids to the forehead,
and along the preopercle to the symphysis of the lower jaw. This total absence of a
lateral line is compensated by the presence of a few deeper radiating furrows in the
posterior field of ail the scales.

" The longitudinal diameter of the scales exceeds greatly the transverse, but the
scales are imbricated in such a manner that the portion visible externally appears
higher than long. The centre of radiation is placed in the middle of the scales ; there
are no radiating furrows upon the lattral fields, those of the posterior field are fewer
and deeper than those of the anterior field ; the concentric ornamental ridges of the

GENUS ERIMYZON. 143

posterior field are also much broader and farther apart than those of the lateral and
anterior fields. The scales are smaller upon the anterior portion of the body than
upon the sides. Another remarkable peculiarity of this genus consists in the great
difference there is among the adults in the form of their fins in the several sexes. The

young also differ strikingly from the adults both in form and coloration

The body of Moxostoma is elongated and somewhat compressed, though stouter
than that of Ftychostonuts and Catostomus proper. The greatest depth is over the
veutrals.

" The head is small ; the small mouth opens obliquely forwards and downwards ;
when open the lower jaw is quite prominent. The lips are small and transversely
ridged ; the lower one is slightly bilobed. The dorsal is over the ventrals ; its length
considerably exceeds its height in the males ; in the females its dimensions are more
nearly equal. The pectorals and ventrals are more pointed and longer in the males
than in the females. The lower margin of the anal fin is bilobed in the males, while
in the females it is simply emarginated ; in both sexes, the anal when bent backwards
reaches the caudal.

" The pharyngeal bones have a greater resemblance to those of the genus Tclitlujobus
than to any other of the tribe of Catostomi ; the symphysis however is shorter, and
the teeth are neither so minute nor so numerous; they increase also more rapidly in
size from above downwards, and are more strongly curved inwards, the innermost
edge rising into an acute point, which is more prominent in the middle and upper
teeth, than in the lower ones." — (Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sci. Arts, 1855, p. 200.)

Moxostoma Girard, 1856. — " May be circumscribed by characters more natural than
the preceding ones. And the most striking of these, it must be conceded, is the ab-
sence of that lateral line possessed by almost all fishes. The body is elongated and
compressed ; the head small ; the mouth small also, opening obliquely forwards and
downwards. The lips being small and transversally ridged ; the inferior one being
slightly bilobed. The anterior margin of the dorsal is situatejl in advance of the inser-
tion of the ventrals. The dorsal fin is either higher than long or else its length is
equal to its height, varying somewhat according to the sexes, as well as the anal,
which is, however, always deeper than long. The shaft of the pharyngeal bones con-
stitutes a very open curve, the convex margin of which is regular and entire. The
teeth themselves are very much compressed, strongly curved inwardly, and much
larger inferiorly than superiorly." — (Girard, Proe. Ac. Nat. So. Phila. 1856, p. 171.)

Moxostoma Giinther, 1868. — "Scales of moderate size; lateral line none; tins,
mouth, gills and pharyngeal teeth, identical with those of Catostovius in all essential
points." — GiJNTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, p. 20.)

Erimyzon Jordan, 1876. — [Name suggested as a substitute for Moxostoma Ag., the
type of Moxostoma Raf. (Catostomus anisurus Eaf.) not being a member of this genus.] —
(.Jordan, Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Hist. p. 95.)

Erimyzon Jordan, 1876. — " Dorsal moderate ; air-bladder in two parts ; no lateral
line; lips usually plicate." — (Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 1st, p. 292.)

ANALYSIS OP SPECIES OF ERIMYZON.

"Body oblong, compressed, becoming gibbous with age, the ante-dorsal region more
or less elevated in the adults; the depth 3^ in length, ranging from 2f in adults

144 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III.

to 4 iu young : head stout, sliort, about 4^ in length (4 to 4^), the interorbital
space wide and depressed, the lower parts narrower, so that it is somewhat wedge-
shaped downwards : eye not large, 4f in head (4^ to 5^) : mouth protractile down-
wards and forwards, the mandible oblique: scales usually closely imbricated and
more or less crowded forwards, but often showing various irregularities in arrange-
ment, about 43 (39-45) in a longitudinal series and 15 (14 to 16) in a transverse se-
ries between the ventrala aud the dorsal. Fin-rays somewhat variable, the dorsal
with 11 (10 to 13) developed rays, the anal with 7, and the ventrals with 9
(rarely 8).

Coloration varying with age ; never distinct series of black spots along the rows
of scales; young with a broad black lateral band bordered above by paler; in
some specimens from clear water, this band is of a jet-black color and very dis-
tinct ; in others, it is duller ; later this band becomes broken into a series of
blotches, which often assume the form of broad transverse bars; in adult speci-
mens, these bars disappear, and the color is nearly uniform brown, dusky above,
paler below, every where with a coppery or brassy, never silvery, lustre; the fins
are dusky or smoky brown, rarely reddish-tinged: sexual differences strong; the
males in spring with usually three large tubercles on each side of the snout, and
with the anal fiu more or less swollen and emarginate : adult specimens with the
back gibbous and the body strongly compressed, in appearance quite unlike the

young. Maximum length about 10 inches sitcetta,21.

** Body oblong, the back more elevated, the body deeper and more compressed than in
the preceding, the greatest depth in advance of the dorsal fin being contained
about 2f times in the length ; nape less gibbous than in sncetfa; head quite small
aud short, the large eye being almost exactly midway in its length, its length 4^
in that of the body; eye 4 Jin head; interorbital space rather narrow, strongly trans-
versely convex, less than half the length of the head : mouth small, protractile for-
wards, the lower jaw oblique ; lips as in the preceding.

Scales large, much larger and much more uniform iu their imbrication than iu E.
suceita; 36 in a longitudinal series, and about 13 in a transverse series from the ven-
trals to the dorsal. Dorsal fin high, of 12 developed rays ; anal moderate, with 7 ;
ventrals large, with 10. Color dark olivaceous above, each scale along the sides
reflecting pale from the strongly ridged middle part; these giving in certain
lights the appearance of pale stripes along the rows of scales : fins dusky, espe-
cially at their tips GOODEI, 22.

21. ERIMYZON SUCETTA (Lacepcclc) Jordan.

Chub Sucker. Creek Fish. Mullet.

1803 — Cyprinus sucetfa LaciSp£;de, Hist. Nat. des Poissons, v, 606, 610.

Catostomus sucetta Le Sueur, Journ. Ac. Nat. So. Phila. 109, 1817.

Caiostomus sucdta DeKay, New York Fauna, part iv, Fishes, 203, 1842.

Catostomus suceti Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. des Poissons, xvii, 466, 1844.

Catostomus suceti Stoker, Synopsis, 419, 1846.

Moxostoma suceita Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sc, Arts, 2d series, xix, 202, 1855.

Moxostoma sucetta Putnam, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 10, 1863,

ERIMYZON SUCETTA. 145

Erimyzon sucetta Jordan, Mau. Vert. 295, 1876.
Erinujzon sucetta Jokdan &■ Copeland, Check List, 157, 187G.
Erhnyzon sucetta, Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 319, 1878.
leU—Cijjmnus oblongus Mitchill, Lit. & Pliil. Trans. New York, 1, 459.
Catostomus oblongus Le Sueur, Journ. Ac. Nat. So. 108, 1817.
Catostomus ohloitgus Thompson, Hist. Vt. 134, 1842. (Synonymy, but not descrip-
tion, which applies to AT. maa-olqndotum.)
Labeo oblongus DeKay, New York Fauna, part iv, Fishes, 193, 1842.
Catostomus oblongus Cuvier & Valexciexnes, Hist. Nat. des Poisscns, xvii, 441,

1844.
Catostomus oblongus Storer, Synopsis, 423, 1846.

Moxostoma oblpngum Agassiz, Am. Jouru. Sc. Arts, 2d series, xis, 203, 1855.
Moxostoma oblongum Putnaji, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 10, 1863.
Moxostoma oblongum Gill, Canr.dian Nat. p. 19, Aug. 1885.
Moxostoma oblongum GtJNTiiER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 21, 18G8.
Moxostoma oblongum Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 468, 1870.
Moxostoma oblongum Jordan, Fishes of Ind. 221, 1875. (Name only.)
Erimyson oblongus Jordan, Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Hist. 95, 1870. (Name only ;

generic diagnosis of Erimycon.)
Erhnyzon oblongus Jordan, Mau. Vert. 294, 1876.

Moxostoma oblongum Uhler & Lugger, Fishes of Maryland, 140, 1876.
Erhnyzon oblongus Nelson, Bull. No. 1, Ills. Mus. Nat. Hist. 48, 1876.
Erhnyzon oblongus Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 157, 1876. (Name only.)
Teretulus oblongus Jordan & Gilbert, iu Klippart's Eept. 53, 1876. (Name only.)
Teretulus oblongus Jordan & Gilbert, in Klippart's First Keport, Ohio Fish Com-
mission, 8.5, pi. xii, f. 20, 1877.
Erhnyzon oblongus Jordan, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y.si, 346, 1877.
Erhnyzon oblongus Jordan, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. si, 365, 1877.
Erhnyzon oblongus Jordan, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. ix, 36, 1877.
1817— Catostomus gibbosus Le Sueur, Jourc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. i, 92.
Catostomus gibbosus Storer, Rept. Ichthy. Mass. 183, 1838.
Labeo gibbosus DeKay, New York Fauna, part iv, Fishes, 194, 1842.
Catostomus gibbosus Storer, Synopsis, 420, 1846.
Catostomus gibbosus Kirtland, Hamilton Smith's Annals of Science.
Catostomus gibbosus Storer, Hist. Fishes Mass. 291, pi. xxii, f. 4, 1867.
1817— Catostomus tubcrculatus Le Sueur, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. i, 93.

Catostomus tubcrculatus DeKay, New York Fauna, part iv. Fishes, 199, 1842.
Catostomus tubcrculatus Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. des Poissons, xvii,

444, 1844.
Catostomus tuberculatus Tiio^eau, Week on Concord and Merrimack, 38, 1868.
1817— Catostomus vittatus Le Sueur, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 104.

Catostomus vittatus DeKay, New York Fauna, part iv, Fishes, 203, 1842.
Catostomus vittatus Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. des Poissons, xvii, 459,

1844.
Catostomus vittatus Storer, Synopsis, 422, 1846.
182Q— Catostomus fasciolaris Rafinesque, Ich. Oh. 53.
Bull. X. ]\r. No. 12—10

14G CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

1842 — Labeo elegans DeKay, New York Fauna, part iv. Fishes, 102.

Catostomus elegans Storer, Synopsis, 425, 1846.
1842 — Laheo esopus DeKay, New York Fauna, part iv, Fishes, 195.

Catostomus eso2)us Stoker, Synopsis, 425, 1846.
1842 — Laheo eloruiatns DeKay, New York Fauna, part iv, Fishes, 394.
1855 — Moxostoma anisurus Agassiz, Am. Journ. So. Arts, 2d series, six, 202. (Not of

Rafiuesque.)
1855 — Moxostoma temie Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 2d series, xix, 203.

Moxostoma tenue Putnam, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 10, 1863.

Moxostoma tenue Gunther, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 21, 1868.

Erimyzon tenuis Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 157, 1876.
1856 — Moxostoma claviformis Girard, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 171.

Moxostoma claviformis Girard, U. S. Pac. R. R. Expl. x, 219, pi. xlviii.f. 5-9, 1858.

Erimyzon claviformis Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 157, 1876.
1856 — Moxostoma Icennerlyi Girard, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 171.

Moxostoma kennerlyi Girard, U. S. Mex. Bound. Surv. Ichth. 34, iil. xx, f . 7-9, 1859.
1656 — Moxostoma campbelli Girard, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 172.

Moxostoma campbelli Girard, U. S. Mex. Bound. Surv. Ichth. 35, pi. xx, f. 4-6, 1859.

Erimyzon campbelli Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 157, 1876.
Habitat. — All waters of the United States east of the Rocky Mountains.

This protean species is, next to Catostomus teres, the most abundant
and the most widely diffused of our species of Suckers. It occurs in
every stream from Maine to Texas, and thrives in all sorts of waters,
from the Great Lakes to the smallest ponds and brooks. Its variations
in color and form are remarkable ; but after the elimination of those
which are known to be due to differences of sex, age, and surroundings,
I find nothing left on which a difference of species or even a varietal
difference may be based. I therefore unite all the nominal species of
this genus, with a single exception, under the oldest specific name ap-
plied to any of them, sucetta of Lacepede.

The name sucetta has been passed from author to author for a long time,
all the descriptions being based on the notes of Bosc and the account
given by Lacepede, no one seeming to have any clear idea of what the
original species was. The reasons for identifying sucetta with ohlongus
have been already given.

The name sucetta was spelled suceti by Valenciennes. I see no reason
for this change. The derivation of the word is from the French sucef,
a sucker; and sucetta is an agreeable latinization of the barbarous word.
The identity of the nominal species ohlongus, gibhosus, tuherculatus, vitta-
tus, esopus, elongatus, and elegans was conclusively shown by Professor
Agassiz. The fasciolaris of Rafinesque, as I have shown, is probably
this species, which Rafinesque could hardly have overlooked.

ERIMYZON SUCETTA.

147

Professor Agassiz's anisurus, considered by him as the Western rep-
resentative ol" ohlo7igns, must belong here. Professor Agassiz's tenuis
from Mobile is not described ; but as siicetta occurs abundantly in Ala-
bama, it is safe to presume their identity. The type of Moxostoma da-
viformis Girard is now lost. Both figure and description j)oint to tbe
young of siicetta. The figure represents the scales rather smaller than
usual, but it may not be correct. The types of Moxostoma Icennerhji
Girard and of Moxostoma camphelli Girard, from Texas, have also disap-
peared ; but they too seem to have been based on the young of the
present species, and as sucetta certainly occurs in Texas, these nominal
species must fall into the synonymy.

The Chub Sucker is oue of the smallest species, rarely reaching a
length of more than a foot. It is tenacious cf life, and bites readily at
a small hook, but is not much valued for food. The young are rather
handsome, the black lateral band being sometimes very distinct. In
the aquarium, they act as scavengers. The adult fishes, especially the
males, are very dusky in color, and the males in spring are provided
with three large tubercles arranged in a triangle on each side of the head.
The fins of the adults are usually black, sometimes tinged with red.

Specimens in United' States National Museum.

Number.

Loc

ality.

Collector.

144

6860

Sugar Loaf Creek,
Nova Scotia

Ai kausas

H. B. Mollhausen.

7638

7646

Boston, Mass .

7771

Riverhead, L. I

S. F. Baird.

7776

8280

S. F. Baird.

8376

North Carolina ..... . . .

McNair.

8459

Potomac River. .. . .. .

8497

8700

Holliston, Mass...... .......

8742

Detroit River

S. F. Baird.

8933

Brimfield .......

S975

9007

Delaware County

9042

9082

9160

9162

Jackson, 111

R. Kennicott.

148 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

Specimens in Uniled States National Museum — Continuefl,

Number.

Locality.

Collector.

91C6
9275
9446
9551
9660
10631
10814
11033
11034
11035
11199
11200
12441
14977
16990
16991
16992
16993
16994
17816
17821
17838
19158
20061
20064
20105
20157
20231
20254
20269
20360

Abbeville, S.C.

Aux Plaines River, Illinois

Lake OconoiDowoc, Wisconsin

Potomac River

Sandusky, Ohio

do

do

do

do

do

Halifax, Nova Scotia.

Potomac River

do

.do
.do
.do
.do

Clear Creek, Texas

do

New Bedford, Mass

Aux Plaines River, Illinois ...
Cedar Swamp, New Jersey. ...

Schuylkill, River

Fox River, Wisconsin

Montgomery, Ala

Riverhead, L. I

Piermont, N. Y

Sing Sing,N. Y

Trenton, N. J

Cumberland River

White River, Indiana

Etowah River, Georgia

Saluda River, South Carolina.

R. Kenuicott.
S. F. Baird.

J. W. Milner.

Do.

Do.

Do.

Do.

Do.

Do.

Do.
G. B. Goode.
J. W. Milner.
■ Do.

Do.

Do.

Do.
Kumlicn & Earll.

Do.
Thomas.
R. Kenuicott.
S. F. Baird.
J. H. Richard.
S. F. Baird.
Kumlien & Maxson.
S. F. Baird.

Do.

Do.

C. C. Abbott.
A. Winchell.

D. S. Jordan.
Do.

Do.

22. ERIMYZON GOODEI, sp. nov.
Goode's Sucker.
This species differs from E. sncetta in form, in the smaller size of the
head, in its greater convexity above, and in the larger size and greater
uniformity of the scales, which are not at all crowded or reduced for-
wards.

GENUS CHASMISTES. 149

The type is a fine specimen, lOi inches long-, collected by Professor G.
Brown Goode in the Saint John's River, Florida. It is numbered 19071
on the Museum Register. I have named the species for my friend, Pro-
fessor Goode, one of the best of American ichthyologists, to whom we
are indebted for the discovery of the species.

Specimens in United States National Museum.

Number.

Locality.

Collector.

19071

Saint John's River, Fla

G. Crown Goode.

Genus CHASMISTES Jordan.

Chasmistes Jordan, Bill]. Haytlen Geol. Surv. Terr. 417, 1878.
Typo, Caiostomus fecundus Cope &, Yarrow.
Etymology, ;^;a(7/iaw, to yawn or gape.

Fishes related to Catostomus, 'having the teeth, scales, and air-
bladder as in that genus, but distinguished by the size and position
of the month, the great development of the mandible, and by the small,
smooth lips.

Head disproportionally large, forming more than one-fourth of the
length, broad and flattish above; sides of head vertical, slightly directed
inwards, the breadth through the cheeks less than the breadth above the
eyes ; eyes small, high up, rather i)osterior : mouth exceedingly large,
terminal, the lower jaw in the closed mouth being very oblique, placed
at an angle of about 45 degrees ; the lower jaw very long and strong,
its length more than one-third the length of the head, nearly half the
length of the head in the adult, its tip when the mouth is closed about
on a level with the eye ; upper jaw very protractile ; upper lip very
thin (for a Sucker), and nearly smooth ; snout elevated above the rest
of the head, notably so when the mouth is closed ; lower lip moderate,
consisting of a broad flap on each side of the mandible, in front reduced
to a narrow rim, the surface of the lip nearly smooth, without evident
papillse : nostrils large ; suborbital bones narrow, but rather broader
than in Caiostomus j preorbital unusually large : mucous channels mod-
erately developed; fontanelle very large; isthmus rather narrow:
pharyngeal bones and teeth essentially as in Catostomus.

Body rather slender, tapering pretty regularly from the shoulders to
the tail, but little compressed : caudal peduncle rather stout.

150 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NOETH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

FiDS moderate, the dorsal rays about 12, the aual 7 : pectorals
rather long, uot quite reaching ventrals : ventrals reaching vent : anal
tin high, reaching caudal : caudal fin rather long, its lobes equal.

Scales moderate, large on the caudal x>eduucle, much smaller and
crowded anteriorly, GO to G5 in the lateral line, about 18 iu a transverse
series i'rom dorsal to ventrals.

Sexual peculiarities unknown.

Coloration usual.

Air-bladder iu two parts.

Size moderate or rather large.

The single species now included in this genus is known only from
Utah Lake. Its describers referred it to the genus Catostomns, but
made no mention of, its singular mouth and lips. The original type of
the species is iu very bad condition, the mouth being shrunken and dis-
torted, and the bones of the head protruding through the skin, so that
the peculiarities of the species are hardly recognizable.*

Gemric Characterizations.
Chasmistes Jordan, 1878. — " This genus is distinguished from Catostomus by the
very large, terminal mouth, the lower jaw being very strong, oblique, its length about
one-third that of the head. The lips are little developed, and are very nearly smooth.
The type of the genus is C. /ecHwrZus Cope & Yarrow." — (Jordan, Bull. U. S. Geol. Sun:
Terr. vol. iv, No. 2, p. 417, 1878.)

ANALYSIS OF SPECIES OF CHASMISTES.

* Depth about 5 in length ; head 3| ; interorbital space broad, 2| in head ; eye 6 to 7
in head; width of the open mouth 84 in head. Dorsal 12. Anal 7. Scales
9-63-8. Color dusky above, pale below ; the scales of the back and sides pro-
fusely covered with dark punctulatlons fecundus, 23.

23. CHASMISTES FECUNDUS {Cope & Yarrotv) Jordan.
Sucker of Utah Lake.
1876 — Catostomus fecundus Cope & Y'aijroav, Wheeler's Expl. W. inoth Her. v, Zool.
678, pi. xxxii, f. 1, 1 a.
Catostomus fecundus ionxyxs & Copeland, Check List, 156, 1876.
Chasmistes fecundus Joi.dan, Bull. Haydeu's Geol. Surv. Terr. vol. iv, No. 2, 417,
1878.
Habitat, — Utah Lake, Utah, where it is excessively abundant. Not yet noticed
elsewhere.

This singular species has been overlooked until quite lately. Dr.
Yarrow states that it " is abundant in Utah Lake, and is called Sucker

*" In fact, this specimen iu its present condition looks to me more like Catostomus occir
dentalis, but the figure published by Cope & Yarrow represents C. fecundus. Both
species occur iu Utah Lake.

GENUS CATOSTOMUS.

151

by the iubabitants. They rim up the rivers to spawn in June ; feed on
the bottom and eat the spawn of better lish ; sj)awuing beds on gravel :
bite at hook sometimes ; are extremely numerous, and are considered
a nuisance by the lishermen, but they meet with a ready sale in Viiiitcr
at an average price of 2^^ cents per pound."

Specimens in United States l^aiional Museum.

Numher.

Locality.

Collector.

12894

Utah Lake,
Utah Lake,
Utah Lake,
Utah Lake,

Utah

Yarrow & Henshaw.

20337

Utah

Dr. H, C. Yarrow. (Many specimens )
Dr. H. C. Yarrow. (Type Chasmistes.)
Dr. H. C.Yarrow. (Typesof tbespecies.)

20932

Utah

Utah

Genus CATOSTOMUS Le Sueur.

Calostomus Le Sueuu, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Pbila. i, 1.'~'17, £9. (Equivalent to family Ca-

iostomidxE.)
HijpenteVmm Rafinesquc, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 1, 1618, 421. (As subj^euus of Exo-

glossum.)
Decac<^Zu8 Eafinesque, Ichthyologi a Ohiensis, 1820, CO. (As subgenus of Catostomus,

including the lO-rayed species.)
Hylomyzon Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 1855, 205.
Minomus Girabd, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 1850, 173.
Aeomus Girard, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 1853, 173.
Catastomua Gill, Cauauian Naturalist, 1865, August.
Decadactijlus Jordan*, Man. Vert. 2d ed. 1878, 319. (As subgenus.)

Type, Cijprinus catostomus Forster, = Catostomus hudsonius Le Sueur, ^ Catostomus lon-
(jirostrum Le Sueur.

Etymology, Kara, low ; orb/xa, mouth.

Etymolof)]) of Synonyms.

Hypeiitelium : probably vtto, below; nivTc, five; ?[,o!3o^, lobe, as the name is said to
refer to the 5-lobed lower lip, supposed to distinguish it from the 3-lobed subgenus
Maxillingua; possibly, however, from virb, below; evr£/i?/f, perfect.

Decactylus: SeKug, ten^!^uKTv?Mg, too, i. e., 10 ventral raj^s, hence properly Dcca-
dactylus.

Hylomyzon : vie, mud ; fiv^uu, to suck.

Aeomus and Minomus are probably meaningless words, without etymology.

Head more or less elongate, its length ranging from 3^ to 5 times iu
that of the body, its form varying considerably in the different subgen-
era. Eye usually rather small, high up and median or more or less pos-

152 CONTEIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III.

teiior in position : suborbital bones narrow, lonj^er than broad, mucli as
in Myxostoma : foutauelle alwaj-s present, usually widely open, in two
species reduced to a narrow slit, but never wholly obliterated.

Mouth rather large, always inferior, and sometimes notably so : the
upper lip thick, protractile, papillose ; the lower lip greatly developed,
with a broad free margin, deeply incised behind, so that it forms two
lobes, which are often more or less separated : mandible horizontal,
short, not one-third the length of the head and not reaching to opposite
the eye : lower jaw usually without distinct cartilaginous sheath : oper-
cular apparatus moderately developed, not rugose : pharyngeal bones
moderately strong, the teeth shortish, vertically compressed, rapidly
diminishing in size upwards, the upper surface of the teeth nearly even,
or somewhat cuspidate.

Body oblong or elongate, more or less fusiform, subterete, more or
less compressed.

Scales comparatively small, typically much smaller and crowded an-
teriorly, the number in the lateral line ranging from about 50 to 115,
the number iu a transverse series between dorsal and veutrals from
] 5 to 40 : lateral line well developed, straightish, somewhat decurved
anteriorly.

Fins variously developed: dorsal with its first ray nearly midway of
the body, with from 9 to 14 developed rays ; anal fin short and high,
with probably always 7 developed rays ; ventrals inserted under the
middle or posterior part of the dorsal, typically with 10 rays, in one sub-
genus usually 9, the number often subject to variation of one ; caudal
fiin usually deeply forked, the lobes nearly equal.

Sexual peculiarities not much marked, the fins higher in the male
and the anal somewhat swollen and tuberculate in the spring: breed-
ing males in some species with a rosy or orange lateral band.

Air-bladder with two chambers. Vertebrse iu C. teres and C. nigri-
cans 45 to 47.

" The slceleton m Catostomus has been well described by Valenciennes
(XVII. p. 433). It is distinguished by the compa^tive want of solidity,
certain bones consisting merely of a network of osseous matter. There
is a large and broad fontanelle on the upper surface of the head, separ-
ating the parietal bones, and leading directly into the cerebral cavity.
The occipital process is, below the anterior vertebrse, enlarged into a
bladder-like swelling, which is not solid, but consists of a delicate net-
work only. The prefrontal is advanced to the anterior part of the orbit.

GENUS CATOSTOMUS. 153

The jaw-bones are very feeble, the intermaxilhiry being reduced to a
thin kimella, which does not descend to the middle of the maxillary.
The anterior part of the mandible is horizontal, thin and slightly dilated.
The apophyses of the four anterior vertebrae are very strong and long." —
(GuNTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 13.)

This genus as at present restricted comprises three well-marked
groui)S, which may be accepted as subgenera, under tbe names Catosto-
omis, Dccadactylus^ and Eypentelium. One of these groui>s, Hypentelium.,
has been usually considered as a distinct genus, on account of the dif-
ferences in the form of the head and in the squamation. These differ-
ences are, however, individually of subordinate value, and should
probably be held to designate a subgeneric section, rather than a
distinct genus.

The group Becadactylus as here given is nearly equivalent to Minomns
and Catostomus of Girard, while our Catostomiis is Girard's Acomus.
The type of Catostomus, as restricted by Agassiz, prior to Girard being
Cyprinus catostomus Forster, Oi.e of the small-scaled group, the name
belongs properly to that group, and Acomiis is a simple synonym.
Decaciylus Rafinesque was not originally defined in any very tangible
■way, inasmuch as its author included in it species of Myxostoma and
Cycleptus. As, however, it was intended for lO-rayed species, and as one
among those originall}^ placed in it was C. teres (as C. hostoniensis), the
the name Decaciylus {Becadactylus) may be used instead of Minomus as
a designation for the subgenus to which C. teres belongs.

The genus Catostomus is, next to Myxostoma, the most rich in species.
It is much the most widely distributed of the genera of Suckers, some of
its members abounding in every river of ISTorth America, and one of them
being found in Asia.

Generic Characterizations.

''Catostomus Le Sueur, 1817.

"Back with a single fiu.

"Gill-membrane three-rayed.

"Head and opercula smooth.

"Jaws toothless and retractile.

'•Mouth benea'.h the snout ; lips i^laited, lobed, or carunculated, suitable for sucking.

" Throat with pectinated teeth.

"The species which are here described are all possessed of the following general
characters : —

"Body. — The body in general is elongated and varied in its form.

"Scales. — The scales in almost all the species are marked with radiated lines, and
fimbriated on their edges; their form more or less rhomboidal or roundish.

154 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

"Gill-coi-ers. — The gill-covers are hirge, and composed of three pieces; the anterior
piece small in some, as is exemplified in the C. macrolcpidolus, and in others large, as in
the C. communis; opening or expansion wide.

"Nostrih. — The nostrils are double on each side, and separated by a membrane; tie
largest aperture near the eyes.

"£i/€s. — The eyes in general are pretty large, a little oblong, without nictitating
membrane : pupil black and roundish : irides yellowish, sometimes brown, as in the
C. gibhodiiH.

'^Teeth. — No teeth in the jaws, but those of the throat, on each side, are composed of a
range of bones, generally blunt and thick at their summits, placed in a pectinated
form, on an osseous, arcuated base, of which they are a component part, and some-
times terminate in a hooked iioint, as in the C. maculosus ; these teeth are enveloped in
a thick mass of whitish substance, which covers the throat, and supplies the place of
a tongue.

'^Mouth. — The mouth is generally lunated; to the palate is attached a membrane.

"Viscera. — The intestinal canal is very much developed, and it has its origin uejr the
throat ; the stomach, which is simple, and without plaits and curvatures, being a con-
tinuation of this canal, and appears to be confounded with it. The intestines make a
number of circumvolutions; in a specimen of the C. macrolepidoius of 16 inches
in length, they were 3 feet 5 inches in length. The liver is deliquescent, and soon
passes into oil after exiiosure to the atmosphere. The air-hlaclder is subcylindrical, and
divided, in most species, into two parts ; in the C. macrolepidoius, it is separated into four
parts. I have remarked in the intestines of these fishes river- shells of the genera
Lymnaa, liulimus, etc., which dwell on aquatic plants and on the rock at the bottom of
the rivers; these shells the Catostomi are enabled to take with their lips, which are
protruded forwards by means of their jaws.

" It is necessary to remark that in all the species which I have examined there is a
line which runs from the nape, beneath the eyes, and another along the head, above
the eyes, of small orifices, for the passage of mucus, which lines are well defined
after the fish is dead and desiccated, but not so conspicuous wheu recent; these lines
Forster improperly terms sutures. I will add that some species, in a dried state, have
also a tuberculated appearance on the head, which tubercles are not discernible when
the animals are living." — (Le Sueur, Journ. Ac. JSat. Sc. i, p. 81).)

Hypentelium Rafinesque, 1818. — "This species {_Exo(jlossnm macropterum'] distin-
guished by so many secondary characters may be the type of a subgenus, which may
be called Hypentelium, in reference to the five lobes of the lower jaw. The species
with a three-lobed jaw may form then another section under the former name of
Maxillingua." — (Rafinesque, Journ. Acad. Nat, So. p. 420, 1818.)

Catostomus Rafinesque, 1820. — " Body oblong cylindrical, scaly. Vent posterior or
nearer to the tail. Head and opercules scaleless and smooth. Mouth beneath the
snout, with fleshy, thick or lobed sucking lips. Jaws toothless and retractible.
Throat with pectinated teeth. Nostrils double. Gill-cover double or triple. Three
branchial rays to the gill membrane. A single dorsal fin commonly opposite to the
abdominal fins, which have from eight to ten rays." — (Rakinesque, Ich. Oh. p. 53.)

Decactylus Rafinesque, 1820. — "Body nearly cylindrical, abdominal fins with ten

GENUS CATOSTOMUS. 155

rays; tail equally forked. Besides the two following species (C. dfugufsja'i; C.clovrjatus)
the C. bostoniensis and C. hudsonius must be enumerated here." — (Rafinesque, Ich. Oh.
p. 60.)

Hypentelium Rafinesque, 1820. — "Body pyramidal slightly compressed, with very
minute scales. Vout posterior. Head scaleless, nearly square, mouth terminal pro-
truded beneath toothless, jaw shorter with five lobes, the middle one larger, lips very
small. Abdominal fins anterior removed from the vent, dorsal fin anterior, opposed to
them.

" This genus belongs to the family of the Cyprinidia, and is next to my genus Exoglos-
8um, with which I had united it; but this last differs from it by an oblong body, flat
head, lower lip trilobe not protruded, abdominal fins and dorsal fin medial, «&c. The
name expresses the character of the lower lip." — (Rafinesque, Ich. Oh. p. 68.)

Catostomus DeKay, 1842. — " Both lips thick, fleshy, and crenated or jjlaited ; the
lower lip pendant. Dorsal jjlaced above the ventrals and usually short." — (DeKay,
Neio Tork Fauna, Fishes, p. 196.)

Catostomus Heckel, 1843.— " Os inferum; labia carnea, lata, rugosa, suctui apta;
cirrhi nulli ; praeoperculum ante occiput. Pinna dorsalis brevis, rarius elongata ; analis
brervior, utraque radio osseo uullo. Dentes pharyngei pectiuiformes.

D ; 3 1 H- 13 — 29
A : 21 5-7

(Characters of Tribus IV, including Catostomus, Bhytidostomus, and 9 Exoglossum.)

" Dentes pectiuiformes 40 — 40. Os inferum; labia carnea; lata, rugosa ad suctum
apta ; cirrhi nulli. Pinna dorsalis et analis brevis, ilia ante pinnas ventrales incipiens ;
radius osseus nuUus. — Tractus intestinalis 2^—3 long, corp." — (HeCkel, Fische
Syritits, p. 33.)

Catostomus Valenciennes, 1844. — "lis different c?ses ables \_Leuciscus'\, avec lesquels
ila ne sont pas sans affinity, par la position de leur bouche et par la forme des levres
qui la bordent. Ces organes sont assez distiucts do ceux des Chondrostomes.

" L'absence des barbillous les ^loigne aussi des Labeons {^LaieoJ, avec lesquels ils out
d'ailleurs moins de rapports que M. Cuvier ne le sup^wsait quand 11 a redig6 le Regno
Animal. Enfin ils different de tous ces genres par leurs dents pharyngieunes.

"Par la forme g6u6rale de leur corps, ils ressemblent a nos barbeaux [Z?ar&M.s], dont
ils out presque tous la tete along^e, lisse et nue, et le museau un peu pro^minent,
mais ils n'out pas leurs barbillons, et la dorsale manque de rayons 6pineux et deutel^s.
La bouche est aitu^e sous le museau ; elle est sans dents, et les levres, dlargies, lob6es,
caronculfSes, mais sans prolouguemeuts filiformes, servent a constituer une sorte de
ventouse au moyeu de laquelle cespoissons peuvent adherer ou sucer. Les pharyugieus
sont grands et arqu^s, presque en demi-cercle ; tout le bord interne est garni de dents
comprim^es, a couronue stride, un peu plus large que la base; toutes ces dents de-
croissent regulierement depuis les infericSures jusqu'aux sup^neure8,le nombre eu varie
selon les espfeces ; elles ferment un peigne sur le corps I'os. Les opercules sont grands ;
les narines out chacune, comme a I'ordinaire, deux ouvertures rapprochees; les yeux
assez larges, sont ellii)tiques, et ont I'iris ordinairement jaune ; les (Scailles sont eu
gdueral petites 6ur la nuque et pres de la tete, et elles vout eusuite en augmentaut a
m&ure qu'on s'en approche de la queue; elles sont i)lus ou moins rhomboidales eb
strides ou frangdes.

156 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

"Les viscares rappellent ceux des cyprinoides en g6n6ra\, mais I'intestin, a cause de
ses norubreux replis, a eccore plus d'6tendue. . . . Le foie se rdsout bientCt en
builo; la vessie adrenne est commuu^ment divis6 en deux et communique avec le
baut de I'cesophage commc dans nos cyprins." — (Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. des Poissous,
xvii, pp. 423-424.)

Hylomyzon Agas^iz, 1855. — "Tbe name of tbis f^euus is a mere translation of tbe
vernacular name of its type, tbe Mud-Sucker of tbe West, framed in imitation of
Petromyzon, but expressing^ its babits of living iu tbe mud. Tbe body is stout and
heavy in front, and tapers off rapidly from tbe sboulders towards the tail ; bebind tbe
dorsal it is nearly cylindrical in form.

" Tbe sbort quadrangular bead is broad and flat above, its sides are vertical. The
eyes are of moderate size and elliptical iu form ; tbe superorbital ridges are elevated
above tbe general level of tbe bead. Tbe mouth is inferior, and encircled by broad
fleshy lips which are covered with small grains or papilliB. The lower lip is bilobed.
The dorsal is over tbe ventrals, and nearer tbe bead than tbe tail ; its height and
length are nearly equal. The pectorals and ventrals are broad and rounded, tbe anal
tin is slender and reaches tbe caudal. The scales are largest on the anterior j)ortion of
the body. They are slightly longer than high, the ornamental concentric ridges of
the posterior field are broader and farther apart than those of the lateral and anterior
flelds; those of the anterior and posterior fields rather remote, about equal in number.
Tubes of tbe lateral line arising from tbe centre of radiation.

"The teeth are comi)ressed, so that their sharp edge projects inwards; at tbe same
time they ;ire slightly arched inwards and inserted obliquely upon the pharyngeal
bones. They increase gradually in size and thickness from above downwards. The
masticating ridge of tbe teeth is transverse, compressed in tbe middle and sharp; its
upper and lower edges are rounded and more projecting, tbe inner point, however, more
projecting than the outer one." — (Agassiz, Am. Journ. Scl. Arts, 1855, p. 205.)

Catostomus Agassiz, 1855. — "I have retained the name of Catostomus for tbe type
to which it was originally applied by Forster. The body is elongated, fusiform and
slightly compressed. The snout is sbort and blunt, and projects but little beyond the
mouth, which is inferior. The lower jaw is short and bread. The lips are fleshy and
strongly bilobed below ; their surface is conspicuously granulated or papillated. The
bead is considerably longer than high. The dorsal is large and mostly in advance of
the ventrals; its length is greater than its height. The anal tin is long and slender,
and reaches the caudal. The sexual ditterences, so conspicuous in the genus Moxostoma
and Ptychostomus, are bardly to be noticed iu this genus. The other tins are of moder-
ate size, and more or less pointed.

" Tbe scales are much smaller on tbe anterior than on the posterior portion of the
body ; nearly quadrangular, with rounded angles, but somewhat longer than high ;
the ornamental concentric ridges of the posterior field broader than those of tbe lateral
and anterior fields; the radiating furrows more numerous than in Hylomyzon aud
Ptychostomus, and encroaches upon the lateral fields, where, in some species, they are
nearly as numerous as upon tbe anterior aud posterior fields. Tubes of tbe lateral line
wider than in Hylomyzon and Ptycbcotomus, extending from tbe centre of radiation
to the posterior margin.
"The pharyngeals are stout and compact, tbe outer margin not so spreading as

GENUS CATOSTOMUS. 157

in Ptychostoraus; the teeth are blunter and larger comparatively than ia any
other genus of the tribe, increasing more rapidly in size from above down wards, so
that those of the middle of the arch are already of the same cast as those of the lower
part of the comb ; their crown is blunt and the inner edge rises into a blunt cus^)." —
(Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 1855, p. 207.)

MiNOMUS Girard, 1853. — " We propose to include under the head of Alinomus, such
species as are characterized by an elongated and fusiform body, a head longer than
deep; a dorsal fin either higher than long, or with both dimensions equal. The Lps
being tuberculated, moderately bilobed. The pharyngeals not exi^anded laterally, but
considerably bent inwardly. The teeth compressed, decidedly bicuspid, but the inner
projection more developed than the outer. The scales being nearly of the same size,
but slightly smaller anteriorly than posteriorly." (Includes C. insignis, C.phbeius, and
C. cZarAu.)— (GiKARD, Proc. Ac. 2^at. Sc. Fhila. 185G, p. 173.)

AcoMUS Girard, 1856. — "And then giving the name of Acomits to those species in
which the head is very elongated, the dorsal higher than long, and the scales much
smaller upon the anterior region of the body than upon the posterior. The lips being
papillated and very deeply cleft. The pharyngeals are gently arched and not expanded;
the teeth compressed and bituberculated, the inner projection conspicuous; the outer
one obsolete, though existing." (Includes C.forsterianus, C. aurora, C. latijnnnis, C. (juz-
maniensis, C. generosus, C. gnseus, and C. lactarius.) — (Girakd, Proc. Ac. Kat. Sc. Phila.
1856, p. 174.)

Catostomus Girard, 1856. — "The genus Caiosiomus, Le Sueur, would then be re-
stricted to such species in which the head is moderately elongated, the dorsal fin gen-
erally longer than high, and the size of the scales less disproportionate anteriorly and
posteriorly than in Aconius. The lips are papillated and deeply cleft. The pharyngeals
provided with a little expansion inferiorly. The teeth are comj)ressed, with the inner
projection of the crown alone developed." (Includes C. hudsonius, C. comnmnis, C. occi-
dentalis, C. labiatus, C. macrocheilus, C. sucMii, and C. hernardini.) — (Girard, Proc. Ac.
Nat. Sc. Phila. 1856, p. 174.)

Catastomus Gill, 1865. — "Snout long. Lateral line present, nearly straight. Lips
papillated." — (Gill, Canadian Naturalist, Aug. 1865, p. 19, reprint.)

Catostomus Giinther, 1868. — " Scales of small, moderate or large size. Lateral line
present, running along the middle of the tail. Dorsal fin of moderate extent, with not
more than about seventeen rays, opposite to the ventrals, without spine. Anal fin very
short, but deep. Fins of the males generally more produced tban those of the females,
and frequently with horny tubercles. Mouth inferior, with the lips more or less thick-
ened and papillose, the lower frequently bilobed. Barbels none. Gill-rakers well
developed, soft, the upper lanceolate, the lower quite membranaceous, low folds cross-
ing the bone. Pseudobranchise. Pharyngeal bones sickle-shaped, armed with a comb-
like series of numerous compressed teeth, the teeth becoming larger and broader
towards the lower end of the series."— (GtJ>"THER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, p. 12.)

Catostomus Joidan, 1876. — "Air bladder in two parts ; lateral line well developed;
lips papillose; scales much smaller anteriorly than posteriorly ; interorbital space
convex ; body sub-terete."— (Jordan, Man. Vert. 1876, p. 292.)

Hypentelium Jordan, 1876. — "Air bladder in two parts ; lateral line well devel-
ojied; lips papillose ; scales about as large oa front part of body as on tail; body

158 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

tapering rapitlly from shoulders to tail ; interorbital space concave : length of head
greater than depth of body."— (Jordax, Man. Vert. 1H7G, p. 292.)

Catostomus Cope & Jordan, 1877. — "Body oblong or elongate, with a short, sub-
quadrate dorsal fin ; air bladder in two parts ; lateral line well developed ; foutanelle
distinct."— (Jordan, Proc. Jc. Nat. Sc. Phila. 1877, p. 81.)

Hypentelium Jordan, 1878. — "Body oblong or elongate, with a short subquadrate
dorsal ; anal rays uniformly 7 ; mouth normal, the lower lip undivided or deeply lobed ;
lips tubercnlate; lateral line well developed; fontanelle distinct; no mandibulary
sheath ; scales moderate, not crowded forwards, about equal over the body ; body long,
and little compressed ; head transversely concave between orbits, long and flattened,
the physiognomy being therefore peculiar ; ventral rays 9." — (Jordan, Man. Vert. ed.
2d, 1878, pp. 309-310.)

Catostomus Jordan, 1878. — [As in the preceding except] "Scales small, smaller
anteriorly and much crowded ; head transversely convex between orbits ; ventral
rays normally 10."— (Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 1878, pp. 309-310.)

Decadactylus Jordan, 1878 (as subgenus). — "Lateral line with 60 to 65 scales;
snout comparatively short." — (Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, j). 319.)

Catostomus Jordan, 1878 (as subgenus). — "Lateral line with about 100 scales;
snout much produced." — (Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, p. 320.)

The three subgenera here recognized are characterized below. The
single species of Hypentelium is found only eastward of the Kocky
Mountains. Catostomus and Decadactylus each have representatives on
both sides of the mountains. It is a curious fact that the Southwestern
representatives of each, as a rule, have the upper lip more developed,
and with more numerous series of iiapillte, than the Eastern ones. In
this respect as in others, these Western species approach the genus Fan-
tosteus, a group exclusively Western in its distribution.

ANALYSIS of SPECIES OF CATOSTOMUS.

* Scales moderate ; not crowded anteriorly, nearly equal over the body ; 48 to 55 in the
lateral line ; 12 to 15 in a transverse series from dorsal to
ventrals : head flattened above, transversely concave between
the orbits, the frontal bone thick, broad, and short, the phy-
siognomy being therefore peculiar: ventral rays normally
9: upper lip very thick, strongly papillose, with a broad,
free margin, which has upwards of 8 to 10 series of iiapillai
npon it. Lower lip greatly developed, strongly papillose,
considerally incised behind, but less so than in Catostomus
proper : fontanelle shorter and smaller than in Decadactylus :
pectoral fins unusually large. {Hypentelium.)
X. Depth 4^ to 5 in length ; head 4 to 4^ ; eye rather small, 4| to 5 in head : color
olivaceous; sides with brassy lustre; belly white; back
brown, with several dark cross-blotches, irregularly arranged,
these becoming obsolete in old individuals ; lower fins dull
red, with some dusky shading : size large ; maximum length
about two feet nigricans, 24.

GENUS CATOSTOMUS. 159

y. Dorsal with 11 developed rays: scales 7-50-5: head rather longer, 4 to 4^ in
length: pectoral fins rather longer: colors relatively dull;
no distinct whitish stripes along the rows of scales.

nigricans.

y^. Dorsal with 10 developed rays: scales 6-43-5: Lead rather shorter, 4^ in
length : pectoral fins rather shorter : colors brighter ; black-
ish above; belly abruptly white; a pale spot at the base of
each scale, these forming conspicuous whitish streaks along

the rows of scales etowanus.

* Scales small, reduced, and crowded anteriorly more or less ; 58 to 72 in the lateral
line and about 20 to 25 in a transverse series from the ven-
trals to the dorsal : snout moderate or rather short. {Deca-
dacfylus.)
t Upper lip comparatively thin, with but few (2 or 3) rows of papill».

a. Dorsal fin with but 10 or 11 developed rays ; scales but little reduced in size
forwards.
h. Body moderately stout ; depth 4| in length ; head very small and short, about
5 in length; eye moderate; fins all notably small: scales
small, subequal, 9-70-9, larger on the middle of the body than
on the caudal peduncle : body with scattered, dusky, nebu-
lous spots CLARKI, 25.

hh. Body rather elongate, subterete, heavy at the shoulders and tapering back-
wards, the depth about 5 in length ; head moderate, about 4i
in length ; mouth comparatively small ; lips moderate, the
upper narrow, with about two rows of large tubercles : scales
little crowded forwards, 58 to 63 in the lateral line, 19 in a
cross-series : a series of dusky spots along each row of scales,
as in Mivytrema melanops ; the spots sometimes obscure.

INSIGNIS, 26.
aa. Dorsal with 11 to 13 developed rays : scales much reduced and crowded ante-
riorly,
c. Body moderately stout, varying with age, subterete, heavy at the shoul-
ders, the depth 4 to 4f in length : head rather large and stout,
conical, flattish above, its length 4 to 4| in body (3i to 4J in
young) ; snout moderately prominent, scarcely overpassing
the mouth ; mouth rather large, the lips strongly papillose,
the upper moderate, with two or three rows of papillae :
scales crowded anteriorly, much larger on the sides than be-
low ; scales 10-64 to 70-9 : coloration olivaceous ; males in
spring with a faint rosy lateral band ; young brownish, more
or less mottled, often with about three large confluent lateral
blotches, which sometimes form an obscure lateral band.

TERES, 27.

tt Upper lip thick and full, with several (5 to 8) rows of papillse : scales crowded
forwards.

160 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III.

t Fnutauelle well developed : lijis witliout evident cartilaginous sheath.
d. Dorsal fin comparatively long, of 12 to 14 rays.

€. Mouth quite large, with very large lips, the upper lull and pendent,
with 6 to 8 rows of strong papillse : head large, 4^ in length,
rather narrow, quadrangular, the snout projecting : eye
large : dorsal fin much longer than high, its rays about 14 :
scales 12-72-10 : coloration rather dark ; a dusky lateral
stripe MACROCiiiLUs, 28.

ee. Mouth comparatively small, smaller than in C. teres; the upper lip
thick, with 5 or 6 rows of xiapillaj, which are moderately
large : head rounded above, 4i in length, the jirofile steeper
than in C. teres, the snout more jioiuted, the two sides of the
head more convergent forwards : eye small : dorsal fin longer
than high, its rays 12 to 14: scales 13-72-10.

OCCIDENTALIS, 29.

dd. Dorsal fin short, higher than long, of about 11 developed rays : head 4^
in length, rather bluntish : mouth moderate, the labial papilla)
largely developed, the upper lip full, with about 5 rows of
large but rather sjiarse papilla} : scales 12-74-10 : color dark
above; sides clouded with black and yellow.. .labiatus, 30.

tt Fontanelle very small and nari-ow : both jaws with a weak cartilaginous sheath :
body elongate, fusiform, subterete, the greatest depth 4J to 4^
in length : head small, conical, 4| ia length : month quite
large, with full, thick lips, the upper very wide and pendent,
with about 6 rows of very strong papilloo : lower lip two-
lobed, similarly papillose : interorbital space wide, convex :
eye elevated, posterior, quite small: fins moderate; dorsal
higher than long, with 10, rarely 11, rays: ventral rays 10:
scales small, crowded forwards, 10 or 9-70-8: color dark;

scales with dark punctulations ar^opus, 31.

**• Scales very small, much reduced and crowded anteriorly; 83 to 115 in the lateral
line, and 25 to 40 in a transverse series from the ventrals to
the dorsal : body and head more or less elongate : sides with a
broad rosy or orange lateral band in spring males. (Cato-
stomus.)

^ Fontanelle well developed: jaws without evident cartilaginous sheath.

/. Upper lip comparatively thin and narrow, with but few (3 or 4) rows
of papilla).
g. Body shorter than in the next, but still elongated, its greatest depth
4^ to 5 in length : head very large and long-acuminate, the
muzzle nearly one-half its length, overhanging the rather
large mouth : lips moderate ; the upper pendent, with about 3
rows of small papilla) ; the lower rather full, similarly papil-
lose: eye nearly median, rather small, 8^ in head: scales
small and crowded forwards, closely imbricated, 83 to 87 in

f

GENUS CATOSTOMUS. 161

the course of the lateral liue aud about 28 in a cross-series
from dorsal to ventrals : coloration very dark ; fins dusky ;
scales everywhere finely punctate. Size large, .tahoensis, 22.
gg. Body elongate, 8ul)terete, the depth 4-^ to 4f in length : head quite
loug and slender, 4J to 4f in length, depressed and flattened
above, broad at base, but tapering into a long snout, which
considerably overhangs the large mouth : lips thick, coarsely
tubcrculate, the upper lip narrow, with 2 or 3 rows of
tubercles : eye rather small, behind the middle of the head :
scales very small, much crowded forw^irds, 95 to 114 in the
course of the lateral line, and about 29 (26 to 31) in a cross
row from dorsal to veutrals: dorsal rays 10 or 11 : males in
spring with the head aud anal fin profasely tuberculate, the
tubercles on the head small ; the sides at that season with a
broad rosy band: size large; the largest species in the

ger.us LOXGiROSTjus, 34.

ff. Upper lip very broad, with several (5 or 6) rows of large papillJB.
i. Body long and slender, snbterete, compressed behind, the form
essentially that of C. longirostris, the depth contained 5^^ times
in the length : head large, 4 in length of body, theinterorbital
space broad aud flat, 2^ in length of head : eye small, high up
aud rather posterior: preorbital bone very long and slender,
its length about three times its depth : mouth large, precisely
as in C. latipinnis, the upper lip pendent, very large, with 5 to
8 Ecries of tubercles : dorsal lin not elongated or especially
elevated, its rays 11, the beginning of the dorsal much
nearer base of caudal than snout ; caudal fin long and strongly
forked : anal fin long and high, reaching base of caudal : ven-
trals not reaching vent : caudal peduncle stout and deep, its
least depth more than one-third length of head, its length
about two-thirds that of head : scales quite small, about as in
longirostris, the exposed portion not notably lengthened :
f chest with well-developed scales ; scales lG-100-14 : coloration

dnsky brown, a dusky lateral band, pale below, the dark colors
extending low; snout quite dark: size large., i.-etropinnis, 35.
{('. Body slender and elongate, the caudal peduncle especially loug and
very slender, the depth 5^ in the length: head moderate, 4f
in length, rather slender, with prominent snout and rather
contracted; inferior mouth ; outline of the mouth triangular,
the apex forwards; the lips very thick, greatly developed,
lower lip incised to the base, its posterior margin extending
backwards to opposite the eye: jaws with a slight cartila-
ginous pellicle : eye small, high up : preorbital bone broad,
scarcely twice as loug as deep : scales long and low, posteri-
orly rounded, their horizontal diameter greater than the ver-
Bul!, N. M. No. 12—11

lf)2 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

tical, 17-98 to 105-17: fius excessively developed, much
more elevated in the males than in the females, the free
border of the dorsal, in the males at least, deeply incised : in
the males, the height of each of the three vertical fins is
greater than the length of the head: dortal rays 13, its
beginning rather nearer snont than base of dorsal : caudulfin
especially strong, the rudimentary rays at its base unusually
developed : least depth of caudal peduncle less than one-third
length of head : coloration rather silvery, the males probably

rosy and tuberculate in spring latipinnis, 36.

$^Fontanellc almost obliterated, reduced to a narrow slit: each jaw with a well-
developed cartilaginous sheath (as in Paiitoslens).
j. Body subterete, compressed behind, the depth 5 in length: in-
terorbital space 2 in head : head quite short, broad and
rounded above, 4f in length : eye small, far back and high up,
6 in head: mouth very large, inferior, beneath the projecting
snout : upper li^) very full.penfrent, with about 5 rows of tu-
bercles upon it : lower lip very full, moderately incised, with
about 10 rows, a notch separating the upper lip from the
lower, each jaw with a slightly curved cartilaginous sheath on
its edge, the two parallel with each other and fitting closely
together: tins small: dorsal rays 11; caudal little forked:
scales 15-90-11, very much reduced forwards and subject to
many irregularities : colors dusky : size small . . discobolus, 36.

24. CATOSTOMUS NIGRICANS Le Sueur.

Ilofj Sucker. Hog MuJlet. Hog Molhj. CiriwI-a-hoftom. Stone I\oller. Si07w Toter,
Stone Lugger. Hammer-head. Mud Suclcer.

a. Subspecies nigricans.

1817 — Caiosiomns nigricans Le SuEun, Jouru. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 102.
Caiostomus nigrans (sic) Kiutla'nd, Rept. Zool. Ohio, 168, 1838.
Catoslomus nigricans DeKav, New York Fauna, part iv. Fishes, 202, 1842.
Caiostomus nigricans Cuvier & VALE^'CIENNES, Hist. Nat. des Poiss. xvii, 453,

1844.
Caiostomus nigricans Storer, Synopsis, 421, 1846.

Hylomyzon nigricans Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sci. Arts, 2d series, xix, 205, 1855.
Hylomyzon nigricans Putnam, Bull. INIus. Comp. Zool. 10, I860.
Hylomyzon nigricans Cope, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 285, 1864,
Catosiomus nigricans Cope, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 236, 1868.
Caiostomus nigricans Gunthek, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 17, 1868.
Catosiomus nigricans Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. See. Phila. 4G8, 1870.
Hylomyzon nigricans Jordan, Fishes of Ind. 221, 1875.
Hypentelium nigricans Jordan, Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Hist. 95, 1876.
Hypentelinm nigricans Jordan, Man. Yert. 294, 1876.
Catosiomus nigricans Uhler & Lugger, Fishes of Maryland, ]^S, ]'^7'3
Hypentelium nigricans Nelson, Bull. No. 1 , Ills. Mus. Nat. Hist. 48, I67i:

CATOSTOMUS NIGRICANS. 163

Eijpentelmm nigricans Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 156, 1876.

Catostonms nigricans Jordax, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y. xi, 345, 1877.

Hypcntelium nigricans Jordan & Gilbert, in Klippart's Rept. 53, 1876.

HypenteUum nigricans Jordan, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus, ix, 34, 1877.

Hypentelium nigricans Jordan, Man, Vert. ed. 2d, 319, 1878.
1817 — Catostomus maculosus Le Sueur, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 103.

Catostonms maculosus DeKay, New York Fauna, i)art iv. Fishes, 203, 1842.

Catostomus 7naculosus Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. des Poiss. xvii, 454,
1844,

Catostomus maculosus Storer, Synopsis, 422, 1846.

Catostomus maculosus Uiiler &. Lugger, Fishes of Maryland, 139, 1876.
1817 — Exoglossum macropterum Rafinesque, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 420.

Hypentelium macropterum Rafinesque, Ich. Oh, 68, 1820,

Hypentelium macropterum Kirtland, Rept, Zool. Ohio, 168, 1838.

Exoglossum macropterum Cuvier & Valenciennes, xvii, 486, 1844,

Exoglossum macropterum Storer, Synopsis, 428, 1846.
1820 — Catostomus xantliopus Rafinesque, Ich, Oh, 57.

1820 — f Catostomus f megastomus Rafinesque, Ich, Oh. 59. (Most likely mythical.)
1844 — Catostomus planiceps Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat, desPoissons, xvii, 450,
pi. 516.

Catostomus planiceps Storer, Synopsis, 426, 1846,

aa. Subspecies etoivanus.
1877 — Catostomus nigricans yar. etou-anus Jordan, Ann, Lye. Nat. Hist, N, Y, xi, 345.

Habitat, — New York and Maryland to North Carolina ; west to the Great Plains.
Var. c/owrtriMS in the Alabama River. Mostcoramon in the Central Mississippi Basin ; not
known from the streams of the South Atlantic States, excepting the Savannah River,

This species is one of the most abundant and widely distributed of
our Suckers. It abounds in rapids and shoals, especially in the larger
streams, and its singular, almost comical form is familiar to every
school-boy in the West. Its powerful pectoral fins render it a swifter
fish in the water than any others of its family. Its habit is to rest
motionless on the bottom, where its mottled colors render it difficult to
distinguish from the stones among which it lies. When disturbed, it
darts away very quickly, after the manner of the Etheostoraoids. They
often go in flocks of eight to ten. I have never yet found this species
in really muddy water, and when placed in the aquarium it is one of
the very first fishes to feel the influence of impure water. In my expe-
rience, it is a fish as peculiar to the clear streams as the species of
Etheostoma or Uranidea are. Professor Agassiz speaks of it as the
Mud Sucker, and has named it Hylomyzon, in allusion to its mud-loving
habits. It is fortunate that that name has become a synonym, for it is
certainly a misnomer.

This Sucker reaches a length of about 18 inches. It is not much valued

164 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

as food, but is often caught by boys with a spear or snare. In company
with other species of Catostomus and Myxostoma, it ascends all our \Yest-
ern streams in April for the purpose of depositing its spawn.

The Southern form, which I have designated as var. etowanus, is more
intensely colored and differs in some minor respects. It frequents, in
great abundance, the clear tributaries of the Etowab, Oo&tanaula, and
Coosa Rivers, in company with Potaniocotfus mcridionalis {zopherns), a
species to which the young of the Catostomus bears much resemblance
as seen in the water.

The synonymy of this species has been well worked out by Professor
Agassiz. The variations in age and appearance have given rise to a
number of nominal species, most of which have, however, already been
disposed of. The oldest specific name, nigricans, has been the one most
generally employed. The generic name used depends on whether we
consider this species generically distinct from the type of Catostomus or
not. It would seem — if we may so speak— as if Nature had intended
HypenteUum for a distinct genus, but not being an expert in generic
characters, had failed to provide it with any which can stand our tests.
The name Hylomyzon, being a simple synonym of Hypentelium, of course
cannot be used. Rafinesque's account is much inferior to that of Pro-
fessor Agassiz, and the figure given by him is one of the worst ever
published, still his typical species is readily identifiable, and his name
for it cannot be set aside.

Specimens in United States National Museum.

Number.

7644
844G
8762
9061
9069
12295

15246
20066
20106
20260
20270

Locality.

Collector.

Cayuga Lake, New York

Cincinnati, Ohio

]3corse, Mich

Bainbridge, Pa

Black ElVer, Ohio

Tennessee

Yellow Creek, Ohio

Root River, Wisconsin

Etowah River, Georgia (types of var. etoim7nt8)

White River, Indiana

Savannah River

J.W.Milner.
J.W.Miluer.
T. H. Bean.
S. F. Baird.
Beckwith.
S. F. Baird.

D. S. Jordan.
D. S. Jordan.
D. S. Jordan.

CATOSTOMUS INSIGNIS. 165

25. CATOSTOMUS CLAEKI Baird & Qirard.

Clark's SucJcer.

185i—Catostomus clarkii Baikd & Girard, Proc. Phila. Ac. Nat. Sc. 27.

Catostomus clarkii Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 2d series, xix, 208, 1855.
Minomus clarkii Girard, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 173, 1856.
Minomus clarkii Girard, U. S. Mex. Bound. Surv. Ichth. 38, pi. xxii, f. 5-8, 1859.
Catostomus clarkii Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 156, 1876.

Habitat. — Elo Santa Cruz in Arizona.

Notbiug is known of this species except from the figure given by
Girard and the descriptions published by Baird and Girard. The
original types of the species are not to be found in the Museum, and
there are no specimens of recent collection which appear to belong to
it. It seems, however, to be a valid species, related to G. insignis.
Its lips have not been figured, hence I can only infer that it belongs to
the group with a narrow upper lip.

26. CATOSTOMUS INSIGNIS Baird & Girard.
Spotted Sucker.

1854 — Catostomus insignis Baird & Girard, Proc. Phila. Ac. Nat. Sc. 28, 1854.
Minomus insignis Girakd, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 173, 1856.
Minomus insignis Girard, U. S. Mex. Bound. Surv. Ichth. 37, pi. xxi, f. 1-4, 1859.
Catostomus insigne Cope «fe Yarrow, Wheeler's Expl. W. 100th Mer. v, Zool.

676, 1876.
Catostomus insignis Jordan «fe Copeland, Check List, 156, 1876.

Habitat. — Tributaries of the Eio Gila.

The original types of this species, from the Eio San Pedro, are now
lost. The specimens collected by Dr. Rothrock in Ash Creek, Arizona,
and referred to this species by Professor Cope, undoubtedly belong
here. The species is a well-marked one, both as to form and coloration.
The genus Minomus, of which it was made the type, appears, however,
to have no tangible existence.

Specimens in United States National Museum.

Number.

Locality.

Collector.

1675G

Ash 'Creek. Arizona

Dr. J. T. Rothrock.

166 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

27. CATOSTOMUS TERES {MitchUl) Le Sueur.

Common Sucker. White Sucker. Brook Sucker. Fine-scaled Sucker.

1803— ie Cijprin commcrsonien Lac^pkde, Hist. Nat. des Poiss. v, 502, 508.

Catostomus commersonii Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 320, 1878.

18 Cyprinus catostomus Feck, Mem. Am. Acad, ii, pt. 2, p. 55, pi. 2, f. 4. (Not of

Forster. )
1814— Cijiyrinus teres Mitchill, Lit. aud Phil. Trans. New York, i, 458.

Catostomus teres Le Sueur, Journ. Ac. Nat. So. Phila. 108, 1817.

Catostomus teres Thompson, Hist. Vt. 134, 1842.

Catostomus teres Cuvier & Valenciennes, xii, 468, 1844.

Catostomus teres Storer, Synopsis, 423, 1846.

Catostomus teres Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 2d eeries, xix, 208, 1855.

Catostomus teres GiJNTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 15, 1868.

Catostomus teres Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 46S, 1870.

Catostomus teres Jordan, Fishes of lud. 221, 1875.

Catostomus teres Jordan, Man. Vert. 293, 1876.

Catostomus teres Nelson, Bull. No. 1, Ills. Mus. Nat. Hist. 48, 1876.

Catostomus teres Jordan & Copkland, Check List, 156, 1876.

Catostomus teres Jordan & Gilbert, iu Klippart's Rept. 53, 1876.

Catostomus teres Jordan & Gilbert, in Klippart's First Report Ohio Fish Com-
mission, 84, pi. xii, f. 18-19, 1877.

Catostomus teres Jordan, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. ix, 37, 1877.
1817 — Catostomus communis Le Sueur, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. i, 95.

Catostomus communis DeKay, New York Fauna, part iv, Fishes, 196, 1842.

Catostomus communis Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. des Poissons, xvii,
426, 1844.

Catostomus conununis Kirtland, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist, v, 265, 1845.

Catostomus communis Storer, Synopsis, 421, 1846.

Catostomus com:muni3 Cope, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 236. 1868.

Catostomus cotnmunis Uhler &, Lugger, Fishes of Maryland, 138, 1876.
1817 — Catostomus bosioniensis Le Sueur, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 106.

Catostomus hostoniensis Storer, Rep*^. Ich. Mass. 84, 1838.
* Catostomus iostoniensis Cuvier &. Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. des Poissons, xvii,
432, 1844.

Catostomus bosioniensis Storer, Synopsis, 423, 1846.

Catostomus bosioniensis Putnam, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 10, 1863.

Catostomus hostoniensis Gill, Canadian Nat. p. 19, Aug. 1865.

Catostomus bosioniensis Storer, Hist. Fishes Mass. 290, pi. xxii, f. 3, 1867.

Catostomus bosioniensis Thoreau, Week on Concord and Merrimack, 38, 1868.
1820 — Catostomus jlexuosus Rafinesque, Ich. Oh. 59.

1823 — Catostomus hudsonius Richardson, Franklin's Journal, 717, 1823. (Not of Le
Sueur.)

Cyprinus (Catostomus) hudsonius Richardson, Fauna Bor.-Am. Fishes, 112, 1836.
(Excl. syn.)
1836 — Cyprinus (Catostomus) relicnlatus Richardson, Fauna Bor.-Am. Fishes, 303.

CATOSTOMUS TERES. 167

1838 — Catostomus gracilis Kiktland, Rept. Zool. Ohio, 168.
l83H—Catostonius nigricans Storek, Repf. Icli. Mass. 66. (Not of Le Sueur.j

Catostomus nigricans Thompson, Hist. Veruiout, 135, 1842.
1842 — Catostomus pallidiis DeKay, Now Yorlc Fauua, part iv, Fishe ■, 200.

Catostomus jiallidus Stoijek, Syuopsis, 426, 1846.
1844— Catostomus aurcolus Cuviek & Valexciennes, Hist. Nat. <les Poiss. xvii, 439.
(Not of Le Suenr.)

Catostomus aurcolus Guntheu, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 16, 1868.
1850 — Catostomus forsttriauus Agassiz, Lake Superior, 358.
1855 — Catostomus forsterian us Agassiz, Am, Journ. Sc. Arts, 2(1 series, xis, 208.

Acomus forsteriauus Giuaiid, Proc. Ac, Nat. Sc. Phihi. 173, 1856.
1856 — Catostomus sucklii Gikard, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 175.

Catostomus sucklii Girard, U. S. Pac. R. R. Expl. x, pi. li, 226, 1858.

Catostomus sucklii Cope, Hayden's Geol. Surv« Wyotiiiug, 1870, 434, 1872.

Catostomus suckleyi Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 156, 1876.
1860 — f Catostomus texanus ABiiOTT, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 473.

f Catostomus texanus Jordan «fe Copeland, Check List, 156, 1876. •

1860 — Catostomus chloropteron Abbott, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 473.

Catostomiis chloropierum Cope, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc, Phila. 85, 1865.

Catostomus cMoroptcrus Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 156, 1876.
1876 — Catostomus alticohis Cope «fc Yarrow, Wheeler's Expl. W. 100th Mer. v, Zool. 677.

Catostomus alticolus Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 156, 1876.
1876— Moxostoma trisignatum (Cope) Cope& Yarrow, Wheeler's Expl. W. 100th Mer. v,
Zool. 679.

Erimyzon trisignatus Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 157, 1876.
Habitat. — All streams from Labrador to Florida and westward to the Rockj' Mount-
ains. Everywhere abundant. The most widely distributed of the Calostomidcc.

This species is the commouest of all the Suckers in uearly every
stieam east of the Rocky Mouutaius. In Canada, in o^ew England, in
the Great Lakes, iu the Mississii)iji Valley, in South Carolina, in Georgia,
in Alabama, it is everywhere the commonest Sucker, and it certainly
occurs in Dakota, Nebraska, Kansas, Colorado, and Texas, though how
abundantly 1 am unable to say.

This species is everywhere the one to which the name of "Sucker"
primarily belongs, the other species, though often called "Sucker", as
a sort of general term, receiving the special names of Eed Uorse, Buffalo,
Mullet, Chub Sucker, etc.

This species is subject to considerable variations in different waters.
In shaded brooks, it is dark-colored and rather slender. In open or
nuiddy waters, it becomes pale. In the Great Lakes, it often reaches a
considerable size and a proportional stoutness of body. The adult is
usually uniformly colored above. Young fishes IJ to 3 inches in length
are often variegated, and sometimes show three or four lateral dark

168 CONTEIDUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

•

blotches, which are sometimes couflueut into au irieguhir dtisky baud.
Such little fishes usually have the lateral line iui[)ertect. On such, the
nominal species Moxostoma irisignatum was based.

The male fishes in the spring show a more or less distinct pinkish or
rosy lateral band. The males and females ascend the small streams in
the spring for the purpose of depositing their spawn. The coincidence
of their times of migration with that of some of the early settlers of Illi-
nois, who used to come up from New Orleans in the spring, returning
in the fall, has given to the natives of that State the slang name of
" Suckers", as natives of Michigan were called " Wolverenes "j of Minne-
sota, "Gophers"j of Wisconsin, "Badgers"; of Indiana, "Hoosiers"; of
Ohio, "Buckeyes"; and of Mjssouri, "Pukes".

I have elsewhere adopted the name ^' commersoni" for this species,
inasmuch as there is little doubt that it is the ^'•Cyprin commersonien'^'' *
6f Lacepede, as has long since been noticed by Valenciennes.

Dr. Giinther quotes, in the synonymy of Catostomus teres, '•'■Cyprinus
commersonnii Lacepede"; but, on examination of Lacepede's work, I am
unable to find that he uses the name commersoni, or in fact any classical
name whatever for the species, and as priority of date can hardly be
claimed for a French name like '■'•Gyprin commersonien^\ I am compelled
to fall back on Mitchill's very appropriate name teres for the species.
The identity of C. teres of Mitchill, C. communis and C. bostoniensis of Le
Sueur, C. reticulatus otEichardson, C. gracilis of Kirtland, and G.pallidus
of DeKay has been long since shown, and has been generally admitted
by late writers. 0. nigricans of Storer and Thompson, from the Con-
necticut, is evidently the dusky brook form of this species, and not
the ti ue nigricans of Le Sueur. It is equally evident that the species
called C. aureolus by Valenciennes and Giinther is the present one and
not Myxostoma aureolum. Agassiz's Catostomus forsterianus\&^o\x\i\\e^&
the common lake form of C. teres, as indicated by J3r. Giinther. The

* The following is Lac^p^de's description of his "ie Cyprin Commersonieii" : —
"Ouze rayons a la dorsale; huit a la ntgeoire de I'auiis; dix a chatjue ventrale;
huit on ntuf a chaque pectorale ; la uageoire du dos et celle de I'auus quadrilateres ;
I'anal dtroite ; 1' angle de I'extr6niit6 de cette derni&re nageoire tres aigu; la caudale
en croissant; la ligue laterale droite; la niachoire supdrieure plus avanc^e que celle
d'en bas; les 6cailles arrondies et ties petites.

"Le commersouien, dout nous publions les premiers la description, et que le savant
Coramerson a observ<5, pr^sente un double orifice pour chaque nariue ; sa tete est denude
de petites dcailles ; scs veutrales et ses pectorales sont arrondies a leur extr6iuit6 ; la
dorsale s'^l^ve vers le milieu de la longueur totale de la poisson."

CATOSTOMUS TERES.

169

types of G. sucJclii are lost, but C. teres occurs in the Upper Missouri
region, and Girard's description Lints at no specific difference. Catosto-
tnus chloropteron Abbott is evidently the same. Catostomtis texanus
Abbott, described from a dried specimen, is less clear, but what there is
of specific characterization in the description points to G. teres. The
dorsal carination is frequently observed in stuffed fishes in which some
flesh is left in the back to shrink in drying, leaving the back " carinated".
I have examined several of the types of Catostomus alticolm Cope.
They are all small fishes, not one-fourth grown, and, as usual in young
fishes, the head appears proportionally large. I see, however, no rea-
son for considering them different from Catostomus teres. Moxostoma
trisignatum I have already referred to. The absence of the lateral line
is due to their youth, not to their belonging to a different genus.
The three large lateral spots, " not seen in any other of the order," are
found on young specimens of Gatostomus generally. I have examined
the types of ^'•Moxostoma trisignatum ", and have found specimens of
similar size, similarly colored and without lateral line, from Michigan and
from other Western States. I would undertake to match them from any
stream in the West. The reference of these specimens to Moxostoma
{Erimyzon) was ijrobably the result of a very hasty examination.
Specimens in United States Xatiunal Museum.

Number.

Locality.

Collector.

1592

Carlisle, Pa . .

S F Baird

6239

iiaryland

Dr. Keunerlv.

6853

Summervllle, S. C .

7067

Lake ChainpLaiu

S. F. Baird.

7607

Marietta, Ohio

Prof, Andrews.

7677

7078

7706

7707

7717

7777

7781

8329

Port Huron, Mich

8409

8440

8451

8489

Racine, Wis

SoOl

8573

Toronto, Canada

170 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III.

Specimens in United States National ilfMseum— Continued.

Number.

86(i4

8671

8689

87-28

8759

8834

8870

8927

8984

9041

9054

9059

9157

9170

9182

9195

9207

9393

9404

9503

9646

9875

10540

11146

11147

11148

12320

12915

12936

12937

12939

12940

15356

15777

17099

18258

18259

20010

20057

20097

20194

20195

Locality.

Huron River, Micbiyau.

Oswego, N. Y.
Alabama

Missouri (?).

Pembina, Red River of the North.

Aux Plaiues River, Illinois

Lake Champlain

£corse, Mich

Abbeville, S. C

Mississippi Valley

Black River

Lake Superior

Sandusky, Ohio

Sandusky, Ohio

Sandusky, Ohio

Potomac River

Twin Lakes, Colorado (alticolus)

South Hadley Falls, Mass

South Hadley Falls, Mass

South Hadley Falls, Mass.

South Hadley Falls, Mass

Baiubridge, Pa

Twin Lakes, Colorado (types of alticolus)

Arkansas River, Pueblo, Col. (types of tnsirjnatum).

Potomac River

Potomac River

Yellow Creek, Ohio

Brownsville, Tex ,

Sing Sing, N. Y

I

Collector.

Barry.

S. F. Baird.

Barry.

Northern Boundary Survey, Dakota.

R. Keuuicott.
R. Keunicott.

G. Clark.

S. F. Baird.
J.W.Mker.
J. W. Miluer.
J. W. Milner.
J. W. Mi"lner.
J. W. Miluer.
J. T. Rothrock.
J. W. Milner.
J. \V. Miluer.
J. W. Milner.
J. W. Miluer.
T. H. Bean.
J. T. R throck.
C. E.Aiken.
G. B. Goode.
G. B. Goode.
S. F. Baird.

S.F. Baird.

Dr. Elliott Coues.

CATOSTOMUS MACROCHILUS.

171

Specimens in Uniied Slates Xatlonal Museum — Continued.

Number.

20241
20238
20256
20262
20266
20267
20268
20316
20344
20377
20382
20454

20918

Locality.

Piermont, N. Y

Madison, Wis

Quebec, Canada

Fox River, Wisconsin

Sing Sing

Root River, Wisconsin

Potomac River

Potomac River

Platte Valley, Nebraska ,

Wilkesbarre, Pa

Etowah River, Georgia

Saluda River, South Carolina
Fort Bridger, Wyoming

Collector.

S. F. Baird.
S. F. Baird.

S. F. Baird.
S. F. Baird.
S. F. Baird.
S. F. Baird.

Goode & Bean.
House.

L. H. Taylor.
D. S. Jordan.
D. S. Jordan.

28.* CATOSTOMUS MACROCHILUS Girard.

Large-Jipped Sue er.

lS5Q—Catostomus macrocheihts Gikaud, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 175.

Catostomus macrocheilus Giraiid, U. S. Pac. R. R. Expl. x, 225, 1858.
Catostomus macrochilus GiJXTHp:R, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 20, 1868.
Catostomus macrochilus Jordan & Copela3s;d, Chtck List, 156, 1876.

Habitat. — Columbia River.

Only the origiual type of this species is knowu. It is an adult spe-
cimen, well preserved. Although this species seems closely related to
C. occidentalis, I am disposed to consider it distinct, as the mouth is
notably larger than in any occidentalis wliich I have seen. The exami-
nation of a large series of specimens uiay, however, render it necessary
to unite them.

Specimens in United States National Museum.

Number.

Locality.

Collector.

240

Astoria Ove^ou (tyn^ macvochilus) .. .-

Lieut. Trowbridge.

*For 28 (&). Catostomus fecundus Cope & Yarrow, see Addenda, p. 219.

172 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

29. CATOSTOMUS OCCIDENTALIS Ayres.

Western Sacker.

1654 — Caioatomus occidentalis Ayres, Proc. Cal. Ac. Nat. Sc. i, 18.

Catostomus occidentalis Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 2d series, xix, 209, 1855.
(Described as anew species.)

Catostomus occidentalis Giuard, Pioc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 174, 1856.

Catostomus occidentalis Girard, U. S. Pac. R. R, Espl. x, 224, 1858.

Catostomus occidentalis Gunther, Cat Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 17, 1868.

Catostomus occidentalis Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 156, 1876. (Name
only.)
1856 — f Catostomus bei-nardini Girard, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 175.

.? Catostomus bernardini Girard, U. S. Mex. Bound. Ichth. 40, pi. 23, f. 1-5, 1859.

? Catostomus bernardini Gunther, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. v. 7, 17, 1868.

Habitat. — Streams west of the Rocky Mountains, probably generally distribuied.

This species was described almost simultaneously under the same
name by Dr. Ayres and Professor Agassiz. Since then it has been little
noticed by ichthyologists, and its distribution has remained uncertain.
The ffew specimens in the National Museum indicate, however, a wide
distribution. I have here united Catostomus hernardini Girard to G.
occidentalis. The single specimen made the type of C. bernardini is lost,
so that we can probably never know exactly for what the author in-
tended the name. The size of the dorsal and the form of the mouth as
given in Girard's figure indicate a species of Catostomus rather than
Pantosteus, and as I am unable to distinguish it from C. occidentalis, I
let it fall into the synonymy. The scales of C. bernardini as figured
seem, however, smaller than usual in C. occidentalis.

C. occidentalis is apparently related to C. teres, but is distinguished
by the form of mouth and by the somewhat smaller scales. The species
is " brought to the market in San Francisco, and is said to be quite
common in the Sacramento and San Joaquin Rivers." — (Girard.)

Specimens in United States National Museum.

Number.

Locality.

Collector.

15527

Green River, Wyoming

Livingston Stone.

20814

McLeod Ri ver , California

Livingston Stone.

CATOSTOMUS TAHOENSIS.

173

30. CATOSTOMUS LABIATUS Ayres.

Thick-lipped Sucker.

1855 — Catostomus laiialus Ayres, Proc. Cal. Ac. Nat. Sc. i, 32.

Catosiomus lahiaiiis Giraud, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Philp... 175, 1856.
Catostomus Idbiatus Girard, U. S. Pac. ]§• K- Expl. x, 224, 1858.
Catosiomus Jahiatus Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 156, 1876.

Habitat. — Streams of Oregon (Klamath Lake).

I have seeu only the specimen from which Girard's description was
taken. Like macrochilus, this species appears distinct from occidentalism
but the examination of a laiger series of specimens is necessary to
prove it. At present, it appears to difler from macrochilus and occiden-
talis in the smaller size of the dorsal fin.

Specimens in United States National Museum.

Number.

Locality.

Collector.

239 Klamath Lake, Oregon .

Dr. John S. Newberry.

31. CATOSTOMUS AE^OPUS Jordan, sp. nov.

Hard-headed Sucker.
1878 — Catostomus arceopus Jordan, MSS., Wheeler's Eej ort Surv. W. 100th Mer. (ined.).
This species represents G. discobolus in the section Dccadactylus. Its
very narrow fontanelle and sheathed lips indicate its close relation to
Pantostcus. The specific name is from apacdg, small, thin ; o-ij, hole or
aperture. The typical specimens were from Kern River, California.

Specimens in United States National Museum.

Number.

Locality.

Collector.

17107

Kern River, Cal. (type)

H. W. Henshaw.

17103

Carson River, Nevada .-

H. W. Henshaw.

32. CATOSTOMUS TAHOENSIS Gill & Jordan.

Sucker of Lake Tahoe.

1868 — Acomus generosus Cooper, Cronise's Nat. Wealth Cal. 495. (No* of Girard.)
1878 — Catostomus tahoensis Gill & Jordan, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. xi, p. — .
Habitat.— Lake Tahoe, Nevada.

The Sncker of Lake Tahoe is closely related to Catostomus longirostris,
but seems to differ constantly in the shorter head and more contracted

174 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

body. It is said to be very abuudant in Lake Talioe. " They are caught
in nets and sometimes with the hook, but like all this family are rather
poor as food" {Cooper). Acomus gcnerosus of Girard, with which this
species has been identified, is a very different species, belonging to a
different genus.

Specimens in United Stales NattoiMl Musenni.

Number. Locality.

Collector.

5240 Lake Tahoe (types C. fahoensis)
17109 Lake Tahoe

J. G. Cooper.
H. W. Heushaw.

33. CATOSTOMUS ROSTRATUS {Tilesius) Jordan.
Siberian Sucker.
1813 — " Cyprinus rostratus Tilesius, M6m. Ac. Sc. St. Pdtersbourg, iv, p. 454, tab. 15,
figs. 1-2, 1813."
Cyprinus rostratus Pallas, Zoogr. Rosso- Asiat. iil, 308.

Cyprius rostratus GIJnther, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. xii, 12, 1868. (As doubtful
species of Catostomus.)
1844 — Catostomus tilesii Cuvikr &. Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. des Poissons, xvii, 469,
1844.

Habitat. — Eastern Siberia.

No writer since Tilesius seems to have observed this fish- It is, how-
ever, unquestionably a species of (Jatostomus, allied to and perha[)s even
identical with G. longirostris. The following is Tilesius's description
of this species, as quoted by Pallas: —

" Descriptio Cyprini rostraii Tungusis ad Covyraain fluv-.Tschukulschan et Jucagins
Onatscha dicti. Tab. XV, Fig. 1-5. {Der RiLffeJkarpfen, Rampkopf.)

" Maynitudo in adultis pedem superat, sed trium spithamaruru longitudinem vix
attingit. Caput osseura longnm antico rostro descendente truncatum e quino simile
quain ob rem Ruthcnis.

" iLO(f& dicitur aliis Produst, quoniam os subtus, ut In (sic) Cotto cataphracto vel
Agono accipenserino, sed rictus oris vel oriflcium lunatum non amplum sed augustum
labiis crassis pinguibus marginatum, labium anterius foruicatum, ambitusemicircuhire
ossibus labial ibus vel mystaceis ad fneuum oris descendentibus arcuatis lateraliter
lectum, labium posterius minus, rectum, ab anteriori iuclusum amplexum papillis
numerosissimis granulatum.

" Oculi lateralis a rostro remoli operculo posteriori branchiali approximati ovales,
iridibus anrcis superne angustioribus, pupilla supra centrum posita. Hares ad mar-
ginem orbita> antcriorem dnplices iu sulco profundo osseo. Opercalo hranchiaVm tri-
lamellata, lamella anterior cum ossibus maxilljB superioris conjuiicta ellyptica angusta
ad orbii'a) uiarginem auteriorom ascendens inferius laraellaB sccundcc tenerrimse
angustiori orbitam in£eriorem formauti imposita, lamina ossea subjacens, operculum

CATOSTOMUS LONGIEOSTRIS. 175

medium formans, subtus plica itshmojnguli adnat<a, carnetegitur suborbitali. Lamina
jjosterio?* maxima latissima ossea conchse adinstar fornicata, auterius cum obita3 mar-
gine posteriori juncta. Membrana irancMostega triradiata inter operculi laminam
anteriorem subtus utrinque approximatam coarcta et in isthmo guise conjancta.
Corpus oblongum erectum microlepidotum, squamis Isevibus subtilissimo radiato-
striatis oblongis, ad caput minoribus versus anum et caudam majoribus imbricatum
crassiuscuhim leviter compressum, ventre-dorsusque convexum. Linca lateralis recta
versus medium corporis paululum descendeus per seriem squamarum postice incisarum
expressa versus caudam raagis conspicua. Color in dorso atro coeruleus nitidus, versus
latera subargeuteus, subtus albens. P'mnce pectorales quatuordecim radiatsB, radii
medii longissimi, ventrales decemradiatse, radia primo osseo acumiuato, dorsalis decem-
radiata et duodecimradiata, radio primo cum adminiculo radicali, ultimo brevissimo
ad basin usque fisso, omnibus ad apices quadrifidis, dorsalis pinna veutralibus oppo-
sita, analis p. septemradiata, radio primo simplici cum adminiculo radicali, reliquis
quadrifidis, tertio longissimo feptimo brevissimo. CaudaUs pinna bifurca lacinia
inferior paulo major undecimradiata, superior novemradiata tota pinna vigiuti radiis
suffulta extremis lateralibus cum adminiculo radicali connatis. Radii pennarum ad
extremitatis qnadrifidi et extremi ad radices duplicati vel ex binis truncis connati,
quam ab rem primus dorsalis lougitudinaliter ad basin sulcatus est, quod etiam in
primo analis et caudalibus extremis fere ex tribus compositis cernitur. In dorsali et
anali pinnai radii valde distant, pectorales ventrales et analis pinnae aureo-rubescentes
et ad basin pi-ominentes, pectorales adeo tuberosse, ventralium radices per mem-
branosam laminam triaugularem squamatam obteguntur. Anus camlse propior. In-
terna non exploruvi. Cbaracteribus caeterum generis cyprinacei ore nimirum edeutulo,
deutibus post l)ranchialibns, membrana branchiostega triradiata utiinque iustructns
est. A celeberrimo M(rck plura specima ex siccata ex Covymce fluvio allata sunt,
quae nominee Tscbukutscbau dehignata sunt. Annotavit siraul idem, 'piscem in Lena
et Indigirca ejusque collaterali lapidoso Dogdo fluviis copiosum esse sed propter
nationis velocitatem captu difficilem esse et non nisi in coecis fluminum ramis hamo
capi, gregatim et velocissime natare, sapidissimum csBterum, excepto vere, cum, ova
spargunt nee aristis impeditum piscem esse, attameu ab accolis Covymae et Indigircaj
(qui caput tantem in deliciis habet, reliqua canibus ceduut) non multum aestimari.' " —
(Pallas, ZoograpMa Rosno-Jsiaiica, pp. 308-310.)

S4. CATOSTOMUS LONGIROSTEIS Le Sueur.

Long-nosed Sucker. Northern Sucker. Bed-sided Sucker.
1773 — "Cijprinus caiostomus Forster, Philos. Trans. Ixiii, lo.'j, tab. 0, 1773."

Ci/prinus catastomus Schnkideii, ed. Bloch, 444, 1802.
1817 — Catostomus longirostrum Le Sueur, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 102.

Caiostomus longirostrum Thompson, Hist. Vt. 135, 1842.

Catostomus longirosiris DeKay, New York Fauna, part iv. Fishes, 203, 1842.

Catostomus longirostrum Cuvier & Valenciennes, xvii, 453, 1844.

Catostomus longirostrum Storer, Synopsis, 421, 1846.

Catostomus longirostrum Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 150, 187G.

Catostomus longirosiris Jordan & Gilbert, in Klippart's Rept. 53, 1877.
\S\1— Catostomus hudsonius Le Sueur, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 107.

1 76 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III.

Catostomus hndsonius Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. des Poissons, xvii, 459,
1844.

Catostomus hudsonius Storer, Synopsis, 419, 1846.

Catostomus hudsonius Agassiz, Am. Jouru. Sc. Arts, 2d series, xis, 208, 185.5.

Catostomus hudsonius GUnther, Cat. Fi-sbes Prit. Mus. vii, 13, 18G8.

Catostomus hudsonius Jordan, Man. Vert. 29.3, 187().

Catostomus hudsonius Nelson, Bull. No. 1, Ills. Mus. Nat. Hist. 48, 1876.
182".l — Catostomus forsterianus Richardson, Franklin's Journal, 720.

Catostomus forsterianus Richardson, Fauna Bor.-Amer. iii, Fishes, 116, 1836.

Catostomus forsterianus DeKa Y, New York Fauna, part iv. Fishes, 203, 1842.

Catostomus forsterianus Cuvier «fc Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. des Poissons, xvii,
463, 1844.

Catostomus forsteriaiius Storer, Synopsis, 419, i846.

Acomus forsterianus Girard, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 172, 1856.

Catostomus forsterianus Putnam, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 10, 1863.

Catostomus forsterianus Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 156, 1876.
1850 — Catostomus aurora Agassiz, Lake Superior, 3G0, pi. 2, f. 3-4.

Acomus aurora Girard, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 173, 1856.

Catostomus aurora Putnam, Bull. Mus. Conip. Zool. 10, 1863.
1856 — Acomus griseus Girard, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 174.

Acomus griseus Girard, U. S. Pac. R. R. Expl. x, 222, pi. xlix, 1858.

Catostomus griseus Gunther, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 14, 1868.

Catostomus giiseum Cope, Haydcu's Geol. Surv. Wyoming, 1870, 434, 1872.

Catostomus griseus Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 156, 1876.
1856— Catostomus lactarius Girard, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 174.

Acomus lactarius Girard, U. S. Pac. R. R. Expl. x, 223, 1858.

Catostomus lacfarius Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 156, 1876.

Habitat. — New England to Nebraska and north to Alaska and the Arctic Sea. Ex-
tremely abundant in British America and along the northern boundaries of the United
States, but not found south of 40° north latitude.

This is another of our numerous species which have un extremely wide
range of distribution and a considerable range of variation. It has been
longer known than any other of the Suckers. The oldest specitic name
given was that of catostomus, which, however, had to be set aside when
the generic name Catostomus was proposed for it. The next name in
order of time is the very appropriate one of longirostrum Le Sueur (more
properly spelled longirostris), given to some specimens from Vermont.
Five pages later, the name hudsonius was given as a substitute for ca-
tostomus of Forster. The slight i)riority of longirostrum over hudsonius,,
however, seems to entitle it to preference, although the latter name has
been most frequently used. Later, specimens considered by Dr. Giiuther
to be identical with hudsonius received from Richardson the name "/or-
s1erianus^\ and, still later, the name forsterianus was, without evident
reason, transferred from this species to teres by Professor Agassiz, who

CATOSTOMUS LONGIROSTRIS.

177

gave to this species tbe name of mtrora, iu allusion to the red breeding
colors of tbe male. Western specimens weie still later described by
Girard as two distinct species, griseus and lactarhis, ai^pareutly witbout
comparison with tbe Eastern forms.

Tbe examination of tbe large series of specimens noticed below, to-
getber witb otbers from tbe Great Lakes and Upper Mississii)pi, bas
convinced me tbat all belong to one species, variable to some degree,
but not more so tban is Catostomns teres and less so tban Erimyzon
sucetta. Some of tbe Upper Missouri specimens referable to G. grisetis
Grd. have on an average rather smaller scales (95 in the lateral line
instead of 100 to 110) ; but I am unable to distinguish a tangible variery,
Tbe original types of C. lactarhis Girard are not now to be found, but
tbe description indicates no difference from C. longirostris.

Spicimens in Unitid States Xational 2Iiiscum.

Number.

i054

20H7

2563

6709

7047

7640

7993

8136

8435

8437

8802

8905

9010

9116

9175

9522

11212

11213

12210

20075

20191

20223

20235

20257

202S2

20889

Locality.

Collector.

Lake Superior - ...

Piigct's Sound

Platte Eiver, Nebraska
Youghiogheny River ...
Lake Winnipeg

Niilato, Youcon River, Alaska.

J. \V. Milner.
R. Keuuicott.
Capt. Simpson.
Prof. Andrews.
R. Kenuicott.

\V. H. Dall.

Esses County, New York

Quebec i S. F. Baird.

Great Slave Lake

Pole Creek, Nebraska

Saint Micbael'a, Alaska

Au Sable River, Micbigan

Au Sable River, Micbigan ,

Au Sable River, Micbigan

Racine, Wis

Nortbern Bouuclary Survey, Dakota

Racine, Wis

Lake Superior

(Probably original types of grisevs; tbe old number
and locality obliterated.)

Platte River, Nebraska

Great Lakes

R. Kenuicott.
Lieut. Wood.

Dr. Bannister.
J. W. Milner.
J, W. Milner.
J. W. Milner.

Dr. Elliott Cones.
S. F. Baird.
J. W. Jlilner,
Bowman.

Bull. N. M. No. 12—12

178 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

35. CATOSTOMUS EETROPINNIS Jordan, sp. nov.

1878 — Caiostomus retropinnis Jordan, Bull. Hayden's Geol. Surv. Terr. (incd.).

This liue species combines tbe mouth of C. latipinnis with the form
and general characters of C. lougirostris. The type is No. 21,107, col-
lected by Dr. Elliott Coues in Milk River, Montana. It is a male speci-
men 16f inches in length. A specimen previously examined from Platte
Valley was identified as probably the female of C. latipinnis, but the
discovery of this large male specimen forbids such a supposition.

Speci7nens in ilie United States National Museum.

Number.

f20933
21197

Locality.

Collector.

Platte Valley

Milk Eiver, Montaua (type) Dr. Elliott Coues.

36. CATOSTOMUS LATIPINNIS Baird & Girard.

Great-finned Sucker.

1853 — Catostomus latijiinnis Baiud & Girard, iu Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Pbila. vi, 338.
Acomus latipinnis Girard, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 173, 1856.
Acomus latipinnis Girard, U. S. Mes. Bound. Surv. Ichtli. 39, \}\. xsiv, f. 1-6,

1859.
Catostomus latipinnis GDnther, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 14, 1868.
Catostomus latipinnis Cope, Haydeu'a Geol. Surv. Wyoming, 1870, 434, 1872.
Catostomus latipinnis Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 156, 1876.
1856 — Catostomus guzmanicnsis Girard, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 173.

Acomus guzmaniensis Girard, U. S. Mex. Bound. Surv. Ichth. 39, pi. xxiii, f. 6-10,

1859.
Catostomus guzmaniensis GtJNTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 15, 1868.
Catostomus guzmaniense Cope Si. Y'arrow, Wheeltr's Exi)l. W. 100th Mer. v, Zool.

679, 1876.
Catostomus guzmaniensis Jordan Sl Copeland, Check List, 156, 1876.

Habitat. — Arizona and Souora. Green River, Wyoming {Cope). Probably not
abundant.

This species is one of the most strongly marked of our Suckers. The
male fish may be known at once by the slender form and excessive
development of the fins, and probably in the females the fins are more
developed than in the males of any of the related species. The squama-

CATOSTOMUS DISCOBOLUS.

179

tion also is peculiar, and the form of the mouth is unlike that of any
other species. These features are all well shown in Girard's figure of
the species in the Ichthyology of the Mexican Boundary.

The distribution of the species has not been well made out. I have
seen but one specimen, an adult male from the Gila region, appar.eutlj'
the one from which Girard's figure was made.

The type of Catostomus gnzmaniensis cannot be found. The figure was
made from a young fish, and the distinctions between it and latipinnis
are such as often distinguish a young fish from an old one. It is better,
therefore, to unite the two than to admit an insuflBciently characterized
nominal species.

Specimens in United States National Museum.

Number.

Locality.

Collector.

20078

(Type of latiinnnis undoubtedly, but the locality, Eio San
Pedro, tributary of Eio Gila, and old number, 254 ?, oblit-
erated.)

J. H. Clark.

37. CATOSTOMUS DISCOBOLUS Coije.

Large-lipped SucJcer.

1872— Catostomus discobolus Cope, Hayden's Geol. Surv. Wyo. 1870, 435.

Catostomus discobolus Cope &, Yarkow, Wheeler's Expl. W. 100th Mer. v, Zool.

677, 1876.
Catostomus discobolus Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 15G, 1876.

Habitat. — Idaho to Arizona.

This interesting species is a Pantosteus in all but the technical char-
acter of the open fontanelle, and in this respect it is really intermediate,
as the fontanelle, in the adult at least, is reduced to a narrow slit. The
characters given in the analysis were taken from the Snake River spe-
cimen, 20,475, larger and in better condition than most or all of those
examined by Professor Cope. Professor Cope's original types came from
Green Eiver in Wyoming.

180 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

Specimens in United Slates Xational Museum.

Nnniber.

12914
15783
15791
20475

X/Ocality.

Zuui, N. Mex

Arizoua

Snake River, Idaho

Collector.

Newberry.
Yarrow & Hensbaw,
C. G. Newberry.
F. V. Hayden.

Genus PANTOSTEUS, Cope.

Minomus Cope, U. S. Geo]. Snrv. Wyoming, 1870, 434 (1872). (Not of Girard.)
Paniosteus Cope, Lieut. Wheeler's Expl. W. 100th Mer. v,G73, 1876,
Catostomns, Acomus et Minomus sp. Giu.vrd.

Type, Minomus plat yrhynchns Cope.

Etymology, nuv, all ; oartov, bone (from the closing of the fontanelle by bone).

Head moderate or rather small, 4 tD 5 tiiites in length of body, llattisli
and rather broad above, anteriorly somewhat pointed; eye rather smali,
usually behind the middle of the head : suborbital bones narrow, as in
Catostomus ; bones of head rather thick, the two parietal bones lirmly
united, entirely obliterating- the fontanelle.

Mouth rather large, entirely inferior; each jaw with a more or les:^
developed cartilaginous sheath, separable in alcohol, essentially as in
Chondrostoma, Acrochilus, and related genera; upper lip broad, papillose,
with a rather broad, free margin, and several series of tubercles ; lower
lip largely developed, with an extensive free margin deeply incised
behind, but less so tlian in Catostomus. Pharyngeal bones and teeth
essentially as in Catostomus. Isthmus quite broad.

Body generally elongate, subterete, and little compressed.

Scales quite small, from 80 to 105 in the course of the lateral line,
and 30 to 35 in a cross series between dorsal and ventrals, usually more
or less reduced in size and crowded forward, as in Catostomus ; lateral
line well developed, straightish.

Fins generally rather small ; first ray of dorsal usually about midway
of body, its rays few, 9 to 12 in uumber ; ventrals inserted rather under
posterior part of dorsal, their rays 10 or 9 ; anal short and high, with
7 developed rays; caudal rather shallow, emarginate ; pectorals well
developed : air-bladder with two chambers.

The characters of Pantosieus are essentially those of Catostomus, except
that the fontanelle is obliterated. The usual scale-formula is interme-

GENUS PANTOSTEUS. 181

diate between that of Cafosfomiis proper and that of the subgenus
Decadactylus,

The genus was first indicated by Professor Cope in 1874, under the
name of Minomus, he supposing at the time that Catostomvs insignis, the
type of Girard's Minomus^ was a species with closed fontanelle. On
obtaining specimens of G. insignis, it became evident that such was not
the case, and the new name Pantosteits was proposed for the genus.
Pantosteus runs very close to Catostomus. two species referred to the
latter genus (C. discobolus and C. arcco;piis) being almost intermediate.

Generic Characterizations.

MixoMUS Cope, 1872. — "I have proposed to adopt as valid (Proc. Araer, Pbiios. Soc.
1870, 480) seven genera of this family, I will now add au eighth, which embraces
species which combine with the characters of Catostomus proper, a complete union
of the parietal bones, which obliterates the fontanelle so universal among the
suckers. The only other exception is seen in Ctjeleptus, Raf., as I have alreadj' uieu-
tioned. In all the members of the family where I have examined it, this fontanelle is
quite open and of no doubtful proportions, and nowhere reduced to the slit so often
seen in Siluridce. In searching for the characters of Girard's so-called genera Minomus
and Acomus, I find that the type of the former, M. insignis, B. G., presents the character
above mentioned, I therefore adopt his name for the new genus, and add two new
species, M. delphinus and M. hardus. Whether his two other species, M. pleheius and M.
clarldi, belong to it is uncertain as yet, but they have the same physiognomy." — (Cope,
Haydenh Geol. Surv. Wyoming for 1870, p. 434, 1872.)

Pantosteus (Cope) Yarrow, 1876. — " Professor Cope, in 1870, purposed to adopt as
valid seven genera of this family; but in 1872, he stated his belief that an eighth
should be added, which should embrace species combining the characters of Catostomus
proper, a complete union of the parietal bones, which obliterates the fontanelle, so uni-
versal among the suckers; the only other exception being seen in Cgcleptus, Raf., as he has
already observed. In all the members of the family that he has examined in this re-
gard the fontanelle has been found quite open and of no doubtful proportions, and is
nowhere reduced to the slit often seen in the Silurida;, unless it be in the Catostomus
discobolus. In searching for the characters of Girard's so-called genera Minomus
and Acomus, he expressed the view that the type of the former, M. insignis, Baird &
Girard, j)resent8 the character in question. This conclusion was based on a specimen
sent to the Academy of Natural Sciences from Washington, bearing that name. Hav-
ing since examined live specimens of the M. insignis, ohtained by the geologists of this
suivey, he finds them to be true Catostomi as determined by the presence of the fon-
tanelle. It therefore requires a name, and he proposes for it tbat of Pantosteus. It
embraces P. platyrhynclms, P.jarrovii and P. virescens Cope of the present essay and P.
delphinus and P. hardus, Cope, Haydeu's Report, /, c."—(YAr.ROW,iie«<, Wheelers ExpJ.
W. 100th Mcr. vol. f), p. G73, 1870.)

Paxtosteus Cope & Jordan, 1877.— "Body oblong or elongate, with a short, sub-
quadrate dorsal fin ; air bladder in two parts ; lateral line well developed ; fontanelle
obliterated by the union of the parietal bones."— (Jordan, Proc. Ac. Xat. Sc. Phila.
1877, p, 81,)

182 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

ANALYSIS OF SPECIES OF PANTOSTEUS.

•Scales very small, 100 to 105 iu the lateral line; 18 above aud 16 below, in a cross-
series : body elongate, compressed, the caudal peduncle contracted : head short,
■\vide,5iu leugth : muzzle obtuse, little projecting; upper lip wide; lower lip
full, emarginatc ; jaws with well developed cartilaginous sheaths : scales niuih
reduced in size forwards: dorsal rays 10 ; ventral 9 : color olive ; lower surface
yellow viKESCENS, 3ri.

** Scales small, 80 to 85 in the course of the lateral line,
t Scales very much reduced aud crowded anteriorly : upper lip full, pendent; cartila-
ginous sheaths on jaws well developed, the commissure transverse and ab-
ruptly angulate at the corners of the mouth.
a. Body extremely elongate, the depth 51 to 7 iu length : head 4f in length, short
and wide, with depressed and expanded muzzle, which considerably overhang.s
the mouth : isthmus very wide : dorsal rays 11 ; ventral rays : scales 15-86-12 :

belly and lower fins yellowish, probably red in life platyrhynchus, 39.

aa. Body moderately elongate, the depth 4^ to 5 in the length : head rather short,
4| iu length, not si>ecially broadened; muzzle not greatly overhanging the
mouth : dorsal rays 9 (raiely 10) ; ventral rays 10 (rarely 0) : scales 11 to 14-83
to 87-13 to 15 : light brown above, with dusky spots and clouds ; males with

the chin and fins red, and a crimson lateral band generosus, 40.

tt Scales subequal over the body, not much reduced forwards : upper lij) rather nar-
row, rot pendent ; cartilaginous sheath ou jaws obsolete (?).
6. Body comparatively stout, the caudal peduncle short and thick, the back some-
what arched, the depth 4^ to 5 in length : head short and wide, flattish above,
4f to 5 iu length : scales 14-84-15 : dorsal rays 9 to 11 ; ventral rays 10 : black-
ish above, with one or two dark lateral shades plebeius, 41.

38. PANTOSTEUS VIRESCENS Cope.

Green Sucker.

1876 — Pantosttus virescens (Cope) Cope & Yarp.ow, Wheeler's Expl. W. 100th Mer. v,
Zool. 675.
Pantosteus virescens Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 156, 1876.

Habitat. — Arkansas River in Colorado.

Only a single specimen of this species is known, collected by Mr. C.
E. Aiken at Pueblo, Colo. The small size of its scales indicates its
distinctness from the other species of Pantosteus. The greenness of
coloration of the typical specimen is probably due to its liaviug been
kept in a copper tank.

Specimens in United States Xational 3Tiiscum.

Number.

Locality.

Collector.

Arkansas River, Pueblo, Colo, (type)

C. E. Aiken.

PANTOSTEUS GENEROSUS. 183

39. PANTOSTEUS PLATYRHYNOHUS Cope.

Flat-headed Sucker.

1874 — Alinomus platphyncluts Cope, Proc. Am. Philos Soc. Pbila. 134. .

Fantosteus plaiurhynchus Cope &. Yakhow, Wheelet's Expl. "W. lOOth Mer. v,

Zool. 673, pi. xsix, f. 3, 3 a, 1876.
Fantosteus platp-hynchas Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 156, 187G.
Fantosteus jylatyrhijnchus JoiiDAN, Ball. U. S. Nat. Mus. xi, p. — , 1878.

Habitat. — Utah Lake aud tributaries.

The specimens which I have seen of this species are all small and in
poor conditiou. Their remarkable sleuderness is doubtless in part due
to their flabbioess. The species as noted by Professor Cope mucli
resembles Catostonius discobolus. It is also very similar to Fantosteus
generosuSj but at present I consider it distinct.

Sjjccimens in United States National Museum.

Number.

Locality. Collector.

12906
15163

Utah Lake
Utah Lake

Yarrow & Henshavr.
Yarrow «fc Hensbaw.

40. PAl^TOSTBUS GENEEOSUS {Girard) Jordan.
Yarrow^s SucJccr.

W56—Catostomus (Acomus) generosua Girakd, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 174.

Acomus ffenerosus Girakd, U. S. Pac. R. R. Expl. x, 221, 1858.

Catostomxis generosus Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 156, 1876.
1874 — Minomus jarrovii Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Pbila. 35.

Fantosteus jarrovii Cope & Yap.row, Wheeler's Exj)!. W. 100th Mer. v, Zool. 674,
pi. xxix, 2, 2 a, 1876.

Fantosteus yarrowi Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 15G, 1876.

Habitat. — Rio Graude, Colorado Basin, and Great Basin of Utah ; very abundant.

This species is the most characteristic and most widely diffused of
the Suckers of the Great Basin. It was first described by Girard in
1850, under the name of Catostomus generosus. Girard's description,
unaccompanied by a figure, was so very loose and irrelevant that it has
hitherto remained unidentified. I have, however, had the opportunity
of examining Girard's original types, aud of comparing them with the
types of Fantosteus jarrovii. They seem to me to belong to the same
species, and I am therefore compelled to substitute the name generosus

184 CONTEIDUilO^S TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

ior that of jarrovii. If I bad not been able to compare generosus with
jarrovii, I should never have suspected, their identity.

Specimens in United States Nat'i07ial Museum.

Number.

Locality.

Collector.

256

Cottonwood Creek (types of generosus)

Lis'it. Beckwitli.

.'iOlO

Ojo de Gallo, N. Mex

Lieut. Beale.

15802
17080

Zuiii River, New Mexico (types of jarrovii)

San Ildefonso, N. Mex .. . ...

H. W. Henshaw.
Y'arrow & Cope.
Dr. 0. Loew.

17095

Mohave Dcsett, California . . . .

18009

New Mexico .-

H. C. Yarrow.

20102

Pacific Railroad Survey, 38'-'

Lieut. Beckwitb.

41. PANTOSTEUS PLEBEIUS {Baird & Girard) Jordan.

Flain Suclcer.

1854 — Catostomns plebeius Baird & Girard, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Pbila. 28.

Catostomus 2)Jehiu8 Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 2d series, xix, 208, 1855.

Minomus pleheius Gu^ard, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 173, 1856.

Minomus plebeius Girard, U. S. Mex. Bound. Surv. Ichth. 38, pi. xxii, f. 1-4, 1859.

Catostomns plehejus GtJNTHER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 15, 1868.

Caiostomus 2>Jel)('jus Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 156, 1876.

Paniosteus ])leheius J ORD\'ii, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. xi, p. — , 1878.
1872 — Minomus dcJjihinus Cope, Hayden's Geol. Surv. Wyoming, 1870, 435, 1872.

Fantostens dcJphinus Cope & Yarrow, Lieut. Wheeler's Rejit. Expl. W. 100th
Sler. vol. 5, 673, 1876.

Fantostens do^ilunns Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 156, 1876. (Misprint for
deJphinus.)
1872 — Minomns hardus Cope, Hayden's Geol. Surv. Wyoming, 1870, 436.

Fantostens hardus Cope, Lieut. Wheeler's Expl. W. 100th Mer. vol. 5, p. 673, 1876.

Fantostens hardus Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 156, 1876.

Habitat. — Basin of the Colorado. Lake Guzmau.

The types of Catostomus plebeius are not to be found, and no speci-
mens referable to the species are in the National Museum. The types
of Fantostens delphinus and P. hardus I have been unable to examine.
The scale-formula and small dorsal fin of C. plebeius indicate that it is
a species of Fantostens. Assuming that it is so, I find myself unable to
draw Irom the printed descriptions of joZe&dws, del2)himis, ami bardns any
sort of specific characters. Until such characters are shown, the burden
of proof lies with the proposer of those species, and I shall consider them-
as identical until they are proved to be distinct. In characters of mouth,

PANTOSTEUS PLEBEIUS. 185

scales, and form of body, Pantosteus plebeius seems to resemble Catosto-
7nus insignis and C. clarldi, and to diverge from the type of discobolus,
generosus, and platyrJiyncJnis.*

* Professor Cope {in lit.) dissents froin the identification above made, maintaining
that P. del2}hinns and P. hardus are at least specifically distinct from each other, what-
ever may be the relation of either to F. jjleheiiis. As I have, seen none of the three
forms in question, I let the above stand as I had written it, and quote the original de-
scriptions of the three nominal species: —

MiNOMUS PLEBEIUS Grd. — " Body snb-fusiform, compressed. Head elongate, subcon-
ical, forming the fifth of the entire length. Mouth of medium size. Eyes large, sub-
elliptical, their longitudinal diameter being contained about live times in the leugth of
side of head. Dorsal fin subquadrangular, its anterior margin being equidistant be-
tween the tjp of the snout and the first ludimentary rays of the upper lobe of the
caudal. The latter is slightly concave posteiiorly, and the lobes rounded ofl'. The
base of the anal is contained nearly three times in its height, and when brought back-
wards its tip extends to the rudimentary rays at the inferior lobe of the caudal fin. The
ventrals are inserted under the posterior third of Ibe dorsal ; bent backwards, their tip
does not reach as far as the anus. The pectorals are of medium development, sub-
ovate, posteriorly acute.

" The scales are of medium size, considerably largest on the peduncle of the tail.
Twenty-eight to thirty rows from the base of the ventrals to the dorsal fin. About
eighty in the lateral line, which is not discernible as far back as the base of the caudal
fin.

" The color as preserved in alcohol, is dark brown on the upper regions, faintly mot-
tled with blackish patches. The sides and belly exhibit traces of orange in some of
the specimens, in others it is pale yellowish. The fins are unicolor ; the dorsal, caudal,
and pectorals, blackish brown ; the anals and ventrals yellowish." — (GiRAi;!), Ich. U. S.
and Mex. Boundary Surr. , ]}. 38, figs. 1-4, plate xxii.)

MiNOMUS DELPHINUS Cope. — "The subequal size of the scales of this species would
refer it indifferently to the true group Catostomus of Girard, or his group Minomus,
which he did not distinguish clearly. The preceding species would enter his Acomus,
which is, however, only an undefined group of species, to which, by the way, the type
of Catostomus, C. teres, belongs. This species is especially distinguished from those
heretofore described by the shortening of the caudal part of the vertebral column, and
the consequent posterior position of the dorsal fin. Add to this a short, wide head, and
thick bodj', and its physioguomy is expressed.

" The dorsal outline is arched, the head flat above, but elevated behind, and iiiucli de-
pressed on the muzzle. The muzzle is wide and does not project beyond the upper lip,
which is ajq^ressed to its lower face and bears four rows of warts; its smooth com-
missural part is narrow. On the lower lip the tubercles advance nearly to the com-
missure ; this lip is deeply emarginate posteriorly ; the eye enters the length of the
head five times, two and one-half times measuring the muzzle, and twice the inter-
orbital region. Plead four and two-thirds times in length to end of caudal basal scales.
Scales in thirty longitudinal series, between dorsal and ventral fins ; ventrals remark-

186 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

Genus CYCLEPTUS Bafinesgue.

Cychptus Kafinksque, Jourual de Physique, do Chimie et d'Histoire Naturello, Paris,

1819, p. 421.
lihyiidosloniKS Heckel, Fische Syriens, Russegger's Reisen, 1842, p, 1023.
Caiontomun et Sclvrognathus s]}. Auct.

Type, Cydeptus nigrescens Rafinesque, = Catoslomus eloiigatus Le Sueur.
Etymology, /ct'/cAof, round ; AfTrrOf, small. "The aame meaus small, round mouth"
(Rafinesque).

Head very small, short and slender, its length contained 6 to 7 times
in that of the body, its upper surface rounded ; eye quite small, nearly
median, not very high up, its length C to 8 in that of the side of the
head; suborbital bones rather small and quite narrow; fontauelle en-
tirely obliterated bj^ the union of the parietal bones.

Mouth small, entirely inferior, overlapped by the projecting snout,
the upper lip thick, pendent, covered with 3 to 5 rows of tubercles, the
outer quite large, the inner small; lower liij moderate, formed some-

ably short, extending little more than half way to vent, originating under posterior
third of dorsal. Pectorals well separated. Isthmus wide.

" Color above blackish, with a strong inferior marginal shade on the lower part of the
sides, and the lighter tint above ; a brown spot just above axilla, is cut off from it by
a band of the yellow color which covers the belly and head below.

" The only species concerning which any doubt can arise in the nomenclature of this
one is C. hernardini of Girard. That writer states that the latter possesses' 15 D. radii ;
this, with the ascription of a slender form and other peculiarities, will always sepa-
rate them. Three species in Professor Hayden's collection without locality. This
should be probably a tributary of Green River." — (Cope, Hayden's Geol. Surv. Terr.
1872, p. 436.)

MiNOMUS BARDXJS Copc. — " This species is distinguished by its very short head, and
marked coloration, resembling in that respect the C. guzmaniensis of Girard ; with this
species, it has, however, nothing else in common.

"Head wide, muzzle not projecting beyond upper lip; latter not pendent, with nar-
row, smooth commissure and three or four rows of tubercles. Lower lip deeply incised,
tubercular to near inner edge. Eye 5.25 times in length of head, twice in inter-
orbital width. Head five times to end of basal caudal scales. Form stout : body cylin-
dric anteriorly. Dorsal fin nearer end of muzzle than end of caudal scales. Scales of
body subequal, in thirty longitudinal rows between dorsal and ventral fins, latter orig-
inating beneath hinder border of dorsal, not quite reaching vent. Pectorals well sepa-
rate; isthmus wide, narrower than in AT. delpliiuus. Color blacki.sh above, a broad
olive bund from upper part of opercular border along upper half of caudal peduncle,
and a bread black band below, narrowing to a line along the middle of the peduncle;
below, yellowish, a band of the same cutting oft' a blackish area above the axilla, as
in the last species." — (Cope, Hayden's Geol. Surv. Terr. 1872, p. 43G.)

GENUS CYCLEPTUS. " 187

what as in Catostomus, but less full, incised behind; jaws without carti-
laginous sheath; muciferous system not greatly- developed ; opercular
apparatus not greatly developed, the operculum smooth and narrow.
Isthmus moderate; gill-rakers moderately long, soft; pharyngeal bones
strong, the teeth stout, increasing in size downwards, rather wide apart.

Body elongate, moderately compressed, not much elevated, the caudal
peduncle long, the greatest depth contained 4 to G times in length.

Scales moderate, about equal over the body, not closely imbricated,
with wide exposed surfaces, the number in the lateral line from 55 to
GO, and about 17 in a transverse series from dorsal to ventrals; edges
of scales serrate; lateral line well developed, nearly straight.

Fins rather large ; dorsal fin beginning in front of ventrals and ending
just before anal, of about 30 rays, strongly falcate in front, the first and
second developed rays in length more than half the length of the base
of the fin, the rays rapidly shortened to about the eighth, the length of
the remaining rays being nearly uniform and all short ; caudal fin large,
widely forked, the lobes about equal; anal fin quite small, low, of 7 or
8 developed rays, scaly at base; ventrals moderate, with 10 rays; pec-
torals elongate, somewhat falcate.

Sexual peculiarities somewhat marked; the males in spring with black
pigment ; the head then covered with small tubercles.

Air-bladder with two chambers, the anterior short, the posterior
elongate.

But a single species of this singular genus is as yet known. It is
found in the waters of the Mississippi Valley, and, although not a rare
fish, it is by no means as generally abundant as are many others of its
family.

Generic Characterizations.

Cycleptus Eafinesque, 1819.—" Cycleptus, (abdominal). Different dii genre Catos-
tomus. Denx nageoires dorsales, bouebe petite, roude, au bout du museau; levres
circulaires. Famille ('yprinidia ? C. nigrescens, noiratre ; ventre blaucbatre, bouebe
retroussde ; queue fourch^e. Parvient a deux pieds de long; ti^s bon a manger, rare
dans rOhio et le Missouri." — (Kafinesque, Journ. de Phijs. etc. 1819, p. 421.)

Cycleptus Eafiuescxue, 1820.—" Difference from tbe foregoing genus ICatostomiis'i —
two dorsal fins, mouth round and terminal." — (Rafixesque, Ich. Oh. ]). 6.)

Rhytidostomus Heckel, 1842. — " Dentes pectiniformes 60-60, Pinna dorsalis basi
elongata; radio tertio vel quarto longissirao. In reliquis cum genere Catostomo con-
gruit." — (Heckel, Fische Syriens, p. 33, or Russeger^a Eeisen, p. 1023. — Species referred to
the genus, Cyprinus caiostomus Forster and Catostovms elongatus Le Sueur.)

Cyclkptus Agassiz, 1855. — "As in many other instances, Rafinesque has named, but
neither defined nor characterised the genus to ■which I now call attention. He has not

188 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

himself even seen the fish npon which the genns is founded, and refers to another
genus a species which cannot bo seiiarated from this. Moreover, the characteristics of
the genus, as given by Rafiuesqne, are not true to nature. Yet, notwithstanding these
objections, I do not feel at liberty to reject his generic name, since it is possible to
identify the fish he meant by the vernacular name under which it is known in the
West. There is another reason why Rafinesque's description of our western fishes
ought to be carefully considered and every possible effort made to identify his genera
and species, the fact that he was the first to investigate the fishes of the Ohio and its
tributaries upon a large scale, and that notwithstanding the looseness with which he per-
formed the task and the lamentable inaccuracies of his too short descriptions, his works
bear almost upon every page the imprint of his keen perception of the natural affinities
of species, and their intimate relations to one another ; so much so, that even where he
has failed to assign his genera any characters by which they may be recognized, yet,
when the species upon which Ihey were founded can be identified, we usually find that
there ore good reasons for considering them as forming distinct genera.

"The trouble with Rafinesque is, that he too often introduced in his works species
which he had not always seen himself, and which he referred almost at random among
his genera, thus defacing his well characterised groups, or that he went so far as to
found genera npon species which he had never seen, overlooking perhaps that he had
already described such types under other names.

"The genus Cycleptus affords a striking example of all these mistakes combined
together. In his remarkable paper upon the genus Catostomus, Lesueur describes and
figures one species from the Ohio River, under the name of C. elonqatus, peculiar for
. its elongated cylindrical body, and for its long dorsal fin beginning half way between
the pectorals and ventrals, and extending as far back as the insertion of the anal.
The species Rafinesque introduces in his subgenus DecaciyJus among the genuiue Ca-
iostomi, without perceiving that it belongs to his own genus Cyclrpius. This mistake
arises undoubtedly from his belief that in Cydcptiis there are two dorsals, which indeed
he mentions as characteristics of this genus; but this statement is erroneous: the
rays of the dorsal are, in fact, enclosed in a continuous membrane, the anterior rays
only being much longer than thoee of the middle and posterior portion of the fin ; oc-
casionally these long rays split, and accidentally separate from the following ones,
when they seem to form two dorsals.

"The character of this genus, so far as the dorsal is concerned, consists in reality not
in its division, but in its great extension along the back, and the elongation of its
anterior rays. The anal is very long in proportion to the size of the lisli, and inserted
far back, so that the length of the abdominal cavity is greater than in the genera Car-
jnodes, Ichtliijobns, and Bubalichihys, with which Cycleptus is closely allied by the pecu-
liar form of its dorsal. Again, Rafinesque remarks that the mouth is terminal, round
and small. This requires also to be qualified. The mouth appears terminal and round
onlj' when the jaws are protruded to their utmost extent; when closed, it is rather
crescent-shaped and entirely retracted nnder the projecting, pointed snont ; the lips
are covered with numerous projecting papillas and spread horizontally, — these are
moreover, continuous around the angles of the mouth, so that the upper and lower
1 ps are hardly separated by a small fold, and the lower lip is slightly emarginate in
the middle, while in other genera of this tribe it is actually bilobed.

CYCLEPTUS ELONGATUS. 189

" The pharyngeal boues are strong, their anterior surface being flattened and the
greatest diameter being the transverse one, as in I!nhaJichihys,iin(\. not laterally com-
pressed and thin as in Carpiodes and Ichthyobus.

" The symphysis is short and its peduncle flat and square, separated from the cnrved
arch by a deep semicircular emargiuation. The teeth are also stronger and stouter
than in Carpiodes and Ichthyobus, as is also the case in Bubalichlhys, and they are grad-
ually increasing in size, and relative thickness from the upper part of the arch to the
symphysis, but they are much fewer and farther apart than in the latter genus. Their
iuner edge is transverse, rather bluut, though the middle ridgo is somewhat project-
ing ; the lower teeth are so shaped that their inner angle is hardly higher than the
outer, while in the middle and upper teeth it is gradually more projecting, and from
the middle of the arch upwards forms a prominent point aiched outwards.

"The scales are considerably longer than high, with a rather prominent posterior mar-
gin ; numerous radiating furrows upon the anterior and posterior fields, some across
the lateral fields; the concentric ridges of the posterior field are not only broader than
those of the other fields, but instead of running parallel to the margin of the scales
they are curved in concentric gothic arches between each two radiating furrows.
Heckel mentions this genus under the name of Ehyiidostomus, but Rafinesque's name
Cydeptus has the priority. Properly it ought to be called Leptocydus, according to its
etymology, (see my Nomenclator Zoologicus; Index Universalis, p. 109,) but under thii
form nobody would recognise it as Eafinesque's name. I shall therefore not urge the
change." — (Agassiz, Am, Joiirn. Sci. Arts, 1855, p. 197.)

Cycleptus Cope, & Jordan, 1877. — "Body much elongated, subcylindrical forwards :
dorsal elongate, falciform, of 30 or more rays ; foutanelle obliterated by the union of
the parietal bones ; mouth small, inferior, with papillose lips." — (Jordan, Proc. Ac.
Xat. Sc. Phila. 1877, p. 81. )

ANALYSIS OF SPECIES OF CYCLEPTUS.

* Depth 4 to 5 in length : head 6 to 6^ : eye small, 6 to 7 in length of head : longest
dorsal rays a little longer than bead : pectorals rather longer than head : dorsal
rays ^^0 ; anal 7 or 8 : scales 9-56-7 : coloration very dark, the males almost black ;
size large; length of adult H to 2^ feet elongatus, 42.

42. CYCLEPTUS ELONGATUS {Le Sueur) Agassiz.

Black Horse. Gourd-seed Suclcer. Missouri Sudcer. Suckerel.

1817— Catostomus elouyatus Le Sueur, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 103.
Catostomus elongatus Rafinesque. Ich. Oh. 60, 1820.
Catostomus elongatus Kirtland, Kept. Zool. Ohio, 168, 1838.
Catostomus elongatus DeKay, New York Fauna, part iv, Fishes, 203, 1842.
Catostomus elongatus Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. des Poiss. xvii, 455,

1844.
Catostomus elongatus Kirtl.vnd, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist, v, 2G7, 1845.
Catostomus elongatus Storer, Syu -psis, 422, 1846.

Cydeptus elongatus Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 2d series, xix, 197, 1855.
Sclerognalhus elongatus GUntiier, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii,23, 1SC8.

] 90 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

CijcUpius elongattts Jordan, Fishes of Ind. 222, 1875.

Cydeptus eloinjaliis Johdan, Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Hist. 95, 1876. (Name only.)
Cycleptus elongatus Jordan, Man. Vert. 298, 1876.
Cydeptus elongatus Nelson, Bull. No. 1, Ills. Mus. Nat. Hist. 50, 1876.
Cydeptus dongatus Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 158, 1876. (Name only.)
Cydeptus elongatus Jordan & Gilbert, in Klippart's Kept. 53, 1876. (Name only.)
Cydeptus elongatus Jordan, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. ix, 33, 1877.
Cydeptus elongatus Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 1878.
1818— Cydejit us nigresceus Rafinesque, Journal de Physique, 421.
Cydeptus nigrescens Rafinesque, Ich. Oh. 61, 1820.

Habitat. — Mississippi Valley, in all the larger streams.

This species is fouud in some abundance in the larger streams. At
the Falls of the Ohio, it is taken in nets, and meets a ready sale. It is,
however, much less abundant than the Buffalo fishes are. From the
general use of the name '^Missouri Sucker", its abundance in the State
of Missouri may be inferred; but, as to the facts in the case, I am not
informed. This fish is as sharply distinguished from the other Suckers in
its appearance as in its anatomy. The dusky colors and the small size
of the head attract attention at once.

But one species is yet known. That being the case, the synonymy of
the species needs no discussion, its oldest name being the one in com-
mon use.

Spedmens in United States National Museum.

Number.

Locality.

Collector.

107

8673

10790

J. VV. Milner.

r^"78

flo

Do.

Genus CARPIODES Bafinesque.

Carpiodcs Rafinesque, Ich. Oh. 56, 1820. (As subgenus of tSatostomus.)
Sdcrognathus Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. des Poissons, xvii, 472, 1844.

Type, Catostomus cyprinus Le Sueur.

Etymology, Latin carpio, a carp ; i, e., carp-like.

ETead comparatively short and deep, sometimes conic, sometimes
blunt, its length ranging from 3^ to 5 in that of the body, its upper
surface always rounded ; eye moderate, median or anterior in position ;
suborbital bones well developed, their depth more than half that of

GENUS CARPIODES. 191

the fleshy portiou of the cheek below j fontanelle always present, well
developed.

Mouth always small, horizontal and inferior, the mandible less than
one- third the length of the head, the lips thin, the upper protractile,
narrow, the lower quite narrow, yy-shaped, or rather Q-shaped, behind;
both lips feebly plicate or nearly smooth, the plicae often more or less
broken up ; jaws without cartilaginous sheath ; muciferous system
moderately developed ; opercular apparatus well developed, the sub-
opercle broad, the operculum in the adult more or less rugose ; isthmus
moderate ; pharyngeal bones remarkably thin and laterally compressed,
withashallowfurrowalongthe anterior margin on the inside, and another
more central one on the outline of the enlarged surfaces; teeth very
small, compressed, nearly equally thin along the whole inner edge of
the bone, forming a fiue comb-like crest of minute serratures; their
cutting edge rises above the inner margin into a prominent point.
Gillrakers of anterior arch slender and stiff above, becoming reduced
downwards.

Body ovate or oblong, the dorsal outline more or less arched, the
ventral outline more nearly straight, the depth from half to one-third
the length, the sides compressed; the back notably so, forming a sort of
carina ; caudal peduncle short and deep; scales large, about equal over
the body, their posterior margins slightly serrate ; lateral line well
developed, nearly straight, with 34 to 41 scales, 12 to 15 scales in a
cross-row from dorsal to ventrals ; dorsal fin beginning near the middle
of the body, somewhat in advance of ventrals, falcate, its anterior rays
very much elevated and usually filamentous, their height ranging from
^ to 1^ the length of the base of the fin, the number of developed rays
ranging from 23 to 30; caudal fin well forked, the lobes equal ; anal fin
comparatively long and low, emarginate (in males?), its number of
developed rays usually 8; ventrals shortish, with usually 10 rays ; pec-
torals short.

Sexual peculiarities little marked ; in some species, at least, the males
in spring have the snout minutely tuberculate.

Coloration always plain ; pale olivaceous above, white below, but
hardly silvery, the fins all partaking of the color of the region to which ,
they belong.

Air-bladder with two chambers.

Size medium or rather large.

This genus was first recognized and defined by Professor Agassiz in

192 CONTKIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICnTHYOLOGY III.

1855. Since then it has been generally- received by authors under the
same name and with the same limits. It was first briefly outlined by
Ratiuesque in 1820 under the name of Carpiodes^ then afterwards by
Valenciennes defined more fully under the name of Sclerognathiis. Both
Carpiodes and Sclerognathus hnving the same typical species {Catostomus
cyprlnus Le Sueur), the older and preferable name, Carpiodes, is the one
to be adopted.

The recognition of species in this genus is a matter of extreme diffi-
culty, from their great resemblance to each other in color, size, form,
and general appearance. Uur knowledge of the species thus far has
been almost entirely due to the labors of Professor Cope (A Partial Syn-
opsis of the Fishes of North Carolina", Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila.
1870). I have myself examined specimens agreeing with each of Pro-
fessor Cope's descriptions, and, with two exception {Carpiodes selene and
Carpiodes grayl), I am disposed to admit all his species. It is true, how-
ever, that in every large collection of Carpiodes there are specimens
disagreeing more or less from the typical forms of each species, and
which should, in consistency, be described as distinct species, or else
the sj)ecies which they api^ear to connect should be united. I have not,
however, examined a sufficiently full series of Carpiodes to be pre-
pared to accept either of these alternatives. I have, therefore, taken
Professor Coi)e's analysis of the species, and added to it such addi-
tional features as I have been able to observe, and I give the whole as
our best knowledge at present on the subject, leaving for future study
the consideration of the degree of relationship existing between cyprlnus,
vcl'ifer, and thompsoni. The other four species, carpio, hison, cutisanse-
rimis, and diffortnis, seem to be manifestly distinct, unless difformis be
a monstrous form of cutisanserinus.

Species of this genus are found in all the fresh waters of the United
States cast of the Eocky Mountains. They seldom ascend the small
streams, and are taken by means of nets from the larger rivers and
lakes. From their resemblance in form to the European Carp {Ci/primis
carpio), they are popularly known as "Carp". This resemblance has
suggested the name of the genus and of two of its species. As food-
fishes they are rather indifierent, the flesh being rather coarse and flavor-
less and full of small bones. The geographical distribution of the species
has been little studied. C. cyprlnus is the common species east of the
Alleghanies, and, if " C damalis^^ and " C tumidus''^ be the same, in
the Upper Missouri region and the Rio Grande also. C. thompsoni is the

GENUS CAEnODES. 193

common Carp of the Great Lakes. C. carplo is the most abundant spe-
cies in the Ohio Eiver, where G. velifcr and G. cutkanncrmus also occur
in immense numbers.

1 am convinced that neither the number of scales nor the number of
fin-rays can be relied on to distinguish species in this genus, the entire
range of variation being probably found in every species. The height
of the anterior rays of the dorsal, although subject to considerable varia-
tion with age and wear, seems to be sulBciently constant to divide the
species into two groups.

Generic Characterizations.

CArtPiODKS Rafinesqne, 1820. — " Body oblon<T, somewhat compressed ; head com-
pressed, nine a,bdomiual rays, dorsal fiu commonly elongate, tail equally forked." —
(Eatine-sque, Ich. Oh. p. .56.)

ScLF.rtOGXATHUS Storer, 1846. — " Snout slightly advanced beyound the mouth ; the
extremity of the mouth is supported, as in the Catostomi, by the intermaxillary, which
is furnished in front with a well developed, isrojecting, cartilaginous ethmoid. The
upright branch is long, and of a styloid form, while the horizontal is shortened, and is
a mere keel, the inferior edge of which serves merely to support the superior angle of
the mouth. The remainder of the maxillary arch is formed by a fibrous ligament cov-
ered by a thin, undilated lip, reduced to a thin and fleshy protuberance. The upper
j.iw is a wide, very solid bony piece, under which the upper lip is partly drawn ; this
bone is concealed by the first two suborbitals, being wider and no less advanced than
those of the Catostomi. As to its lips, it is a Leuciscus; but the osteology of its mouth
resembles that of the Catostomi. The dorsal is long, like that of the Carps. The head
is naked, marked by lines of mucous pores. Pharyngeal teeth comb-like, finer and
more equal than those of the Catostomi. The air-bladder is divided into two large
lobes; the anterior is large and rounded, with a slight depression at its superior face ;
the second conical, twice* as long as the first and followed by two small lobes ; the sec-
ond communicates with the oesophagus by an air-pixie." — (Storer, Mem. Am. Ac. Arts
and Sc. 1846, p. 427 ; essentially a translation from Valenciennes's account.)

Carpiodes Agassiz, 1855. — " The body is very high and strongly compressed, the
narrow ridge on the back forming the outline in front of the dorsal is vrry much arched,
and regularly continuous downwards with the rather steep profile of iho head.

"The head is short, its height and length diller but little. The snout is short and
bluut. The small mouth is entirely iuferior, and surrounded by narrow thin lips,
which are more or less transversely folded. The lower jaw is short aud broad. The
pharyngeal boues of Carpiodes are remarkably thin, compressed laterally, with a shal-
low furrow along the anterior margin on the side, and auother more central one on the
outline of the arched surfaces ; the teeth are very small, compressed, equally thin along
the whole inner edge of the bone, forming a fine comb-like Crest of minute serraturcs;
their cutting edge rises above the inner margin into a prominent point.

"The anterior lobe of the long dorsal is slender, its third and fourth rays being pro-
longed beyond the following ones iuto long filaments. The lower fins are all pointed,
Bull. K M. No. 12—13

194 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

rather small, and hcnco dilTcrent from one another. The ventral ridge of the hody is
flat. The scales have many narrow, radiating farrows upon tbe anterior field, and aro
more deeply marked, in a straight line, across the lateral fields, or limiting the lateral
and posterior fields, hardly any upon the anterior field, the waving of the broader
concentric ridges producing only a radiated appearance upon that field. Tube of the
lateral line straight and simple, arising in advance of the centre of radiation, which is
seated in the centre of form of the scales." — (Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 1855, p. 189.)

CAuriODES Giinther, 1808. — "Distinguished from Sclerognaihus {i.e. BuhaHchihys and
Ichthyohi(s) by its very thiu, compressed pharyngeal bones, which are armed wiih a
comb-like series of nearly equally minute compressed teeth." — (Guxther, Cat. Fishes
Btit. Alus. vii, j). 24.)

Caiipiodes Cope & .Jordan, 1877. — " Body oblong oval, compressed ; dorsal elongate,
elevated in front, of 20 or more rays; fantanelle present; pharyngeal bones narrow,
with tlie teeth relatively thin and weak ; mouth small, inferior, protractile down-
wards." — (Jordan, Proc. Ac. Nat. So. Fliila. 1877, j). 82.)

ANALYSIS OF SPECIES OF CAEPIODES.

*Dor8<il fin with the anterior rays very much elevated and attenuated, equalling or
more usually exceeding the length of the base of the fin.
t Muzzle very abruptly obtuse, almost vertically truncate in front.

a. Muzzle exceedingly blunt, so that the anterior edge of the mandible is in line
with the anterior rim of the orbit, and the maxillary reaches to the anterior
edge of the pupil : anterior suborbital deeper than long : head A^ in length :
eye quite large, 3^ to 4 in head : body arched, the depth somewhat less than
half the length : first ray of dorsal nearer muzzle than base of caudal :
scales 6-35-4 : D. 24, A. 8, V. 9 difformis, 43.

aa. Muzzle notably blunt, but less so than in the preceding : anterior edge of the
mandible in advance of the orbit, and the maxillary just reaching the line
of the lower rim of the orbit : anterior suborbital bone deeper than long
(longer than deep, "seZene"): head 4 times in length: eye smallish, 4 J in
head : body arched, the depth about 2^ In length : anterior rays of dorsal
about midway between snout and base of caudal: scales 7-37-5: D. 26, A.

8, V. 10 CUTISANSERINUS, 44.

tt Muzzle conic, projecting, obtusely pointed : end of the mandible reaching to oppo-
site nostrils: anterior suborbital as deep as long: head 3J in length: eye
moderate, 4 to Al in length of head : body arched above, the depth 2^ to 2^
in length : first ray of dorsal nearer muzzle than base of caudal : scales 7-

37-5: D. 26 or 27 ("22", Cope) velifer, 45.

** Dorsal fin with tbe anterior rays more or less shortened, their length one-half to
two-thirds thai of the base of the fin : muzzle more or less conic and pro-
jecting.
&. Head long, contained about 'i\ times in length to base of caudal : muzzle elon-
gate-conic, so that the eye is nearly median, the middle of the length of the
head falling in front of its posterior margin : body not much arched ; depth
3 in length : anterior rays of dorsal pretty high, not much shorter than the
base of the fin, not thickened at base : lips well developed : eye large, A-\ in
head: scales 7-40-5 : D. 27, A. 7, V. 10 bison, 46.

CARPIODES CUTISANSERINUS, 195

ib. Head intermediate, its length contained about 4 times (3| to 4^) in that of
body : anterior rays of dorsal not thickened at base.

c. Body stout, short, the back much arched, the depth 2^ in length : head 4 to
4;i in length, the muzzle moderately pointed : dorsal rays considerably ele-
vated, two-thirds as long as base of fin : eye small, 5^ in head : tip of lower
jaw much in advance of nostrils ; maxillary reaching line of orbit : anterior
suborbital large, deep, roundish : origin of dorsal about midway of body :
scales rather closely imbricated, 8-39 to 41-6 : D. 27, A. 7, V. 10.

TnoMPSONi, 47.

cc. Body elongate, not much elevated, the depth 2f in length: head 3f to 4,
the muzzle prominent but rather blnntish : front scarcely concave above
eyes, the profile forming a somewhat uniform curve: eye small, nearly 6 iu
head : anterior rays of dorsal mdderately elevated, nearly three-fonrths the
length of the fin, the first ray nearly midway between snout and base of

caudal : scales 6-37-5: D. 24 to 27, A. 8, V. 10 cyprixus, 48.

hhh. Head comparatively short, its length contained 4^ to 5 times in the length
of the body: body more fusiform than ip the others, compressed, but not
much arched, the depth 2f to 3 times iu the length: anterior rays of dorsal
short, notably thickened and osseous at base, the first ray nearer the end of
the muzzle than the base of the caudal fin : eye small, anterior, 4^ in head :
muzzle short, but projecting much Ipeyond mouth : size largest of the genus.

CAEPIO, 49.

43. CARPIODES DIFFORMIS Cope.

Deformed Carp Sucker.

1870 — Carpiodes difformis Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 480.
Carpiodes difformis Jordan, Man. Vert. 297, 1876.
Carpiodes difformis Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 158, 1876.
Carpiodes difformis Jordan, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 72, 1877.
Carpiodes difformis Jordan & Gilbert, in Klippart's First Eeport Ohio Fish

Commissiou, 86, pi. siii, f. 21, 18/7.
Carpiodes difformis Jordan, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. 9, 50, 1877.
Carpiodes difformis Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 321, 1878.

Habitat. — Ohio Valley ; less common than the other species.

The only specimen which I have seen of this species was from the
Wabash Elver, iu which stream Professor Cope's original types were
collected. No specimens are in the United States National Museum,
which, indeed, at present contains very few of the Carp Suckers or
Buffalo- fish.

44, CARPIODES CUTISANSERINUS Cope.

Long-finncd Carp Sucker. QuiUhack.

1870 — Carpiodes cntisanseriiins Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 481.

Carpiodes ciiiisanserinus Jordan &, Copeland, Check List, 1.58, 1876.

19G CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III,

Carjnodcs cutisanserbius Jordan, Bnll. U. S. Nat. Mus. 9,50, 1877.

Carjiiodcs cutisanserimis Joi;dax & Gilbeiit, in Klipi^art's Rept. 53, 1876.

Carpiodes cutisanserimis Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2(1, 321, 1878.
1870 — Carpiodes sclene Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 431.

Carpiodes seleiie Jordan & Copkland, Check List, 158, 1876.

Carpiodes selene Jordan & Gilbert, in Klippart's Rept. 53, 1876.

Carpiodes selene Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 321, 1878.
187G — Ichtlujohtis difformis Nelson, Bull. No. 1, U. S. Mat. Mus. 49.

Habitat. — Mississippi Valley ; generally abundant.

This species is closely related to C. velifcr, but differs iu the abruptly
truncate snout, that of velifer bein^ conic. I am unable to recognize
C. selene a# a distinct species at i>resent, the form of the anterior sub-
orbital being the only distinguishing feature of much importance, and
that probably not a constant one. C. cutisanserimis is as abundant in
the Ohio as C. velifer, and I have seen many specimens from the Illinois
Kiver.

Specimens iu United States National Museum.

Number.

Locality.

Collector.

20032
20033

Cumberland River.
do

A. Winchell.
Do.

45. CARPIODES VELIFER {Bafinesque) Agassiz.

Carp Suclcer. Slcimhaclc. Quillbaclc. Sailor. Sailing Sucker. Spear-fish.

1820 — f ? Catostomus anisop>ten(s Rafinesque, Ich. Oh. 45. (Description at second hand

and unrecognizable.)
1820 — Catostomus velifer Rafinesque, Ich. Oh. 56.

Catostomus velifer Kirtland, Rep. Zool. Ohio, 168, 1838.

Carpiodes velifer Agassiz, Am. Journ. So. Arts, 2d series, xix, 191, 1855.

Carpiodes velifer Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 482, 1870.

Carpiodes velifer- Jordan, Fishes of Ind. 222, 1875.

Carpiodes velifer Jordan, Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Hist. 95, 1876.

Carpiodes velifer Jordan, Man. Vert. 297, 1876.

Carpiodes velifer Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 158, 1870.

Ichtlujohus velifer Nelson, Bull. No. 1, Ills. Mus. Nat. Hist. 49, 1876.

Carpiodes velifer Jordan & Gilbert, in Klippart's First Report Ohio Fish
Commission, 87, 1877.

Carpiodes velifcr Jordan, Buli. U. S. Nat. Mus. ix, 34, 1877.

Carpiodes velifer Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 321, 1878.

CARPIODES BISON. ^ 197

184G — Sderognathus ajpriims Kirtland, Bosfc. Joiira. Nat. Hist. vol. v, 275. (lu part;
not of C. & V.)

Habitat. — Western streams and lakes (Cayuga Lake, New York, to Mississippi
River).

This species is quite abundaut in the Obio River, and I have seen
specimeus not evidently distinguisbable, from Lake Erie and from other
waters tributary to the Great Lakes. Indiscriminately with C. cutis-
anserimis, it is kuown to the fishermen as Quillback, Skimback, etc.,
the lower-finned species being called rather ''Carp". Most of the
synonymy above quoted includes several species, the true veUfcr being
first distinguished by Professor Cope. Rafiiiesque's anisoptevus I bring
iuto the synonymy of this species, simply to refer to it somewhere. It
is really unidentifiable. Kirtland's Sderognathus cyprinus refers most to
this species, but his figure represents no known fish. -The head is too
small, and the form, etc., incorrect.

Specimens in United States National Museum.

Number.

Locality. «

Collector.

20277

Cayuga Lake, New York ....

There are also several other specimens in the collection, but without
locality.

46. CAEPIODES BISOX Agassiz.

Long-lieaded Carp Sucker.

1854 — Carpiodes bison Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sci. Arts, ,356.

Carpiodes bison Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sci. Arts, 190, 1855.
Carpiodes hison Cope, Proc. Am.Philos Soc. Phila. 483, 1870.
Carpiodes bison Jor.DAX, Man. Vert. 297, 1876.
Carpiodes bison Jojidan & Copeland, Check List, 158, 1876.
Ichthyobus bison Nelson, Bnll. No. 1, Ills. JIus. Nat. Hist. 49, 1876.
Carpiodes bison Joijdan & Gilp.krt, in Klippart's Eept. 53, 1876.
Carpiodes bison Jordan, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mns. ix, 50, 1877.
Carpiodes bison Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 322, 1878.

Habitat. — Mississippi Valley (Osage River, Agassis; Mississippi River, Wabash
River, Tennessee River, Cope).

What the fish is to which Professor Agassiz gave the name '■'•hison^''
cannot be ascertained from the published descriptions. Professor Cope
has described the present species under that name, and we accept the

198 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICnTIIYOLOGY III.

name hison od bis autboiity. This species is not geuerally common in
so far as ray experience goes. I have, however, seen one or two from
the Ohio Kiver. I found no specimens in the National Museum.

47. CAKPIODES THOMPSONI Agassiz.

Lake Carp.

1842 — Catostomus cyprinus Thojipsox, Hist. Vt. 133.

1855 — Carpiodes ihompsoni Agassiz, Am. Jouru. Sc. Arts, 2d series, six, 191.

Carpiodes thompsoni Cope, Proc. Ao. Nat. Sc. Phila. 285, 18G4.

Carpiodes tlwmpsonii Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Sac. Phila. 483, 1870.

Carpiodes ihompsoni Jordan, Man. Vert. 297, 1876.

Ichthyobus thompsoni Nelson, Bull. No. 1, Ills. Mus, Nat. Hist. 49, 1876.

Carpiodes ihompsoni Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 158, 1876.

Carpiodes ihompsonii Jordan & Gilbert, iu Klippart's Rept. 53, 1876.

Carpiodes ihompsoni Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 322, 1878.

Habitat. — Great Lake region ; abundant.

This species occurs in more or less abundance throughout the Great
Lake region. It is the shortest and most arched of all the species. Its
dorsal fin is about intermediate between that of velifer and that of
carpio. I have examined very mauy speciuieus of this species, and I
find little variation among them. This fish reaches a length of some-
thing over a foot, and is sold by the Lake fishermen as " Carp ".

Specimens in United Stales National Museum.

Number.

Locality.

Collector.

11040

Sandusky, Ohio..
do

J. W. Milner.

11127

Do.

11128

do

Do.

11130

do

Do.

11131

do

Do.

11132

do

Do.

48. CARPIODES CYPRINUS {Le Sueur) Agassiz.

Eastern Carp Suclcer. Nthraslca Carp Suclcer. Bio Grande Carp.

1817 — Catostomus cyprinus Le Sueur, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. i, 91.

La1)co cyprinus DeKav, New York Fauna, part iv. Fishes, 194, 1842.
Sclerognathus cyprinus Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. des Poissous, xvii,

474, 1844.
Sclerognathus cyprinus Storer, Synopsis, 427, 1846.
Carpiodes cyprinus Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 2d series, xix, 191, 1855.

CxiRPIODES CYPKINUS. 199

Carpiodes cyprinna GOnthKr, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 24, 1808.

Carpiodes ci/prunis Cope, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 484, 1870.

Carpiodes ciiprinus Jordan, Fishes of lud. 202, 1875.

Carpiodes cyprinus Jordan, Man. Vert. 297, 187G.

Cai-piodes cyprinns Uiiler «fe Lugger, Fishes of Maryland, 140, 1876.

Carpiodes cyprinus Jordan & Copkland, Check List, 158, 187G.

Carpiodes cyprinus Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 323, 1878.
1854 — Carpiodes vacca Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sci. Arts, 356.
1854 — Carpiodes tumidiis Baihu &. Girard, Proc. Phila. Ac. Nat. Sc. 28.

letiohus tumidus Girard, U. S. Mcs. Bound. Surv. Ich. 34, pi. xxx, f. 1-4, 1859.

Ichthyobus fnmidus Jordan & Copkland, Check List, 158, 1876.
1856 — Carpiodes damalis Girard, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 170.

Carpiodes damalis Girai:d, U. S. Pac. R. R. Expl. s, 218, pi. xlviii, f. 1-4, 1858.

Carpiodes damalis Cope, Pioc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 85, 1865.

Carpioehs damalis Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 155, 1876.
1870— C'arj;iOf/ts Cjrayl CoPi;, Prcc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 482, 1870.

Carxnodis grayi Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 158, 1876.

Carpiodes grayi COPE & Yari;ow, Wheeler's Expl. W. 100th Mer. v, Zool. 681.
1876.

Habitat. — New Englard to Alabama ; 1 hence to Mexico and north to the Upper
Missouri.

I Lave elsewhere already united the nominal species grayi and tumi-
dus, for the following reasons: — Girard's '-^letiohus tuiiiidvs'^ is certainly
a Carpiodes^ as is plainly shown by the published figure, I be moutli be
ing represented as small and inferior, beneath the jnoji cling s::out. I
have numerous young specimens of a Carpiodes from the iiio Grande,
at Brownsville, Texas, the original locality of letiohus tumidus. 13ut my
specimens do not disagree in any important respect Irom Carpiodes graiji,
from the same river, nor am I able, on examination of authentic speci-
mens of the latter species, to point out any differences between them and
my Brownsville specimens. Therefore, if tumidus and grayi are really
different, the differences have escaped my notice. It is of course possi-
ble that my Brownsville specimens, although from the original locality
of tumidus, may not be that species; but, as the types of tumidus have
been lost, I do not see how the question can ever be settled.

I am furthermore unable to separate tumidus as thus characterized
from damalis Grd., and the close relationship existing between damalis
and cyprinus has already been noticed by Professor Cope. As 1 now
believe that cyprinus, tumidus, damalis, au(\ grayi were all based on mem-
bers of a single widely diffused species, 1 unite them in the above
synonymy.

This species is the common Carp Sucker of Pennsylvania and the

200 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

Middle States. I Lave no specimens referable to tljis species from the
Great Lakes, nor from the Mississippi or the Ohio. If cypriims, tumi-
dus, and damalis are identical, however, one of two things must be true.
Either C. cijprimis really inhabits the whole Mississippi Valley, but has
been overlooked or confounded with others, or else we have a very curi-
ous anomaly in the distribution of the species, it being an inhabitant
of waters of two widely separated areas, having little in common. The
former supposition seems the most probable, and I accordingly look for
specimens of C. cyprinus in the Mississii)pi Valley.

Specimens in United States National Museum.

Number.

Locality.

Collector.

179

13012
15891
20109

Round Lake, Montgomery, Alabama

Fort Pierre, Nebr. (types of C. damalis)

Republican River

Rio Grande, New Mexico (graiji)

Nebraska

"U. S. Mex. Boundary Survey" (types of iumidas
Brownsville, Tex

Kumlieu & Bean.
Dr. Evans.
Wood & Hammond.
Dr. O. Loew.

49. CAEPIODES CARPIO {Eajinesque) Jordan.

Big Carp Sucker. Olive Carp Sucker.

1320 — Catostomus carpio Rafinesque, Ich. Oh. 5G.

Carpiodes carpio Jordan, Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Hist. 95, 1876.

Carpiodes carpio Jokdan, Man. Vert. 297, 1876.

Ichthijohus carpio Nelson, Bull. No. 1, Ills. Mus. Nat. Hist. 49, 1876.

Carpiodes carpio Joijdan & Copeland, Check Lis^, 158, 1876.

Carpiodes carpio Jordan &. Gilbert, iu Klippart's Rept. 53, 1876.

Carpiodes carpio Jordan, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 72, 1877.

Carpiodes carpio Jordan, Bull, U. S. Nat. Mus. ix, 34, 1877.

Carpiodes carpio Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 322, 1878.
1870 — Carpiodes nvmmifer CoPE, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. Phila. 484.

Habitat. — Mississippi Valley. Abundant iu the Ohio River.

This is the most abundant species of its genus in the Ohio Kiver and
its tributaries. It is the largest species, the most elongate, and has the
lowest fiurays and the smallest head. The peculiar enlargement of the
anterior rays of the dorsal I have found to be an excellent diagnostic
character. This species has been well described by Prolessor Cope
under the name of 0. nummifer. There can, however, be but little

GENUS BUBALICnTHYS. 201

doubt that Rafinesque bad tbe same lisb in mind as bis C. carjyio, and I
have accordingly adopted the hitter name.

Specimens in United States National Museum.

Number.

Locality.

Collector.

12291
12292

Ohio River, Cincinnati
do

J. W. Miluer.
Uo.

Genus BUBALICHTHYS Agassiz,

Bubalichtlnjs Agassiz, Am. Jouin. Sci. Arts, 185.5, 192.
Sclerognathus Gunther, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, p. 22, 1868.
Catostomus et Carpiodes sp. of authors.

Type, Carpiodes urus Agassiz.

Etymology, PovfialoQ, buffalo ; Ix^^vg, fish.

Head moderate or rather large, deep and thick, its superior outline
rapidly rising, its length about 4 in that of the body : eye moderate,
median or rather anterior in position j suborbital bones comparatively
narrow; fontanelle always present and widely open.

Mouth moderate or small, more or less inferior, the mandible short,
little oblique, or typically quite horizontal, the mandible less than one- third
the length of the head, the premaxillaries in the closed mouth below
the level of the lower part of the orbit ; lips rather thin, thicker tban in
Ichthyobus, the upper protractile, narrow, plicate, the plica3 sometimes
broken up into granules; lower lip comparatively full (for a Buffalo-
fish), faintly plicate, the plicic b:okeii up into granules, the lower lij)
having the general ^shaped form seen in Cmjnodes ; jaws without car-
tilaginous sheath ; muciferous system well developed ; oj)ercular appa-
ratus well developed, but less so than in IcMIiyohns, the operculum
strongly rugose; isthmus moderate; pharyngeal bones triangular, with
large teeth, which increase in size from above downwards ; teeth com-
pressed, their grinding edge blunt, slightly arched in the middle, and
provided with a little cusp along the inner margin, which is hardly
detached from the crown, and does not rise above the surface : gill-rakers
of anterior arch slender and stiff above, growing shorter downwards.

Bodj- ovate or oblong, the dorsal outline more or less arched, the sides
of the body compressed, the ventral outline curved also, but to a less
degree: scales very large, about equal over the body, their posterior

202 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III,

outlines somewhat aerrute; lateral line well developed, nearly straight,
with 35 to -12 scales, 12 to 14 in a cross-series from ventrals to dorsal ;
dorsal tin beginning near the middle of the body, somewhat in advance
of the ventrals, its anterior rays elevated, their height about equal to
half the base of the fin, the number of rays in the dorsal fin ranging
from 25 to 32; caudal liu well lorked, the lobes about equal, not fal-
cate ; anal fin comparatively long and rather low, of 8 or 9 developed
rays; ventrals moderate, 10 rayed ; pectorals rather short: sexual pecu-
liarities, if any, unknown : coloration dull dark brown, nearly plain, not
silvery ; fins olivaceous or more or less dusky.

Air bladder with two chambers.

Size quite large.

In general appearance, the species o{ BuhalicMkys hear a considerable
resemblance to those of Carpiodes. The form is, however, coarser than
that of any Carpiodes, the dorsal fin is lower, and the coloration is
darker and duller. The species reach a larger size than do those of
Carpiodes, but whether larger or not than the species of Ichthyohus I am
unable to say. In external appearance, Buhaliclitliys is intermediate
between Carpiodes and Ichthyobiis, the one species, huhalus, resembling
Carpiodes most, the other, urus, being most like Ichtliyohus.

Our knowledge of the species of this genus is very incomplete. Many
species were named and indicated by Professor Agassiz, but with such
fragmentary descriptions that not a single one of them is certainly
known by any one. I have, however, been able to identify in specimens
from Quincy, 111., the fishes termed by him B. huhalus and B. ttiger,
the small-mouthed and the large-mouthed Bufi'alo. Assuming these two
well-separated species as a basis, I have compared with them numerous
Buffalo-fishes from various localities, and in all cases I have found them
identical with either the one or the other. I have therefore adopted
the hypothesis, possible, and perhaps probable, that all of the nominal
species of Professor Agassiz were based on the one or the other of these
two forms. As to this, I may say that the sole basis of some of these
nominal species was the diflerence in locality. From what we know of
the range of other species of Catostomidce, there is nothing antecedently
improbable in the same fish being found in the Wabash and Mobile
Rivers, or in the Tennessee and Osage. Myxostonia viacrolepidotum,
Erimyzon ohlongus, Minytrema melanops, Catostonins teres, and others
are known to occur in all four of those streams. The questions of
locality may, I think, be safely eliminated from the discussion. The

GENUS BUBALICHTHYS. 203

descriptions published by Professor Agassiz are almost worthless for the
distinction of species. It has accordingly seemed best to inc, as a tem-
porary arrangement, at least until more than tico species are shown to
occur in our waters, or until some one is able to show from examination
of Professor Agassiz's tyi)es what he really had in mind, to distribute
bis nominal species in the synonymy of the two which we know. I
have accordingly considered each of Agassiz's species and made it
identical with either the small-mouthed or the large-mouthed species, as
the description seemed to indicate. A third species, from Central
America, which I suppose belongs to this genus, is added from Dr.

Giinther's description.

Generic Characterizations.

BuBALiCHTHYS Agassiz, 1855. — "At the time I viudicated the propriety of restoring
some of the genera established by Rafinesque among Cyprinoids, I did not suspect that
the genus Carjyiodes, as I then represented it, still contained two distinct types, though
I had noticed that some of the species had the anterior margin of their dorsal greatly
prolonged, whilst in others it hardly rises above the middle and posterior of that fin.
Having since examined the pharyngeals of all the species of this tribe which I havo
been able to secure from diiferent parts of the couutry, I find tUat those with a high
dorsal w^hich constitute the genus Carpiodes, have, in addition, very thin flat pharyn- .
geals with extremely minute teeth, whilst those with a low dorsal have triangular
pharyngeals with larger teeth, increasing gradually in size and thickness, from the
upper margin of the bones towards the symphysis. The difference in form of these
bones arises from the circumstance that the slight ridge upon tlie outer surface of the
arch in Carpiodes is transformed in this second type into a prominent edge, dividing
the outer surface of the arch into a posterior and anterior plane, meeting under au
acute angle. This structural homology is satisfactorily traced by the difference of the
external appearance of these two planes, the posterior one being full as the posterior
half of the flat outer surface of the arch in Carpiodes, whilst the anterior plane is
coarsely porous, indeed studded with deep pits analogous to the porous character of
the anterior half of the outer surface of that bone in Carpiodes. The teeth themselves
are compressed ; their grinding edge is rather blunt, slightly raised in the middle, and
provided with a little cusp along the inner margin, which is hardly detached from the
crown, and does not rise above its surface, as in Carpiodes, Ichthyohus and Cydeptus.

" In this genus the bulk of the body is not placed so far forwards as in Carpiodes, the
greatest height being between head and tail. The upper outline of the body is less
strongly arched in advance of the dorsal ; the head is longer than high, and the snout
not more prominent than the mouth. The mouth opens obliquely downwards and
forwards, the lower jaw being nearly as long, as the upper. The lips are small and
granulated. The anterior rays of the dorsal are not separately prolonged beyond the
rest of the fin, though its anterior margin is higher than its middle and posterior por-
tion. The lower fins are as in Carpiodes.

" The scales have many narrow radiating furrows upon the anterior field, none across
the lateral fields, and few upon the posterior fields, converging to the centre of radia-

204 CONTRIBUnONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY IH. ■

tioD, to which tbo tubes of the lateral Hue extend also. For this new genus I propose
the name of Bahalichthijs, intending to recall the name of Buflalo lish, commonly
applied to this si)ccics. To this genus belong the species I have described as Carpiodea
uru8 from the Tennossea River, C. taiir us fiom Mob.le River, and C. vituliis from the
Wabasb, and also the Catoslomiis niger of Rafinesque and Catostomtis bubahis of Dr. Kirt-
laud from the Ohio, but not C. bubal us Rafinesque, which is the tj'pe of the genus Ich-
thyobus described in the following paragraph. I have another ubw species from the
Osage River, sent me by Mr. George StoUey. This shows this typo to be widely dis-
tributed in our western waters, but thus far it has not been found in the Atlantic
states. I have some doubts resijecting the nomenclature of these species which are
rather difficult to solve. It will be seen upon reference to Rafinesque's Ichthyologia
Ohiensis, p. 55 and 5(5, that he mentions two species of his subgenus Iclithyobus, one of
which he calls C. babaJus, and the other C. niger ; the second he has not seen himself,
but describes it on the authority of Mr. Audubon as 'entirely similar to the comnum
Buffalo fish,' his C. bubalns, but ' larger, weighing upwards of fifty pounds.' Dr. Kirt-
land, on the other hand, describes the C.bubalus as the largest species found in the
western waters, and adds that the young is nearly elliptical in its outline and is often
sold in the market as a distinct species under the name of Buffalo Perch. If the e was
only one species of Buffalo in those waters the case would be very simple, and the Ca-
tostomus bubalus and niger of Rafinesque, and C. bubalus of Dr. Kirtland, should simply
be considered as synonymous, hut Dr. Ranch of Burlington has sent me fine specimens
of this Buffalo Perch, to which the remark of Dr. Kirtland, ' elliptical in its outline,'
perfectly applies, and I find that it not only differs specifically but even generically
from the broader, high backed, common Buffalo, and being the smaller species, I take
it to be Rafinesque's C. bubahis, the type of his genus Iclithyobus, which is more fully
characterised below, whilst the larger species, Rafinesque's C. niger, can be no other
than Dr. Kirtland's C. bubalus, ' the largest species of the western waters.' It seems
therefore hardly avoidable to retain the name of C. niger or rather Bubalichthys niger
for the common Buffalo, though Rafinesque, who first named the fish, never saw it, or
if he saw it mistook it for his own bubalus, and though Dr. Kirtland, who correcily
describes and figures it, names it C. bubalus, for such is the natural result to which the
history of the successive steps in our investigation of these fishes lead. But our diffi-
culties here are not yet at an end. Among the splendid collections I received from Dr.
Eauch, I fomjd two perfectly distinct species of Bubalichthys, one with a large mouth,
and the other with a small mouth, and one of Ichthyobus, living together in the Missis-
sippi River, in the neighborhood of Burlington, Iowa; and the next question, proba-
bly never to be solved, will be, if they all three occur also in the Ohio, whether Rafi-
nesque's C. niger was the big mouthed or the small mouthed Bubalichthys. Judging
from the figure given by Dr. Kirtland in the Boston Journal of Natural History, vol. v,
pi. fig. 2, 1 believe his C. bubalus to be the small mouthed species. I myself have, how-
ever, seen only one specimen of the big mouthed species from the Ohio, and that in
rather an indifferent state of preservation; for which I am indebted to Prof. Baird, and
none of the small mouthed species. Should, however, all three, as is possible, occur in
the Ohio as well as the Mississippi, to avoid introducing new names, I will call the
big mouthed species B. niger, preserving for it Rafinesque's specific name, — the small

GENUS BUBALICHTHYS. 205

monthed, B. huhahts, retaining for it the name wbich Dr. Kirtlancl has given it, even
though the species o{ lohthijobus must bear the same specific name, being that origin-
ally applied by Rafinesque. It may bo that either my B. vituhis or my B. nrus is iden-
tical with Dr. Kirtland'a C. hubahts, but until I can obtain original specimens of Ihis
species, this point must remain undecided, as it is impossible for mere descriptions to
institute a sufficiently minute comparison. The specimens from Osage Eiver I shall
call B. honasus.

"Compared with one another, these species differ as follows: B. nhjer,(thG big-
mouthed Buffalo) differs from B. hubalus (the small-moathed Buffalo) by its Luger
mouth, opening more forwards; its more elongated body, the first rays of the dorsal
rising immediately above the base of the ventrals, and its anterior lobe being broader,
and the anal fin not emarginated; B. bonasus differs from B. bubalus and from B. niger
in having the mouth larger than the first and smaller than the second, and from B.
bubalus by its less emarginated dorsal, which renders its larger lobe broader, anal fin
not emarginated, opercle larger. A farther comparison with the Southern species could
only be satisfactory, if accompanied by accurate figures." — ( Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts,
1855, p. 192.)

ScLEROGNATHUS Giiuther, 1868. — " Scales of moderate or rather large size. Lateral
line running along the middle of the tail. Dorsal fin much elongate, with about 30 or
more rays, none of which are spinous. Anal fin short. Mouth small, inferior {B:(ba-
lichUtys) or subterminal (Sderognathus), with the lips more or less thickened. Barbels
none. Gill-rakers long, stiff in the upper two-thirds of the first branchial arch, modi-
fied into low membranaceous transverse folds in the lower third. Pseudobranchite.
Pharyngeal bones sickle-shaped, armed with a comb-like series of numerous, compressed
teeth, increasing in size downwards."— (GUnther, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 22, 1868.)

BuBALiCHTHys Cope & Jordan, 1877. — " Body oblong oval, compressed ; dorsal elon-
gate, elevated in front, of 20 or more rays ; fontauelle present ; pharyngeal bones
strong, the teeth comparatively coarse and large, increasing in size downwards; mouth
inferior." — (Jordan, Proc. Ac. Kat. Sc. Phila. 1877, p. 82.)

ANALYSIS OF SPECIES OF BUBALICHTHYS.

* Body considerably elevated and compressed above ; the dorsal region subcariuate :
belly thicker ; depth 2^ to 2| in length ; axis of body above the ventrals below
the lateral line and nearly twice as far from the back as from the belly: head
moderate, triangular in outline when viewed from the side, 4 in length : eye
equal to snout, 4 to 5 in length of head, much larger than in B. nrus : mouth quite
small, notably smaller and more inferior than in B. nrus : mandible about equnl
to eye: dorsal fin elevated in front and rapidly declined, the highest ray reach-
ing much beyond the middle of the fin, the seventh ray about half the length of
the third or longest; anal rays rapidly shortened behind, the micdle rays much
shorter than the first long ones: scales 8-39-6; dorsal, 29; anal, 10; ventrals,
10: coloration paler, the lower tins slightly dusky bubalus, 50.

** Body much less elevated and less compressed than in the preceding, the back not at all
carinated ; axis of body above ventrals about at the lateral line, and but very lit-
tle farther from the dorsal outline than from the ventral ; depth 3 to 3^ in length :
head very stout, strongly transversely convex, thicker, larger, and less pointed

206 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY — III.

than in the next, about 4 in length : eye about equal to snout, 5^ in head, much
Bmallcr than in B. hubalus : mouth large, considerably oblique, opening well for-
wards : mandible longer than eye : dorsal fin lower and less rapidly depressed
than in the next, the longest ray scarcely half the length of the base of the fin ;
unal fin rounded, its rays not rapidly shortened, the middle ones not much shorter
than the longest: colors very dark; fins all black: scales 8-41-7; dorsal, 30;

anal, 10 URUS, 51.

•** Mouth small, inferior, slightly corrugated : depth 3| to 3^ in lengthy head 4 to 4^,
not much longer than high : eye rather small, one-fifth of tbe length of the bead
and I that of the snout : suborbitals narrow. Anterior rays not much produced,
shorter than the head ; caudal forked. Origin of ventral vertically below the
fourth dorsal ray. Pectoral fin not extending to ventrals. There are five
longitudinal series of scales between the lateral line and the root of the ventral.
Coloration uniform. Scales 7-3S-7 ; dorsal 29; anal 10 mekidioxalis, 52.

50. BITBALIOHTHYS BUBALUS Agassiz.
BuffaJo-Jisli. Small-mouthed Buffalo. High-hacked Buffalo.

1838 — Catostomus buialus Kirtland, Rept. Zool. Ohio, 1G8. (Not of Rafinesq'ie.)

Catostomus iuhalus Kirtland, Boston Jouru. Nat. Hist, v, 266, 1845.

Catostomus huhalus Storer, Synoiisis, 424, 1846.

Bubalichthys huhalus AgAssiz, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 2d series, xix, 195, 1855.

Buhalichthys huhalus Jordan, Fishes of Ind.,222, 1875.

Bubalichthys hubalus Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 158, 1876.

Buhalichthys hubalus Jordan, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 74, 1877.

Buhalichthys huhalus Jordan & Gilbert, in Klippart's Rept. 53, 1877.
1854 — ? ? Carpiodes taurus Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sci. Art.3, 355. (Not identifiable.)

?? Buhalichthys laurus Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 2d series, xix, 193, 1855.

.? f Buhalichthys tav,ru,s Jordan & Copeland, Ch,eck List, 15S. 1876.
18.')4 — If Carpiodes vitulus Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sci. Arts, 356. (Notidentifi ible.)

? ? Bubalichthys i^itulus Agassiz, Au). Journ. Sc. Arts, 2d series, xix, 193, 1855.

?f Buhalichthys vitulus Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 158, 1876.

? f Bubalichthys vitulus Jordan & Gilbert, in Klippart's Rept. 53, 187G.
1868 — SclciO(jiiathiis uvus GiJNTiiER, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 22.
ifi7(j—Icthyobus cyancUus Nelson, Bull. No. 1, Ills. Mus. Nat. Hist. 49.

Ictliyobiis cyanellus Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 158, 1876.

Idhi/ohus cyanellus Jordan, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 73, 1877.

Idhijobus cyanellus Jordan & Gilbert, in Klippart's Rept. 53, 1876.

Jchihyobus cyanellus Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 323, 1878.
1877 — Bubalichthys alius NiCLSON, MSS.

Bubalichthys alius Jordan, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 73, 1877.

Bubalichthys alius JoitDAN, Man. Vert. ed.2d, 324, 1878.
1877 — Buhalich\hys bubalinus Jordan, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. ix, 50.

Bubalichthys bnbalinus Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 325, 1878.

Habitat. — Mississiijpi Valley ; abundant in all the larger streams.

BUBALICllTHYS ^UBALUS. 207

This is probably the most generally distributed of the various species
known popularly as Buffalo-fish. The question as to its propernomen-
clature is even more complicated than that of the next species. It
may be that this is the true hubalus of Rafinesque, as supposed by Dr.
Kirtland. But as that species was the type of the genus Tcfiohns, the
identification of Rafinesque's species with the present one would lead
to changes in nomenclature far from desirable. The name Ichthyobus
would then belong to Bubalichthys and the genus Ichthyobus would
receive a new name. As this can never be proveu, it is best to consider
Agassiz's identification as correct and that of Dr. Kirtland wrong. The
first mention of this species was that of Dr. Kirtland as Catostomns bu-
bahis. The name bubalus, however, was given through an erroneous
identification, and must be passed over. Next come Agassiz's names
taurus and mtulus, both possibly belonging here, but just as likely be-
louging to urus. Both of them, from the exasperating insufficiency and
irrelevance of the descriptions, are practically unidentifiable. Next is
Agassiz's bubalus, noticed below. The next name in order is that of
Ichthyobus cyanellus Nelson, which was based on this species, as I have
ascertained by examination of his type. This is the first tenable name
certainly belonging to this species, unless we adopt the name bubalus.
Next comes Nelson's altus. A specimen answering Nelson's description
in all respects, and as evidently belonging to the species now under
consideration, is at present before me. It is a fine adult example.
Lastly comes my own bubalinus, intended merely as a substitute for the
name ^'- bubalus^\ not then considered tenable as the specific name of
this species, having been given to it originally by an error in identifica-
tion. The adoption of the name bubalus by Agassiz after the knowledge
of this error may, however, be considered as a proposal of a new name.
The original descriptions of taurns, viiulus, cyanellus, and altus are here
subjoined.

Carpiodes taiirus Agassiz, Am, Journ. Sci. Arts, 1855, p. 355. — ' From
Mobile River, Alabama. The form of the body is intermediate between
that of C. Gyprinus and C. Urns. The gill-cover has the same form as
in C. Urns, but it is larger and more strongly arched behind. The hind
margin of the scales is waving, owing to a somewhat prominent mid-
dle angle. The anterior rays of the dorsal equal in length two-thirds
of that of the base of the fin. Anal not lunate behind. The ventrals
do not reach to the anal opening. Caudal not so deeply furcate as in
C. Gyprinus.^

208 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NOHTII AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

Carpiodcs vitulus Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 1855, p. 350. — "From
the Wabash Eiver, Iiidiaua. This seems to be a smaller species thau
the preceding ones. The form of the body resembles that of C. Taurus^
but the eyes are smaller ; the opercle is more broadly rounded behind ;
the subopercle has its posterior and free border regularly arched above
and below, and not emarginate as in C. Taurus. The direction of the
numerous water-tubes on the head and cheeks also differ. The upper
and lower border of the scales are nearly straight. The dorsal does not
extend quite so far forward. I am indebted to Col. liichard Owen of
New Uarmony for this species."

Ichtlrjobiis cyanellus Nelson, Bull. Ills. Mus. Nat. Hist, i, 1877, p. 49. —
" Blue Bu&alo. A number of specimens of this species are in the state
collection, from the Illinois liver, and in Prof. Jordan's collection, from
the Mississippi at St. Louis. The following is the description, taken
from several specimens, measuring from 8 to 9^ inches in length : —

" Head about 3J in length. Depth 2^ to 5-6. Eye 4^ to 5.J in head.
Dorsal I, 30. Anal I, 8. Ventrals 10. Lat. 1. 38. Longitudinal rows
7-5 to 7-G. Body compressed, high. Anteriorly broad, compressed
behind. Longest ray reaching 18th ray. Pectorals shorter than veu-^
trals, both shorter thau head. Anal scarcely reaching caudal ; head
very short, high and thick ; its thickness f length, depth li in length.
Mouth quite small, oblique, and overlapped by a slightly projecting
snout. Mandible short, 4 in head. Opercle becoming wrinkled with
age. Head small, short and thick ; muzzle obtuse, conic, not twice the
length of eye. Anterior ray of dorsal, in type from Illinois river,
slightly nearer snout thau base of caudal. In specimens from St,
Louis the dorsal is about equidistant. Color above, light steel blue in
adults, becoming lighter below. Young lighter with distinct stripes
along the rows of scales. Although the species is described from spe-
cimens but nine inches long, when full grown it undoubtedly reaches
similar dimensions to its congeners."

Buhalichthys alius Nelson, MS3.; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Phila. 1877,
74 — '. This specimen is very deep and much compressed. The back is
much arched and the profile descends steeply in front to end of snout,
not forming an angle with it as in many species of Iclithyohus.

" Depth of body, 2^ in length ; head, 4 in length; greatest thickness
of body, 1| in length of head; depth of head, 1^ in its length; width,
1^ in length. Eye, 5J in head, 2| in interorbital space, which is but
little rounded.

BUBALICHTHYS URUS. 209

" Lateral line perfectly straight from upper edpje of opercleto caudal.
" Scales, 8-35-5. Dorsal I. 25 ; A. I. 9.
"Color iu spirits, dull yellowisli olive; fins dusky.
" Type specimen 12 inches long, iu Ills. State Museum, from Cairo,
Illinois."

51. BUBALICHTHYS URUS Agassiz.

Big-moutlied Buffalo. Black Buffalo. Mongrel Buffalo.

1818— f? Amblodon niger Rafinesqiie, Journal de Physique Phila. 421. (Entirely un-
recognizable.")

?? Catostomus niger Rafinesque, IcLth. Oh. 5G, 1820. (Unrecognizable; more
likely Cycleptus elongatus.)

Buhalichtliys vigcr Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 2d series, xix, 195, 1855.

Buhalichthgs niger Jordan, Fishes of Ind. 222, 1875.

BuhaUehtltys niger Johdan, Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Hist. 95, 1870.

Buhalichthgs niger Jordan, Man. Vert. 298, 1876.

Buhalichthns niger Nelson, Bull. No. 1, Ills. Mus. Nat. Hist. 50, 1876.

Bubalicliihys niger Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 158, 1876.

Buhalichthgs niger Jordan, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 75, 1877.

BubaUclithiis tiiger Jordan & Gilbert, iu Klippart's Rept. 53, 1876.

BuhaUchthys niger Jordan, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. ix, 34, 1877.

Buhalichthys niger Jordan, Man. Vert, ed, 2d, 323.
1854 — Carpiodes urus Agassiz, Am. Journ. Ss. Arts, 355.

Bubalicliihys nrus Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 2d ser'es, xix, 193, 1855.

Bubalichthys nrus Putnam, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 10, 1863.

Bubalichthys urus Jordan, Fishes of Ind. 222, 1875.

Bubalichthys urus .Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 158, 1876.
1855 — Bubalichthys bonasus Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 2d sexier, xix, 195.

Bubalichthys bonasus Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 158, 1876.

Habitat. — Mississippi Valley, iu the larger streams.

This is an abundant species iu the Mississippi and its larger tributa-
ries. It is very distinct from the preceding, almost intermediate between
Buhalichlhys buhalus and Ichthyohus hubalus. It may indeed be necessary
to unite these two genera on account of this species.

The question of the name which should be borne by this species is a
very difiScult one. Inasmuch as Rafinesque's G. niger was known to him
only through the accounts of Mr. Audubon, a gentleman known to have
played several practical jokes on the too credulous naturalist, and to
have led him thereby to describe and name several impossible animals,
and inasmuch as no real description whatever is given by Rafinesque,
it seems to me that the name niger can be used only on the authority of
Agassiz, and not on that of Rafinesque. That being the case, the name
Bull. N. M. No. 12—14

210 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

urns of Ag'assiz, which uuquestioniibly belongs to this species, has a
year's priority over niger, ami is really the first tenable name applied to
any species of Bubalichthys. The original account given by Eafinesque of
his Catostomus niger and that by Professor Agassiz of his Bubalichthys
urns I here append. Agassiz's descriptions of B. niger and B. bonasvs
have been previously given untler the head of the genus.

Catostomus (Ictiobus) niger Raf. Ich. Oh. p. 56. — " Entirely black ; lat-
eral line straight; 1 have not seen this fish. Mr. Audubon describes it
as a peculiar species found in the Mississippi and the lower part of the
Ohio, being entirely similar to the common Buffalo fish, but larger,
weighing upwards of fifty pounds, and living in separate schools."

Garpiodes urus Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sci. Arts, 1854, p. 355. — " From
the Tennessee liiver. It grows very large, weighing occasionally from
30 to 40 pounds. The body in this species is not so high as in C. cijpri-
nus, nor is it so compressed above; the scales are also not so high, but
more angular behind, and the anterior portion of the dorsal is not so
elongated. The gill-cover is larger, and the distance from the hind bor-
der of the eye to the inferior angle of the subopercle near the base of
the pectorals and the distance from the same point to the superior and
posterior angle of the opercle, are nearly equal. In C. cijprinus the dis-
tances differ by nearly one third. The suboi)er3le is not triangular, but
its hind border is nearly regularly arched from the upper angle to the
posterior angle of the interopercle. The anal has its posterior margin
full and not lunate; the caudal is not so deeply furcate as in C. cyprinus.
The veutrals do not reach the anal. All fins are of a dark color. I am
indebted to Dr. Newman for this species."

I found no specimens of Bubalichthys urus in the collections of the
United Slates National Museum.

52. BUBALICHTHYS MERIDIONALIS {Gilnther) Jordan.
Central American Buffalo.

1868 — Sclerognathus meridionalis GCnther, Trans. Zool. Soc. p. — .

Sclerognathus meridionalis GOnther, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 23, 1868.
Habitat. — Rio Usumacinta, Guatemala.

I know nothing of this species except from Glinther's description.
From its remote locality, it is probably distinct, but the description
shows no especial difference from B. bubahis, unless it be that the
body is slenderer. The following is Dr. Glinther's account : —

" D. 29-30. A. 10^ lat. 1. 38, 1. transv. 7^-7^. Mouth small, inferior,

GENUS ICHTHYOBUS. 211

slightly corrugated. The height of the body is contaiued thrice aud
oue third or thrice and one fourth in the total length (without caudal),
the length of the head four times or four times and a half 5 head not
much longer than high. Eye rather small, one fifth of the length of the
head aud two thirds of that of the snout; suborbitals narrow. The
anterior dorsal rays are not much produced, being shorter than the
head. Caudal fin forked. The origin of the ventral fin is vertically
below the fourth dorsal ray. Pectoral fin not extending to the ventral.
There are five longitudinal series of scales between the lateral line and
the root of the ventral. Coloration uniform. Pharyngeal teeth very
numerous and small, increasing somewhat in size downwards.
"Rio Usumacinta (Guatemala)."

Genus ICHTHYOBUS Bafinesque.

Aniblodon Rafinesque, Journal de Physique, de Chymie et d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris,

421, 1819. (Part.)
Icliobus Rafinesque, Ich. Oh. 1820, p. 55. (As subgenus of Catostomus.)
Ichthyohus Agassiz, Arn. Jouru. Sci. Arts, 1855, p. 195.

Type, AmModon bubalm Rafinesque.

Etymology, Ix^vQ, fish ; fiovg, bull or buffalo ; i. e., buffalo-fish.

Head very large and strong, wide and deep, its length 3| to 3f in that
of the body, its upper surface broad and depressed ; eye moderate,
M'holly anterior in position, the middle of the head being entirely behind
it ; suborbital bones proportionately narrow; fontauelle large, well open:
opercular apparatus largely developed, the subopercuium broad, the
operculum broad, strongly furrowed.

Mouth very large for a Sucker, terminal, protractile forwards, the
middle of the premaxillaries rather above the line of the middle of the
eye, the posterior edge of the maxillary extending about to the line of
the nostrils; mandible very strong, oblique, placed at an angle of 45
degrees or more when the mouth is closed, its posterior end extending
to beyond opposite the front of the eye, its length a little less than one-
third that of the head. Lips very little developed, the upper narrow
and smooth, scarcely appreciable, the lower narrow, rather full on the
sides, but reduced to a narrow rim in front, entirely destitute both of
papillae and plicae; jaws without cartilaginous sheath; muciferous sys-
tem of head well developed ; isthmus narrow ; pharyngeal bones in form
intermediate between those of Carpiodes and those of Bubaliehthi/s, the
outer surface of the arch standing outwards, and presenting a porous

212 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

outer margin. The peduncle of the symphysis is mucli longer propor-
tionally, and more pointed than in Carpiodes and Bubalichihys. The
teeth are very numerous, small, thin and compressed in Carpiodes, but
the lower ones are gradually larger than the upper ones. Their inner
edge is slanting outwards, and not uniformly arched as in BubnUchthys,
or truncate as in Cycleptus, the innermost margin rising somewhat in the
shape of a projecting cusp. Gill-rakers of anterior arch long and slender
above, becoming shorter downwards.

Body heavy, robust, not especially arched above nor greatly com-
pressed, the form somewhat elliptical, the depth 2^ to 3J in the length
of the body.

Scales large, thick, nearly equal over the body, their posterior edges
somewhat serrate, the lateral line well developed, but not as distinct as
in Carpiodes^ slightly decurved anteriorly, the number of scales in its
course 36 to 42; 13 to 15 in a transverse series from dorsal to ventrals.

Dorsal fin with an elongate basis, its number of rays 25 to 30, the
anterior rays somewhat elevated, their length about half that of the
base of the fin ; caudal not much forked ; anal fin not much elevated,
its rays about 9 in number; pectorals and ventrals moderate, fho latter
with about 10 rays.

Sexual peculiarities, if any, utdinown. Coloration dark, not silvery,
above dusky olive ; lower fins more or less black.

Air-bladder with two chambers.

Size very large.

The claim of this group to generic rank has been questioned by Pro-
fessor Cope and others. The differences in the pharyngeal teeth are
perhaps hardly sufficient to distinguish it from Carpiodes^ but at present
I am inclined to think that the great development of the mandible,
which forms a large arid terminal mouth, amply sufficient for generic
distinction. The relations of the group to Buhalichthys are doubtless,
in reality, closer. Ichthyobus bears much the same relation to Buba-
lichthys that Chasmistes does to Catostomns, and, so far as the mouth is
concerned, but in a greater degree, that JEnmyzon bears to Minytrema
and Plaeopharynx to Myxostoma. The head of Ichthyobus is much larger
and stouter, and the whole body more robust and less compressed than
\n Carpiodes. I know from autopsy but a single species of Ichthyobus.
It has, however, been described under several different names. So far
as is known, the genus is confined to the valley of the Mississippi, no
species having been recorded from the Great Lakes, or from any streams

GENUS ICHTHYOBUS. 213

east of the Alleghanics. No members of the suborders Cycleptince and
Buhaiichthyinw are known from the United States west of the basin of
the Kio Grande.

The typical species was first described under the name of Amhlodon.
The genus Amhlodon of Rafinesque, 1819, is based on the same species
as bis Ictiohus of 1820. The name J.JMZ^Zy^oy<, however, was given in
allusion to the pharyngeal teeth of Hoploidoitotus grunnicns, popularly
supposed to be the teeth of the Buffalo -fish, the presence of which teeth
was supposed to distinguish Amhlodon from Catostomus. This error was
afterwards discovered by liafinesque, and the name Amhlodon trans-
ferred to the Sciainoid fish. As Amhlodon of Kafinesque included the
present genera Haploidonotus and Ichthyohus, erroneously confounded,
and as on the discovery of this error its author restricted the name to
Haploidonotus, I think that we are justified in retaining Ichthyohus
instead of Amhlodon for the genus of Catostomoids.

Generic Characterizatiovs.

Amblodon Rafiuesque, 1811'. — " 16. Amblodon. (Abdominal.) Different du genre
Catostonnts. Machoire inf6rieure pav6e de dents osseuses serr^es arrondies, a couronne
plate, in6gales. — Les poissons de ce genre, qui abondent dans I'Ohio, le Missouri et le
Mississippi, sont distingu^es par le nom vulgaire de Buftaloe-Fish (Poisson bonffle)
et les Frangois de la Louisiane les uomment Piconeau. II y en a plusieurs especes qui
parviennent souvent a une tres grosse taille. Les deux suivauts habitent dans FOhio.
1. A. bubalus. Brun olivatre pS-le dessous, joues blancbitres. D. 28, A. 12, P. 16, A. 9,
C. 24. L'J. viger est entierenient noir; tons deux ont la ligne lat^rale droite, queue
bilobde, tete tionquee, etc. lis sont tr^s-bous a manger." — (Rafinesque, .7oi/r«ai de
Physique, etc. ]^. i2l.)

ICTiOBUS Rafiuesque, 1820. — " Body nearly cylindrical. Dorsal fin elongated, abdom-
inal fins with nine rays, tail bilobed, commonly equal." — (Rafinesque, Ichthyologia
OMensis, p. 55. )

ICHTHYOBUS Agassiz, 1855. — " In the form and position of the fins, as well as in the
general outline of the body, this genus is very nearly related to Bubalichthys, but in the
structure of the parts of the head, it is quite dissimilar. The month opens directly
forwards, and is large and round. The lips are small, smooth and thin ; the upper one
is not thicker than the intermaxillary itself, and tapers to a narrow edge. At the
symphysis of the lower jaw, which is larger than in any other genus of this group, the
lower lip is hardly more than a thin membrane connecting its small lateral lobes.

"The eye is small, and the opercul ^r pieces very large.

"The scales have many narrow radiating furrows upon the anterior field; none
across the lateral fields, few upon the margin of the posterior field and these not ex-
tending to the centre of radiation. Tubes of the lateral line straight and simple,
arising nearly in the middle of the posterior field.

"Pharyngeal bones are neither flat as in Carpiodes nor triangular as in Bubalichthys,

214 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

but present au iDteriuediate form ; the outer suiface of the arch standing outwards
and presenting a porous outer margin. The peduncle of the symphysis. is much longer
proportionally and more pointed than in Carpiodes and Buialichthys. The teeth are
very numerous, small, thin and compressed as in Carpiodes, but the lower ones are
gradually larger than the upper ones. Their inner edge is slanting outwards, and not
uniformly arched as in Buhalichfhys or truncate as in Cycleptits, the innernif st margin
rising somewhat in the shape of a projecting cusp." — (Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sc. Aria,
1855, p. 196. )

IciiTiiYOBUS Cope & Jordan, 1877. — " Body oblong oval, compressed ; dorsal elevated
in front, of 20 or more rays ; foutauelle present ; pharyngeal bones narrow, with the
teeth relatively thin and weak; mouth large, subterminal, jirotractile forwards." —
(Jordan, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 1877, p. 82.)

ANALYSIS OF SPECIES OF ICHTHYOBUS.

•Body robust, moderately compressed, the outline somewhat elliptical, but the back
rather more curved than the belly ; depth 2i to 3^ in length : head very large and
thick, 3J iu length of body : opercular apparatus very strong, the operculum itself
forming nearly half the length of the head : scales very large : developed rays of
the dorsal 27 to 29 ; anal rays 9; ventrals 10 : scales 7-37 to 41-G: caloratiou dull
brownish-olive, not silvery ; fins dusky : size very large, reaches a length of nearly
three feet and a weight of 20 to 30 pounds bubai.us, 53.

53. ICHTHYOBUS BUBALUS {Rajinesque) Agassiz.
Bed-moulh Buffalo Finh. Large-mouihed Buffalo.

1818 — Amhlodon hiibalus Rafinesque, Journal de Physique, 421.

Catos'omits bubalus Rafinesque, Am. Month. Mag. and Crit. Rev. 354, 1818.

Catostomus iiibalus Rafinesque, Ich. Oh. 55, 1820.

Icthyobus bubalus Agassiz, Am. Jonru. Sc. Arts, 2d series, xix, 196, 1855.

Icthyobus bubalus JoitDAN, Fishes of Ind. 222, 187.'").

Ichthyobus bubalus Jokdan, Bull. Buffalo Soc. Nat. Hist. 95, 1876.

Icthyobus bubalus Jordan, Man. Vert. 298, 1876.

Icthyobus bubalus Nelson, Bull. No. 1, Ills. Mus. Nat. Hist. 49, 1876.

Icthyobus bubalus Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 158, 1876.

Icthyobus bubalus Jordan &, Gilbert, in Klippart's Rept. 53, 1876.

Icthyobus bubalus Joi!Dan, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 72, 1877.

Icthyobus bubalus Jordan, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. ix, 34, 1877.

Ichthyobus bubalus Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2(1, 322.
l8'ii—Scli'ro{jnathus cyjmutlla Cuviek & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. des Poissons, xvii,
4/7, pi. 518.

Sclerognathus cyprivella Stoker, Synopsis, 428, 1846.

Ichthyobus cyprhulla Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sci. Arts, 196, 1855.

Sclerognathus cypriuella GUNTHER, Cat. Fishes, Brit. Mus. vii, 24, 1868.

Ichthyobus cyprinella Jordan, Man. Vert. 298, 1876.

Ichthyobus cyprinella Jordan &. Copeland, Check List, 158, 1876.
1855 — Icthyobus rauchii Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 2d series, xix, 196.

ICHTHYOBUS BUBALUS 215

IcUajobus ranchii Putnam, Bull. Mus. Coinp. Zool. 10, 1863.

Ictliijobns mHc/(i/ Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 158, 187G.

Ictliyoiiis rauchii Jord^vn & Gilbert, in Klippart's Kept. 53, 1876.

Ichthyohus rauchii Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 323, 1878.
185.^ — Icihyobus siolleyi Agassiz, Am. Journ. Sc. Arts, 2d series, xix, 196.

Ictkyobus siolleyi Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 158, 1876.
1877— Icthyobus ischyrus Nelson, MSS. — Jordan, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 72.

Icthyobus ischyrus Jordan & Copeland, Check List, 158, 1876.

Icthyobus ischyrus Jordan & Gilbert, in Klippart's Rept. 53, 1876.

Ichthyohus ischyrus Jordan, Man. Vert. ed. 2d, 323, 1878.

Habitat. — Mississippi Valley ; generally abundant in the larger streams.

An examiuation of a large series of wide-moutbed Buffalo fishes
from the Ohio, Wabash, Illinois, and Mississippi Rivers has convioced
uie, contrary to my previous impressions, that all belong to a single
species. It is not absolutely certain what Eafinesque's Catostomus
bubalus was. It is perhaps as likely to have been a species of Buba-
Hchthys, as supposed by Dr. Kirtland, as an Ichthyobm. I however
follow Professor Agassiz in identifying it with the present species,
which is, at the Falls of the Ohio, where Eafinesque's collections were
made, probably the most abundaut of the Buffalo-fishes. Neither
Rafinesque nor Professor Agassiz has, however, recognizably described
the species. In my Manual of Vertebrates, in 1876, I gave a short
account of Ichthyobus bubalus, dravfn from two large specimens taken in
Wabash River at Lafayette. Besides these, I have numerous smaller
specimens, obtained in the Mississippi at Saint Louis. As these differed
in the greater compression of the body and higher fins, 1 have identi-
fied them as belonging to Ichthyobus rauchii Agassiz, an identification
which I still think correct. In 1877, Mr. Nelson described an Ichthyobus
ischyrus, Irom Mackinaw Creek, a tributary of the Illinois River, near
Peoria. His typical specimen was very stout and deep, and at the time I
thought with him that it was probably distinct from I. bubalus. Lately I
have been enabled to re-examine the type of 1. ischyrusin the State Museum
of Illinois, and to compare it with a numerous series from the same
locality. I found it possible to establish an unbroken series among
them, connecting the nominal species which 1 had termed bubalus,
rauchii, and ischyrus, the differences separating them being, in my opin-
ion, due either to differences of age or to individual peculiarities. As
no description of any importance has been published of I. stollcyi, I
include it as a synonym of I. bubalus. I know nothing whatever con-
cerning it. Ichthyobus cyane'lus Nelson, as below stated, is a species of

216 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III,

Buhalk'htk'js. T)ie description of Sckionnathus cyprineUa Valenciennes
refers principally to the preneric features of these fishes. It agrees fully
with J. bubalus, except in the number of scales above the lateral line,
a difierence doubtless due to a difference in the place or the inauuer of
making the count. As no specific characters are known, and as the Ich-
ihyohiis bubalus doubtless abounds in the Lower as in the Upper Missis-
sippi, I refer J. cyprineUa to the synonymy of I. bubalus, the original type
having probably been a young specimen of that species. This species is
perhaps the largest of the Gatostamidce, reaching a weight of 20 to 30
pounds and a length of more than two leet. The young (•' ischyruH^^) are
sold in the Illinois markets uncler the name of Red-mouth Buffalo,
the adult being called simply Buffalo. A s]»ecies which I suppose to be
the present one I have seen taken in immense numbers, by means uf
seines, in the Mississippi River at Burlington, Iowa. The flesh is good,
although not first-rate. It is rather coarse, and is lull of small bones.

For [>urposes of comparison 1 here add the original descriptions of S.
cyprineUa, I. rauchii, I. stolleyi, and I. ischyrns : —

Sci.EROGNA'iHUS CYPKiNELLA Valencieiiues. — " Rien ce me semble, ue justifio iiiicux
la separation des scl^rognathes dii genre des Catostoiues que I'ospece dont jo vais douuer
ici la description. Avec una bonche, form^e corame celle du Sclerognathus cyprinun, nous
voyons I'ouvei ture port<Se au bout du museau, la levre infdrieure plus lougne que la
supdrieuie, et par consequent il n'y a plus de possibilit6 d'employer la boucbe pour
sucer.

" Ce poisson a le corps assez semblable au precedent ISclerognathus ci/jiriniisl; sa
hauteur est trois fois et un tieis dans sa longueur totale ; la longueur de hi. tete y est
comprise quatre I'ois et demie ; I'ceil est petit, et sur le baut de la joue, le diauietre est
contenu Ciuq fois et un tiers dans la tete, et deux diametres et demi, dounaut la mesure
de I'iutervalle eutre les deux yeux ; le dessus du crane, convert comme a I'ordiuaire,
d'uue peau uue est moins convexe ; les deux bgues do pores sout trac6es a leur place
ordinaire, et sout siuueuses, comme celles de I'espece pidc6dente ; I'opercule est stri<5 et
bomb6 et est plus grand, ce qui rend le sous-opercule plus petit que dans I'aulre scle-
rognathe. L'on sent les intermaxillaires a I'cxtremitd sup^rieure du museau, soutenant
on Ihvre tres mince. L'inf«Srieuie est moins 6paisse, et le nombre des papilles est moins
faible. La dorsalo a la meme forme que celle de I'autre espece; mais I'anale est plus
poiutue ; la caudale est 6cbaucr6o et large.

" D. 3:l. A. 12, etc.

"Les 6caiiles sout beaucoup plus petites; j'eu eomx>te quarante et uue le long des
e6t6s; dix au dessus, et sept au dessous de la ligno latdrale, qui est eiroite et mince.

"La coulear est un dor<; verdatre, avec les nageoires plus fouc6es.

"Notre individu est long de sept ponces ; il vieut du Lac Pontcbartrain.'" — (Valen-
ciennes, Hiit. Nat. des Poiss. xvii, pp. 477-479.)

ICHTiiYOBUS KAUCHii Agassiz. — " Dors- al mucb liigber tbau in I. bubalm, nil other
fins much larger, and the scales much higher tbau long ; from Burlington, Iowa."

MYXOCYPRINUS ASIATICUS. 217

ICHTHYOBUS STOLLEYi Agassiz.— " Body higher than in Ichtkyobits rauchii, profile
steeper, and hence snout bhinter, opercular bones larger ; fins proportionally of the
same size. From Osage Kiver, Missouri."

ICHTHYOBUS ISCHYKUS Nelson.— " This is a very stout and heavily built species:
depth 2^ in length ; head extremely broad between the eyes and but slightly convex ;
its length 3^ times in length of body ; snout short and rounded, opercular apparatus
large ; depth of head Ij in its length ; width of head 1^ ; eye 6f iu head, If in snout, 4
in interorbital space ; caudal peduncle a little deeper than long ; scales 7-37-7, nearly
uniform, a little crowded anteriorly, finely punctate; fins all small; dorsal 1,27; anal
1, 8, bluish olive above ; yellowish below ; fins blackish."

Specimeus in United States Xational Musema.

Number.

Locality.

CoUtctor.

20774

Illinois River at Peoria (very large; typical of buialus)

S. A. Forbes.

Genus MYXOCYPRINUS Gill

Myxocyprinus Gill, Johnson's Cyclopaidia, p. 1574, 1878.
Carpiodes et Sclerognathus sp. Bleekkr, GtJNTHER.

Type, Carpiodes asiaticus Bleeker.

Etymology, fiv^au, to suck ; KVTzpcvog, a carp.

This genus is known to me only l"oui Dr. Bleeker's description of its
typical species. Whether it differs Irom its relatives, lohthyobus, Buba-
Uchthys, etc., in any other character than the obvious one of the great
increase in the number of its dorsal rays and the smaller scales, I do
not know. In any event, however, its right to independent generic rank
is unquestionable.

Generic Characterizations.

Myxocyprinus Gill, 1878. — " Myxocyprinus is a name proposed for the Carpiodes
asiaticus of Bleeker, which is distinguished by the multirudiate dorsal and anal fins
(e. g. D. 52; A. 13)." — (Gill, Johnsoti^s Cyclopaidia, Appendix, p 1574.)

54. MYX0CYP11I:NUS asiaticus {Bleel-er) Jordan.

1864 — Carpiodes asiaticus Bleeker, Nederl. Tydschr. Dierk. ii, 19.

Sclerognathus asiaticus GUxthek, Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 23, 1868.

Habitat.— China.

My only knowledge of this species is from Dr. Bleeker's original de-
scription, which I here subjoin : —

" Carpiodes asiaticus Blkr.— Carpiod. corpore oblongo conipresso, altitudine 2|
fere in ejus lougitudine absque, 3^ circiter in longitudine corporis cum pinna caudali,

2 1 8 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY— III.

dorse valdo elevato niaxime conipresso ; latitudiue corporis 2| circiter in ejus altitu-
diue; capite obtuso 5 fere ia longitudine corporis absque 6 circiter in longitudiue cor-
poris cum pinna cauduli ; oculis in media capitis longitudiue sitis, diametro 5 circiter
in lougiiudine capitis, diametris 2f circiter distantibus ; liuea rostro-dorsali vertice et
fronto declivi rectiuscula, rostro valde convexa; naribus orbitae approximatis, poste-
rioribus valvula claudendis; rostro obtuso truncatiusculo valde carnoso ante ricturu
prominente ; labiis valde carnoais papillatis, iuferiore lobis parum productis; osse sub-
orbitali anteriore sat longo ante orbitam sito, scaphajformi, duplo circiter longiore
quam alto apice acuto autrorsum spectante; oese suborbitali '2° oblique tetragono
ajque alto circiter ac longo; ossibus suborbitalibus ceteris gracili bus oculi diametro
quadruplo circiter bumilioribus ; operculo duplo circiter altiore quam lato marginibns
posteriore et inferiore convexo ; osse scapulari valde brevi et obluso; ossibus pbaryn-
gealibus compressis sat validis altioribus quam latis, dentibus 30 ad 50 comjiressis
corona vulgo unituberculat is ; squamis dimidio libero et dimidio basali subradiatim
striatis, 50 iu liuea laterali, 24 in serie transvertali absque veutralibus iulimis quarum
12 lineam lateralum inter et initium pinna) dorsalis ; squamae liuea laterali postice
medio emarginatis ; linea lateralis singulis f-quamis tubulo simplice raarginem squa-
marum libenira attingente notata ; pinnis Oorsali et auali basis vagina squamosa in-
clusa, dorsali basi non multo plus que 2 iu longitudiue totius corporis, longe ante
pinuas ventrales incipiente, antice valdo olevata corporo vix bumiliore, acuta, valde
emargiuata, medio et postice copore quadruplo circiter bumiliore radio postico radio
anali postico subopposito; pinnis j)ectoralibus rotuudales capite longioribus, ventra-
les non attingentibus ; ventralibus acute rotundatis pectoralibus non multo brevioribus,
analem non attingeutibus; anali corpore minus duplo bumiliore, duplo altiore quam
basi longa, acutiuscule rotuudata non emargiuata ; caudali profunde emargiuata lobis
acutis 4|- cerciter iu lougitudiue corporis ; colore corpore fuecescente-olivaceo, pinnis
fusco vel fusco-violaceo.

"B. 3. D. 4-49. P. 1-17. V. 2-11. A. 3-11 vel 4-10. C. 1-16-1 et lat. brev.

<'Hab. China.

" Longitudo specimiuis descripti 508"'.

" Rem. La presence de Catostomini dans les eaux de I'Asie orientale est uu fait assez
curieux. Tilesius d^ja en avait fait connaitre uii repr^sentant, vivant dans le Co-
vyma, dans le L6ua, I'Indigirca et le Dogdo, espdce qu'il nomma Cypriuus rostratus,
que M. Valenciennes rebaptisa Catostomus Tilesii ct qui paralt etre un Acomus. Mais
cette espece ^tait jusqu'ici la seule du groupe qu'on savait habiter I'Asie. L'espfece
actuelle prouve Fexistence dans les fleuves de PAsie orientale d'une secoude esp^ce du
groupe et elle appartieut manifestement an genre dout la Carpiodes cyprinus est le
type. Mais elle est remarquable parmi tons les poissons de la division des Ichtbyobi
(Carpiodes Raf., Cycleptns Raf., Icbtbyobus Raf., et Bubalicbthys Ag.) par son dos tres-
6\e\6 et anguleux et par sa tr^s-longue dorsale h plus de 50 rayons. C'est un espece
6minemment distiucte qu'on ne pourrait confondro avcc aucune des espcices amdri-
caiues."— (Bleeker, Notices sur Quelques Genres et Especes des Cyprinoides de Chine,
<.Nederlandisc1i Tijdschrift voor de Dierkundc, 1864, ii, pp. 19-21.)

ADDENDA.

23. CHASMISTES LIOEUS Jordan, sp. nov.

Big-mouihed Sucker of Utah Lake.

1878— Chasmistes fecuiidus .Tvjrdan, Bull. Hayden's Geol. Surv. Terr, iv, No. 2, 417. (Not
Catostomus fecund us Cope & Yarrow.)
Chasmisies fecundus Joijdax, p. 150 of the present work.

Since pages 149-151 of tbe present work were in press, I Lave care-
fully recompared Cope and Yari ow's description and figure of their Cato-
stomus fecundus, and my notes on their typical specimens, with the speci-
mens on which the genus Chasmisies was based, and I have come to the
conclusion, hinted at in the text, that the (J/iasmistes is a species distinct
from C. fecundus, and thus far un described. The si)ecific name lioriis
{Xeloq, smooth; opoq, border) is therefore proposed for it, in allusion to
the smooth lips.

28(6). CATOSTOMUS FECUNDUS Cope(& Yarroiv.

Sucker of Utah Lake.

1876— Catostomus fecundus Cope & Yarkow,Zoo1. Lieut. Wheeler's Expl.W. IGOth Mer.
678, plate xxxii, figs. 1, 1 a.
Catostomus fecundus J oy.DA.yi & Copeland, Check List, 156, 1-76. (Name only.
Not Catostomus fecundus Jordan, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. xi ; nor Chasmisies fecundus
Jordan, Bull. Hayden's Geol. Surv. Terr. iv,No. 2,417.)

Habitat. — Utah Lake.

As stated above, I at first identified Chasmisies liorus from Utah
Lake with this species from the same waters, the two being very sim-
ilar as to scales and fins, and the form of the mouth and snout in the
figure of C. fecundus suggesting, tbough not resembling, the form, of
those parts in Chasmisies. The finding of one of the typical specimens
of Caiostomus fecundus in the National Museum has shown me that it is
a true Caiostomus, and not a Chasmisies. I did not ascertain the lip
characters of the species while at the Museum, the mouth-parts being in
poor condition, and I therefore am not now able to place it in tbe ana-

219

220 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

lytical kvy to the species of the genus. If the upper lip is narrow, with
lew rows of tubercles, it will not be easy to separate fecundus from teres.
If the lip is broad, with many series of tubercles, it will be approximated
to C. occidentalism differing, however, in the larger scales (about 60 in
the lateral line, instead of 72). I therefore quote the original descrip-
tion, and leave the relations of the species to be finally settled at some
future time : —

" It is a true Catostomus having the parietal fontanelle well marked aud widely open.
The head enters in entire length 5 times, the diameter of the orbit 6 times in greatest
length of side of head. The insertion of the dorsal fin anteriorly is nearer to the end
of the muzzle than insertion of caudal ; the veutrals originating below middle of dor-
sal. The width of the dorsal to ventral enters the entire length to insertion of caudal
6 times.

" Radii : D. 12-1.3. A. 1-8. P. 7. V. 11. Scales are in 20 longitudinal rows from the
insertion of the first dorsal to pectoral, acd in (30 transverse rows from branchijB to
insertion of caudal : they are elongate and octagonal, smaller on dorsal region, and
larger on ventral. Body elongated, subfusiform. It di£fei-s from C. {Acomus) f/tnerosus,
Gir., in many particulars, as may be seen from the following comparisons.

" Girard's species has no fontanelle ; is shorter and narrower; the diameter of orbit
enters greatest length of side of head 5 timts instead of 6. The anterior insertion of
dorsal fin is equidistant between the end of the snout and the insertion of the cauual,
while in C. fecundiis, it is nearer the end of the snout than insertion of caudal. The
ventrals in C.generosus originate under the posteiior third of the dorsal ; in Cfecuudus
under the middle third of the dorsal. The radii iu C. generosua are: D. 10, A 2,7, P.
IG, V. 10, C. 27 ; in C.fecundus: D. 12-13, A. 1,8, P. 17, V. 11.

"This species is abundant in Utah Lake, and is called 'Sucker' by the settlers.
They run well up the rivers to spawn iu June ; feed on the bottom and eat spawn of
better fish ; spawning beds on gravel ; bite at hook sometimes ; are extremely numer-
ous, aud are considered a nuisance by the fishermen, but they meet with a ready sale
in winter, at an average price of 2^ cents a pound." — (Cope «fc Yarrow, I. c.)

Specimens in United States National M^meum.

Number.

Locality.

12-;94 I Utah Lake.
— I do ....

Collector.

Yarrow «& Henshaw.
Do.

BIBLIOaRAPHY,

The following list comprises all the works known to the writer in which
new species or genera of Catostomidcc are indicated, or in which original
descriptions are given of genera or species previously known. In general,
I have endeavored to include all papers in which anything of importance
was added to or subtracted from the sum of our knowledge of these
fishes : —

FORSTER (John Reinhold). [Description of Cyprinus catostomns Forster. ] < Pliilo-
sophical Transiictious, vol. 63, London, 1773.

LACEPEDE (Bernard Germain Etienne de la Ville-sur-Illon, Covitede). Histoire
Natnrelle ties Poissons par lo Citoyen La C6pMe, membre de I'lustitut national,
et Profesf^eur du Mus6iim de histoire naturelle. Tome premier a cinquifeme.
A Paris, cLez Plassan, iniprimeur libraire, Rue du Cimetifere Andre-des-Arcs, No.
10. L'an VI de la R^publique, — 1798 [ — L'an XI de la R6publique, i. e. Ic03].

[Descriptions of Le Cyprin catostonie, Cyprinus catostomus Forster, Le Cjprin coiumersonien,
and Le Cypiin sucet, Cyprinus sucetta Lacepede.]

BLOCH (Mark Elieser) and SCHNEIDER (Johann Gottlob). M. E. Blochii
DoctorisMedicinaj Berolinensis, et societatibus literariis multis adscript!, Systema
Ichthyologite icouibus CX illustratum.— Post obitum auctoris opus inclioatum
absolvit, correxit, interpolavit Jo. Gottlob Schneider, Saxo.-Berolini, sumtibus
Auctoris impressum et bibliopolio Sanderiano commissum, 1801.
[Description of Cyprinus catontomui Forster.]

TILESIUS ( — ). " Piscium Camtschatcicorum descriptiones et icones. < M^m. Ac.
Sc. St. Pdtersb. I and III, 1810-1811."

[Description and figure of Cyprinus rostratus, ep. nov., from Eastern Siberia.]

PALLAS (Petro). Zoographia Rosso Asiatica sistens Omnium Animalium in estenso
Imperio Rossico et adjacentibus maribus observatorum, recensionem, domicilia,
mores et descriptiones, anatomen atque icones pluriuiorem auctore Petro Pallas,
Eq. Aur. Academico Petropolitauo. Volumen tertium. Petropnli. in officina
Caes. Academiae Scientiarnm Impress. MDCCCXI. Edit. MDCCCXXXI.
[Description of Cyprinus rostratus quoted from Tilesius.]

MITCHILL (Samuel Latham). The Fishes of New York Described and Arranged.
<Tran8actiousof the Literary and Philosophical Society, New York, 1814.

I Cyprinus teres and Cyprinus ohlonrjus, sp. nov.]

LE SUEUR (Charles A.) A new genus of Fishes, of the Order Abdoniinales, pro-
posed, ULder the name of Catostomus ; and the characters of this genus, with those
of its species, indicated. By C. A. Le Sueur. Read September 16, 1817. < Journal
of the Acidemy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, vol. i, 1817, pp. 88-96 and
102-111.

[Describes Catostomus, ^en. nov., and the following new species, most of which are figured:— C.
cyprinus, C. rjibbosus, C. tuberculatus, C. macrolepidotus, C. aurcolus, C. communis, C. longirostrum,
C. nigricans, C. maculosus, C. elongatus, C. vittatus,C. duqueknii, C. bostonicnsis, and C. hudsonius. C.
teres (Mitch.), C. oblongus (Mitch..), and C. sucetta (Lac.) are also described. This paper is an excel-
lent one, and compares favorably with most that has f ince been written on thi.s group.]

221

222 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

RAFINESQUE TConstantine Samuel). Discoveries in Natural History made
during a Journey throH;j;b the Western Region of the United vStates by Constantine
Samuel Ratiuesque Esq. Addressed to Samuel L. Mitchill, President, and other
members of llie Lyceum of Natural History in a letter dated at Louisville, Falls
of the Ohio, 20th July 1818. < American Monthly Magazine and Critical Review,
New York, September, 1818.

[Description of Catostomus bubalus and Catostomus erythrurux, sp. nov., and notice of the discov-
ery of the "Carp" " Cato«(oniMS macropterus" and the " Sucker " Catostomus duquesnei.]

Description of tfaree new genera of fluviatile Fish, Pomoxis, Sarchirm and Exo-

glossum. Cy C. S. Rafinesqne. Read December 1st & 8th. < Journal of the
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, i, 1818, pp. 417-422.

[Doscriptioti of Exoglossum (HypenteUum) macropterum ; subgenus and species new.]

Prodrome de 70 nouveaux Genres d'Anitnaux ddcouverts dans I'iuterieur des

fitats-Unis d'Am6riqne dnrant I'annde 1818. < Jourual de Chymie, de Physique
et d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris, June, 1819.

[Description of Amblodon, gen. nov., based on the pharyngeals of Haploidonotius grunniens,
erroneously ascribed to a Buffalo-fish, with the species A. bubalus and A. niger, sp. nov., and of
Cycleptus nigrescens, gen. et sp. nov.l

LACEPEDE (Bernard Germain Etienne). Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, par M.
le Comte Lac6pMe, suite et complement des CEuvres de Buffon. Tome cinqui^me,
avec vingt-trois nouvelles planches en taille-douce. Paris, Rapet, Rue Saint-
Andr6-des-Arcs, No. 10, lEditeur du Temple de la Gloire ou les Pastes Militaires
de la France, ouvrage iu-folio, avec figures, 1819.
[A reprint of Lac6p6de's work.]

RAFINESQUE (Constantine Samuel). Icbthyologia Ohieusis or Natural History
of the Fishes Inhabiting the River Ohio and its tributary streams. Preceded by
a physical description of the Ohio and its branches by C. S. Rafinesqne, Professor
of Botany and Natural History in Transylvania University, Author of the Ana-
lysis of Nature &c. &c., member of the Literary and Philosophical Society of
New York, the Historical Society of New York, the Lyceum of Natural History of
New York, the Academy of Scieiices of Philadelphia, the American Antiquarian
Society, the Royal Institute of Natural Sciences o£ Naples, the Italian Society
of Arts & Sciences, the Medical Societies of Lexington and Cincinnati &c., &c.
The art of seeing well, or of distinguishing with accuracy the objects which we
perceive is a high faculty of the mind, unfolded in few individuals, and despised
by those who can neither acquire it, nor appreciate its results. Lexington, Ken-
tucky, printed for the Author by W. G. Hunt, (price one dollar), — 1820. (1 vol.
8vo. 90 pp.)

[Originally printed in the Western Review and Miscellaneous Magazine, Lexington, Kentucky,
1819-20. It contains descriptions of the genera and species of Catoi<tomi found in the Ohio
Kiver, they being referred to three genera, Catostomus. Cycleptus, and HypenteUum, the genus
Catostomus being divided into five new subgenera, Moxostoma, Ictiobus, Carpiodes, Teretulus,
Eurystom,us, and Deoactyhis.

The following is the arrangement of the species described: —

Genus Catostomus.

Subgenus Moxostoma.

anisurus, sp. nov.

aniaopterus, sp. nov.
Subgenus Ictiobus.

bubalus.

tiger.
Subgenus Carpiodes.

carpio, sp. nov.

velifer, sp. nov.

xauthopus, sp. nor.
Subgenus Teretulus.

melanops, sp. nov.

nielanotns, sp. uov.

fasciolaris, sp. nov.

erythrurus.

flexuosus, sp. nov.
Subgenus Euryntomus.

niegastomus, sp. nov.
Subgenus Dccactylus.

duquesni.
Genus Cycleptus.

nigrescens.
Genus Hypentkuum.

macropterum.]

BIBLIOGRAPHY. 223

RICHARDSON (John). [Franklin's Journal.] 1823.

[Descrip'tiona of Gatostomus forsterian'US,s-p.Tiox., and Cntoslomns le .nievrii, ap. nor, and notea
on some other species.]

Faunu-Boreali- Americana; or the Zoology of the Northern Parts of British

America, containing descriptions of the objec^8 of Natural History collected on
the late Northern Land Expeditions under command of Captain John Franklin,
R.N. Part third. The Fish. By John Richardson M. D. F. R. S. F. L. S. member
of the Geographical Society of London, and the Wernerian Natural History
Society of Edinburgh ; Honorary Member of the Natural History Society of Mont-
real, and Literary and Philosophical Society of Quebec, Foreign Member of the
G*)graphical Society of Paris ; and Corresponding Member of the Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia ; Surgeon and Naturalist to the Expeditious. —
Hlustrated by numerous plates. — Published under the authority of the Right
Honorable the Secretary of State for Colonial Atiairs. London : Richard Bentley,
New Burlington St. MDCCCXXXVI.

[Contains notices or descriptions of Catostomus hudsonius, Cforsterianun, O. aureolus, C. nigri-
cans, and C.sxieuri.]

KIRTIjAND (Jared Potter). Report on the Zoology of Ohio, by Prof. J. P. Kirt-
laud, M. D. < Second Annual Report on the Geological Survey of the State of
Ohio, by W. W. Mather, Principal Geologist, and the several assistants. Colum-
bus: Samuel Medary, Printer to the State. 1838.

[Catalogue of Fishes, pp. 108-170. Kotes on species mentioned, pp. 190-197. Nino species
referred to Catostomus are included, as follows: — velifer Kaf., aureolus Le S., clongatus Le S.,
Duquesnii Le S., erythrurus Eaf., bubalus Raf , gracilis Kirt., melanopsis Eaf., nigrans Le S., and
Mypcntel/uinmacropttrumliaf. ' G. gracilisTLiTt. [sp. no v.] is briefly characterized as distinguished
l)y the minuteness of the scales on the anterior part of the body, and as ihe scales approach the
caudal fin they increase to a medium size" {I. c. p. 193).]

STORER (David Humphreys). A Report on the Fishes of Massachusetts. By D.
Humiihreys Storer, M. D. < Boston Journal of Natural History, vol. ii, 1839, pp.

289-558.

[Descriptions of Catostomus gihbosus, C. tuherculatus, O. nigricans, and G. bosioniensis.]

KIRTLAND (Jared Potter). Description of the Fishes of the Ohio River and its
Tributaries. By Jared P. Kiitland, Professor of the Theory and Practice of
Medicine in the Medical College of Ohio, at Cincinnati. < Boston Journal of
Natural History, vols, iii-v, 1840-1844.

[Describes and figures Catostomus aureolus, C. communis, G. bubalus, G. elongatus, G. duquesni,
G. anisurus, C. melanops, C. nigricans, and Sclerognathus cyprinus.]

[Papers on the Fishes of Ohio — in Family Visitor and in Annals of Science.

Cleveland, 1840-1840.]

[Descriptions of the .species found in the vicinity of Cleveland, with figures, most of them from
the same plates as in his "Fishes of the Ohio". Catostomus gracilis, sp. nov., also Catostomus
gibbosus, not described in the previous paper, here described and figured.]

THOMPSON (Zadcck). Fishis of Vermont. =ChapterV, (pp. 127-151). <Natural
History of Vermont, in History of Vermont, Natural, Civil, & Statistical, by Rev.
Zadock Thompson, Burlington, Vermont, 1842.

[Descriptions of Catostomus ojprinus, C. oblongus (^ M. macrolepidotum), G. teres, G. nigricans
(= C. teres), and G. longirostrum.]

CUVIER (Georges Chretien Leopold Dagobert) and VALENCIENNES
(Achille). Histoire Naturelle des Poissons par M. le B."" Cuvier, Pair de France,
Grand Officier de la L6gion d'honueur, Conseilleur de I'fitat et au Conseil royal

224 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

CUVIER (G. C. L. D.) and VALENCIENNES (A.)— Coutinued.

de riiistruction pnblique, Tun des qnarante do I'Acaddmie frangaise, Associd libre
de I'Acadcinie des Belles-Lettres, Secretaire perpetuelle de celle des Sciences.
Membrc des Soci(St6a et Acad6mie8 royales de Londres, de Berlin, do Petirsbourg,
de Stockholm, de Turin, de Gcettiuguo, des Pays-Bas, de Munich, de Mod^ne, etc. ;
et parM. A. Valenciennes, Professeur de Zoologie au Museum d'Histoire naturelle,
Meiubre de l'Acad6mie loyale des Sciences de Berlin, de la Soci<Ste Zoologique de
Londres, etc. Tome dix-septieme. 1842. {Cyprbwides.)

[Descriptions of Oafo.stoJWMS /iMdsoniMS, C. foraterianus, C. sueeti, C. gibbosus, O. tubercvla'us, C.
macrolepidotus, G. aureolus, 0. communis, C. lungirostrum, C. nigricans, C. maculosus, C. elongatus,
C. vittatus, 0. duquesnii, 0. hostoniensis, C. teres, C. oUon^us, C. fasciatus (ap. uov.), Cplaniceps
(sp. uov.), C. carpio (sp. iiov.), C. tilesii (sp. nov.), Sclerognathus (gen. nov.) cyprinus, Sclengnathus
cyprinella (sp. nov.), and Exoglossum macropterum. Tbis volume was -written after the death of
Cuvier by Valcuciennes.J

DEKAY (James E.) Zoology of New York, or the New Y'ork Fauna; compri-iug
detailed descriptions of all the animals hitherto observed within the State of New
York, with notices of those occasionally found near its borders, and accompanied
by appropriate illustrations. By James E. Dekay. Part IV. Fishes. Albany :
printed by W. «fe A. White «& J. Visscher. 1842.

[Descriptloua of Labeo ele.gans (sp. nov.), Labeo oblongus, Labeo cyprinus, Ldbco gibbosus, Labeo
esopus (sp. nov ), Catostomus commxinis, Catostomus oneida {.sp. nov.), Catostomus tiiberculatus,
Catohtomus pallidus (sp. nov.), Catostomus aureolus Catostomus nigricans. Cjtostorrtiis macrolepi-
dotus, with notices of other species. In the Appendix, the name Labeo elongatus is suggested as a
subsiituto for Labeo oblongus, to prevent confusion with Labeo oblongus C. Sz. V.]

HECKEL (Johann Jakob). Abbildungen und. Beschreibuugea der Fische Syriens
nebst ei:er neuen ClassiQcation and Characteristik samratlicher Gattungen der
CypriLen von Johann Jakob Meckel, Inspector am K. K. Hof-Naturalieukabinet
in Wien, mehr. gelehrt. Gesellsch. Mitglied. Stuttgart, E. Schweizerbart'sche
Verlagshandlung. 1843. pp. 109. (=pp. 901-1099, Russegger's Eeisen.)

[Contains a classification of the Cyprinidce according to their teetb ; our species of GatostomidcB
being divided between Catostcinus and lihytidostomus, gen. nov., corresponding to Catostomince
and Cycleptince. Xo allasiou is made to the Bubalichthyince.]

STORER (David Humphreys). A Synopsis of the Fishes of North America, by
David llumi)hreys Storer, M D., A. A. S., Vice president of the Boston Society of
Natural History; Member of the American Philosophical Society, Corresponding
Member of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadeli)hia, etc. Cambridge :
Metcalf & Company, Printers to tte Uuiversirj'. 1846. (Reprinted from Memoirs
of the American Academy, ii, 1846.)

[Brief descriptions of 27 nominal species of Catostomus, two ( f Sc'e.-ogna hus, and one referred
erroneously to Uxoglossum.]

AGASSIZ (Louis). Lake Superior: its Physical Character, Vegetation audAnimaiS
compared with those of other and similar regions, by Louis Agassiz, with a narra-
tive of the tour by J. Elliott Cabot, and contributions by other scientific gentle-
men. Elegantly illustrated. Boston : Gould, Kendall and Lincoln, .''lO Washington
Street. 1850.

[Descriptions of several species, with notes and remarks; Catostomus aurora described as a
new species, and the name O.forsterianus used in a new sense.]

BAIRD (Spencer Fullerton) and GIRARD (Charles). Description of new specits
of Fishes collected by John H. Ciark on the U. S. and Mexican Boundary Survey
under Lt. Col. Jas. D. Graham. By Spencer F. Baird and Charles Girard. August
;iOi 18513. < Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, vol.
G, pp. 387-:?90. August, 1853.
[Oatostomus latipinnis, sp. nov.]

BIBLIOGRAPHY. 225

STORER (David Humphreys). A History of the Fishes of Massachusetts. By
David Humphreys Stoier. < Memoirs of the American Academy of Arts and
Sciences (Boston), new series, (lb53 to 1867).

[Descriptions and excellent fifittires of Catostomus bostoniensis and C. gibhos2(s.]

AGASSIZ (Louis). Notice of a collection of Fishes from the southern hend of the
Tennessee Eiver, in tbe State of Alabama; by L. Agassiz. < American Journal
of Science and Arts, second seiies, xviii, 1854, pp. 297-308, :353-30r).

[Revives the Eafinesqnian genera Carpiodes, Jctiobus, Cycleptus, and Moxostoma ; describes sp.
nov. Carpiodes uras, Carpiodes taunts, Carjjiodes bison, Carpiodes vitulus, and Carpiodes vacca, and
TccorA^ Catostomus communis, C.7iigricans, C. duqiiesnii, and O. inelanops ivom lluntsville, Ala.
The specific descri^jtions are comparative only, and are not readily identifiable.]

BAIRD (Spencer FuUerton) and GIRARD (Charles). Description of New Species
of Fishes collected in Texas, New Mexico and Sonora by Mr. John H. Clark on
the United States and Mexican Boundary Survey aud in Texas by Capt. Stewart
Van Vliet, U. S. A., by S. F. Baird and Charles Girard. < Proceedings of the
Academy of Natural Sciences of Phfladelphia, vol. vii, 1854, pp. 24-29.
[Descriptions of Catostomus congestu^, C. clarki, O. insignis, and C. tumidus, sp. nov.]

AYRES (William O.) Descriptions of two new species of Cyprinoids. By Wm. O.
Ay res, M. D. Dec. 11, 1854. < Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences,
vol. i, pp. 18-19, 1854; 2d ed., pp. 17-18, 1873.

[Catostomus occideti'alis, sp. nov.]

Description of a new species of Catostomus. By Wm. O. Ayres, M. D. Feb. 26,

1855. < Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences, vol. i, pp. 31-32, 1855 ;
2d ed., pp. 30-32, 1873.

[Catostormts labiatus, sp. nov.]

AGASSIZ (Louis). Synopsis of tbe Ichthyological Fauna of the Pacific Slope of
North America, chiefly from the collections made by the U. S. Expl. Exped., under
the command of Capt. C. Wilkes, with recent Additions and Comparisons with
Eastern types ; by L. Agassiz. < American Journal of Science and Arts, 2d series,
vol. xix, 1855, pj). 186-231.

[Characterizes very fully tbe genera, viz: — Carpiodes Kaf. ; Buhalichthys Ag., gen. nov. ; Ichthy-
obus Eaf. ; Cycleptus liaf. ; Moxostoma Kaf.; Piychostomus Ag., gen. nov. ; Hylomyzon Ag., gen.
nov.; and Catostomus Le Sueur. The species of each genus are noticed, and the following new
species are very briefly and in mosi cases nn.satisfactorily described : — Carpiodes Ihompsoni,
Biibalichthys bonasus, Ichthyobus rauchii, Ichthyobus stolleyi, Moxostoma tenue, and Catostomus
occidentalis.]

GIRARD (Charles). Researches upon the Cyprinoid Fishes inhabiting the fresh
waters of the United States of America, west of the Mississsippi Valley, from speci-
mens in the Mui-eum of tbe Suiithsouiau Institution. By Charles Girard, M. D.
<Proceeding8 of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadeli)hia, 1856, pp. 165-
213.

[Twenty-six species ennmerated — moat of them briefly described. Two new genera are pro-
posed, Minomus and Acomtis, and the following ne'w species are characterized : — Carpiodes damalls.
Moxostoma claviforniis, Moxostoma kennerlii, Moxostoma victorice, Moxostoma campbelli, Ptycho-
stomus albidus, Ptychostoinus haydeni, Acomus guzmaniansis, Acoinus generosus, Acomtis griseus,
Acomus lactarius, Catostomus inacrochilus, Catostomus sucklii, and Catostomus bernardini. These
descriptions are mostly short and insufficient.]

General Report upon the Zoology of the Several Pacific Railroad Routes.

= Reports of Explorations and Surveys to Ascertain the most practicable and
Economical Route for a Railroad from the Mi.ssissippi River to the Pacific Ocean,
made under the direction of the Secretary of War, in 185:5-6, according to Acts of

Bull. N. M. No. 12—15

226 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III,

GIRARD (Charles)— CoDtiuued.

Coagress of March 3, 1853, May 31, 1854, and August 5, 1854. Volume K. Wasbiug-
tou, A. O. P. Nicbolsou, Priuter, 1859. (Part 4, Fishes, by Dr. Charles Girard.)

[Descriptions of Carpiodes damalis, Moxostoma claviforinis, Ptychostomus haydeni, Acomus gene-
rosus, Acomus griseun, Acomus lactariiLS, Catoatomus occidentalLs, Gatostomus labiatus, Catostoucus
rnacrochcilus, and Catostomtis sucklii; all of tbe species except Acomus generosus, G. cccidentalis,
C. labiatus, and G macrocheilus being accompanied by figures.]

United States and Mexican Boundary Survey, under the order of Lieut. Col.

W. H. Emory, Major First Cavalry and United States Commissioner. — Ichthyology
of tbe Boundary, bj' Charles Girard, M. D. < United States and Mexican Bound-
ary Survey, vol. ii, part i, 1859.

[Descriptions and figures of Ictiobus tumidus, Moxostoma kcnnerlii, Moxostoma victorice, Moxo-
stoma campbelli, Ftychostonni^ congestus, Ptychostomus albidus, Mlnomui insignis, Minomus pie-
beius, Minomus clarki, Acomus latipinnis, Acomus guzmaniensis, and Gatostomus bernardini.]

BLEEKER (Pieter van). " Conspectus systematls Cypriuorum. < Naturl. Tijdscbr.
Nederl. lud. XXI, 1860."

[Systematic arrangement of the genera.]

ABBOTT (Charles Conrad). Descrix^tions of Four New Species of North American
CyprinidiB, by Charles C. Abbott. < Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sci-
ences of Philadelphia, 1860, pp. 473-474.

[Describes Gatostomus texanus and Gatostomus chloroptcron.]

GILL (Theodore Nicholas). On the classification of the Eventognatiii or Cyprini,
a suborder of Telkocepiiali, by Theodore Gill. <Proceedings of the Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 1861, pp. 6-9.

[Characterizes the suborder Eventognatiii, eriuivalent to "the true Cyprinoids of Agassiz, 'witli-
out teeth in the jaws, and with large falciform lower pharyngeal bones". This suborder is divided
into four families, — Homalopteroidce. Gobitoidce, Gypiinoidce, and Gatastomoidce ; the latter family
being in turn divided into three subfamilies, — Gatastomince, Gycleptince, and Bubalichthyince.]

PUTNAM (Frederick Ward). List of the Fishes sent by tbe Museum to different
Institutions, in exchange for other Specimens, with Annotations. By F. W. Put-
nam. = Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Massachu-
setts, U. S. A., 1863, (No. 1).

[Contains names of 10 species, with references to descriptions by Professor Agassiz.]

COPE (Edward Drinker). Partial Catalogue of tbe Cold-blooded Vertebrata of
Michigan. Parti. By Prof. E. D. Cope.

[Notes on several species.]

GILL ^^ Theodore Nicholas). Synopsis of tbe Fishes of tbe Gulf of St. Lawrence
and the Bay of Fundy. By Prof. Theodore Gill, M. A. < Canadian Naturalist,
August, 1865, (pp. 1-24 in reprint).

[Records Gatastomus bostonicnsis and Moxostoma oblongum.]

BLEEKER (Pietcr van). Notices sur Quelques Genres et Especes des Cypriuoides
de Chiue par P. Bleeker. < Nedcrlandsch Tijdschrift voor de Dierkunde, uitge-
geveu door bet Koninklijk Zoologisc'i Geaootschap, Natura Artis Magistra, te
Amsterdam, onder Redaktie van P. Bleeker, H. Schlegel en G. F. Westerman,
tweede jaargang, 1865.

[Description of Carpiodes asiaticus, sp. nov.]

THOREAU (Henry David). A Week on tbe Concord and Merrimack Rivers, by
Henry D. Thoreaii, author of " Walden," etc. New and revised edition. Boston :
Ticknor and Fields. 1868.

[Contains an account of the habits of Gatostomus bostonicnsis iind 0. tuboxulatus.]

BIBLIOGRAPHY. 227

GiJNTHER (Albert). Catalogue of the Pbysostomi, coutaiuiug the families Hetero-
Ijygii, CypriuiiUe, Gouorbyncliidai, HyodontidiB, Osteoglossidaj, Clupeidse, Chi-
roceutrida^, Alepocephalidte, Notopteriuse, Halosauridas, iu the collection of the
British Museum, by Dr. Albert Giiulber. London : Printed by order of the trust-
ees. 186d. = Catalogue of the Fishes of the British Musnu by Albert Giinthe)-,
M. A., M. D., Ph. D., F. K. S., F. Z. S., etc., etc. Volume seventh.

[Containa descriptions of twenty-four species, besides twenty one doubtful species merely
enumerated, arranged in four genera, Catostomiis, Moxostoma, Sclerognathus, and Car^piodesJ]

COPE (Edward Drinker). On the Distribution of Fresh Water Fishes in the Alle-
ghany Region of South-Western Virginia. By E. D. Cope, A. M. < Journal of
the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, new series, vol. vi, part iii,
January, 1809, pp. 207-247.

[Desci'-ption and flguro of Tereiulus cervinus, sp. nov., with notes on T. dtiquesnei, Catostomus
nigricans, and C. communis.

GiJNTHER (Albert). An Account of the Fishes of the States of Central America
based on Collections made by Capt. J. M. Dow, F. Godman, Esq., and O. Salvin,
Esq. By Albert Giiuther, M. A., M. D., Ph. D., F. R. S., F. Z. S. < Transactions
of the Zoological Society of Loudon, vol. vi, 1869, i^p. 377-494.
I Description of Bubalichlhys meridionalin, sp. nov.]

COPE (Edward Drinker). Partial Synopsis of the Fishes of the Fresh Waters of
North Carolina, by Edw. D. Cope, A. M. < Proceedings of the American Philo-
sophical Society of Philadelphia, 1870, pp. 448-495.

[Descriptions of I'lacopharynx carinatus (gen. et sp. nov.), Ptychostomiis papillosus (sp. nov.),P.
velatus (sp. nov.). P.collapsus (sp. nov.), P.pidiensis {a-p. uov.), P. cortgonus (sp. nov.), P. albus (."p.
nov.), P. thalassinus (sp. nov.), P. robustus (sp. nov.), P. erythrurus, P. lachrymalis (sp. nov.), P.
macrolepidotus, P.duquesnei, P. carpio, P. 07ieida, P.aureolus, P. sueurii, P. erassilabris (sp. nov.),
P. breaiceps {sp. now) , P. conus (sp. nov.), P. cervinus, Garpiodes difformis (sp. nov.), O. eutisanscrinus
(ap.m->x.).C.sclenc (sp. nov.), C. veJi/er, O.grayi (sp. nov.), C.thowpsoni, C. bison, C. cyprinus, and
C. nummifer (sp. nov.), with notes on other species, and a very useful analysis of the species of
Ptychostomus and Garpiodes.]

Report on the Reptiles and Fishes obtained by the Naturalists of the Expedi-
tion, by E. D. Cope, A. M. < Preliminary Report of the United States Geological
Survey of Wyoming, and contiguous territories, (being a second annual report of
progress,) conducted under the authority of the Secretary of the Interior by F. V.
Hayden, United States Geologist. Washington : Government Printing Office.
1872.

[Catostomus discobolus, Minomus ddphimis, Minomux bardus, and Ptychostomus bucco, sp. nov.]

-■ On the Plagopterinai and the Ichthyology of Utah, By Edward D. Cope, A.

M. Read before the American Philosophical Society, March 20th, 1874. < Pro-
ceedings of the American Philosophical Society of Philadelphia, vol. 14, pp. 129-139,
1874.

[Minomus platyrhynchus and Minomus jarrovii described as new species.]

JORDAN (David Starr). Synopsis of the Genera of Fishes to be looked for iu
Indiana, by Prof. David S. Jordan, M. D. < Sixth Annual Report of the Geologi-
cal Survey of Indiana, made during the year 1874, by E. T. Cox, State Geologist;
assisted by Prof. John Collett, Prof. W. W. Borden, and Dr. G. M. Levette. Indi-
anapolis. Sentinel Company, Printers. 1875. pp. 197-228.
[Nine genera characterized and one or two species mentioned under e.ach.]

Concerning the Fishes of the Icbthyologia Ohiensis, by David S. Jordan, M. S.,

M. D. < Proceedings of the BulFalo Society of Natural History, li:76, pp. 91-97.
[Contains identifications of the species described by Rafinesque ; a new genus, Erimyzon, being
proposed for Cyprinus oblonQus Mitchill.]

228 CONTRIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III.

JORDAN (David Starr). Manual of tbe Vertebrates of the Northern United States,
iiichidinfj; tho district east of the Missis.si[)pi River, and north of North Carolina
and Tennessee, exclusive of marine species. By David Starr Jordan, M. S., M. D.,
Professor of Natural History in N. W. C. University and in Indiana State Medical
College. Chicago: Janseu, McClurg & Company. 1876.
[Twciitv-tbrec species briefly described, and referred to nine genera.]

NELSON (Edward W.) A Partial Catalogue of the Fishes of Illinois, by E. W.
Nelson. < Bulletin of the Illinois Museum of Natural History, i, 1876.

[Notes on -21 species ; Ichthyohus cyanellus described as a now species, and the genus Carpiodes
united to Ichthyobus.]

UKLER (P. R.) and LUGGER (Otto). List of Fishes of Maryland, by P. R. Uhler
anil Ot^o Lugger. < Report of the Commissiouers of Fisheries of Maryland, pp.
67-176, (1876).

[Seven species described.]

COPE (Edward Drinker) and YARROW (Henry C.) Report npon the collections
of Fishes made in portions of Nevada, Utah, California, Colorado, New Mexico
and Arizona during the years 1871, 1872, 1873 and 1874, by Prof. E. D. Cope and
Dr. H. C. Yarrow. = Chapter VI. < Report npon Geographical and Geological
Explorations and Surveys West of the 0:;e Hundredth Meridian, in charge of First
Lieut. Geo. M. Wheeler, Corps of Engineers, U. S. Army, under the direction of
Brig. Gen. A. A. Humphreys, Chief of Engineers, U. S. Army, published by authority
cf Hon. Wm. W. Belknap, Secretary of War, in accordance with acts of Congress
of June 2^, 1874, and February 15, 1875. In six volumes. Accompanied by one topo-
graphical and one geological atlas. Vol. V. — Zoology. Washington: Government
Printing Office. 1875. (Issued in 1876.)

[Contains descriptions of Pantosteus (gen. nov.), Pantoateus ploiyrhynchus, Pantosteus jarrovii,
Panto&teus vireicenn (sp. nov.), Catostotnus insigne, Gatostomus alticolum, Catostomua discobolum,
Catostomus fccundum (sp. nov.), Gatostomus guzmaniense, Moxostoma tnsignatum (sp. nov.), Pty-
chostomus congestus, aud Oarpiodcs grayi, with figures of most of the species.]

JORDAN (David Starr) and COPELAND (Herbert Edson). Check List of the
Fishes of the Fresli Waters of North America, by David S. Jordan, M. S., M. D.,
and Herbert E. Copeland, M. S. < Bulletin of the Buifalo Society of Natural
History, ii, 1876, pp. 133-164.

[Eighty-three nominal species ennraerated, referred to ten genera, x\z:— Gatostomus, Pantosteus,
Hypcntelium, Erimyzon, Teretulus, Placopharynx, Carpiodes, Ichthyobus, Bubalichthys, and Cyclcp-
tus.]

JORDAN (David Starr). On the Fishes of Northern Indiana. < Proceedings of
the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 1877.

[Notes on several species; Ichthyobus ischyrus and Bubalichthys altus described as new species,
from MSS. left with the author by Mr. Nelson ; an analysi.s of the genera of CatoslowidoB is given,
nine of them being "accepted by Prof. Cope aud the writer " ]

A Partial Synoi>sis of the Fishes of Upper Georgia, by David S. Jordan, M. D.

< Annals of the New York Lyceum of Natural History, 1876. (Published in 1877.)
[Notes on numerous species, Myxostoma euryops being described as new.]

KLIPPART (John H.) First Annual Report of the Ohio State Fish Commission to
the Governor of the State of Ohio, for the years 1875 and 1876. Columbus : Nevius
& Myers, State Printers. 1877.

[De.scriptions of Gatostomus teres, Teretulus oblongus, Placopharynx caiiiatus, Carpiodes diffor-
mis, and Carpiodes velif^r, with woodcuts of all but P. carinatus and C. vclifer. The descriptions
are by Charles II. Gilbert, mostly arranged from MSS. notes of D. S. Jordan ; the notes on habits,
etc., by Mr. J. H. Ivlippart.]

BIBLIOGEAPHY. 229

JORDAN (David Starr) and BRAYTON (Alembert "Winthrop). On Lagochila,
a new geuiis of Catootonioid lisbes. < Proceedings of the Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia, 1«77, pp. 280-2,-^;}.

[Description and figure of Lagochila laccra (gen. et sp. uov.), wilh an analysis cf tbo genera of
Catostomidoe admitted, viz: — Laijochila, Placopharynx, Mijxostoma Erimyzon, Hyppntelium, Cato-
stoit.us, Pantostcus, Cycleptus, Carpiodes, Ichthyobus, BuhiUchthys, and Muxocyprinun.]

HALLOCK (Charles). The Sportsman's Gazetteer and General Guide. .The Game
Animals, Birds and Fishes of North America : their Habits and Various Methods
of Capture. Copious Instructions in Shooting, Fishing, Taxidermy, Woodcraft,
etc. Together with a Directory to the Principal Game Resorts of the Country:
illustrated with maps. By Charles Hallock, Editor of "Forest and Stream",
Author of the " Fishing Tourist", " Camp Life iu Florida", etc. New Yorlj : Forest
and Stream Publishing Company. Ib77.

[Contains descriptions and notices of numerous species; the Ked Horse, M. macrolepidotum,
Leing on p. 3:!8 inadvertently called " Catoistomus ecpedianum ''.]

JORDAN (David Starr). Contributions to North American Iclithyology, based
primarily on the Collections of the United S^^tes National Museum. I. Review
of Rafinesque's Memoirs on North American Fishes, by David S. Jordan. Washing-
ton : Government Printing Office. 1877. = Bulletin of the United States National
Museum, No. 9. pp. 53.

[Contains identifications of the various nominal species described by Kafinesque.]

Contributions to North American Ichtliyology, based primarily on the Collections

of the United States National Museum. II. A. — Notes on CoUiclw, Etheosiomaiida\
Fercidce, CentrarcMdce, Apliododerklce, Dorysmmiidw, and Ciiprviidw, with revisions of
the genera and descriptions of new or little known species. B. — Synopsis of the
SiJaridcB of the fresli v.aters of North America. By David S. Jordan. Washington :
Government Printing Office. 1877. ^Bulletin of the United States National
Museum, No. 10. pp. 116.

[Description ot ilyxostoma poecilura, sp. nov.]

GILL (Theodore Nicholas). Johnson's New Universal Cyclopaedia: a scientific and
popular treasury of useful knowledge. lUnstrated with maps, plans and engrav-
ings. Editors in chief, Frederick A. P. Barnard, S. T. D., LL. D., L. H. D., M. N.
A. S., President of Columbia College, New York ; Arnold Guyot, Ph. D., LL. D.,
M. N. A. S., Professor of Geology and Physical Geography, College of New .Jersey.
Associate Editors— [29 persons, among th; m Theodore Gill, A. M., M. D., Ph. D.,
M. N. A. S., Late Senior Assistant Libraiian of the Library of Congress]. With
numerous contributions from writers of distinguished eminence iu every depart-
ment of letters and science in the United States and in Europe. Complete in four
volumes, including appendix. Volume IV, S — Appendix. (Testimonials at the
end of the volume.) Alvin J. Johnson »&: Son, 11 Great Jones Street, New York.
MDCCCLXXVIIL

[Contains a description of (be family Catastomidce, a list of the genera, and a diagnosis of Myxo-
cyprinus, gen. nov.]

JORDAN (David Starr). Manual of the Vertebrates of the Xorthern United States,
including the district East of the Mississippi River, and North of North Carolina
and Tennessee, exclusive of Marine Species, by David Starr Jordan, Ph. D., M. D.,
Professor of Natural History in Butler University. Second Edition Revised and
Enlarged. Chicago: Jansen, McClurg »& Company. 1878.

[Descriptions of forty species, referred to eleven penera •.—Lagochila, Placopharynx, Myxo-
stoma, Minyirema (gen. nov.), Erimyzon, Hypentelium, Gatostomus, Cycleptus, Carpioden, Ichthyobus,
and Bubalichthys. In the Addenda, the name Quasdldbia is suggested as a substitute for
Lagocldla.]

230 CONTEIBUTIONS TO NORTH AMERICAN ICHTHYOLOGY III, •

JORDAN (David Starr). A Catalogue of tbe Fisbos of tbe Fresh Waters of North
America. By David S. Jordan, M. D. < Bulletin IV, Ilayden's Geological Survey
of the Territories, No. 2, pp. 407-442. Washington, May 3, 1878.

[Fifty-ono species onumerated ; arranged in thirteen genera, viz: — Bubalichthys, Iclithyohnn,
Carpiodcs, Cycleptus, Pantostcus, Gatostomus, Chasmistcs (gen. nov.), Erimyzon, Minytrema, Myxo-
stoma, Placopharynx, and Quassilabia.]

Notes on a Collection of Fishes from the Rio Grande, at Brownsville, Texas.

By David S. Jordan, M. D. < Bulletin Hayden's United States Geological and
Geographical Survey, vol. iv, No. 2. Washington, May 3, 1878.

[Synonymy and note on Carpiodes tumidus.]

A Catalogue of the Fishes of Illinois, hy Prof. David S. Jordan. < Illinois

State Laboratory of Natural History. The Natural History of Illinois. Bulletin
No. 2. Blooniington, 111., June, 1878.

[Twenty-three species enumerated, with notes ; these are arranged in nine genera.]

FORBES (S. A.) The Food of Illinois Fishes by S. A.Forbes. " < Bulletin of the.
Illinois State Laboratory of Natural History, No. 2, 1878.
[Valuable notes on the food of Catostomidce.]

JORDAN (David Starr). Notes on a Collection of Fishes from the Rio Grande,
at Brownsville, Texas, continued. By D. S. Jordan M. D. < Hayden's Bulletin
of the Geological and Geographical Survey of the Territories, vol. iv. No. 3. Wash-
ington, July 23, 1878.

[Remarks on the probable identity of Carpiodes grayi and Ictiohus tumidus with Carpiodes
eyprinus.]

Catalogue of the Fishes of Indiana, in Article Pisciculture (by Alexander

Heron). <Twenty-seven/th Annual Report of tbe Indiana State Board of Agri-
culture, 1877. Volume XIX. Indianapolis. 1878.
[Twenty-two species enumerated, referred to ten genera.]

JORDAN (David Starr) avcl BRAYTON (Alembert "Winthrop). On the Dis-
tribution of the Fishes in the Alleghany Region of South Carolina, Georgia and
Tennessee, with Descriptions of New or Little Known Sptcies. By David S.
Jordan and Alembert W. Bray ton. < Bulletin of the United States National
Museum, No. 12. Washington, Government Printing Office, 1878.
[Notes on numerous species.]

INDEX.

Page.

Acautharcbus ..., 89

Acij)enssr 71, 90

AcipeuseridiB 71

Acouius 151, 157

EBsopus (Boleosoma) 82

affinis (Cliuostomus) "24

agassizi (Cbologaster) 84

alba (Myxostoiua) 130

albidus (Amiurus) fr7

alhidus (Ptychostomus) 129

albidus (Teiutulus) 129

albidum (Mjxostoma) 101, 117, 129

album (Myxostoiua). . .27, 8G, 102, 117, 130

Alburuops IG, 19, 3G, G4, 78, 90

albas (Ptycbostomus) 130

albus (Teretulns) 20G

alticolus (Catostomus) 102, 1G7

altipiuuis (Notropis) 85

altus (Bubalicbtbys) 102, 203

Alvordiua 12, 58, 73, «8

amai'us (Alburnops) 3G, 85

amarus (Hybopsis) IG

amaius (Hybopsis budsonius) 36

Amblodou 211, 213

Ambloplites 40, 46, GO, 75, 89

aniblops (Ceraticbtbys) 79

Amblyopsis 89

ainericaua (Perca) 83

americana (Stilbe) 53

americanus (Noteuiigunus) 24, 38

Amia 70, 90

AmiidfB 70

Amiurus 28, 33, 39, 44, 55, 70, 81, 90

Ammoccetes 80

Ammocrypta 83

analostauus (Pbotogeuis) 20, 78, b4

Anguilla 29, 33, 39, 44, 55, 70, 81, 90

Atiguillidai 29, 33, 39, 44, 55, 70, 81

anisopterus (Catostomus) 100, 196

auisura (Myxostoma) 86, ICO, 102, 116,

126, 128, 132
anisurus (Catostomus)... 100, 110, 126, 132

anisurus (Moxostoma) 132, 146

anisurus (Ptycbostomus) 1:52

anisurus (Teretulus) 132

anisurum (Moxostoma) 132

annularis (Pomoxys) 47, 76, 83

anomalum (Campostoma).. .16, 43, 49, 63,

77, 84-

an touiensis (Amiurus natalis) 55

ApbododeridoB 41, 47

Apbododerus 41, 47, 89

Apomotis 76, 89

ariBoj) us (Catostomus) 160, 17^J

ardeus (Ly tbrurus) 7d, 85

argenteus (Ammocojtes) 87

argyritis (Hybognatbus) 16, 84

asiaticus (Carpiodes) 102, 217

asiaticus (Myxocypriuus) 102,217

aspro (Alvordius) 58

Atberinidaj 61, 76

atberinoides (Notropis) 64, 78

atrilatus (Zygouectes) 84

atripiuuis (Ailiua) 73

atripinnis (Ulocentra) 73, 8-i

atrouasus (Rbiuicbtby s) 86

aurantiacus(Hadropterus) 58, 82

aureola (Moxostoma) 125

.aureoluui (Moxostoma) 125

aureolum (Myxostoma).. 100, 101, 116, 124
aureolus (Catostomus).. .100, 124, 125, 167

aureolus (Ptycbostomus) 125

aureus (Eupomotis) 15

auritus (Lepiopomus) 15, 36, 40, 83

aurora (Acorn us) 176

aurora (Catostomus) 101, 176

bairtiii (Potamocottus) 82

bardus (Miuomus) 184, 186

bardus (Pantosteus) 184

bernardiui (Catostomus) 102, 172

biguttatus (Ceraticbtbys).. 26, 33, 38, 43,

68, 79, 86

bison (Carpiodes) 69, 86, 101, 194, 197

bluunioides (Diplesium) 58, 73, 82

blcnuioides (Etbeostoma) 58

Boleicbtbys 45, 89

Boleoooraa 13, 34, 58, 75, 89

bombifrous (Lepiopomus) 60, 83

bonasus (Bubalicbtbys) 101, 209, 214

bostonieusis (Catostomus) 100, 166

breviceps ( Moxostoma) 127

breviceps (Myxostoma) 137

231

232

INDEX.

breviceps (Ptychostomus) 102, 127

breviceps (Teretulus) 127

brevipiune (Boleosoma) 58

bruuucus (Amiurus) 28, 159, 44, 87

Bubiilicbtbyinaj \)0

Bubulichthys..55, 09, 90, 104, 201, 203, 205

bnbaliuua (Bubalichtbys) ...103, 206

bnbalus (Amblodou) 211, 214

bubalus (Biibalichtby.s)..101, 102,205, 20G

bubalns (Catostomus) 100, 20G, 214

biibalns(Ichthyobus).86, 100, 101, 102,214

buccal a (Ericymba) 84

bucco (Ptycbostomua) 102, 133

bucco (Teretulus) 133

buUaris (Semotilus) 83

calliseina (Codoma) _ . . 37, 85

callisema (Ei^isema) 37

callistia (Codoma) 50, 85

callistius (Pbotogenis) 50

calva (Amia) 70,87

carupbelli (Erimyzon) , 146

campbelli (Moxostoma) 101,146

(Jainpostoma 16, 43, 49, 63, 77, 90

canjura (Vaillantia) 89

camurus (Notbonotus) 74,82

cauadense (Stizostetbium) 83

caprodes (Percina) 45, 57, 73, 82

caiinatus (Placopbaryus). .69, 86, 102, 107,

108, 109

carpio (Carpiodes) .... 86, 100, 102, 195, 200

carpio (Catostomus) ICO, 101, 118,200

carpio (Icbtbyobus) 200 '

carpio (Moxostoma) 119

carpio (Myxostoma) 101, 115, 118, 119

carpio (Ptycbostomus) 118

carpio (Teretulus) 119

Carpiodes. ... 55, 69, 80, 90, 190, 193, 201, 217

catenatum (Xeuisma) 62,77,84

Catostomidae . ..26, 33, 38, 43, 54, 68, 80, 97,

98, 103

CatostominiB 98

Catostomus 27, 33, 54, 69, 80, 103, 110,

136, 140, 151, 153, 154, 155, 158, 180,
201, 219

catostomus (Cyiirinus) 166, 175, 193

catostomus (Pbeuacobius) 53

cavifrous (Auibloplitea) 83'

Ceutrarcbidaj 15, 30, 35, 40, 46, 60, 75

Ceutrarcbus 36, 47, 89

cepedianum (Dorosoma) 49, 63

Ccratichthys- ..24, 32, 38, 43, 53, 67, 79, 90

cerviuum (Moxostoma)' 129

cerviuum (Myxostoma) . . 26, 33, 38, 43, 86,

102, 117, 129

Page.

cervinus (Ptycbostomus) 129

cerviuus (Teretulus) 102, 129

Cbajuobry ttus 15, 35, 46, GO, 89

Cbasmistes 103, 149, 150, 219

chiliticus (Hydropblox) 85

cbloiistia (Codoma) 21, 85

cblorocepbalus (Alburnops) 19, 85

cblorocepbalus (Hj'bopsis) 19

cbloropteron (Catostomus) 102, 167

Cbologaster 89

Cbrosomus 65, 79, 90

cbrusomus (Hybopsis) 49

cbrosomus (Hydropblox) 49, 85

cbrysocbloris (Pomolobus) 62, 77, 84

cbrysoleucus (Notemigonus) 53, 67, 79

cbrysops (Roccus) 83

ciuerea (Etbeostoma) 59, 83

clarki (Catostomus) 159, 165

clarki (Miuoraus) 165

claviformis (Erimyzou'l 146

claviformis (Moxostoma) 101, 146

Clinostomus 24, 66

Clupeidae 62,77

coccogenis (Luxilus) 31, 64, 85

Codoma 20, 37,42,50,90

cserulea (Codoma) 85

ccerulea (Erogala) 51

coUapsus (Ptycbostomus) 102, 132

commersoui (Catostomus). ..27, 69, 80, 86,

100, 166

commersonien (Le Cypriu) 100, 166

communis (Catostomus) 80, 100, 166

coDgesta (Myxostoma) 133

cougestum (Myxostoma) 101, 118, 133

congestus (Catostomus) 133

cougestus (Ptycbostomus) 120,133

congestus (Teretulus) 133

copelaudi (Rbeocrypta) 82

Copelaudia 89

Coregonus 89

coregonus (Myxostoma), 26, 86, 102, 118, 134

coregonus (Ptycbostomus) 102, 134

cornutus (Luxilus) 49, 64, 78

corporalis (Semotilus), 26, 33, 54, 68, 80, 86

coDUS (Myxostoma) 86, lti2, 116, 126

conus (Ptychostomus) 102, 126

conus (Teretulus) 126

Cottidai 47,57,73

crassilabre (Myxostoma).. 86, 102, 116, 126

crassilabris (Ptychostomus) 102, 126

crassilabris (Teretulus) 126

crassns (Alvordius) 12, 82

crassus (Esox) 62, 84

Cristivomer 89

INDEX.

233

Page.

ciipren3 ( Amiurus nataiis) 70

cutiaanserinns (Curpioclea) 80, Bfi, 102,

194, 195, 19()

cyanellus ( Apomofcis) 76, 83

cyaaellus (Biibalichtbys) 86

cyanellus (Ichthyobus) 102, '206

Cycleptiuio - 98

Cycleptus 80, 90, 10 1, 186, 187, 189.

cypho (Esox) 84

Cypriuella 90

cypriuella ( Ichthyobus) 214

cyprmella (Sclerogaathua) 214, 215

Cyprinids. 16, 31, 36, 41, 49, 63, 77

Cyprinodont!cla3 31, 48, 62, 77

Cyprinns 140

cypriuus (Carpiodes) 55, 86, 101, 102,

195, 198

cyprinus (Catostomus) 100

cyprinns (Labeo) 198

cyprinus (Scleiognatbus) 197, 198

damalis (CaqModes) 199

Decactylus 151, 154

Decadactylus 151, 158, 159

delphinus (Miuomus) 102, 184

delphinus (Pantostens) 184

diaphanus (Fnndnlns) 84

diffurmis (Carpiodes) 83, 102, 194, 195

difformis (Ichthyobus) 196

dilectus (Notropis) 85

dinemns (Notropis) 85

Diplesium 58,73, 88

discobolus (Catostomus) 102, 162,179

Dorosoma 49, C3, 77, 90

DorosomatidfD 49, 63, 77

dispar (Zygouectes) 84

dissimilis (Ceratichtbys) 67, 79, 86

duquesnii (Catostomus), IGO, ICO, 121, 129

dnquesnii (Mosostoma) ., 121

duquesnii (Myxostoma macrolopido-

turn) 80, 100, 121

duquesnii (Myxostoma), 43, 54, 68, 80, 115,

120, 124

duquesnii (Ptychostomus) = 121

duquesnii (Teretulus) 121

Elassoma 89

elegans (Boleichthys) 45,83

elegans (Catostomus) 146

elegans (Labeo) 101, 145

eleutberus (Noturus) 70, 87

elougata (Gila) _. 85

elongatus (Catostomus) 100, 189

elongatus (Cycleptus), 80, 86, 100, 189, 190

elougatus (Labeo) 101, 146

elongatus (Sclerognathus) 189

Euueacauthus 89

Page.

eos (Boleicbtliys) 83

Episema 64, 90^

Ericosma 88

Ericymba 90

Erimyzon, 27, 38, 43, 54, 69, 80, 90, 103, 136,

140, 143

Erogala 20

erytbrogastor(Ch;'osomus) 65, 79, 85

erythrurus (Catostomus) 100, 121

erythrurus (Ptychostomus) 121

erythrurus (Teretulus) 121

Esocid» 16,36,48,62

esopus (Catostomus) 14G

esopus (Labeo) 101, 146

estor(Gila) 66,79

Esox 16,35,48,62,89

Etbeostoma : 15, 40, 59, 75, 89

Etheostomatidoj .... 12, 30, 34, 40, 45, 57, 73

etowanum (Hypentelium) 86

etowanns (Catostomus nigricans), 54, 159,

163

Eucalia 89

Eupomotis 15, 46, 61, 89

euryops (Myxostoma), 54, 86, 103, 115, 119

euryops (Teretulus) 1 19

eurystoma (Codoma) 42, 85

eurystonius (Photogenis) 42

evides (Ericosma) 82

exilis (Noturus) 87

Exoglossum 90

fasciatus (Catostomus) 101,138

fasciolaris (Catostomus) 100, 145

fecuudus (Catostomus) 102, 150, 219

fecundus (Chasmistes) 102, 150

flabellare (Etbeostoma) 15,59,75,83

flabellatus (Catonotns) 15

flammeus (Phoxinus) 65, 85

flexuosus (Catostomus) 100, 166

folium (Polyodon) 71, 81,87

fontinalis (Salvelinus) 16, 31, 63, 84

formosa (Codoma) 42,51

formosus ( Alburnus) 42

forsterianus ( Acomus) 167, 176

forsterianus (Catostomus). ..100, 101, 167,

176

fretensis ( Alburnops) 85

Fundulus 89

furcatus (Icbthtelurus) 87

galacturus (Hypsilepis) 32

galacturua (Photogenis) 32, 64, 78

Gambusia 89

generosus (Acomus) 183

generosus (Catostomus) 102, 173, 183

generosus (Pantostens) 102, 182, 183

gibbosus (Catostomus) 100, 145

234

INDEX.

Page.

gibbosus (Labeo) 145

Gila 24,06,79,90

Girardinns 89

goodci (Erimyzon) 103, 144, 148

gracilis (Catostomus) 101, 167

grandipiunis (Photogeuis) 42

grayi (Carpiodes) 102, 199

griseus (Acomua) 176

grnnniena (Haploidonotus) 47, 61, 76

gulosus (Cbienobryttus) 46, 60, 83

guttatus (Percopsis) 84

guttatiis (Zygonectes) 48, 84

guzmaniensis (Acoraus) 178

gnzmaniensis (Catostomus) 102, 178

Hadropterus 30, 34, 40, 45, 58, 88

Haploidonotus 47, 61, 76, 89

baydeni (Ptycbostoums) 101, 138

baydeui (Teretulus) 138

Ilemioplites 89

Heruitreruia 05, 79, 90

beterodon (Hemitremia) 85

beterurum (Dorosomacepedianum). 49, 77

bieroglyp'Jiicus (Zygoncctfis) 48, 84

hirudo (Aniinocajtes) 87

Hudsonius 19,36,90

budsonius (Catostomus). 100, 166, 175, 176

byalinus (Ceraticbtbys) 53, 6-i

Hjbognatbus 16, 90

Ilyborbyncbus 03, 78, 90

HydropLlox 18, 32, 36, 49, 64, 90

Hylomyzoa 151, 156

Hyodon 48,02,77,89

Hyodontida) 48, 62, 77

Hypentelinra 151, 154, 155, 157, 158

bypselopterns (Leuciscus) 42

bypsinotus (Ceraticbtbys) 25

Icbtbielurus 33, 39, 43, 55, 69, 81, 90

Icbtbyobus 90, 104, 2 1 1, 213, 214

Ictiobus 211,213

Imostoma 88

inconstans (Eucalia) 83

inscriptus (Not.bonotus) 34, 82

iuscri^jtus (Xenotis) 46, 61, 83

insigne (Catostomus) 165

insiguis (Catostomus) 101, 159, 165

insiguis (Minomus) 165

insignis (Noturus) 29, 87

iuterrupta(Morone) 83

loa 88

irideus (Centrarchus) 47, 83

iscbanus (Notemigonu i) 24, 38

iscbyrus (Icbtbyobus) 102, 215, 217

iscbyrus (Lepiopomus) 83

jarrovii (Miuomus) 102,183

jarrovii (Pautosteus) 183

Page.

jesslse (PoRcilicbtbys) 59,102

kennerlyi (Moxostonia) 101, 146

Labeo 140,142

labiatus (Catostomus) 160, 173

Labidestlies 61,76,89

labrosus (Ceraticb tbys) 25, 86

lacera (Lagocbila) 6rf, 103, 104, 106

lacera (Quassilabia) 68,86,106

lacertosus ( Ilydropblox) 04

lacbrymale (Myxostoma) 102, 115, 120

lacIirymalis(Myxostoma duquesiiii). 120
lacbryraalis (Myxostoma macrole-

pidota) 120

lacbrymalis (Ptycbostomus) 102. 120

lacbrymalis (Teretulus) 120

lactarius ( Acomus) 170

lactaiius (Catostomus) 102, 176

lacustris ( Lota) 82

Lagocbila 104,105

latipiuuis (Acomus) 178

latipinnis (Catostomus) ..101, 102, 102, 178

Lepidosteidaj 29,44, 5,5, 71, 81

Lepidosteus 29, 44,55, 71, 81,90

Lepiopomus 15, 30, 40, 46, 60, 76, 89

leptacantbus (Noturus) 44, 55, 87

lesueurii (Catostomus) 100, 125

leucioda (Episema) 64, 85

leucops (Pbotogeuis) 23

leucopus (Pbotogeuis) 41, 84

limi (Melanura) 84

lineolatum (Etheostoma) " 83

liorus (Cbasmistes) 219

lirus (Notropis) 53, 65, J-5

Litbolepis 90

longiceps (Hybopsis) 64

lougirostris (Catostomus), 8(), 100, 102, 161,

175

long-rostrum (Catostomus) 100, 175

Lota 88

lunatus (Rbinicbtbys) 67

lutipinnis (Hydropblox) 36,85

Luxilus 18, 31, 49, 04, 78, 90

ly throcbloris (Xenotis) 83

Ly tbrurus 78, 90

raacrocepbalus (Alvordius) 82

macrocbilus (Catostomus).. ..102, 100, 171

macrocbirus (Lepiopomus) 83

macrolepidota (Myxostoma) 120

macrolepidotum (Moxostoma) 120

macrolepidotum . (Myxostoma), 54, 08, 80,
86, 101, 102, 115, 116, 120, 124

macrolepidotum (Teretulus) 120

macrolepidotus (Catostomus), 100, 120, 125

macrolepidotus (Ptycbostomus) 120

macropterum (Exoglossum) 100, 163

IKDEX.

'235

Page.

maciopteram (Hypeutelinra) 1G3

niacropterus (Centrarchus) 26, 8'i

niaculaticeps (Arliua) 13

uiaciilaticeps (Boleosoma) 13,34

inaciilatum (Boleosoma) 58, 82

niaculatuiu (Etheostoma) 12

niacnlatas (AlvorcUus) 58, 73, 82

macnlatus (Hadropterus) 58

inaculatus (Nothonotus) 82

maculosas(Acipeuser) 71, 87

maculosus (Catostomus) 100, 163

ruanitou (Perciua) 82

margarotis (Euueacaathus) 83

uiargiuatus (Noturus) 29

111 'iuoralus (Atuiurus) 39, 87

iiiatutiuus (Notropis) 85

masillingua (Esoglossum) ....:... 8(3

megaloiis (.Xenotis) 76, 83

niegastoiims (Catostoiuus) 100, 163

iiielauops (Catostomus).. .27, lOJ, 136, 138

melauops (Erimyzou) 27, 138

melauops (Miuytrema), 27, 54, 69, 80, 86,
100, 101, 137, 138

melanops (Ptycliostomus) 138

molanops (Zygonectes) 84

melauoxisis (Catostomus) 138

Melauura 89

melauurus (Rutilus) 100, 121

melas (Amiurus) 87

ruelepgns (Ebiuicbthys) 86

meridionalis (Bubaliclitbys) . . 103, 206, 210
meridional is (Potamocottus). .47, 57, 73, 82

meridionalis (Sclerognatbus) 210

Mesogouistius 89

Microperca 89

Micropterus.... 15, 30, 35, 40, 46, 60, 75, 89

micropteryx (Notropis) ...65, 79, 85

microstomus (Alburnops) 64, 78, 85

microstomus (Minnilus) 64

Minomus 151, 157, 180, 181

Miuytrema.. 27, 54, 69, fcO, 90, 103, 13G, 137

iniurus (Noturus) 87

Mollienesia 89

monacbus (Ceraticbtbys) 67,86

Moxostoma, 110, 113, 114, 136, 140, 142, 143

Mysocypriuus 104, 217

Mysostoma, 26, 33, 38, 43, 54, 68, 80, 90, 103,

110, 113

nasutus (Rbiuicbtbys) 86

natalis (Amiurus) 55, 70, 81, 87

neogajus (Pboxinus) 85

nevisensis(Alvordins) 82

niger (Amblodou) 2U9

niger (AmmocoRtes) 87

niger (Bubalicbtbys) 2tJ9

Page.

niger (Catostomus) 2C9

nigrescens (Cycleptus) 100, 186, 190

nigricans (Amiurus) 81, 87

nigricans (Catostomus), 33, 54, 69, 80, 100,
101, 158, 159, 162, 163, 167

nigricans (Hylomyzon) 162

nigricans (Hypentelium) 86, 162, 163

nigrofasciatus (Hadropterus) ...30, 34, 40,

45,82

nigromaculatus (Pomoxys) 47,76

uivei ventris (Amiurus) 87

niveus (Pbotogenis) 20, 85

notatu8(Hyborbynclius) 63, 78, 84

notatus (Xystroplites) 61, 83

notai us (Zygonectes) 62, 77, 84

Notemigonus 24, 38, 53, 67, 79, 90

Notbonotus 13, 34, 58,74,89

Notropis 23, 53, 64, 78, 90

uottii (Zygonectes) 31, 48, 84

Noturus 29,44,55,70,90

nucbalis (Hyboguathus) 84

nummifer (Carpiodes) 102, 200

occidentalis (Catostomus) ...101, 160, 172

oblongus (Cypriuus) 27, 100, 140, 145

oblongus (Erimyzon) 100, 145

oblongus (Labeo) 145

oblongus (Moxostoma) 145

oblongus (Teretulus) 145

obscurus (Lepiopomus) 46, 60,76, 83

obtusus (Rhinicbthys) 54, 67, 86

oblongus (Catostomus) 145

olivaris (Pelodicbtbys) 70, 81, 87

olmstedi (Boleoioma) 13, 82

oneida (Catostomus) 101, 120

oneida (Ptycbostomus) 120

osseus (Lepidosteus)..29, 44, 55, 71, 81, 87

pallidus (Catostomus) 101, 167

pallidus (Eupomotis) 4(), 61, 83

pallidus (Lepiopomus) .. .40, 46, 60, 76, 83
pallidus (Micropterus), 15, 40, 46, 60, 75, 83

Pantus-.eus 103, ItO, 181

papillosa (Myxostoma) 134

papillosum (Myxostoma).. .26, 38, 86, 102,

118, 134

papillosum (Ptycbostomus) 102, 134

papillosum (Teretulus) 134

pellucidus (Pleurolepis) 82

Pelodicbtbys 70, 81, 90

peltastes (Xenotis) 83

Perca 89

Percidai 45, 60, 75

Percina 45,57,73,88

Percopsis 89

Pbenacobius 53, 67, 79, 90

Pbotogenis 18, 20, 32, 41, 64, 78, 90

236

INDEX.

Page.

photogenis (Notropis) 23, 65, 85

photoge'nis (Squaliub) ~3

rboxiuus 65,90

pboxocepbaliis (Alvordius) 73, 82

pidiensis(Myxo8toQia) 8G, 118, 133

pidieusis t^Ptychostonius) 133

pidi^nsis (Terotulu.s) 133

Pimepbales 78,90

Iiinuiger (Euueacantbus) ' 83

Placopbarynx U'J, 90, 103, 107

planic«ps (Catostomus) 163

platycei^halus (Auiiurus) 28, 33, 87

platycepbalus (Pimelodus) 28

platyrbyncbus (Miuomus) 102, 183

platyibyncbus (Pautosteii^) .. 180, 182, 183
I)latyibyncbns (Scapbirbyucbops) . . 87

platystouius (Lepidosteus) 71, 87

l)lebeius (Catostomus) 101,184

plebeius (Miuomus) 184

jilebeius (Paulosteus) 102, 182, 184

plebejus t^Catostomus) 184

Poecilicbtbys 59, 75, 89

poicilnra (Myxostoina) 103, 110, 128

Polyodoa 71, 81, 90

Polyodontidte 71, 81

Pomolobus 62, 77, 90

poniotis ( Acautbarcbus) 83

Pumoxy s 47, 76, 89

Potamocottus 47, 57, 73, 88

prolixum (Campostoma auoiualimi) 16,

49, 63

j»romelas (Pimejjbales) 78, 84

proriger (Gila) 85

Ptycbostomns 110, 113, 114, 136

punctatus (Icbtbislurus) . . 33, 39, 43, 55, 69,

81,87

punctulata (Microperca) 83

pygtmea (M<ilauura) 84

Pygosteus 89

pyrrboraelas (Codoma) 23, 85

pyrrboniclas (Pbotogeuis) 23

Quassilabia 68, 90, 103, 104, lO:, 106

raucbii (Icbtbyobus) 214, 215

raveneli(Esox) '. 16, 48, 84

reticulatus (Cy priuus (Catostomus)) 166

reticulatus (Esox) 16, 36, 48, 84

retropinnis (Catostomus) 161, 178

Rheocrypta 88

Rbiuicbtbys 54,67,90

Rbytldostomus 186, 187

robustus (Icbtbyobus) 87

robustus (Ptycbostomus) 120

robustus (Tcretulus) 120

rosti atus (Catostomus) 174

rostratus (Cyprinus) 174, 218

Page.

rubellus (Notropis) 85

rubicuudus (Acipenser) 71, 87

rubricioceus (Hybopsis) 32

rubiicroceus (Ilydropblox) 32, 64, 85

rubrifrons (Ceraticbtbys) 32, 38, 86

rubiif rous (Nocomis) 32, 38

rubrifrons (Notropis) 85

rufiliueatus (Notbonotus) 58, 82

rupestris (Ambloplites).. .40, 46, 60, 75, 83
salmoides(Micropterus)..30, 3.5, 40, 46, 60,

75,83
salmoueum (Slizostetbium).. .45,60,75,83

salmoueus (Esox) 84

Salmonidai 16, 31, 63

saludanus (Alburuops) 16, c5

Salvelinus 16,31,63, b9

sanguifluus (Notbouotus) 75. 82

sauguiuoleutus (Xenotis) 31, 46, 61, 83

say auus (Apbododerus) 41, 47, 83

scabriceps (Episema) 85

Scapbirbyiicbops 90

SciaiuidsB 47, 61, 76

Scleroguatbus 190, 193, 201, 205, 217

scopiferus (Pbenacobius) 86

seleue (Carj)iodes) 102, 196

selenops (Hyodou) , 48, 62, 77, 84

Semotilus 26, 38, 43, 54, 6d, 80, 90

sbumardii (Imostoma) 82

sicculus (Labidestbes) 61, 76

Siiuridas 28, 33, 39, 43, 55, 69, 81

simoterum (Diplosium) 58, 73, 82

biiiiulans (Hemioplites) 83

spatula (Litbolepis) - 87

spectabilis (Poecilicbtbys) 83

spectruuculus (Alburnops) 64,85

spelseus (Amblyopsis) 84

subterraneus (Typblicbtbys) 84

sucetta (Catostomus) 144

sucetta (Cyprinus) 27, 100, 140, 144

sucetta (Erimyzon), 27, 38, 43, 54, 69, 80, 86,
100, 101, 138, 144, 145

sucetta (Moxostouia) 144

sucetta (Teretulus) 138

suckleyi (Catostomus) 167

sucklii (Catostomus) 102, 167

superciliosus (Hyborbyncbus) 84

squamiceps (Etbeostoma) 83

stelliferum (Xenisma) 48, 84

stigmata (Boleosoma) 45

stigmsea (Ulocentra) 45, 82

stigmatura (Codoma) 50

stigmaturus (Pbotogenis) 50

vstilbius (Notropis) 53

Stizostetbium 45, 60, 75, 89

stolleyi (Icbtbyobus) 101,215,217

INDFX.

237

Page.

stramineus (Alburnops) 85

sueurii (Catostomns) 125

sueiuii (Cypriuus) 101

sueurii (Cyprinus (Catostomus)). .. 125

sueurii (Ptychostouius) 125

saeuiii (Teretulus) 125

tahoensis (Catostomus) IGl, 173

Tauridea BS

taurus (Bubalichthys) 55, 20ti

taurus (Carpiodes) 101, 206

teleseopus (Notropis) 65, 79, 85

teuue (Moxostoma) 101, 146

teuuis (Erimyzon) 146

teres (Catostomus).. 100, 101, 102, 159, 166

Teretulus 110, li:^, 114, 140

teretulus (Pheuacobius) 86

tergisus (Hyodou) 77, 84

tesseliata (Etbeostoma) 59, 83

TetrajTonopterus 89

texanus (Catostomus) 102, 167

tbalassma (My xostoma) 131

tbalassiuum (Myxostonia) 86, 117, 131

thalassinus (Nothouotus) 13, 82

thalassiuus (Ptychostomus) 102, 131

tbalassinus (Teretulus) 131

tbompsoni (Carpiodes) 101, 195, 198

tbompsoni (Icbtbyobus) 198

thoreauiauus (Semotilus) 43

Thymallus 89

tilesii (Catostomus) 101, 174, 218

tricbroistia (Codoma) 50, 85

Triglopsis 88

trisigiiatum (Erimyzon) 16S, 167

trisignatnra (Moxostoma) 102, 167

tuberculatns (Catostomus) 100, 145

tumidus (Carpiodes) 101,199

tumidus (Icbtbyobus) 199

Typblicbtbys 89

Ulocentra 45, 73, 88

Urauidea 88

uranops (Pheuacobius) 67, 79, 86

urus (Biiballchtbys) ..69, 87, 101, 206, 209

urus (Carpiodes) 101, 201, 209

urus (Sclerognathus) 206

Page.

vacca (Carpiodes) 101, 199

Vaillantia 89

vandoisula (Gila) 24, 85

A^andoisulus (Leuciscus) 24

variatus (Poecilicbtbys) 75,82

velata (Moxostoma) 132

velata (Myxcstoma) - 1^2

velatum (Moxostoma) 132

velatum (Myxostoma) 26, 68, 86, 102,

117, 132

velatum (Teretulus) 132

velatus (Ptychostomus) 102, 132

velatus (Teretulus) 132

velifer (Carpiodes) 86, 194, 1'j6

velifer (Catostomus) 100, 196

velifer (Icthyobus) 196

victorise (Moxostoma) 27, 138

virescens (Pantosteus) 102, 182

viridis (Chaeuobryttus) 15, 35, 83

V itrea (loa) ^2

vitreum (Stizostethium) 60,83

vittata (Hemitremia) 65, 79. 85

vittatus (Catostomus) 100, 145

vitulus (Bubalichthys) 2U6

vitulus (Carpiodes) 101

vulgaris (Auguilla), 29, 33, 39, 44, 55, 70,

81,87

vulneratus (Nothonotus) 58, 82

-winchelli (Centrarchus) 53, 68, 86

wincbelli (Hybopsis) 53

xsenocepbalus (Hy dropblox) 49

xseuocephalus (Hybopsis) 49

xaiuura (Codoma) 37, 85

xtenurus (Miuiiilus) 37

xantbocephalus (Amiurus) 87

xanthopus (Catostoiuus) 163

Xenisma 48, 62, 77, 89

Xenotis 31,46,61,76,89

Xystroi)lites 61, 89

yarrowi (Pautosteus) 183

zanemus (Ceratichthys) 24, 86

zonalis (Nothonotus) 58, 82

Zygonectes 31, 48, 62, 77, 89

;^cpartTncnf of fKc inferior

IT. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM.

13

BULLETIN

OF THJB

UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

ISTo. 13.

PUBLISHED UNDEE THE DIRECTION OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION,

WASHINGTON":

GOVERNMENT PRINTINa OFFICE.
1879.

THE FLOKA.

OP

ST. CROII AND THE YIUGIN ISLANDS,

BY

B^RON H. F. j^. EaOERS.

WASHINGTON:

GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE,

1879.

ADVERTISEMENT.

This work is the thiiteentli of a series of papers intended to illustrate
the collections of natural history and ethnology belonging to the
United States, and constituting the IsTational Museum, of which the
Smithsonian Institution was placed in charge by the act of Congress of
August 10, 184G.

It has been prepared at the request of the Institution, and printed by
authority of the honorable Secretary of the Interior,

SPENCER F. BAIRD,
Seo'eiari/ of ike Smithsonian Institntion.
Smithsonian Institution,
Washington, May, 1879.

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS,

WEST INDIES.

By Baron H. F. A. Eggers,

To the east of the island of Porto Eico, between 18° 5' and 18° 45' N.
lat. and 64° 5' and 65° 35' W. long., stretches a dense cluster of some
larger and numerous smaller islands for a distance of about 85 miles,
which are known by the name of the Virgin Islands. The principal
islands are Vieques and Culebra, belonging to Spain, St. Thomas and St.
Jan, belonging to Denmark, and Tortola, Virgin Gorda, and Anegada,
belonging to England. The superficial area of the larger islands is only
from 16 to 40 square miles, whilst the smaller ones are mostly uninhabited
islets, or even rocks, some of which are nearly devoid of vegetation, the
coast-line of them all being sinuous, and forming numerous small bays
and creeks. The whole group is evidently a submarine prolongation of
the mountains of Porto Eico, showing its tops and higher ridges above
the level of the sea, the depth of which between the various islands and
Porto Eico is only from 6 to 20 fathoms. The decli\ities to the north
and the south of the ridge on the reverse are very steep, no bottom hav-
ing been found 25 miles to the south in 2000 fathoms, and 80 miles to the
north the Challenger Expedition found a depth of about 3850 fathoms,
the greatest ever measured in the northern Atlantic Ocean.

The greatest height in the Archipelago is attained in its central part,
St. Thomas reaching up to 1550', Tortola even to 1780', St. Jan and
Virgin Gorda being a little lower, whilst the hills in Vieques and Cule-
bra, to the west, are only 500'-000' high, and Anegada, the northeastern-
most, is, as its Spanish name, the inundated, implies, merely alow or half-
submerged island, elevated but a few feet over the level of the sea. The
central islands, therefore, present the api)earance of a steep ridge, pre-
cipitously sloping to the north and the south, and cut up by numerous
ravines, which during heavy rains are the beds of small torrents, but
which generally are without running water, and which at their lower end
widen into small level tracts on the sea-coast, often forming a lagoon on
the sandy shore. I^etween these level tracts the coast is usually very
Bull. l^at. Mus. 1^0. 13 1 l

2 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

bold and rocky, forming abrupt promontories of considerable hciglit
and pictnresqne appearance, the hills and ridges on tlie otber band
being more rounded and of a softer outline.

Tbe whole group of islands, with the exception of Anegada, which is
built up of a tertiary limestone of very recent and probably pliocene
date, belongs to the cretaceous period,*showing as the principal rock a
breccia of felsite and scoriaceous stones, the cementing i^art of which
probably consists of decomposed hornblende, and having its cavities
commonlj' filled with quartz or calcareous spar. Besides this principal
rock, which is often found distinctly stratified, and which is called
Bluebit by the inhabitants, who generally employ the stone for building
materials, limestone, diorite, clay-slate, and other less frequent minerals
also occur in the islands, forming, however, only a poor substratum for
vegetation everywhere. For the product of the decomposed rock is
generally a red heavy clay. Only Vieques shows a more fertile soil, pro-
duced by the alteration of a syenite-like diorite, its more level surface at
the same time allowing the fertile strata to remain on the surface; whilst
in the other islands the heavy rains as a rule will wash the loose cover-
ing of the ground down to the sea.

From various facts observed in Anegada and Virgin Gorda by Sir R.
Schomburgk,f as well as by Mr. Scott, in Vieques, at Porto Ferro Bay,
it appears that at the present period the whole chain of islands is slowly
rising, so that perhaps in a geologically speaking not very distant time
most of the islands may become connected reciprocally and with Porto
Eico.

To the south of the Virgin Islands, at a distance of about 32 miles, and
between 17° 40' and 17^ 47' N. lat., 64° 35' and C4o 54' W. long., lies the
island of St. Croix, geographically considered an outlying part of the
former groui>, but separated from it by an immense chjism of more than
2000 fathoms, as stated above. This extraordinary crevice has no doubt
been formed at an early period, and has in various respects contributed
materially to isolating the island from its neighbours.

St. Croix is of about 57 square miles, and has a triangular form, with the

greatest length, some 20 miles, from east to west, the greatest breadth

being about 5 miles, in the western i)art of the island, which becomes

gradually narrower towards the east. The coast-line is more connected

and the surface more level than in most of the Virgin Islands, the hills

stretching only along the northern coast and through the eastern i^art of

*Clevc: On the Geology of the North-eastern West India Islands. Stockholm, 1871.
tBerghaus: Almaoiacb llir das J^^ahr 1837, pp. 405 and 408.

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. O

the island, reaching in some places as high as 1150' (Mount Eagle), l3ut
averaging 600'-800' only.

The rock of these hills is nearly the same as in the above-named
group, although the Bluebit of this latter occurs more rarely, and is sub-
stituted by a fine, greyish, stratified clay-slate, without vestiges of any
organic remains. The strata of this slate are often very much disturbed,
so as to present an exceedingly broken and overturned appearance. The
greater, western part of the island forms a large, slightly inclined plain,
sloping towards the south, and interruiited in a few x)laces by low, short,
isolated ridges only 200'-300' high, and formed of a tertiary lime-
stone of the miocene period. This limestone is covered by a layer of
detritus and marls some feet thick, but shows itself at the surface in
various places, and contains several fossils, partly of still existing species
of moUusca.

Along the coasts are found some new alluvial formations, often enclos-
ing lagoons, some of which are of considerable size. These lagoons are
being gradually filled up by vegetable matter, as well as by sand and
stones washed down by the rains from the hills ; but whilst in the Virgin
Islands many similar lagoons have been raised already several feet above
the level of the sea, and laid completely dry, no such thing has been
observed in St. Croix. This seems to indicate that no rising of the ground
is taking place in the latter, as is the case in the former, as mentioned
above. From its whole structure and formation it may be inferred that
the soil is more fertile in St. Croix than in most of the Virgin Islands,
Vieques excepted, the sugar-cane being cultivated to a considerable ex-
tent on the island.

Whilst thus the geology of St. Croix and the Virgin Islands presents
some not unimportant difl^'erences, the climate may, on account of their
similar geographical position, as well as elevation above the sea-level, be
said to be materially the same in both.

In accordance with the geograj)hical position of the islands, the tempera-
ture is very constant and high, the yearly mean average being 27.2° C,
divided nearly equally over all the months, the coldest, February, show-
ing 25.6°, the warmest, September, 28.9°, a difference of 3.3° only. The
same uniformity is observed in the daily variation, which scarcely ever
surpasses 5°, the thermometer rising gradually from 6 a. m. till 2 p. m.,
and falling just as gradually during the rest of the 24 hours.

Thus the difference of temperature at the various seasons of the year
is too small to affect the life of vegetation to any very perceptible ex

4 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

tent, and it is therefore tlie variable degree of moisture at different times
which chiefly produces any variation in the development of vegetable
life at the different seasons.

The lowest temijerature observed at the sea-level, in the shade, is 18.1°;
the highest, 35.5'^. In the sun, the mercury will sometimes rise as high
as 51°, but as a rule does not surpass 40°. Observations made in St.
Thomas by Knox * and myself show a decrease of about 2° for an eleva-
tion of every 800', which gives to the highest ridges in St. Thomas and
Tortola an annual mean temperature 3^0-4° lower than that of the coast,
a difference sufficient to produce some variation in the flora of these
parts. The northern sloi^e of the hills, from being the greater part of
the year, viz, from August to May, less exposed to the rays of the sun,
are generally also somewhat cooler and more moist than the southern
ones, the consequences whereof are also felt in the life of plants to a con-
siderable extent.

An equal regularity, as observed in the temperature, manifests itself
with regard to the pressure of the atmosphere, the daily variations of
the barometer being only about 0.05", and the maximum yearly differ-
ence only 0.2". It is only during strong gales and hurricanes that the
barometer is more seriously affected, it then falling sometimes as much
as 2". These hurricanes, as a rule, occur only during the months from
August to October, at which period the trade-winds from the northeast,
which otherwise blow most part of the year, generally become unsteady
and uncertain. These constant winds, combined with the high tempera-
ture, no doubt are the reason why the moisture of the air is compara-
tively small, being on an average only 73 per cent, of the possible maxi-
mum, thus exciting a constant evaporation in plants, and rendering it
necessary for them to obtain a greater supply of water through the soil
than in more moist climates. For this reason a considerable quantity of
rain becomes of the highest importance to the vegetable life, as being the
only form in which plants can obtain a sufficient amount of water neces-
sary to their existence, even dew being very rare on account of the trade-
winds blowing also during the night the greater part of the year.

Neither of the islands in question is of sufficient elevation above the
sea to cool and condense the atmospheric moisture brought on by the
trade-wind, nor is their configuration favourable for detaining the clouds,
their greatest extent being parallel to the direction of the wind. Thus,
for the greater part of the year they receive only a small quantity of

' Kuox : An Historical Account of St. Thomas, W. I. (New Yovk, 1852.)

FLORA OF ST. CEOIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 5

rain, falling cMeiiy in the form of short, rapid showers of only a few
minutes' duration, and it is not till the warmer part of the year that
heavy and general rains become possible in these regions. During this
latter time, the trade-winds become irregular and slight, or are even
entu-ely suspended, as stated before; hence the moistm-e generated by
the daily evaporation from the ocean is not carried off as soon as formed,
but is allowed to gather into rain-clouds, and finally to precipitate itself
again as rain nearly on the same spot where it was formed.

From observations made in various islands for a period of more than
twenty-five years, the annual mean quantity of rain seems to be about
the same in all the islands, averaging 42''-44"; the eastern parts of all,
as being more exposed to the direct action of the winds, always show-
ing a considerably smaller quantity than the central and western ones.

Although no month of the year is without rain, yet from the above it
will be easily concluded that there is a remarkable difference between
the various months in this respect : the driest, February, haviug only an
average of 1.5"; the wettest, October, of 7.0"; and to this difference, at
the various periods of the year, it is chiefly due, that notwithstanding
the uniform temi)erature all the year round, yet some variations in the
aspect and intensity of vegetable life are observed in the various sea-
sons.

Both the annual and the monthly quantity of rain are subject to vary
considerably, one year showing 23", or iu some places 18" only, another
agam 70" or 78". A still greater difference may be observed between
the same months of different years : thus, February having had one year
0.19" only, another, on the contrary, 3.75"; May 0.47" the one year and
10.84" the other. These excessive variations must, no doubt, materially
affect vegetable life, indicating a1 the same time a considerable degree
of hardiness in respect to drought in the i)erennial plants indigenous to
the islands, and as alluded to above, acting upon them in a similar way
as the variations in tem]^erature in colder climates.

The number of days on which rain falls averages for the jjeriod from
1852-73, 161 a year, giving a mean fall of rain of 0.27" per diem : April
showing the lowest nunber, 9 ; October the highest, 16. From what has
been said before, it is evident, however, that the small monthly quantity
of rain during the dry part of the year, viz, January to April, divided
even over a great number of days (so as to amount to 0.14" or 0.18"
only a day), can be of no great importance, as it is precipitated in a short
shower, is insufficient for ijenetrating into the soil, and so is very soon

6 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

evaporated again by the action of the sun and the trade-wind combined.
It is not till May, when the increased quantity of rain is sufiicieut to
penetrate the parched soil, that its influence and effect ui^on vegetation
makes itself felt by renewed life and activity in all the various branches
of the vegetable kingdom in general.

Looking at the vegetation of St. Croix and the Virgin Islands in its
generality, and without entering into details, we may consider it to be
identical, as a whole, showing the same main features, and naturally
divided into four distinct formations, as in most other West India
Islands, ^iz. the littoral, the shrubby, the sylvan, and the region of
cultivation, connected, of course, here and there by intermediate forma-
tions, but on the whole virtually distinct fi'om diflerent biological con-
ditions.

Beginning with the littoral flora, we find along the coast in shallow
water a multitude of Algte, among which are found some marine Phane-
rogamaj, especially the common Thalassia tesUidimim and Cymodocca
manatorum, and in less quantity the beautiful little Ralopliila BaiUonii,
a recently discovered Potamea, vv4th oval delicate leaves, and growing
gregariously on the bottom of the sea in coarse gravel. The vegetation
of tropical seashores is of a very uniform character all over the world,
the phj^sical conditions being similar on them all, and the migration
from one shore to another being exceedingly facilitated by the sea as
well as by birds, storms, and the action and intercourse of the inhab-
itants. Thus, the same species of littoral plants are found on nearlj^ all
the West India islands, many of them also inhabitants of far distant
shores on the African and Asiatic continents, — belonging to the cosmo-
jjolitan and transoceanic species, a list of which was first prepared by
Robert Brown, and afterwards augmented by A. DeCandolle, and which
seem to possess an extraordinary faculty for migration. According to
the difterent character of the coast, as sandy, rocky, or swampy, the
vegetation on it also assumes a diflerent aspect.

On the sandy shore, which is composed of a fine white gravel, con-
sisting principally of innumerable pieces of broken shells and corals,
and thus forming a thick layer of carbonate of lime, we see a luxurious
flora of trees, shrubs, and minor plants, which all, on account of the
underground water collecting from the hills above, generally have a
green appearance all the year round, even when the hills of the interior
present a withered aspect from want of rain. Among the trees grow-
ing here the most prominent are the Hippomane Mandnella, the Cocco-

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 7

loha vviferaj Clirysobalanus Icaco, and Canella alba, besides the Cocos
mtcifera, which is planted and naturahzed, especially on the low sandy
seashore. Under these taller forms apj)ear many kinds of shrubs, such
as Ecastophyllum Broivnei, Tournefortia gnaphalodes, Borrichia arbores-
cens, Ernodea litoralis, Suriana maritima, EritJialis fruticosa, Coluhrina
ferruginosa, Guilandina Bonduc and Bondiicella, and several others.
Still lower shrubs and suflrutescent herbs are Scwvola Plumierij Tourne-
fortia gnaphalodes, Sesuvium portulacastrum, Heliotropium curassavicumj
Philoxerus vermiculatus, CaJcile a;qualis, as well as several grasses and
sedges, as Sporohulus litoralis, Stenotaplirum americanum, and Cyperus
hrimneus, as also some remarkable creepers or climbers, such as
Ipomwa pescaprcv and Lablah vulgaris.

Most of these species disappear on the rocky cliffs, where they give
room for others, mostly shrubs of a low growth, and with thicker or
more coriaceous leaves, that are able to resist the force of the wind,
which often bends the whole plant into a dwarfish individual, the
branches of which are cut off at the top in a western direction. The
most common of these shi'ubs are Jacquinia armillaris, Elccodendron
xylocarpum, Plumieria alba, and Coccoloba punctata, as well as some
monocotyledonous plants, such as Pitcairnia angustifoUa, Agave ameri-
cana, and a few Cacti, principally the stout Melocactus communis.

Still more different forms appear where the coast becomes swampy
from the ijresence of lagoons. Here predominates the Mangrove forma-
tion, comjiosed chiefly of Laguncularia racemosa, Cohocarpus erectus, Avi-
cennia nitida, and EMzopJiora Mangle, which all grow more or less in the
water itself. In less moist places we find some others, such as Bncida
Buceras, Anona palustris, Antlieryliiim Eohrri, and the curious Batis ma-
ritima, Avhich recalls to the mind the halophytes of the stepijes.

However different these various forms of littoral plants may apx)ear,
compared to each other, yet they all have in common the predilection
for the sea, the saline exhalation of which seems indispensable to their
growth. Some have even, like Aviccnnia, their leaves always covered
with small salt crystals ; others, like Batis maritima, are true halophytes,
and only very few of the plants of the coast in generality are found in the
interior even of these small islands. An exception is made by the cocoa-
nut palm, which is found growing all about on the islands, even on the
top of the highest hills, as also by Coccoloba uvifera, found in similar
localities.

In passing from the coast into the interior we find on the eastern, and

8 FLORA OP ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

partly also on tlie southern part of all tlie islands, a dry slirubby vege-
tation of a greyish or yellowish aspect, which, from the predominating
genus comiiosiug its elements, I have called the Croton vegetation. This
peculiar kind of dry shrub also occurs here and there in other parts of
the islands, where the soil, through reckless cultivation, has become too
exhausted to produce a growth of taller trees, and it cannot be estimated
to cover less than one third part of the whole surface of the islands, pre-
dominating in some, as Tortola, St. Thomas, and Culebra, less. conspicu-
ous in others, as St. Jan, Vieques, and St. Croix.

The ravines as well as the northern and western parts of the islands
are often covered with a growth of taller trees, forming a kind of forest,
composed of species partly evergreen and partly with deciduous foliage,
and which, from one of the most x)rominent forms, I have called the Erio-
deudron vegetation. The area covered by this formation may be taken
to be about one fifth of the whole surface, the best wooded islands being
St. Jan and Vieques, the least wooded ones St. Thomas and Virgin
Gorda.

The remainder of the surface is either used for pasture or cultivated
with sugar-cane or provisions, the former on a large scale in St. Croix
and Vieques only, the latter everywhere on the islands where the soil
seems proper for the purpose. This last section I term i he cultivated
region.

Considering first the Croton vegetation, we find here a number of plants
which in various ways have become enabled to resist the deteriorating
effects of the dry climate, and to exist on the barren rocky soil always
found where the moisture is not sufficient for decomposing the natural
rock of the surface. Thus, some of these plants, as the whole of the
genus Croton, already mentioned above, have small leaves, which, like
the stem, are covered with scales and tomentose hair, containing besides
aromatic oil, all which contrivances tend to diminish evaporation as much
as possible. The most common species of this remarkable genus are G.
flavus, astroites, bicolor, and betulinus. Other forms obtain the same
object by having very small, partly deciduous leaves and their stipules
transformed into prickles, especially the Acacias, such as A. Faniesiana,
macracantha, tortuosa, and sarnientosa. Others, again, are rich in milky
juice, as EupJiorhia petiolaris, Eauwoljia Lamarcldi,, and the naturalized
Caloiropis procera, or merely in aqueous sap, as the Cactese, the common-
est forms of which are Melocactus communis, Cereus floccosus, and several
species of Opuntia. Others, such as Bromeliacese, on the contrary, have

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 9

a very dry structure, and a dense cover of scales for protection, whilst
others again, such as Anona squamosa, which are apparently without
any means to resist the effects of dry weather, have no other remedy left
than to shed their leaves during a part of the year, and thus preserve
their existence at the temporary sacrifice of then* vegetative organs.

All the forms mentioned above are of very slow growth, and, with the
exception of a few that are used for burning charcoal, of scarcely any
importance either to man or animals, for which reason the districts oc-
cupied by them as a rule present a very desolate and uninviting appear-
ance.

Where the climate becomes sufficiently moist, and the soil in conse-
quence thereof more decomposed and fertile, the forest appears in place
of the Croton vegetation, on the uncultivated lands, especially in ravines
and on steep declivities, which do not allow of cultivation or grass-
farming. As nearly everywhere in the trojiics, the forest here is com-
posed of many different species of trees mixed together, a gregarious
growth being very rare. From the forests of moister tropical countries^
however, the woods in these islands are distinguished by possessing a
quantity of forms with thin, herbaceous leaves, which for this reason
shed their foliage during a part of the year, thus combining the a^jpear-
ance of the woods of colder climates with the dark evergreen forms of
the intertropical countries. Some of these species with deciduous
foliage have two periods for flowering: one precocious in the first
months of the year, when the small quantity of rain seems insufficient
to produce both leaves and flowers at a time, and another later in the
year, when both foliage and blossoms are vigorously developed by the
increased moisture of the summer. The evergreens for the same reason
have a less fixed and more unlimited time for flowering, and seem to
show their reproductive organs whenever the quantity of rain becomes
sufficient for producing them besides maintaining the already existing
foliage. Among the great variety of evergreen forms of trees and
shrubs, I shall here only mention as the most common several species
of Anona 5 of Gruttiferse, such as Galophyllum Calaba and Glusia rosea;
of SapotaceiE, such as Sideroxylon, Chrysophyllum, Lucuma, and Di-
pholis ; of Eutacece, as Zanthoxylum and Tobinia ; of Lauraceae, as Nec-
tandra and Oreodoxylon, as well as many others, for the details of which
I beg to refer to the systematical part of my treatise. Others are pos-
sessed of aerial roots by which to affix themselves to the stems of trees
and roclcs, as several sx^ecies of Ficus ; others again are vines, such as
Bignonia, Serjania, Gouania, and Cissus.

10 FLORA OF ST. CROIK AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

Interspersed between these evergreens are seen various species of
arboreous plants with deciduous leaves, the number of which, however,
seldom is large enough to seriously change the general aspect of the
forest as being uniformly green all the year round. The time for shed-
ding their foliage in these forms is generally from January to Ai)ril,
most of them, as stated before, flowering precociously at this time, as
the moisture in the ground is not sufficient to allow them to retain their
foliage together with the producing of the flowers. It appears evident
tliat this is the reason for the shedding of the leaves, from the fact ob-
served by me in several species (such as Piscidia Erythrina and others),
that individuals which, from being too young or for some other reason,
do not flower, do not shed their foliage, but evidently find moisture
enough in the soil to resist the drought, not having to spend their
resources on the production of flowers and fruits, as others of their kind.

The most x^rominent among the trees and shrubs with a deciduous
foliage are Spondias lutca, Sclimidelia occidentalism the enormous EHo-
dendron avfnichiosum, Hura crepitans, Caseariaramiflora, Sabinea florida,
and several others, which all more than the evergreens contribute their
share to the forming of a layer of leaf-mould under the taller forms. Yet
this layer is but scanty in most places, and from the want of it, as well
as from the dense shade jiroduced by the evergreen trees and shrubs,
the minor forms covering the groimd are comjjaratively scarce, and
chiefly confined to some Piperaceae, Acanthacese, and Graminese, as
well as a few ferns and mosses, among which Jlemionitis palmata, Pteris
pedata, and AspJeniuyn pusillum are the most common.

A somewhat richer variety is presented by the numerous epiphytes
that cover the branches and stems of trees and shrubs, notwithstanding
that the bark of the latter, from the uniform tem]3erature, is, as a rule,
exceedingly smooth, and but rarely covered with lichens or mosses. Of
real i)arasites only a few are met with, especially Loranthus emarginatus,
whilst the non parasitical epiphytes are numerously represented by
Bromeliacece (principally the genus Tillandsia), Aroidea? (among them
the large-leaved PMlodendron giganteum), and Orchidacefe (chiefly Epi-
dendrums and Oncidiums), as well as some ferns. Of these latter families,
several species are found only on the highest ridges of the islands,
at an elevation of over 1300', there forming a formation peculiar to
these regions, comprising, among others, some terrestrial Orchids, such
as Hahenaria maculosa and alata, as well as some Aroidese, BromeUacese,
and ferns, among which the beautiful Cyathea arhorea deserves special
mention.

FLOEA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 11

The part of tlie island iubabitecl aud cultivated by man of course rep-
resents tbe least of interest in a phyto-geograpbical sense, as nature here
bas been modified and modelled according to the wishes and necessity
of society to such an extent as to almost entirely obliterate its original
character. As stated already, the principal object of cultivation is the
sugar-cane, which, however, is cultivated on a large scale only in the
two largest and most level of the islands, Vieques and St. Croix, the
others, viz. St. Thomas, St. Jan, Tortola, and Virgin G^rda, having,
with a few exceptions, long ago abandoned the cultivation of the cane
as unremunerative, the two remaining of the larger islands, Culebra
and Anegada, never having been appropriated to that purpose.

Besides the cane, some Sorghtim vidgare is also cultivated in fields for
herbage, the rest of the tilled soil being used for the planting of the
common tropical vegetables, generally in small quantities, on patches
of soil selected here and there. The commonest of these plants are Yam
{Dioscorea alata and altissima), Sweet Potato {Ipomcea Batatas), Okro
{Ahelmoschus esculentus), Tanier [Xantliosoma sagittwfolium), Pigeon-pea
{Cytisiis Cajan), Tomato, and Pepper (Capsicum), as well as some Cucur-
bitacecB, as Pumpkin, Melon, and others.

Along with these useful plants follow a great number of herbaceous
annuals, mostly cosmopolitan weeds, introduced after the settlement of
the islands, and dependent on the continuous cultivation of the land, as
without the clearing of the soil from shrubs and trees their existence
would soon be terminated by the stronger arboreous species, which
would deprive them of the necessary light and air.

Thus, much against his wish, man favours the i)ropagation of innu-
merable weeds, which in their short period of vegetation produce seeds
enough to secure their continuance on the land notwithstanding the
efforts to exterminate them by frequent weeding. Among the com-
monest of these forms are some Labiatas {Leonurus sibiricus, Leonotis
nepetwfolia, and Leucas martinicensis), Argemone mexicana, Tribulus max-
imus, Boerhaavia erecta and panimdata, and especially many grasses
and sedges, such as Panicum, Paspalum, Chloris, Digitaria, Cyperus,
and others. The most troublesome of these, from an agricultural point
of view, is the Bay-grass [Cynodon Bactylon), said to be introduced, but
now found everywhere, and, on account of its long creeping rhizoma,
inexterminable.

Similar forms to these are seen growing along roads and ditches, espe-
cially some Leguminosse, as Crotalaria, Desmodium, Phaseolus, Clitoria,

12 FLORA OP ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

Centrosema, Teramnus, Vigna, Kbynchosia, and otliers; grasses, as Lap-
pago, Aiistida, Sporobolus, Eleusine, Dactyloctenium, aud Eragrostis ;
or Syiiaii thereat, as Elepliantopus, Distreptus, Bidens, and Pectis. Whilst
all these latter forms flower during the greater part of the year, the beau-
tiful Convolvidaceae, such as Ipomcea fastigiata, Nil, umhellata, dissecta,
violacea, and others, are in blossom only during the winter months, from
December to February.

In some i^laces that are moist enough, sedges and semi-aquatic plants
will be seen growing ; in a few rivulets which contain water all the year
round, and which are limited to Vieques and St. Croix, a few aquatic
forms occur, such as JEcJiinodorus cordifolius, Lemna minor, Typha an-
gustifoUa, and Nymphwa ampla.

The pastures, which occupy a considerable extent of tbe hind, are
either artificial, — planted with Guinea-grass (Fanicum maximum), a
perennial plant, and, like most of the cultivated West India plants, in-
troduced from the Old World, — or natural, covered with various forms of
indigenous Graminese as well as low shrubs and trees, that have con-
tinually to be cleared away to prevent the laud becoming overrun by
them. The artificial pastures asa rule are fenced in, and often protected
against the dry season by the planting of Thibet-trees {Acacia Lebhelc), now
commonly naturalized everywhere; the natural ones, on the contrary, are
generally open and abandoned to the cattle, whilst the artificial ones are
cut regularly, and the stock is not allowed to enter them.

The grasses comj^osing the natural pastures are several species of Pa-
nicum, Paspalum, Dactyloctenium, and Sporobolus ; some, as Tricholwna
insularis, being very bitter and jinfit for herbage. The roaming about
of the cattle everywhere effectually prevents the re-establishment of trees
or woods, which, for climatic reasons, would be desirable in many places;
for the young buds are destroyed by sheep and goats, which no doubt
have contributed largely to deteriorating even the still existing woods.

Around dwelhngs are found planted and naturalized most of the lilants
now common to nearly all tropical countries, — some fruit-bearing, as
Tamarindus indica, Mangifera indica, Carica Fapaga, Persca gratissima,
Crescentia Gujete, Melicocca hijuga; others ornamental, as Poinciana regia,
Calliandra saman, Ccesalpinia pnlcJierrima, and others Actual gardens
are now very rare, flowers being mostly cultivated in i)ots or boxes.
Some few vegetables of colder climates are cultivated in shady i^laces
where water is abundant, such as salad, radishes, cabbage, and others.

In waste places are found most of the tropical weeds, as Bicinus com-

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 13

mmns, Datura Mctel and Stramonhimj Eupliorhia 'pilulifet'a, heterophylla,
and hyjpericifolia, MirabiUs jaJaim, Jatropha curcns, Cassia occidentalism
and especially several kinds of Sida and Abutilon as well as some other
Malvaceae.

The four formations mentioned above are usually found only on the
larger islands, the smaller ones, from their limited size, generally pos-
sessing- chiefly the littoral and shrubby only. The island of Anegada,
although being one of the larger ones, yet from its structure and the
nature of its soil, seems to be chiefly covered by a vegetation composed
of the plants of the sandy shore, besides some of the trees and shrubs
following the settlement of man in these regions. Sir E. Schomburgk,
who has given a description of the island in the Journal of the Eoyal
Geographical Society, 1832, asserts that the island possesses several in-
teresting species of plants, among others a peculiar' kind of Croton. As,
however, I have not been able to i)rocure the work referred to above, I
am not prepared to say which those species are, and they are not men-
tioned by Prof. Grisebach in his Flora of the British West India Islands.

Although, as stated above, the general character of the flora both in
St. Croix and the Virgin Islands, considered as a whole, is essentially
the same and distinctly West Indian, yet, in looking more closely into
details, we are soon struck by finding a great many species in the one
which are not found in the other. This is the more remarkable, as
from a geographical and climatical i)oint of view the physical condi-
tions must be said to be materially identical.

In referring to the list of plants given at the end of my treatise it will
be seen that out of a number of 881 indigenous phanerogamous species
no less than 215, or c. ^, are found in the Virgin Islands only, whilst 98,
or about ^, occur only in St. Croix, thus leaving only 568, or less than
I, in common to both.

As may be expected from the general character of littoral vegetation,
there are very few species which are not found on both sides of the deep
channel separating St. Croix from its northern neighbours, the principal
exception being Bacckaris (liolca, which only occurs in St. Croix, and
EgJetcs Dominfjensis, found by me only in the Virgin Islands.

Some greater difference is found in the dry shrubby formation, where
several \'ery common plants, such as EupliorMa petiolaris, Acacia sar-
mcntosa, Mamillaria nivosa, and others, are to be seen in the Virgin Isl-
ands only, St. Croix having to itself a few less common species, such as
Sccurinega acidofliamnus and Castc-Ia crecta.

14 FLOKA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS

It is, however, in the forest vegetation, which best represents the
original llora of the islands, that the greatest and most varied differ-
ences are observetl, showing esi)ecially the great varietj^ of species in
the Virgin Islands wliich are not all found in St. Croix, and among
which are many of the commonest and most generally distributed forms.
Belonging to St. Croix alone are comparatively few and rare species,
chiefly some Rhamnaceae, viz, Maytcnus dwodendroules and ZitypJius
reticulatus, Cateshwa parvijlora, Beloperone nemo7'om^ Petitia Domingedsis,
Buxus Vahlii, and Urera elata. All these forms occiir oidy in a few
localities, and are of no importance to the general character of vegeta-
tion, as is the case on the Virgin Islands with many of the following
species that are found on them, but not in St. Croix. It would be too
much to mention all the different species here, for which I beg to refei^
to the ap])ended list and tabular statement. I shall only enumerate a
few of the most interesting, especially Malpighiacere (as Byrsonima
liicida, MaJpigliia Cnida and angustifolia), Eutacese {Pilocarpus racemo-
sus, Tohinia spinostty Xantlioxylum ochroxylum), Leguminosre [Sahinea
florida, Picfctia aristata, Seshania scricea, and Acacia m(fliJJora), and
Sapotaceai {Sapota Sideroxylon). Among Monocotyledones are to be
mentioned Artkrostylidiitm capiUifoUum, BhynchosporapusiUa, Bioscorea
pilosiuscida, Catopsis nutans, and several Orchids. Several of these
plants grow more or less gregariously, thus becoming characteristical
to the formation. Among these are MaJpighia Cnida, Reynosia latifolia,
Acacia nudijlora, Sahinea Jlorida, and several species of Pilea, most of
them being very common, and even generally used for domestic pur
poses.

Besides these species, entirely wanting in St. Croix, the Virgin
Islands possess several that are very common, or at least not uncommon
on them, but which occur but very rarely in St. Croix, such as Thrinax
argentea, Rondeletia pilosa, Faramea odoratissima, Miconia angustifolia,
Mimosa Ceratonia, and others, and most of which I have not found my-
self in the latter island, but only found labelled with St. Croix as habitat
in the Copenhagen herbarium, so that an error in some cases at least
may be not at all impossible.

However great are the differences in the flora on the two groups of
islands, yet tliis interesting fact is not due to their possessing endemic
species, as all the plants known as growing on them are also found in
other West India islands, especiUly Porto Ilico, whence the vegetation
of both the Virgin Islands and St. Croix seems to be derived. Thus it

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 15

is mainly to difl'erent periods of immigration under varied physical
conditions that we must ascribe the remarkable discrepancies in the
flora of those apparently homogeneous islands. Some few species, it is
true, are indeed given in my list as having been found only in the Vir-
gin Islands, such as a few Cactese, Vernonia TJiomcc, and the new species
described by me on the present occasion. But as long as Porto Eico,
Hayti, and even Cuba, are still insufficiently explored, it may very well
remain doubtfid whether those species do not also occur in one or sev-
eral of them, just as several Cuban plants, described as endemical in
that island by Prof. Grisebach, have been found by me to occur not at
all uufrequently in the Virgin Islands and St. Croix, such as Arthrosty-
lidium cajnllifolium, Reynosia latifolia^ and R. mucronata.

It may thus be confidently asserted that both the groui)s in question
have derived their stock of plants from the neighbouring larger island of
Porto Eico. The question that remains to be solved is merely why
have they not all received the same species, and particularly why is it
that St. Croix, although the largest of all, has received a comparatively
and absolutely much less number of species than for instance the far
smaller St. Thomas'?

For the explanation of these interesting facts we have no doubt to
look to the geological history of the islands, as the conditions for immi-
gration over sea, even if possible to all the species, are essentially the
same in both groups, and therefore give no solution of the problem in
question.

I am thus led to think that at a former period all the West India
islands have been connected mutually, and perhaps with a part of the
American continent also, dimng which time the plants in common to
all the islands, as well as to the West Indies and the continent, have
expanded themselves over their present geographical areas, at least as
far as they are not possessed of i^articular faculties for emigration over
the sea. By a subsequent volcanic revolution, St. Croix, as well as
many of the other islands, has thereafter been separated from Porto
Eico and the Virgin Islands, and put into its present isolated position,
which it seems to have retained ever since, whilst the latter group of
islands has either still for a long period remained in connection with
Porto Eico, or, if separated at the same time from it as St. Croix, has,
by another revolution, been again connected with the former.

The plants now found in the Virgin Group, but not occurring in St.
Croix, would thus have immigrated into the former from Porto Eico

16 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

after tlie separation of St. Croix from the latter, and immigration would
finally have ceased by the separation between them, as it exists at the
present i)eriod. Thus, the plants found in the Virgin Islands, but not
in St. Croix, would seem to have been more recently created in the
probable centre of vegetation, Porto Rico, or some other of the larger An-
tilles; the endemic ones, as in the other islands also, being the youngest
of all, not having been formed till after the complete separation between
the islands had been effected. This latter suggestion, which perhaps
seems contradictory to the general accepted theory of considering the
endemic forms on oceanic isles as the remnants of the oldest original
vegetation,* appears to be confirmed by the fact that even on such
recent formations as the Bahamas, which have as yet been but imper-
fectly explored, already no less than eighteen endemic species have been
discovered.t

The supposition that the islands may have been separated from the
beginning, and have received their floras through immigration over the
sea, is sufficiently confuted, partly by the great number of species com-
mon to them all, which clearly indicates the connection in former times
with a larger country, partly by the circumstance that most of the spe-
cies common to the islands are in no way better adapted for migration
over the water than those peculiar to the Virgin Islands only ; in fact,
but few of them apparently possess the faculty of crossing salt-water
even for a limited distance.

Sui)posing the theory of a prolonged or oftener repeated connection
between Porto Eico and the Virgin Islands to be correct, it remains
still to explain how St. Croix can have obtained a number of species
which do not occur in the latter group. A few of these species, viz,
Gastela erecta, Maytenus elccodendroides, Zizyphus reticiilatus, Anthacan-
thus jamaicensiSj and Buxus Vahlii, occur in St. Croix on the tertiary
limestone only, and seem thus to have avoided the Virgin Islands as
not finding there the substratum suited to their organisation. The
greater part, however, might, for all apparent reasons, as well occur in
the Virgin group as in St. Croix, and their absence in the former cannot
be explained in this way. It must, however, be understood that whilst
my investigation of St. Croix has been thorough, and carried on for
several years, my exi:)loration of the Virgin Islands has been so for only
a part of them, especially the Danish ones, my collections from the

* Hooker : On Insular Floras.

t Griseb. : Geogr. Verbr. der Pfl. Westindiens, p. 55.

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 17

otbera being only imperfect. Witliout expecting too nnicli from tliis
circumstance, yet I feel confident that not few of the St. Croix plants,
apparently wanting in the Virgin gronp, mfty, by closer research, still
be discovered growing there on some of them, whilst, on the other hand,
I am equally confident that none, or scarcely any, of the Virgin Islands'
species wanting in St. Croix will be found in the latter island.

It may furthermore be observed that scarcely any of the St. Croix
species which I have given as being absent from the Virgin group are
common or widely distributed over the island, and so are not possessed
of any great faculty for conquering ground in the struggle for exist-
ence, for which reason some of them may not have been able to gain
admission on the much smaller surface of the Virgin Islands, or, ha\ang
obtained a footing, they may have lost it again by the later immigra-
tion of other species, now peculiar to the group compared with St. Croix,
many of which, as will be remembered, are gregarious, and gifted with
great facility for expanding themselves.

A very few species form an exception as to the limited distribution in
St. Croix, Bacharis Vahlii, Corclia alba, and ^giphila martiiiiceiisis, oc-
curring rather frequeutly in the island, but having as yet not been found
at all in the Vn-gin group, although they occur in several others of the
West India islands. I am not prepared to give a satisfactory explana-
tion of this fact at the present moment; but such isolated exceptions will
no doubt always be met with in the explanation of general phenomena,
and most probably a more thorough investigation of vegetable biology
will at a future day afibrd a satisfactory explanation of such ai)par-
ently inconsistent facts.

In drawing the necessary consequences of the above stated theory for
explaining the geographical distribution of vegetable species in St. Croix
and the Virgin Islands, it would thus appear necessary to conclude, for
instance, from the occurrence of Sabinea Jlorida both in Porto Eico, the
Virgin Islands, and Dominica, but not in St. Croix, that the first-named
islands were still all connected, when the latter had already been sep-
arated from them and put into its present isolated position. A similar
inference might be drawn from the distribution of Malj^igliia Cnida,
whilst the occurrence of Acacia nudiflora would seem to prove a simi-
lar thing for Hayti, Porto Eico, and Antigua.

It can, therefore, scarcely be presumed, as done by Prof. Grisebach
in his Geogr. Verbreitung der Pfl. Westindiens, that the distribution
of species is regulated chiefly by geographical distances. A closer in-
vestigation of the flora of the various islands no doubt will confirm the
BuU. Nat. Mus. No. 13 2

18 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

tlieory drawn from tlie facts observed in regard to the mutnal relation
between St. Croix and the Virgin Islands, tbat geological rcvolntious
bave been eqnally or perbajfs even more powerfully iuHilential in arrang-
ing tbe distribution of species tban tbe greater or smaller distance, and
the similarity of physical conditions.

A full knowledge of these interesting fact^s can, however, not be ex-
pected till a more thorough exi)loration of all the AVest India islands
has taken place. Few of them are as yet tolerably well knowu, and it is
therefore earnestly to be hoped that such an exploration of all the West
Indies may soon be eflected, the result of which will no doubt be of
the highest importance both to botany and to all other branches of
natural science.

It generally requires the accumulated study and knowledge of gener-
ations before the less palpable and more delicate, but often most impor-
tant, facts in natural history can be explained : the West Indies haA'e
been comparatively well studied since the middle of the last century;
and it would seem well now to follow up the work in order to complete
a thorough investigation, which might be used as a basis for the ex-
planation of similar facts observed in other and less Y>^ell known parts
of the world.

The flora of the Virgin Islands and St. Croix has been studied by
several botanists, some of whom lla^'e published the results of their re-
search, which has, however, among the former group, been chiefly con-
fined to the Danish islands, the English and i)articularly the Si)anish
ones having as yet been onlj- imi^erfectly explored.

Publications on the flora of these islands are given by West in his
Description of St. Croix (Copenhagen, 1793); Schlechtendal, Florula
Ins. St. Tliomfe, in Linmea, 1828-31 and 1831; and Eggers, Flora of St.
Croix, ni the Vidensk. Medd. fra Naturhist. Forening (Copenhagen, 1876)
besides minor contributions in Vahl's Eclogne Americaufe, Symboloe Bo-
tan icse, and Enumeratio Plautarum, Krebs in Xaturh. Tidsskrift, 1817,
on the flora of St. Thomas, De Candolle's Prodromus, and Grisebach's
Flora of the British West India Islands. This latter work, no doubt
from want of material, scarcely ever mentions the British Virgin Islands.

Collections of plants from tlie islands in question are found chiefly in
the Museum of the Botanical Garden in Copenhagen, as well as scat-
tered in other European herbaria, collected principally by v. Robr, West,
Dr. Ryan, Ledru, Riedl(5, L'Herminier in the past century, by Benzon,
Wahlmauu, Ehrenberg, Dr. Eavn, Dr. Hornbeck, Duchassaing, Schom-
burgk, Plee, Wydler, Orsted, Krebs, and Eggers in the present.

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 19

The following list of plants from St. Croix and the Virgin Islands
formed on my own collections and tlie publications or collections of other
botanists, comprises 1013* species of phanerogamous and vascular cryp-
togamous plants, of which 881 are indigenous and 132 naturalized, those
merely cultivated being added in brackets after each family.

In determining the species I have, besides consulting the more im-
portant general systematical works on botany, as much as possible fol-
lowed Prof. Grisebach's standard work on the Flora of the British West
India Islands, to which I therefore beg to refer when no other authority
is given. Synonymes and references to other authors are given only
where it was thought desirable to supplement the Flora of Grisebachin
this respect.

To the specific names of plants I have added only such statements as
are not given in Grisebach's work, — as local name, time for flowering,
technical use, as well as descriptive remarks, where my own observation
shows a dift'erence from the description given in the flora mentioned
above.

In referring to Schlechtendal, or the herbarium of the Copenhagen
Museum, I have used the abbreviations Schl. and Hb. Ha^Ti. ; in quoting
West or Schlechtendal, their resjiective works on St. Croix and St.
Thomas, mentioned above, are understood to be referred to.

Special localities for habitats are given only where a j)lant is rare, or
at all events uncommon ; otherwise the island alone is mentioned.

The expression, "Alll islands," is meant to imply that the species is
found both in St. Croix and the Virgin group, without necessarily mean-
ing to say that it occurs in every island of the latter.

In summing up the statistical results from my list of species, nearly
the same conclusions with regard to the most numerous families are
arrived at as those given in Prof. Grisebach's Geogr. Verbr. der Pflanzen
Westindiens, p. 73, for the Caribbean Islands.

The proportion between Mono- and Dicotyledonous plants indigenous
and naturalized is L: 5.8, in the indigenous ones alone 1 : 4.9, thus show-
ing the plurality of the recently introduced plants to have been Dicoty-
ledonous. The i)roportion mentioned in the plants indigenous to the
islands is somewhat lower than stated by Grisebach, as cited above, to
be the rule in the West Indies, where it is given as 1 : 4, indicating, no
doubt, that the climate of St. Croix and the Virgin Islands is less moist
than that of the West Indies in general.

* De Candolle (Geogr. Bot. p. 1274) gives to St. Thomas as the probable number of
Phanerogama only 450 ; but my list shows about 900.

20

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

Table shomiig the disiribuiion of the Indigenous S2)ecies of Fhanerogamcc and Cnjpiogomce
Vmcularcs in St. Croix and the Virgin Islands.

DilleniacesB

Anonacete

MenisperniacesB. .

IS'ympbnsaceJB

Papaveraceae

CrucilersB

Capparidaceae —

BixacesB

ViolacesB ,

PolygalacesB

Caryophyllaceae . .

Malvaceae

BombacesB

Biittneriaceae

Tiliaceae

Ternstromiaceae . ,

Guttiferse

Canellaceaj

Erjiihroxylaceaa .

Malpighiaceae

Sapindaceas

Meliaceae

OxalidacesB

ZygophyllaceaB ...

Eutaceae

Olacaceae

Ampelideae

Celastracea)

Ebamnaceae

Terebinthaceae . . .

Leguminosae ,

Chrysobalanaceae

Myrtaceae

Melastomaceae . . .

Lythrariaceae .

Onagraceaa

Khizophoraceae ...

C ombre taceae

Cucurbitaceae

Papayaceae

Pasaifloraceas

TameracesB

Cactaceaa

AraliacesB

UmbelliferaB

LoranthaceaB

Eubiaceae

SjTiaiitherese

Ijobcliaceae

Goodenoviaceas . .

Styrsmaceao

Sapotaceae

A.— DiCOTYLEDONES.

"■3
. o

13

B %

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

21

TaUe sliow'mg the distrihution of the Indujenous Species of Phanerogamm and Cryptogamw
Vasculares in St. Croix and the Virgin Islands — Contiuued.

Styraceae

Ebenaceje

Oleacese

Apocynaceaj

Asclepiadaccse

ConvolviilaceaB

Hydroleaceae

BoraginacesB

Solanaceae

Scrophulariaceoe

Bignoniaceae

AcanthacesB

GesneriacesB

LabiatBB

Verbenacese

MyoporacesB

Plumuaginacese

Phy tolaccacejB

ChenopodiacesB

Amarantaceoe

Nyctaginaceae

Polygonaceae

Lauracea;

Thyinela?ace£e

Eupliorbiacese

TJrticacesB

AristolochiacesB

BegoniacesB

Piperacese

B.— MONOCOTTLEDONES.

Alismaceifi.

Hydrocharidacese

Potameae

Aroideas

TyphaceaB

Palmae

CommelynaceaB

Graminaceae

Cypcraceae ?.

Liliaceaj ,

Smilacets

Dioscoreace®

Bromeliaceae

Scitaniineae

Orchidace®

C. — CRTPTOGAiI.E VASCULARES.

LycopodiaceaB
Pilices

j^ataralized species .
Total

17

215
6

221

2
9
3

24
1

17

12
3
6

10
1
9

13
1
1
4
3

13
5
3
4

568
109

677

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGLN ISLANDS.

WEST INDIES.

I. PHANEROGAMS.

A. DICOTYLEDONES.

1. Davilla nigosa, Poir.

St. Thomas (Griseb. Fl. p. 3).

AIVO^ACEiE.

2. Anona muricata, L. (v. Soursop, Susakka).

n. Feb.-May. Leaves Avith a peculiar strong scent, used against
fever and vermiD. Fruit edible; pulp resembling curdled milk, acidu-
lous. In forests and thickets, common. — All islands.

3. A. laurifolia, Dun. (v. Wild Soursop).

Fl. Feb.-May. Eesembling the former species in the foliage, but
leaves of a quite different smell. Not uncommon in forests. — St. Croix ;
St. Thomas.

4. A. palustris, L. (v. Moukey-apple, Bunya).

Fl. May-June. Fruit not edible ; used as bait for fishes. Common in
marshy soil. — All islands.

5. A. squamosa, L. (v. Sugar-apple).

Fl. April-June. Foliage partly deciduous in March and Aj^ril. Fruit
edible, sweet, soft. Common in thickets. — All islands.

6. A. reticulata, L. (v. Custanl-apple).

Fl. April-May. Fruit edible. In woods, not uncommon; also planted
near dwellings. — All islands. — The enlarged top of the connective in all
species of Anona is siliceous. None of the species enumerated above
contains narcotic principles, as is the case with A. CherimoUa, Mill., and
others.

7. Guatteria Ouregou, Dun.

St. Thomas (Griseb. Fl. p. 7).

8. Oxandra laurifolia, Rick. (Uvaria excelsa, Vakl in Hb, Juss.).

St. Croix (Caledonia Gut, West, p. 292).

23

2.4 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AKD THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

IVIEWISPE KMACE.E.

9. Cccculus domingeusis, DC.

Fl, Jiuie-Aug. Stem woody, as muck as two inches in diameter.
Inflorescences often 3 or 4 uniserial in the same axil. (See Delessert,
Icones, t. 9G.) In forests, not common. — St. Thomas (near St. Peter,
1000').

10. Cissampelos Pareira, L. (v. Velvet-leaf), a) Pareira and f3) microcarpa, DC.
ri. jSTov.-March. In forests and thickets, common. — xlll ishmds.

NYMPSLEACE^.

11. Nyniphasa ampla, DC. (v. Water-lily). /?) parviflora.

Fl. April-July. In rivulets. — St. Croix (KingshiU Gut); Yieques

(Port Eoval).

PAPAVERACE^.

12. Argemone mexicana, L. (v. Thistle).

Fl. the whole year. A very common weed in dry places. — All islands.

CRUCIFERtE.

13. Nasturtium officinale, R. Br. (v. Water-cress).

iN"ever seen flowering. i!»s"aturalized along ri%Tilets. — St Croix; St.
Thomas.

14. Sinapis brassicata, L. (v. Wild Mustard).

Fl. Jan.- June. Around dwellings and in waste i)laces, not uncom-
mon. — All islands.

15. Sinapis arvensis, L,

Fl. cleistogamous in February. Eegular flowers later in the year.
Naturalized; rare. — St. Croix (near Anguilla).

16. Lepidium virginicum, L.

Fl. the whole year. A common weed along roadsides and near dwell-
ings. — All islands.

17. Cakile aequalis, L'Her.

Fl. Feb.-July. Kather common on sandy shores. — All islands.
[Cultiv^ated species : Brassica oleracea, L. (v. Cabbage) ; Lejndium sati'
vum^ L. (v. Cress); and Baphanus sativus, L. (v. Eadish).]

CAPPARIDACEJE.

IS. Cleome pentaphylla, L. (v. Massambee).

Fl. the whole year. Flowers often polygamous. Leaves used as
spinach. A common weed near dwellings and in waste places. — AU
islands.

FLORA. OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 25

19. C. puugens, W. (v. Wild Massiimbee). c) aucl j3) Swartziana.

Fl. tlie whole year. Common along roads and ditclies. — All islands.

20. C. viscosa, L.

n. Iilay-Dec. Naturalized liere and ther®. — St. Croix; St. Thomas.

21. Moringa pterygosperma, G. (v. Horse-radisli-tree).

ri. the whole year. Eoot with a flavour of horse-radish. oSTaturalized
and common near dwellings.-^ All islands.

22. Capparis amygdalina, Lara.

Fl. March-June. Leaves on young radical shoots linear in this and
the two following species. Xot uncommon in thickets. — All islands.

23. C jamaicensis, Jacq. (v. Black Willie), u) marginata and /J) siliquosa.

FL April- Aug. c) not uncommon; /S) less common along the shore
and in thickets. — All islands.

24. C. cynophallophora, L. (v. Linguan-tree). a) and /?) saligna.

Fl. Feb.-Aug. — Glands 2-4, uniserial in the axils, exuding nectar
when young before the time of flowering, and are to be considered as
reduced branches or inflorescences.

25. C. verrucosa, Jacq.

Fl. April-lMay. A middle-sized tree. Kot uncommon in forests on
the Virgin Islands.

26. C frondcsa, Jacq. (v. Eat-bean).

Fl. Feb.-May. Seeds very poisonous. Common in forests. — All
islands.

27. Morisonia americana, L. a) and /3) subpeltata, Gris. in litt.

Fl. May-Oct. A considerable-sized tree. «) all islands; /?) leaves
subiieltate. — St. Croix (Spring Gut).

BIXACE^.

28. Bixa Orellana, L. (v. Eoucon).

Fl. June- July. The red ingmeiit of the fniit was generally used by
the Caribs for anointing the whole body (Du Tertre). Naturalized in
forests. — St. Croix (Crequis, Wills Bay); St. Thomas (Crown).

29. Trilix crucis, Griseb.

Fl. April-June. Stipules very variable. Petals always abortive in
my specimens. A low tree or shrub. Uncommon in forests. — St. Croix
(Wills Bay, Mt. Eagle); St. Thomas (Flag Hill); St. Jan (Cinnamon
Bay).

26 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

30. Oasearia sylvestris, Sw.

El. Jaii.-Fcb. aud May-July. Seed covered hy a red arillus. Com-
mon in forests and thickets. — All islands.

31. C. parvifolia, W. u) and jf) microcarpa, Egg.

n. March-July. Flowers odorous. Stamens alternately of equal
length. Not uncommon in forests. A low tree. — «) Virgin Islands j
fi) finiit small, 2'" diam., St. Croix.

32. C. ramiflora, Valil. c).

n. Jan.-Feb. and July-Aug. Pedicel articulate below the middle.
Arillus fibrous. Common in forests. — All islands.

33. Samyda glabrata, Sw.

Fl. June. Eare, in thickets on highest hill-tops. — St. Thomas (Crown,

1400').

34. S. serrulata, L.

Fl. Feb.-May. Flowers odorous, precocious. Pedicels articulated at
the middle. Leaves of young radical shoots linear. Common in thick-
ets. — All islands.

35. lonidiura strictum, Vent.

Fl. all the year round. Flower matutine. Rather uncommon in fis-
sures ot rocks in thickets. — St. Croix ; Water Island.

TAITIARBCACE^.

36. Tamarix indica, Willd. (v. Cypress).

FL Sei)t.-Oct. Naturalized in gardens. — St. Croix 5 St. Thomas.

POLYGA1LACE.I:.

37. Poly gala angustifolia, HB. Kth.

Fl, Dec.-Feb. Jn the shade of dense thickets. Eare. — St. Thomas
(Cowell's Hill).

38. Securidaca Brownei, Gr. (S. scandais of West).

Fl. Feb.-April. Naturalized around Christiansted, v. Eohr. — St.
Croix.

39. S. erecta, L.

St. Thomas (DC. Prodr. i, 341; Oris. Fl. p. 30).

40. Krameria I:sina, L.

Fl. July. The three narrow petals, resembling abortive stamens, are
bent forward and cover the anthers. The two lateral oi.es are fleshy,

FLORA OF ST. CEOIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 27

and covered on the outer side with fleshy papDhie. Fruit 1-seeded by
abortion. Gregarious ahmg roadsides in dry localities, but uncom-
mon. — St. Thomas (Bovoni).

CAKl OPHYL.LACE.E.

I. Paronychiace^.

41. Drymaria cordata, AV. /3) diandra.

Fl. May-June. In moist localities in the shade. Eare. — St. Croix
(Spring Garden).

42. Cypselea humifusa, Turji.

Fl. July. Gregarious around a small fresh-water lagoon. Bare. —
Water Island.

II. MOLLUGIXEiE.

43. Mollugo verticillata, L.

Fl. Aug. Leaves often fleshy. On rocky shores. Eare. — Buck Isl
and, near St. Thomas.

44. M. nudicaulis, Lam.

Fl. Sept.-Dec. Not uncommon in moist localities. — St. Croix ; Buck
Island near St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

III. PORTULACEJi;.

45. Talinum triangulare, W.

Fl. all the year round. Flower open till 11 A. M. Sepals of unequal
size. The large one 1-ribbed, the smaller one 3-ribbed. Petals often
yellow (as represented in Jacq. Stirj). Americ. t. 135). Eather uncom-
mon. On rocks near the seashore. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

46. T. patens, \V.

Fl. all the year round. Flower open from 3 P. M. till sunset. Petals
pale red or yellow (Bot. Mag. 1. 1543). Eoot tuberous. Here and there
in rocky situations. — St. Croix; St. Thomas.

47. Portulaca oleracea, L. (v. Purslane), u) maciantha, ,5) micrantha, Egg.

Fl. the w hole year. Flower open till 10 A. M. a) brownish, 5 petals,
as many as 25 stamens, corolla G'" diam. /3) green, 4 petals, 10-12 sta-
mens, corolla 3'" diam. Both varieties common along roadsides and in
open spots. — All islands.

48. P. quadrifida, L. (Mant. 78).

Fl. all the year round. Petals 4, yellow, 2'" long. Flower open from
11 A. M. till 3 P. M. Leaves opposite, clasping together towards even-
ing. A common weed in gardens and along roads. — ^All islands.

28 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS,

4-9. P. pilosa, L.

Fl. all llic year rouud. Often nearly glabrous. Boots tuberous.
Petals red or yellow, large. Corolla up to IG'" diain., open only till 9
a. m. Seeds dark browu. Leaves adpressing themselves downward to
the stem towards evening. Not uncommon. Along ditches and iu
grass-fields. — St. Croix j St. Thomas.

50. P. halimoides, L.

Fl. June-Dec. Common along roadsides and among rocks. — St.
Croix; St. Thomas.

51. Sesuvium portulacastrum, L. (v. Bay-flower).

Fl. all the year round. Sepals rosy inside. Common on sandy
shores. — All islands.

52. Trianthezna moncgynum, L.

Fl. all the year round. Branches always originating in the axil of
the smaller leaf. Stamens 7-17. Sepals and stamens rosy or white.
Common on rocky shores. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

MAI.VACE7E.

53. Malvastrum spicatum, Gris. (v. Ilollow-stock).

Fl. all the year rouud. Flower expanding in the afternoon. Very
variable. A common weed along roads and in fields. — All islands.

54. M. tricuspidatum, Asa Gray.

Fl. all the year round. Common along roads and ditches. — ^AU isl-
ands.

55. Sida carpinifolia, L. a) and /3) brevicuspidata.

Fl. Sept.-March. Pedicel geniculate at the base, or as often not so.
Petals imbricate dextrorsely or sinistrorsely. Both forms very common
Meeds everywhere iu dry localities. — ^AU islands.

56. S. glomerata, Cav.

Fl. Aug.-Oct. — Buck Island near St. Thomas ; Vieques.

57. S. ciliaris, L.

Fl. Sept.-March. Flower expanded till 10 A. M. Stipules always
longer than the petioles. Leaves closely clasping the stem in the
evening. Gregarious on roads and near ditches. Common. — ^AU islands.

FLORA OF ST. CEOIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 29

58. Sida jamaicensis, L.

Fl. Dec-March. Flower expanded till 9 A. M. Calyx shorter than
the corolla. In grass-fields and thickets. Often sufirutescent, G' high.
Common. — All islands.

59. S. spinosa, L. a), (3) angustifolia, Lam., and ) ) polycarpa, Egg.

Fl. Sept.-March. y) snffratescent, 4' high. Pedicel as long as the
whole leaf. Pistils, ovaries, and carpids always 12. «) and /S) common
in grass-fields and pastures, y) near rivulets. — All islands.

60. S. rhombifolia, L. (v. Swart Maran). y) retusa.

Fl. Dec-March. Petals showing a purple blot at the base. Com-
mon in waste i)laces. — All islands.

61. S. tristis, Sclileclit. (Linna'a, iii, 271).

St. Thomas (Schl.).

62. S. supina, L'Her. a) glabra aud 3) pilosa, Egg.

Fl. Nov.-March. Two very distinct forms : «) in shady, moist places ;
(3) in dry localities. Not uncommon in thickets and forests. — All islands.

63. S. arguta, Cav. (not S. arguta, Sw., as stated in Griseb. Sy.st. Uuters. p. 31)

St. Croix (West, 297); St. Thomas (Schl.).

64. S. nervosa, DC. a) and ft) viscosa, Egg.

Fl. Dec-April. /?) viscous and glandular pilose. Petals reddish;
pistils red. Kot uncommon along roads and ditches. — All islands.

65. S. acuminata, DC. a) macrophylla and /?) microphylla.
St. Thomas (Schl.). "Inlocis siccis."

66. S. cordifolia, L. /3) althasfolia, S\v.

Fl. March. Here and there along roads. — St. Croix (West, 297); St.
Jan (Bethania).

67. S. humilis, W. (?) Cav.

St. Thomas (Schl.). "In locis umbrosis."

68. Abutilon periplccifolium, G. Don. a) and /?) albicans, carpids 3-oYiilate.

Fl. all the year round. Seeds dimorphous. The two seeds in the
superior cell glabrous, the one in the inferior silky, a) not uncommon
along roads. /3) imcommon. — St. Croix (a and fl); St. Jan (,3).

69. A. umbellatum, Sw.

Fl. Dec-March. Seeds cordate, brown. Not very common in open,
dry localities. — All islands.

30 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

70. A. indicum, G. Don (v. Malioe). a) and ft) asiaticum.

n. all the year roimd. Flower expanded after 3 P. M. only. Both
forms common along roads and on waste i)laces. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

71. A. lignosum, Eicli. (v. Marsli-mallow).

Fl. Nov.-May. Flower expanded during the afternoon only. Seeds
irregularly triangular, verrucose, grey. — St. Croix.

72. Bastardia viscosa, Ktli. a).

Fl. all the year round. Flower expanded d uriug the afternoon only.
Common along roads and in dry localities. — All islands.

73. Malachra capitata, L. a) and ft) alceifolia, Jncq.

Fl. Dec-March. Flower expanded only till 2 P. M. Along ditches
and in moist places, a) rather common 5 ft) less common. — All islands.

74. M. urens, Poit.

Fl. April. Petals yellow, puberulous externally. Seeds smooth, gla-
brous. Uncommon on waste i)laces. — St. Thomas (western shore of the
harbour).

75. Ureiia lobata, L. a) americana.

Fl. NoY.-June. Flower expanded till 10 A. M. In forests. — St. Croix
(rare; Prosperity on the north coast); St. Thomas; St. Jan (not un-
common).

76. Pavonia spinifex, Cav.

Fl. Oct.-Dec. Eather common in thickets and forests. — All islands.

77. P. racemosa, S\v.

Fl. Oct. In marshy soil among Laguncularia and Conocarpus. — St.
Croix (uncommon ; Salt Eiver).

78. Kosteletzkya pentasperma, Gr.

Fl. Aug. Flower expanded till 10 A. M. In marshy soil. Eare. — St.
Thomas (Kruinbay).

79. Abelmoschus esculentus. W. A. (v. Olcro).

Fl. all the year round. Fruit used immature as a vegetable. Culti-
vated and naturalized near dwellings. — All islands.

80. Hibiscus clypeatus, L.
St. Croix (AVest, p. 208).

81. H. vitifolius, L.

Fl. Dec-March. Along roads and in thickets. — St. Croix (naturalized
in the eastern part of the island).

FLOEA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 31

82. H. Sabdariffa, L. (v. Red Sorrel).

n. Oct.-I:^0Y. Leaves used as a vegetable. Calyx at lengtli flesliy,
used for lemonade. Cultivated and naturalized here and there. — St.
Croix; St. Thomas.

83. H. phcsniceus, Jucq.

Fl. Sept.-]March. Eather common in thickets, especially near dwell-
ings. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

84. H. brasiliensis, L.

St. Croix (West, p. 298)

85. Gossypium barbadense, L. (v. Cottou-tree). a) autl ,3),

Fl. all the year round. Down stellate. Common in dry localities.
Formerly cultivated. — All islands.

86. G. vjtifolium, Lam.

Naturalized in St. Thomas (Schl.), perhajis from having been cultivated
in former times.

87. Paritium tiliaceum, A. Juss. (v. Malioe).

Fl. Oct.-March. Bark employed as rope. Along coasts, but rare. —
St. Croix (West, p. 297) ; St. Thomas (Schl.) ; St. Jan (Fish Bay).

88. Thespesia populnea, Corr. (v. Otalieite Tree).

Fl. all the year round. Very easily propagated by cuttings. A shady
tree with very hard wood. Naturalized and cultivated everywhere, espe-
cially in moist localities. All islands.

All Malvacese are protandrous.

[Cultivated species: Alfhce rosea, L. (v. Hollyhock); Hibiscus 7-osa-
sinensis, L. (v. Chinese rose) ; and H. mutahiUs, L. (v. Changeable Hibis-
cus).]

BOMBACEJE.

89. Adansouia digitata, L. (v. Guinea TamariDcl).

Fl. June-July. Leaves deciduous in March-April. The acid pulp of
the fruit used for lemonade. Naturalized in w^ooded valleys. — St. Croix
(Prosperity; Crequis); St. Thomas.

90. Eriodendron anfractuosum, DC. (v. Silk-cotton-tree).

Fl. Feb.-April. Leaves deciduous March-April. Stem growing to
immense size. Common in forests. All islands.

91. Myrodia turbinata, Sw.

St. Croix (Spring Garden, West, p. 298).

nD

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

92. Helicteres jamaicensis, Jacq.

n. March- Aug. Spiral of carpids 2;^-. Common in thickets. — All

islands.

BiJTTIVEKIACE^.

93. Guazuma ulmifolia, Lain. (v. Jackass Calaln).

Fl. April-Juuc. Wood used for oars. Not uncommon in pastures. —
St. Croix; St. Thomas.

94. Tlieobroma Cacao, L. (v. Cocoa-tree).

n. June. Naturalized in shady valleys. — St. Croix (Prosperity;
Mount Stewart).

95. Ayenia pusilla, L. *
n. all the year round. Flowers often transformed into a hollow

monstrosity by the larva of a wasp. Fruit muricate. In thickets, com-
mon. — All islands.

96. Melochiia pyramidata, L.

Fl. all the year round. Common in pastures. — St. Croix.

97. M. tomentosa, L. (v. Broom-wood).

Fl. All the year round. Calyx tomeutose, greyish white. Tomentum
interspersed with giandulous hairs. Used for brooms. Common in dry
thickets. — All islands.
93. M. nodiflora, Sw.

Fl. Nov.-July, Common in pastures and along roads. — All islands.

99. Waltheria americana, L. (v. Marsli-mallow).

Fl. Oct.-May. Common in pastures. — All islands.

TI1.IACEJE.

100. Triumfetta Lappula, L. (v. Bur-busb).

Fl. Nov.-April. Common in thickets. — All islands.

101. T. althaeoides, Lam. (v. Mahoe).

Fl. Dec-March. In forests, uncommon. — St. Croix; St. Tliomas.

102. T. semitriloba, L. (v. Bur-bnsh).

Fl. Oct.-March. In thickets and along roads, common. — All islands.

103. T. rhoinboidea, Jacq.

Fl. Dec-April. Uncommon in thickets. — St. Croix (Si^ring-gut).

104. Corchorus acutangulus, Lam.

Fl. June-No V. The lowest serratures of the leaves in my specimens
often show one or two long setaceous bristles, as stated in DC. Prodr.

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 33

i, 505. Griseb. Fl. p. 97, does not mention tliem, as he does in C. oUto-
rms, neither does the figure in Wight's Icones, iii, t. 730, show them in
this species. From observations made by me on C. acutangulns, as well
as on C. Mrfus, such bristles on the lower serratures of the leaves are of
no specific value in this genus, being a variable feature. In gardens
and near dwellings, not uncommon. — St. Croix j St. Thomas.

105. C. siliquosus, L. (v. Papa-lolo).

Fl. Kov.-July. Leaves used as a vegetable (Calalu). Along roads
and in pastures, common. — All islands.

106. C. hirtus, L.

Fl. June-Sept. Two lowest serratures of the leaves sometimes show-
ing one or two setaceous bristles. In gardens and along roads, not
uncommon. — St. Croix; St. Thomas.

107. C. hirsutus, L.

Fl. all the year round. Hairs of the stem scabrous. On sandy shores,
common, — All islands.

TERNSTKOMIACE^.

108. Ternstromia elliptica, Sw.

Fl. Feb.-April. The two bracts at the base of the persistent calyx
are to be considered as such (Swartz, Flora lud. Occ. p. 961; DC. Prodr.
i, p. 523; and Hook. & Benth. Genera Plant, i, p. 182), and not as sepals
(Griseb. Fl. p. 103) on account of their being deciduous, but the sepals
not. The number of ovules in my specimens are about twenty in each
cell. (Hook, and Benth. 1. c. ascribe to the genus only two, rarely three
to six, in each cell ; Grisebach 1. c. only two to four. In the Catal. Plant.
Cub. p. 36, Griseb. mentions," however, a variety of T. ohovaJis, Eich.,
with ten to thirteen ovules in each cell.) Sepals rosy, flowers fragrant
In forests on high hills, rare. — St. Croix (Maroon Hill, 900') ; St. Jau
(Bordeaux Hill, 1200').

OUTTIFEK^.

109. Clusia rosea, L. (v. Cliigger-apple).

Fl. May-Sei)t. Aerial roots as much as 20' long, supporting the
young trees on rocks or other trees. In forests. — St. Croix (rare. Wills
Bay) ; Virgin Islands (not uncommon).

110. C. alba, L. (v. Wild Mamey).

St. Croix (West, p. 312). Probably a mistake for the first named
species.

Bull. Nat. Mus. No. 13 3

34 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

111. Mammea americana, L. (v. Mamey).

Fl. Feb. and later in Aug. Fruit generally one-seeded, eatable.
Common in forests and planted along roads. — All islands.

112. Calophyllum Calaba, .Jacq. (v. Sauta Maria).

Fl. May-July. In forests along rivulets. — St. Croix (common in the
northern part of the island); St. Thomas (rare).

113. Canella alba, Murr. (v. White-bark).

Fl. Jan.-April. Berry dark crimson. Leaves used in warm baths for
rheumatism. On sandy shores and in forests. — All islands. ,

EKYTHROXYEACE^.

114. Erythroxylum ovatum, Cav. (v. Wild Cherry, Brisselct).

Fl. April-Sept. Precocious. Branches, as a rule, transformed into
brachyblasts. Common in thickets. — All islands.

{E. areolatum, West, p. 28G, and U. hrevipes, Bertero in Schlecht. Flo-
rula, are, no doubt, mistakes for the species mentioned above.)

MAEPIGIIIACE.E.

115. Byrsonima spicata, Rich.

Fl. July- Aug. In forests, rare. — St. Croix (Parasol Hill); St. Thomas
(Signal Hill); St. Jan (Bordeaux).

116. B. lucida, Rich.

Fl. Oct.— St. Thomas (DC. Prodr. i, 580); Vieques (Campo Asilo).

117. Bunchosia Swartziana, Gris.

Fl. July. Pedicel uniglandular and bibracteolate at the joint. Very
much attacked by insects. In thickets. — St. Croix (rare, Kingshill); St.
Thomas (not uncommon) ; St. Jan.

110. Galphimia glauca, Cav. (Icon. \, p. Gl) {G. gracilis, BartL).

Fl. all the year round. Naturalized in gardens. — ^All islands.

119. Malpighia glabra, L. (v. Cherry).

Fl. May-June. Fruit edible. Common in thickets. — St. Croix; St.
Thomas.

120. M. urens, L. o) and (3) lanceolata.

Fl. June-Oct. a) common in thickets. — All islands; /?) rare, St. Croix
(Spring-gut).

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 35

121. M. Cnida, Spreng. (Neiie Entdeclc. iii, 51).

FL June-Sept. Along- roads and in thickets, not uncommon. — St.
Jan ; Water Island ; Vieques.

122. M. angustifolia, L.

Fl. June-Oct. In thickets, not uncommon. — ^Water Island ; Vieques.

123. Stigmaphyllon periplocifolium, Juss.

n. all the year round. Samarjie red. In thickets, common. — All
islands.

124. Heteropteris purpurea, Kth.

Ff all the year round. Common in hedg'es and thickets. — All islands.

125. H. parvifolia, DC. (v. Bull Vis).

Fl. all the year round. As common as the preceding species. — All
islands.

SAPIIVDACE^.
12S. Cardiospermum Halicacabum, L. (v. Balloon-vine).

Fl. Sept.-^'ilarch. Eather common in thickets and near dwellings.—
St. Croix; St. Thomas.

127. C. niicrccarpum, Ktli.

Fl. Jan.-March. In thiclvcts, rare. — St. Croix (Spring-gut); St. Jan
(Euigheit).

12G. Gerjania lucida, Schmn. (v. Wliite Vis, Cabrite rotting).

Fl. Dec.-Juue. Stem used as rope. Common in thickets. — All isl-
ands. — (Paullinia curassavica, West, p. 281, is no doubt a mistake for
this species.)

129. Cupsnia fulva, Mart.

Fl. January. In forests, not uncommon. — Virgin Islands.

130. Sapir-dus inasqualis, DC. (v. Soap-seed).

Fl. Dec-Jan. Seeds used for ornaments. In forests along rivulets.
Not uncommon. — St. Croix.

131. Schmidelia occidentalii, Sw.

Fl. May-Sept. Not uncommon in forests, especially in St. Croix. —
All islands.

132. Melicocca bijuga, L. (v. Keneppy tree).

Fl. April-May. Leafless during flowering. Flowers fragrant. Fruit
astringent, edible. Naturalized and now very common everywhere,

36 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

often forming" a secondary gioAvth in cleared woodland. Introduced
from the Spauiwli main. — All islands.

133. Dodonaea viscosa, L.

ri. April. On sandj' seashores, rare. — St. Croix (Sandy Point).

134. Melia sempervirens, S\v. (v. Lilac, Hagbusb).

n. all the year round. Common in forests and near dwellings. — All
islands.

135. Trichilia hirta, L.

n. June-July. Common in thickets. — All islands.
{Guarea trichilioides^ Jacq., said to occur in St. Croix (West, p. 281),
seems to me rather doubtful.)

136. STvietenia Mahagoni, L. {x. Mahogany).

n. April-June. In wooded valleys and along roads and dwellings.
Kot uncommon. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

0£RAl\IA€i:^.

[Cultivated occur several species of Geranium, L'Her., and Pelargo-
nium, L'Her.]

BAtSAMINACE^.

137. Balsamina hortensis, Desp. (v. Lady-slippers).

Fl. all the year round. JSTaturalized everywhere in gardens. Seeds
often germinating in the capsule. — All islands.

AXJRAXTIACE^E.

138. Citrus medica, L. a) (v. Citrou). /?) Limonum, Risso (v. Lime).

n. Ai)ril-May. a) naturalized, but rare, in gardens. P) naturalized,
common in gardens and near dwellings, also in forests. — All islands.

139. C. Aurantium, L. a) (v. Orange). /3) Bigaradia, Duh. (v. Seville Orange).
n. May-July. Both forms naturalized in gardens, especially a).

Common in St. Croix; rare in St. Thomas and St. Jan, where the species
is said to have died out nearly, from disease.— (Mentioned also by
Breutel, London Journal of Botany, ii.)

140. C. buxifolia, Padr. (v. Forbidden Fruit).

ri. July. JSTaturahzed in a few i)laces. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

141. C. decumana, L. (v. Sbaddock).

Fl. July- Aug. Fruit used for preserves. Naturalized in gardens. —
St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 37

142. Triphasia trifoliata, DC. (v. Sweet Lime).

Fl. April-June. ISraturalized in thickets and near dwellings. Com-
mon in all the islands.

[Cultivated species: Murray a exotica^ L. (v. Cyprian), and Coolda
'punctata, Ketz.]

OXALIDACEIii:.

143. Oxalis Martiana, Zucc.

Fl. ]May-Aug. jSTaturalized in gardens on all the islands.

144. O. corniculata, L. /?) microphylla, Poir.

Fl, all the year round. Gregarious in fields. — St. Croix ( Auually) j
St. Thomas.

ZYGOPHYI^tACE^.

145. Tiibulus cistoides, L.

Fl. all the year round. Along roads and in open spots, gregarious. —
St. Croix (in the easternmost part of the island only).

146. T. maxinius, L. (v. Centipee-root, Longlo).

Fl. all the year round. Stamens alternately of equal length. The
whole plant is used in baths against boils. A very common weed along
roads and in wafete places. — All islands.

147. Guajacum olEcinale, L. (v. Lignum vitte, Pockenliolt).

Fl. March-April. Common in former times, but now nearly exter-
minated. On the seashore and in forests, rare. — All islands.

BUTACE^.

148. Pilocarpus racemosus, Valil.

Fl. Feb.-March. Leaves undivided, 3-foliate or impari-pinnate in
the same specimen (as stated in Hook. & Benth. Genera, 1, 299, and Fl.
Brasil. fasc. Go). Inflorescence terminal and axillary. A low tree. In
forests, rare. — St. Jan (Kingshill, 1000') ; Vieques (Eavn in Hb. Havn.).
(Specimen from Montserrat in Hb. Havn. also named P. laurifoliusj
Vahl.)

149. Tobinia punctata, Gr.

Fl. Sept. Leaves often pinnate. Dots on the leaves pellucid. In
thickets, not uncommon. — St. Croix.

150. T. spiuosa, Desv.

Fl. May-June. Leaflets prickly on the principal nerves on both sides,
bearing 2 stipular j)rickles at the base. Carpids 3 (2-1) globose, with a
short beak, black, verrucose, 3'" long. Seeds black, shining. Rare in
forests.— St. Thomas (Flag Hill, GOO').

38 FLOE A OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

151. Fagara microphylla, Desf. (v. Eamgoat-bush) (F. tragodes, Jacq. iu West),
n. Juue-Dec. Dots of the leaves pellucid. The whole x^laut lias a

strong smell, Not uucommon in thickets. — St. Croix 5 Buck Island,
near St. Croix.

152. Zanthoxylum Clava-Herculis, L. (v. White Prickle).

Fl. xVpril-June. Aculei corky, 6'" long, greyish, with a narrow brown
point. In forests, not uncommon. — All islands.

153. Z. flavum, Valil (Xaturli. Selsk. Skrift. vi, 132, 1810) (v. Yellow Sauder).
ISTot seen flowering. A fine timber- tree, used for furniture. Not un-
common in forests in former times, but now nearly extinct. — St. Jan
(Bordeaux Hills) (St. Croix f St. Thomas"?) (Montserrat, Eyan in Hb.
Havn.) ; Martinique (West in Hb. Havn.).

154. Z. Ochroxylum, DC , (v. Yellow Prickle) (Z. smplicifoliim, Yahl in Hb. Havn.),

n. June-NoY. 9 Panicle 1" long ; pedicels ^"' long, bracteole at
the base deciduous. Calyx 5-partite, ^'" diam. Petals 5, imbricate,
white, f" long, pellucid-dotted. Style thick, |'" high 5 stigmas trian-
gular. Ovaries 3 on a short gynophore. Carpids 3 (1-2) globose, ver-
rucose, partly dehiscent, 1^'" diam. Seed shining-black. Stem armed
with large corky aculei, often connected and forming long ridges down
the stem. Wood yellow. Tlie whole plant is possessed of the same
strong smeU as Fagara. Not uncommon in forests. — St. Thomas (Flag
Hill 600') ; St. Jan (Eogiers) (Montserrat, Eyan iu Hb. Havn. ; Marti-
nique, South America, Hb. Havn.). (A branch without flowers, marked
Z. macrophyllum, St. Croix, Eyan in Hb. Havn., seems to belong to this
species.)

155. Quassia amara, L. til. (v. Quassia).

Fl. Nov.-Feb. Naturalized in gardens. — All islands.

156. Castela erecta, Turp.

Fl. Feb.- June. Petals purple. 9 with 8 rudimentary stamens, alter-
nately of equal size. Carpids 2-3-4. In dry thickets along the south
coast, not uncommon. — St. Croix.

157. Picraena excelsa, Liudl. (v. Bittei-asli).

Not seen flowering. Wood very bitter, used for stomachic properties
in drinks. In forests, rare. — St. Croix; St. Jan.

OLiACACEJS.

158. Schcepiia arborescens, R. S.

Fl. Feb.-March. Fruit nearly always 1-seeded by abortion. Here
and there in forests. — St. Croix (Saltriver, Wills Bay) ; St. Thomas
(Crown, 1400'). >

FLOEA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 39

AMPlEtlDEJC.

159. Cissus sicyoides, L. (v. Lambrali, Pinna koop).

Fl. all the year round. Flowers purple or yellow. Aerial roots long',
filiform. Common in forests. — All islands.

160. C. trifoliata, L.

Fl. all the year round. Ou rocks and trees, not common. — St. Croix ;
St. Thomas.

161. C. acida, L.

Fl. June-Aug. In thickets near the coast, common. — All islands.

162. Vitis caribaea, DC.

Fl. June. In dense forests, rare. — St. Croix (Caledonia Gut) ; St.
Thomas (Crown).

CEL,ASTKACE^.

163. Maytenus elaeodendroides, Gris. (Cat. Plant. Cub. p. 54). (Rhamnns poly-

gamus, Vahl in Hb. Havn., and in West, p. 27G.)

Fl. Dec. Flower brownish, small. Calyx 5-partite, %'" diam. Petals
5, oval, V" long. Stamens 5, often ajl or part of them transformed into
petals and more or less sterile. Stigma subsessile, 2-lobed. Ovary 2-
locular, 2-ovulate. Disc brown, undulate, V" high. Seed blaek with a
red arillus. Eare in dry thickets. — St. Croix (Fair Plain).

164.' M. IcBvigatus, Gris. in litt. {Ehavmns Iceviriatus, Valil in Symb. Bot. iii, 41 ;
Ceanothus, DC).

Fl. May-Oct. Capsule tardily dehiscent, 1-3-seeded, 6'" long. Seeds
brown, reticulate with red veins, 2'" diam. Arillustough, white. A
shrub or middle-sized tree. Not uncommon in forests. — All islands.

165. ElaBodendron xylocarpum, DC. (v. Spoon-tree, Nut Muscat).

Fl. Sept.-Dec. Stamens often transformed, as in Maytenus elccoden-
droides. Drupe orange-coloured, S'" long. Common on rocky shores;
more uncommon in St. Croix. — All islands.

166. Myginda pallens, Sw.

Fl. Oct.-May. Common in thickets, principally in marshy soU. — All
islands.

167. M. latifolia, Sw.

St. Croix (Pflug, sec. Vahl Symb. Bot. ii, 32) ; St. Thomas (Schl.).

168. Schaefferia frutescens, Jacq.

Fl. Sept.-Dec. Common in thickets. — All islands.

40 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

RIIAMWACEJE.

169. Reynosia latifolia, Gris. (Cat. PL Cub. 34) (v. Guauia). EmeucL in Eggers,
Yidouskab. Medd. fra Naturhist. Foreuing, Copeuhageu, 1878, cum icoiie,p. 173.

n. June-July. Common in dry thickets. — ^Virgin Islands.

170. R. mucronata, Gris. (1. c.) (Eggers, 1. c).

Not seen flowering;. Rare in dry thickets near the coast. — St. Croix
(easternmost part of the island, near Tague Bay).

171. Condalia ferrea, Gris. (v. Edden-wood).

Fl. Sept.-Jan. Keel of the calyx-lobes foliaceous. Drupe oval, 2^'"
long. Not uncommon in thickets and forests. — All islands.

172. Colubriua ferruginosa, Brongn.

¥\. Jan. and May-July. A low shrub. Common on sandy shores. —
All islands.

173. C. reclinata, Biougu. (v. Snake-root, Mabee-bark).

Fl. Nov.-March. Style 2-3-partite. Leaves used for the preparation
of stomachic drinks. Not uncommon in thickets. — All islands.

174. Zizyphus reticulata, DC. (Prodr. 11,20) (Paliwus, Vahl, Eel. Am. iii, G).

Fl. July. Disc brownish. Capsule 3-locular, one seed in each cell,
5'" long, glabrous. Seeds purjile; imli) reddish brown. In dry
thickets, rare. — St. Croix (Fair Plain).

175. Gouania domiugensis, L. (v. Soap-stick, Sllvi).

Fl. Oct.-Jan. Stem used as roi^e. Common in thickets. — All islands.

TEREBlNTHACEiE.

176. Bursera gumnlifera, L. (v. Turpentine-tree).

Fl. April-Sept. Frotandrous. Easily propagated by large cuttings,
and generally used for forming fences. Common in forests and along
roads. — All islands.

177. Hedwigia balsamifera, Sw.

St. Croix (West in lib. Havn. and p. 281 as Idea altissima).

178. Amyris sylvatica, Jacq. (v. Flamboyant).

Fl. Feb.-April and July-Sept. Inflorescence trichotomous. Wood
resinous and used for torches, especially in catching lobsters at night.
Not uncommon in forests. — All islands.

179. Spoudias lutea, L. (v. Hog-plum).

Fl. March, coetanous, and later July. Leaves deciduous in Feb.
Fruit oval, edible. Common in forests. — All islands.

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 41

180. S. purpurea, L. (v. Jamaica Plum).

Fl. Feb.-March, precocious. Naturalized in gardens and wooded val-
leys. — All islands.
ISl. Rlius antillana, Egg. (u. sp.).

Sect. Sumach. Leaves impari-iiinnate ; leaflets 4-5-jugal, petiolulate,
lanceolate, acuminate, obtuse at the base, entire, glabrous, chartaceous ;
veins prominulous beneath. Cyme ramose; branclilets bracteolate,
equalling the leaves. Flower pedicellate, small, green, 5-raerous, mostly
^, the rest hermaphrodite. Calyx and petals persistent in the fertile
flower. Stamens erect, a little longer than the petals, inserted into a
fleshy central disc ; filaments villous at the base. Ovary inserted upon
a short fleshy gynophore. Drupe globose, glabrous, 1-seeded by abor-
tion. A low tree. Approaching R. metoplum, L. Fl. Jan. In forests,
rare.— St. Thomas (Signal Hill, 1400') ; St. Jan (Hb. Havn. as Xanthox-
ylum). (St. Croix, Stony-ground?) *

182. Comocladia ilicifolia, Sw. (v. Prapra).

Fl. March-May. Eoot containing a lasting red dye. Common on lime-
stone. — All islands.

183. Mangifera iudica, L. (v. Maugo-tree).

Fl. Feb.-April. Fruit edible. Introduced towards the close of last
century, and now cultivated and naturalized everywhere. — All islands.
134. Aiiacardium cccidentale, L. (v. Casliew, Cherry).

Fl. Dec.-Aijril. Pedicel becoming fleshy, and containing in abund-
ance a shghtly astringent juice. Seeds used as almonds. Common in
forests and along roads. — All islands.

185. Crotalaria verrucosa, L,

Fl. all the year round. iSTaturalized along roads. Very common. — All
islands.

186. C. retusa, L.

Fl. all the year round. Common along roads and in waste places.
Naturalized. — All islands.

187. C. latifolia, L.

Fl. Nov. Leaves golden sericeous beneath. Corolla greenish. Not
uncommon in thickets. — All islands.

188. C. incana, L. (v. Rattle-busli).

Fl. all the year round. Stipules deciduous, the scar exuding nectar
afterwards, as well as the base of the bracteoles. Common along roads
and near dwellings. — St. Croix; St. Thomas.

42 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

189. ludigofera tinctoria, L.

Fl. Apiil-Aug. Cultivated in former times, but now only found, wild
or naturalized. Common in dry localities. — All islands.

190. I. Anil, L.

n. all the year round. The whole plant is much attacked by insects.
Yery common in diy thickets. — All islands.

191. Tephrosia cinerea, Pers. a) aud /3) litoralis, Per.s.

Fl. Feb.-June. Both forms here and there in thickets. — All islands.

192. Cracca caribeea, Bcutli.

St. Croix (Schl.); St. Thomas (Gris. Fl. p. 183).

193. Coursetia arborea, Gris.
St. Jan (Gris. Fl. p. 183).

194. Sabiiiea fiorida, DC. (v. Waterpanua;).

Fl. March-July. Precocious. Wood used for fishpots. Gregarious.
Common in thickets and forests. — Virgin Islands. (Cultivated in St.

Croix.)

195. Pictetia squamata, DC. (Prodr. ii, 314) (v. Fustic).

Fl, June. Flowering period only 5 or G days. Branches in this and
the following species commonly transformed into brachyblasts. Com-
mon in forests and thickets. — ^Virgin Islands.

196. P. aristata, DC. (1. c.) (v. Fustic).

Fl. Feb., March, and June-Aug. Eather common in thickets. — Vir-
gin Islands; St. Croix (Jacq. Hort. Schoenbr. ii, 60).?

(Both species are iierhaps to be united, as proposed by Jacquin.)

197. Agati grandiflora, Desv.

Fl. all the year round. Naturalized in gardens, common. — All islands.

198. Sesbania sericea, DC.

Fl. Nov. In thickets near the coast, uncommon. — St. Thomas (Flag
Hill).

199. iSschyncmene americana, L.

Fl. Xov.-Jan. In pastures and along roads, not uncommon. — St.
Croix.

200. Zornia diphylla, Pers.

Fl. July-Aug. In pastures on high hills, rare. — St. Thomas (Signal
Hill, Crown).

201. Lourea vespertilionis, Desv.

Fl. Feb.-April. Naturalized in gardens. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 43

202. Alysicarpus vaginalis, DC.

n. Nov.-Dec. Leaves very variable. Along roads, common. — All ,
islands.

203. Desmodium triflcrum, DC.

ri. Dec.-Feb. Common near ditches and in moist localities. — All
islands.

204. D. incanum, DC.

Fl. Oct.-Jan. Common in pastures. — AH islands.

205. D. scorpiurus, Desv.

Fl. Dec- Jan. In pastures, not very common. — St. Croix j St. Thomas

(Duchass).

•

206. Desmodium tortuosum, DC.

Fl. Oct.-Jan. Common in pastures. — St. Croix; St. Thomas.

207. D. spirale, DC.

Fl. Nov.-Jan. Is'ot uncommon in pastures and along roads. — All
islands.

208. D. molle. DC.

Fl. Dec-Jan. Lomentum often 3-4-jointed. Eather common in pas-
tures. — St. Croix; St. Thomas.

209. Stylcsanthes procumbens, Sv/.

Fl. Oct.-Dec Lomentum in my specimens always 2-jointed. Com-
mon along roads. — All islands.

210. S. viscosa, Sw.

St. Croix (West, p. 301). (Perhaps a mistake for the former species.)

211. Arachis hypogeea, L. (v. Piuclar.s, Ground-nuts).

Fl. May- Aug. Seeds used for making cakes or eaten roasted. Culti-
vated and naturalized. — All islands.

212. Abrus praecatorius, L. (v. Jumbee-bead, Scrubber, Wild Liquorice).

Fl. Oct.-Feb. Leaves used for washing clothes. Common in thick-
ets and on hedges. — All islands.

213. Rhynchosia minima, DC. u) and /?) lutea, Egg.

Fl. all the year round. Seeds black, with small grey spots, a) Stand-
ard veined with purple ; a low climber. P) Standard uniformly yellow ;
climbing up to 6'. Both forms common in pastures and thickets. — All
islands.

44 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

214. R. phaseoloides, DC.

Fl. March. Steiu laterally colnpressetl. Eareiu forests. — St. Thomas
(Signal Hill, 1200'j.

215. R. reticulata, DC.

Fl. all the year round. Leaflets as long as 1^". Common on fences
and along roads. — All islands.

216. Cajanus iiidicus, Spreng. (v. Pigeon-pea, Veudu bouutje).

Fl. all the year round. Seeds used as a common vegetable for soup.
Cultivated and naturalized. — All islands.

217. Clitoria Ternatea, L. (v. Blue Vine).

Fl. all the year round. Common in thickets. — All islands.

218. Centrosema virginianum, Bcntli. u) and /?) angustifolium.

Fl. all the year round. Yery common in ditches and on fences. — All
islands.

219. Teramiius uncinatus, Sw., var. albiflorus, Egg.

Fl. Sept.-March. Corolla ly long, constantly white. Legume 1"
long, black, x)ilose. Common in pastures and along roads. — St. Croix;
St. Thomas.

220. Galactia filiformis, Benth.

Fl. Oct .-Jan. Eoots often bearing small tubers. Common in thick-
ets. — All islands.

221. G. teuuiflora, W. & A. * '
Fl. Feb.- June. In forests, rare. There seems not to be sufficient

reason for uniting this species to the preceding, as done by Griseb. Fl.
p. 194.— St. Thomas (Flag Hill); St. Jan (Rogiers).

222. Vigiaa luteola, Beiitb. (v. Wild Pea).

Fl. all the year round. Common in moist localities. — All islands.

223. Dolichos lablab, L. (D. hcnghalcnsis, Jacq.).

Fl. all the year round. Seeds brown. Very common along the sea-
shores. — All islands.

224. Phaseolus luuatus, L. (v. Bouuy Vis).

Fl. Dec.-Feb. Corolla white or rosy. Naturalized in thickets and
near dwellings. — All islands.

225. Ph. vulgaris, L. (v. White Beau).

Fl. Fcb.-July. Cultivated and naturalized ne«r dwellings. — All
islands.

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 45

226. Ph. alatus, L.

St. Croix (West, p. 299).

227. Ph. semierectus, L.

n. all the year round. Flower expanded only in the sun. Common
along roads and in pastures. — All islands.

228. Canavalia parvifloia, Beutli. CFlor. Bras, xv, i, 177).

Fl. Feb. Inflorescence extra-axillary (as in C. bonaricnsis, Lindl. Bot.
Eeg. 1199). Legume broad on the back, -without prominent ridges, 3"
long, 1:1" broad. Seeds crimson, shining, |" long. In forests, rare. — St.
Thomas (Signal Hill, 1300').

229. C. gladiata, DC. (3) ensiformis, DC. (v. Sour-eyes, Overlook) (Dolkhos acina-

ciformis, Jacq. Icon. Ear. t. 559). Bot. Mag. 4027,

Fl. Aug.-Dec. Naturalized in provision grounds. — St. Thomas (Signal
Hill, 1200').

230. C. obtusifolia, DC. (Dolkhos rotundifoKus, Vahl).

Fl. all the year round. Common along the seashore. — All islands.

231. Mucuna pruriens, DC. (v. Cow-itch).

Fl. Oct.-Xov. In shady valleys. Eare. — All islands.

232. Erythrina Corallodendron, L. (v. Flamboyant).

Fl. Feb.- April. Precocious. Stamens all of unequal length. Eather
common, especially along roads and near dwellings. — All islands.

233. E. horrida, Egg. (n, sp.).

Fl. Feb.-March. Very prickly. Approaching to the preceding, but
stem, branches, petiole, and leaf-ribs on both sides armed with stout
and straight prickles ; legume terete, long- beaked. A low tree, branches
procumbent. In forests, not uncommon. — xlll islands.

234. Piscidia Erythrina, L. (v. Dog-wood, Stink-tree).

Fl . March-April. Precocious. Only those individuals that flower drop
the leaves. Common in thickets. — All islands

235. Drepanocarpus lunatus, Mey.

St. Croix (Isert, 1787, in Hb. Havnj West, p. 298).

236. Hecastophyllum Browuei, Pers.

Fl. June-Dec. Not uncommon on sandy shores. — All islands.

237. Andira inermis, Sw. (v. Dog Almond, Bastard Mahogany, Hon Kloot).

Fl. May-Aug. and Dec. Not uncommon in forests and along rivu-
lets. — ^All islands.

46 FLORA. OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

238. Sophora tomentosa, L.

Fl. July-Juii. Along sandy shores, rare. — ^St. Croix (White's Bay,
Tiuner's Hole).

239. Myrospermum frutescens, Jacq.

n. May-Juno. Legume resinous. Naturalized near dwellings. — St.
Croix.

240. Hasmatoxyloa campechianum, L. (v. Logwood).

Fl. Feb.-May. The young plants prickly on the stem. Here and
there on sandy shores. More common in former times. — All islands.

241. Parkinsonia aculeata, L. (v. Horse-beau).

Fl. all the year round. Common in dry localities. — All islands.

242. Guilandiua Bonduc, L. (v. Yellow Nickars).

Fl. May-Oct. Common along sandy shores. — ^AU islands.

243. G. melanosperma, Egg. (n. sp.) (v. Black Niokars).

Fl. June-Oct. Resembling the preceding, but leaflets smaller, gla-
brous, shining, priclvles red and seeds shining-black. Seeds used for
ornaments. In dry thickets near the shore, rare. — St. Croix (Sandy Point,
Grape-tree Baj).

244. G. Bonducella, L. (v. Grey Nickars).

Fl. all the year round. Anthers successively dehiscent. Flowers
polygamous. Very common along sandy shores. — All islands.

245. Caesalpinia pulcherrima, Sw. (v. Dudeldu).

Fl. June-Dec. Bracteoles large, subulate, but deciduous before the
expansion of the flower. Commonly naturalized along roads and near
dwellings. — St. Croix; St. Thomas.

246. Poinciana regia, Boj. (Bot. Mag. 2884) (v. Flamboyant).

Fl. May-July. Bracteoles as in the i^receding. Leaves deciduous
Dec-April. A handsome tree of very quick growth. Naturalized in
gardens and near dwellings. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

247. Lebidibia coriaria, Schl. (v. Dividivi).

Fl. April-]\Iay. Leguuie used for tanning purposes. Eather common
on dry hills. — Virgin Islands (St. Croix, cultivated);

248. Cassia Fistula, L.

Fl. Sept. Naturalized here and there in shady valleys. — St. Croix
(The William).

249. C. grandis, L. (v. Liquorice-tree).

Fl. April-July. The pulp containing rhaphides in abundance. Nat-
uralized and cultivated near dwellings. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 47

250. C. bacillaris, L.

Fl. Nov.-May. Common in thickets and woods on high hills. — St
Thomas.

251. C. bicapsulariG, L. (v. Stiverbusb, Styver bla).

n. all the year round. Very common in waste places. — All islands.

252. C. florida, Valil.

Fl. Dec. IS^aturalized near towns. — St. Thomas.

253. C. biflcra, L. ft) angustisiliqua, Laiu.

Fl. Nov.-May. In thickets, rare. — St. Croix (Longford).

254. C. alata, L. (v. Golden Caudleslick, Fleiti).

Fl. May-Nov. Along rivulets, not uncommon. — Virgin Islands (nat-
uralized in St. Croix).

255. C. cccidentalis, L. (v. Stiuking-weed).

Fl. all the year round. Eoot used against fever. A very common
weed near dwellings and in waste places. — All islands.

256. C. obtusifolia, L.

Fl. June-Nov. Common in dry localities. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

(C. triflora, Vahl (Eclog. Am. iii, p. 11) (West, St. Croix), is a doubt-
ful species. I have not been able to find the original specimen of Vahl
in Hb. Havn.)

257. C. glandulosa, L. u) striata, Schl., and fl) ramosa.

Fl. all the year round. Both forms common in pastures and along
roads. — All islands.

258. C. nicticans, L.

Fl. all the year round. In the same localities as the preceding. — St.
Croix ; St. Thomas.

259. Tamarindus indica, L. (v. Tamarind-troe).

Fl. March-June. Naturalized everywhere, especially near dwell-
ings. — All islands.

2G0. Hymencea Courbaril, L. (v. Locust-tree).

Fl. Jan. and July-Aug. Bracts large, early deciduous. The wood is
an excellent timber on account of its being very hard and close-grained.
In forests, here and there. — All islands.

261. Bauhinia tomentosa, L.

Fl. May-June. Leaves partly deciduous in March. Naturalized in
gardens and near dwellings. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

48 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

262. B. ungula, .Tacq

St. Thomas (Oris. Fl. 214).

263. Adenantbera pavonina, L. (v. Coqnelioot).

n. July-Oct. Naturalized near dwelliiigs and in sliadj' valleys. —
All islands.

264. Neptunia pubescens, Beutli.

Fl. Aug. Legume containing as many as seeds. Eare. — Buck Island,
near St. Thomas.

265. Desmanthus virgatus, W. a) and /?) strictus, Bert.

Fl. all the year round. Both forms common in pastures and along
roads. — All islands.

266. D. depressus, Kth.
St. Thomas (Schl.).

267. Mimosa pudica, L. a) (v. Gritchee).

Fl. all the year round. In pastures and along roads. — St. Croix (very
rare, Mt. Stewart) ; Virgin Islands (common).

268. M. asperata, L.

St. Thomas (Gris. Fl. 219).

269. M. Ceratonia, L. (v. Black Amarct, Amaretsteckel).

Fl. June-Dec. On high hills. — St. Croix (West, p. 312 ; his specimens
are found in lib. Havn.) ; Virgin Islands (common).

270. Leuceena glauca, Bentb. (v. Wild Tamarind).

Fl. all the year round. Leaflets closing together in strong sunlight.
Seeds used for fancy work, such as collars, baskets, etc. Very common
everywhere, also as secondary growth on cleared woodlands. — All islands.

271. Acacia Catechu, W.

Fl. May-July. Stem furnished with strong black aculei. Naturalized
in shady valleys. — St. Croix (Crequis).

272. A. nudiflora, W. (v. Amaret).

FL MayandXov.-Dec. Protandrous. Young foliage reddish. Wood
used for fencing. A low tree. Common in thickets and woods. — Virgin
Islands.

273. A. sarmentosa, Desv. (v. Catcli-and-keep, White Police).

Fl. July-Sept. Stem generally angular or even winged. A very spiny
climbing shrub, the recurved spines of which often make thickets impene-
trable. Common on dry hills. — Virgin Islands.

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 49

274. A. macracantha, HB. j3) glabrens (v. Sliuk C'asbii).

n. Dec-April. A sliiub or low tree. Wood exhaling a very dis-
agreeable odour. Common in thickets on dry hills. — All islands.

275. A. tortuosa, W. (v. Ca.sba).

Fl. all the year round. Flowers fragrant. Bracteoles rhomboid, ciliate.
Often gregarious. Common on dry hills, — All islands.

276. A. Farnesiana, "W. (v. Casliit).

Fl. all the year round. Flowers fragrant j bracteoles spathulate, ciliate.
Foliage of this and the two former species eat-en by goats, and their wood
generally used for making charcoal. Common in dry localities. — AH
islands.

277. A. arabica, W.

Fl. ISTov.-Jan. ^Naturalized near dwellings. — St. Croix; St. Thomas.

278. A. Lebbek, \V. (v. Thibet-tree).

Fl. April-Sept. Leaves deciduous Xov.-March. Flowers fragrant.
Foliage eaten by cattle. The tree is often overgrown by Loranthus emar-
(jinatus. IsTaturalized in pastures and elsewhere. — St. Croix (very com-
mon); Yirgin Islands (common, except St. Jan, where the tree seems not
to thrive).

(A. frondosa, AY., var. eglandulosa, St. Thomas, is mentioned by
Schlechtendal as spontaneous, but, being an East Indian species, is most
probably only cultivated or at most naturalized. I have not seen the
species in the island.)

279. Calliandra portoricensis, Beutli.

Fl. Feb. Climbing by the aid of young branches that twine themselves
around the branches of other trees. In forests, rare. — St. Jan (King's
Hill) ; Vieques.

280. C. purpurea, Bentli. (v. Soldier-'wood, West).

St. Croix (Gris. Fl. j). 224, probably on the authority of West. This
author, however, says, j). 312, that the tree is only cultivated in the isl-
and. His specimens are in existence in Hb. Havn. I have not seen the
tree on the island).

281. C. Saman, Gris. (v. Giant Thibet-tree).

Fl. May- Aug. A very large tree of quick growth. ISTaturalized near
dwellings and planted along roads. — St. Croix; St. Thomas.

282. Pithecolobium unguis-cati, Benth. u) and P) forfex, Kth. (v. Crab-prickle).
Fl. Sept.- Jan. Gynophore V" long. Seeds black, shining; arillus

rosy. Wood used for fishpots. Both forms common on limestone and
in marshy soil. — xVll islands.

Bull. Nat. Mus. No. 13 4

50 FLORA. OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

283. Iiiga laurina, W. (v. Ij.ady-finger-tree).

n. July-Sept, and Jan .-March. Petiole bearing a narrow wing on
each side. Corolla greenish. (Jacquin's drawing does not show any
wing on the petiole. In the letterpress, however, of his Stirp. Am., he
expresses a doubt whether the petiole is winged or not.) Wood used
for fences, etc. Common in forests. — All islands.

[Cultivated species : Pisumsativwn, L. (v. Green Pea) j BoUchos sphcero-
spermus, DC. (v. Black-eye Pea); D. sesq^iipedalis, L. ; Poinciana GilUesiij
Hook. ; and a Cas2)area.]

CIIRYSOBALA1VACE.E.

284. Chrysobalanus Icaco, L. (v. Cocoa-plum, Cacos).

Fl. Dec.-Feb. and July- Aug. Fruit black or white ; used for i)reserves.
On sandy shores or in forests on high hills. Common. — All islands.

ROSACEJE.

[Many varieties of Eosa galUca, L., and E. ceiitifoUa, L., are cultivated
in gardens on all the islands, and are flowering abundantly all the year
round. In the time of West (c. 1790), roses were rare, and flowered but
seldom, so that we here seem to have an instance of gradual acclimati-
sation.]

MYRTACEiE.

285. Calyptranthes Thomasiana, Berg (Linnaea, xxvii, 26).
St. Thomas (Ventenat and Eavn in Hb. Havn.).

286. C. Chytraculia, S\v. (i) ovalis, Berg, and t) Zyzygium, Berg (1. c. p. 28).
In forests, rare. — St. Thomas ; St. Croix. •

287. C. pallens, Gris.

Fl. July- Aug. Branchlets quadrangular. In forests, rare. — St. Croix
(Kingsliill Gut) ; St. Tliomas (Crown).

288. Myrcia coriacea, DC. 7) Imrayana, Gris.

Fl. June- July. In forests on high hills, uncommon. — AH islands.

289. Janibosa malaccensis, DC.

Fl. April-May. Naturalized in shady valleys; rare. — St. Croix (Cre-
quis).

290. J. vulgaris, DC. (v. Pomerose-tree).

Fl. March-June. Fruit used for preserves. Naturalized along rivu-
lets and in forests, common. — All islands.

291. Eugenia buxifolia, W.

Fl. June-Sept. Petioles reddish. Gregarious, especially along the
seashore. — St. Croix; St. Thomas.

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 51

292. B. Poiretii, DC.

St. Thomas (Gris. Fl. 236).

293. E. monticola, DC.

n. July-Sept. Leaves variable, distichous. Flowers strongly fra-
grant. When not flowering, the shrub emits a fcetid smell. Eather
common in forests. — All islands.

294. E. axillaris, Poir.

Fl. Aug.-Oct. Leaves variable. Petiole reddish. In thickets;
rare. — St. Croix (Lebanon Hill, Fair Plain).

295. E. lateriflora, W. (E. cordaia, DC. Prodi-, iii, 272, autl probably E. sessiliflm-a, ib.
273).

Fl. Sept.-lSTov. Leaves very variable, ovate, cuneate, or oblong.
Flowers sessile or subsessile, crowded in the axils. Berry globose,
puri^le, 2'" diam. Common in thickets and forests. — All isl.ands.

296. E. sessiliflora, Valil (Symb. Bot. iii, G4).

Fl. July-Oct. Fruit large, rosy, f "-1" diam. Flowers sessile, large,
white, 5'" diam. In thickets, not uncommon. — St. Croix 5 St. Thomas
(Cowell's HiU).

(Both DC. and Gris. seem to confound these two very distinct species,
the flowers and fruits of which are highly difierent in most respects.
DC. Prodr. iii, 273, says of his E. sessiliflora : Fructus dimidio minor
quam JE. later iflorcc, yet immediately above he says of this latter species :
Fructus et sem. ignoti. Yahl's description is very correct, also, of the
fruit, of which he says: Pruni magnitudine, globosus.)

297. E. flavovirens, Berg (I.e.).

St. Jan (Ravn in Hb. Havn.).

298. E. glabrata, DC. (Proflr. iii, 274).
St. Croix (Berg).

299. E. pallens, DC. (E. nitida, Valil in Hb. Havn.) (v. Cromberry).

Fl. Sept.-ISrov. Leaves shining. In forests, uncommon. — ^All islands.

300. E. acetosans, Poir. (DC. Prodr. 1. c. 283).

St. Jan (in forests. Berg in Linnsea, xxx, 662) ; St. Croix (Mount Eagle,
Richard).

301. E. virgultosa, DC.

Fl. April-July. Leaves variable. Common along the seashore and
in forests. — All islands.

52 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

302. E. procera, Poir. (v. Black Cherry, Rock -myrtle) (Myrtus cerasina, Vabl iu West,

p. ^^90).

Fl. Feb. and Aug-.-Nov. Flowers fragrant 5 fruit edible; a favourite
food for wild pigeons. In forests, common. — All islands.

303. E. pseudopsidium, Jacq. {E. Thomaslana, Berg) (v. Bastard Guava, Christmas

Cherry).

Fl. April-Dec. Flowers fragrant; fruit oval. A shrub or low tree. In
forests, not uncommon. — ^All islands.

304. B. ligustrina, W.

Fl. April and Sept. In thickets and woods, common. — All islands.

305. E. portoricensis, DC. (Prod, iii, 266) (Stcnocali/x, Berg).
St. Croix (ex Hb. Vahlii in Hb. Berol.).

306. B. uniflora, L. (v. Surinam Cherry).

Fl. March-Ang. Fruit edible, acidulous. A middle-sized tree. Nat-
uralized and planted in gardens. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

307. E. floribunda, West (v. Guava-berry).

Fl. Juue-Aug. Berry black, globose, shining, 4'" diam., aromatic ;
used for preserves or put in rum. In forests, not uncommon. — ^All isl-
ands.

(E. marginata and E. micrantha, West, p. 290, are not mentioned in
Vahl's Symb. Bot. pars iii, as stated, and are probably included in some
of the species enumerated above.)

308. Anamomis punctata, Gris.

Fl. June. In forests, rare. — St. Croix (Maroon Hill, Wills Bay); St.
Jan (Cinnamon Bay).

309. Pimenta vulgaris, W. & A. (v. Cinnamon-bnsh).

• Fl. June-July. In forests, rare. An excellent timber tree. — St. Croix
(Maroon Hill) ; Virgin Islands.

310. P. acris, W. & A. (v. Bay-leaf), a).

Fl. July-Aug. From the leaves the well-known bay-rum is distilled.
In forests near the coast, not common. — St. Croix ; Vieques.

311. Psidium Guava, Radd. (v. Guava). a).

Fl. all the year round. Fruit edible ; also used for preserves. Very
common, overrunning pastures and becoming troublesome in many
I)laces. — All islands.

312. P. cordatum, Sims. (v. Sperry Guava).

Fl. Ma} -July. Fruit fragrant. In thickets on hills, not imcommon. —
Virgin Islands.

FLORA OF ST, CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 53

313. Punica granatum, L. (v. Pomegranate).

ri. April-Oct. Flowers crimson or yellow Fruit the same. Xatur-
alized in valleys and near dwellings. — All islands.

314. Mouriria damingensis, Wa.Yp. (Petahma Mouriri, Sw.).

St. Croix (Baudonius Gut, West, p. 285, and specimens in Hb. Havn.).
[Cultivated species : Myrtus communis^ L. (v. Myrtle), and Courotipita
guianensis, Aubl. (v. jS'utmeg).]

MEI.ASTOMACBJE.

315. Clidemia hirta, Don.

St. Thomas (Eiedle sec. Naudin, Ann. des sc. nat. 1853, xviii, p. 532).

316. C. spicata, DC.

Fl. June-July. In forests, not uncommon. — All islands.

317. C. rubra, Mart.

St. Thomas (Gris. Fl. p. 248; Finlay sec. Naudin, 1. c).

318. Diplochita serrulata, DC.

Fl. Feb.-May. Not uncommon in wooded valleys. — St. Croix; St.
ThoDias.

319. Tetrazygia elaeagnoides, DC.

Fl. April-Aug. Common in forests and on high hills. — ^AU islands.

320. Miconia argyrophylla, DC.

St. Thomas (Finlay sec. Naudin, Gris. Fl. p. 256).

321. M. impetiolaris, Don.

Leaves as long as 1|'. — St. Croix (West in Hb. Havn.) ; St. Thomas
(Gris. Fl. p. 256; Bonpland sec. ISTaudin. Montserrat (Eyan in Hb.
Havn.).

322. M. prasina, DC.

St. Thomas (Eiedle sec. Naudin).

323. M. laevigata, DC.

Fl. March-July. lu forests, not uncominon. — All islands.

324. M. angustifolia, Gris.

Fl. March. A good-sized shrub, often gregarious on hmestone. — St.
Croix (Benzon in Hb. Havn.); Virgin Islands (not uncommon. Mont-
serrat (Eyan in Hb. Havn.).

[Several of the species mentioned by !N"audin as having been collected
in St. Thomas I omit as being a rather doubtful habitat. These are:
Tshuclya herbiceana, Gris. {Miconia, Naud.); Cremanium amygdalinumj
Gris. {Osscea, DC), and Nepsera aquatica, Naud.]

54 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

LYTIIRARIEJC.

325. Ammania latifolia, L.

n. Dec- June. Here and there in moist localities. — St. Croix (Lower
Cove, Anna's Hope) ; St. Thomas (Flag Hill).

326. Antherylium Rohrii, Vahl (Symb. Bot. iii, 66) (v. Prickle-wood).

Fl. Oct.-March. Precocious. Petiole bibracteate above the middle.
In marshy soil near the coast. — St. Croix (rare; Fair Plain, Stony
Ground) ; Virgin Islands (common).

[Cultivated species : Lawsonia inermis, L. (v. Mignonette), and Lager-
stromia indica, L. (v. Queen of Flowers).]

ONAGRACE^.

327. Jussieua suffruticosa, L. a) ligustrifolia, Ktb.

Fl. all the year round. Here and there in moist places. — St. Croix
(Crequis, Golden Eock) ; St. Thomas (Caret Bay).

RHIZ0PH0RA€£JE:.

328. Rhizophora Mangle, L. (v. Mangrove, Maiigelljoom).

Fl. all the year round. Gregarious along the shore of lagoons. — All
islands. (See Botaniska Notiser, 1877, Lund, and Vidensk. Medd. fi;a
Katurhist. Forening in Copenhagen, 1877-78.)

COMBRETACE^.

329. Terminalia Catappa, L. (v. Almoud-tree).

Fl. Jan.-April and Sept. Naturalized in valleys and near dwellings. —
St. Croix (common) ; Virgin Islands (rare).

330. Laguncularia racemosa, G. (v. White Mangrove).

Fl. all the year round. Wood used for fishpots. Common in salt-
water lagoons. — AU islands.

331. Bucida Buceras, L. (v. Gregery).

Fl. May-xVug. A splendid timber tree. Leaves often attacked by a
fungus {Erineum^ vide Kunze mycol. Hefte, ii, 148). Flowers often trans-
formed into long monstrosities (figured already in P. Browne's Jamaica,
tab. 23). Common in valleys and especially along the coast. — All isl-
ands.

332. Conocarpus erecta, L. (v. Button-wood), u) and B) procumbens, Jacq.

Fl. all the year round. Common along the coast and in lagoons. —
All islands.

(Cultivated species : Quisqualis indica, L.]

FLORA OP ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 55

CUCUKBBTACE^.

(Griseb. Flora, aud Naudin: Annales des sc. nat.' 1859, '62, 'G3, and 'G6.)

333. Momordica Charantia, L. a) aud /?) pseudobalsamiua (v. Maid-apple).

n. Dec. and April-Aug. Common on fences and near ditches. — All

islands.

334. Lufia cylindrica, Roem. (Syn. Mou. ii, 63) {L. PctoJ'a, Ser. Wight Icou. ii, t. 49&)

(v. Straiuer-vine).
VI. Oct.-Dec. Tendril 5-fid. Fruit brown, 4" long. Naturalized on
fences. — St. Croix 5 St. Thomas.

335. Cucurbita Pepo, L. u) (v. Pumpkin) and /3) Melopepo (v. Squash).

Fl. May.-Xov. and Feb. Fruit used extensively as a vegetable.
Naturalized and cultivated. — Ail islands.

336. Lagenaria vulgaris, Ser. a) (v. Gobie) and /3) viscosa, Egg. (v. Bitter Gobie).

Fl. Sept.-Jan. Tlie whole plant has a strong smell. Tendril 2-fid.
/3) leaves viscous, petiole biglandular near the top. Used as a blister.
Not uncommon in waste x)laces. a) on fences. Fruit used for goblets. —
St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

337. Melothria pervaga, Gris.

Fl. Dec-April. In thickets, not uncommon. — All islands.

333. Cucumis A.nguria, L. (v. Cucumber).

Fl. Jan. -March. Anthers glabrous in the bud, pilose after dehiscence,
collecting the pollen. Berry used for soup and pickles. Common in
pastures and on fences. — All islands.

339. Cephalaudra indica, Naud. (1. c. 1866, p. 14) {Coccinia, W. & A.).

Fl. Dec-June. Naturalized near dwellings and in shady valleys. —
St. Croix.

340. Trianospernia graciliflorum, Gris. (T. Belangerli, Naud.).

Fl. Nov.-Jan. Leaf 3-5-lobed. Tendril often bifid. In forests, not
uncommon. — All islands.

341. T. ficifolium, Mart. (Syst. nat. med. veg. Bras. 79) {Bryonia, Lam.).

Fl. March. In forests, not uncommon. — St. Thomas (Soldier Bay) ;
St. Jan (West, p. 301).

342. Anguria trilobata, L.

St. Croix (Ham's Bluff, West, p. 305).

343. A. glomerata, Egg. (n. sp.).

Fl. Feb.-March and May-Aug. Eoot tuberous. Stem sufifruticose,
bark greyish. Leaves alternate, ovate-triangulate or 3-lobed, some-

56 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

times 3-partite, narrowly cordate at the base, denticulate, acuminate,
scabrous above, wliitisli pubescent beneath. Tendril simple. 9 floAvers
glomerate, sessile or subsessile, 8-20 in the glomerule. Calyx urceolate-
cyliudrical, small. Petals 5, orange-coloured or red, lanceolate, erect, 5'"
long. Style bifid; stigmas thick, globose, obsoletely 2-lobed. Ovary 2-
locular; oN'ules 3-8 hi each cell. Berries densely glomerate, sessile or
subsessile, oval, glabrous, striate, red, 8'" long. Seeds 3-8, urceolate-
globose, verrucose, brownish, 2'" long. S unknown. A high climber.
Stem often y diam. at the base, succulent. In forests, not uncom-
mon. — St. Croix (Jacob's Peak, Claremont,) ; St. Thomas (Picaru Penhi-
sula).

All Cucurbitacese are protogynous.

[Cultivated species: Sechium edule, Sw. (v. Choco); Cucumis sativus, L.
(v. Mutton-cucumber) ; C. Mclo, L. (v. Muskmelon), and Citrullus vul-
garis^ Schrader (v. Watermelon).]

PAPAYACE.E.

344. Carica Papaya, L. (v. Papaw).

Fl. March-Aug. Stem often branched. Fruit used as a vegetable.
Common near dwelhngs and in waste places. All islands.

PASSIFirOKACE^.

345. Passiflora suberosa, L. (v. Pox^, Iiuligo-berry).

Fl. Sept.-Dec. Common on rocks and fences. — All islands.

346. P. pallida, L.

Fl. Oct.-Dec. In forests, rare.— St. Croix (Wills Bay); St. Jan.

347. P. hirsuta, L. (P. parvtjlora, Sw.)

St. Croix (West, p. 30.

348. P. peltata, Cav.
St. Thomas (Schl.).

349. P. rubra, L.

Fl. Sept.-Feb. In forests and on rocks. — St. Croix (rare) ; Virgin Isl-
ands (common).

350. P. laurifolia, L. (v. Bell-apple).

Fl. all the year round. Leaf-margin glanduliferoiis. Berry fragrant,
containing an edible piilj). In thickets on high hills (perhaps only nat-
uralized) and cultivated. — All islands.

351. P. incarnata, L.

St. Croix (West, p. 304).

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 57

352. P. foetida, L. (v. Lovo in tlie mist).

Fl. Sept.- Jan. Protandrous. Ou fences and near ditches, common. —
St. Croix ; St. Tliomas.

[Cultivated species : P. quadrangularis, L. (v. Grenadilla), the berry of
which is edibk^.j

TIJR]\ERACE.E.

353. Turnera ulmifolia, L.

Fl. March-Oct. In waste places, common. — All islands.

354. T. parviflora, Benth.

Fl. Sept.-Dec. and Jan.-May. Leaves always eglandular ; calyx not
tomentose. Gregarious on rocky seashores, rare. — St. Thomas (Cowell's
Hill) ; Buck Island, near St. Thomas.

CACTACE^.

355. Mamillaria nivosa, Linlv (Pfeiffer Emim. Cact. 1837, p. 11) {M. ioriolensis,

Hort. Berol.).
Fl. all the year round. Flower pale yellow; berry clavate, purple.
Seeds brownish. On rocks near the seashore. — Buck Island and Flat
Cays, near St. Thomas ; Tortola (Pf.).

356. Melocactus communis, DC. (v. Poiie's Head).

Fl. all the year round. Berry clavate, purple, |" long. Seeds black,
verrucose. Up to four feet high. On dry hills and rocks, especially
near the shore. — All islands.

357. M. atrosanguineus, Hort. Berol.
St. Thomas (Pf. 1. c. p. 44).

358. Cereus floccosus. Hort. Berol. (v. Dildo).

Fl. Oct.-July. Berry depressed globose, dark ciimson, Ih" diara.
Pulp red; seeds small, black. On dry hiUs in thickets, common. — All
islands.

359. C. armatus, Otto.

St. Thomas (Pf. 1. c. p. 81).

360. C. triangularis. Haw. (v. Chigger-apple).

Fl. July. Berry large, crimson, edible, 5" long, oval. On trees and
rocks in forests, not uncommon. — All islands.

361. C. grandiflorus, Haw. (v. Nightblooming Cereus).

Fl. May-July. NaturaUzed in gardens and near dwc^Ungs. — St. Croix ;
St. Thomas.

58 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

362. Opuntia curassavica, Mill. (v. Sucljers).

Fl. all the year round. Berry purple, f" long, clavate. Gregarious
in dry localities, >v1hc1i are often rendered impenetrable by its presence. «
Very common. — All islands.

363. O. Tuna, Mill. (v. Prickly Pear).

M. all the year round. Berry ovate, crimson, edible. Seeds small,
black. Used for fencing i)urposes. In dry localities, very common. —
All islands.

364. O. horiida, Salm. (v. Bull-suckers).

n. aU the year round. Flower reddish -yellow. In dry localities, com-
mon. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

365. O. spinosissinia, Mill.

Fl. all the year round. Spines white, 5-8 in each cluster, deciduous
on the stem. Flower f" diimeter. Plant reaching 20'-25' high. In dry
thickets, common. — All islands.

366. O. tuberculata. Haw. (v. Frencli Prickly P(?ar).

Fl. the W'holc year. Flow^er small, yellow. Branches used for poul-
tices. Plant 10'-15' high. Naturalized and planted near dwellings. —
St. Croix; St. Thomas.

367. O. ccccinellifeia, Mill.

Fl. all the year round. Plant 15'-20' high. On limestone, uncom-
mon. — St. Croix 5 St. Thomas.

368. O. catocantlia, Hort. Bcrol.
St. Thomas (Pf. 1. c. p. 16G).

369. Peireskia aculeata, Mill. (v. Surinam Gooseberry).

Fl. July. Fruit acidulous, edible. Naturalized and cultivated. — St.
Croix; St. Thomas..

370. P. Bleo, HB. K.

Fl. all the year round. Sejials accrescent on the fruit. Naturalized
and cultivated in gardens. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

[Cultivated species: Cereus peruvianus, Tabem.; C. monoclonos, DC;
G. repandus, Haw., and C. Phyllanthus, DC]

371. Bryopiiyllum calycinum, Salisb. (v. Wonderful Leaf).

Fl. Jan.-March. — ^Naturalized in dry localities, common, gregarious. —
All islands.

FLOEA OF ST CKOIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 59

ARAI^IACEiE.

372. Panax speciosum, Willd. (Spec. Plaut. iv, p. 1126).

Kot seen flowering. Leaflets 8, of unequal size, the central ones lar-
gest. Margin slightly undulate and denticulate. Upper surface covered
with distant and deciduous muricate hairs; tomentum on the lower sur-
face deciduous. A low tree. In forests, very rare. St. Jan (King's
Hill, 1000', on the northern slope of the hills). (Cuba, Porto Eico, Ca-
racas.)

UMBEI.LIFER/£.

373. Eryngium fcBtidum, L.

Fl. Sept.-May. Biennial. Along rivulets and in moist places, rare.
—St. Thomas (Caret Bay).

374. Anethum graveolens, L. (v. Dill).

n. March-Oct. Naturalized along roads and near dwellings. — All
islands.

[Cultivated species: Petroselinum sativum, Ho&m. (v. Parsley); Daucus
Carota, L. (v. Carrot) ; Pimpinella Anisum, L. (v. Anise) ; Fesniculum vul-
gare, Gsertn. (v. Fennel); Anthriscus cerefolium, L. (v. Chervil), and
Apium graveolens, L. (v. Celery).]

I^ORAI^TTHACE^

375. Loranthus emarginatus, Sw. (v. Baas-fram-boom).

Fl. all the year round. Inflorescences uniserial. On trees, especially
Acacia Lehhelc and Pisonia subcordata. Common. — All islands.

376. Phoradendron flavens, Gris.

Fl. April-June. Seed compressed, green, with white bands. On Pi-
sonia subcordata, rare. — St. Croix (Stony Ground).

CAPKIFOI^IACE^.

[Cultivated occur: Sambucus nigra, L. (Fl. April-July), and Lonicera
Caprifolium, L. (v. Honey-suckle).]

RUBlACEiE.

377. Genipa americana, L.

Fl. July. In forests on high hills, rare. — St. Thomas (Crown) ; St. Jan
(Eogiers).

378. Catesbaea parviflora, Sw.

Fl. Sept.-Dec. Fruit black, shining. In dry thickets, uncommon. —
St. Croix (Fair Plain).

60 FLORA OF ST CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS,

379. Randia aculeata, L. a) und /3) mitis.

n. Api'il-July. a) in dry thickets, /?) in shady valleys. Common. —
All islands.

380. Hamelia patens, Jacq.

Fl. all the year round. G'-15' high. In shady valleys, not uncom-
mon. — All islands.

381. H. lutea, Rohv.

11. all the year round. In forests, uncommon. — St. Croix; St. Thomas.

382. Gonzalea spicata, DC.

Fl. May-Oct. In pastures on high hills, above 1000', not uncommon. —
Virgin Islands.

383. E2:ostemina caribasum, R. S. (v. Black Torch).

Fl. June-Dec. Common in thickets. — All islands.

384. Portlandia grandiflora, L.

Fl. June-Dec— St. Thomas (DC. Prodr. iv, p. 405 ; Gris. Fl. p. 324) ; St.
Croix (cultivated).

385. Rondeletia pilo.sa, Sw.

Fl. all the year round. In thickets. — St. Croix (rare, near Cane Bay) ;
Virgin Islands (common).

386. Oldenlandia corymbosa, L.

Fl. Feb.-March. Seeds brown, minutely verrucose. In waste places,
rare. — St. Croix (Government House yard).

387. O. callitrichioides, Gris. (PI. Wriglit. p. 50u).

Fl. Dec. Flower expanded early in the morning and late in the after-
noon. Gregarious among stones. — St. Croix (Government House).

338. Spigelia anthelmia, L. (v. Worm-weed).

Fl, aU the year round. In open, moist localities, uncommon. — St. Croix ;
St, Thomas,

389. Guettarda scabra, Lam.

Fl, June-Dec. Flower expanded towards evening. Drupe dark crim-
son, often 1-seeded by abortion. In woods, common, — All islands,

390. G. parvifolia, Sw.

Fl. Jul3'-0ct. In woods, not uncommon. — All islands.

391. Stenostomum lucidum, G.

Fl. Dec-April. In forests, rare. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas (Signal Hill).

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 61

392. Chione glabra, DC.

l!^ot seen flowering. In forests, rare. — St. Croix (Fair Plain) ; St.
Thomas (Soldier Bay).

393. Scolosanthus versicolor, Valil.

Fl. Oct.-Dec. Pedicels often transformed into spines, as mentioned
by DC. (Prodr. iv, 484). Leaves 2"'-3"' long.— St. Croix (West and Ryan
in Hb. Havn.); St. Thomas (rather common in thickets); Water Island.

394. Erithalis fruticosa, L. a) aufl [i) odorifera, Jacq.

Fl. Oct.-March. Along the coast, not uncommon. — All islands.

395. Chiococca racemosa, Jacq.

Fl. March-Dec. In forests, common. — All islands.

39^. Ixora ferrea, Benth.

Fl. Feb.-May and Nov.-Dec. Among rocks on high hills over 1200',
not uncommon. — St. Thomas (Crown).

397. Coffea arabica, L. (v. Coifee-tree).

FL May-July. Berry ripe Nov.-Dec. ^Naturalized in shady localities.
Formerly cultivated on most estates on a small scale, principally in St.
Jan. — All islands.

398. Faramea odoratissima, DC. (v. Wild Coffee).

Fl. June. In thickets on high hiUs. — St. Croix (West and Benzon in
Hb. Havn.); Virgin Islands (not uncommon).

399. Psychotria glabrata, Sw.

Fl. June-Sept. Here and there in shady valleys. — All islands.

400. P. tenuifolia, Sw.

Fl. May. In thickets on high hills, rare. — St. Thomas (Crown, 1500^).

401. P. Brownei, Sprg.

Fl. June-Sept. In woods, common. — ^AU islands.

402. P. horizontalis, Sw.

Fl. May-Dec. Along roads and in thickets, common. — All islands.

403. Palicourea Pavetta, DC. c) and (i) var. rosea, Egg.

Fl. Feb. and Aug. P) corolla-lobes rosy, anthers bluish, and stem
brownish. In forests, not uncommon. — fi) all islands. «) St. Thomas
(Signal Hill).

404. Morinda citrifolia, L. (v. Pain-killer).

Fl. June- Aug. Leaves used against headache. Naturalized in gar-
dens. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

62 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

405. Geophila reniforxnis, Cham. & Sclil.

n. Dcc.-Jaii. and Aug. On the ground in dense woods, rare. — St.
Thomas (Signal Hill, St. Peter) ; Vieques (Hb. Havn.).

406. Ernodea litoralis, Sw.

n. Dec-May. Along sandy coasts, not uncommon. — All islands.

407. Diodia rigida.Cbam. & Schl. (Linnsea, iii, 341).

St. Thomas (Schl.).

408. D. sarmentosa, Sw.
St. Thomas (Schl.).

409. Spermacoce tenuior, Lara. (v. Iron-grass), u) and /?) angustifolia, Egg.
Fl. all the year round. P) leaves linear-lanceolate. In pastures and

dlong roads. Both forms common. — All islands.

410. Borreria verticillata, Mey.

Fl. May-Oct. Suflruticose. In pastures on hills. — St. Croix (Hb.
Havn.) ; St. Thomas (not uncommon on Crown).

411. B. stricta, Mey. (Frimit. Fl. Essequib. p. 83).

n. Dec-March. In pastures, here and there. — St. Croix (Parade
Ground).

(jB. vaginata, Ch. & Schl. (St. Thomas, Schl.), is a doubtful species
(DC. Prod, iv, 551).)

412. B. parviflora, Mey.

Fl. March-June. Along roads and in forests. — St. Croix (Benzon in
Hb. Havn.) ; St. Jan (Rustenberg, not uncommon).

[Cultivated species : Ixora Bandhuca, Eoxb. (v. Burning Love), and
I. stricta, Eoxb.]

SYNAWTHEREiE.

413. Sparganophorus Vaillantii, G.

Fl. March-Sept. In moist localities, not uncommon. — St. Croix ; St.
Thomas (DC. Prod, v, 12).

414. Vernonia arborescens, Sw. u) Swartziana, /3) Lessingiana, 7) divaricata, Sw.
Fl. May-Dec In thickets, all three forms not uncommon. — All islands.

415. V. punctata, Sw.

Fl. all the year round. In thickets, common. — All islands.

416. V. Tliomae, Beuth. (Vid. Medd. fraNat. For. 1852, p. 66).

Fl. aU the year round. In thickets, not uncommon. — St. Thomas.

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 63

417. Elephantopus mollis, Ktli.

Fl. March-May. Head 4-flowered. In pastures, here and there. —
All islands.

418. Distreptus spicatus, Cass.

Fl. Jan.-March. In pastures and along roads, common. — All islands.

419. Ageratum conyzoides, L.

Fl. Dec-June. Achenium usually 4-gonous. Along roads and ditches,
common. — All islands.

420. Hebeclinium macrophyllum, DC.

Fl. June-Sept. Achenium black, 3-gonous. In forests. — St. Croix
(rare; Caledonia, Wills Bay) ; St. Thomas (not uncommon).

421. Eupatorium odoiatum, L. (v. Christmas-bush).

Fl. Nov. -March. Along roads and in thickets, common. — All islands.

422. E. repandum, W.

Fl. Dec-July. On hills, not common. — All islands.

423. E. atriplicifolium, Vahl (Symb. Bot. iii,96).

Fl. Dec-May. Leaves coriaceous, glabrous ; glandular impressions
numerous on the upper surface. Flower odorous. On sandy shores,
common. — All islands.

424. E. canescens, Vahl.

Fl. Oct.-Nov. In thickets, uncommon. St. Croix (Spring-gut) ; St.
Thomas (DC. Prod, v, 155).

425. E. Ayapana, Vent.

St. Croix (naturalized sec. Vahl, who received it from Pflugj probably
only cultivated).

426. E. cuneifolium, Willd.

St. Thomas (DC. Prod, v, 177).

427. Mikania gonoclada, DC.

Fl. Dec-March. In forests. — St. Croix (rare; Caledonia) ; Virgin
Islands (not uncommon).

428. Erigeron cuneifolius, DC. (Prod, v, 288).

Fl. Dec-July. — Rhizome perennial, for which reason this species must
be considered sufficiently distinct from the annual E. Jamaicensis, SW.
The two species are united into one bj^ Prof. Grisebach in his Fl. p. 365.
In pastures on high hills, not uncommon above 1200'. — Virgin Islands.

429. E. spathulatus, Vahl.

Fl. April- July . Along roads and ditches, rather common. — All islands.

64 FLOKA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

430. E. canadensis, L.

n. Junc-Kov. Eay-flowers often ligulate. Along roads, common. —
All islands.

431. Baccharis Vahlii, DC. (Prod, v, 411) {B. dioica, Valil).

Fl. all the year round. As much as 30' high. On rocky seashores,
gregarious, not uncommon. (The specific name of DC. is to be pre-
ferred to that of Vahl, notwithstan<ling the priority of the latter, for
the reasons stated in the Prodromus.) — St. Croix (northwestern coast).

432. Pluchea odorata, Cass. (v. Sweet Sceut, Ovra bla).

Fl. Feb.-April. Leaves used as tea against colds and as diuretic
medicine. In moist localities, not uncommon. — All islands.

433. P. purpurascens, DC.

Fl. all the year round. Along rivulets, not uncommon. — St. Croix
(Gallows Bay, Kingshill Gut).

434. Pterocaulon virgatum, DC.

Fl. all the year round. On dry hills, common. — All islands.

435. Melampodium divaricatum, DC. (Prod, v, 520) {M. pahidosum, Kth.).

Fl. Oct.-Feb. Along ditches, gregarious, rare. — St. Croix (Jolly Hill).

436. Ogiera ruderalis, Oris.

Virgin Islands (Gris. Fl. p. 3G9).

437. Acanthosperniuin humile, DC.

Fl. all the year round. Leaves not glandular beneath. A common
weed along roads. — St. Thomas.

438. Xanthium macrocarpum, DC. (Prodr. v, r»23) (A', oricutale, L.).

Fl. Oct.-Feb. A common weed, naturalized around dwellings. — All
islands.

439. Partheniuni Hysterophorus, L. (v. Mnle-wocd, "White-lioad-broom).

Fl. all the jear round. A very common weed everywhere. — All islands.

440. Ambrosia artemisiaefolia, L. (3) triiiitensis.

Fl. Sept.-Oct. Naturalized in waste places. — St. Croix (Fredrikssted).

441. Zinnia mult-flora, L. (v. Snalco-llower).

• Fl. Fcb.-Aug. Along roads, not uncommon. — Virgin Islands.

442. Z. elegans, Jac(i.

Fl. May-Oct. Naturalized in gardens. — All islands.

443. Eclipta alba, Hassle.

Fl. June-Feb. In moist localities, not uncommon. — All islands.

FLOEA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. G5

444. Bonichia arborescens, DC.

Fl. all the year round. On sandy shores, gregarious. — St. Croix (com-
mon); St. Thomas (Smith's Bay).

445. Wedelia carnosa, Eicli.

Fl. June-Jan. Along ditches, gregarious. — St. Croix (western part
of the island, not uncommon).

446. W. buphthalmoides, Giis. (v. Wild Tobacco), a), 15) antiguensis, Nichols,

and ;) dominicensis.
Fl. all the year round. Leaves delicately fragrant, a) rare; ft) and y)
common along roads and in thickets. — All islands.

447. W. affinis, DC. (Prod, v, 541) (IT. cahjclna, Rich.).

St. Thomas (Wydler).

448. "W. acapulensis, HB. K.

St. Thomas (Schl. in Linn«a, 1831, 727).

(Grisebach, Fl. 372, thinks these two species to be included probably
in W. frutescens, Jacq.)

449. W. cniciana, Rich.

St. Croix (DC. Prodr. v, 542).

450. W. discoidea, Less. (Linnipa, 1831, 728).

St. Thomas (Less. 1. c).

451. Melanthera deltoidea, Rich.
St. Thomas (Less.).

452. Sclerocarpus africanus, Jacq. (Icon.Rar. i, t. 17G).

Fl. Nov.-Dec. Along roads and in thickets, rare. (Naturalized?) —
St. Thomas (Parade ground).

453. Bidens leucanthus, W.

Fl. Sept.-Dec. Under trees, on high hills. — St. Croix (West, p. 303);
Virgin Islands (common).

454. B. bipiuuatus, L.

Fl. Sept.-March. Achenium often 5-aristate. In i^astures and along
ditches, common. — All islands.

455. Cosmos caudatus, Kth.

Fl. Dec-March. Along roads and in fields, not uncommon. — All
islands.

456. Verbesina alata, L.

Fl. Feb.- Aug. jSTatiiralized in gardens. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.
Bull. Nat. Mus. No. 13 5

G6 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

457. Synedrella nodiflora, G. (v. Fatten barrow).

n. all the year round. A common weed everywhere. — All islands.

458. Pectis punctata, Jacq.

n. Oct.-Marcli. In pastures and along ditclies, common. — AU
islands.

459. P. linifolia, Less.

St. Thomas (Less. Grls. Fl. p. 378).

460. P. humifusa, Sw.

Fl. all the year round. Gregarious on rocks and between stones, not
nncommon. — All islands.

461. Egletes domingensis, Cass. a)glabrata, DC; /3)carduifolia, DC; y)genuina.
FL all the year round. On the sandy seashore, a) and y) rather com-
mon. /9) found by Oersted (Vid. Medd. 1852, p. 106).— St. Thomas.

462. Erechthites hieracifolia, Raf. a) and y) cacaloides, Less.

Fl. all the year round. In moist localities, not uncommon. — St. Croix
{r) ; St. Thomas («).

463. Emilia sonchifolia, DC.

Fl. Jan.-Oct. In shady localities. Naturalized, common. — All
islands.

464. E. sagittata, DC. (Prodr. vi, 302) (CacaUa cocvinea, Sims.).

Fl. all the year round. ^Naturalized in gardens. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

{Caealia coccinea, Sims., is, according to DC. Prodr. vi, 332, a synonym
for Emilia coccinea. This latter species does, however, not occur in the
Prodromus at all, and on a former page, 302, the Cacalia of Sims, is given
as synonymous with E. sagittata.)

465. Leria nutans, DC.

Fl. June-March. In shady localities on hills, not uncommon. — All
islands.

466. Brachyrhamphus intybaceus, DC. (Jacq. Icon.Rar. i, t. 162).

Fl. all the year round. Near dwellings and in waste places, a com-
mon weed. — All islands.

467. Sonchus oleraceus, L. (v. Wild Salad).

Fl. all the year round. Achenium mostly 4-furrowed. Along roads
and near dwellings, common. — All islands.

[Chrysogonum dichotomum, sp. nov., Valil, mentioned in AVest, p. 303,
as occurring in St. Croix, is not described in any of Vahl's publications ;

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 67

and as no specimens are to be found in Hb. Havn., I have not been able
to identify the species.)

[Cultivated species: Helianthus annuun, L, (v. Sunflower); Pi/retJirum
indicum, Cass.; Aster chincnsis, Jj.', Tugctes patula.) L.; Tithonki speciosa^
Hook.; Georgina variabilis, Willd., and Lactuca sativa, L. (v. Salad).]

i.o]B£liaceje:.

468. Isotoma longiflora, Prsl.

Fl. all the year round. The whole i)lant is poisonous. In shady locali-
ties and in pastures on high hills. St. Croix (rare, Mount Pleasant,
Wills Bay) ; Yirgiu Islands (rather common on the hills).

OOOOEMOVIACJEJE.

469. Scaevola Plumieri, L.

Fl. Jan.-April. On sandy shores. — St. Croix (not uncommon); SL

Thomas (Smith's Bay).

MYRSI.XACE^.

470. Ardisia coriacea, Sw.

Fl. Juue-Aug-. Leaves minutely spotted beneath. In forests and on
high hills, not uncommon. — All islands.

471. Jacquinia armillaris, L. «) and /?) arborea, V. (v. Bay Sallie).

Fl. Sept.-Feb. On the rocky shore, not uncommon. — All islands.

SAPOTAC1B.I].

472. Chrysophyllum Cainito, L. (v. Star-apijle).

Fl. May-July. Fruit edible. In forests, rare. — St. Croix (Springfield) ;
St. Thomas (Signal Hill).

473. C. pauciflorum, Lam.

Fk June. In forests, uncommon. — St. Thomas (Flag Hill).

474. C. oliviforme, S\v. /3) monopyrenum.

Fl. July. In forests, not very common. — St. Croix; St. Thomas.

475. C. microphyllum, Jacq. (v. Palmar).

Fl. Sept.-Jan. In wooded valleys, rare. — St Croix (Bugby Hole) ; St.
Thomas (Santa Maria Gut).

476. C. glabrum, Jacq.

Fl. Sept.-Dec. and March-July. In woods and thickets, common. —
All islands.

477. Sapota Achras, Mill. (v. Mespel).

Fl. Sept.-Oct. and March. Fruit sweet, edible. In forests and culti-
vated, common. — AU islands.

G8 FLOE A OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

473. S. Sideroxylcn, Oris. (v. Bully wood).

Xot soen in llowcr. A tall tree, affording a splendid i)iirple, very
bard timber. In forests, rare. — St. Jan (Baas Gut).

479. Siderozylon Mastichodendron, Jacq. (v. Mastic).

Fl. Aug.-Sept. An excellent timber tree. Jn forests, rare. — St. Croix
(Lebanon Hill); St. Thomas (Nortliside Bay); St. Jan (Baas Gut)
(Montserrat, Eyan in Hb. Havn.).

480. Dipholis salicifolia, DC.

Fl. Feb.-Marcli. In thickets and forests. — St. Croix (not uncommon
in the western part of the island) ; St. Jan (Klein Cancel Bay).

481. Bumelia cuneata, Svr. (v. Break-bill).

Fl. Feb.-April. Brancihes ofteu transformed into long spines. Very
good timber tree. Along the coast princix)ally iu marshy soil, not un-
common. — All islands.

482. Lucuma multiflora, DC. (Acliras macrophyJla, Valil in lib. Havn.).

Fl. June-July and Dec-Jan. Leaves as much as 1^' long. — St. Croix
(Hb. Havn. from Wills Bay) ; St. Thomas (here and there in forests ;
Signal Hill, 1500').

STYRACE^.

483. Symplocos martiniceusis, Jacq.

Fl. March-Aug. In forests on high hills. Flowers fragrant. — St.
Thomas (Signal Hill above 1200', not uncommon).

EBENACE^.

484. Maccreightia caribaea, A. DC.

Vieques (Duchassaing sec. Gris. System. Uuters. p. 91).

OLE ACE ^.

485. Linociera compacta, R. Br.

Fl. May-Oct. In forests, rather common. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

486. Forestiera porulosa, Poir. a) and /?) Jacquinii, Egg. (Jacq. Ic. Rar. t. 625).
Fl. Feb. and Sept.-Oct. In thickets near the coast, uncommon. — «)

St. Thomas (•Cowell's Hill) ; ft) St. Croix (northern shore near Claremont).

JASM1IVACE.E.

487. Jasminum pubescens, W. (v. Star Jessamine).

Fl. all the year round. Naturalized in gardens. — All islands.
[Cultivated species: J. officinale, L.; J. rcrohitum, L. (v. Nepaid Jes-
samine), and Kycianihcs Sambac, L. (v. Double Jessamine).]

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 69

APOCIJVACEJE.

483. Thevetia neriifolia, Juss. (v. Milk-busli).

n. all the year round. Wood employed for building boats. In thick-
ets on dry hills, common. — All islands.

489. Rauwollia nitida, L. (v. Milk-tree).

Fl. all the year round. In forests and thickets, common. — All islands.

490. R. LamarckJi, A. DC. (v. Bitter-busli).

Fl. all the year round. On dry hills, common. — All islands.

491. Nerium Oleander, L. (v. Xerium).

Fl. all the year round. Naturalized in gardens and near dwellings.
Common. — All islands.

492. Tabernaemontana (citiifolia, Jacq. ?).

Fl. Juue-Aug. In thickets, here and there. — St. Thomas (French-
man's Bay).

493. Vinca rosea, L. (v. Cburcli-flower).

Fl. all the year round. Near houses and on waste places, very com-
mon. — All islands.

494. Plumieria rubra, L. (v. Red Franchipani).

Fl. all the year round. Naturalized near dwellings. — All islands.

495. p. obtusifolia, L. (v. White Franchipani).

Fl. all the year round. Naturalized in gardens. — All islands.

496. P. alba, L. (v. Snake-root, Klaug hout).

Fl. all the year round. On rocks near the shore and in dry thickets,
common. — All islands.

497. Echites agglutinata, Jacq.

Fl. July-Aug. In thickets, rare. — St. Croix (Cane Bay) ; St. Thomas
(Flag Hill).

498. E. circinalis, Sw.

Fl. Dec. In forests, rare. — St.Thomas (Flag Hill).

499. E. neriandra, Gris.

Fl. Oct.-Jan. Here and there in thickets, not uncommon. — AU
islands.

500. E. suberecta, Jacq.

Fl. May-Aug. In thickets, uncommon. — St. Thomas (Cowell's Hill) ;
St. Croix (West, p. 277).

70 FLORA OF ST. CKOIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

501. E. barbata, Desv.

St. Croix; St. Thomas (DC. Prodr. viii, 453).

[Cultivated species : Allamanda cathartim, L., aud Tabernwr)wntana
cajaetms, L. (v. Cape Jessamine).]

ASCLEPIADACE^.

502. Metastelma parviflorum, E. Br.
St. Tliomas (Duchass).

503. M. Schlechtendalii, Decs. {M. albifloriun, Oris.).

n. all the year roimd. In dry thickets, very confmon. — All islands.
(The specific distinction of Grisebach's species does not seem to be
sufficiently permanent to justify a separation into two.)

504. Asclepias curassavica, L. (v. Wild Iijecacuana).

n. all the year round. Eoot used as an emetic. Along roads and
ditches, common. — All islands.

505. A. nivea, L.

St. Thomas (Gris. Fl. 419).

506. Sarcostemma Brownei, Mey.

St. Thomas (West, p. 278, as Asclepias viminalis, Sw.).

507. Calotropis procera, K. Br. (v. Silk Cattuu).

Fl. all the year round. ]!^aturalized in dry localities, common. — All
islands.

508. Ibatia muricata, Gris.

Fl. all the year round. In dry thickets, common. — All islands.

509. Fischeria scandens, DC.

Fl. Aug. In forests, rare. — St. Croix (Spring-gut).
[Cultivated species; Hoya carnosa, K. Br. (v. Wax-flower) and Ste-
phanoiis Jloribunda, A. Brongn.]

CONVOLVUr.ACE.i:.

510. Ipomaea bona-nox, L.

Fl. Oct.-May. Naturalized in gardens. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

511. I. Tuba, Don.

Fl, aU the year round. On shnibs near the coast, uncommon. — All
islands.

FLORA OF ST. CKOIX A^^D THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 71

512. I. tuberosa, L.

Fl. Feb.-March. In forests, rare. — St. Croix (Bugby Hole) ; St.
Thomas (Schl.).

513. I. dissecta, Piirsli (v. Noyau Vine).

Fl. Kov.-May. Corolla-tube purple inside. The whole i>lant has a
taste of prussic acid, and is used for the preparation of a liquor called
iSToyau. On fences and along- roads, common. — All islands.

514. I. peiitapliylla, Jacq.

Fl. Dec-March. In thickets and along ditches. — St. Croix; St.
Thomas.

515. I. quinquefolia, Gris.

Fl. Dec-Jan. Corolla expanded from 8 A. M. to 3 P. M. In pastures

and low thickets, common. — St. Thomas.

516. I. Batatas, Lam. (v. Sweet Potato), a), /3) leucorrhiza, and } ) porphyrorhiza.

Fl. all the year round. Propagated by cuttings. A common vege-
table. Cultivated and natiu-alized everywhere. — All islands.

517. I. fastigiata, Swt. a).

Fl. Oct.- Jan. In thickets, not uncommon. — St. Thomas.

518. I. violacea, L. (v. Grauni Vine).

Fl. Dec.-Feb. Coralla exx)anded towards evening. In forests and
along rivulets, not uncommon. — AU islands.

519. I. cariiea, Jacq.

St. Croix (Wills Bay sec. West, p. 272).

520. I. Jeucantha. Jacq. (leon.Rar. ii, t. 318).

Fl. March-May. Capsule pilose; roots tuberous. On dry hiUs, not
uncommon — St. Jan (near Klein Kauelbay).

521. L triloba, L. a) and /?) Eustachiana, Jacq.

Fl. Sept.-iVIarch. Corolla expanded till 10 A. M. Both forms in moi^t
localities, not uncommon. — St. Croix; St. Thomas.

522. I. umbellata, Mey.

Fl. Jan.-March. Along rivulets and ditches, common. — AU islands.

523. I. pes-caprae, Sw. (v. Bay Vine).

Fl. all the year round. Corolla sometimes white. On sandy sea-
shores, very common. — All islands.

72 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

524. L asarifolia, R. S.

Dauisli islands (Giis. Fl. p. 471).

(As this sptHues is a native of Senegal, I doubt the correctness of the
above habitat.)

525. I. quinquepartita, ll.H.' {Coiiv. ovalifolius, West (uou Vahl) sec. DC. Prodr. is.,

3G7).

St. Croix (West, p. 271).

526. I. triquetra, R. S. {Conr. triqucter, Vahl, Symb. Bot. iii, 32).

St. Croix (West, p. 271) j St. Thomas (Schl.).

527. I. repanda, Jacq.

n. Feb.-March. Leaves heteromorphous, often 2-4-lobed. Tubers
large, a favourite food for wild hogs. In forests, unconimon. — St. Thomas
(Flag Hill); St. Jan (Macumbi).

528. I. filiformis, Jacq.

Fl. Oct.-April. In thickets, often near the shore, not uncommon. — St.
Croix; St. Thomas.

529. I. arenaria, Steud. •

Fl. Dec-April. Stem woody, as much as f" diam. Eoot large,
tuberous. Flowering partly precocious. On dry hills, in thickets, not
uncommon. — All islands.

530. I. Quamoclit, L. (v. Sweet William).

Fl. all the year round. ]!S"ear dwellings and along roads, common. —
St. Croix; St. Thomas. »

531. T. coccinea, L. (/. hcderafolia, L.).

Fl. Dec-March. In thickets, common. — All islands.

532. I. Nil, Rth. (Bot. Mag. t. 188) (v. Morniug-glnry).

Fl. Oct.-March. Corolla expanded till 9 A. M. Along ditches and
near dwellings, common. — All islands.

533. I. purpurea, Lam.

Fl. Oct.-Feb. Naturalized in gardens. — St. Croix; St. Thomas.

534. I. acuminata, R. S.

Fl. Xov.-March. Corolla crimson, as stated in Symb. Bot. iii, 26.
l^ear rividets, on trees, rare. — St. Croix (Golden Eock).

535. I. tiliacea, Chois.
St. Thomas (Schl.).

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 73

536. Jacquemontia tamnifolia, Gris.

n. Dec.-Feb. Seeds glabrous, greyish. In thickets, common. — All
islands.

537. Convolvulus pentanthus, J ticq. (Jacquemontia vlolacea, Chois.).
n. Aug.-Dec. In thickets, on hills, common. — All islands.

538. C. jamaicensis, Jacq.

Fl. Dec.-Feb. In thickets, on the sandy seashore, rare. — St. Croix

(Sandy Point); St. Thomas (Cowell's); Water Island.

539. C. nodiflorus, Desr. (C alhifloriis, West) (v. Claslii-mulat).
Fl. Oct.-March. Common in thickets. — All islands.

540. C. melanostictus, Sclil. (Linuasa, vi, 737).
St. Thomas (Schl.).

541. C. sagittifer, HB. Kth.
St. Thomas (Schl.).

542. Evolvulus linifolius, L.

Fl. Dec-April. In moist localities, here and there. — AU islands.

543. E. mucronatus, Sw.

Fl. Dec-March. In marshy soil, not nncommou. — All islands.

544. E. nummularius, L.

Fl. Kov.-March. Among rocks in shady localities, not uncommon. —
AU islands.

545. Cuscuta americana, L. (v. Love-weed).

Fl all the year round. In dry thickets, covering shrubs and trees,
often killing them. Very common. — AU islands.

(West, p. 271, mentions two species, Convolrulus matut'inus and C.vene-
natus, as occurring in St. Croix, and refers for their description to Vahl's
Symb. Bot. pars 3, as spec. nov. As, however, they are not described in
any of Vahl's publications, and no specimeus are in existence in Hb.
Havn., I am unable to say whether they are old species or new ones.)

[Cultivated species: Ipomcea Learii, Annal. Fl. et Pom. 1840, i^. 381,
and I. Horsfallicv, Hook.]

546. Naraa jamaicensis, L.

Fl. March- Aug. Among stones and rocks, a common weed. — St. Croix ;
St. Thomas.

74 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

BOISAOI]\A€E^.

547. Cordia Gerascanthus, Jucq. (3) subcanescens (v. Rosewood, Cuppar).

n. Oct. An excellent timber tree. In forests, not very common. —
Virgin Island.

548. C. alba, R. S. (v. White Manjack).

n. Marcli-Sept. In thickets and along roads, not uncommon. — St.
Croix (eastern part of tlie island).

549. C. Sebestena, Jacq. «) (Bot. Mag. t. 794). fi) rubra, Egg. (v. Scarlet Cordia,

Fluyte boom).

Fl. all the year round. /3) leaf-ribs red; calyx scarlet as the corolla.
Both forms common in forests and planted near dwellings. — All islands.

550. C. CoUococca, L. (v. Manjack).

Fl. March-April. Precocious. In forests, common. — All islands.

551. C. nitida, Valil.

Fl. Jau.-Feb. and Sept.-Oct. Flowers slightly odorous. In forests,
not vmcommon. — All islands.

552. C. laevigata, Lam.
St. Thomas (Schl.).

553. C. sulcata, DC.

Fl. June. Leaves up to 1^' long. In forests, not common. — Virgin
Islands ; St. Croix (West, p. 275).

554. C. ulmifolia, Juss. a) ovata, /3) ovalis, and y) lineata.

Fl. May- Aug. In dry thickets, common. — a) all islands ; ft) St. Thomas
(Ledru) ; ;-) St. Croix (West).

555. C. cylindristachya, Sprengl. a) portoricensis, Sprgl. /?) floribunda, Sprgl.

()) graveolens, Kth.

Fl. all the year round. On dry hills. AU three forms common. — St.
Croix ; St. Thomas.

556. C. martinicensis, R. S.

St. Croix (Griseb. Fl. p. 481).

557. C. globosa, Ktli.

Fl. July-Sept. In thickets, not uncommon. — St. Croix; St. Thomas.

558. Beurreria succulenta, Jacq. (v. Juuiixr).

Fl. June-Sept. In forests and thickets, common. — All islands.

559. Rochefortia acanthophora, Gris.

Fl. June-Sept. In thickets. — St. Croix (rare, Fair Plain, Jacob's
Peak) ; Virgin Islands (not uncommon).

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 75

560. Tournefortia gnaphalodes, R. Br. (v. Sea-lavender).

n. all the year round. On sandy shores, common. — All islands.

561. T. hirsutissima, L. (v. Cliicliery grape).

Fl. Sept.-Aj)ril. Along roads and in thickets, esj)ecially on lime-
stone, common. — All islands.

562. T. foetidissima, L.

St. Croix (West, p. 270).

563. T. bicolor, Sw. j3) leevigata, Lam.

n. May. Berry globose, white. Among rocks on high hills, rare. —
St. Thomas (Crown, 1500').

564. T. laurifolia, Vent.
St. Thomas (DC).

565. T. volubilis, L.

Fl. May-Aug. Inflorescence extra-axillary, often transformed into a
hollow, globose, muricate, green monstrosity, in which lives the larva of
a dijjterous insect. Common in thickets. — All islands.

566. T. luicrophylla, Desv.

Fl. May-Sept. . In the same localities as the former, common. — All
islands.

567. Heliotropium indicum, L.

Fl. all the year round. Along roads and in waste places, common. —
All islands.

568. H. parvifloruni, L. (v. Eye-bright).

Fl. all the year round. A common weed everywhere. — All islands.

569. H. curassavicum, L.

Fl. the whole year. On the sandy seashore, common. — All islands.

570. H. fruticosum, L.

Fl. all the year round. Up to 6' high. On dry hills. — St. Croix (com-
mon in the eastern part); Virgin Islands (not uncommon).
[Cultivated species: H. pervvianiim, L. (x. Heliotrope.)]

POt,EMOWIACEJC.

[Cultivated in gardens: Phlox Drmnmondli, Hook.]

SOEANACE.E.

571. Brunfelsia americana, Sw. a) and 3) pubescens (v. Rain-tree).

Fl. May-Dec. Flowers odorous before rain. In thicketi^ and woods,
common. — Virgin Islands (cultivated in gardens in St. Croix).

76 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

572. Datura Metel, L. (v. Fiic-weetl).

n. all the year roimd. Flowers nocturnal. Along roads and in waste
places, naturalized everywliere. — All islands.

573. D. fastucsa, L.

Fl. all the year round. Naturalized in gardens and near dwellings. —
All islands.

574. D. Tatula, L.

Fl. May-Dec. Along roads, naturalized, but rare. — St. Croix (Hope).

575. D. Stramonium, L. (v. Fire-weed).

FL Sept.-Feb, jSTaturalized in w aste places, coumion. — All islands.

576. Nicotiana Tabacum, L,

Fl. May-Nov. Used as a medicine, but not for smoking. Naturalized
near dwellings. — All islands.

577. Physalis peruviana, L.

Fl. May-Nov. In fields, uncommon. — St. Thomas (Rapoon).

578. P. pubsscens, L.

Fl. March-May. In shady vaUeys, uncommon. — St. Croix (Crequis) ;
St. Thomas.

579. p. Linkiana, Ns.

Fl. Dec. In cultivated fields, not uncommon. — St. Thomas.

580. P. aDgulata, L.

Fl. Sept.-Jan. Stamens of unequal length ; anthers successively de-
hiscent. Along roads and ditches, common. — All islands.

581. Capsicum dulce, Hort. (DC. Prodr. xiii, i, 428) (v. Sweet Pepper).

Fl. March-July. Berry oblong. Naturalized in gardens. — St. Croix;
St. Thomas.

582. C. frutescens, L. (v. Bird Pepper).

Fl. Aug.-Dec. Used as a condiment. Here and there in forests and
cultivated. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

583. C. baccatum, L. (v. Small Peiiper).

Fl. Aug.-Jan. In forests and near dwellings, not uncommon. — All
islands.

584. C. aniiuum, L. (v. Pepper).

Fl. all the. year round. Fruit universally used as a condiment. Cul-
tivated and naturalized everywhere. — All islands.

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 77

585. Lycopersicuni cerasiforme, Dim. (Solan, p. IIH) (v. Small Trovo).

n. May-Sept. Berry globose, small, yellow. Kot imcommon near
clwellings (perhaps ouly naturalized). Used as a vegetable. — St. Croix;
St. Thomas.

586wL. esculentum, Mill. (v. Tomato, Trovo).

Fl. all the year round. Berry used as a vegetable. Cultivated and
naturalized everywhere. — All islands.

587. Solanum nodiflorum, Jacq. n) and /3) oleraceum, Dnu. (v. Lnmbusb).

Fl. May-Dec. Stem often prickly. In fields and in waste places, com-
mon. — All islands.

588. S. verbascifolium, L. (v. Turkey-berry).

Fl. June-Oct. In waste places, not uncommon. — Virgin Islands; St.
Croix (West, p. 27§.

589. S. racemosum, L. (v. Canker-berry).

Fl. all the year round. Proterandrous. In waste places, very com-
mon. — All islands.

590. S. igneum, L. (v. Canker-berry).

Fl. all the year round. Habitat of the preceding. Very common. —
All islands.

591. S. bahamense, L. {S. pemicwfolium, Dun.)

Fl. Jan.-Aug. Along coasts, not uncommon. — Virgin Islands.

592. S. lanceifolium, Jacq.

Not seen flowering. Leaves and stem very i)rickly. In forests, rare. —
St. Jan (King's Hill, 1000').

593. S. torvum, Sw. (v. Plate-busli).

Fl. all the year round. A shrub or small tree. In forests and near
dwellings, common. — All islands.

594. S. inclusum, Gris., var. albiflorum, Ej:;g.

Fl. all the year round. Corolla white, |"-1" diam. Stigma 3-5-
branched, stellate. Berry globose, somewhat depressed, hirsute, orange
coloured, 1" diam. The excrescent calyx prickly. In dry thickets, not
uncommon. — Virgin Islands.

595. S. aculeatissimum, Jacq.

Fl. April-May. ^Naturalized by mules ffom Montevideo. — St. Croix
(Frederiksted).

596. S. mammosum, L.

St. Croix (West, p. 275).

78 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

597. S. polygamum, Valil (v. Kakkerlakka-berry).

FL all the year round. In dry thickets, common. — ^A^irgin Islands.

(In DC. Prodr. xiii, i, 197, it is stated that this species has been found
in St. Croix by Wydler, which, however, appears doubtful to me. West,
p. 275, only gives St. Jan as habitat, yet Vahl in his Symb. Bot. iii, 89,
and after him probably Griseb. Fl. p. 443, refer to West as the authority
for St. Croix as habitat.)

598. Cestrum laurifolium, L'Her.

n. Jan.-April. Petiole black ; berry dark purple. In forests, not
uncommon. — All islands.

599. C. diurnum, L.

Fl. Feb.-June. In forests, uncommon. — Virgin Islands; St. Croix

(West, p. 270). %

600. C. nocturnum, L.

Fl. March. In forests, rare. — St. Jan (Eogiers, Josliee Gut).

I Cultivated species: Datura suaveolens, HBK.; Petunia nyctaginifiora^
Juss., and P. violacea, Liudl.; Solamim Seaforfhianum, Andr., 8. tubero-
sum, L. (v. Irish potato), and S. Melongena, L. (v. Egg-plant, Beranger).]

SCROPHiri^ARIACE^.

601. Scoparia dulcis, L.

Fl. all the year round. A common weed along roads and in moist
localities. — All islands.

602. Capraria biflora, L. a) and /3) pilosa (v. Goat-weed).

Fl. all the year round. Leaves used for tea. Both forms along roads,
common, a) in moist, /?) in dry localities. — All islands.

603. Herpestis striata, Scbrad.
St. Thomas (Benth.).

604. H. chamaedryoides, Ktli.

Fl. Dec-March. Pedicel bearing two bracteolae at the base. The
two injiermost calyx-lobes setaceous. In moist localities, rare. — St.
Croix (Spring-gut).

605. H. Monniera, Ktli.

Fl. all the year round. Along rivulets and on the margins of lagoons,
common. — All islands.

606. Vandellia diffusa, L.

St. Croix (liyan in Hb. Havu., Vahl's Eclogue, ii, 47) (Montserrat,
Eyan in Hb. Havn., '•'■ vulgaris''^).

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 79

[Cultivated species: Maurandia Barclayana, Lindl. (v. Fairy Ivy),
and Russeliajuncea, Zucc. (v. Madeira Plant).]

BIGNONIACE^.

607. Crescentia Cujete, L. (v. Calaba,sli-treo).

n. all tlie year round. Leaves deciduous iu Dec. The fruit is used
for vessels. "NTear dwellings and iu forests, common. — All islands.

608. C. cucurbitiua, L. (v. Black Calabash).

Fl. Marcli-Nov. Wood used for boat-building. Iu dense forests near
rivulets, not uncommon. — All islands.

609. Catalpa longisiliqua, Cham.
St. Thomas (Gris. Fl. 44G).

610. Tecoma Berterii, DC.

Fl. March-July. Leaves deciduous Feb.-April. In dry thickets,
common. — Virgin Islands.

611. T. leuccxylon, Mart. (v. White Cedar).

Fl. March-April, precocipus, and later coetauous in Sept.-Oct. Wood
used for building boats. In forests and on dry hills, common. — All
islands.

612. T. stans, .Tuss. (v. Yellow Cedar).

Fl. all the year round. Anthers pilose beneath. In thickets, com-
mon ; often gregarious, especially in St. Croix. — All islands.

613. Blgnonia aequinoctialis, L.

Fl. April-Sept. Anthers pilose or glabrous (hence Vahl's distinction
on this account between his B. spectahiUs (Symb. Bot. iii, p. 80) and this
species not justified). Here and there in marshy forests. — St. Thomas
(Xorthside Bay, Sta. Maria); St. Croix (Salomon's estate. West, p. 294).

614. B. unguis, L. (v. Cat-claw).

Fl. Ai)ri]-May, i^recocious, later pgain coetanous in Nov. Stem 11"
diam., showing the irregular structure peculiar to all climbing Blgnoni-
acecc. Fruit as much as 2ij" long. In forests, not uncommon. — All
islands.

615. Distictis lactiflora, DC. (Prodr. ix, 191) (Eignotiia, Vahl).

Fl. all the year round. On fences and in dry thickets, here and
there. — St. Croix (Cotton Grove, Southgate Farm) (cultivated in St.
Thomas).

[Cultivated species: Tecoma capcnsiSy Lindl.]

80 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

616. Ruellia tuberosa, L. (v. Christmas-pride).

Fl. all the year round ; most abuudaiitly towards Christmas. Along
roads and ditches, common. — iVll islands.

617. R. strepens, L.

St. Croix (Isert sec. DC. Prodr. xi, 121).

618. Stemonacanthus coccineus, Oris.

Fl. Jau.-Ai^ril. Cleistogamous flowers in July ; also an intermediate
form between cleistogamous and normal flowers. In shady forests,
rare.— St. Croix (Caledonia, Wills Bay); St. Jan (Bordeaux Hills); St.
Thomas (Wydl. sec. DC. Prodr. xi, 217).

619. Blechnum Brownei, Juss. (v. Penguin Balsam).

Fl. Dec.-Ai)ril. Used against cough. In ]jastures and along ditches,
common. — All islands.

620. Barleria lupulina, Lindl. (Bot. Reg. t. 1483).

Fl. Dec-April. Naturalized near dwellings and in gardens. — St.
Thomas ; St. Jan.

621. Thyrsacanthus nitidus, Ns.

St. Croix (v. Eohr sec. Symb. Bot. ii, o, and Isert sec. DC. Prodr. xi,
327); St. Thomas (Nees).

622. Dianthera pectoralis, Mnrr. (v. Garden Balsam).

Fl. Dec-March. Used against coughs. Naturalized near dwellings
and in gardens. — All islands.

623. D. sessilis, Gris. {.Tustida imudflora, Valil in Eclog. Am. i, 2). ■

Fl. June-July. Flowers often cleistogamous. Ehizome perennial.
In thickets, here and there. — St. Croix (Salt River); St. Thomas.

624. Justicia carthagenensis, Jacq.

Fl. Dec-March. Along ditches and in forests. — AU islands.

625. J. reflexiflora, Rich. (Vahl's Ennm. Plant, i, 157), var. glandulosa. Egg.

Fl. all the year round. Bracts densely glanduliferous. Seeds glo-
bose, brown. Procumbent among bushes. — St. Croix (rare, Fair Plain);
St. Thomas; Buck Island (not uncommon).

626. J. periplocaefolia, Jacq.

St. Thomas (Schl.).

627. Beloperone nemorosa, Nees.

Fl. Jan.-March. Calyx one-sixth of the lengtli of the coroUa. In
forests, rare. — St. Croix (Caledonia, Ham's Bluff VaUey).

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 81

628. Crossandra infundibuliformis, Nees.

Fl. March-June, Naturalized in gardens. — St. Croix.

629. Stenandrium rupestre, Ns. (DC. Prodr. xi, 283) (BuelUaf, Sw. Fl. lud. Occ.

p. 1071 ; Plum. Icon. ed. Burm. t. 75, as Gcrardia). a) glabrous, ^3) pilose.

Fl. Dec.-May, cleistogamous. Kormal flowers June-Aug. Corolla
expanded till 9 A. M. Rhizome perennial; roots fusiform, tuberous.
Gregarious on the ground in forests, rare. — a) St. Thomas (Flag Hill,
7UO'-000') ', fl) St. Jan (Baas Gut).

630. Anthacanthus spinosus, Nees.

Fl. all the year round. Flowers heterostylous. On rocks and in for-
ests, common, especially in St. Croix. — All islands.

631. A. jamaicensis, Gria.

Fl. June-July. Corolla-lobes glandular inside. On limestone, rare. —
St. Croix, in stony ground.

632. A. micrcphyllus, Ns.

Fl. ]\Iay-Aug. In forests, here and there. — All islands.

633. Dicliptera adsurgens, Juss.

Fl. Jan.-Feb., cleistogamous; normal, March- April. In thickets
and near ditches. — St. Croix (common) ; St. Jan (less common).

634. Thunbergia volubilis, Pers.

Fl. all the year round. Katurahzed along ditches and rivulets. — St.
Croix (Caledonia, Mt. Stewart) ; St. Thomas (Tutu).

[Cultivated species: Graptophylhun hortense, ISTees, Justicia bicolor,
Aiidr., Thunhergia alata, Boj., Th. fragrans, Eoxb., and Sesamum orien-
tale, L. (v. Benye).]

GESNERIACE^. -

635. Martyiiia diandra, Glox. (v. Cocks).

Fl. Sept.-Dec. Three rudimentary filaments; l'-3' high. Along
roads and iji waste places, not uncommon. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

LABIATE.

636. Ocimum Basilicum, L.

Fl. May-Aug. Naturalized in gardens. — All islands.

637. O. micranthum, W. (v. Passia Balsam).

Fl. Aug.-Nov. Corolla expanded during the morning. , Used against
coughs. Along ditches and in pastures, gregarious. — All islands.

638. Coleus amboinicus, L. (v. East India Thyme).

Fl. April-May. ISTaturalized in dry localities, gregarious. — All
islands.

Bull. :N'at. I\Ius. No. 13 6

82 ^TLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

639. Hyptis capitata, Jacq. (v. Wild Hops).

Fl. Nov.-JMaicli. Along rivulets, common. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

640. H. suaveolens, Poit.

Fl. Oct.-Feb. 3'-4' high. In dry localities, common. — St. Croix j St.
Thomas.

641. H. pectinata, Poit. (v. I'rencli Tea).

Fl. Nov.-April. As much as 8' high. In dry localities, not uncorn-
mon. — All islands.

642. H. verticillata, Jacq.

St. Thomas (Gris. Fl. p. 489).

643. Salvia occidentalis, Svr.

Fl. Dec-March. Ehizome thick. Along roads, common. — All islands.

644. S. tenella, Sw.

St. Thomas (Gris. Fl. p. 490; Schl.).

645. S. serotina, L.

Fl. Sept.-April. Leaves very bitter. Corolla white. In dry locali-
ties, gregarious, common. — ^AU islands.

646. S. coccinea, L. a) and P) ciliata, Bentli.

Fl. all the year round. Along ditches and roads, common. — All
islands.

647. Leouurus sibiricus, L.

Fl. aU the year round. Corolla sometimes white. A common weed
in fields and along roads. — All islands.

648. Leucas martinicensis, R. Br.

Fl. March-Nov. A weed, common in gardens and along roads. — St.
Croix.

649. Leonotis nepetaefolia, R. Br. (v. Hollow Stock).

Fl. all the year round. Corolla sometimes white. Gregarious, a very
common weed everywhere. — All islands.

650. Mentha aquatica, L^(v. Mint).

Not seen flowering. Naturalized along rivulets, gregarious. — St.
Croix (Caledonia).

[Cultivated species : Rosmarinus officinalis, L. (v. Kosemary), Thymvt
vulgaris, L. (v. Thyme), and Origanum Mujorana, L. (v. Sweet Marjoram
Tea).]

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 83

VERBElVACEii:.

651. Piiva echinata, Jnss.

Fl. all the year round. Corolla expanded till 10 A. M. A common
weed along roads and in gardens. — All islands.

652. Bouchea Bhrenbergii, Cham.

n. Dec-May. Gregarious along roads and in dry localities, com-
mon. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

653. Stachjrtarpha jamaicensis, V. (v. Vervain).

Fl. all the year round. Flower expanded till noon. Pollen 3-4-
branched, stellate. Leaves used against fever. Very common along
roads and ditches. — All islands.

654. S. strigosa, Vahl.

St. Thomas (Ehrenb. sec. DC. Prodr. xi, 564; Oris. Fl. p. 494).

655. Lippia Dodiflora, Rich.

Fl. all the year round. Gregarious in moist localities, not uncom-
mon. — St. Croix (La Eeine, Fair Plain).

656. Lantana Camara, L. (v. Sage).

Fl. all the year round. Berry considered to be poisonous. On dry
hills, very comnion.^-All islands.

657. L. polyacantha, Schauer (DC. Prodr. xi, 597) (i. scabrida, Ait.).

Fl. all the year round. In dry localities, here and there. — St. Croix
(St. George) ; St. Thomas (Solberg).

658. L. involucrata, L.

Fl. all the year round. Corolla and berry violet. In thickets, com-
mon, especially on limestone. — All islands.

659. L. reticulata, Pers.

Fl. all the year round. On limestone, rare. — St. Croix, in stony gTound
(King's HiU).

660. Citharexylum quadrangulare, Jacq. (v. Fiddlewood, Susanna).

Fl. July-Sept. In forests, not uncommon. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

661. C. cinereum, L. (v. Susanna).

Fl. July-Dec. Leaves of both these species becoming red in Feb., and
dropping off at the same time that the new ones make their appear-
ance. On young radical shoots the leaves are linear and deeply serrate.
The wood is quite useless, even for firewood. In dry thickets and for-
ests, common, often* gregarious. — All islands.

84 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

662. C. villosum, Jacq. (Icou. Var. t. 118).

St. Thomas (Sclileclit., Bertero, Ducliass. sec. Gris. Sj'st. Hut.;.

663. Duranta Plumieri, Jacq.

Fl. ]\Iay-Dec. Along roads and in thickets, common. — All islands.

664. Callicarpa reticulata, Sw.
St. Croix (West, p. 2G9).

665. .Sjgiphila martiniceusis, Jacq.

Fl. Aug.-Jan. Flowers often heterostylous. In forests, common. —
St. Croix.

666. Clerodendron aculeatum, L. (v. Chuc-cliuc).

Fl. all the year round. Common on dry hills and in marshy soil. —
All islands.

667. C. fragrans, W.

Fl. all the year round. Long creeping rhizome. Gregarious on high
hills in shady i)laces, naturalized. — St. Thomas (Dorothea, Liliendal).

668. Petitia domingensis, Jacq. a).

Fl. i\Iay-Sept. Leaves often ternate. Druj^e commonly 4-loculate.
A tree up to 50' high. In forests, not uncommon. — St. Croix (Caledo-
nia, Punch, Wills Bay).

669. Vitex divaricata, Sw.

Fl. May- July. Filaments glandular-pilose. A low tree, here and
there in forests. — St. Croix (Caledonia, Wills Bay) ; St. Thomas (Crown) ;
St. Jan (Cinnamon Bay).

670. Aviceania nitida, Jacq.

Fl. all the year round. Upper surface of leaves always covered with
small salt crystals. Along the seashore and lagoons, common. — All
islands.

671. A. tomentosa, Jacq.

St. Croix (West, p. 269) ; St. Thomas (Schl.).

[Cultivated species: Verbena chamcedrifoUa, Juss., in several varie-
ties, Petrwa volubilis, Jacq. (v. Wreath-plant), Aloysia citriodora, Ortega
(v. Lemon-scented Verbena), Vitex Agmis-castus, L. (v. Wild Black Pep-
per), and HolmsTijoldia sanguinea, Eetz.]

MYOPORACE^.

672. Bontia daphnoides, L. (v. White Ailing).

Fl. all the year round. On sandy shores. — St. Croix (rare, Turner's
Hole) ', Virgin Islands (not uncommon).

FLORi OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLA1T>S. 85

673. Plantago major, L. /3) tropica (v. English Plantain).

Fl. Jan.-March. Proterogynous. Leaves used against inflammation
of the eyes.

PtUMBAGIlVACE^.

674. Plumbago scandens, Thunb. (v. Blister-leaf).

Fl. all the year round. Leaves used as blisters. In thickets and
forests, common. — All islands.

[Cultivated species: P. capensis, Thunb.]

PHYTOEACCACE^.

675. Suriana miaritima, L.

Fl. June-Dec. Stamens mostly 10. Filaments pilose. On sandy
shores, not uncommon. — All islands.

676. Microtea debilis, Sw.

Fl. July-Sept. In shady places, rare. — St. Croix (Spring Garden,
Wills Bay).

677. Rivina laevis, L. (v. Snake-bush, Stark mahart). a) and (i) pubescens.

Fl. all the year round. A common weed everywhere, both foruis. —
All islands.

678. R. octandra, L.

Fl. Feb.-Aug. Pedicel and calyx becoming reddish-brown as well
as the fruit. Stamens in two whorls, mostly 12. In thickets and
forests, common. — All islands.

679. Petiveria alliacea, L. (v. Gully-root).

Fl. all the year round. A very common weed everywhere. — All
islands.

CHENOPODIACE^.

680. Chenopodium ambrosioides, L.

Fl. March. In waste places and on walls, here and there. — St. Croix
(Fredriksted) ; St. Jan (Cruz Bay).

681. Ch. murale, L.

Fl. Jan.-May. On walls, uncommon, naturalized. — St. Croix; St.
TJiomas.

682. Obione cristata, Moq. (DC. Prodi-, xiii, ii, p. 110).

Fl. March-Aug. On sandy shores, uncommon. — St. Thomas (Water
Bay); St. Jan; St. Croix (Schl.).

86 FLORA OF ST. CEOIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

683. Boussingaultia baselloides, Ktb. (Bot. Mag. t. 3620).

Fl. all the year round. Naturalized in gardens and cultivated. — St.
Croix; St. Thomas.

684. Batis maritima, L.

n. all the year round. Gregarious along the coast of lagoons, com-
mon. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.
[Cultivated species : Beta vulgaris, L. (v. Red Beet).]

AMAKAiVTACEiE.

685. Celosia argentea, L. (C. mayjaritacm, L.).

Fl. all the year round. Naturalized around dwelhugs. — St. Thomas ;
St. Croix (West, p. 277).

686. C. nitida, Vahl.

Fl. all the year round. In forests and thickets, not uncommon. — St.
Croix ; St. Thomas.

687. Chamissoa altissima, Kth.

Fl. Dec-March. In forests, here and there. — St. Croix (Lebanon
Hdl) ; St. Thomas (Signal Hill).

688. Achyranthes aspera, L. a) argentea, Lam. S) obtusifolia, Lam.

Fl. Dec-March. In thickets and on waste places, common. — All
islands.

689. Gomphrena globosa, L. (v. Bachelor's Button).

Fl. all the year round. Naturalized in gardens and near dwellings. —
All islands.

690. Iresine elatior, Rich.

Fl. Sept.-March. Uppermost leaves always alternate. In thickets,
common. — All islands.

691. Philoxerua vermiculatus, R. Br. (v. Bay-flower).

Fl. all the year round. Along the coast, very common, gregarious. —
All islands.

692. Alternanthera polygonoides, R. Br. a).

Fl. all the year round. In sandy places, common. — All islands.

693. A. ficoidea, R. Br.

Fl. aU the year round. In moist localities, uncommon. — St. Thomas
(Haulover).

694. A. Achyrantha, R. Br.

Fl. March- Aug. Among rocks and stones, here and there. — St. Croix,
St. Thomas (Schl.).

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 87

695. Amblogynepolygonoides, Raf.

Fl. all the year round: S flowers very few. In sandy places near
the coast, common. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

696. Scleropus amarantoides, Schrad.

Fl. all the year round. Leaves often discoloured with white cross-
stripes. In sandy localities, common. — All islands.

697. Euxolus caudatus, Moq.

Fl. aU the year round. In waste places, common. — All islands.

698. E. oleraceus, Moq. {v. Lumbo).

Fl. all the year round. IS^ear dwellings, common. — All islands.

699. Amarantus spinosus, L.

Fl. Jan.-April. Near rivulets and ditches, uncommon. — St. Croix;
St. Thomas.

700. A. tristis, L.

St. Thomas (Wydler sec. DC. Prodr. xiii, ii, 260).

701. A. paniculatus, L. (v. Bower).

Fl. all the year round. A troublesome weed on account of its long
tap-root. Common everywhere. — All islands.

702. Mirabilis Jalapa, L. (v. Four-o'clock).

Fl. all the year round. Flower expanded from 4 P. M., purple, yellow,
or pink. Around dwellings, common. — All islands.

703. Boerhaavia erecta, L.

Fl. Dec.-Feb. Along ditches and in pastures, uncommon. — St. Croix

(Mt. Stewart).

704. B. paniculata, Rich. (v. Batta-batta).

Fl. all the year round. Calyx often transformed into a hollow mon-
strosity by the larva of a wasp. A very common weed. — AU islands.

705. Pisonia aculeata, L.

Fl. Feb.-April. In forests, common. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

706. P. subcordata, Sw. (v. Mampoo, Loblolly).

Fl. April-June. Leaves partly deciduous. Wood useless for timber
and fuel. Along coasts, common, growing to a large tree. — ^All islands.

707. P. inermis, Jacq.

Fl. April-May. Leaves on the young branches whorled. In forests,
common. — All islands.

[Cultivated species: Bougainvillea spectabilis. Willd.]

88 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

POLYGOlVACEiE.

708. Coccoloba uvifera, Jacq. (v. Sea-grape).

Fl. July-Dec. Wood hard, dark purple, used for sliip building. On
the sandy seashore, common. Sometimes in the interior as high up as
1200'.— All islands.

709. C. leoganensis, Jacq.

n. May-July. Flowers in fascicles of 3-4, of which, however, one
only bears fruit. Bruj^e oval, violet, 4J" long. On sandy shores, rare. —
St. Croix (Sandy Point).

710. C. rugosa, Desf. (DC. Prodi-, xiv, 152 ; Bot. Mag. t. 453G).
St. Thomas (DC. Prodr. 1. c.V

711. C. laurifolia, Jacq. (Hort. Sclia-ubr. iii, p. 9, t. 267).

El. March-July. Leaves deciduous April to INIay. Fruit purplish,
pointed at both ends. In thickets, here and there. — St. Croix (Sandy
Point, Hard Labour).

712. C. diversifolia, Jacq.

Fl. May-July. 6'-8' high. Along the coast, uncommon. — St. Croix
(La Yall^e, Claremont).

713. C. obtusifolia, Jacq.

St. Croix (West, p. 281).

714. C. punctata, Jacq. u) Jacquinii, /3) barbadensis, Jacq., 6) parvifolia {v. Red

wood, Roeliout), y) microstach^a, W.

Fl. Aug.-Dec. a) leaves as much as If long. A shrub or low tree.
8) and y) common ; «) and fl) uncommon. — All islands.

715. C. uivea, Jacq.

Fl. June-Sept. Flowers delicately odorous. Fruit y\'hite when ripe.
In forests, not uncommon. — All islands.

((7. Klotzschiana, Meissn., and C. Ktrnthiana, Meissn. (DC. Prodr. xiv,
155 and 166), are said to have been found in St. Thomas, but they are
both very doubtful species, founded on single specimens, and have
therefore been here omitted.)

[Cultivated species : Antigonon cordatum, Mart. & Galeotti (v. Mexican
Wreath -plant), and Rumex vesicarius, L.]

716. Cinnamomum zeilanicum, Bl.

Fl. April-May. Naturalized in a few places in shady valleys. — St.
Croix (Crequis).

FLORA OF ST CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 89

717. Phoebe antillana, Mcissn. (DC. Protlr. xv, i, p. 31). y) cubensis.
St. Croix (West in Hb. retrop. sec. DC. 1. c).

(Ph. moutana, Gris., said by Meissu. (DC. Prodr. 1. c. p. 230) to be
synonymous with XrtMTMs longifolia, Valil, mentioned by West, p. 2 2, as
a new species from St. Croix, ought perhaps to be added to tliis list ; but
as the specimens seen by me in Hb. Havn. as Lanrus longifoUa, Yahl,
do not agree with Grisebach's, I prefer to omit the species here, as being
doubtful.)

718. Persea gratissima, Gaertn. (v. Alligator Peai-).

Fl. March-May. Stamens, 9 perfect, 3 less perfect and sterile, C rudi-
mentary. The fruit is a favourite vegetable. In gardens. — All islands.

719. Hufelandia peudula, Ns. (H. Thomcea, Nees).

St. Thomas (sec. DC. Prodr. 1. c. p. 65, Hb. Kunth!).

720. Acrodiclidium salicifoliUm, Gris.

Fl. May-Aug. In forests, here and there. — St. Croix (Wills Bay,
Spring-gut).

721. Nectandra coriacea, Gris.

Fl. May-Aug. In forests, rare. — St. Thomas (Soldier Bay) ; St. Jan
(Hb. Havn.).

722. N. niembranacea, Gris.

Fl. June. In dense forests, uncommon. — St. Croix (Wills Bay) ; St.
Thomas (Signal Hill).

723. N. antillana, Meissu. (DC. Prodr. 1. c. 153) (K. leucantha, Gris.).

Fl. May-June. In forests, not uncommon. Fragrant. — All islands.

724. Oreodaphne leucoxylon, Nees.

Fl. July. In dense forests on high hills, uncommon. — St. Thomas
(Signal Hill) (Montserrat, Eyan in Hb. Havn.).

725. Cassyta americana, L.

Fl. March- April. Inflorescence often branched. On Manchineel and
Acacia trees along the seashore, here and there. — St. Croix (Cotton
Grove); St. Thomas (Water Bay); Vieques (Hb. Havn.).

726. Daphnopsis caribaea, Gris.

Fl. July and Dec-March. In forests, not uncommon. — St. Thomas
(Flag Hill, Signal HUl).

90 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS

EUPHORBIACE^.

727. Buzus Vahlii, Baill. (DC. Prodr. xvi,i, p. 16) (Triccra lavigata, Sw., v.-ir. Sanciije-

Crucis, Eggers iu Fl. St. Crucis, p. 111).

Fl. Jime-Oct. On limestone, rare. — St. Croix (Stony Ground).

728. Savia sessiliflora, W. (Spec. Plaut. iv, p. 771).

Fl. June-Dec. In thickets on dry liills, not uncommon. — All islands.

729. Phyllanthus acuminatus, Valil (Syuib. Bot. ii, 95).

St. Thomas (Herb. DC. sec. DC. Prodr. xv, ii, 381). Vahl, however,
gives only Cayenne (Eohr) as habitat.

730. Ph. Niruri, L. (v. Creole Chinine).

Fl. all the year round. Yery common in gardens and along roads. —
All islands.

731. Ph. distichus, Mull. (DC. Prodr. 1. c. 413) (Cicca, L.) (v. Gooseberry).

Fl. June-Sept. Fruit used for preserves. Naturalized near dwell-
ings. — All islands.

732. Ph. nobilis, MiiU. (1. c. 41.5). ?/) Antillana {Cicca, Juss.) (v. Gougora-hout). '
Fl. July, and afterwards precocious in Dec-Jan. In forests, not un-
common. — All islands.

733. Ph. falcatus, Sw. (v. Boxwood).

Fl. all the year round. In marshy soil, not uncommon. — Vieques.

734. Securinega acidothamnus, Miill. (1. c. 451) {Fliiggea, Gris.).

Fl, May- June. In thickets, not uncommon. — St. Croix (eastern part
of the island).

(I have adopted Miiller's generic name, Fliiggea being an older name
for a genus of Opliiopogoneie established by L. C. Eichard.)

735. Drypetes laevigata, Gris. ined. {Excoccaria polyandra, Gris. Cat. PI. Cub. p. 20,

& Diagnos. neuer Eupborb. p. ISO).

Fl. Sept. <? . I have not found the female flower nor fruit, and am
therefore not able to supply the deficiency in this respect in Grise-
bach's Diagnosis. — St. Croix (Fair Plain) ; St. Jan (Cinnamon Bay).

736. D. glauca, Vahl.

St. Croix (Hb. Havn. Eyan, Eohr; "Hollow berry of Bugby Hole")
(Montserrat, Eyan in Hb. Havn.).

737. Croton astroites, Ait. (v. White Mar^n).

Fl. Dec-July. Style IC-biauched. In dry thickets, very common. —
All islands.

FLOKA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 91

738. C. betulinus, Vahl (Symb. Bot, ii, p. 98).

n. all the year round. A low sliriib, brownish. Common in thick-
ets. — All islands.

739. C. flavens, L. (v. Mariin).

Fl. all the year round. Gregarious on dry hills, also as secondary
growth ; very common, and a troublesome shrubby weed. — All islands.

740. C. discolor, Willd. (Spec. Plant, iv, 352) (C. ialsamifer,!..).

Fl. all the year round. Aloug roads in dry localities, common. — St.
Croix (eastern part of the island); St. Thomas (Hb. Thunb. sec. DC,
Prodr. 1. c. p. 615).

741. C. oval folius, West.

Fl. all the year round. Along roads and in waste places, very com-
mon. — All islands.

742. C. lobatus, L.

Fl. March-Dec. In the same places as the preceding, very common. —
All islands.

743. C. humilis, L.

St. Thomas (Bertero sec. DC. Prodr. 1. c. 670).

(An arboreous as yet undetermined Crotonea, not found in blossom,
occurs in a few specimens on Flag Hill in St. Thomas.)

744. Aleurites Moluccana, Willd. (Spec. Plant, iv, 590) (A. triloba, Forst.) (v.

Walnut).

Fl. all the year round. Naturalized near dwellings and in gardens. —
St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

745. Ricinella pedunculosa, Miill. (Linntea, xxxiv, 153) {AdeUa Ridnclla, L.).

Fl. March-May, precocious. Always verj'^ spiny. In dry thickets,
not uncommon. — -All islands.

746. Argyrothamnia fasciculata, Miill. (Linnaea, 1. c. 146) (Ditaxis, Sclil.).

Fl. Jan.-May and Sept. In thickets, not uncommon. — All islands.

747. A. candicans, Miill. (DC. Prodr. 1. c. 741) {Argythamnia, Sw.).

Fl. Sept.-April. Capsule dark blue ; seeds verrucose. In thickets,
common. — All islands.

748. Acalypha chamaedrifolia, Miill. (1. c. 879). (3) genuina (A. reptans, Sw.),

y) brevipes.

Fl. all the year round ; female flowers developing gradually. Bracts
persistent after dissemination. On rocks and in crevices, not uncom-
mon.— St. Croix (,5); St. Thomas {y).

92 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

749. Tragia volubilis, L. (v. Nettle, Brcan-uettle).

Fl. Feb., Sept. Male flowers often transformed into a globose mon-
strosity. The plant is believed by the negroes to give them luck in
marketing. In thickets and along roads, common. — All islands.

750. Ricinus communis, L. a) (v. Castor-oil tree).

Fl. all the year round. Seeds used for pressing castor-oil. Natural-
ized on waste places, common. — All islands.

751. Maniliot utilissima, Polil (Plant. Bras, i, '.i2) (v. Cassava).

Fl. March-May. Eoot used for manufacturing starch and flour, which
is made up into flat, thin cakes (bambam). Naturalized and culti-
vated. — All islands.

752. Jatropha Curcas, L. (v. Freuch Physic-nut, Skituetclii).

Fl. all the year round. Seeds very drastic. A low tree, often planted
on graves. Naturalized near dwellings, common. — All islands.

753. J. gossypiifolia, L. (v. Physic-nut), a) staphysagriaefolia, /3) elegans.

Fl. all the year round. The whole plant has a disagreeable smell.
Suffrutesceut, l'-4' high. A troublesome weed near dwellings and in
fields. Very common everywhere. — All islands.

754. J. miultifida, L. (v. Coral-bush).

Fl. all the year round. Naturahzed in gardens. — St. Croix; St.
Thomas.

755. Sebastiania lucida, Miill. (DC. Protlr. I.e. 1181) (Excoecaria, Sw.).

Fl. Feb.-June. A shrub or low tree, 5'-20' high. In thickets and
forests, common. — All islands.

756. Hippomane Mancinella, L. (v. Mauchineel-tree).

Fl. precocious, Feb.-A])ril, coetanous, May-June. Wood affording
excellent timber, but very little used on account of the caustic milky
juice. On sandy shores, often gregarious, sometimes in the interior of
the islands on hills. — St. Croix (common) ; Vkgin Islands (uncommon).

757. ExccEcaria Laurocerasus, Miill. (1. c. 1202). 7) laurifolia.

Not seen flowering. A high tree ; bark smooth, white. In dense
forests, rare. — St. Jan (Cinnamon Bay).

758. Hura crepitans, L. (v. Sauflbox-tree).

Fl. Sept. Leaves deciduous in Jan.-April. Seeds drastic. A high
tree with horizontal branches and prickly stem. In forests and near
dwellings, common.^All islands.

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLA{JDS. 93

759. Dalechampia scandens, L.

n. Feb.-June. Male inflorescence bearing at the base two re.^-inoiis
corpuscula, deciduous together with the male flowers. Baillon considers
them to be sterile bracts; Midler takes them for monstrous anthers.
Central female flower pedicellate. In thickets, common. — All islands.

760. Euphorbia buxifolia, Lam.

Fl. all the year round. On the sandy shore, common. — All islands.

761. E. articulata, Burm.

Fl. all the year round. Along the seacoast, common. — All islands.

762. E. pilulifera, L.

Fl. all the year round. In waste places and along roads, very com-
mon. — All islands.

763. E. hypericifolia, L. a) and p) hyssopifolia, L.

Fl. all the year round. LeaA^es distichous. Used against dysentery.
Same places as the preceding. A common weed. — All islands.

764. E. thymifolia, Burm.

Fl. all the year round. The whole plant reddish. Leaves folding
together during night and in rainy weather. Among stones and along
roads, very common. — All islands.

765. E. prostrata, Ait.

Fl. the whole year. Together with the preceding, common. — All
islands.

766. E. petiolaris, Sims (Bot. Mag. t. 883) (v. Mauchiiieel).

Fl. the whole year. Partly precocious in the s[)ring. On dry hills
and in thickets. — Virgin Islands (common) ; St. Croix (West, p. 288!).

(West's jE7. cotimfolia, said to occur in St. Croix, is evidently meant for
this species. I doubt, however, the correctness of the habitat, and am
of oi^inion that it is a mistake for St. Thomas, where the si)ecies is ex-
ceedingly common.)

767. E. geniculata, Ortega (Decad. p. 16; DC. Prodr. sv, ii, 72). (E. prumfolin,

Jacq. Hort. Scliosubr. iii, t. 277, a form with larger, serrate leaves.)
Fl. Dec-March. In forests and near dwelliugs, not uncommon, often
gregarious. — St. Croix (Government House) ; St. Thomas (Signal Hill).

768. E. heterophylla, L. ft) cyathophora, Jacq.

Fl. all the year round. Gregarious in dry places, common. — All
islands.

769. E. neriifolia, L. (DC. Plant. Grasses, i, t. 4()).

Fl. March-June. A large tree, stem 2'-3' diam. ^N'aturalized near
dwellings, common. — AU i.slauds.

94 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS

770 Pedilanthus tithymaloides, Poit. a), j3) padifolius, Poit., aud y) angusti-
folius, Poit.
Fl. all the year round. In thickets and gardens, uncommon. — All
islands.
All Uuphorbiacecc are proterogynous.

[Cultivated species : Jatropha pandurcvfolia, Andr., Codiwum variega-
tunij Miill. a) pictum, Euphorhia pulcJierrima, W., U. splendens, Boj., and
JE7. antiquorum, L.]

URTICACE^.

771. Celtis trinervia, Lam.

Fl. June-Dec. In forests and thickets, not uncommon. — All islands.

772. C. aculeata, Sw. n) and [3) aerrata.

Fl. March-Sept. Proterogynous. Both forms not uncommon in
thickets. — All islands.

773. Sponia micrantha, Decs.

Fl. April-Sept. In forests, here and there. — All islands.

774. Ficus crassinervia, Desf.

Fl. Jan. In forests, not uncommon. — St. Croix (Crequis, Wills Bay).

775. P. trigonata, L.

Fl. May- Aug. In forests. — St. Croix (rare, Crequis) ; Virgin Islands
(not uncommon).

776. F. Icevigata, Vabl.

Fl. Jan.-March. In forests and on rocks, not uncommon. — St. Croix
(Crequis, Jacob's Peak).

777. F. lentiginosa, Vahl.

Fl. May. In forests on high hills, uncommon. — St. Thomas (Signal
HiU).

778. F. poptdnea, W.

Fl. July-Aug. Figs geminate in the axils, red with dark spots.
On rocks and epiphytic on trees, not uncommon. Long aerial roots. —
All islands.

779. F. pedunculata, Ait.

Fl. Jan.-May. Figs red, generally inhabited by a small hymenopte-
roifs insect. On rocks, walls, and trees, common. Long aerial roots. —
All islands.

780. Artocarpus incisa, L. (v. Breadfruit-tree).

Fl. May-July. Fruit not edible. Naturalized in shady valleys. — All
islands.

781. Cecropia peltata, L. (v. Trumpet-tree).

Fl. April-June. In shady forests, not uncommon. — All islands.

FLORA. OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 95

782. Madura tinctoria, Dou (v. Fustic).

Fl. Juue-Oct. YouDg shoots with deeply serrate leaves. Wood
affording an excellent timber, but now very scarce. In forests, here
and there. — All islands.

783. Fleurya aestuans, Gaud.

Fl. June-Dec. On rocks in shady forests, here and there. — St. Croix
(Spring Garden); St. Thomas (Crown).

784. Urera elata, Gris.

St. Croix (Spring Garden, West, p. 306 ; his specimen in Hb, Havn.).

785. U. baccifera, Gaud.

St. Thomas (Wedd. in DC. Prodr. xvi, i, 93).

(West's Urtica elongata, Vahl, said, p. 306, to occur in St. Croix, and
probably intended for an Urera, I have not been able to identify, from
want of description and specimens.)

785. Pilea microphylla, Liebm, a), /5) trianthemoides, Lindl., and y) succulenta
(v. Duck-weed).

Fl. all the year round. On rocks and stones in shady situations. «)
uncommon; /?) and y) common. — ^All islands.

787. p. semidentata, Wedd.

Fl. March-July. Gregarious among rocks on high hills, not uncom-
mon.— St. Thomas (St. Peter).

788. P. grandis, Wedd.

Fl. June. In leaf-mould on high hills, gregarious, uncommon. — St.
Thomas (Crown, 1500').

789. P. nummularifolia, Wedd,

St. Tlioraas (Hornbeck in Hb. Havn.); Vieques (near Campo Asilo).

790. P. inaequalis, Wedd.

Fl. July-Aug. Gregarious on rocks in forests, uncommon. — St.
Thomas (Signal Hill, Crown).

791. P. Sanctae-Crucis, Liebm. (Vid. Selsk. Skrift., v. Rsekke, ii, 301).
St. Croix (Orsted, 1. c).

792. Roussella lappulacea, Gaud.

St. Thomas (DC. Prodr. xvi, i, 235 ; Gris. Fl. p. 160).

[Cultivated species: Ficus Carica, L. (v. Fig-tree), and F. elastica, L.]

ARISTOI^OCHIACE^.

793. Aristolochia trilobata, L. (v. Tobacco-pipe).

Fl. May-Aug. On fences and in forests on high hills. — St. Croix
(West, p. 305) ; Virgin Islands (not uncommon).

96 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

794. A. anguicida, L. (DC. Prodr. xv, i,4G4; Bot. Mag. 4361; Descourtilz, Fl.Mdd.

dcs Autilles, iii, 202) (v. Crane's Neck).

Fl. Oct.-Dec. A number of dipterous insects are usually found im-
prisoned in the lower part of theperigonal tube, whence escape is impos-
sible on account of the downward-bent luiirs on the inner surface. The
hairs droppinpf off after fertilization, the imprisoned insects are set at
liberty again. In thickets, rare. — St. Croix (Recovery Hill).

795. Begonia humilis, Hort. Ke\r. (ed. i, vol. iii, 353).

St. Thomas (Fiulay in Hb. Mus. Paris, sec. DC. Prodr. xv, i, 297).
[Cultivated occur several species of Begonia.]

AMENTACE^.
[Cultivated in gardens and near dwellings : Casuarina equisetifoUa,
Forst. (Fl. June- Aug.) Of very quick growth.]

PIPEKACEiE.

796. Piper Sieberi, Cas. DC. (Euckoa, Mi(j.).

Fl. all the year round. In forests ; often gregarious and forming a
dense underwood, common. Used for walking-sticks. — All islands.

797. P. Bredemeyeri, Jacq. (Artauthe, Miq.).

Fl. Sept. In shady valleys, not uncommon. — St. Croix (Caledonia,
Crequis).

798. P. auritum, Kth.

St. Thomas (DC. Prod. 1. c. 321).

799. P. Blattarum, Sprgl.

Fl. Jan.-March. In forests, rare. — St. Thomas (Crown, Signal Hill).

800. P. peltatum, L. (v. Monkey's Hand) (Potomorplie, Miq.).

Fl. Feb.-x\ug. In forests, along rivulets, and among rocks on high
hills. — St. Croix (rare, Caledonia, Springfield) ; Virgin islands (not un-
common on high hills).

801. Peperomia pellucida, Ktli.

Fl. May- Aug. In forests, rare. — St. Croix (Rohrs Minde) ; St. Thomas
(DC. Prod. 1. c. 402).

802. P. acuminata, Miq. (P. fjuacMoujyensis, Cas. DC.) (v. Stone Ginger).

Fl. all the year round. On rocks in forests, common. — All islands.

803. P. glabella, Dictr.

Fl. May-Sept. In the same places as the preceding, common. —
All islands.

804. P. cubana, Cas. DC.

St. Croix (DC. Prod. 1. c. 413).

FLORA. OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 97

805. P. obtusifolia, Cas. DC, Dietr., Miq. a) and /?) clusiaefolia.

Fl. Apiil-Jiily. On rocks aud under shady trees in leaf-mould. Gre-
garious, not uncommon, a) all islands ; /5) St. Thomas (Crown).

806. P. scandens, Rui^ ct Pav.

St. Thomas (DC. Prod. 1. c. 434).

807. P. polystachya, Miq.

Fl. Dec-Jan. Stem and lower surface of the leaves reddish. Among
rocks in forests, not uncommon, gregarious. — All islands.

B. GYMNOSPERM^.

CTCADACEiE.

[Cultivated in gardens occurs Cycasrevoluta, Thunb. (v. Sago Palm).]

CONIFERS.

[Cultivated in gardens occur several species of Thuja.]

C. MONOCOTYLEDONES.

AEISMACE^.

808. Echinodorus cordifolius, Gris.

Fl. April-Aug. Flower expanded only till 10 A. M. Leaves hetero-
morplious, the primordial ones submerged, linear-lanceolate, passing
by degrees into the ordinary emersed ones. In rivulets, here and there. —
St. Croix (King's Hill Gut, Armas Hope Gut).

HYI>ROCHARI»ACEJE, L. C. Rich.

809. Thalassia testudinum, Solaudor (Koenig),

Xot seen flowering. Gregarious in shallow sea- water, very common. —
All islands.

POTAJTIE.E, Juss.

810. Cymodocea manatorum, Asclierson (Naturf. Frenndc in Beiliu, Jan. — Oct.,

1868).

Not seen flowering, gregarious on the bottom of the sea ; mostly' in
shallow water. — All islands.

811. Halodiile Wrightii, Ascliers. (1. c, and Neumayers Auleit. zur wiss. Beob.

auf Re i sen).

St. Thomas (Krebs sec. Aschers.).
Bull. Nat. Mus. Xo. 13 7

98 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

012. Halophila Baillouii, Ascliera. (in Neumayer, 1. c. p. 307).

IJbizoine creepin;^, thin. Leaves oval, denticulate, wliorled or oppo-
site, S'" long-, li'" broad. Monoecious.

Fl. ^ : 3 membranaceous white bracts ; 1-3 stamens ; filament ?/"
long; anther cylindrical, yellowish, glabrous, 1 -celled. Pollen-
grains fusiform,
n. $ : 3 persistent bracts, as in c? . Ovary sessile, ovate, I'" long,
-loculate. Style bifid, 2^"' long ; branches pointed, often of
unequal length. Capsule oval, glabrous, 2'" long ; seeds about
20, globose, hard, tessellate on the surface. Starch-grains trian-
gular.
Male flowers very rare compared to the number of female ones.
Fl. all the year round. Gregarious on the bottom of the seaon coarse
coral sand in a depth of from two to four fathoms, here and there. — St.
Thomas (harbour).

813. Ruppia rostellata, Koch.

Fl. all the year round. Gregarious in shallow rivulets, not uncom-
mon. — St. Croix (King's Hill Gut, in company with a species of Chara) ;
St. Thomas (Tutu Gut, Krebs in Hb. Havn.).

[Anotber Potamea, possessing a creeping rhizome and delicate linear
leaves, has been, found by me in the harbour of St. Thomas at a depth of
from 3 to 6 fathoms, but on account of only sterile specimens having been
obtained it remains as yet undetermined.]

814. Anthurium Huegelii, Scliott (v. Boyer) (A. acaule, Sch.).

Fl. July-March. Young radical leaves very different from the older
ones, being lanceolate and long-petioled. I consider Schott's A. acaule
not to be specifically distinct from this species. On rocks and trees, not
uncommon, often gregarious. — All islands.

815. A. macrophyUum, Sch.

Fl. July- Dec. Among rocks in forests, uncommon. St. Jan (near
Bethania).

81G. A. cordifolium, Kth. (v. Wild T.anier, Maroon Jancole) (Bot. Mag. t. 2801, 5801
being a misprint in Gris. Fl. p. 508).

Fl. July-Kov. Among rocks in forests, gregarious, here and there. —
St. Croix (Wills Bay, Blue Mountain) ; St. Jan (Macumbi, 1200').

817. Dieffenbachia Seguine, Sch. (v. Dumb Cane).

Fl. ]\iay-Dec. In moist places on hifh hills, uncommon. — St. Thomas

(Caret Bay, 1000').

FLORA OP ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 99

818. Philodendron hederaceum, Scli.

Fl. Aug, On trees in dense forests, rare. — St. Thomas (Crown, 1400').

819. Ph. giganteum, Sell. (Prod. Syst. Aroid. p. 261).

Fl. Marcb-July. Petiole 2'-2i' long; lamina 2i'-3' lon2r,'2' broad.
Peduncle l^"-3^" long; spathe ll"-12"long, opening itself only during
two nights. Spadix white, giving out a strong odour and considerable
high temi)erature during anthesis. IsTumerous aerial roots, stem l'-2'
long. Among rocks in dense forests on high hills, gregarious on trees. —
St. Thomas (Signal Hill and Crown, 1500').

(The picture in Bot. Mag. t. 3314, of the much smaller Ph. fragrantissi-
mum, Kth. {Caladimn, Hook.), gives a good representation of the habit
of this species.)

820. Caladium smaragdinum, C. Kocb (Scliott, 1. c. 16.^) (v. Guinea Ginger).

Fl. May-July. Ehizorae tuberous, yellow. In pastures on high hills,
not uncommon. — St. Thomas (Signal Hill, above St. Peter, 1400').

821. Xantbosoma atrovirens. C. Koch (v. Scratcli-tliroat).

Not seen flowering. Ehizome large, tuberous, used as a vegetable.
Leaves i)ungeut when eaten as spinach. Cultivated and naturalized on
provision grounds. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

822. X. sagittaefolium, Sch. (v. Tanier).

Fl. July. Lamina of the spathe white, with a delicate rosy tinge.
Spathe disclosing itself during two nights from 7 to 10 o'clock; spadix
meanwhile giving forth a strong fragrance and showing a temperature
of 12° C. above that of the air. Leaves used as spinach and the tuberous
rhizome as a common vegetable. Cultivated and naturalized on pro-
vision grounds. — All islands.

823. X. ? hastatum, Egg. (Aruiu, Valil.) (v. Indian Kale).

Not seen flowering. Leaves hastate, with long pointed oblique basilar
lobes ; used for spinach. (Naturalized ?) Cultivated and spontaneous
in forests. — All islands.

824. Pistia ccciden^alis, Bl.

Fl. all the year roun<l. Cultivated and naturalized in gardens. — St.
Thomas.

825. Lemna minor, L.

Not seen flowering. In rivulets, not uncommon. — St. Croix (Jealousy
Gut, Fair Plain Gut).

[Cultivated species: Caladinm hicolor, Vent., C. inctnm^ DC, and C.
irictu ra turn , Linden. ]

100 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

826. Typha angustifolia, L., var. domingensis, Pcrs.

n. Sept.-March. Used lor making mats. In rivulets and around
lagoons, iiiJt uncommon. — St. Croix; St. Jan.

PANDAWACEyE.

[Cultivated in gardens occurs Fandanus odoratissimuSy L. fil. (v.

Screw Pine).]

PAEM.E.

827. Thrinax argentea, Lodd. (v. Teyer-tree).

Fl. May-June. Stem 10'-20' high. Leaves used for making ropes,
thatching roofs, and other domestic purposes. On the northern slope of
the hills in forests and tickets. — St. Croix (very rare, only one specimen
seen, near Bellevue Mill) ; Virgin Islands (common).

828. Oreodoxa regia, Kth. (v. Moimtain Cabbage).

n. April- Aug. The young leaf-bud used as cabbage. Berries eaten
by hogs. In forests and along roads, common. — All islands.

829. Cocos nucifera, L. (v. Cocoa-nut Tree).

Fl. Feb.-March. Leaves used for thatching roofs. The ripe fruit,
although occurring in abundance, is scarcely used, and of no economical
importance. Naturalized along the seashore and along roads. — xUl

islands.

COIflMEEYNACE^.

830. Tradescantia geniculata, Jacq. [i) effusa, Mart.

Fl. March. Seeds bluish, verruculose. — Vieques (near Campo Asilo).

831. T. zebrina, Hortul. (v. Wauflcring Jew).

Fl. May. Naturalized in gardens. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

832. T. discolor, Sw.

Fl. April-Aug. Stamens often by retrograde metamorphosis trans-
formed into petals. Naturalized in waste places and near dwellings. —
All islands.

833. Callisia repens, L.

Fl. Jan.-March. Gregarious in shady places, not uncommon. — xV.ll
islands.

834. C. umbellulata, Lam.

Fl. Jan. Seeds white with a red spot. Flowers monandrous. Among
rocks in shady places, rare. — St. Thomas (Signal Hill, 1200').

835. Commelyna cayennensis, Rich. (Frencli Grass).

Fl. all the year round. Flower exi)anded till A. M. One of the
sterile stamens always abortive. In moist localities, common. — All
islands.

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 10 L

V

S36. C. elegans, Ktli. (v. French Grass).

Fl. all the year round. Flower ephemeral. In moist localities, very
common. — All islands.

837. Bambusa vulgaris, Schrad. (v. Bamboo Cane).

Not seen flowering. Naturalized along rivulets and in gardens. —
St. Croix * St. Thomas.

838. Arthrostylidium capillifolium, Gris. (Plant. Wriglit. in Mem. Anier. Acad, viii,

5:31, 1SH2).

Not seen flowering. In forests, climbing among trees and shrubs to
a considerable height, rare. — St. Thomas (Flag Hill, 700') ; St. Jan
(Ilornbeck in Hb. Ilavn., from "a large cataract, called Battery ") ;
Vieques (flowering specimens from Hornbeck in Hb. Havn.; others re-
ceived from Campo Asilo by me).

839. Eragrostis poasoides, P. Br.

Fl. June-Dec. Stigmas white. Along roads and in dry localities,
often gregarious, common. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

840. E. ciliaris, Lk.

Fl. March-Dec. Anthers black. In dry localities, common. — All
islands.

841. Sporobolus virginicus, Ktli. (v. Shander).

Fl. May-Oct. Anthers and stigmas yellow. Used in baths for
children. Along the coast and lagoons, common. — All islands.

842. S. litoralis, K^.h. (v. Sliander).

FJ. May-Dec. In the same places as the preceding, common. — All
islands.

843. S. iudicus, R. Br. (v. Hair-grass).

Fl. May-Oct. Anthers purple; stigmas yeUow. Along roads and
ditches. — All islands.

844. Aristida stricta, Mich.

Fl. March-Dec. Anthers yellow. Awns of unequal length, always
longer than the glumes. Along ditches and in thickets, here and
there.— St. Croix (Crequis, Fair Plain); St. Thomas (Schl.); St. Jan
(Adrian Estate).

845. Olyra latifolia, L. /3) arundinacea.

Fl. Dec-Jan. In forests, rare. — St. Jan (Cinnamon Bay); Vieques
(Campo Asilo).

846. Pharus glaber, Kth.

Fl. June-Dec. Anthers yellow ; stigmas white. In forests, not un-
common. — All islands.

102 FLOKA OF ST. CKOIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

G47. Pappophoium alcpccuroides, Vuhl.

Fl. Eeb.-Marcb. I'-'S' high. Amoug rocks near the coast, rare. —
Buck Ishmd, near St. Thomas ; Virgin Gorda (Vahl in Symb. Bot. iii, 10).

848. Bouteloua litigiosa, Lag.

n. Oct.-Jan. Anthers red ; stigmas white. In thickets and waste
l)hices, not uncommon. — St. Thomas (Cowell's Hill — Town).

849. Leptochloa mucronata, Kth.

Fl. May-Oct. Spikelets often 1-flowered. Along ditches, not un-
common. — St. Croix.

850. L. virgata, P. Br. a), (i) gracilis, Ns., and y) multiflora, Egg.

Fl. May-Dec. Anthers white ; stigmas purple, y) spikelets 9-flow-
ered. Awns very short ; fertile glumes not ciliate. Along roads, com-
Vion. — a) and /?) aU islands; y) St. Croix (Work and Rest).

851. Chloris eleusinoides, Oris.

Fl. May-Nov. Along ditches, here and there. — St. Croix (Beeston
Hill, Mount Welcome).

852. Ch. radiata, S\v.

Fl. May-Oct. Stigmas brown. Gregarious along roads, common. —
All islands.

853. Ch. ciliata, Sw.

Fl. Feb.-Sept. Anthers rosy. My specimens show only one sterile
flower in each spikelet besides the fertile one (see Swartz's Flora Ind.
Occ. p. 189). Along roads, not uncommon. — All islands.

854. Dactyloctenium aegyptiacum, W. (v. Ten-per-cout Grass).

Fl. March-Nov. Anthers straw-coloured; stigmas white. A good
pasture-grass. Along roads and in fields, common. — All islands.

855. Eleusine indica, L.

Fl. March-Dec. Anthers greyish; stigmas purple. Common every-
where. — All islands.

856. Cynodon Dactylon, Pers. (v. Bay Grass, Billy Grass).

Fl. May-Oct. Anthers straw-coloured, with purple spots; stigmas
Ijurple. A good pasture- grass, and fit for making good hay, but at the
same time a most troublesome weed in cane-fields on account of its long
and creeping rhizome. Said to have been introduced. Along the coast
and in fields, gregarious. — St. Croix and St. Thomas (very common); St.
Jan (uncommon, Little Plantation).

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 103

857. Paspalum compressum, Ns. (v. Flat Grass).

n. Juue-Oct. Autliers light yellow; stigmas white. Near ditches
and in shady locahties, not uncommon. — All islands.

858. P. conjugatum, Berg.

n. June-Dec. Anthers yellow ; stigmas white. In moist localities,
common. — All islands.

859. P. pusillum, Vent.

St. Thomas (Fliigge sec. Gris. Syst. Unt., p. 114).

860. P. distichum, L. a) and /3) vaginatum, Sw.

Fl. June-Aug. Proterantlrous. Anthers light yellow; stigmas black.
Along rivulets, not uncommon. — St. Croix; St. Thomas.

861. P. notatum, Fliigge.

St. Thomas (Fliigge sec. Gris. Syst. Unt., p. Hi).

862. P. caespitosum, Fliigge.

Fl. May-Sept. Anthers orange-coloured. In moist localities, not
uncommon. — All islands.

863. P. glabrum, Foir,

Fl. May-July. Here and there along ditches. — St. Thomas (Schl.) ;
St. Jan (Riif Bay).

864. P. plicatulum, Miclix.

Fl. March-Sept. Along the seacoast, not uncommon. — All islands.

865. P. virgatum, L. a).

Fl. May-Oct. Anthers straw-coloured; stigmas white. In moist
localities, not uncommon. — All islands.

866. P. panicalatum, L. «
St. Thomas (Schlechtendal).

867. P. spathaceum, HB. K.

St. Thomas (Schlechtendal).

868. Digitaria filiformis, Miibl.

Fl. Dec. In dry thickets, here and there. — St. Thomas (Cowell's
Hdl).

869. D. marginata, Lk. (v. Running Grass).

Fl. March-Sept. Anthers purple with white stripes; stigmas purple.
A good pasture-grass. Along ditches and roads, common. — xVll islands.

104 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

870. D. setigera, Kunth.

11. Juiie-Oct. Aiitliers aud stigmas purple. Along roads, commoii. —
All islands.

871. Eriochloa punctata, Hamilt.

Fl. Marcli-Sei)t. Anthers brownish; stigmas black. In moist locali-
ties, here and there. — St. Croix (Crequis, La Grange); St. Thomas
(SchL).

872. Stenotaphium americanum, Schrauk (v. Horse Grass).

Fl. May-Ang. Anthers orange-coloured ; stigmas purple. Along tlie
coast and in moist localities, gregarious, common. — All islands.

873. Orthopogon setarius, Spreng.

Fl. March-Dec. Anthers light purj)le ; stigmas purple. In forests,
common. — All islands.

874. Pauicum paspaloides, Pers.

Fl. March-Sept. Anthers reddish; stigmas straw-coloured. The
hermaphrodite flower in this and all other si)ecies of Panicum is proter-
androus, the stamens dropping off before the stigmas appear. These
latter are then fertilized by the agency of the wind from other individ-
uals before the stamens of the male flower make their appearance, self-
fertilization being thus evidently impossible. Along rivulets and in
moist localities, not uncommon. — St. Croix ; St. Thomas.

875. P. brizoides, L.

St. Thomas (Schlechtendal).

876. P. colonum, L.

Fl. March-Sept. Anthers purple; stigmas black. Along roads and

ditches, common. — All islands.
«

877. P. prostratiim, Lam. a) and 0) pilosa, Egg.

Fl. June-July. Anthers orange-coloured; stigmas black. /3) Ehacliis
of spikelets pilose. — a) All islands (common); (3) St. Croix (La Grange).

878. p. fuscum, Sav. (v. Sour Grass), a) aud /?) fasciculatum, Sw.

Fl. Feb.-Sept. Anthers orange-coloured ; stigmas purple. Abhorred
by the cattle.— «) All islands. ,« ) St. Croix ; St. Thomas (Schlechten-
dal). Not uncommon.

879. p. molle, Sw. (v. Yerba de Parii, Spanish Grass).

Fl. May-Oct. Anthers yellow; stigmas purple. Naturalized here
and there in i^astures. — St. Croix (Cotton Grove).

FLORA. OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 105

880. P. diffusum, Sw.

Fl. May-Oct. Antliers orange-coloured; stigmas dark purple. In
moist localities, uncommon. — All islands.

881. P. maximum, Jacq. (v. Guinea Grass) {P. po]>ifjamum, Sw.).

Fl. June-Sept. Anthers brownish; stigmas light purple. A splendid
pasture-grass, growing to the height of" lli', forming dense tufts and
being propagated by the rhizome. ^Naturalized and cultivated every-
where. — All islands.

882. P. divaricatum, L. u) and 3) puberulum.

Fl. May-Dec. Anthers light yellow; stigmas white. Resembling a
thin Bamboo Cane. 8'-16' high. Both forms not uncommon in forests,
climbing over trees and shrubs. — All islands.

883. P. glutinosum, Sw.

St. Croix (West, p. 267).

884. P. brevifolium, L.

Fl. Aug.-Dec. Anthers and stigmas white. In gardens and along
roads, here and there. — St. Thomas (Barracks).

885. p. cayennense, Lam.

St. Thomas (Schlechtendal).

886. Setaria glauca, P. Br. a).

Fl. May-Oct. In forests, common. — All islands.

887. S. setosa, P. Br. a) and /3) caudata, R. S. (v. Sour Grass).

Fl. April-Dee. Anthers orange-coloured; stigmas purple, a) Z'-l'
high ; in forests and along ditches, common. — All islands, (i ) in dry
thickets, uncommon. — St. Thomas (Cowbell's Hill).

888. Cenchrus echinatus, L. /3) viridis, Spreng. (v. Burr Grass).

Fl. April-Dec. Anthers light yellow; stigmas white, with a purple
spot in the middle. The ripe farinaceous seeds eaten by the cattle.
Along the coast, very common. — All islands.

889. Anthephora elegans, Schreb.

Fl. Jan.-Oct. Anthers brownish. In thickets, here and there. — St.
Croix ; St. Thomas.

890. Tricholasna insularis, Gris. (v. Bitter Grass, Long Grass).

Fl. March-Dec. Anthers brownish; stigmas white. ITever touched
by cattle whilst green, on account of its bitter taste. Spikelets easily
detached and carried far away by the wind. Very common along roads
and in dry places. — All islands.

106 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

891. Lappago aliena, Spreng.

n. May-Dec. Stigmas white. Generally both spikelets fertile.
I^ear ditches and in thickets, common. — All islands.

892. Andropogon saccharoides, L.

Fl. Aug.-Oct. Anthers light yellow; stigmas dark purple. Awn not
twisted. Along roads, here and there. — St. Croix (Beestou Hill Grange).

893. Auatherum bicorne, P. Br. (v. Jolly Grass).

Fl. Julj-Oct. 2'-4' high. Used for thatching roofs. Kot eaten by
the cattle. Gregarious on high hills, where it is difiicult to counteract
its spreading, even by burning it now and then. — St. Thomas (northern
slope of the highest ridge).

894. Sorghum vulgare, Pers. (v. Guinea Corn),

Fl. Dec. 8'-lG' high. Naturalized and cultivated for herbage and
for making flour of the grain. — All islands, principally St. Croix and
Vieques.

895. Sacchanim oflBcinarum, L. (v. Sugar-cane),

Fl. Dec-May. Naturalized and cultivated. Sugar-growing islands
are now only two, viz., St. Croix and Vieques, whilst the other Virgin
Islands have only a very tew cane estates, i^rincipally for selling the
raw cane in the markets. The average produce of sugar from both the
above-mentioned ishmds is about 25 million pounds. The plant is propa-
gated by cuttings that are laid entirely under ground.

(The genus Panicum excepted, all Graminacew are proterogynous.)
[Cultivated species: Andropogon SchosnantJms, L. (v. Lemon-grass),
Zea Mays, L. (v. Indian Corn), and Coix Lacryma, L. (v. Job's Tears),]

CYPEKACE^.

896. Cyperus polystachyus, Rottb.

Fl, July. On high hills, rare.— St. Thomas (Crown, 1500').

897. C. laevigatus, L. (Cod. p. 61) (C, mucronatus, Kottl>.). a) albidus,

Fl. March-^Oct. Connective pointed. Along rivulets, not uncom-
mon, — St. Croix ; St. Thomas (Schl., Bockeler).

898. C. compressus, L.

Fl. Dec. Flowers 2-androus. Near the coast in moist places, uncom-
mon, — St. Thomas (Haven Sight).

899. C. confertus, S\v.

Fl. Dec. In thickets, here and there.— St. Thomas (Cowell's Hill) j
St. Croix (Gris. Fl. 5G3).

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 107

900. C. ochraceus, Vahl.

KI. May-Oct. In moist localities, uncommon. — St. Croix (Crequis).

901. C. viscosus, Ait.

PI. April-Nov. Stamens always 3 (see Swartz's Fl. Ind. Occ. p. 113).
Seeds germinating in moist weather on the parent, and often growing
out into young plants an inch or two in length. Along rivulets and
ditches, not uncommon. — St. Croix j St. Thomas.

902. C. surinamensis, Eol tb.
St. Thomas (Schl.).

903. C. articulatus, L. (v. Stiug Bisom).

Fl. March-Sept. In ditches, not uncommon. — St. Croix j St. Thomas.

904. C. rotundus, L. (v. Nut Grass).

Fl. all the year round. Tubers sweet, eaten by hogs. A troublesome
weed, very common in fields and along roads.— All islands.

905. C. brunneus, Sw. {C. lylanifolius, Rich.).

FJ. May. On the coast and near lagoons, not unc'ommon. — All islands.

906. C. sphacelatus, Rottb.

Fl. Feb. On high hills in pastures, uncommon. — St. Thomas (Signal
Hill).

907. C. distans, L.

Fl. Aug. In pastures on high hills, common. — St. Thomas (Signal
Hill).

908. C. unifolius, Boeckler (Linnaea, Neue Folge, ii, 374).

St. Croix (Ravn in Eeliq. Lehm.).

909. C. filiformis, Sw.

Fl. all the year round. In moist localities, not uncommon. — St.
Thomas.

910. C. odoratus, L.

Fl. April-Oct. Near rivulets and ditches, here and there. — St. Croix
(Mount Pleasant, Annas Hope).

911. C. pennatus, Lam. (Ba>ckler, 1. c. 404) (C Ehrenhei-(jn, Kth., C /fai<o«HS, Vahl).

Fl. all the year round. Along the coast, not uncommon. — St. Thomas.

912. C. ligularis, L.

Fl. March-Dec. Along rivulets, not uncommon. — All islands.

108 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

913. C. flavomariscus, Gris. {C.flavm, Bojckler).

Fl. Aug-. Ill i^astures ou liills, liere and tliere>— St. Thomas (Signal
Hill); Buck Island (near St. Thomas).

914. Kyllinga filiformis, S\v. a) aud ;) capillaris, Gris.

Fl. June-Dec. Involucral leaves of various lengths. Both forms not
uncommon in forests.— St. Croix (The AVilliam, Eliza's Eetreat).

915. K. triceps, Rottb.

Fl. ]March. In shady moist localities. — St. Jan (Baas Gut).

916. K. monocephala, Rottb.

Fl. all the year round. In moist i)laces in forests, common. — All
islands.

917. K. brevifolia, Rottb. (Emend, in Bo?ckler, Liuniea, ISGT, 425). /3) longifolia.
St. Thomas (Ehrenberg sec. Boechler).

918. Scirpus capitatus, L.

Fl. all the year round. Acheninm black. Along rivulets, common. —
AU islands.

919. S. nodiilosus, Ktli.

Fl. March-Dec. Along rividets and in ditches, uncommon.— St. Croix
(Adventure).

920. S. Eubdisticlius, Bcvcklcr (Linnica, 1889-70, 490).
St. Thomas (Bcklr.).

921. S. mutatus, Vahl.

Fl. March-Dec. Filaments flat ; style often bifid. In moist places,
not uncommon. — St. Croix ; St. Jan.

922. S. farrugineus, L.

Fl. all the year round. Filaments flat. Gregarious in tufts on the
sandy seashore and near lagoons, uncommon. — St. Croix (Frederiksted) ;
St. Jan (Eeef Bay).

923. S. brizoides, Sw. {FimlmnUjVis pohjmorplio, Bcpoklcr).

Fl. Aug.-Sept. In pastures on high hills, common. — Virgin Islands.

924. Rhynchospora piisilla, Gris. '

Fl. Feb.-July. Anthers l-^'" long. In pastures on hills, rare. — St.
Thomas (Signal Hill, 1400').

925. R. pura, Gris.

Fl. Feb.-Aug. Seeds often germinating on the parent. In the same
places as the preceding. St. Thomas (Signal HiU).

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VJRGIN ISLANDS. 109

926. Scleria prateiisis, Liiull. (v. Cutting Grass).

n. April-lSTov. In forests and pastures on liigb liills, uncommon. —
St. Croix (Springfield, Mount Eagle); St. Thomas (Signal Hill).

927. S. scindens, Ns. (v. Riizor-grass).

Fl. Aug.-Sept. In forests, rare.— St. Thomas (Signal Hill, 1500').

928. S. filiformis, S\v. (,S'. lithospcrma, W.).

Fl. May-Nov. In thickets, not uncommon. — St. Croix (King's Hill) ;
St. Thomas (Cowell's Hill).

[All Cyperacece are proterogynous, with white stigmas and light yel-
low anthers.]

929. Aloe vulgaris, L. (v. Sempervivie).

n. March-April. Gregarious on limestone (naturalized^),. common. —
All islands.

930. Yucca gloriosa, L.

n. June-Aug. IS^aturalized in gardens and near dwellings. — St.
Croix; St. Thomas.

931. Agave americana, L. (v. Karatii).

Fl. Feb.-May. On dry hills, common. — All islands.

932. A. sobolifera, Salm-Dyck. (v. Karatfi).

Very seldom or never bearing flowers. Propagated by btdblets in
June-July, growing out to a considerable size whilst still on the parent.
On hills and in thickets, not uncommon. — All islands.

933. Fourcroya cubensis, Haw. (v. Female Karatii).

Fl. March and July-Aug. In dry thickets, not uncommon. — St.
Croix; St. Thomas.

934. Pancratium caribaeum, L. (v. White Lily, Ladybus).

Fl. May-Nov. Flowers nocturnal; fragrant. On rocky coasts, not
uncommon. — All islands.

935. Crinum erubescens, Ait.

Fl. all the year round. Flowers nocturnal; fragrant. Along rivu-
lets, here and there. — St. Croix (Hogensborg).

936. Amaryllis equestris, Ait. (v. Red Lily).

Fl. March-Oct. On rocky shores, gregarious, not uncommon. — All
islands.

110 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

937. A. tubispatha, Kcr. (v. Snow-droii).

n. April-Oct., especially after heavy rains. In fields and near dwell-
ings, not uncommon. — All islands.

[Cultivated sijecies: Allium Jistulosum, L. (v. Ciboule), Polyanthes tube-
roscij L. (v. Tuberose), and Crinum gigantewnij Andr.J

ASPARAOINACE^.

938. Sanseviera guineensis, W. (Spec, ii, 159) (Bot. Mag. t. 1179) (v. Guana-tail).
Fl. Nov.-Dec. Fibres of tlie leaves yield a good material for ropes.

Naturalized here and there on dry hills, gregarious. — St. Croix (Frie-
densfeld); St. Thomas (around town).

SMII^ACE^.

939. Smilax havanensis, Jacq.

Not seen flowering. In forests, here and there. — St. Croix (Cale-
donia, Wills Bay, Eohr's Minde).

940. S. populnea, Kth. (Enum. Plant, v, 192).

Fl. June- July (<?). Unarmed. Leaves 4"-o" long, 3"-4" broad. In
forests, a high climber, rare.— St. Thomas (Flag Hill, 900').

BIOSCOREACE^.

941. Dioscorea pilosiuscula, Bert.

Fl. Dec, but rarely. Older leaves purple beneath, broad white stripes
on the upper surface. INIale inflorescence 3" long, pendulous. Axillar
bulbs large, often bifid, greyish-brown, generally producing leaves
whilst still in connection with the parent, dropping off later and form-
ing new-plants. In shady forests, uncommon. — St. Thomas (Signal Hill,
northern slope above St. Peter, 1000').

942. D. alata, L. (v. Yam), a), ft) vulgaris, Miq.

Not seen flowering. Propagated by the rhizome. Naturalized and
cultivated in i>rovisiou grounds. Ehizome atibrding a nutritive vegeta-
ble. — All islands.

943. D. altissima, Lam. (v. Yam).

Not seen flowering. Steui cylindrical. Occurring in the same places
and used in the same way as the preceding. — All islands.

944. Rajania pleioneura, Gris.

Fl. Dec. In forests, rare.— St. Thomas (Flag Hill, 800').

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. Ill

945. R. hastata, L.

Fl. Sept.-Dec. In forests and on fences on high hills, not uncom-
mon.— St. Thomas (Signal Hill, Northside) (St. Croix?).

IRIDACEJE.

946. Cipura plicata, Gris. (v. St. Jan Grass, Bloodroot).

n. all the year round. Bulbs crimson. ^STaturalized in gardens and
valleys. — All islands.

BROMELIACEiE.

947. Bromelia Pinguin, L. (v. Piuguin).

Fl. Dec. and April-June. Pulp edible, acid. Used for fences. Gre-
garious in forests and thickets, common. — All islands.

948. Chevalliera lingulata, Gris.

FL March-July. Petals white, with a bluish point. Berry glabrous,
pink or blue. On trees and rocks on high, hills, not uncommon. — St.
Thomjfe (Crown, Signal Hill, 1500') ; St. Jan (Macumbi).

949. Pitcairnia angustifolia, Ait.

Fl. Aug.-Sept. Seeds red, pointed at the base; appendage white,
truncate. On trees and rocks. — St. Croix (rare, King's Hill Gut) ; Vir-
gin Islands (common, especially on the coast).

950. Tillandsia fasciculata, Sw.

Fl. Jan.-Fcb. Capsule a little shorter than the bract. On trees in
forests and on high hills, uncommon. — St. Thomas (Crown); St. Jan
(Baas Gut).

951. T. utriculata, L. (v. Wild Fine).

Fl. Feb.-Aug. Inflorescence over 8' high. On trees and rocks, com-

«

mon. — All islands.

952. T. recurvata, L. (v. Old Man's Beard).

Fl. Jan.-Feb., but very rarely. Seeds often germinating in the cap-
sule. Used for stuffing mattresses. On trees, gregarious, very com-
mon. — All islands.

953. T. usnecides, L. (v. Old Man's Beard).

Fl. March, rarely. Petals greenish. On shrubs, common, grega-
rious. — All islands.

954. Catopsis nutans, Gris.

Fl. June- Aug. Petals fleshy, white. Seeds brown; pappus 1^"

\

112 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

loug, white, silky. Ou trees and rocks on high hilk, not uncommon. —
St. Thomas (Signal Hill, Crown, 1400'-1500').

[Cultivated species: Ananassa sativoj Lindl. (v. Pine-api)le).

MUSACEiE.

955. Musa paradisiaca, L. (v. Plautaiu).

n. May-Aug. Fruit eaten only boded or fried. jSTaturalized and
cultivated, but rare. — All islands.

956. M. sapientium, L. (v. Banana).

n. May-Nov. Fruit eaten raw or fried. Naturalized and cultivated
everywhere, occurring in several varieties (Bacuba, Fig, Lady-finger,
St. Vincent Banana, etc.). — All islands.

SCITAMIl\EiE.

957. Renealmia sylvestris, Gris.

Fl. Aug. In forests in shady and moist localities, rare. — St. Croix
(Golden Rock) ; St. Thomas (Signal Hill, 1400'). •

958. Zingiber ofiBcinalis, Rose. (v. Ginger).

Fl. Sept. Naturalized and cultivated in forest districts, here and
there. — St. Croix; St. Thomas.

959. Canna indica, L. (v. Indian Sliot).

Fl. all the year round. In moist places and near dwellings, not un-
common. — All islands.

960. C. Lamberti, Lindl. (v. Scarlet Indian Shot).

Fl. all the year round. Naturalized in gardens. — All islands.

961. C. edulis, Ker. (v. Tont-le-uiois).

Fl. all the yeai- round. Tubers used for i>roducing salep. Natural-
ized and cultivated along rivulets. — All islands.

962. Maranta arundinacea, L. (v. Arrow-root).

Not seen tloAvering. Tubers yielding the best kind of salep. Nat-
uralized and cultivated here and there. — All islands.

[Cultivated species: Alplnia nutans, Eaf. (v. Shell-plant), and Cur-
cuma longa, L. (v. Turmeric).

ORCHIDACE.E.

963. Liparls elata, Lindl.

Fl. June-Dec. Bracts purple. My specimens on the whole some-
what smaller than the picture in Bot. Mag. 1. 1175. On red clay among

FLORA OF ST CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 113

rocks on high hills, here and there. — St. Thomas (LUiendal, Bonne Reso-
lution).

964. Epidendrum subaequale, Eggers, u. sp.

Fl. Feb.-March. Tubers cylindrical, small, several-leaved. Leaves
2-5, linear, channelled, pointed, much shorter than the scape; sterile
bracts short, distant, pointed, floral ones smaller ; flowers in a simple
raceme, 3-4. Perigonial divisions lanceolate, pointed, nearly conform.
Lip slightly adnate to the column, 3-lobed; lobes rounded, the two lat-
eral ones a little shorter than the middle one. Column auricled below
the anther; auricles small, purple. Ovary linear, striate, \" long. Al-
lied to B. acieulare, Batem., but leaves several, much shorter than the
scape, and lip broadly 3-lobed. Leaves 5"-G" long, 2'" broad ; scape
20"-24" high, straight. Peduncles ^" long ; perigonial divisions green-
ish, with brown spots, ^" long ; lip purple, with darker stripes and a
yellow crest in the middle, i" long. The whole plant of a sometimes
darker, sometimes lighter hue, flowers even sometimes quite white. On
rocks and the roots of trees in dry thickets, here and there. — St. Thomas
(Cowell's Hill, Solberg).

965. E. bifidum, Aiibl.

Fl. May-Dec. On trees and rocks, not uncommon. — All islands.

966. E. ciliare, L.

Fl. June-Feb. Flowers fragrant. Gregarious on rocks and old tree-
trunks, common. — All islands.

967. E. cochleatum, L. (Bot. Mag. t. 151, bad).

Fl. April-May. On trees in forests, rare. — St. Croix (Mount Eagle,
•1150'; Jacob's Peak, 950').

968. E. patens, Sw.

Fl. July-Aug. Leaves distichous ; scape compressed, l'-2' high. On
rocks in leaf-mould, rare, on high hills. — St. Thomas (Signal Hill, 1500').

969. Brassavola cucullata, R. Br.

Fl. June-Octb. Gregarious on rocks, rare. — St. Thomas (John Bruce
Bay).

970. Polystachya luteola, Hook.

Fl. March-Nov. Flowers often cleistogamous and normal on the
same branch and at the same time. Both forms yielding good seeds.
On rocks and old tree-trunks, not uncommon on hills. — St. Thomas
(Signal Hill, 1200'-1500').

Bull. Nat. Mus. No. 13 8

114 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

971. Oncidium Lemonianum, Liudl.

Fl. May-July. Never giving fruit, but i^ropagating it«ell" by pro-
ducing young plants from buds in the axils of the sterile bracts below
the flowers, which remain in connection with the jjarent plant, and thus
often forming long colonies of plants from one tree to another. In for-
ests and thickets, gregarious, but rare. — St. Thomas (Picara Peninsula,
Fortuna).

(The lateral sepals in my specimens being distinct, I am inclined to
retain Lindley's specific name instead of uniting my plant with 0. tefra-
petalum, W., as done by Grisebach.)

972. O. variegatum, Sw.

Fl. July-Octb. On rocks and trees in shady places, not uncommon. —
Virgin Islands.

973. Prescottia myosuius, G. Rchb.

Fl. March. In gTass-fields on high hills, uucommon. — St. Thomas
(Signal Hill, 1400').

974. Spiranthes elata, Rich.

Fl. March. Leaves deciduous during authesis. In leaf-mould on high
hills, not uncommon. — Virgin Islands.

975. Stenorrhynchus lauceolatus, Kich.

Fl. May. Leaves deciduous during anthesis. Only ^'-1' high. In
clayey soil among rocks on high hills, rare. — St. Thomas (Signal Hill,
Crown). ^

976. Habenaria maculosa, Lindl.

Fl. Feb. Spur 1" long, nectariferous. In pastures on high hill»,
rare.— St. Thomas (Signal Hill).

977. H. alata, Hook.

Fl. Feb. Spur &" long, nectariferous. In the same localities as the
preceding, rare. — St. Thomas (Signal Hill, above St. Peter, 1400').

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 115

II. CRYPTOGAMS VASCULARES.

I^YCOPODIACE^.

©78. Lycopodium cernuum, L.

Gregarious among rocks on high hills, here and there. — St. Thomas
(Crown, Signal HiU).

979. Psilotum triquetnim, Sw.

In shady places among rocks, not uncommon. — St. Croix (Crequis) ;
St. Thomas (Signal Hill).

FIJLICES.

980. Ophioglossum reticulatum, L.

In pastures under rocks on high hills, not uncommon. — St. Thomas

(Crown).

981. Davallia aculeata, Sw. (v. Prickly Fern).

In pastures on high hills, here and there. — St. Thomas (Signal Hill,
above St. Peter, ISOO').

982. Adiantum villosum, L.

Among rocks in forests, uncommon. — St. Croix (Crequis, Vieques).

983. A. intermedium, Sw.

On high hills, not uncommon. — St. Thomas (Signal Hill).

984. A. microphyllum, Kaulf.

Fragrant in the morning. In dense forests, uncommon. — St. Thomas

(Crown).

985. A. tenenim, Sw. (y. Mairlon-liair).

In thickets, not uncommon. — All islands.

986. A. fragile, Sw.

In the same localities as the preceding, uncommon. — All islands.

987. Cheilanthes microphylla, Sw.

St. Croix (West, p. 313, Beuzon in Hb. Havn.); St. Thomas (Kavn
in Hb. Havn.).

988. Pteris longifolia, L.

Along rivulets iu forests, rare. — St. Croix (Crequis).

116 FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.

989. P. pedata, L.

Gregarious in forests, liere and there. — St. Thomas (Signal Hill, near
St. Peter).

990. Teenitis lanceolata, R. Br.

lu leaf-mould on rocks, not uncommon. — All islands.

991. Antrophyum lineatum, Kaulf.

In forests, rare. — St. Thomas (St. Peter).

992. Blechnum occidentale, L.

Gregarious in pastures and.forests, very common. — Ail islands.

993. Chrysodium vulgare, F^e.

In marshy soil, gregarious j up to 15' high. Not uncommon. — All
islands.

994. Hemionitis palmata, L. (v. Strawberry Fern).

Propagating itself by buds from the serratures of the frond. Gregn-
rious in shady forests, here and there. — St. Croix (Eliza's Retreat); St.
Jan (Rogiers, King's Hill).

995. Gymnogramme calomelanos, Kaulf, (v. Silvery Fern).

On hills and among stones, not uncommon. — All islands.

Var. pumila, Egg.

Dwarfy, cartilaginous. On old walls, here and there. — St. Croix
(Bodkin); St. Thomas (Cowell's Battery).

996. Asplenium serratum, L.

Frond up to 4' long. On rocks in forests, very rare. — St. Thomas
(Signal Hill, 1400').

997. A. firrnum, Kze.

St. Thomas (Griseb. Syst. TJnters. p. 134) {A. ahscissum, W.).

998. A. pumilum, Sw.

On clayey soil in forests, gregarious, here and there. — St. Thomas
(Matthis Gut) ; St. Jan (Rogiers).

999. Aspidium punctulatum, Sw.

In forests, not uncommon. — St. Thomas.

1000. A. semicordatum, Sw.

In shady localities, not uncommon. — Vii'gin Islands.

FLORA OF ST. CROIX AND THE VIRGIN ISLANDS. 117

1001. A. patens, Sw.

In forests, here and there. — St. Croix (Creqnis); St. Thomas (Crown).

1002. A. molle, Sw.

In the same localities as the preceding, not uncommon. — St. Thomas
(Signal Hill).

1003. A. inviaum, Sw. a).

In shady localities, rare. — St. Croix (Crequis).

1004. Polypodium tetragonum, Sw.

In forests, not uncommon. — All islands

1005. P. crenatum, Sw.

St. Croix (West, p. 313, Benzon in Hb. Havn.); St. Thomas (Hb.
Havn.).

1006. p. aureum, L.

On dead trees and rocks, not uncommon. — All islands.

1007. P. areolatum, Thuub.

In the same places as the preceding, but rare. — St. Thomas (Crown).

1008. p. incisum, Sw.

St. Croix (West, p. 313).

1009. P. incanum, Sw.

Among roots of large trees, gregarious, not uncommon. All islands.

1010. P, piloselloides, L.

In forests and pastures among rocks on high hills, here and there. —
St. Thomas (Signal Hill, 1300').

1011. p. serpens, Sw.

On trees and rocks on high hills, rare. — St. Croix (top of Mount Ea-
gle, 1150').

1012. P. Phyllitidis, L. a) and /3) repens.

In forests on rocks and trees, not uncommon. — All islands.

1013. Cyathea aiborea, Sw.

Stem 12'-15' high, 3" diam. In forests on high hills, rare. — St. Thomas
(Crown, western slope, 1400'j Caret Bay Gut).

COEEECTIONS AKD ADDITIONS.

Page 19. Fourteentli line from above, after " local name" read — which as a rule is
derived either from the English or the Dutch language, except in Vieques and Culebra.

Page 84. To Avicennia niiida. — The ground under the tree is sometimes covered with
a peculiar kind of aerial roots, proceeding from the underground roots erect into the
air to a height of four to six inches.

Page 99, To Aroidea;. — A supposed Aroidea with an immense, nearly aphyllous, climb-
ing, terete, green stem, about 100' long, 1" diam., with scaly, early deciduous leaves
and aerial roots resembling those of Vanilla, is met with in a few places in St. Thomas
(among rocks on Flaghill in the forest). As, however, neither fruit nor flower has
as yet been found, it is still doubtful even to which family this interesting species
may belong.

Page 100, No. 827. Cancel the lines, " Leaves used for making ropes, thatching roofs,
and other domestic purposes."

Add before No. 828 :

827». T/i. iyarviflora, Sw. (v. Bull-Seger). Fl. May-July; stem 30'-40' high, up to
3' in circumference. Berry in both species black, fleshy. Leaves of this species are
used for making ropes, hats, roofs, and for other domestic purposes. On the northern
slopes of the hills, common. — Virgin Islands.

Add before Commelynacece :

(Cultivated si)ecies: Phoenix spinosa, Thouuing, and Latania horhonica, "L.)

lis

INDEX.

Tlie names in italics are those of the cultivated plants of the islands.

Ahebnoschus esculentus .

Abrus prsecatorius

Abutilon indicum

lignosum

periplocifolium .

umbellatum

Acacia arabica

Catechu

Parnesiana

frondosa

Page.
30
43
30
30
29
29
49
48
49
49

Lebbek 49,59

macracantha 49

nudiflora 48

sarmentosa 48

tortuosa 49

Acalypha chamaedrifolia 91

ACANTHACE^ 80

Acanthospermum humile 64

Achyranthes aspera 86

Acrodiclidium salicifolium 89

Adansonia digitata 31

Adenanthera pavonina 48

Adiantum fragile 115

intermedium 115

raicrophyllum 115

tenerum 115

villosum. 115

^giphila martinicensis 84

.Slschynomene americana 42

Agati grandiflora 42

Agave americana 109

sobolifera 109

Ageratum conyzoides 63

Aleurites Moluccana 91

ALISMACE^ 97

Allamanda cathartica 70

Alligator Pear 89

Ailing, white 84

Allium fistulosum 110

Almond, Dog 45

Almond-tree 54

Aloe vulgaris 109

Aloysia citriodora 84

Alpinia nutans 112

8G

86

86

31

43

86

87

87

87

48

Altemanthera Achyrantha. .

ficoidea . .

polygonoides .

Althcea rosea

Alysicarpus vaginalis

AMARANTACE^

Amarantus paniculatus

spinosus

tristis

Amarct

Page.

Amaretsteckel 48

Amaryllis eqnestris .' 109

tubispatha no

Amblogyne polygonoides 87

Ambrosia artemisitefolia C4

AMENTACE^ 9C

Ammannia latifolia 54

AMPELIDE^ 39

Amyris syl vatiea • 40

Anacardium occidentale 41

Anamomis punctata 52

Ananassa saliva 112

Anatherum bicorne 106

Andira iuermis 45

Andropogon saccharoides 106

Schoenanthus 106

Anethum graveolens 59

Anguria glomerata 55

trilobata 55

Anise 59

Anona laurifoUa 23

muricata 23

palustris 23

reticulata 23

squamosa 23

ANONACE^ 23

Anthacanthus jamaicensis 81

microphyUus 81

spinosus 81

Anthephora elegans 105

Antherylium Eohrii 54

Anthriscus Cerefolium 59

Anthurium cordifolium 98

Huegelii 98

macrophyllum 98

Antigonon cordatum 88

Anti'ophyum lineatnm 116

Apium graveolens 59

APOCYNACE^ 69

Apple, BeU 56

Chigger 33, 57

Custard 23

Maid 55

Monkey 23

Pine Ill

Star 67

Sugar 23

Arachis hypogaea 43

AEALIACE^ 59

Ardisia coriacea 67

Argemonemexicana 24

ArgjTothamnia candicans 91

fascienlata 91

Aristida striata 101

119

120

INDEX.

Page.

Aristolochia anjtuicida 96

trilobata 96

ARISTOLOCHTACE^a; 95

AROIDE^ 98

Arrow-root 112

Artlirostylidium capillifolium 101

Artocarpus incisa 94

ASCLEPIADACE^ 70

Asclepias curassavica 70

nivea 70

Ash, Bitter 38

ASPAEAGINACE^ :. 110

Aspidium invisum '. 117

molle 117

patens 117

punctulatum 116

semicordatum 116

Asplenium finnum 116

pnmilum 116

serratum — 116

Aster chinensis 67

AURANTIACE^ 36

Avicennia nitida 84, 118

tomentosa 84

Ayenia pusilla 32

Baas-fram boom 59

Baccharis Vahlii 64

Bachelor's Button 86

BaUoon-vine 35

Balsam, Garden 80

Passia 81

Penguin 80

Balsamina hortensis 36

BALSAMINACE^ 36

Bamboo Cane 101

Bambusa vulgaris 101

Banana 112

Barleria lupulina 80

Barrow, Fallen 66

Bastard Guava 52

Mahogany 45

Bastardia viscosa 30

Batis maritima 86

Batta-batta 87

Bauhinia tomentosa 47

ungula 48

Bay-flower 28, 86

Grass 102

Leaf 52

SaUie 67

Vine 71

Bean, Horse. 46

Rat 25

White 44

Beet 86

Begonia humilis 96

BEGONIACE^ 96

Bell apple 50

Beloperoue nemorosa 80

Benye 81

Beta vulgaris 86

Beurreria sueculenta 74

Biduns bipinnatus 65

leucanthus 65

Bignonia aeciuinoctialis 79

unguis 79

Pago.

BIGNONIACE^ 70

Billy Grass 102

Bird Pepper 76

Bisom 107

Bitter-ash 38

Bush 09

Gobie 55

Grass 105

Bixa Orellana 25

BIXACE.ffi 25

Black Amaret 48

Calabash 79

Cherry 52

Nickars 46

Popper, "Wild 84

Torch GO

Willie 25

Black-eye Pea 50

Blechnum Brownei 80

occidentale 116

Blister-leaf 85

Blood-root Ill

Blue Vine 44

Boerhaavia erecta 87

paniculata 87

BOMBACE^ 31

Bonny Vis 44

Bontia daphnoides 84

BORAGINACEiB 74

Borreria parviflora 62

stricta 62

verticiUata 62

Borrichia arborescena 65

Bouchea Ehrenbergii S3

Bougainvillea spectabilis 87

Boussingaultia bascUoides 86

Bouteloua litigiosa 102

Bower 87

Boxwood 90

Brachyrhamphus intybaceus ' 66

Bran Kettle Ofi

Brassavola cucuUata 113

Brassica oleracea ' 24

Breadfruit-tree 94

Break-bill 68

Brisselet 34

Bromelia Pinguin Ill

BROMELIACE.a: Ill

Broom, white-head 64

Broom- wood 32

Brunft^lsia araericana 75

Bryophyllum calycinum 58

Bucida Buceras 54

Bull-suckers 58

Vis : 35

Bully Wood 68

Bumelia cuneata 68

Bunchosia Swartziana 34

Bunya 23

Bur-bush 32

Burning Love 62

Burr Grass 105

Bursera guuimifera 40

BtiTTNEKI ACE JS 32

Button- wood 54

Buxus Vahlii 90

INDEX.

121

Byrsonima lucida ; 34

spicala 34

Cabbage 24

Mountain 100

Cabrite 35

Cacalia coccinea 66

Cacoa 50

CACTACE^ 57

Cajsalpinia pulcherrima 46

Cajanus indicus 44

Cakile sequalia 24

Calabash, Black 79

Calabash-tree 79

Caladium bicolor 99

pictum 99

picturatum 99

smaragdinum 99

Calalu, Jackass 32

CaUiandra portoricensis 49

purpurea 49

Saman 49

Callicarpa reticulata 84

Callisia repens 100

umbellulata 100

CalophyUum Calaba 34

Calotropis procera 70

Calyptranthes Chytraculia 50

pallens 50

Tbomasiana 50

Canavalia gladiata 45

obtusifolia 45

parviflora 45

Candlestick, Golden 47

Cane, Bamboo 101

Dumb 98

Sugar ; 106

CaneUa alba 34

CANELLACE^ 34

Canker-berry. 77

Canna edulis .• 112

indica 112

Lamberti 112

Cape Jessamine e^ 70

C APPARIDACE^ 24

Capparis amygdalina 25

cynophaUophora 25

fi'ondosa 25

jamaicensis 25

verrucosa 25

Capraria biflora 78

CAPRIFOLIACE^ 59

Capsicum annuum 76

baccatum 76

dulce 76

frutescens 76

Cardiospermum Halicacabum 35

microcarpum 35

Carica Papaya 56

Carrot 59

CAKTOPHTLLACE^ 27

Casearia parvifolia 26

ramiflora 26

sylvestris 26

Cashd 49

Cashew 41

Casparea 50

Page.

Cassava 92

Cassia alata 47

angustisiliqua 47

bacUlaris 47

bicftpsularis 47

biflora 47

Fistula 46

florida 47

glandulosa 47

grandis 46

nicticans .•- 47

obtusifolia 47

occidentalis 47

Cassytaamericana 89

Castela erecta 38

Castor-oil tree 92

Casuarina equisetifolia 96

Cat-claw 79

Catalpa longisiliqua 79

Catch-and-keep 48

Catesbsea parviflora 59

Catopsis nutans Ill

Cattun 70

Cecropia peltata 94

Cedar 79

CELASTRACE-a; 39

Celery 59

Celosia argentea 86

nitida 86

Celtis aculeata 94

trinervia 94

Cenchrus echinatus 105

Centipee-root 37

Centrosema virginianum 44

Cephalandra indica 55

Cereus, Night-blooming 57

Cerens armatus 57

floccosus 57

grandiflorus 57

monoclonos 58

peruvianus 58

Phyllanthus 58

rcpandus 58

tiiangularis 57

Cestrum diumum 78

laurifolium 78

noctumum 78

Chamissoa altissima - - 86

Changeable Hibiscus 31

Cheilanthes microphylla 115

CHENOPODIACE.a: 85

Chenopodium ambrosioides 85

murale 85

Cherry 34,41

Black 52

Christmas 52

Surinam 52

Wild 34

Chervil 59

Chevalliera lingulata HI

Chichery Grape 75

Chigger-apple 33, 57

Chinese Rose <^1

Chiococca racemosa 61

Chione glabra •'1

Chloris ciliata 102

122

INDEX.

Page.

(.'hloris ck'usinoitlfs 102

radiata 102

Choco 56

Christmas-bush 63

Cherry 52

Pride 80

CHRYSOBALANACE^ 50

Chrysobalanus Icaco 50

Chrysodium vulgare 116

Chrysogonum dichotomum 66

Chrysophyllum Cainito 67

glabrum 07

microphyUum 67

oliviformo 67

pauciflorum 67

Chuc-chuc 84

Church-flower 69

Cibonle 110

Cinnamomum zeUanicum 88

Cinnamon-bush 52

Cipura plicata Ill

Cissampelos Pareira 24

Cissus acida 39

sicyoides 39

trifoliata 39

Citharexylum cinereum 83

quadrangulare 83

villosum 84

Citron 36

Citrullus vulgaris 56

Citrus Aurantium 36

buxifolia 36

decumana 36

raedica 36

Clashi-mnlat 73

Cleome pentaphylla 24

pungens 25

viscosa 25

Clerodendron aculeatum 84

f ragrans 84

Clidemia hirta 53

rubra 53

spicata 53

Clitoria Tematea 44

Clusia alba 33

rosea 33

Coccoloba diversifolia 88

. Klotzschiana 88

Kunthlana 88

laurifolia 88

leoganensis 1 88

nivea 88

obtusifolia 88

punctata 88

nigosa 88

uvLfera 88

Cocculus domingensis 24

Cocks 81

Cocoa-nut tree 100

Cocoa-plum 50

Tree 32

Cocos nucifera 100

Codiceum variegatum 94

Coffea arabica 61

Coflfee-tree 61

Coix Laeryma 106

Page.

Coleus amboinicus 81

Cohibrina ferruginosa 40

reclinata 40

COMBRETACE^ 54

Commelyna cayennensis loo

elegans 101

COMMELTNACEiE lOO

Comocladia ilicifolia 41

Condalia ferrea 40

CONIFERS 97

Conocarpus erecta 54

COXVOLVULACE^ 70

CouvoUulus jamaiccnsis 73

inatutinus 73

melanostictus 73

nodiflorus 73

l>entanthu8 73

sagittifer 73

venenatus 73

Cookia punctata 37

Coquelicot 48

Coral-bush 92

Corchorua acutangulus 32

husutus 33

hirtus 33

siliquosus 33

Cordia, Scarlet 74

Cordia alba 74

Collococca 74

cylindristachya 74

Gerascanthus 74

globosa 74

laevigata 74

martinicensis 74

nitida 74

Sebesteua •. 74

sulcata 74

ulmifolia 74

Corn, Guinea 106

Indian 106

Cosmos caudatus 65

Cotton-tree 31

Couroupita guianensis «- 53

Coursetia arborea 42

Cow-itch 45

Crab-prickle 49

Cracca caribica 42

Crane's Neck 96

CRASSTJLACE^ 58

Cremanium amygdalinum 53

Creole Chinine 90

Crescentia cucurbitina 79

Cujete 79

Cress 24

Crinum erubescens 109

giganteum 110

Cromberry 51

Crossandra infundibuliformis 81

Crotalaria incana 41

latifolia 41

retusa 41

verrucosa 14

Croton astroites 90

betulinus 91

discolor 91

flavens 91

INDEX.

123

Page.

Croton bumilis 91

lobatus 91

ovalifolius 9i

Crotonea 91

CRUCITEKiE 24

Cucumber 55

Mutton 56

Cucumis Angaria 55

Melo 56

sativus 56

Cucurbita Pepo 55

CUCUEBITACE^ 55

Cupania fulva 35

Cuppar 74

Curcuma longa 112

Cuscuta americana 73

Custard-apple 23

Cutting Grass 109

Cyathea arborea 117

CTCADACE^ 97

Cycas revoluta 97

Cymodocea manatorum 97

Cynodon Dactylon 102

CYPEEACEiE 106

Cyperus articulatus 107

brunneus 107

compressus 106

confertus 106

distans 107

filiformis 107

flavomariscus 108

Isevigatus 106

ligularis 107

ochraceus 107

odoratus 107

pennatus 107

polystachyns 106

rotundas 107

sphacelatus 107

surinamensia 107

unifolius 107

viscosus 107

Cypress 26

Cyprian 37

Cypselea humifusa 27

Dactyloctenium aegyptiacum 102

Daleohampia scandens 93

Daphnopsis caribaea 89

Datura fastuosa 76

Metel 76

Stramonium 76

suaveolens 78

Tatula 76

Daunts Oarota 59

Davallia aculeata 115

Davilla rugosa 23

Desmanthus depressus 48

virgatus 48

Desmodium incannm 43

molle 43

Scorpiurus 43

spirale 43

tortuosum 43

triflorum 43

Dianthera pectoralis 80

sessilis 80

Page.

Dicliptera adsurgens 81

Dieffenbacbia Segnine 98

Digitaria filiformis 103

marginata 103

setigera 1C4

Dildo 57

DUl 59

DILLENI ACE.S 23

Diodia rigida 62

sarmentosa 62

Dioscorea alata 110

altissima 110

pilcsiuscula 110

DIOSCOREACE^ 110

Dipholis salicifolia 68

Diplocbita serrulata 53

Distictis lactiflora 79

Distreptiis spicatus 03

Divi-divi 46

Dodonsea viscosa 36

Dog Almond 45

Dogwood 45

Dolichos Lablab 44

gesquipedalis 50

sphcerospermus 50

Drepanocarpus lunatus 45

Drymaiia coidata 27

Drypetes glauca 90

laevigata 90

Duck-weed 95

Dudeldu 46

Dumb Cane 98

Duranta Plumieri 84

East India Thyme 81

EBEISTACE^ 68

Echinodorus cordifolius 97

Echites agglutinata 69

barbata 70

circinalis 69

neriandra 69

saberecta 69

Eclipta alba 64

Edden-wood 40

Egg-plant 78

Egletes domingensis 66

Elaeodendron xylocarpum 39

Elephantopas mollis 63

Eleusine indica 102

Emilia sagittata 66

soncLiiiolia 66

EngUsb Plantain 85

Epidendrum bifidum 113

cUiare 113

cochleatum 113

patens 113

subsequale 113

Eragrostis ciliaria 101

poaeoides 101

Erechthites hieracifolia 66

Erigeron canadensis 64

cuneifolius 63

spathulatus 63

Eriocbloa punctata 104

Eriodendron anfractuosum 31

ErithaUs fruticosa 61

odorif era 61

124

INDEX.

Page.

Einodea litoi alis 62

Erjugium foetidum 59

Erythrina Corallodendron 45

borrida 45

ERYTHEOXYLACE^ 34

Erythroxylum areolatum 34

brevipes 34

ovatmn 34

Eugenia acetosans 51

axillaris 51

buxifolia 50

flavovirens 51

floribunda 52

glabrata 51

lateriflora 51

ligustiina 52

marginata 52

micrantha 52

monticola 51

paUena 51

Poiretii 51

portoricensia 52

procera 52

psendopsidium 52

sessiliflora 51

uniflora 52

virgultosa 51

Eupatorium atriplicifolium 63

Ayapana 63

canescens 63

ctmeifolium 63

odoratum 63

repandum 63

Euphorbia antiquorum 94

articulata 93

buxifolia 93

cotinifolia 93

geniculata 93

heterophylla 93

hypericifolia 93

neriifolia 93

petiolaris 93

pilulifera 93

prostrata 93

pulchenima 94

splendens 94

thymifolia 93

EUPHOKBIACE^ 90

Euxolns caudatus 87

oleraceus 87

Evolvulus Unifolius 73

mucronatus 73

nummularius 73

Excoecaria Lanrocerasus 92

Exostemma caribaum 60

Eye-brigbt 75

Fagara micropbj^lla 38

Fairy Ivy 79

Faramea odoratissima 61

Fatten Barrow 66

Female Karatd 109

Fennel 59

Fern, Prickly 115

Silvery 116

Strawberry 116

Ficut Carica 95

Page.

Ficus crassincrvia 94

elastiea 95

laevigata 94

lentiginosa 94

pednnculata 94

populnea 94

trigonata 94

Fiddlewood 83

Fig-tree 95

FILICES 115

Fire-weed 76

Fischeria scandens 70

Flamboyant 40, 45, 46

Flat Grass 103

Fleiti 47

Flenrya testuans 95

Fluyteboom 74

Foeniculum vulgare 59

Forbidden Frnit 36

Forestiera porulosa 68

Fourcroya cubensis 109

Four-o'clock 87

Francbipani 6!)

French Grass 100, 101

Physic-nut 92

Prickly Pear 58

Tea , 81

Fustic 42, 95

Galactia flliformis 44

tenulflora 44

Galpbimia glauca 34

Garden Balsam 80

Genipa americana 59

Geopbila reniformis 62

Georgina vanabilis 67

GERANIACE^ 36

Geranium 36

GESNERIACE^ 81

Giant Thibet-tree 49

Ginger 112

Guinea 99

Stone 96

Goat-weed 78

Gobie 55

Golden Candlestick 47

Gomphrena globosa 86

Gongora-hout 90

Gonzalea spicata 60

GOODENOVIACE^ 67

Gooseberry 90

Surinam 58

Gossypium barbadense 31

vitifolium 31

Gouania domingensis 40

GRAMINACE^ 101

Granni Vine 71

Grape, Chichery 75

Sea 88

Graptophyllum hortense 81

Grass, Bay 102

Billy 102

Bitter 105

Burr 105

Cutting 109

Flat 103

French 100, 101

INDEX.

125

Page.

Grass, Guinea 105

Hair 101

Horse 104

JoUy 106

Lemon 106

Long... 105

Nut 107

Kazor 109

Kanning 103

St. Jan Ill

Sour 104,105

Spanish 104

Ten-per-cent 102

Green Pea 50

Gregery 54

Grenadilla 57

Grey Nickars 46

Gritchee 48

Ground-nuts 43

Guajacum officinale 37

Guama 40

Guana-tail 110

Guarea tricliilioides 36

Guava 52

Bastard 52

Speiry 52

Guava-berry 52

Guatteria Ouregou 23

Guazuma ulmifoUa 32

Guettarda parvifolia 60

scabra 60

GuUandina Bonduc 46

Bonducella 46

melanosperma 46

Guinea Corn 106

Ginger 09

Grass 105

Tamarind 31

Gully-root 85

GUTTIPER^ 33

Gyranogramme calomelanos 116

Habenaria alata 114

maculosa 114

Haematoxylon campechianum 46

Hagbush 36

Hair-grass .' 101

HaloduleWrigbtii 97

HalophOa Baillonii 98

Hamelia lutea 60

patens 60

Hebeclinium macrophyllum 63

Hocastopbyllum Brownei 45

Hedwigia balsamifera 40

Heliantlnis annuus 67

Helicteres jamaicensis 32

HeUotropo 75

Heliotropium curassavicum 75

fruticosum 75

indicum 75

parviflonim 75

peruvianum 75

Hemionitis pabnata 116

Herpestis chamsedryoidea 78

Monniera 78

stricta 78

Heteropleris parvifolia 35

Page.

Heteropteris purpurea 35

Hibiscus, Changeable 31

Hibiscus brasUiensis 31

clypeatus 30

mutabilis 31

phoeniceus 31

Hosa-sinensis 31

Sabdariffa 31

vitifolius 30

Hipponrane Mancinella 92

Hog-plum 40

Hollow-stock 28,82

Hollyhock 31

Holmskjoldia sanguinea 84

Hon Kloot 45-

Honey-suckle 59

Hops, wild 82

Horse-bean 46

Grass 104

Horse-radish-tree 25'

Hoy a carnosa 70

Hufelandia pendula 89

Hura crepitans 92

HYDROCHAEIDACE^ 97

HTDKOLEACE.a; 73

Hymensea Courbaril 47

Hyptis capitata 82

pectinata 82

suaveolens 82

verticUlata 82

Ibatia muricata 70

Indian Corn 106

Kale 99

Shot 112

Indigo-berry 56

Indigofera Anil 42

tinctoria 42

Inga laurina 50

lonidium strictum 26

Ipecacuana 70

Ipomoea acuminata 72

arenaria 72

asarifolia 72

Batatas 71

Bona-nox 70

camea 71

coccinea 72

dissecta 71

fasti giata 71

fllLfonnis 72

HorsfaUiaa 73

Lcarii — 73

leucantha 71

NQ 72

pentaphyUa 71

pes-caprsB 71

purpurea 72

Quamoclit ^ 72

quinquefolia 71

quinquepartita 72

repanda 72

tiliacea 72

triloba 71

triquetra 73

Tuba 70

tuberosa 71

126

INDEX.

Page.

Ipomoea umbellata 71

violacea 71

Iresine elatior S6

IRIDACE^ ..; Ill

Irish Potato... 78

Iron-grass 62

Isotoma longiflora 67

Ixora Bandhuca 62

feiTea 61

stricta .*.... 62

Jackass Calalu 32

Jacquemontia tamnifolia 73

Jacquinia armillaris 67

Jamaica Plum 41

Jambosa malaccensis 50

vulgaris 50

JASMmACE^ 68

Jasminum officinale 68

pubescens 68

revolutum 68

Jatropha Curcas 92

gossypufoUa 92

multifida 92

pandurcefolia 94

Jessamine, Cape 70

Double 68

Nepaul 68

Star 68

Job's Tears 106

JoUy Grass 106

Jumbee-bead 43

Juniper 74

Jussieua suifruticosa 54

Jtisticia bicolor 81

carthagenensis 80

periplocaefolia 80

reflexiflora 80

Kakkcrlakka-berry 78

Kale, Indian 99

Karatd 109

Keneppy-tree 35

Klanghout 69

Kosteletzky a pentasperma 30

Krameria Ixina 26

KyUinga brevifolia 108

flliformis 108

monocepbala 108

triceps 108

LABIATE 81

Lactvca sativa 67

Ladybus 109

Lady-finger-tree 50

•slippers 36

Lagenaria vulgaris 55

Lagergtromia indica 54

Laguncularia racemosa 54

Lambrali 39

Lantana Camara 83

involucrata 83

polyacantba 83

reticulata 83

Lappago aliena 106

Latania horbonica 118

LAURACE2E 88

Lavender, Sea 75

Laiosonia inermis 54

Page.

Lebidibia coriaria 46

LEGUMINOSiE 41

Lemna minor 99

Lemon Grass 106

Lemon-scented Verbena -84

Leonotis nepeta;folia 82

Leonurus sibiricus 82

Lepidmm sativum 1 24

virginicum 24

Leptocbloa mucronata 102

virgata 102

Leria nutans 66

Leucffina glauca 48

Leucas martinicensis 82

Lignum-vitae 37

Lilac 36

LILIACE.a; 109

LUy,Red 109

Water 24

White 109

Lime 36

Sweet 37

Linguan-tree 25

Linociera compacta 68

Liparis elata 112

Lippia nodiflora 83

Liquorice, WUd 43

Liquorice- tree 46

LOBELIACE^ 67

LobloUy 87

Locust-tree 47

Logwood 46

Long Grass 105

Longlo 37

Lonicera Caprifolium 59

LOIIANTHACE.S; 59

Loranthus emarginatus 59

Lourea vespertUionis 42

Love-in-the-mist 57

Love-weed 73

Lucuma multiilora 68

Lufi'a cylindrica 55

Lumbo 87

Lumbush 77

Lycopersicum cerasiforme 77

csculentum 77

LTCOPODIACE^ 115

Lycopodium cernuum 115

LTTHRARlEiE 54

Mabee-bark 40

Maccreightia caribffia 68

Madura tinctoria 95

Madeira Plant - 79

Mahoe 30,31,32

Mahogany 36

bastard 45

Maid-apple 55

Maiden-bair 115

Malachra capitata 30

urens 30

Malpigliia angustifolia 35

Cnida 35

glabra 34

urens 34

MALPIGHIACE^ 34

MALVACE^ 28

INDEX.

127

Page.

Malvastrum spicatiim 28

tricuspidatum 28

Mamey 34.

WUd 33

Mamillaria nivosa 57

Mammea americana 34

Mampoo 87

Manchineol 93

Manchineel-tree 92

Mangelboom 54

Mangifera indica 41

Mango-tree 41

MangioTC 54

White 54

Manihot utilissima 92

Manjack 74

Mardn 91

Swart 29

White 90

Maraitta arundinacea 112

Maroon Jancole 98

Marsh-mallow 30,32

Martynia diandra 81

Massambee 24

Wild 25

Mastic 68

Maurandia Barclayana 79

May tenus elasodendroides 39

Isevigatus 39

Melampodium divaricatum 64

Melanthera deltoidea 65

MELASTOMACE^ 53

Melia senipervirens 36

MELIACE^ 36

Melicocca bijuga 35

Melocactus atrosanguineus 57

communis 57

Melochria nodiilora 32

pyramidata 32

tomt-ntosa 32

Melot liria pervaga 55

MENISPERMACE^ 24

Mentha aquatica 82

Mespel - 67

Metastelma parviflonun 70

Schlechtendalii 70

Mexican Wreath-plant 88

Miconia angustifolia 53

argyrophylla 53

impetiolaris 53

laevigata 53

prasiua 53

Microtea debilis 85

Mignonette 54

Mikania gonoclada 63

Milk-bush G9

Milk-tree 69

Mimosa asperata 48

Ceratonia 48

pudica 48

Mint 82

Mirabilis Jalapa 87

MOLLUGINE^ 27

Molhigo uudicaulis 27

verticillata 27

Momordica Charantia 55

Page.

Monkey-apple 23

Monkey's Hand 96

Morinda citrifolia 61

Moringa pterygosperma 25

Morisonia ainericana 25

Morning-glory 72

Mountain Cabbage J 00

Mouriria domingensis 53

Mucuna pmriens 45

Mule-weed 64

Murraya exotica 37

Musa paradisiaca 112

sapientium 112

MUSACE^ 112

Muscat, nut 39

Muskmelon 56

Mustard, Wild 24

Mutton-cucumber 56

Myginda latifolia. . .' 39

pallens 39

MYOPORACE^ 84

Myrcia coriacea 50

Myrodia turbinata 31

MyiospeiTuum frutescens 46

MYKSIXACEiB 67

MTETACEiE 50

Myrtle 53

Eock 52

Myrtus communis 53

Nama jamaicensis 73

Nasturtium ofidcinale 24

Nectandra antUlana 89

coriacea 89

membranacea 89

Nepsera aquatica 53

Neptunia pubescens 48

Nerium Oleander 69

Nettle 92

Bran 92

Nickars, Black 46

Grey 46

Yellow 46

Nicotiana Tabacum 76

Nightblooming Cereus 57

Noyau Vine 71

Nut, Ground 43

Nut Grass 107

Muscat 39

Nutmeg 53

NYCTAGINACE^ 87

Nyctanthes Sambae 68

Nyniphiea ampla 24

NYMPH^ACEiE 24

Obione cristata 85

Ocimum Basilicum 81

micrfluthum 81

Ogiera ruderalis 64

Okro .30

OLACACEJi; 38

Old Man's Beard Ill

Oldenlandia callitrichioides 60

corymbosa 60

OLEACE^ 68

Olyra latifolia 101

ONAGIlAACEvE 54

Oncidium Lemoniauum 114

128

INDEX.

Oncidium variegatum 114

OpHoglossum rcticulatum 115

Opuntia catocantba 58

coccinellifera .
curassavica .
liorrida

58
58
58

spinosissima 58

tuberculata 58

Tuna 58

Orange 36

SeviUe 36

ORCHIDACE^ 112

Oreodaphne leucoxylon 89

Oreodoxa regia 100

Origanum Majorana 82

Orthopogon setarius 104

Otaheite-tree 31

Overlook 45

Ovrabla ? • 64

OXALIDACE^ .' 37

Oxalis comiculata 37

Martiana 37

Oxandra laurlfolia 23

Pain-killer **!

Paliconrea Pavetta ^1

Palm, Sago ^"^

PALM^ l^)"

Palmfer ^'^

Panax speciosum ^^

Pancratium caribaeum 109

PAlfDANACE^ 100

Pandanus odoratissimus 100

Panicum brevifolium 105

brizoides 104

cayenncnse 105

colonum 104

diffusum 105

divaricatum 105

fuscum 104

glutinosum 105

maximum

105

molle 104

paspaloides 104

prostratum 104

Papa-lolo 33

PAPAVERACE-a: 24

Papaw 56

PAPATACE^ 56

Pappophorum alopecuroides 102

Paritium tiliaceum 31

Parkinsonia aculeata 46

PARONYCHIACE^ 27

Parsley 59

Parthenium Hysterophorus 64

Paspalum caespitosum 103

compressum ,- 103

conjugatnm 103

distichum 103

glabrum 103

notatum 103

paniculatum 103

plicatulum 103

pusiUum 103

spathaceum 103

virgatum 103

Pasfiia Balsam 81

Passiflora fcetida

hirsuta

incamata

lauiifolia —

pallida

peltata

quadrangularis . .

rubra

suberosa

PASSIFLORACE^

Pavonia racemosa

spinifex

Pea, Black-eye

' Green

Pigeon

Wild

Pear, Alligator

French Prickly

Prickly

Pectis humifusa

linifolia

punctata

Pedilanthus tithymaloides.

Peireskia aculeata

Bleo

Pelargonium

Penguin Balsam

Peperomia acuminata

cubaua

glabella

obtusifolia

pellucida

polystachya —

scandens

Pepper

Bird

SmaU

Sweet

Wild Black

Persea gratissima

Petitia domingensia

Petiveria alliacea

Petrcea volubilis

Petroselinum sativum

Petunia nyctaginiflora

violacea

Pbarus glaber

Phaseolus alatus

lunatus

semierectus

vulgaris

Philodendron giganteum .

hederaceum .

Philoxcrus venuiculatus . . .

Phlox Drummondii

Phcebe autillana

raontana

Phoe-nix spinosa

Pboradendron flavens

PhyUanthus acuminatus ..

distichns

falcatua

Niruri

nobilis

Physalia angulata

Liukiaua

age.
57
01!
50
50
50
56
50
50
56
56
30
30
50
50
44
44
89
58
• 58
66
66
C6
94
58
58
36
80
96
96
96
97
96
97
9T
76
76
76
76
84
89
84
85
84
59
78
78
101
45
44
45
44
99
99
86
75
89
89
. 118
59
90
90
90
90
90
76
76

INDEX.

129

Page.

Ph ysalis pertiviana 76

pubescens 76

Physic-nut ^2

French 92

PHTTOLACC ACE^ 85

Picrajua excelsa 38

Pictetia aristata 42

squamata 42

Piseon-pea 44

Pilea grandis 95

inoequalis 95

microphylla -- 95

nnmmulaiifolia 95

Sanctse-Crucis 95

semidentata 95

Pilocarpus racemosus 37

Pimenta acris 52

vulgaris 52

Pimpinella Anisum 59

Pindars 43

Pine.Screw lOO

Wild Ill

Pine-apple HI

Piuguin Ill

Pinna koop 39

Piper anrit urn 96

Blattarum 96

Bredemeyeri 90

peltatum 96

Sieberi 96

PIPERACE^ 96

Piscidia Ery thrina 45

Pisonia aculeata 87

inermis 87

subcordata 59,87

Pistia occidentalis 99

Pisum sativum 50

Pitcairnia angustifolia Ill

Pithecolobium iingnis-oati 49

PLAXTAGINACE^ 85

Plantago major 85

Plantain 112

English 85

Plate-bush 77

Pluchea odorata C4

purpurascens 04

Plum, Cocoa 50

Hog 40

Jamaica 41

PLUMBAGrNACEJS 85

Plumbago capcnsis 85

scandens 85

Plumicria alba 69

obtusifolia 69

rubra 09

Pockenholt 37

Poiiiciana Gilliesii 50

regia 46

POLEMONIACE^ 75

Police 48

Polyanthes tuberosa 110

Polygala angustifolia 20

POLYGALACEiE 20

polygo:n^acej!; 88

Polyi)odium areolatum 117

aureum 117

Bull. Nat. Mus. No. 13 9

Page.

Polypodium crenatum 117

incanum 117

incisum 117

Phyllitidia 117

piloseUoides 117

serpens 117

tetragonum 117

Poly stachya luteola 113

Pomegranate 53

Pomerose-tree 50

Pop 56

Pope's Head 57

Portlandia grand iflora CO

Portulaca halimoides 28

oleracea 27

pilosa 28

quadiiflda 27

PORTULACE^ 27

POTAME^ 97

Potato, Irish 78

Sweet 71

Prapra 41

Prescottia Myosurus n 4

Prickle, Crab 49

White 38

Yellow 38

Prickle-wood 54

Prickly Fern 115

Pear 58

Priva echinata 83

Psidium cordatura 52

Guava 52

Psilotum triquetrum 115

PsychotTia Br«wnei 61

glabrata 61-

horizontalis 61

tenuifolia 01

Pteris longilblia 115

pcdata 116

Pterocaulon virgatum 64

Pumpkin 55

Punica granatum 53

Purslane 27

Pyrcthrum indicum 67

Quassia 38

Quassia amara 38

Queen of Flowers 54

Quisqualis indica 54

Pvadish 24

Bain-tree 75

Eajania hastata HI

pleiououra HO

Eamgoat-bush 38

Bandia aculeata CO

Papha7ius sativus 24

Eazor-grass 109

Bat-bean 25

Battle-bush 41

Eauwolfia Lamarckii 69

uitida 69

Bed Beet 80

Franchipani 69

Lily 109

Sorrel 31

Bedwood ^8

Benealmia sylvestris 112

130

INDEX.

Page.

Eeynosia latifolia 40

mucronata 40

EHAMXACEiE 40

Eliizophora Mangle 54

RHIZOPHOKACEiE 54

Itluis aiitillana 41

Khyuchosia miuima 43

phascoloides 44

reticulata 44

Ehyncbospora pura 108

pusilla 108

Eicinella peduuculosa 91

Eicinus communis 92

llivina lajvis 85

octandra 85

Eochefortia acanthophora 74

Eock -myrtle 52

Eoehout 88

Eondeletia pilosa 60

Jiosa centifolia 50

gallica 50

EOSACEiE 50

Eose, Chinese 31

Eosemary 82

Eosewood 74

Rosmarinus officinalis 82

Eoucou 25

Eousselia lappnlacea 95

EUBIACE2E 50

Euellia strepens 80

tuberosa 80

liumex vcsicarius 88

Eunning Grass 103

Euppia rostellata 98

Jiusselia jimcea 79

EUTACE^ 37

Sabinea florida 42

Saccbaruni officinarum 100

Sage 83

Sago Palm 97

St. Jan Grass Ill

Salad 67

Wild 66

Sallie.Bay 67

Salvia coccinea 82

occidentalis 82

serotina 82

tenella 82

Samhucus nigra 59

Samyda glabrata 26

serrulata 26

Sandbox-tree 92

Sandur, Yellow 38

Sanseviera guineensis 110

Santa Maria 34

SAPINDACE^ 35

Sapindus ina;qualis 35

Sapota Acbras 67

Sideroxylon 08

SAPOTACE^ 67

Sarcostemma Brownei 70

Savia sessiliflora 90

Sctevola Pluuiieri 67

Scarlet Cordia 74

Indian Shot 112

Sthreffcria frutesccus 39

Page.

Schmidclia occidentalis 35

Schcepfla arborescens 38

Scirpus brizoides 108

capitatus 108

ferrugineus 108

mutatus 108

nodulosus 108

subdisticbus 108

SCITAMINEiE 112

Scleria iilifoj-mis 109

pratensis 109

scindens 109

Sclerocarpus africanus 65

Scleropus amarantoidcs 87

Scolosanthus versicolor 61

Scoparia dulcis 78

Scratch-throat 99

Screw Pine 100

SCEOPHULAEIACEiE , 78

Scrubber 43

Sea-graiio 88

Sea-lavender 75

Sebastiania lucida 92

Sechium cdule 56

Seciiridaca Brownei 26

erecta 26

Securinega acidothamnus 90

Sempervivio 109

Serjania lucida 35

Sesamum orientale 81

Sesbania sericca 42

Sesuvium portulacastrum 28

Setaria glauca 105

setosa 1 05

Seville Orange 36

Shaddock 30

Shander 101

Shell-plant 112

Shot, Indian 112

Scarlet Indian 112

Sida acuminata 29

arguta 29

carpinifolia 28

ciliaris 28

cordifolia 29

glomerata 28

humilis 29

jamaicensis 29

nervosa 29

rhombifolia 29

spinosa 29

supiua 29

tristis 29

Sideroxylon Mastichodendron 68

SilkCattun 70

Silk-cotton-treo 31

Silvery Ecm 110

Silvi 40

Sinapis aivensis 24

biassicata 24

Skitnetchi 92

Small Pepper 70

Trovo 77

SMILACEiE 110

Smilax havanensis 110

populnea 110

INDEX.

131

Page.

Snake-busli 85

Snake-flower C4

Snake-root 40, G9

Snow-drop 110

Soap seed iiS

Soap-stick 40

SOLANACE^ 75

Solanum aculeatissimum 77

babamenso 77

igneiini 77

inclusum 77

lanceifoUum 77

niammosum 77

Melongena 78

nodiliorffm 77

polygamum 78

raceruosum 77

Seaforthianum 78

torvum 77

tuberosum 78

verbascil'olium- 77

Soldier-wood 49

Souchus oleraceus 66

Sophoi-a tomcntosa 46

Sorgbum vulgare 106

Sorrel, Red «31

Sour Grass 104, 105

Sour-eyes 45

Soursop 23

Spanisb Grass 104

Sparganopborus Vaillantii 62

Spermacoce tenuior 62

Sperry Guava 52

Spigelia anthelmia 60

Spirantbes elata 114

Spondias lutea 40

purpurea 41

Sponia micrantba 94

Spoon-tree 39

Sporobolus indicus 101

litoralis 101

virgiuicus 101

Sipasb -■ 55

Stacbytarpba janiaicensis 83

strigosa 83

Star-apple 67

Jessamine 68

Stark mabart 85

Stemonacantbus coccineus 80

Stenandrium iiipestre 81

Stenorrliy ncbus lanceolatus 114

Stenostonuiiii luciduiu 60

Stenotapliruui americaniun 104

Stciihanotis floribunda 70

Stigmapbyllou periplocifolium 35

Sting Bisom 107

Stink Casbil 49

Stink-tree 45

Stinking- weed 47

Stiverbusb 47

Stone-ginger 96

Strainer-vine 55

Strawberry Fern 116

Stylosantbes procumbens 43

viscosa 43

STYRACE^ 68

Page.

Styrerbla 47

Suckers 58

Sugar-apple 23

Sugar-cane 106

Sunflower 67

Suriana maritima 85

Surinam Cberry 52

Gooseberry 58

Susakka 23

Susanna 83

Swart Mardn 29

Sweet Lime 37

Mai joram Tea 82

Pepper 76

Potato 71

Scent 64

William 72

Swietenia Mabogoni 36

Symplocos martinicensis 68

SYNANTHEEE^ 62

SjTiedrella noditiora 66

Tabcrncemontana capensis 70

citrilblia 69

Tsenitis lanceolata 116

Tagetes paUda 67

Taliuum patens 27

triangulare 27

TAMARIC ACE^ 26

Tamarind, Guinea 31

Wild 48

TamarLnd-tree 47

Tamarindus indica 47

Tamarix indica 26

Tanier 98,99

Tea, Frencb 82

Sweet Marjoram 82

Tecoma Berterii 79

capensis 79

leucosylou 79

stans 79

Ten-per-cent Grass 102

Tepbrosia cinerca 42

Teramnus uncinatus 44

TEREBINTH ACEiE 40

Terminalia Catappa 54

Ternstromia elliptica 33

TERNSTROMIACE^ 33

Tetrazygia ela;agnoides 53

Teyer-tree 100,118

Tbalassia testudinum 97

Theobroma Cacao 32

Tliespesia populnea 31

Tlievetia neriifolia 69

Tbibet-tree 49

Tbistle 24

Tbrinas argentea 100

parviflora 118

Thuja 97

Thunbergta alata 81

fragrans 81

volubilis 81

Tbyme 82

East India 81

THTMEL^ACE^ 89

Thymus vulgaris 82

Tbyrsacantbus nitidus 80

132

INDEX.

Page.

TILIACE^ 32

Tillandsia fasciciilata Ill

recurvata Ill

iisncoides Ill

utriculata Ill

Tithonia speciona 67

Tobacco, AVild 65

Tobacco-pipo 95

Tobiuia puuctata 37

spinosa 37

Tomato...- 77

Torch, Black 60

Toumefortia bicolor 75

fcetidissima 75

gnapbalodes 75

birsutissima 75

laurifolia 75

niicropby Ua 75

Tolubili.s 75

Tont-le-mois 1 12

Tradescantia discolor 100

geiiiculata 100

zebrina 100

Tragia vohibilis 92

Trianospenua licifolium 55

gracilLflonim 55

Triantbcniatuonogyuum 28

Tiibulus cistoides 37

maximus 37

Tricbilia hirta 36

Tricbolffina insularis 105

Tiilix crucis 25

Tiipbasia trifoliata 37

Triirmfetta altbseoidcs 32

Lappula 32

rbomboidea 32

semitriloba 32

Trovo 77

Small 77

Trumpet-tree 94

Tsbudya berbiceana 53

Tuberose 110

Turkey-berry 77

TuiTueric 112

Tumera parviflora 57

ulmifolia 57

TURNERACE^ 57

Turpentine-tree 40

Typha angustifolia 100

TTPHACE^ 100

UMBELLIFER^ 59

TJrenalobata 30

TJrera baccifera 95

elata 95

TJrtica elongata 95

TJRTIC ACE^ 94

Vandellia diffusa 78

Velvet-leaf 24

"Vendu boitntje 44

Verbena, Lemon-scented 84

Verbena chammdri folia 84

VERBENACEiE 83

Verbesina alata 65

Vemonia arborescens 62

punctata 02

ThomiB 62

Page.

Vervain 83

Vigna luteola 44

Vinea rosea 09

Vine, Blue 44

VIOLACE^ 26

Vis, Bonny 44

Bull 35

White 35

Yitex Agnus-castus 84

divaricata 84

Vitis caribiEa 39

"Waltheria americana 32

"Wandering Jew 100

Watei-cress 24

Water-lily ! 24

Watermelon 5G

Waterpanna 42

Wax-flower 70

Wedelia acapulcensis 65

aflinis 65

buphthalmoides 65

carnosa 65

cniciana 65

discoidea 05

White Alliug 84

-bark. 34

Bean 44

Cedar 79

Pranchipani 09

Lily 109

Mangrove 54

Manjack .': 74

M-irau 90

Police 48

Prickle 38

Vis 35

White-head-broom 64

Wild BlackPepper 84

Cherry 34

Coffee 61

Hops 82

Ipecacuana 70

Liquorice 43

Mamey 33

Massambee 25

Mustard 24

Pea 44

Pine Ill

Salad 65

Tamarind 48

Tanier 98

Tobacco 65

Wonderful Leaf 58

Worm- weed 60

Wreath-plant 84

Mexican 88

Xanthium macrocarpum 04

Xanthosoma atrovirens 99

Lastatum 99

sagitta-'folium 99

Yam 110

Yellow Cedar 79

Nickars 46

Prickle 38

Sander 38

YerbadePard, 104

INDEX.

133

rage.

Tucca gloriosa .„ — 109

Zanthoxylum Clava-Herculis 38

flavTim 38

macroph yllum 38

Ochroxylum 38

ZeaMays 106

Page.

Zingiber officinalis ^ 112

Ziirnia elegans G4

multiflora C4

Zizyplius reticulata 40

Zomia diphylla 42

ZYGOPHYLLACE^ 37

^cpariTTiciif of fhc ^nicviav

U. S. NATIONAL JIUSETOI.

14

BULLETIN

OF THE

UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

No. 14.

PUBLISHED UXDER THE DIRECTION OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION.

■washixgto:n":

GOYEENMENT PRINTING OFFICE.
1879.

ADYEETIBEMENT.

This work is tlie fourteentli of a series of papers intended to illustrate
tlie collections of Natural History and Ethnology belonging to the
United States and constituting the National Museum, of which the
Smithsonian Institution was placed in charge by the act of Congress of
August 10, 1846.

It has been prepared at the request of the Institution, and printed by
authority of the honorable Secretary of the Interior.

SPENCER F. BAIED,
Secretary Smitltsonian Institution.
Smithsonian Institution,

Washington^ A;pril 3, 1879.

INTERNATIONAL EXHIBITION, 1876.

CATALOGUE

COLLECTION TO ILLUSTRATE

Animal Resources and the Fisheries

OF THE

TJ]SriTED STATES,

EXHIBITED AT PHILADELPHIA EST 1876 BY THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

AND THE UNITED STATES EISH COMMISSION, AND FOEMING A

PART OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

PREPARED UNDER THE DIRECTION OF

a. BROWN GOODE

WASHINGTON:

GOVERNMENT PRINTINa OFFICE.
18 7 9.

LIST OF PERSONS ENGAGED IN THE PREPARATION OF THE

COLLECTION.

. JOSEPH HENEY,

Secretary Smithsonian Institution.

SPENCEE F. BAIED,

Director of the Exhibition.

G. BEO"\^TS' GOODE,
In charge of CoUection.

CHAIEMEN OF COMMITTEES.

Committee on Economical Invaiehrates. — William H. Dall, Washington, D. C.

Committee on Fresh and Preserved Fish. — Eugene G. Blackford, New York.

Committee on FisMmj Boats and Fittings. — A. E. Ckittenden, Middletowu, Conn.

Committee on Huntinfj Airparatus and Sportsman- s Eqiiipment. — Foeest axd Stream Pub-
lishing Company, New York.

Committee on Fishing iVete.— American Net and Twine Comp^vny, Boston and New
York.

Committee on Anglers^ Equipments and Apparatus. — Bradford & Anthony, Boston.

Committee on Alcoholic Collections, c^c. — Dr. T. H. Bean, Washington, D. C.

Committee on Furs. — C. A. Herpich &. Co., New York.

Committee on Fish Culture and its Apparatus. — J. W. Milner, Washington.

Committee on Whaling Apparatus. — E. B. & F. Macy, New Bedford, Mass.

Committee on Whale and Fish Oi7s.— Capt. N. E. Atwood, Provincetown, Mass.

Committee on Chemical Products. — E. E. Squibb, M. D., Brooklyn, N. Y.
Artists. — J. H. EiCHARD and A. Zeno Shlndler.
Modeler. — Joseph Palmer.
Taxidermist. — Julius Stoerzer.
Photographer. — T. W. Smillie.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Page.

Introductory xote xv

Section A.— LIST OF ANIMALS OF NORTH AMERICA BENEFICIAL OR
INJURIOUS TO MAN.

I. Mammals 1

1. FertB (carnivores) 1

Fissipedia (laud carnivores) 1

Pinnipedia (seals, &c. ) ^

2. Ungulata (hoofed animals) 7

3. Sirenia (sea-coTvs, &c. ) 9

4. Cete (whales) 10

Denticete (sperm whales and dolphins) 10

Mysticete (baleen whales) 12

5. Insectivora (moles, &c.) 13

6. Glires (gnawers) 14

7. Marsu]5ialia (marsupiates) "20

II. Birds 20

III. Reptiles 21

8. CrocodiUa (crocodiles) 21

9. Tostudinata (tortoises) ~1

Y. Fishes 23

10. Pediculati (anglers) 23

11. Plectognathi (globe, trunk, and iile fishes) 23

12. Lophobrauchii (jiipe-fishes, &c. ) 2.5

13. Teleocephali 26

Heterosomata (flat fishes) .' 25

Anacanthini (cods, «S:.c. ) 2S

Acanthopteri (spiuy-finned fishes) 31

Percesoces (midlets, &c. ) 53

Syneutognathi (gar-fishes and flying-fishes) 54

Haplomi (pikes, &c. ) 55

Isospondyli (salmon, herring, &c.) 56

Eventognathi (carps) 01

14. Nematoguathi (cat-fishes) 62

15. Apodes (eels) 63

16. Cyclogauoidei (anuas) 63

17. Rhomboganoidei (gar-pikes) 64

18. Selachostomi (paddle-fish) 64

19. Chondi-ostei (stiu'geous) 64

VI. Elasmobranchiates 65

20. Holocej)hali (chimreras) 65

21. Raiaj (skates and rays) 63

22. Squall (sharks) 67

vu

VIII ANIMAL EESOUECES OF THE UNITED STATES.

Pajre.

VII. Marsipobraxciiiates 70

23. Hjiicroartiii (lampreys) TO

24. Hyperotreti(liag8) 70

VIII. Leptocardiaxs 70

25. CiiTostomi (lancelets) 70

Section B.— MEANS OF PURSUIT AND CAPTURE.

jAjJiyaratus of direct apiyJication.

I. IUV^^>-I>IPLEMENTS (SIMPLE TOOES) 71

* For striking.

1. Clubs 71

2. Slung weiglit 71

** For cutting.

3. Knives 71

4. Axes 76

*** For thrusting.

5. Spears and prods 78

II. Implements for seizure of object 79

* Scooping-instruments.

6. Scoops 79

** Grasjnng-hoolcs.

7. Hooked imiilements (used with single motion, tliat of hooking) 80

8. Barbed imijlements (used with two motions, the first that of thrusting) . 82

9. Tongs, &c 85

*** Grasping-lines.

10. Nooses (lariats and snares) 86

11. Loaded lines (bolas) 85

**** Entangling-llnes.

12. Tangles , ' 87

■ \\ Apparatus of indirect application.

III. Missiles 87

* Simple missiles {those propelled by the unaided arm).

13. Hurled weights 87

14. Hurled sticks 87

15. Hui-led si:)ears, lances 88

** Centrifugal missiles (propelling power augmented by artificial lengthening of the arm).

16. Slings, and spears thrown by straps 83

17. Missiles thrown by " thro wing-sticks " 88

#**

Missiles propelled by a sjiring.

T Spring consisting of bent rod.
18. Bows and arrows 88

TABLE OF CONTENTS. IX

Page.

III. Missiles — Coutiuued.

it Spring consisting of elastic cord.

19. ludia-rubbor slings 89

ttt Sin-ing consisting of metallic helix.

20. Spring-guns 89

**** Missiles pro2)ellecl by compressed air or water.

21. Air-guns 89

22. Water-guns 90

*^*** Missiles propelled hij comhustion of gunpon-dcr.

23. Fire-arms 90

24. (Accessory. ) Ammunition and its preparation 91

25. (Accessory.) Accessories of loading, reiialring, and testing fire-arms ^. 93

26. (Accessory.) Accessories for carrying tii-e-arms. (Accoutrements) 94

IV. Baited hooks — Angling-tackle 95

27. Hooks with movable lines. — Hand-tackle 95

28. Hooks with stationary lines. — Set-tackle 97

29. (Accessory.) Parts and accessories to angling-apparatus 97

ttt Apparatus to a greater or less extent automatic.

V. Nets 122

30. Entangling (meshing) nets 122

31. Encircling nets 126

WW Apparatus entirelij automatic.

YI. Traps 131

32. Pen-traps ..: 131

33. Clutching-traps 134

34. Fall-traps 135

35. Missile-traps 135

36. Adhesive preparations 135

VII. Apparatus for wholesale destruction 136

37. Poisons 136

38. Asphyxiating apparatus 136

39. Torpedoes „, 136

WW\ Accessories to the chase and fishing.

VIII. Hunting-animals 136

40. Hunting-mammals » 136

41. Accessories to hunting-mammals 133

42. Hunting-birds 137

43. Accessories to hunting-birds 137

44. Hunting-fishes 137

IX. Decoys and disguises 137

45. Baits 137

46. Decoys 138

47. Covers 141

X. Pursuit — its methods and appliances 142

48. Methods of transportation 142

49. Camp-outfit 162

50. Personal equipments 164

X ANIMAL RESOURCES OF THE UNITED STATES.

Section C— METHODS OF PREPARATION.

Page.

I. Preparation and preservation of foods 1G9

1. Preservation of the living animals (see E, 3) 169

2. Preservation of fresli meats 169

3. Drying 169

4. Canning and pickling 169

5. Preparation of baits 170

II. Manufacture of textile fabrics, felts, and stuffings 170

6. From hair of mammals 170

7. From whalebone 170

8. From feathers 17